02/19/1992 - 1 of 3 Agreement
Contract Documents
Contract No. KJ-OIO. Prime plumbinq
Lake Plumbing. Inc.
Table of Contents
BOOK ONE
I. Contract Aqreement
A. AlA Document AIOI/CM
B. Public Construction Bond
C. certificates of Insurance
II. Submitted Bid Proposal bv Lake Plumbing. Inc.
III. Biddinq Documents
A. Bid Group 3 Bid Documents
B. Bid Group 3 Technical Specifications
BOOK TWO
B. Bid Group 3 Technical Specifications (Continued)
C. Addendum No. I
BOOK THREE
D. Addendum No. 2
E. Addendum No. 3
F. Addendum No. 4
IV. Post-Bid Documents
THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS
A/A Document A101/CM
CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION
Standard Form of Agreement Between
Owner and Contractor
where the basis of payment is a
STlPULA TED SUM
1980 EDITION
THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES; CONSULTATION WITH
AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED.
This document is intended to be used in conjunction with AlA Documents
A201/CM, 1980; B141/CM, 1980; and B801, 1980.
AGREEMENT No. KJ-OlO, Prime Plumbing Contract Zones A,B,C,D,E
made as of the Nineteenth
Hundred and Ninety-Two
day of February
In the year of Nineteen
BETWEEN the Owner: Monroe County Board of County Commissioners
500 Whitehead Street
Key West, FL 33040
and the Contractor: L~ke Plumbing
P.o. Box 1924
Eustis. FL 32727
(904) 357-3136/7
the Project: New Monroe County Detention Facil ity
Stock Island, Key West, FL
Lake Plumbing
343 North Bay Street
Eustis, FL 32726
(904) 357-3136/7
the Construction Manager: Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits
the Architect: Hansen Lind Meyer/Gonzalez
The Owner and the Contractor agree as set forth below.
~...,..",,"
Copyright 1975, @ 1980 by The American Institute of Architects, 1735 New York Avenue. N.W., Washington, D.C. 20006. Re-
production of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AlA violates the
copyright laws of the United States and will be subject to legal prosecution.
AlA DOCUMENT Al01/CM . OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT. CONSTRUCTION
MANAGEMENT EDITION . JUNE 1980 EDITION . AlAe. @1980 . THE AMERICAN
INSTITUTE Of ARCHITECTS, 173S NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006
A101/CM-1980 1
ARTICLE 1
THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
The Contract Documents consist of this Agreement, the Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and
other Conditions), the Drawings, the Specifications, all Addenda issued prior to and all Modifications issued after
execution of this Agreement. These form the Contract, and all are as fully a part of the Contract as if attached to this
Agreement or repeated herein. An enumeration of the Contract Documents appears in Article 7.
ARTICLE 2
THE WORK
The Contractor shall perform all the Work required by the Contract Documents for
(Here inse,t the caption descriptive o/the Work as used on other Contract Documents.)
Bid Group 3, Bid Package No. 16 Prime Plumbing Contract Zones A.B.C.D.E
ARTICLE 3
TIME OF COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
The Work to be performed under this Contract shall be commenced on the date es tab 1 i shed in the Notice to Proceed.
and, subject to authorized adjustments, Substantial Completion of the Work shall be achieved not later than
(He,e insert any special provisions for liquidated damages ,elating to /ai/u,e to complete on time.)
the time indicated in Section 00353 Milestone Schedule.
AlA DOCUMENT A101/CM . OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT. CONSTRUCTION
MANAGEMENT EDITION . JUNE 1980 EDITION . AlAe . @1980 . THE AMERICAN
INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 173S NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006
Al01/CM-1980 2
ARTICLE 4
CONTRACT SUM
The Owner shall pay the Contractor in current funds for the performance of the Work, subject to additions and
deductions by Change Order as provided in the Contract Documents, the Contract Sum of One Mi 11 ion, Three
Hundred Ninety-Four Thousand, Seven Hundred Fifty-Three Dollars, and No Cents............$1,394,753.00
INITIAl
B.
Base Bid.................................................................
. or equal
Alternate 16-02 Penal Fixtures with Micro-TouchControls,/Furnish and install
all fi xtures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $95,220.00
,
t
.
......$1,285,533.00
The Contract Sum is determined as follows:
(State here the base bid 0' oth.., lump sum amount, accepted alternates and unit p,ices, as applicable.)
A.
C. Owner Option 16-02 Alternate Precast Structural Framing and Panel Plan..................$14,000.00
Total...................................... $h~~~!~~~~~~
'.
ARTICLE 5
PROGRESS PAYMENTS
Based upon Applications for Payment submitted to the Construction Manager by the Contractor and Project Certificates
for Payment issued by the Architect, the Owner shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Sum to the
Contractor as provided in the Contract Documents for the period ending the Twenty-fifth (25) ~R~~y~i- day of each
month as follows:
Not later than Thirty (30) days following the end of the period covered by the Application for Payment,
Ninety percent ('90 %) of the portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to labor, materials and
equipment incorporated in the Work and Ninety percent (90 %) of the portion of the Contract
Sum properly allocable to materials and equipment suitably stored at the site or at some other location agreed upon
in writing, for the period covered by the Application for Payment, less the aggregate of previous payments made by
the Owner; and upon Substantial Completion of the Work, a sum sufficient to increase the total payments to
One Hundred percent ( 100 %) of the Contract Sum, less such amounts as the Architect shall determine for
all incomplete Work and unsettled claims as provided in the Contract Documents.
(If not covered elsewhe,e in the Contract Documents, here insert any p,ovision /0' limiting 0' reducing the amount rerained after the Work ,eaches a certain
stage 0/ completion.)
Reference Section 00800 Substantial Completion and Owner Acceptance.
/JC1ymltnts ~ue xnd IlnpaJrd urxder Ihe <Xontr>>ct lloculflenCS shafl boor il1tere~ fr01(n t~ dale pClo/mellt isXdueXat t~ rale
EftItertld bGdowJ<or iXl thll1 absence<theoeof,:at t~ legal rale poevailtng zt th<< pl>>.cexof lthexPrctjeat.
("e'e}qns~ a~ talX 0/ ~terllst al'ee~ upltn.)
({I::':ry 1.-;....., ,-:.,'; ",,'" :',,'n1t.;,;.,s u:,ch.... rFd.: r,,(.',~t,:.r Tr;;:h ;r: !.:_'i";c!;n,~,~ !\cr, s;rr.:j<!~ :;;,ltc ZU'({ 1;;-(.1,; ;-(;n-'J:~:c: :.r('(!it L?v.';; ,?:-:d n:}:c~. '"'<:I "d ,'"
.?j,(j .- ()()':,,~rd:'''' !':/I;. 'r,~: ';i"r.~' }..., . :!-" ,.;.:;(,::,,- '~Ji thi.' iHO'I';<IO,'l. ::.-,,_(:t...
1:",',';-:'
\ ',. I ~ '; ;' !:' .',
", J
:.!' '.' ""r-'
{'; "'"';;-"';"-'./
"
/~~ -: 0 -i:' c..\':, '._-- ~; (J t;G
',', ~
',,-,,;:
, ) i .....:-,(. it, _ -; s. l~,
ARTICLE 6
FINAL PAYMENT
Final payment, constituting the entire unpaid balance of the Contract Sum, shall be paid by the Owner to the
Contractor when the Work has been completed, the COhtract fully performed, and the Architect has issued a Project
Certificate for Payment which approves the final payment due the Contractor.
ARTICLE 7
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
7.1 Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in the Conditions of the Contract shall have the meanings
designated in those Conditions.
7.2 The Contract Documents, which constitute the entire agreement between the Owner and the Contractor, are listed
in Article 1 and, except for Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement, are enumerated as follows:
(List be/ow the Agreement, the Conditions of the Contract [General, Supplementary and other Conditions], the Drawings, the Specifications, and any Addenda
and accepted alternates, showing page or sheet numbers in all cases and dates where applicable.)
I. Bidding Documents:
1. Bid Group 3 Bid Documents for New Monroe County Detention Facil ity, which are enumerated on
Table of Contents, pages 00001-1 thru 00001-4, dated 11/20/91.
2. Bid Group 3 Technical Specifications, which are enumerated on Table of Contents, pages 00001-5
thru 00001-9, dated 11/20/91.
3. Addendum No. 1A dated November 26, 1991.
4. Addendum No. 1B dated December 11, 1991.
5. Addendum No. 1 dated December 20, 1991.
6. Addendum No. 2A dated January 3, 1992.
7. Addendum No.2 dated January 6, 1992.
8. Addendum No. 3 dated January 9, 1992.
9. Addendum No. 4 dated January 13, 1992.
II. Proposal Documents submitted by Lake Plumbing, Inc., on January 17, 1992:
1. Proposal Form, pages 00116-1 thru 00116-3, and page 00116-12, signed by bidder, and dated
January 17, 1992.
2. 5% Bid Bond from Aetna Casualty and Surety Company.
3. Sworn Statement on Public Entity Crimes.
4. Lobbying and Conflict of Interest Clauses.
5. Non-Collusion Affidavit.
6. Contractor's Qualification Statement.
7. Proposed Subcontractor Listing.
III. Accepted Alternates and Owner Options by the Board of County Commissioners, in their scheduled
meeting on February 19, 1992.
1. Base Bid
2. Alternate 16-02 Penal Fixtures with Micro-Touch Controls, furnish and install all fixtures.
3. Owner Option No. 16-02 Alternate Precast Structural Framing and Panel Plan.
IV. Post-bid Document Inclusions:
1. Proposal Form, pages 00116-4 thru 00116-11.
2. Schedule of Unit Prices, page 00146-1.
AlA DOCUMENT A101/CM . OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT . CONSTRUCTION
MANAGEMENT EDITION . JUNE 1980 EDITION . AlAe . @1980 . THE AMERICAN
INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 173S NEW YORK AVE., N.W.. WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006
A101/CM-1980 4
7.3 Temporary facilities and services:
IHere insert tempordry facilities and services which are different Itom or in addition to those included elsewhe,e in the Contract Documents.)
Reference the documents issued for bidding.
7.4 Working Conditions:
(Here list any special conditions affecting the Conlract.)
Reference the documents issued for bidding.
(Seal)
Attest: Danny L. Kolhage, Clerk
"Approved as to Form and Legal Sufficiency"
By:~~/4
Date: d -/ f/- 9:<
BY~{;;~) ~
Date: 2- -( ~~ -9 '0
This Agreement entered into as of the day and year first written above.
OWNER
CONTRACTOR
Its:
Mayor/Cha i rman
Monroe County Board of coun~issioners
\.U: t. ':I~.aJ V\.: . """,-. ~
By: -
AlA DOCUMENT Al0l/CM . OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT. CONSTRUCTION
MANAGEMENT EDITION . JUNE 1960 EDITION . AlA@) . @1960 . THE AMERICAN
INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 173S NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. cOOO6
A101/CM -1980 5
PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND
BY THIS BOND, We Lake Plumbing, Inc. , as Principal and The Aetna Casualty
and Surety Company , a corporation, as Surety, are bound to Monroe County Boar9, of County
herein called Owner, in the sum of $ 1,394,753.00 for payment of Commissioner
which we bind ourselves, our heirs, personal representatives,
successors, and assigns, jointly and severally.
THE CONDITION OF THIS BOND is that if Principal:
1. Performs the contract dated February 19, 19~, between
Principal and Owner for construction of New Monroe County Detention Fpcility
the contract being made a part of this bond by reference, at the
times and in the manner prescribed in the contract; and
2. Promptly makes payments to all claimants, as defined in
section 255.05(1), Florida Statutes, supplying Principal with
labor, materials, or supplies, used directly or indirectly by
Principal in the prosecution of the work provided for in the
contract; and
3. Pays Owner all losses, damages, expenses, costs, and
attorney's fees, including appellate proceedings, that Owner
sustains because of a default by Principal under the contract;
and
4. Performs the guarantee of all work and materials furnished
under the contract for the time specified in the contract, then
this bond is void; otherwise it remains in full force.
Any changes in or under the contract documents and compliance
with any formalities connected with the contract or the changes
does not affect Surety's obligation under this bond.
DATE ON February 28, , 19--2l..
Lake Plumbing, Inc.
BY
(A
Ja s H. Breen Attorney In Fact &
Florida Resident Agent
The Aetna Casualty and Surety Company
(NAME OF SURETY)
11/20/91
PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND
00610 - 1
12
THE .ETNA CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY
Hartford, r 'ecticut 06156
LIFE & CASUALTY
POWER OF ATTORNEY AND CERTIFICATE OF AUTHORITY OF ATTORNEYISl-IN-FACT
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, THA TTHE A:TNA CASUALTY AND SURETY CDMFANY, a corporation duly organized underthe laws of the
Slate 01 Connecticut. and having its principal office in the City of Hartford. County of Hartford. State of Connecticut. hath made. constituted and
appointed. and does by these presents make. constitute and appoint Benjamin P. Sibley. Harold H. Harvey. James H.
Breen or George E. Hatler - -
of Winter Parle, Florida ,its true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact. with full power and authority hereby conferred
to sign, execute and acknowledge, at any place within the United States. or, if the following line be filled in. within the area there desig-
nated . the following instrumentlsl:
by his/her sole signature and act, any and all bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, and other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond.
recognizance. or conditional undertaking. and any and all consents incidents thereto
and to bind THE A:TNA CASUALTY ANO SURETY COMPANY. thereby as fully and to r"e same extent as if the same were signed by the duly
authorized officers of THE A:TNA CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY. and all the acts of said Attorney(sl-in-Fact, pursuanllo the authority herein
given, are hereby ratified and confirmed.
This appointment is made under and by authority of the following Standing Resolutions of said Company which Resolutions are now in full force
and effect:
VOTED: That each of the following officers: Chairman, Vice Chairman, President, Any Executive Vice President. Any Senior Vice President. Any Vice
President. Any Assistant Vice President. Any Secretary, Any Assistant Secretary, may from time to time appoint Resident Vice Presidents. Resident
Assistant Secretaries. Attorneys-in-Fact, and Agents to act for and on behalf of the Company and may give any such appointee such authority as his
certificate of authority may prescribe to sign with the Company's name and seal with the Company's seal bonds. recognizances. contracts of
indemnity. and other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond. recognizance. or conditional undertaking. and any of said officers or the Board of
Oirectors may at any time remove any such appointee and revoke the power and authority given him.
VOTED: That any bond, recognizance, contract of indemnity, or writing obligatory in the nature ofa bond. recognizance. or conditional undertaking
shall be valid and binding upon the Company when (al signed by the Chairman. the Vice Chairman, the President. an Executive Vice President. a
Senior Vice President, a Vice President. an Assistant Vice President or by a Resident Vice President. pursuant to the power prescribed in the
certificate of authority of such Resident Vice President, and duly attested and sealed with the Company's seal by a Secretary or Assistant Secretary
or by a Resident Assistant Secretary, pursuanllo the power prescribed in the certificate of authority of such ResidentAssistant Secretary; or (bl duly
executed (under seal, if required) by one or more Attorneys-in-Fact pursuant to the po_ prescribed in his or their certificate or certificates of
authority.
This Power of Attorney and Certificate of Authority is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by authority of the following Slanding Resolution
voted by the Board of Directors of THE A:TNA CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY which Resolution is now in full force and effect:
VOTED: That the signature of each of the following officers: Chairman. Vice Chairman, President. Arry Executive Vice President, Any Senior Vice
President. Any Vice President, Any Assistant Vice President. Any Secretary. Arry Assistant Secretary, and the seal of the Company may be affixed by
facsimile to any power of attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing Resident Vice Presidents. Resident Assistant Secretaries or
Attorneys-in-Fact for purposes only of executing and anesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and any
such power of attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company and any such
power so executed and certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company in the fUllJre with
respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is anached.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, THE A:TNA CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY has caused this instrument to be signed by its
Senior_ Yice President. and its corporate seal to be hereto affixed this 10th
day of April 19 90
/~~~:~';..~~.~~~\
:c "",,'a_o. ..:;
\::.'::.~.:=:~~51
: '7 Coo..,.,
J seph P. Kiernan
Senior Vice President
State of Connecticut }
ss. Hartford
County of Hartford
On this 10th day of April ,19 90 . before me personally came JOSEPH P. KIERNAN
to me known, who. being by me duly sworn, did deposa and say: that he/she is Senior Vice President of
THE .ETNA CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY. the corporation described in and which executed the above instrument; that he/she knows the
seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to the said instrument is such corporate seal; and that he/she executed the said instrument on behalf
of the corporation by authority of himer office under the Standing Resolutions thereof.
~..-$r~~~~
(~~~E;~:1
CERTIFICATE
'..
I. the undersigned, Secretary of THE A:TNA CASUALTY ANa SURETY COMPANY. a stock ct.rpoUllon of the
Slateof Connecticut. 00 HEREBY CERTIFY that the foregoing and attached Power of Attorney and Certificate of Authority remlli~. in full force anc
has not been revoked; and furthermore. that the Slanding Resolulion. of the Board of Directors. as set forth in the Certificat.. of ^"thority, are now
in force.
Signed and Sealed at the Home Office of the Company. in the City of Hartford. State
~ 19q~ .............
. ,. (t~;;:;:~.) By
(S.1921 ) (M) 2 .90 \~.;~:........:;~~~/
PRINTED IN U.S.A.
60 DAY CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
Issue Date
03-13-9?
THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE
DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW.
COMPANY(IES) AFFORDING COVERAGE
Company: 1. 0 Sentry Insurance A Mutual Company
3. 0
2. ex Middlesex Insurance Company
Name and Address of
Certificate Holder
MONROE COUNTY BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS
-CiB -MeRfH-5--eN-KNUDS EN Ie E RR IT5-- -----
P. O. BOX 5283
*E-Y- WfST ,-ft-efHa-A--3-3B45- 5283
Name and Address
~f th~ Insured
LAKE PLUMBINb, INC.
-P-. O-.---DRAW~9Z4---
EUSTIS, FLORIDA 32726
THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE AND ARE IN EFFECT AS
OF THE ABOVE ISSUE DATE. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT
TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO
ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS, AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES.
CO
NO.
POLICY EXPIRATION
DATE (MMlDoNY)
TYPE OF INSURANCE
POLICY NUMBER
GENERAL LIABILITY
2 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY
OCCURRENCE 0 CLAIMS MADE 88-94159-03 8-1-92
PRODUCTS-COMP/OPS
CONTRACTUAL
Blanket Contract al Liab., X,C, , Broad From
AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY
COVERED AUTOS: [Xl ANY
ALL OWNED
X NON-OWNED
SCHEDULED
HIRED
2
88-94159-03
8-1-92
GARAGE LIABILITY
2
UMBRELLA LIABILITY
8-1-92
88-94159-03
2
WORKERS' COMPENSATION
AND
EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY
88-94159-04
8-1-92
PROPERTY
ALL LIMITS IN THOUSANDS
GENERAL AGGREGATE $
PRODUCTS-COMP/OPS AGGREGATE $
PERSONAL & ADVERTISING INJURY $
EACH OCCURRENCE $
FIRE DAMAGE (ANY ONE FIRE) $
P . DICAL EXPENSE (ANY ONE PERSON) $
1,0
o
500
500
500
CSL $
BODILY
INJURY
(PER PERSON) $
BODILY
INJURY
(PER ACCIDENT) $
PROPERTY
DAMAGE
(PER ACCIDENT) $
GENERAL AGGREGATE
PRODUCTS-COMP/OPS AGGREGATE
EACH OCCURRENCE
STATUTORY
$ 500
$ 500
$ 500
$ 6 000
$ 6 000
$ 6 000
(EACH ACCIDENT)
(DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT)
(DISEASE - EACH EMPLOYEE)
$
$
BUILDING
BUSINESS
PERSONAL PROPERTY
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONSNEHICLES/RESTRICTIONS/SPECIAL ITEMS MONROE COUNTY BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS
AND MORRISON-KNUDSEN / GERRITS ARE ADDED AS AN ADDITIONAL INSURED. RE: MONROE COUNTY
DETENTION FACILITY, MONROE COUNTY CAPITAL IMPROVEMENTS PROGRAM.
CANCELLATION 60 DAY CANCELLATION PROVISION PROVIDED
This certificate remains in effect for sixty days from the issue date, or until the earliest of the following:
1. The termination date contained in a written notice mailed to the certificate holder 10 days prior to the termination date. Failure to mail sHch notic.e. shall impose
no obligation or liability of any kind upon the company, its agent or representatives; or
2. The effective date shown in a replacement certificate mailed to the certificate holder; or
3. The expiration date, if any, s wn above.
~~ '
80-1180 8-90
. ....
SECTION 00116
PROPOSAL FORM
Bid Package No. 16
Prime Plumbing Contract Zones A,B,C,D,E
~
BID TO ! :
BID FROM:
MONROE COUNTY - CLERK OF COURTS
c/o PURCHASING DEPARTMENT
PUBLIC SERVICE BUILDING, CROSS WING,
ROOM 002, 5100 COLLEGE ROAD, STOCK
ISLAND KEY WEST, FLORIDA 33040
Lake Plumbin~, Inc.
P. O. Box 1924
Eustis, FL 32727-1924
The undersigned, having carefully examined the Work and Drawings,
Specifications, Proposal, and Addenda thereto and other Contract
Documents for the construction of:
Bid Package No. 16, Prime Plumbing Contract Zones A,B,C,D,E
and having carefully examined the site where the Work is to be
performed, having become familiar with all local conditions
including labor affecting the cost thereof, and having
familiarized himself with material availability, Federal, State,
and Local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations affecting
performance of the Work, does hereby propose to furnish all
labor, mechanics, superintendents, tools, material, equipment,
transportation services, engineering support, and all incidentals
necessary to perform and complete said Work and work incidental
hereto, in a workman-like manner, in conformance with said
Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract Documents including
Addenda issued thereto.
The undersigned further certifies that he has personally
inspected the actual location of where the Work is to be
performed, together with the local sources of supply and that he
understands the conditions under which the Work is to be
performed. The successful bidder shall assume the risk of any
and all costs and delays arising from the existence of any
subsurface or other latent physical condition which could be
reasonably anticipated by reference to documentary information
provided and made available, and from inspection and examination
of the site.
01/06/92 PRIME PLUMBING PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 2)
00116 - I
SHORT BID FORM
This Short Bid Form is only a summarization of the more detailed
bid form that follows, Detailed Bid Form. Nothing exists in this
Short Bid Form that does not exist on the Detailed Bid Form.
This Short Bid Form shall be submitted by the specified bid due
date. Within (24) hours of the deadline for receipt of bids,
bidders shall be required to submit the Detailed Bid Form to
Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits, 5090 College Road, Stock Island, Key
West, FL 33040. Two copies of the Detailed Bid Form are
required to be sent to MK/G, and will be used for bid comparisons
and bid clarification conferences, after opening of bids.
Two copies of the Unit Price Schedule are to be submitted along
with the Detailed Bid Form.
Failure of the bidder to submit the Detailed Bid Form and the
Unit Price Schedule within (24) hours of the deadline for receipt
of bids, may result in the bidder's bid being considered non-
responsive.
Item numbers correspond to item numbers on the Detailed Bid Form.
Insert Lump Sum Bids as follows:
A. Base Bid
General Bid and Zones, items 1-10 $~J,s"P S13
Access Panels and Doors, items 11-46 $ ~~: 9Vo
Total Base Bid, items 1-46, (figures) $1.~~('S3)
Total Base Bid, (words) CYll tnllli\Jr} Tw;>L,p f.~ -Ce- ';~::=C~c=;;4.J"tltl, /Irt'
DOLLARS
B. Alternate 16-01: Zone D and E Plumbing
ADD / ~~ (circle one)
Item 47, ( figures) 1 ~_l'i!i J~
Item 47, (words) f'i? ImbfJ tJ~ iJlt1f-:- ~~~IIJ ) ~0 4oVll?f'C1' J~-':7;- -
DOLLARS
ADD / ~~ (circle one)
Item 48, (figures) -t~)It""l !=LtL~l
Item 48. (wo rd s) D Yf 4,," /l(!o-90y ["tJ: f,..- "","..- /J-~ .5i--., .
DOLLARS
01/06/92 PRIME PLUMBING PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 2)
00116 - 2
C. Owner Option 16-01: Zone F Plumbing
Owner Option 16-01,
item 49-55, (figures) $ .)..f;) 7 II
(words)'..... ek" C fir!''' , ~"",."D I S,::=h~~r; FI""",,, .
DOLLARS
Owner Option 16-01,
D. Alternate 16-02: Penal Fixtures with Micro-Touch Controls
~/ DEDUCT (circle one)
Item 56, (figures)
Item 56, (words) Nln ._~\).J~34?~
S
~ DEDUCT (circle one)
Item 57, (figures)
Item 57: (words) S:-:v~~r ~C~S:2.wO ,tft.~ h\J'II~
:=2i::l~=f
s(~~
DOLLARS
E. Owner Option No. 16-02: Alternate Precast Structural
Framing and Panel Plan:
e
Owner
DEDUCT (Circle One)
Option 16-02,
(figures)
(words) ~hc,,,,
~ ()uJ e t1 \l)
,
$ 1 v. Dv~
==-4=====
Owner Option 16-02,
DOLLARS
01/06/92 PRIME PLUMBING PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 2)
00116 - 3
I acknowledge receipt of Addenda No. (s) 1, lA, 1B, 2, 2A, 3, 4
I have included pages 1-3 and 12 of the Proposal Form x , and
attached the required Bid Security~, Contractor's ----
Qualification statement~, Lobbying and Conflict of Interest
Clause x ,Sworn Statement of Public Entity Crimes x , Non-
Collusion Affidavit~, and proposed Subcontractor listing~.
(Check mark items above, as a reminder that they are included.)
Mailing Address:
Lake Plumbing, Inc.
Phone Number:
P. O. Box 1924
Eustis, FL 32727-1924
904/357-3136
Date:
January 17, 1992
Signed:
John B. Smith
(Name)
President
(Title)
witness:
flm#,~/;5~~?/;zJ--
(Seal)
01/06/92 PRIME PLUMBING PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 2)
00116 - 12
T H {
A MER
CAN
I~ST(TUTE
o F
ARC HIT E C T S
I
AlA Document AJ05
Contractor's Qualification Statement
1986 EDITION
This form is approl'ed and recommended hy The American Institute of Architects
(AlA) and The Associated General Contractors of America (AGC}for use in et'aluat-
ing the qualifications of contractors. No endorsement of the submitting party or
l'en/ication of the inFJrmation is made hy the AlA or AGe.
The Cndersigned certifies under oath that the information provided herein is true and suffi-
ciently complete so as not to be misleading.
SCB~IITTED TO:
ADDRESS:
:--;,\~IE:
Lake Plumbing, Inc.
P. O. Drawer 1924, Eustis, FL 32727-1924
Corporation XX
Partnership ~
Individual L.J
Joint Venture C
Other [j
Sl'B~IITTED BY:
ADDRESS:
PRI:-:CIPAL OFFICE: 343 N. Bay Street, Eustis, FL 32726
NA~IE OF PROJECT (if applicable):
TYPE OF WORK (file ~eparatc form ft1r e:k'h Classificttilln of \\'llrk):
Ceneral Cl 1I1st ruction
x
HVAC
X Plumhing Electriul
X t)t!1cr Fire Protection
(plL"J~e ~f'L'l'if\')
ClIl'\Tlghl \l)(H. 1'1(,,), l'r'J, c' I <l~l' I"~ Tht' .\llllTICII\ tllStllUtt' III ,\rdllleClS, 17,~<; New YlIrk A\'t:llue, :-.l,W., \"\'ashin~.
toll. Dt:. .!()()!l(,. Ikpfl>dul'Iioll' >tlhL' Ilutt'fl.ll hlTl'tIl or 'Uh'LlIlll"t qu,>t;lllon lIr ils pro\'isiolls wilhout wfIllen permission
"r Ihe ,\IA \'1< > 1.11 t's thl: ''llp\'nglll l.I'" ,ll th,' l'llllnl ~t;Ill:' ,tilt! \\'IIlI't',ullll:CI to leg"l prosecUlioll,
AlA DOCUMENT A305 . < ,< )~TRAI '['< II!'S ',II .\111'1' ',\II\'~ '1\IT\lr~T . 1">'1> I'I11Tll ''- . \IA" . h.; l'IHh
TIIF UIFRIL\:-; l~sTITl'TE "F\RI.1I1THT.... 1-;; '\1'\\ "l~l\ \\ 1':\\ T, ~ \\ . \\.\>111\,;1'0:\, III.. ~IMMMI
A30S-1986 1
1. ORGANIZATION
1,1 How many years has your organization been in business as a Contractor?
46 Years
1.2 How many years has your organization been in business under iL'i present business name?
46 Years
1.2,1 Cnder what other or former names has your organization operated? N/ A
1.3 If your organization is a corporation, answer the following:
1.3.1
1,3.2
1.3.3
1.3,....
Date of incorporation:
State of incorporation:
President's name:
\'ice-president's name(s):
August 6, 1966
Florida
John B. Smith
Dale R. Carpenter
I.:'> 5
1.:'>6
Secretary' 5 name:
Tre:Isurer"s n:Ime:
Evelyn H. Smith
Evelyn H. Smith
I, -i If your, lrg:Iniz:Ition is :I partnership, ;1nswer the t"ollo\\'ing:
I.-i. I D:He of org:miz:Itilll1:
1.-i.2 Type of p:Irtnership (if applioble):
I.-i,.~ :,\;1me(s) l)f general panner(s):
I. <; If \'our organization is indi\'iduall\' ll\yneu, :Inswer the follm....ing:
I. 'i. I D;ltc of l1rganization:
1,'i.2 :"Jame of owner:
AlA DOCUMENT A30S . Ul:'\TR.-\CT( )In; l,lI'.\l.1flc.nll1:'\ ST.\TDIENT . 1'J1ll> EDITIO:'\ . .\1.\" .0) \')~,
\"lIE ,-\~IEHICA:'\ INsTITl'TE l1F .\KUtlTECTS. I-.~' :'\E\\' \'llKI.: ,\\'EN1'E, :>O.W.. \X'.\SIII~I;T()I", ilL ':IKKK.
A305-1986 2
1.6 If the form of your organization is other than those listed above, describe it and name the principals:
2. LICENSING
2.1 List jurisdictions and trade categories in which your ~rganization is legally qualified to do business,
and indicate registration or license numbers, if applicable.
Florida State Certification: Fire Protection - 0008250178-00
Mechanical Contractor - CMC 008434
Plumbing Contractor - CFC 0019159
Pollutant Storage Systems - PTC 000339
2,2 List jurisdictions in which your organization's partnership or trade name is filed.
State of Florida Charter No. 307756
3. EXPERIENCE
.:). I List the C:Hegories of worK that your organizatiun normally pertlmns ,\\.lth its own !orces,
Heating, Ventilation, Air Conditioning, Plumbing, Process Piping,
and Fire Protection.
.J,.2 ClJims ant.! Suits. (If the ans'\\'er to :.lI1y uf the ljuestilllb beluw is \'es, pk:Lse atlad1 details.)
.J, 2.1 Has your organiz:lliun eyer f:rikd l(l \.'umpkte a 11\' \\"llrK JW:lrJed to itl No
.J,.2.2 Are there :1l1\" judgments. claims, arhilratiun proceedings ur suits pending or oUlst.ll1ding
ag:linst yuur I lrg:ll1ization or its ufficersl No
.J,2"J, Has yuur urg:lIlizatiun filed any law suits or requested arhitratitln with regard to cunstruc.
tion contracts within the IJst the years? No
).) \'('ithin the last five years. Ius any officer or principal of your tlrg:lniz:llitl!1 ever been an ot"tin..r or
principal uf anuther org:lIliz:ltion when it failed III cumplete a constructit1l1 \,:omract? lIf the anSWt'r is
yes. please :Huch uetails.) No
AlA DOCUMENT A305 . (:( lNTRA< :T( )I('S (~l 'AI.lFlt:.\T1U:-I STATEMENT . I<)~l EDlTlUN . .\IA'. . ,c'I'_
. ,It \Mum .\:-; I:-;STITI'TE ()F AIH'IIITECTS, I-.\~ :-;1'\\' Ylll(K ..\\"ENt:!:. :-1\\.. \\.\slll:-l\:nl:-;. D.C. ~I~~~'
A305-1986 3
3.4 On a separate sheet, list major construction projects your organization has in progress, giving the
name of project, owner, architect, contract amount, percent complete and scheduled completion
date.
.3.4.1 State total worth of work in progress and under contract:
.3, S On ;l separate sheet, list the major projects your organization has completed in the past five years,
giving the name of project, owner, architect, contract ar.10unt, date of completion and percentage of
the cost of the work performed with your own forces
3.5.1 State average ;lnnupl amount of construction work performed during the past five years:
$9,000,000.06
.3.6 On a separate sheet, list the construction experience ar.d present commitments of the key individ-
u;lls of your organiz;ltion,
4. REFERENCES
4.1
Trade References:
Hughes Supply, Inc.
P. O. Box 2273
Orlando, Florida 32802
Telephone: 407/843-9100
Orlando Pipe & Supply
P. O. Box S9036
Orlando, FL 32859-0386
Telephone: 407/857-2833
-t.2
B;lnk References:
Barnett Bank
P. O. Drawer 38
Eustis, Florida 32727-0038
Telephone: 904/589-5000
-t,5 Suret\.:
4,:'>.1
:\:lIne of honding cump:lI1\":
The Aetna Casualty & Surety Company
4..3.2
Name ;lnd address uf agent:
Huckleberry, Sibley &
1901 Lee Road
Winter Park, Florida
Harvey Insurance & Bonds, Inc.
32789
407/647-1616 James H. Breen
AlA DOCUMENT A305. C()~T1t~CT()K'S ()(:^I.IFILAT1{l~ -.T.\TE\lE:"T. I"K(, EPIT1I':\. \i\'. I"""
rilE .\~IE!lIL\:" I:-:STITl'TE l)f ,\!lel IITELTS, I-.\~ NEW Y( )1\1\ .\\ E:"\ .E. :\ \\ . \\.\,111:"( :T," .', ~'"..'
A305-1986 4
CONTRACTOR'S QUALIFICATION STATEMENT
PARAGRAPH 3.4 - WORK-IN-PROCESS
NAME OF PROJECT
Alligator Bayou Lagooh
Lake Buena Vista, FL
Hyatt Regency Hotel
OIA, Orlando, FL
Parrish Medical Ctr.
Emergency Room Ren.
Titusville, FL
LRMC Cardiology Ctr.
Leesburg, FL
Cosmetology-Vo-Tech
Eustis, FL
Mt. Dora High School
Mt. Dora, FL
Shands Cardiac Function
Ga i nes vi 11 e, FL
Replace Cooling Tower
Bldg. 383 NTC, Orlando
The Edgewater Nursing
Center, Mt. Dora, FL
Science Bldg. Ren. &
Maintenance Bldg. Add.
Cocoa, Florida
Astrotech Space Oper-
ations, Titusville, FL
OWNER
ARCH ITECT
CONTRACT
AMOUNT
$ 258,516.00
Disney Development Fugleberg Koch
Company Architects
Greater Orlando KBJ Architects
Aviation Authority
$5,566,216.00
Parrish Medical Ctr. Freeman White/Bruce $ 371,000.00
Short-Brooks, Tampa
Leesburg Regional
Medical Center
Lake Co. Schools
Lake Co. Schools
Shands Teaching
Hospital & Clinic
Dept. of the Navy
Orlando, Florida
The Scott Companies $ 310,700.00
Orlando, Florida
Hal Head Engineering $ 26,731.00
Hal Head Engineering $
25,298.00
Flad & Associates, $
Inc.
313,806.00
$
34,949.00
Lake Care Systems, Bhide & Hall Arch.
Inc. P.A.
Board of Trustees
Brevard Community
Cocoa, Florida
Astrotech Space
Operations
$ 473,200.00
Spacecoast Architects
Melbourne, Florida
$ 263,000.00
$
72,362.00
PERCENTAGE
COMPLETE
86
87
58
50
03
33
22
01
04
01
01
{DNTRACfOR'S QUALIFICATlOO STATEMENT
Paragraph 3..5 - - CanpletOO the Last Five Years
NAME OF PROJECI'
Appleton Cultural
Center, Ocala, FL
O\VN:R
Appleton Cultural
Center
Radiology Add. to Lee- Leesourg Reg. Med.
sburg Reg. Moo. Cntr. Center
HVAC Mod. to Umatilla
High School Auditor-
ium, Unatilla, FL
Southeastern Distb.
Cntr 0, HBJ Warehouse
Orlando, Florida
CT Scan Addition
Seven Rivers Comm.
Hospital
Press Bay & Skid Stor-
age Addo Sentinel Star
~mterial Management
Add 0 LRMC
Cape Canaveral Hosp.
Phase III
Lake Port Square, TI1e
~bdel Center, Lees-
burg, Florida
ParIDvay Science ctr.
Orlando, Florida
Expo & Ren. for Lake
Cbmmunity Hospital
Leesburg, Florida
Bradford Hospital
Starke, Florida
School Board of
Lake County
Harcourt Brace-
JO\-a..'1ovich
Se\-erl Rivers Comm.
Hospital
The Serltinel Comm.
Car.;:any
Le€sourg Reg. ~IOO .
Ce!:lter
CuI='? Canaveral
Hos;:ita1
ADh ~opert ies
Cen:ral Florida
Pro;:erties
Nu-~Jed ~.IOOical,
Inc.
Santa Fe Health
C::tre System, Inc.
ARCHITECT
CX)NTR.ACT
AMOUNT
Rowe-Holmes-Barnett
Architects
$ 634,000.
Greshrum-Smith & Part-
ners, Architects $
22,667.
Hal Head and Assoc-
iates, Inc.
$
91,253.
Harcourt Brace-
Jovanovich
$ 109,2460
Harvard-Jolly-Marcet$
& Assoc., Architects
36,449.
He bnan-Hur 1 ey-Charvat
Peacock Archo, Inc.
750,6690
Greshrun-Smith & Part-
ners Architects
48,367.
DATE
7/86
6/86
9/86
9/86
9/36
9/86
9/86
Hansen-Lind-Meyer $ 34,309. 9/86
Architectural Con- $ 3 , 621. 10/86
cepts, Inc.
Robert L. Vick- S 134,937. 11/86
ers, AlA
Masp:ms, Goicouria, $1,420,997. 1/87
Estevez
The Ritchie Organ- $1,323,000.
ization
1/87
CXNI'RACIOR t S QUALIFI CATION STATEMENT
Paragraph 3.5 - Canpleted the Last Five Years
NAME OF PROJEcr
New ElEmentary
Schools B & G
Americana ~ursing
Center
Orlando, Florida
Hotel Parky\-ay
Osceola Cm::" FL
Waterman Me::orial
Hospital-Nol~h Exp.
Cape Canave:!.'al Hosp-
ital, Phase IV
Cocoa Beach, Florida
Bnerg. Eye ~'iash/
Showers, En:omology
Research Laboratory
Gainesville, Florida
Village at D..medin
Manor Heal t:1care
Shands Hospital, Phase
2, Gainesvi:le, FL
Jordan Marsh
Stuart, Florida
AcadEmic Research
Bldg., Site Utilities
Gainesville, Florida
Lakeland Square Mall
Shell Utilities
South Brandon High
School
Valrico, Florida
CDNrRAcr
OWNER AROIITICr AMOUNT DATE
School Ed. of Briel, Rhame, Pay- $ 869,690. 2/87
Marion County nt er & Houser
Manor Health Care R. Ibuglas Stone $ 35,500. 3/87
Corporation & Associates
Ordevco Hotel
Corporation
Waterman ~IEmJrial
Hospital
FUgleberg Koci $ 442,512.
Associates
Hansen-Lind-~.!eyer $1,496,451.
Cape Canaveral Hos- Hansen-Lind-~Jeyer $ 204,839.
pital
USDA Agriculture
Research Service
Pneumatic Conc-
rete, Inc.
Shands Teaching
H'Jsp. & Clinics
Alstores Realty
Corporation
Shands Teaching
Hospital
DeBartolo Corp-
oration
The School Board
of Hillsborough
County
USDA Facilities
Const. ~1gt. Dh-,
$ 39,715.
Harvard-Jolly-~.1arcet$ 263,252.
& Associates, A1.-\
Flad &: _~soc., of
Florida, Inc.
$ 780,700.
William F. Weoe!',
Jr.
$ 106,506.
Hellmuth, Ob~ta ~
Kassabaum, Ine.
$ 356,978.
E. J. DeBartolo
Corporation
$ 327,579.
Design Arts Group,
Inc.
$ 469,000.
4/87
4/87
4/87
4/87
5/87
6/87
7/87
7/87
7/87
8/87
OONTRACIDR 'S QUALIFICATICN STATE'IfENI'
Paragraph 3.5 - Projects COmpleted in the Last Five Years
PROJECT NAME
M.M.C. Gallium Arsen-
ide Circuit Lab
Or lando, Florida
Blue Lake Elementary
School, Deland, FL
Norway Pavilion-Epcot
Center, Lake Buena
Vista, Florida
Plantation SYSOO of
Central Florida
Leesburg Ambulatory
Surgery Center
Leesburg, Florida
Alpha Packaging
Coca-Cola Addition
Leesburg, Florida
Panasoffkee ElEm-
entary School
Sears
l.ake land Square Mall
Sumter County Jail
Bushnell, Florida
ElEmentary School "A"
Bradenton, Florida
Orange County - 200
Bed D:nmi tory Fac-
ility, 33rd Street
CDNTRACT
OWNER ARCHITECT AMOUNT DATE
Mart in i,1arietta Martin Marietta $ 306,711. 9/87
Corporation Facilit ies
Volllsia County R. Douglas Stone ,... 109,469. 10/87
.,')
School Board eo Assoc., Inc. ~.A.
Walt Disney World Aldrich Co., Inc. S 103,653. 12/87
Company
Plantation SYSOO of Setter, Leach &
Central Florida Lindstrom, Inc.
S 234,000.
12/87
Leesburg Regional
Ambulatory Surg-
ery Center, Inc.
Gould Turner
Group
S 321,698.
3/88
The Coca-Cola Co.
Atlanta, GA
HWH Architects,
Eng., Planners,
Inc.
$1,913,&16.
3/38
District School Bel.. Dailmvood, Derry-
of Sumter County berry, Pavelchak
S 384,790.
6/88
DeBartolo Corp.
William F. Weber,
Jr.
S 727,000.
6/88
Board of Sumter White-Sullivan
Cnty. Commissioners Group
S 116,000.
6/88
lvlanatee County
School Board
Harley P. Kinney S 115,400.
7/88
Orange Cnty. Bel.
of Cnty. Comn-
issioners
Hansen Lind ;.Ieyer, S 585, 000.
Inc.
7/88
Orang~vood Presbyterian Orangewood Pres- The Poole Part- S 231,000. 8/88
Omrch & School byterian nership, Inc.
:Jai t land, Florida
Elementary School "I" Volusia County Leonard & Baugh, S 588,000. 8/88
Volusia Cnty., FL School Board P.A.
CDNI'RACI'OR'S QUALIFICATIOO' STATE1.1ENT
Paragraph 3.5 - Projects Completed the Last Five Years
PROJEcr NAME
Add. & Alt. to South
Florida Baptist Hosp.
Plant City, Florida
Volusia County Admin-
istration Complex
Deland, Florida
Hernando County Jail
Hernando County, FL
Regents Woods of Orl-
ando, Winter Park, FL
Lake Nona Clubhouse
Complex, Orlando, FL
ORMC Laundry Facility
Clermont, Florida
E. R. O. R. Radiology
Add. Fish Memorial
Hospital
Publix Dry Goods
Distb. Center
Boynton Beach, FL
Shands Hospital Ren-
ovations, Pkg. 6B
Gainesville, Florida
Charter Springs Hosp-
ital, Ocala, Florida
New Senior High
School "BB"
St. Lucie, Florida
Charlotte Correctional
Institution, Charlotte
County, Florida
OWl,~
South Florida
Baptist Hospital
Volusia County
Hernando County
Facilities
Health Q.1est
Development Corp.
Lake :-Jona Corp-
oration
OR:>.1C
Southeast Volusia
Hospital District
Fish ~18P1. Hospital
Publi.-x Supermar-
kets, Inc.
Lakeland, Florida
Shands Hospital
Charter ~.ledical
CorIDration
School Ed. of
St. Lucie County
Cha.rlotte Corr-
ectional Instit-
ution
ARCHITEcr
Freanan White
Associates
Spill is-Candela
& Partners
Goldman & Assoc.
Harris & Kwasek
~,1ac Ewen Group,
Inc.
Fred M. Hwnphrey
& Associates, Inc.
Blais & Sayers
Architects, Inc.
Food Plant Eng-
ineers, Inc.
Flad & Associates
of Florida, Inc.
Jack W. Nobles &
Associates
Robert ~1cD::mald
& Associates
Schweizer, Inc.
CDNI'RAcr
AMOUNT
$ 497,000.
$ 932,854.
$ 384,875.
$ 161,164.
$ 556,892.
$ 481,841.
:$ 725,237.
$1,031,871.
:3 269,278.
$ 48,446.
:) 632,332.
S 258,696.
DATE
10/88
10/88
10/88
10/88
10/88
10/88
5/89
5/89
5/39
6/89
7/89
7/39
CX>NI'RACTOR t S QUALIFICATIQ.'l' STATEMENT
Paragraph 3.5 - Projects Completed the Last Five Years
pROJECr NAME
Lake Sumter Mental
Health, Leesburg,
Florida
Coke Sterille Fill
Plymouth, Florida
LRMC-North Expansion
Leesburg, Florida
Woodlea Rd. Water Re-
clamation Facilities
Tavares, Florida
Memtec American Corp.
New Mfg. & Office
Bldg., Deland, Fl
Orange County School
Board Administration
Center, Orlando, Fl
LRMC-OB
Leesburg, Florida
OWNER
ARCHITECT
OONTRACT
AMOOfr
Lake Sumter Cbmm- Helman, Hurley, $ 87,206.
unity Mental Health Charavat, Peacock
.
Center
Coca-Cola Company rnV1I Architects
$ 144,841.
Leesburg Regional
Medical Center
Leesburg, Florida
City of Tavares
Memtec America
Corporation
School Bd.of
Orange County
leesburg Regional
Medical Center
Housing 768 Orange Co. Admin.
33rd Street Correctional Orlando, Florida
Orlando, Florida
WMC-Chiller Renovation
Eustis, Florida
WMC-OB Delivery Add-
ition & Alterations
Eustis, Florida
Roseborough Elementary
School, Mt. Dora, Fl
Waterman Medical
Center
Waterman Medical
Center
Lake County
School Board
Scott, Gresham & $ 835,266.
Smith , Architects
Camp, Dresser & $ 59,742.
McKee, Inc.
Helman, Hurley,
$1,066,349.
Hunter/RS&H, Inc.
$2,286,352.
Scott, Gresham &
Smith, Architects
$ 42,816.
Strollo/Architects $ 250,207.
Inc., Orlando, Fl
Helman, Hurley, $ 257,710.
Charavat, Peacock
Helman, Hurley, $ 528,798.
Charavat, Peacock
Hal Head $ 278,452.
A1tamonte Spgs., FL
DATE
7/89
7/89
11/89
12/89
4/90
4/90
5/90
5/90
6/90
7/90
9/90
CONTRACTOR'S QUALIFICATION STATEMENT
'<'aragraph 3.5 - Projects Completed the last Five Years
PROJECT NAME
Dolphin Hotel
Lake Buena Vista, FL
Citizens Center
Leesburg, Florida
Dixie Landings Maint-
enance Center
Lake Buena Vista, FL
West Orange High School
Fantasy Lagoon
Lake Buena Vista, FL
Pasco County Det-
ention Center
Land O'Lakes, FL
. (oca-Cola Foods Alpha
1. F i 11 e r A/ C
Leesburg, Florida
Florida Field End Zone
Expansion, U of F
Gainesville, Florida
UCF Student Union
Sitework and
Landscaping
Disney's Port Orleans
Dixie Landings Resort
Lake Buena Vista, FL
OWNER
Dolphin Hotel c/o
Ti shman Rea lty &
Const. Co., Inc.
Citizens Nat. Bank
Leesburg, Florida
Disney Development
Company
Orange County
ItJa 1t Di s ney Co.
Orlando, Florida
Pasco Co. Board
of Commissioners
New Port Richey
Coca-Cola Foods
University Athletic
Association, Inc.
Ga i ne s v ill e, FL
Florida Board of
Regents
Ta 11 ahassee, FL
Disney Development
Company
Housing 768-33rd Street Orange County
Jail, Orlando, FL Administration
Fish Hatchery
Florida Power Corp.
Crystal River, FL
Boiler Replacement
Umatilla High School
Florida Power Corp.
Crystal River, FL
ARCHITECT
CONTRACT
AMOUNT DATE
$7,256,191. 10/90
Alan Lapidus, P.C.
Jones Associates $ 405,550. 11/90
Leesburg, Florida
Fugleberg Koch Assoc.$ 219,000. 11/90
Winter Park, Florida
ARC Associates, Inc. $ 231,450. 1/91
Vi ckery /Oversat/ $1,879,000. 3/91
Awsumb Assoc., Inc.
Daniel/Mann/Johnson $2,418,000. 3/91
& Mendenhall, Inc.
New Port Richey, FL
HWH, Orlando, FL 5 176,39l. 3/91
HOK Sport $1,390,230.
Kansas City, MO
9/91
The Scott Companies S 210,579.
10/91
Fugleberg Koch 52,724,093.
Architects
Winter Park, FL
12/91
Strollo Architects, 53,881,928.
Inc.
12/91
Goldston Engineering $ 474,242.
Inc., Crystal River
FL
12/91
Lake County Schools Hal Head Engineering $ 54,916.
12/91
CONTRACTORtS QUALIFICATION STATEMENT
3.6-List of Construction Experience of the Principal Individuals of our
Organization.
Dale R. Carpenter, Vice President
31 years of Plumbing & HVAC, B. C. North
Carolina State University-Heating and Air
Conditioning, Engineering. Has Certified
Mechanical Contractors State License,
Certified Plumbing Contractors State
License, Certificate of Competency from
State Fire Marshal, and Pollutant Storage
Systems.
English/Speech major at Rollins College in
Winter Park, Florida. 27 years
construction and supply management,
experience with Boeing Aerospace, J.
Goldsberry~ Inc. and Great South Supply.
John B. Smith, President
Evelyn H. Smith, Sec./Treasurer
31 years in the mechanical contracting
business.
William M. Bower, Jr.
Project Manager, 22 years in HVAC and
Plumbing.
Gary McKinley
George Reebals
Estimator, 22 years in HVAC and Plumbing.
Project Managers, 20 years in HVAC and
Plumbing.
Ken Williams
Project Manager, 28 years in HVAC and
Plumbing.
14 Foreman that have had from three to twenty-five years experience with our
Company in running projects in the field.
85 Plumbers, pipe fitters, welders and registered apprentices with extensive
experience in all commerical and industrial mechanical work.
5. FINANCING
5.1 Financial Statement.
5.1.1 Attach a financial statement, preferably audited, incl~ding your organization's latest
balance sheet and income statement showing the following items:
Current Assets (e.g" cash, joint venture accounts, accounts receivable, notes
receivable, accrued income, deposits, materials inventory and prepaid
expenses);
Net Fixed Assets;
Other Assets;
Current Liabilities (e.g., accounts payable, notes payable. accrued expenses, pro-
vision for income taxes, advances, accrued salaries and accrued payroll taxes);
Other Liabilities (e.g., capital, capital stock, authorized and outstanding shares
par values, earned surplus and retained earnings).
5,1.2 Name and address of firm preparing attached financial statement. and date thereof:
5.1.3 Is the attached financial statement for the identical organization named on page one?
5.1.4 If not, expl:1in the relationship and financial responsibilit\. of the organization whose
financial statement is provided (e,g.. parent-subsidiary),
- )
"1._
Will the organization whose financi;u statement is att:lched a([ as guarmtor of the contract for con-
struction?
AlA DOCUMENT AJ05. UlNTRACTOK"S ()I'.\l.IfIL\TION STATEMENT. )~/l(., EDITIOS. AI.\" . ",'I"/l(.>
I'm: .\~IERICAN I:'olSTlTt'TE Of AIKIIITECTS, )-.\~ :'olEW YO'{K A\'ENCE. N.W.. WAslIl:<<l;TO:\, lH:. ~1~~1O
A305-1986 5
Business onsultants &
Accountin ervices
Certllled Public Accountants
P.A.
To the Board of Directors
Lake Plumbing, Inc.
P.O. Box 1924
Eustis, FL 32726
We have audited the accompa~y balance e~ee~~ of Lake Pl~~ingl Inc. as of
July 31, 1991 and 1990 a~d t~e Rela~~ Statament of IncoIT~ and Retained
Earnings and Statement of Caen :~ows _._ ~~e years then ended. These
f~nancial statementS are ~~e ree?ons~~:~~y of t~e Company's managa~ent.
Our reeponsibility ~s to e:~ress a~ op~~~:~ en t~ese f~nanc~al statements
based on our audits.
We conducted our audits ~n ac=orCa~ce ~ith generally ac~e?ted auditing
standards. Those standar~ re~~ire tha~ ~a plan and perfor.n ~he audit to
cctain reasonable aesurance aceut whet~e= ~~e f~nancial stat~nts are free
of material misstatement. ~~ audit ~=:~des examining, on a test basis,
evidence SU??O~ing t~e ~~c~~ts and ~eclosures ~n t~e financial
statements. An audit a:eo includes assessi~g the ac~ount~g principles
used and significant est~-~tes zade by ~agement, as well as evaluating
the overall financial stat~ent ?resen~a~ion. We believe t~at our audits
previde a reasonable basis for our c?in~:~.
In our opinion, the financial stata~e~ts ===erred to above present fairly
~~ all material =espec~3, :~e f~~ancia: ~cs~~~cn of Lake Pl"-~inq, Inc. as
cf July 31, 1991 and 1990 a~d the results ~= its operaticns and its cash
flows for the years then ended, i~ ::~=o~ty with generally accepted
accounting principles.
~
I
,
~~J a~':"~7~r/l
I
Tampa, Florida
September 12, 1991
I
I
.
5602 North 50th Street, Tampa. Fl33610. (813) 626-Q138
U.......r ,../ t::'1",.;~. '.....tltltl... ",1 C"'.ArtlfllW:1 F'oJbllc Account8n~ and AmenC3!1 Institute of Cartllled Public Accountants
LAKE PLUMBING, INC.
Comparative Balance Sheets
July 31,
ASSETS
Current. ;_~sets
Cash
Cont.rac~ Rece~vables
Rece~7ables to be billed
Due from ~~loyees
Inve!'lt.or]
Cost.s a!'ld est.~ted profit ~n excess
of billings on ~~completed jobs
Prepaid Income Taxes
?recaid Insurance
Ot~e= Receivables
Tot.al C~r=ent Asset.s
Pro~e~7 i ~~~ip=e!'lt, net of Depreciat.ion
Ot~er Assets
Deposits
Cas~ su=re!'lcer val~e
of life insurance
:ot.al Ot.~er Asset.s
Tot.al .\ssets
1991 :990
" 321,510 $ 250,621
..
2,777,:'06 2,008,791
5,547 1,303
734 4,302
102,960 121,618
607,799 225,031
21,86= 25,252
<17,779 51,727
13,500 13,400
3,898,900
2,i03,045
225,220
267,295
885
885
259,4Ti
221, 906
~-o ~6~
.::. I , ~ ..
222,691
$ 4,394,48:
S 3,193,021
::::s====:::z=-_:::s::z:::::a..
=====;:&.::I:'=;::&:::I:::::::lr:I&::t_
L~ABI~ITIES ~~ STCC:<EOLDERS' EQUIT~
Current ~iablities
Current Portion Long-Te~ Debt
Ac~~unts Payable
ailli~gs in excess of costs & est~~~tec
pr~iit on uncompleted contracts
Payroll Taxes Payable
Deferred Income Taxes
Ac=~~ec Expenses
Se~~lement Payable
:otal Current Liabilities
Long-Te== ~iabilities
Locg-Te=.n Debt, net oi
c-..:rrent portion
Due ~o Officer
:otal Long-Te~ Liabilities
Stoc~~olders' Equity
10% c~ulative preferred stock, par
value $100, 1,300 shar~s authorizec;
37i and 1,257 shares issued and
outstanding at July 31, 1991 and
1590 respectively
C=~on Stock, 25,000 shares authorized;
13,008 shares @ $1.00 par value issuec
and outstanding at July 31, 1991 and
11,956 shares of .10 par value issued
and outstanding at July 31, 1990
Additional Paid-In Capital
Re~3~~ed Earnings
:reasu~f Stock 6B2 shares ~eld at cost
:otal Stockholders' Equity
70tal Liabilities and
Stockholders' Equity
1991 1990
- 45,690 $ 54,290
2,078,6a7 1,117,959
115,233 66,035
4,360 15,185
222,108 196,990
118,328 89,522
150,QOO
2,734,406 1,539,981
181,843
31,841
213,6B4
220,316
220,315
37,700
125,700
13,008
486,185
966,528
<57,029>
1,196
409,997
895,831
:,446,392
1,432,724
$4,394,482
$3,193,021
=---~::::I:::Z:ca=z:a=:a
::J:I:_aa_~__
The Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements
are an Integral Part of this Financial Statement.
-1-
6. SIGNATURE
6.1
Dated at Eusti s
this
17th day of
January
1992
Name of Organization: Lake Plumbing, Inc.
By: John B. Smi th
Title: President
62
~l r. John B. Smi th being
duly sworn deposes and says that the information provided herein is true and sufficiently complete so as nor to be
misleading.
Subscribed and sworn before me this
17th
davof January
1992
:'\ot3ry Public .</- /
~ f7'-
~h Commission Expires: 7116/95
, F
~/t, .~/.
/~ "/ ;/,l;; J(.-#'L/ '-
AlA DOCUMENT AJ05 . (:( lNTlL\Cn lK.S 1.lI.AI.IFlI:ATII IN ST\TD1E:\T. I"Hl' E111T(1)\; .,1.\ '.. :"';'.
nil, .\~lEK\C\i" 1:\~TnVTE Or .\IlCIIITECTS, I-F. NEW Y( lllK .\n::\\ E. \; \\. \\ .\~III:\I; 11)'\ PI ~""
A305-1986 6
LOBBYING AND CONFLICT OF INTEREST CLAUSE
SWORN STATEMENT UNDER ORDINANCE NO. 010-1990
MONROE COUNTy, FLORIDA
"
Lake Plumbing, Inc.
(Company)
"
" warrants that it has not employed, retained or otherwise had
act on its behalf any former County officer or employee subject
to the prohibition of Section 2 of Ordinance No. 010-1990 or any
County officer or employee in violation of Section 3 of Ordinance
No. 010-1990. For breach or violation of this provision the
County may, in its discretion, terminate this contract without
liability and may also, in its discretion, deduct from the
contract or purchase price, or otherwise recover, the full amount
of any fee, commission, percentage, gift, or consideration paid
to the former County officer or employee".
Date:
January 17, 1992
STATE OF
Florida
COUNTY OF
Lake
PERSONALLY APPEARED BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority,
John B. Smith who, after first being sworn by me, affixed
his/her signature (name of individual signing) in the space
provided above on this 17th day of January , 19.2f..
~~ fVL ct.e~
NOTARY PUBLIC
My commission expires:
Nobl)' PubrlC ~
Slate of Florida a I Larre
:.~v Commission upira Ace..1 J:;'2
07/25/91 LOBBYING AND CONFLICT OF INTEREST CLAUSE
00425 - I
SWORN STATEMENT UNDER SECTION 287.133(3) (a),
FLORIDA STATUTES, ON PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES
THIS FORM MUST BE SIGNED IN THE PRESENCE OF A NOTARY PUBLIC OR
OTHER OFFICER AUTHORIZED TO ADMINISTER OATHS.
1- This sworn statement is submitted with Bid, Proposal or
Contract No. 16 for New Monroe County
Detention Facility
2. This sworn statement is submitted by Lake
Plumbing, Inc.
(Name of entity submitting sworn statement)
whose business address is 343 N. Bay Street, Eusti s, FL 32726
and (if
applicable) its Federal Employer Identification Number (FEIN)
is 59-1146650
(If the entity has no FEIN, include the social Security Number
of the individual signing this sworn statement: N/A
. )
3 . My name is John B. Sm; th and my
relationship to the entity named above is President
4. I understand that a "public entity crimen as defined in
Paragraph 287.133(1) (g), Florida Statutes, means a violation
of any state or federal law by a person with respect to and
directly related to the transaction of business with any
public entity or with an agency or political subdivision of
any other state or with the united states, including, but not
limited to, and bid or contract for goods or services to be
provided to any public entity or an agency or political
subdivision of any other state or of the United states and
involving antitrust, fraud, theft, bribery, collusion,
racketeering, conspiracy, or material misrepresentation.
5. I understand that "convictedll or "conviction" as defined in
Paragraph 287.133(1) (b), Florida Statutes, means a finding of
guilt or a conviction of a public entity crime, with or
without an adjudication of guilt, in any federal or state
trial court of record relating to charges brought by
indictment or information after July I, 1989, as a result of
04/30/91
PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES
00420-1
more of the officers, directors, executives, partners,
shareholders, employees, members, or agents who are active in
management of the entity, or an affiliate of the entity has
been charged with and convicted of a public entity crime
subsequent to July 1, 1989, AND [Please indicate which
additional statement applies.]
There has been a proceeding concerning the
conviction before a hearing officer of the state of
Florida, Division of Administrative Hearings. The final
order entered by the hearing officer did not place the
person or affiliate in the convicted vendor list. [Please
attach a copy of the final order.]
The person or affiliate was placed on the convicted
vendor 1 ist. there has been a subsequent proceeding
before a hearing officer of the state of Florida,
Division of Administrative Hearings. The final order
entered by the hearing officer determined that it was in
the public interest to remove the person or affiliate
from the convicted vendor list. [Please attach a copy of
the final order.]
The person or affiliate has not been placed on the
convicted vendor list. [Please describe any action taken
by or pending with the Depar t 0 ene rvices.]
17, 1992
STATE OF
COUNTY OF
Florida
Lake
My commission expires:
Nol:lry Public ''''''''
Stale of fJcrid. at la'Rt~
t!v CommISSion up/res Au2 21 Jm
Form PUR 7068(Rev. 11/89)
04/30/91
PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES
00420-3
Non-Collusion ~ffidavit
I, John B. Smith of the city of Eustis
according to law on my oath, and under penalty of perjury, depose
and say that;
1. ) I am Pres i dent
Lake Plumbing, Inc.
project described
Monroe Co. Det. Fac.
full authority to
of the firm of
, the bidder making the Proposal
in the notice for calling for bids for
, and that I executed the said proposal
do so;
for the
New
with
2.) the prices in this bid have been arrived at
independently without collusion, consultation, communication or
agreement for the purpose of restricting competition, as to any
matter relating to such proces with any other bidder or with any
competitor;
3.) unless otherwise required by law, the prices which have
been quoted in this bid have not been knowingly disclosed by the
bidder and will not knowingly be disclosed by the bidder and will
not be knowingly disclosed by the bidder prior to bid opening,
directly or indirectly, to any other bidder or to any competitor;
and
4.) no attempt has been made or will be made by the bidder
to induce any other person, partnership or corporation to submit,
or not to submit, a bid for the purpose of restricting
competition;
5. )
correct,
upon the
awarding
the statements contained in this affidavit are
and made with full knowledge that Monroe County
truth of the statements contained in this affid
contracts for said project.
STATE OF Flori da
COUNTY OF La ke
January 17. 1992
DATE
PERSONALLY APPEARED BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, _
John B. Smith who, after first being sworn by me,
(name of individual signing)
affixed his/her signature in the space provided above on this
17th day of January , 19--2..f..
-fVl ~ Iv\. QP~
NOTARY PUBLIC
My commission expires:
.' Nolary Pubrac
!tale of Florida IlLarae
:.~ tt1mmission Expires Aull. 21 1992
11/20/91
NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT
00430 - 1
SECTION 00440
PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING
1.
Subcontractor: lov,) C:u >111',
Address: ~ 0 ( e:"t "all) 'S:IS"" ~...c:n ~.7n1 PI
Phone: ~ 7/ .).'f( -I 81 <- Contact: Lq
Portion of Work: '""I""ju!--z-l,,.,,,
Percentage this proposed Subcontract is of total Bid Price as
delineated on Proposal Form: ~ %.
2. Subcontractor:
Address:
Phone:
Contact:
Portion of Work:
Percentage this proposed Subcontract is of total Bid Price as
delineated on Proposal Form: %.
3. Subcontractor:
Address:
Phone:
Contact:
Portion of Work:
Percentage this proposed Subcontract is of total Bid Price as
delineated on Proposal Form: %.
4. Subcontractor:
Address:
Phone:
Contact:
portion of Work:
Percentage this proposed Subcontract is of total Bid Price as
delineated on Proposal Form: %.
11/20/91
SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING
00440 - I
THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE. OF ARCHITECTS
I
AlA Document A310
Bid Bond
,
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,
that we
(Here insert full n.me .nd .ddr..ss or leg.1 lille o( ConlroclOr!
Lake Plumbing, Inc.
as Principal, hereinafter called the Principal, and
The Aetna Casualty and Surety Company
a corporation duly organi.zed under the laws of the State of Connecticut
as Surety, hereinafter called the Surety, are held and firmly bound unto
(Here insert full n.me .nd .ddress or leg.1 lille or Owner)
(Her.. ins..rt full n.m.. .nd .ddress or leg.1 lille of Sur..ty)
Monroe County Board of County Commissioners
as Obligee, hereinafter called the Obligee, in the sum of
Five percent of the amount of the bid (5% of the bid)
Dollars ($ 5% of the biq,
for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, the said Principal and the said Surety, bind
ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by
these presents.
WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted a bid for
-~ -......-
----
(Here inserl full n.me, .ddress :lnd descriplion of proJcct)
New Detention Facility, Monroe, Bid 3A Key West, Florida
Bid Package #16 Plumbing Contract Zones A,B,C,D,and E
NOW, THEREFORE, if the Obligee shall accept the bid of the Principal and the Principal shall enter into a Contract
with the Obligee in accordance with the terms of such bid, and give such bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding
or Contract Documents with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of such Contract and for the prompt
payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution thereof, or in the event of th~ failure of the Principal to enter
such Contract and give such bond or bonds, if the Principal shall pay to the Obligee the difference not to exceed the penalty
hereof between the amount specified in said bid and such larger amount for which the Obligee may in good faith contract
with another party to perform the Work covered by said bid, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise to remain
in full force and effect. .
Signed and sealed this
14th
day of
January
19 92
~~ The
. (W;lne'" I B
Ja e
(Seal)
cflJ401P/~~
(Witness)
Surety Compan
(Sea/f
(Title) Attorney In Fact &
Florida Resident Agent
AlA DOCUMENT A310 . BID BOND. AlA @. FEBRUARY 1970 ED . THE AMERICAN
INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 N.Y. AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D. C. 20006
1
(;.1m
LIFE "CASUALTY
TME ~ CASUAlTY AND SURETY COMPANY
H.rtford, Connecticut 06115
POWER OF ATTORNEY AND CERTIFICATE OF AUTHORITY OF ATTORNEY(S)-IN-FACT
KNOW ALL MEN IY THESE PI'lESENTS. THAT THE -ETNA CASUALTY AND SUIlETY COMF ANY. I corporation duly o'Vanlz.cl under lIIalawa of lIle
SIaIa of Co~lcut. and having It. principal ol'llce In IN CIty 01 Hartford. County of Hlrtford. Stala of Con..-lcut. hath made. ~ and
appoInl~,anddoelbylllMept_Iamata.COMIItutaandappolnl John D. Huckleberry, lenj_ln P. Sibley.
H.rold M. Harvey, Kay A. Hull or J.... H. Ireen _ _
01 Winter P.rk, Florida .hlt",..nd lawful Anornay(.l-!n.Fact, with lull power and aulllority haraby conler-.d
to algn, ..KUla and adlnowtqa, at any place within th. Unit~ SIa.... or, If Ill. lollowl"ll Nn. be flII.d In, wllIIln Ill. ._ lIIara delle-
nat~ , IN following Inll","'.nl(.):
by hI&Ih.t IIOIa "Ilnalu.. and .et, Iny Ind atl bo~, raeognlzlncaa. contr_ of Indemnity. and oth.. writing. obllllatory In 1111 natura of. bond.
raeognlzanca. or conditional undenatlng. and any .nd all co....nta Incidenta therato
and to bind THE .ETNA CASUAl. TY AND SUIlETY COMPANY. lIIeraby al lully and to tha lima extant II If Ill. 11m. we.. .lgnad by th. duly
1Uthoriz~ om__ of THE .ETNA CASUAl. TY AND SURETY COMPANY. and all ilia _ ol.aldAttomayf.Hn.Fllct. pu..uant to Ill. aulllority herein
"'-'. ... hereby ..tIfI~ and confirmed,
Thil8Pj>Oinlrnanl it made under and by authority of lIle following Standing RMOlutlon. olllld Company which Rnolullon. ara now In luft '-
and ~:
VOTtO: That IIdI olth. fol1owi"ll ofllca..: Ch.irman. VlceChairman. Pr..iden.. Any bkUli". Vice Praaident.l4ny Senior Vice PrMidlnl.l4ny Vice
~t.l4ny AMi"ant VIcI Pr..iden..l4ny Sauwtary. AIry AMi.lanl Saa...ry. tNIy !rom lima 10 tima appoint A..id.nt Vk:lt PrMiden... R..idant
Aaaislant Sac....riea. A1tomeys-ln.fect. and AQanla 10 act for and on baha" ofilia Company and may Ilive any wen apPOint...uch authority.. Ilia
~tI of auIhority may praeeribe to lign witlllIIa Company'. nama and ...1 with ilia Com~. ...1 bonde. r-.gnlzanc:ea. contr_ of
indemnity. and 0CIlet writinga obligatory in ilia ......re of I boncl. recognizance. or conditional unda<tating. and any 01 laid ofIic:en or ilia Board 01
OIrectors may ac wry ti.... - wry IUCh appoi_ and lWOlla ilia ~ and aulllority Illven him.
VOTED: That eny boncl. recognlunce. contract of indemnity. or writing obligatory in 1111 nalur. of a bond. r-.gnlzlnca. or conditional undit1aking
.".,1 be ".~d and binding upon ilia Cornpeny when fal a1vned by ilia Chairman. the Vice Ch.irman. the Pr_idenl, an ExkUttY. V..,. Prlliden.. .
Senior Vice Proaidan.. I VIOl Pr_iden.. an AMi...nt Va Praeidant or by I Rllidant Vi.. P...lelan.. pu.....nt 10 ilia ~ PfllCribad In the
cenifieat. of ICItIlority of IUCh Reaident Vice Prllidant, and duly anllt~ Ind _'-d wlllllhl Company'. ...1 by I s.cr...ry or AMiatant Sac:nury
or by I Rllidant ........nt s.cr-ry. purawnt to ilia power praeeribad in 1IIa~. olluthority of IUCh Rllidenl AMi.tlnt Saa...ry; or (bl duly
..~ (under ..... " ....,;red) by one or mor. ~Ict pu....- to the power praac:ribacl in hla or IIIlir eertlfIcat. or ~lIcet_ of
~.
This P- 01 Altomay and Caniflat. 01 AulIlority II aignecI and ...'-d by '-Imil. und.. Ind by ~ of th. following Standing RaaoWtlon
_acl by Ill. Bo.rd of OitKtOt'l of THE -ETNA CASUAl. TY AND SURETY COMPANY which R.oIutJon it now In lull force and aflact:
VC7TEO: ThM tIIa a1vnatu.. of IIdI of lIle following om-.: Chairman. Vie>> Chairman. Prealden.. Any b.....liYI VIce Pr"lden.. Any SenIor VIce
Prllidant. Any VIce Prealdant.. Any AaalatantVlce P~t. Any SacrMary. Any Aaalatant Sacret.ry. and th...., oflh. Company tNIy be Iflbc~ by
tec.lml1e to eny ~ 01 aaorn.y or to any -Uflc:eta ~ th_o appointing R..ident Vica Prllidanttl. ....ldant Aaailtant S-...n.. Of
AItomaya-iJ>.F1ct for pul'pOMl only of ..KUlIng and attIIllng bonds and undanKing. Ind oth.r writing. obligatory in th. nalure thereof, and wry
IUCh power of -..ay or -Ulk:.t. bearing IUCh fec:8lmIlalig......ra or lacalmlle ...1 11>111 be "alid Ind binding upon the Company and eny IUCh
~ 10 IJlICUlacl and -uf\ed by IUdllacalmlle Iignatu.. and Iacalmile _, lhall be ".lid .nd binding upon thl Company in ilia lutu.. wfth
r-..pac:t to eny boIld or undertaking to wftIcIl It II alIacftad.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF. TlfE -ETNA CASUAl.TY AND SURETY COMPANY heI uuHd Ihi. inllrumanlto be algned by hi
Vice President . and ill corporete Mal to be h_o affixed thia 10th
dey of DKeaber . 1. 8~
r;,
\:JJ
Assistant
ntE
Slate of Connac:tic:ul J
...HartIOrd
County of Hartford
By
.ETNA CAaOALTY g 8URETY
{Jutl- ;J IA lU;~
oseph P,'Kiernan
Assistant Vice President
COW'ANY
On lhia 10th dey 01 Deceher . 1. 8~ . before me ~raonally came JOSEPH P. KIERNAN .
10 me known. wtIo. baing by me dutv -... did dapoaa and Ny: that haI.na II Assistant Vice President of
THE .ETNA CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY. the COtpOfIIlion llaacribad in .nd whidl..1QMd ilia lbow inetrument; that haI.... know. IN
....oINid COtpOfIIlion; thatllle.... aflbacl IOlIle Mid ___t IIIUCh corporete ...1; .ndthat haI....1QQJIad the Mid inIlrumant on I*letf
01 the ~ atioft by authority 01 hla..INt oIlIoa under lIle SWldIng R.oIuIIona tIIateof.
~~"> rn. ~"?1
My itoion .... MardI 31. tl89 Hocaty I'ubIic
Johanna H. Degnan
CEJmFICA TE
~ lIle uncletaignId. Secretary of THE .ETNA CASUAl. TY AND SURETY COMPANY. altOc:k corporalic:tl 01 the
Stall 01 Connaclia.tI. 00 HEIlUY CEIIT1FY that IN foregoing and anadIecI "- of AttorMy and CettlfIc:aca 01 Authority remei.... II.Il force and
hila no! bean~; and funhennor..lhat lIle SCendlng "-oIutiona ollila 80erd of OIr_. - -_. -~l--
.- 1L 7}J
::r;:::~q:;:-..r:;-':- :1-- ..~
.~ .,/; Vincent A. Wall!lh, Secretary
..~....." I'MmD IN u.s.A.
"'''''''1Ii'''''''''"''"'''~'''~'.
~.'.,., . ',' ".\".'''''~k..
._.........:-.-...;"': ...'::i:; "
;>t
I
1
1
-~
I
1
o
z ,.....
- ~
~"<t ,.....
,ft ~ ...: ~
-0>(/)(")
Z.....
:!E-.....>-cd
OCQ~~:g
::!! cd . 0
a:::)C5ZU::
LL..... . (") vi
o..O"<t.~
. (") en
we.. ::J
~ W
c:(
.....
+->
0..
Q)
Cl
o
<:::t-
o
(V)
(V)
....J
lL.
en
l::en
..... l:: +->
(1).,-- Vl
ttl "'0 N Q)
..c,-o 3:
u.....o
~::l "'0 >,
::lCOEttlQ)
0... oo~
Q)oa:::
~ua:::
+-> ..... Q) "'0
l::>"CJ)l::
::l ~ CJ) Q) ttl
O<lJl::.--.--
U V') ......-- Vl
~Ol--i
Q) U U
0..... Vl .::.:
~'--VlOU
l::..oOOO
O::l~.-I+->
{!. ::E 0... U 1.0 V')
,.~1'l~,,;;j,;:t ". ::,~,~i.[:~7 =~--
~
.
E
0..
0
0
N
C!:!J
N
0'1
..........
ttl 0.. .. 't--.
.::.: ..... c::( .-I
U ~ ..........
ttl U Vl .-I
0... Vl <lJ
<lJ l::
"'0 Cl 0
N "'0
co Q) <lJ
en +-> l::
ttl U <lJ
.. .::.: ttl 0..
~ U ~ +> 0
0 ttl+-> U
lL. 0... l:: Q) <lJ
0 ......, co
"'0 "'0 U 0
.,.... or- ~ 0
0... ~
.;:..:~t~,'r4~_~J:~;d"':',-~~~D'~=.~"
NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION FACILITY
BID GROUP 3A BIDDING DOCUMENTS
NOVEMBER 21, 1991
',,-
"'"
'~."-t!
'.
'.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
BID GROUP 3A
(Volume I)
1. Biddinq Documents (Volume I)
Section 00030
section 00050
Section 00100
Section 00113
Section 00114
section 00115
section 00116
section 00117
section 00118
Section 00119
Section 00120
section 00121
Section 00122
section 00123
section 00124
section 00125
section 00126
section 00143
section 00144
section 00145
section 00146
section 00147
section 00155
section 00156
section 00163
section 00220
section 00230
Notice of calling for Bids
project Summary
Instructions to Bidders
Proposal Forms:
Security Systems
Prime Electrical contract Zones
A,B,C,D,E
Mechanical Process and HVAC
Prime Plumbing contract Zones A,B,C,D,E
Fire Protection system
Food Service Equipment
Laundry Equipment
Loading Dock Equipment
Pneumatic Tube system
Metals
security Glass and Glazing
Aluminum Window Walls, Glass & Glazing
Plumbing Contract Zones D and E
Electrical Contract Zones D and E
Schedule of Unit Prices:
Security systems
Prime Electrical Contract Zones
A,B,C,D,E
Mechanical Process and HVAC
Prime Plumbing Contract Zones A,B,C,D,E
Fire Protection system
Plumbing Contract Zones D and E
Electrical Contract Zones D and E
Pre-Bid Substitutions
Geotechnical Data
site Survey
11/20/91
TABLE OF CONTENTS
00001 - I
Section 00303
Section 00305
section 00307
section 00309
section 00310
Section 00311
section 00312
Section 00313
section 00314
Section 00315
section 00316
section 00317
section 00318
section 00319
section 00320
section 00321
section 00322
section 00323
section 00324
section 00325
Section 00326
section 00353
Section 00410
Section 00420
Section 00425
section 00430
section 00440
Section 00450
Scopes of Work for Reference (BG-I and
BG-2):
Site Electrical & Temporary Power
Site Grading & Caissons
Concrete Foundations
Site Plumbing
Precast Concrete
Hydraulic Elevators
Precast Embeds
Scopes of Work (BG-3A):
Security Systems
Prime Electrical Contract Zones
A,B,C,D,E
Mechanical Process and HVAC
Prime Plumbing Contract Zones A,B,C,D,E
Fire Protection system
Food Service Equipment
Laundry Equipment
Loading Dock Equipment
Pneumatic Tube System
Metals
Security Glass and Glazing
Aluminum Window Walls, Glass & Glazing
Plumbing Contract Zones D and E
Electrical Contract Zones D and E
Milestone Schedule
Bid Bond - AlA Document A310, February
1970 edition
Sworn Statement on Public Entity Crimes
Lobbying and Conflict of Interest Clause
Non-Collusion Affidavit
Proposed Subcontractor Listing
Contractor's Qualification Statement -
AlA Document A305
11/20/91
TABLE OF CONTENTS
00001 - 2
2. Contract Documents (Volume I)
Section 00500 Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner
and Contractor - AlA Document AIOI/CM,
June 1980 edition
section 00610 Public Construction Bond
3. Conditions (Volume I)
Section 00750 General Conditions, AlA Document
A201/CM, June 1980 edition
section 00800 Substantial Completion and Owner
Acceptance
section 00805 Supplementary General Conditions
section 00900 Application & certificate for Payment -
AlA Document G702/G703
section 00905 Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of
Debts and Claims
section 00908 Contractor's Affidavit of Release of
Liens
Section 00910 Consent of Surety to Final Payment, - AlA
Document G707, April 1970 edition
Section 00915 Affidavit and Partial Release of Lien
section 00970 Project Safety and Health Plan
Section 00980 Contractor Quality Control Plan
4. Drawings
section 00993 Schedule of Drawings, Bid Group 3
11/20/91
TABLE OF CONTENTS
00001 - 3
s. General Requirements (Volume I)
Section 01027
Section 01028
Section 01130
Section 01200
Section 01301
Section 01310
Section 01370
Section 01385
Section 01395
Section 01410
Section 01510
Section 01520
Section 01550
Section 01560
Section 01580
Section 01590
Section 01595
Section 01600
Section 01630
Section 01650
Section 01670
Section 01700
Section 01710
Section 01720
Section 01730
Application for Payment
Change Order Procedures
Security Project Procedures
Project Meetings
Submittals
Progress Schedules
Schedule of Values
Daily Construction Reports
Document Clarification Requests
Testing Laboratory Services
Temporary utilities
Construction Aids
Access Roads and Parking Areas
Temporary Controls
Project Identification and Signs
Field Offices and Sheds
Construction Cleaning
Material and Equipment
Post-Bid Substitutions
Starting of Systems
Systems Demonstrations
Contract Closeout
Final Cleaning
Project Record Documents
Operation and Maintenance Data
11/20/91
TABLE OF CONTENTS
00001 - 4
6. Technical specifications, Bid Group Three, (Volume II, dated
November 11, 1991)
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REOUIREMENTS .
section 01130 Security Project Procedures
DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK
section 02211
Section 02215
section 02222
Section 02226
section 02510
Section 02518
section 02520
section 02580
section 02644
section 02721
section 02730
Section 02732
section 02733
section 02800
section 02810
Section 02830
section 02835
Section 02930
section 02950
Rough Grading
Finish Grading
Excavating, Backfilling And Compacting
For Structures
Excavating, Backfilling and Compacting
For utilities
Asphaltic Concrete Paving
Concrete Unit Pavers
Portland Cement Concrete Paving
Pavement Marking
Water Mains
Sewer Structures
Sanitary Sewerage
Sewage Force Mains
Sewage Pump station
site Improvements
Irrigation System
Fence And Gates
Barbed Tape
Lawns
Trees, Shrubs And Ground Cover
DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE
section 03100
section 03200
Section 03300
section 03520
Section 03600
Concrete Formwork
Concrete Reinforcement
cast-in-Place Concrete
Insulating Concrete Decks
Grout
DIVISION 4 - MASONRY
section 04200 Unit Masonry
DIVISION 5 - METALS
section 05180
section 05500
Section 05510
Section 05810
Miscellaneous Structural Steel
Metal Fabrications
Metal Stairs
Expansion Joint Covers Assemblies
11/20/91
00001 - 5
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTIC
section 06100
section 06200
Rough Carpentry
Finish Carpentry
DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
Section 07115
Section 07210
section 07215
Section 07272
section 07530
section 07730
section 07900
Sheet Waterproofing
Building Insulation
sprayed Insulation
Firestop And Penetration Sealing System
Single Ply Roofing
Roof Accessories
Joint Sealers
DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS
section 08100 Metal Doors And Frames
Section 08211 Flush Wood Doors
section 08300 Special Doors
section 08305 Access Panels And Doors
section 08320 Security Metal Doors And Frames
section 08410 Aluminum Entrances
section 08660 Security Windows
section 08710 Door Hardware
section 08800 Glazing
Section 08842 Security Glazing
Section 08902 Aluminum Window Walls
DIVISION 9 - FINISHES
section 09110
section 09200
section 09250
section 09300
section 09510
section 09650
Section 09680
section 09700
Section 09800
Section 09830
section 09900
Section 09950
Non-Load Bearing Wall Framing Systems
Lath and Plaster
Gypsum Board
Tile
Acoustical ceilings
Resilient Flooring
carpet
Special Flooring
Special Coatings
Elastomeric Coating
Painting
Wallcovering
DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES
Section 10100
section 10160
Section 10200
Section 10270
Section 10350
Chalkbc.. .rds And Tackboards
Solid Plastic Toilet Partitions
Louvers and Vents
Access Flooring
Flagpole
11/20/91
TABLE OF CONTENTS
00001 - 6
DIVISION 10 - SPECIALITIES continued
section 10500
section 10520
section 10550
Section 10606
section 10800
section 10900
Steel Lockers
Fire Extinguisher Cabinets
Postal Specialties
Security Fencing Assembly
Toilet Accessories
Miscellaneous Specialties
DIVISION 11 - EOUIPMENT
Section 11110
section 11160
section 11197
section 11200
section 11202
section 11203
section 11204
section 11205
section 11206
section 11208
Section 11211
section 11212
Section 11217
Section 11218
Section 11222
section 11224
Section 11400
Section 11480
Section 11704
Laundry Equipment
Loading Dock Equipment
Security/Detention Equipment
Basic Electronic Security Requirements
System Central Processing unit
Fire Alarm Interface
Programmable Logic Controller
Address Panels
Relay Cabinets
Card Access Control
situation Man-Down Equipment
Closed Circuit video Equipment
Vehicle Loop Detection
Operational Intercom System
Inmate/Attorney Telephones
Metal Detection Equipment
Food Service Equipment
Athletic Equipment
Ice Machines
DIVISION 13 - RADIATION PROTECTION
Section 13090 Radiation Protection
DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS
section 14700 Pneumatic Tube System
DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL
Section 15000
Section 15012
Section 15014
Section 15050
Section 15060
Section 15085
Section 15100
Section 15110
Section 15130
General provisions
Coordination Drawings - Preparation
Coordination Drawings
Water Treatment
Pipe and Pipe Fittings
Piping Identification
Valves
Heat Trace System
Thermometers and Gages
11/20/91
00001 - 7
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DIVISION lS - MECHANICAL continued
Section 15140
section 15160
section 15175
section 15242
Section 15252
Section 15290
section 15330
section 15403
section 15404
section 15408
Section 15410
section 15430
Section 15440
Section 15460
Section 15470
Section 15490
section 15517
section 15540
section 15552
section 15684
section 15714
section 15770
section 15785
section 15855
Section 15858
section 15880
Section 15884
section 15885
section 15890
section 15894
section 15936
section 15950
Section 15965
Section 15992
section 15995
Pipe Hangers And supports
Pumps.
Variable Speed Motor Control for Fans
and Pumps
vibration Isolation
Pipe And Equipment Insulation
Ductwork Insulation
Wet-Sprinkler System
Water Booster Pumps
Domestic Water Softener
soil, Waste and Vent System
Storm Drainage System
Plumbing Specialties
Plumbing Fixtures and Accessories
Sump Pumps
Hot Water Storage Heater
Fuel Storage And Dispensing Systems
Hydronic Specialties
Emergency Generator Auxiliaries
Fuel oil Piping Systems
Centrifugal Chillers
Blow Thru Cooling Tower
Make-Up Air units
Fan Coil units
Air Handling units
Fans
Fire Dampers
Combination Smoke And Fire Dampers
Air Filters
Ductwork
Air Terminal Units
Grilles, Registers, Diffusers
Automatic Temperature Control Systems
Building Automation System
Tests - Piping Systems
System Balancing and Testing
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL
section 16010
section 16111
Section 16120
:;ection 16155
Section 16161
section 16170
Section 16199
section 16300
section 16351
Electrical General provisions
Conduit Systems
Wire and Cable
Combination Motor Starr.ers
Motor Control Centers
Disconnect Switches
Wiring Devices and Plates
Standby Power Generation
Uninterruptible Power Supply
11/20/91
TABLE OF CONTENTS
00001 - 8
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL continued
Section.16400
Section 16425
section 16450
section 16461
section 16470
section 16471
section 16472
section 16500
section 16601
section 16605
section 16660
section 16721
section 16781
Section 16930
Service and Power Distribution Systems
Main Service Switchboard
Electrical Systems Grounding
Dry Type Distribution Transformers
Distribution Panelboards - circuit
Breaker Type
Feeder and Branch Circuits and Emergency
Wiring
Branch Circuit panelboards - Circuit
Breaker Type
Lighting
Lightning Protection System
Transient Voltage/Surge Protection
Wiring for Equipment Furnished by Others
Fire Alarm System
Telephone Conduit Systems
Lighting Control Equipment
11/20/91
00001 - 9
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 00030
NOTICE OF CALLING FOR BIDS
NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN TO WHOM IT MAY CONCERN that on Friday,
January 3, 1992 at 10:00 a.m., a Committee consisting of the
county Purchasing Director, the County Attorney, and the County's
Construction Manager, will meet and open sealed bids at the
Monroe County Purchasing Department, 5100 College Road, Public
Service Building, Cross Wing, Room 002, Stock Island, Key West,
Florida, for the following Bid Packages for the New Detention
Facility on Stock Island, Key West, Florida:
Bid Package No. 13 . . . Security Systems
Bid Package No. 14 . . . Prime Electrical Contract Zones
A,B,C,D,E
Bid Package No. 15 . . . Mechanical Process , HVAC
Bid Package No. 16 . . . Prime Plumbing Contract Zones
A,B,C,D,E
Bid Package No. 17 . . . Fire Protection System
Bid Package No. 18 . . . Food Service Equipment
Bid Package No. 19 . . . Laundry Equipment
Bid Package No. 20 . . . Loading Dock Equipment
Bid Package No. 21 . . . Pneumatic Tube system
Bid Package No. 22 . . . Metals
Bid Package No. 23 . . . Security Glass and Glazing
Bid Package No. 24 . Aluminum Window WallS, Glass ,
Glazing
Bid Package No. 25 . . . Plumbing Contract Zones 0 and E
Bid Package No. 26 . . . Electrical Contract Zones o and E
All bids must be in the hands of the Monroe County Purchasing
Director, on or before 10:00 a.m. on January 3, 1992. No Bids
will be received after the deadline.
All bids, together with the recommendation of the County
Administrator, will be presented to the Board of County
Commissioners of Monroe County, Florida, for final awarding or
otherwise.
Drawings and specifications can be examined and piCked-Up at the
office of Morrison-Knudse~/Gerrits, 5090 Junior College Road,
Stock Island, Key West, Florida 33040, (305) 292-7845, in
accordance with the Instructions to Bidders. Drawings and
specifications can be obtained for the refundable deposit sum of
$ 250.00.
11/19/91
NOTICE OF CALLING FOR BIDS
00030 - I
~
Drawings and specifications can also be examined at the following
locations:
Construction Consultants
1020 Bee Pond Road
Palm Harbor, FL 34683
(813) 784-3301
Edward J. Gerrits, Inc.
3465 NW Second Avenue
Miami, FL 33127
(305) 573-2465
A mandatorY pre-Bid Conference will be held at Morrison-
Knudsen/Gerrits' office on stock Island at 10:00 a.m. on December
6, 1991. Any questions concerning the Bid Documents shall be
directed to the Construction Manager, Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits.
Bid security payable to Monroe County Board of County
Commissioners in the amount of five percent (5%) of the Bid must
accompany each Bid in accordance with the Instructions to
Bidders. The Bidder awarded a contract in accordance with this
notice shall post a public construction bond guaranteeing
completion and quality of the work under the drawings and
specifications.
DATED at Key West, Florida, this ____ day of
, 1991.
R.M. COFER
Director of PurChasing, for
Monroe County, Florida
11/19/91
NOTICE OF CALLING FOR BIDS
00030 - 2
SECTION 00050
PROJECT SUMMARY
The New Monroe County Detention Facility is being constructed on
the North end of stock Island, commonly known as Norman's Island,
in the City of Key West, Florida. The address is 5501 West
College Road.
Permitting and inspections will be by the City of Key West. The
facility is owned by Monroe County.
The Architect/Engineer is Hansen Lind Meyer, of Orlando, Florida,
in association with Gonzalez Architects, of Key West, Florida.
The Construction Manager is Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits, a joint
venture.
The project is being bid in (3) major groups, Bid Group I, Bid
Group 2, and Bid Group 3. Bid Group I consists of sitework and
foundations, and has been awarded to the following contractors:
Bid Package No.3, Site Electrical and Temporary Power, to
Benson Electric.
Bid Package No.5, site Grading and Caissons, to Toppino's.
Bid Package No.7, Concrete Foundations, D.L.Porter/Rosasco.
Bid Package No.9, Site Plumbing, McPhaIl's Excavating.
Bid Group 2 consists of the following packages, as follows:
Bid Package No. 10, Precast Concrete, to Pomco, (pending).
Bid Package No. II, Precast Embeds, to National Detention
Group.
Bid Package No. 12, Hydraulic Elevators, to Mowrey Elevator.
Bid Group 3 is being bid in three parts, A, Band C. Bid Group
3A is the subject of this multi-bid package, which consists of
thp major coordination trades and equipment.
Bid Group 3B will consist of masonry, cast-in-place concrete,
roofing, non-security doors and frames, and miscellaneous metals.
11/20/91
PROJECT SUMMARY
00050 - I
Bid Group 3C consists of building finishes and sitework finishes.
Bid Group I and Bid Group 2 drawings and specifications are
available at the Office of the Construction Manager, Morrison-
Knudsen/Gerrits, for review.
11/20/91
PROJECT SUMMARY
00050 - 2
SECTION 00100
~
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
'.
To be considered, Bids must be made in accordance with these
Instructions to Bidders.
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS
l.l Terms used in these Instructions to Bidders which are
defined in the General Conditions shall have the same
meanings or definitions as assigned to them in the General
Conditions.
1.2 Bidding Documents include the Advertisement to Bid,
Instructions to Bidders, Proposal Form and Unit Price
Documents, Bid Package Scope of Work and Schedule,
Contractor's Qualification Statement, other sample bidding
and contract forms and the proposed Contract Documents
including any addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids. The
Contract Documents proposed for the Work consist of the
Standard Form of Agreement, General Conditions,
Supplementary General Conditions, General Requirements,
Project Safety and Health Program, Quality Control Program,
Technical Specifications, Drawings, and other sample
contract forms.
1.3 Addenda are written or graphic instruments issued by the
Architect/Engineer through the Construction Manager prior to
the receipt of Bids which modify or interpret the Bidding
Documents by additions, deletions, clarifications, or
corrections.
1.4 A Bid is a complete and properly signed proposal to do the
Work for the sums stipulated therein, submitted in
accordance with the Bidding Documents.
1.5 The Base Bid is the sum stated in the Bid for which the
Bidder offers to perform the Work described in the Bidding
Documents as the base, to which may be added or from which
Work may be deleted for sums stated in Alternate Bids.
I.G An Alternate Bid (or Alternate) is an amount stated in the
Bid to be added to or deducted from the amount of the Base
Bid if the corresponding change in the Work, as described in
the Bidding Documents, is accepted.
11/19/91
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
00100 - I
1.7 An Owner option Bid (or option) is an amount stated in the
Bid, which can be exercised by the Owner through the
Construction Manager, for the corresponding change in the
work as described in the Bidding Documents. This Owner
Option can be exercised at any time during the contract
duration.
I.B The Owner is tax exempt and reserves his right to purchase
directly various construction materials and equipment that
may be a part of the Contract. If the Owner elects to make
a particular purchase, the Construction Manager will act as
a purchasing agent for the Owner. The Owner will, via his
Purchase Contract, purchase the materials and equipment, and
each Trade Contractor contracting with the Owner shall
assist the Construction Manager in the preparation of these
Purchase Contracts. The materials and equipment shall be
purchased from the vendors/suppliers selected by the Trade
Contractor.
The Contract amount shall be reduced by the amount of the
Purchase Contract, plus all the applicable sales taxes.
Issuance of the Purchase Contract by the Owner shall not
relieve the Contractor of any of his responsibilites
regarding material or equipment purchases or installation,
with the exception of the payments. The Contractor shall be
fully responsible for coordination, submittals, protection,
scheduling, expediting, receiving, and all applicable
warranties.
The Contractor shall be responsible for paying for all
materials over and above the purchase contract quantit~es.
For example, if the Contractor's calculated quantity is 50
cy of concrete, and if the Owner so chooses, shall process a
purchase contract for 50 cy at the unit price. During the
course of construction, the 50 cy of concrete has been
incorporated into the work, and more is needed for that
Contractor's work, then the Contractor shall be responsible
for paying for all additional concrete.
1.9 A Unit Price is an amount stated in the Bid as a price per
unit of measurement for materials or services as described
in the Bidding Documents or in the proposed Contract
Documents.
1.10 A Bidder is a person or entity who submits a Bid.
l.ll A Sub-r~dder is a person or entity who submits a bid to a
Bidder for materials or labor for a portion of the Work.
1.12 An Allowance is a given amount to be included in the bidders
proposal. From this Allowance, payments will be made to the
11/19/91
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
00100 - 2
vendor for the specified service or product. If the
contractor is responsible for making payments, he will be
reimbursed for the payments to the vendor via presentation
of invoices in his monthly payment application.
1.13 The term 'provide' means 'furnish and install'. Wherever
'provide' or 'furnish and install' are used, this shall mean
purchase, and all purchasing requirements and procedures,
and installation complete, as per the specified or implied
requirements.
1.14 The term 'perform' means to comply fully with the specified
or implied requirements.
ARTICLE 2
COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS
2.1 Bidders may obtain complete sets of the Bidding Documents
from the issuing office designated in the Notice of calling
for Bids, for the stipulated deposit sum. Deposits should
be made payable to Monroe County, Florida. Bidders who
submit a bonafide bid and return the Bidding Documents in
good condition within (20) calendar days after receipt of
bids, will be refunded the deposit sum. If pages are
written on, drawings are torn, or if the issuing office
considers the Bidding Documents unusable, then the deposit
will be forfeited.
2.2 Bidders shall use complete sets of Bidding Documents in
preparing Bids where applicable. Neither the Owner nor the
Construction Manager, nor the Architect/Engineer assume any
responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting
from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents.
ARTICLE 3
EXAMINATION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS AND SITE
3.1 Before Submitting a Bid:
3.1.1
Each Bidder shall thoroughly examine all the
Bidding Documents.
3.1.2
Each Bidder shall visit the site to familiarize
himself with local conditions that may in any
manner affect the cost, progress, or performance
of the Work.
11/19/91
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
00100 - 3
3.2 The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, right-of-
ways for access thereto and other lands designated for use
by the Contractors in performing the Work are identified in
the General Requirements or Drawings.
3.3 Each Bidder shall study and carefully correlate his
observations with the Contract Documents.
3.4 The submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible
representation by the Bidder that he has complied with every
requirement of Article 3 and that the Contract Documents are
sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey
understanding of all terms and conditions for performance of
the Work.
ARTICLE 4
INTERPRETATION AND CORRECTION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS
4.1 Bidders and Sub-bidders shall promptly notify the
Construction Manager of any ambiguity, inconsistency or
error which they may discover upon examination of the
Bidding Documents or of the site and local conditions.
4.2 Bidders and Sub-bidders requiring clarification or
interpretation of the Bidding Documents shall submit their
questions in writing to the Construction Manager no later
than ten days prior to the date for receipt of Bids. Any
interpretation, correction or change of the Bidding
Documents will be accomplished by Addenda mailed or
delivered to all parties recorded as having received plans.
Copies of Addenda will also be made available for inspection
wherever Bidding Documents are on file for that purpose.
Interpretations, corrections, or changes of the Bidding
Documents made in any other manner will not be binding, and
Bidders shall not rely upon such interpretations,
corrections, and changes. Oral and other interpretations or
clarifications will be without legal effect.
ARTICLE 5
"DELETED"
ARTICLE 6
CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS/CERTIFICATIONS
6.1 CONTRACTOR'S QUALIFICATION STATEMENT
Bidders must submit as a part of their bid proposal, a
11/19/91
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
00100 - 4
properly filled out, and executed Contractor's
Qualification statement.
6.2 Each bidder must submit, as a part of his bid proposal,
an executed "Sworn Statement on Public Entity Crimes."
6.3 Each bidder must submit, as a part of his bid proposal,
an executed "Lobbying and Conflict of Interest Clause."
6.4 Each bidder must submit, as a part of his bid proposal,
an executed "Non-Collusion Affidavit."
ARTICLE 7
BIDDING PROCEDURE
7.1.1
7.1 FORM AND STYLE OF BIDS
7.1.2
7.1.3
7.1.4
7.1.5
7.1.6
7.1.7
7.I.B
Bids shall be submitted on the forms included in
the Bidding Documents.
.l Bidders shall photocopy documents included in
the 'Bid Package' required for submission of
Bids. Pages shall not be removed from the
'Bid Package' documents for purposes of
submitting bids. The return of Bidding
Documents from which pages have been removed,
shall result in forfeiture of the Bidding
Document deposit.
All blanks on the Bid Form shall be filled in with
ink or by typewriter.
Where so indicated on the Bid Form, sums shall be
expressed in both words and figures, and in case
of discrepancy between the two, the amount written
in words shall govern.
Any interlineation, alteration, or erasure must be
initialed by the signer of the Bid.
All requested Alternates shall be bid. If no
change in the Base Bid is required, enter "No
Change".
All reqL3sted Allowances shall be bid.
All requested Owner Options shall be bid.
Any Bidder may submit Bids on more than one Bid
11/19/91
00100 - 5
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
~
'.
7.2 ADDENDA
7.2.1
7.2.2
7.2.3
Package; however each Bid Package will be reviewed
separately and award of contract for each Bid
Package will be made to the most qualified
responsible and responsive, lowest priced bidder.
Each Bidder shall ascertain prior to submitting
his Bid that he has received all Addenda issued,
and he shall acknowledge their receipt in his Bid.
No Addenda will be issued later than four days
prior to the date for receipt of Bids except an
Addendum withdrawing the request for Bids or one
which includes postponement of the date for
receipt of Bids.
copies of Addenda will be made available for
inspection wherever Bidding Documents are on file
for that purpose.
7.3 BID SECURITY
7.3.1
7.3.2
Each Bid shall be accompanied by a Bid Security
made payable to Monroe County, in the amount of
five percent of the Bidder's maximum Bid price.
The Bid Security shall be in the form of a
certified check, cashiers check or a Bid Bond
issued by a surety meeting the requirements of
Paragraph 7.5 of the General Conditions. If, a Bid
Bond is submitted as Bid Security, the attorney-
in-fact who executes the bond on behalf of the
surety shall affix to the Bond a certified and
current copy of his power of attorney.
The bid surety constitutes a pledge by the Bidder
that he will enter into a Contract with the Owner
on the terms stated in his Bid and will furnish
the required Public Construction Bond, as
described in Paragraph 7.4 of this Instructions to
Bidders. The Bid Security of the successful
Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has
entered into a Contract with the Owner and
furnished the required Public Construction Bond,
whereupon it will be returned. If the successful
Bidder fails to execute and deliver the Core "act
and furnish the required Bond, the Owner mcJ annul
the Notice of Award and the amount of the bid
security of that Bidder shall be forfeited to the
Owner not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages.
11/19/91
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
OOIOO - 6
7.3.3
The bid security of any Bidder whom the Owner
believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving
the award may be retained by the Owner until
either (a) the Contract has been executed and the
required Bond has been furnished, or (b) the
sixty-first day after the Bid opening, or (c) all
Bids have been rejected. The bid security of the
other Bidders will be returned within (14) days of
the Bid opening.
7.4 CONSTRUCTION BONDS
7.4.1
7.4.2
The Owner shall have the right to require the
successful Bidder to furnish a Standard
Performance Bond and Standard Labor and Material
Payment Bond, or Public Construction Bond, as
guarantee for the faithful performance of the
contract (including guarantee and maintenance
provisions) and the payment of all persons who
have, and fulfill, contracts which are directly
with the successful Bidder.
In the event that bonds are required, the
successful Bidder shall deliver them to the Owner
not later than the date of execution of the
Contract, or if the Work is to be commenced prior
thereto in response to a letter of intent, the
bidder shall, prior to Commencement of the Work,
submit evidence satisfactory to the Owner that
such Bonds will be furnished.
7.5 SCHEDULING, MANPOWER REQUIREMENTS, AND PERMITS
7.5.1
7.5.2
7.5.3
The overall schedule for construction is shown in
the Bidding Documents "Milestone Schedule."
The Contractor will be required to man the
project, in the event of award, in order to meet
the project schedule.
The Bidders shall determine all permits,
inspections and surveys, (and fees required by
same), required by Federal, State, County or
Municipal bodies having jurisdiction over the
project and shall include in his bid proposal the
cost of all such permits, inspections and surveys.
The Contractor shall be required to take out and
pay for all such permits, inspections and surveys
required for the execution of this Contract.
11/19/91
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
00100 - 7
7.6.1
7.6 SUBCONTRACTOR
7.6.2
Each Bidder shall submit along with his Bid the
names of all subcontractor(s) and/or entities
(including those who are to furnish materials or
equipment fabricated to a special design) proposed
for each of the principal portions of the Work.
If either the Owner or the Construction Manager,
after due investigation, has reasonable objection
to any proposed subcontractor, or entity, the
Construction Manager will so notify the Bidder
before giving Notice of Award and will request the
bidder to submit an acceptable substitute without
an increase in Bid Price. If the Bidder declined
to make any such substitution, the Contract shall
not be awarded to him, but his declining to make
any substitution will not result in the forfeiture
of his Bid Security.
7.7 SUBMISSION OF BIDS
7.7.1
7.7.2
Bids shall be submitted to Monroe County at the
designated location not later than the time and
date for receipt of Bids indicated in the Notice
of Calling for Bids, or any extension thereof made
by Addendum. Bids received after the time and
date for receipt of Bids will be returned
unopened.
One (I) original of all bidding documents, and
four (4) copies of the bidding documents are to be
submitted. Place the bid security in its own
separate envelope, marking on the outside 'Bid
Security', and place all other bidding documents
in another envelope, marking on the outside
'Proposal Documents'. Both envelopes are to be
inserted in one larger envelope. If the Bid is
hand-delivered, the envelope shall be filled out
as follows:
I. In the upper left hand corner, place the
Bidder's name and address.
2. In the center of the envelope, put the
following:
Monroe County ?urchasing Department
Public Service Building, Cross Wing,
Room 002, 5100 College Road, Stock
Island Key West, FL 33040
11/19/91
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
00100 - 8
7.7.3
7.7.4
3. In the lower left hand corner, put the
following:
Bid for: Bid Package No.
Bid Package Description:
Project: New Monroe Countv Detention
Facilitv
,
To be opened:
(Date)
(Time)
In item 3. above, fill in the Bid Package Number
and Bid Package Description. In addition, fill in
the date and time for opening of the bids, in
order that you may remind yourself of the
deadline.
If the Bid is sent by mail, the sealed envelope
shall be enclosed in a separate mailing envelope
with the notation "SEALED BID ENCLOSED" on the
face thereof. And then address the mailing
envelope in the conventional manner.
The Bidder shall assume full responsibility for
timely delivery at the location designated for
receipt of Bids.
Oral, telephonic, or telegraphic Bids are invalid
and will not receive consideration.
7.8 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS
7.8.1
7.8.2
A Bid may not be modified, withdrawn, or cancelled
by the Bidder during the stipulated time period
following the time and date designated for the
receipt of Bids, except as provided in Paragraph
7.9 Right to Claim Error in Bid, and each Bidder
so agrees in submitting his Bid.
Prior to the time and date designated for receipt
of Bids, any Bid submitted may be modified or
withdrawn by notice to Monroe County Purchasing
Department, at the place designated for receipt of
Bids. Such notice shall be in writing over the
signature of the bidder or by telegram. If by
telegram, written confirmation over the signature
of the Bidder shall be mailed and postmarked on or
before the date and time set for receipt of Bids,
and it shall be so worded as not to reveal the
amount of the original Bid.
11/19/91
00100 - 9
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
7.8.3
7.8.4
7.8.5
withdrawn Bids may be resubmitted up to the time
designated for the receipt of Bids provided that
they are then fully in conformance with these
Instructions to Bidders.
Bid Security shall be in an amount sufficient for
the Bid as modified or resubmitted.
No conditional, modified, or qualified bids will
be accepted. Bidders are to comply with the
instructions on the bid forms, and not make any
changes thereto.
7.9 RIGHT TO CLAIM ERROR IN BID
7.9.1
Each Bidder's original work papers, documents, and
materials used in preparation of the bid shall be
enclosed in an envelope and marked clearly as to
contents, must be received by Monroe County
Purchasing Department, not later than 24 hours
after the time and date for receipt of Bids, or
any extension thereof made by Addendum. A
photocopy of all materials is to be received by
Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits, not later than (24)
hours after the time and date for receipt of Bids.
Bidders who fail to submit their original work
papers, documents, and materials used in the
preparation of the bid, as provided herein, waive
all rights to claim error in the Bid.
ARTICLE 8
CONSIDERATION OF BIDS
8.1 OPENING OF BIDS
8.1.1
8.1.2
The properly identified Bids received on time will
be opened at the Monroe County Purchasing
Department.
Any Bid not submitted on or before the deadline
for receipt of bids designated in the Notice of
calling for Bids, will be returned unopened.
8 . 2 BIDS I') REMAIN OPEN
8.2.1
8.2.2
All Bids shall remain open for sixty days after
the date designated for receipt of Bids.
The Owner may, at his sole discretion, release any
11/19/91
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
00100 - 10
Bid Proposal and return the Bid Security before
the sixty days has elapsed.
8.3.1
8.3 AWARD OF CONTRACT
8.3.2
8.3.3
8.3.4
8.3.5
8.3.6
8.3.7
The Owner reserves the right to reject any and all
Bids or any part of a Bid, to waive the right to
disregard all nonconforming, non-responsive or
conditional Bids.
In evaluating Bids, the Owner shall consider the
qualifications of the bidders, whether or not the
Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, and
alternates and unit prices if requested in the Bid
Forms.
The Owner shall have the right to accept
Alternates in any order or combination and to
determine the low Bidder on the basis of the sum
of the Base Bid and the Alternates accepted.
The Owner may consider the qualifications and
experience of subcontractors and/or other entities
(including those who are to furnish materials, or
equipment fabricated to a special design) proposed
for each of the principal portions of the Work as
identified in the Bid. Operating costs,
maintenance considerations, performance data and
guarantees of materials and equipment may also be
considered.
The Owner may conduct such investigations as he
deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any
Bid and to establish to responsibility,
qualifications, and financial ability of the
Bidders, proposed subcontractors, and other
persons or organizations to do the Work in
accordance with the Contract Documents to the
Owner's satisfaction within the prescribed time.
The Owner has the right to conduct Bid
Clarification meetings with any bidder, to
determine if bidder has bid the scope of work in
its entirety. Bidder shall be required to attend
bid clarification meetings, as necessary.
The Owner reserves the right t6 reject the Bid of
any Bidder who does not pass 0ny such evaluation
to their satisfaction.
If the Contract is awarded, it will be awarded to
the Bidder whose evaluation by the Owner shows him
11/19/91
00100 - II
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
8.3.8
to be responsible and has indicated to the Owner
that the award will be in the best interests of
the Project.
.
If the Contract is to be awarded, the Construction
Manager will issue the Notice of Award to the
successful Bidder within sixty days after the date
of receipt of bids. The Owner reserves the right
to return all Bids, not make any awards, and
cancel the Project.
8.4.1
8.4 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT
9.1
The Notice of Award to the successful Bidder will
be accompanied by three copies of the Trade
Contract Agreement and all other Contract
Documents. The Contractor shall sign and deliver
all three copies of the Trade Contract Agreement
to the Construction Manager, with all other
Contract Documents attached within five days after
receipt of Notice of Award. The Construction
Manager will return one fully executed copy of the
Trade Contract Agreement to the Contractor with
all other contract Documents attached within three
weeks thereafter.
ARTICLE 9
SPECIAL LEGAL REQUIREMENTS
Each Bidder, before submitting his Bid, shall
familiarize himself with all Federal, state,
laws, ordinances, rules and regulations that
to the Work or that may in any manner affect
progress, or performance of the Work.
and local
may apply
the cost,
11/19/91
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
00100 - 12
SECTION 00113
PROPOSAL FORM
Bid Packaqe No. 13
Security Systems
BID TO : MONROE COUNTY - CLERK OF COURTS
c/o PURCHASING DEPARTMENT
PUBLIC SERVICE BUILDING, CROSS WING,
ROOM 002, 5100 COLLEGE ROAD, STOCK
ISLAND, KEY WEST, FLORIDA 33040
BID FROM:
The undersigned, having carefully examined the Work and Drawings,
specifications, Bid Package, and Addenda thereto and other
Contract Documents for the construction of:
Bid Package No. 13, Security systems
and having carefully examined the site where the Work is to be
performed, having become familiar with all local conditions,
including labor affecting the cost thereof, and having
familiarized himself with material availability, Federal, state,
and Local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations affecting
performance of the Work, does hereby propose to furnish all
labor, mechanics, superintendents, tools, material, equipment,
transportation services, engineering support, and all incidentals
necessary to perform and complete said Work and work incidental
hereto, in a workman-like manner, in conformance with said
Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract Documents including
Addenda issued thereto.
The undersigned further certifies that he has personally
inspected the actual location of where the Work is to be
performed, together with the local sources of supply and that he
understands the conditions under which the Work is to be
performed. The succQ~sful bidder shall assume the risk of any
and all costs and delays arising from the existence of any
subsurface or other latent physical condition which could be
reasonably anticipated by reference to documentary information
provided and made available, and from inspection and examination
of the site.
11/19/91
SECURITY SYSTEMS PROPOSAL FORM
00113 - I
BASE BID FORM
GENERAL BID ITEMS
1- Mobilization $
2. General Conditions $
3. Permits $
4. Bond $
5. Submittals $
GENERAL BID, Items I thru 5 $
----------
----------
ZONE A
6. Security Hollow Metal $
7. Security Hardware $
8. Security Systems $
Subtotal Zone A, Items 6 thru 8 $
----------
----------
ZONE B
9. security Hollow Metal $
10. Security Hardware $
II. Security Systems $
Subtotal Zone B, Items 9 thru II $
----------
----------
ZONE C
12. Security Hollow Metal $
13. Security Hardware $
14. Security Systems $
Subtotal Zone C, Items 12 thru 14 ~
----------
----------
11/19/91
SECURITY SYSTEMS PROPOSAL FORM
00113 - 2
ZONE D
IS. Security Hollow Metal
16. Security Hardware
17. Security Systems
Subtotal Zone D, Items IS thru 17
ZONE E
IS. Security Hollow Metal
19. Security Hardware
20. Security Systems
Subtotal Zone E, Items IS thru 20
$
$
$
$
----------
----------
$
$
$
$
----------
----------
SECURITY SYSTEMS BID, Items 6 thru 20
$
----------
----------
11/19/91
SECURITY SYSTEMS PROPOSAL FORM
00113 - 3
ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS
Gypsum w/Standard Lock
a X b =
Size Ouantitv U.P.
21- 12" x 12" $30
22. 18" x 18" $45
23. 18" x 24" $80
24. 24" x 24'" $55
25. 24" x 36" $75
Subtotal
c
Bid Allowance
$
-------------
-------------
Gvpsum w/Standard Lock. Fire-Rated Panels
a X b = c
Size Ouantitv U.P. Bid Allowance
26. 12 " x 12" $105
27. 18" x 18" $130
28. 18" x 24" $195
29. 24" x 24'" $170
30. 24" x 36" $210
Subtotal $
-------------
-------------
11/19/91
SECURITY SYSTEMS PROPOSAL FORM
00113 - 4
Plaster w/Standard Lock
Size
31. 12" x 12"
32. 18" x 18"
33. 18" x 24"
34. 24" x 24"1
35. 24" x 36"
Subtotal
a X b = c
Ouantitv U.P. Bid Allowance
$75
$110
$165
$130
$200
$
-------------
-------------
Plaster w/Standard Lock. Fire-Rated Panels
a X b = c
Size Ouantity U.P. Bid Allowance
36. 12" x 12" $105
37. 18" x 18" $130
38. 18" x 24" $195
39. 24" x 24"1 $170
40. 24" x 36" $210
Subtotal $
-------------
-------------
11/19/91
SECURITY SYSTEMS PROPOSAL FORM
00113 - 5
Securitv Plaster w/Securitv Lock
a X b = c
Size Ouantitv U.P. Bid Allowance
41. 12" x 12" $260
42. 18" x 18" $325
43. 18" x 24" $400
44. 24" x 24"1 $355
45. 24" x 36" $480
Subtotal $
-------------
-------------
** Security Plaster w/Securitv Lock. Fire-Rated Panels
a X b = c
Size Ouantitv U.P. Bid Allowance
46. 12" x 12" $230
47. 18" x 18" $250
48. 18" x 24" $355
49. 24" x 24"1 $280
50. 24" x 36" $330
Subtotal $
-------------
-------------
Security Masonrv w/Securitv Lock
a X b = c
Size Ouantitv U.P. Bid Allowance
51. 24" x 24"1 $485
52. 24" x 36" $530
Subtotal $
-------------
-------------
11/19/91 SECURITY SYSTEMS PROPOSAL FORM 00113 - 6
...
** For anv access doors reauired. and not shown in the allowance
items above. increase the count of Securitv Plaster w/Securitv
Lock type totals. accordinqlv. and provide detail and accountinq
of applicable access doors below.
53.
54.
55.
56.
TOTAL ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS BID,
items 21 thru 56 (figures)
$
----------
----------
TOTAL ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS BID,
(words)
DOLLARS
SUMMARY OF BASE BID
General Bid Items
Zones A thru E Security Systems
$
$
$
Access Panels and Doors
TOTAL BASE BID, items 1 thru
56 above, (in figures)
$
----------
----------
TOTAL BASE BID, (words)
DOLLARS
11/19/91
SECURITY SYSTEMS PROPOSAL FORM
00113 - 7
ALTERNATES BID FORM
Alternate 13-01: Bid on Bid Package No. 22. Metals
Provide a complete bid on Bid Package No. 22, Metals. This
bidder shall comply with all applicable sections of the bid
package, drawings and specifications as it pertains to Bid
Package No. 22 Metals, in order to do so.
57. section 05500 Metal Fabrications, furnish
and install items under paragraph 2.2 D and E,
and include prime painting. This also
includes security grilles and bars, as shown
on drawing 4.42, detail I and 4. Angle embeds
on detail I are already provided, as well as
angles on detail 4. $
58. Drawing 10.32, Air Devices Schedule,
Furnish and install security air devices,
which includes security bars. On schedule,
this includes, but is not limited to devices
S-9, S-22, R-3, R-5, R-13, and E-3. $
59. Section 11197 Security/Detention Equipment $
60. Section 15936 Barrier Grilles $
61. section 10200, Louvers and Vents, furnish
and install item l.l A. h., steel security
grille, grating and framework. $
62. section 10900 Miscellaneous Specialties $
TOTAL ALTERNATE 13-01 BID, items
57 thru 62 (figures)
$
----------
----------
TOTAL ALTERNATE 13-01 BID, (words)
DOLLARS
11/19/91
SECURITY SYSTEMS PROPOSAL FORM
00113 - 8
Alternate 13-02:
Bid on Bid Packaqe No. 23. Securitv
Glass and Glazing
Provide a complete bid on Bid Package No. 23, Security Glass
and Glazing. This bidder shall comply with all applicable
sections of the bid package, drawings and specifications as
it pertains to Bid Package No. 23 Security Glass and
Glazing, in order to do so.
63. Security glass and glazing
$
TOTAL ALTERNATE 13-02 BID, item
63 (figures)
$
----------
----------
TOTAL ALTERNATE 13-02 BID, (words)
DOLLARS
COMBINED BID for ALTERNATE 13-01 and ALTERNATE 13-02, if
both of these alternates are awarded:
TOTAL ALTERNATES 13-01 and 13-02 BID,
(figures)
$
----------
----------
TOTAL ALTERNATES 13-01 and 13-02 BID,
(words)
DOLLARS
11/19/91
SECURITY SYSTEMS PROPOSAL FORM
00113 - 9
Alternate 13-03:
Security Svstems Racewavs
Provide a complete price to remove from the scope of work of
the Security Systems contractor, the furnishing and
installing of security systems conduit, raceways, cable
trays, junction boxes and fittings.
This includes removing items pertaining to radiation
protection; such as the furnish and installation of
shielding security/communication systems, including
penetration shielding. Also, the provision of warranty on
these radiation protective materials.
Note: This alternate does not include removing from the
scope of work the requirement of security systems shop
drawings and coordination drawings.
Below is a schedule showing types and sizes of conduit. The
Security Systems bidder shall state the quantities of each
type and size of raceway, the unit price, and make the bid
extension.
Conduit Schedule
Conduits shall be considered a complete raceway system,
inclusive of all fittings, supports, pUll-points, etc.,
required for a complete raceway system.
EMT/Thinwall Conduit
a X b = c
Size unit unit Price Ouantitv Bid Extension
64. 3/4 " If
65. I " If
66. I 1/4 " If
67. I 1/2 " If
68. 2 " If
69. 2 1/2 " If
70. 3 " If
71. 4 " If
subtotal, Items 64 thru 71
$
-------------
-------------
11/19/91
SECURITY SYSTEMS PROPOSAL FORM
00113 - 10
Riqid Metallic Conduit
a X b = c
Size unit unit Price Ouantitv Bid Extension
72. 3/4 " If
73. I " If
74. I 1/4 " If
75. I 1/2" If
76. 2 " If
77. 2 1/2 " If
78. 3 " If
79. 4 " If
Subtotal, Items 72 thru 79 $
-------------
-------------
Riqid PVC Conduit
a X b = c
Size unit unit Price Ouantitv Bid Extension
80. 3/4 " If
81. I " If
82. I 1/4 " If
83. I 1/2 " If
84. 2 " If
85. 2 1/2 " If
86. 3 " If
87. 4 " If
Subtotal, Items 80 thru 87 $
-------------
-------------
other Racewav Svstems. if not listed above.
a X b = c
Description Unit Unit Price Ouantitv Bid Extension
88.
89.
90.
91.
92.
93.
94.
If
If
If
If
If
If
If
Subtotal, Items 88 thru 94
$
-------------
-------------
11/19/91
SECURITY SYSTEMS PROPOSAL FORM
00113 - II
TOTAL ALTERNATE 13-03 ~ID,
items 64 thru 94 (figures),
ADD / DEDUCT (circle one)
$
-------------
-------------
TOTAL ALTERNATE 13-03 BID,
(words)
DOLLARS
11/19/91
00113 - 12
SECURITY SYSTEMS PROPOSAL FORM
OWNER OPTION BID FORM
Owner Option 13-01: Zone F Securitv Svstems
At the option of the Owner, furnish and install Zone F Work,
similar to zones D and E.
95. Mobilization
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
96. General Conditions
97. Permits
98. Bond
99. Submittals
100. ZONE F Security Hollow Metal
101. ZONE F Security Hardware
102. ZONE F Security Systems
TOTAL OWNER OPTION 13-01 BID, items
95 thru 102 (figures)
$
----------
----------
TOTAL OWNER OPTION 13-01 BID, (words)
DOLLARS
11/19/91
SECURITY SYSTEMS PROPOSAL FORM
00113 - 13
I acknowledge receipt of Addenda No.(s)
I have included pages I through 14 of the Proposal Form____, and
attached the required Bid Security____, unit Price Schedule____,
Contractor's Qualification Statement____, Lobbying and Conflict
of Interest Clause____, Sworn Statement of Public Entity
Crimes____, Non-Collusion Affidavit____, and proposed
Subcontractor listing____.
(Check mark items above, as a reminder that they are included.)
Mailing Address:
Phone Number:
Date:
Signed:
(Name)
(Title)
witness:
(Seal)
11/19/91
SECURITY SYSTEMS PROPOSAL FORM
00113 - 14
'.
SECTION 00114
'.
PROPOSAL FORK
Bid Package No. 14
Prime Electrical Contract Zones A,B,C,D,E
BID TO : MONROE COUNTY - CLERK OF COURTS
c/o PURCHASING DEPARTMENT
PUBLIC SERVICE BUILDING, CROSS WING,
ROOM 002, 5100 COLLEGE ROAD, STOCK
ISLAND, KEY WEST, FLORIDA 33040
BID FROM:
The undersigned, having carefully examined the Work and reference
Drawings, Specifications, Proposal, and Addenda thereto and other
Contract Documents for the construction of:
Bid Package No. 14, Prime Electrical Contract Zones A,B,C,D,E
and having carefully examined the site where the Work is to be
performed, having become familiar with all local conditions,
including labor affecting the cost thereof, and having
familiarized himself with material availability, Federal, State,
and Local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations affecting
performance of the Work, does hereby propose to furnish all
labor, mechanics, superintendents, tools, material, equipment,
transportation services, engineering support and all incidentals
necessary to perform and complete said Work and work incidental
hereto, in a workman-like manner, in conformance with said
Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract Documents including
Addenda issued thereto.
The undersigned further certifies that he has personally
inspected the actual location of where the Work is to be
performed, together with the local sources of supply and that he
understands the conditions under which the Work is to be
performed. The successful bidder shall.-\:lssume the risk of any
and all costs and delays arising from the existence of any
subsurface or other latent physical condition which could be
reasonably anticipated by reference to documentary information
provided and made available, and from inspection and examination
of the site.
11/20/91
PRIME ELECTRICAL PROPOSAL FORM
00114 - I
BASE BID FORK
GENERAL BID ITEMS
1.
Mobilization
2.
General Conditions
3.
Permits
4.
Bond
5.
Submittals
GENERAL BID, Items I thru 5
ZONE A
6. Conduit Systems
7. Panel Boards
8. Service Distribution
9 . Lighting
10. Lightning Protectection
II. Fire Alarm System
12. Temporary Power and Lighting
ZONE A BID, items 6 thru 12
$
$
$
$
$
$
----------
----------
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
----------
----------
11/20/91
PRIME ELECTRICAL PROPOSAL FORM
00114 - 2
ZONE B
13. Conduit Systems
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
14. Panel Boards
IS. Service Distribution
16. Lighting
17. Lightning Protectection
18. Fire Alarm System
19. Temporary Power and Lighting
ZONE B BID, items 13 thru 19
----------
----------
ZONE C
20. Conduit Systems
ZONE C BID, items 20 thru 26
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
21. Panel Boards
22. Service Distribution
23. Lighting
24. Lightning Protectection
25. Fire Alarm System
26. Temporary Power and Lighting
----------
----------
11/20/91
PRIME ELECTRICAL PROPOSAL FORM
00114 - 3
ZONE D
27. Conduit Systems
28. Panel Boards
29. Service Distribution
30. Lighting
31. Lightning Protectection
32. Fire Alarm System
33. Temporary Power and Lighting
ZONE D BID, items 27 thru 33
ZONE E
34. Conduit Systems
35. Panel Boards
36. Service Distribution
37. Lighting
38. Lightning Protectection
39. Fire Alarm System
40. Temporary Power and Lighting
ZONE E BID, items 34 thru 40
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
----------
----------
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
----------
----------
11/20/91
PRIME ELECTRICAL PROPOSAL FORM
00114 - 4
ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS
Gvpsum w/Standard Lock
a X b = c
Size Quantity U. P. Bid Allowance
41. 12 " x 12" $30
42. 18" x 18" $45
43. 18" x 24" $80
44. 24" x 24'" $55
45. 24" x 36" $75
Subtotal, Items 41 thru 45 $
-------------
-------------
Gvpsum w/Standard Lock. Fire-Rated Panels
a X b = c
Size Ouantitv U.P. Bid Allowance
46. 12" x 12" $105
47. 18" x 18" $130
48. 18" x 24" $195
49. 24" x 24'" $170
50. 24" x 36" $210
Subtotal, Items 46 thru 50 $
-------------
-------------
11/20/91
PRIME ELECTRICAL PROPOSAL FORM
00114 - 5
'.
,
Plaster w/Standard Lock
a X b = c
Size Ouantitv U. P. Bid Allowance
51- 12" x 12" $75
52. 18" x 18" $110
53. 18" x 24" $165
54. 24" x 24'" $130
55. 24" x 36" $200
Subtotal, Items 51 thru 55 $
-------------
-------------
Plaster w/Standard Lock. Fire-Rated Panels
a X b = c
Size Ouantitv U.P. Bid Allowance
56. 12" x 12" $105
57. 18" x 18" $130
58. 18" x 24" $195
59. 24" x 24'" $170
60. 24" x 36" $210
Subtotal, Items 56 thru 60 $
-------------
-------------
11/20/91
PRIME ELECTRICAL PROPOSAL FORM
00114 - 6
Securitv Plaster w/Securitv Lock
a X b = c
Size Ouantitv U.P. Bid Allowance
61. 12" x 12" $260
62. 18" x 18" $325
63. 18" x 24" $400
64. 24" x 24'" $355
65. 24" x 36" $480
Subtotal, Items 61 thru 65 $
-------------
-------------
** Securitv Plaster w/Securitv Lock. Fire-Rated Panels
a X b = c
Size Ouantitv U.P. Bid Allowance
66. 12" x 12" $230
67. 18" x 18" $250
68. 18" x 24" $355
69. 24" x 24'" $280
70. 24" x 36" $330
Subtotal, Items 66 thru 70 $
-------------
-------------
Securitv Masonrv w/Securitv Lock
a X b = c
Size Ouantity U.P. Bid Allowance
71. 24" x 24'" $485
72. 24" x 36" $530
Subtotal, Items 71 thru 72 $
-------------
-------------
11/20/91 PRIME ELECTRICAL PROPOSAL FORM 00114 - 7
** For anv access doors required. and not shown in the allowance
items above. increase the count of Securitv Plaster w/Securitv
Lock tvpe totals. accordinqlv. and provide detail and accountinq
of applicable access doors below.
73.
74.
75.
76.
TOTAL ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS BID,
items 41 thru 76 (figures)
$
----------
----------
TOTAL ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS BID,
(words)
DOLLARS
11/20/91
PRIME ELECTRICAL PROPOSAL FORM
00114 - 8
SUMMARY OF BASE BID
General Bid Items
Zone A thru E Electrical
$
$
$
Access Panels and Doors
TOTAL BASE BID, items I thru
76 above, (in figures)
$
----------
----------
TOTAL BASE BID, (words)
DOLLARS
11/20/91
PRIME ELECTRICAL PROPOSAL FORM
00114 - 9
ALTERNATES BID FORM
Alternate 14-01:
Zone D and E Electrical
77. The Prime Electrical Contractor shall provide a complete bid
to remove from his scope of work, the furnishinq of all Zone
D and E permanent materials to be incorporated into the
work, except for fixtures, heat trace equiment, timeclock,
lighting relay cabinets, and all safety disconnects. This
shall consist of, but not be limited to conduit raceways and
wiring for: lighting, receptacles, power, telephone raceway
only, and heat trace conduit and wiring.
ADD / DEDUCT (circle one)
$
78. The Prime Electrical Contractor shall also provide a bid to
remove from his scope of work the installation of Zone D and
E work, which includes lighting rough-in and finish, from
the last distribution panel to end device. This shall also
include installation of receptacles and power runs,
terminations, telephone raceway, and heat trace system
installation.
ADD / DEDUCT (circle one)
$
TOTAL ALTERNATE 14-01 BID, items
77 thru 78 (figures)
$
----------
----------
TOTAL ALTERNATE 14-01 BID, (words)
DOLLARS
11/20/91
PRIME ELECTRICAL PROPOSAL FORM
00114 - 10
'.
OwNER OPTION BID FORM
Owner Option 14-01: Zone F Electrical
At the option of the Owner, furnish and install Zone F
Electrical, similar to zones D and E.
79. Mobilization
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
80. General Conditions
81. Permit
82. Bond
83. Submittals
84. Conduit Systems
85. Panel Boards
86. Service Distribution
87. Lighting
88. Lightning Protection
89. Fire Alarm System
90. Temporary Power and Lighting
TOTAL OWNER OPTION 14-01 BID, items
79 thru 90 (figures)
$
----------
----------
TOTAL OWNER OPTION 14-01 BID, (words)
DOLLARS
11/20/91
PRIME ELECTRICAL PROPOSAL FORM
00114 - II
I acknowledge receipt of Addenda No.(s)
I have included pages I through 12 of the Proposal Form____, and
attached the required Bid Security____, Unit Price Schedule____,
Contractor's Qualification Statement____, Lobbying and Conflict
of Interest Clause____, Sworn Statement of Public Entity
Crimes____, Non-Collusion Affidavit____, and proposed
Subcontractor listing____.
(Check mark items above. as a reminder that they are included.)
Mailing Address:
Phone Number:
Date:
Signed:
(Name)
(Title)
witness:
(Seal)
11/20/91
PRIME ELECTRICAL PROPOSAL FORM
00114 - 12
SECTION 00115
PROPOSAL FORM
Bid Package No. 15
Mechanical Process and HVAC
BID TO : MONROE COUNTY - CLERK OF COURTS
c/o PURCHASING DEPARTMENT
PUBLIC SERVICE BUILDING, CROSS WING,
ROOM 002, 5100 COLLEGE ROAD, STOCK
ISLAND, KEY WEST, FLORIDA 33040
BID FROM:
The undersigned, having carefully examined the Work and Drawings,
Specifications, Proposal, and Addenda thereto and other Contract
Documents for the construction of:
Bid Package No. 15, Mechanical Process and HVAC
and having carefully examined the site where the Work is to be
performed, having become familiar with all local conditions.
including labor affecting the cost thereof, and having
familiarized himself with material availability, Federal, State,
and Local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations affecting
performance of the Work, does hereby propose to furnish all
labor, mechanics, superintendents, tools, material, equipment,
transportation services, engineering support, and all incidentals
necessary to perform and complete said Work and work incidental
hereto, in a workman-like manner, in conformance with said
Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract Documents including
Addenda issued thereto.
The undersigned further certifies that he has personally
inspected the actual location of where the Work is to be
performed, together with' the local sources of supply and that he
understands the conditions under which the Work is to be
performed. The successful bidder shall assume the risk of any
and all costs and delays arising from the existence of any
subsurface or other latent physical condition which could be
reasonably anticipated by reference to documentary information
provided and made available, and from inspection and examination
of the site.
11/20/91
MECHANICAL PROPOSAL FORM
00115 - I
BASE BID FORM
1.
GENERAL BID ITEMS
Mobilization
3.
Permits
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
2.
General Conditions
4.
Bond
5.
Submittals
6.
System Balancing and Testing
GENERAL BID, Items 1 thru 6
----------
----------
ZONE A
7. Mechanical Pipe
10. Automatic Temp. control/Bldg. Automation
11. Insulation
$
$
$
$
$
8 . Ductwork
9. Mechanical Equipment
ZONE A BID, items 7 thru 11
$
----------
----------
ZONE B
12. Mechanical Pipe
ZONE B BID, items 12 thru 16
$
$
$
$
$
$
13. Ductwork
14. Mechanical Equipment
15. Automatic Temp. Control/Bldg. Automation
16. Insulation
----------
----------
11/20/91
MECHANICAL PROPOSAL FORM
00115 - 2
ZONE C
17. Mechanical Pipe $
18. Ductwork $
19. Mechanical Equipment $
20. Automatic Temp. Control/Bldg. Automation $
21. Insulation $
ZONE C BID, items 17 thru 21 $
----------
----------
ZONE 0
22. Mechanical Pipe $
23. Ductwork $
24. Mechanical Equipment $
25. Automatic Temp. Control/Bldg. Automation $
26. Insulation $
ZONE o BID, items 22 thru 26 $
----------
----------
ZONE E
27. Mechanical Pipe $
28. Ductwork $
29. Mechanical Equipment $
30. Automatic Temp. Control/Bldg. Automation $
31. Insulation $
ZONE E BID, items 27 thru 31 $
--- ._------
--- ..-------
11/20/91
MECHANICAL PROPOSAL FORM
00115 - 3
"
'~CCESS PANELS AND DOORS
Gypsum w/Standard Lock
a X b = c
Size Ouantity U. P. Bid Allowance
32. 12" x 12" $30
33. 18" x 18" $45
34. 18" x 24" $80
35. 24" x 24'" $55
36. 24" x 36" $75
Subtotal, Items 32 thru 36 $
-------------
-------------
Gypsum w/Standard Lock. Fire-Rated Panels
a X b = c
Size Ouantity U.P. Bid Allowance
37. 12" x 12" $105
38. 18" x 18" $130
39. 18" x 24" $195
40. 24" x 24"' $170
41. 24" x 36" $210
Subtotal, Items 37 thru 41 $
-------------
-------------
11/20/91
MECHANICAL PROPOSAL FORM
00115 - 4
Plaster w/Standard Lock
a X b = c
Size Quantity U.P. Bid Allowance
42. 12 " x 12" $75
43. 18" x 18" $110
44. 18" x 24" $165
45. 24" x 24'" $130
46. 24" x 36" $200
Subtotal, Items 42 thru 46 $
-------------
-------------
Plaster w/Standard Lock. Fire-Rated Panels
a X b = c
Size Quantity U.P. Bid Allowance
47. 12" x 12" $105
48. 18" x 18" $130
49. 18" x 24" $195
50. 24" x 24'" $170
51. 24" x 36" $210
Subtotal, Items 47 thru 51 $
-------------
-------------
11/20/91
MECHANICAL PROPOSAL FORM
00115 - 5
Security Plaster w/Security Lock
a X b = c
Size Ouantity U.P. Bid Allowance
52. 12 " x 12" $260
53. 18" x 18" $325
54. 18" x 24" $400
55. 24" x 24'" $355
56. 24" x 36" $480
Subtotal, Items 52 thru 56 $
-------------
-------------
** Security Plaster w/Security Lock. Fire-Rated Panels
a X b = c
Size Ouantity U.P. Bid Allowance
57. 12" x 12" $230
58. 18" x 18" $250
59. 18" x 24" $355
60. 24" x 24'" $280
61. 24" x 36" $330
Subtotal, Items 57 thru 61 $
-------------
-------------
Security Masonry w/Security Lock
a X b = c
Size Ouantity U.P. Bid Allowance
62. 24" x 24'f' $485
63. 24" x 36" $530
Subtotal, Items 62 thru 63 $
-------------
-------------
11/20/91 MECHANICAL PROPOSAL FORM 00115 - 6
** For any access doors reauired. and not shown in the allowance
items above. increase the count of Security Plaster w/Security
Lock type totals. accordinqlY. and provide detail and accountinq
of applicable access doors below.
64.
65.
66.
67.
TOTAL ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS BID,
items 32 thru 67(figures) $
-------------
-------------
TOTAL ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS BID,
(words)
DOLLARS
11/20/91
MECHANICAL PROPOSAL FORM
00115 - 7
SUMMARY OF BASE BID
General Bid Items
Zone A Mechanical
Zone B Mechanical
Zone C Mechanical
Zone 0 Mechanical
Zone E Mechanical
Access Panels and Doors
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
TOTAL BASE BID, items 1 thru
67 above, (in figures)
$
----------
----------
TOTAL BASE BID, (words)
DOLLARS
11/20/91
MECHANICAL PROPOSAL FORM
00115 - 8
OWNER OPTION BID FORM
Owner Option 15-01: Zone F Mechanical
At the option of the Owner, furnish and install Zone F Work,
similar to zones 0 and E.
68. Mechanical Pipe $
69. Ductwork $
70. Mechanical Equipment $
71. Automatic Temp. Control/Bldg. Automation $
72. Insulation $
73. Mobilization $
74. General Conditions $
75. Permits $
76. Bond $
77. Submittals $
78. System Balancing and Testing $
TOTAL OWNER OPTION 15-01 BID, items
68 thru 78 (figures)
$
----------
----------
TOTAL OWNER OPTION 15-01 BID, (words)
DOLLARS
11/20/91
MECHANICAL PROPOSAL FORM
00115 - 9
I acknowledge receipt of Addenda No.(s)
I have included pages 1 through 10 of the Proposal Form____, and
attached the required Bid Security____, unit Price Schedule____,
Contractor's Qualification Statement____, Lobbying and Conflict
of Interest Clause____, Sworn Statement of Public Entity
Crimes____, Non-Collusion Affidavit____, and proposed
Subcontractor listing____.
(Check mark items above. as a reminder that they are included.)
Mailing Address:
Phone Number:
Date:
signed:
(Name)
(Title)
Witness:
(Seal)
11/20/91
MECHANICAL PROPOSAL FORM
00115 - 10
SECTION 00116
PROPOSAL FORM
Bid Package No. 16
Prime Plumbing Contract Zones A,B,C,D,E
BID TO : MONROE COUNTY - CLERK OF COURTS
c/o PURCHASING DEPARTMENT
PUBLIC SERVICE BUILDING, CROSS WING,
ROOM 002, 5100 COLLEGE ROAD, STOCK
ISLAND KEY WEST, FLORIDA 33040
BID FROM:
The undersigned, having carefully examined the Work and Drawings,
Specifications, Proposal, and Addenda thereto and other Contract
Documents for the construction of:
Bid Package No. 16, Prime Plumbing Contract Zones A,B,C,D,E
and having carefully examined the site where the Work is to be
performed, having become familiar with all local conditions,
including labor affecting the cost thereof, and having
familiarized himself with material availability, Federal, State,
and Local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations affecting
performance of the Work, does hereby propose to furnish all
labor, mechanics, superintendents, tools, material, equipment,
transportation services, engineering support, and all incidentals
necessary to perform and complete said Work and work incidental
hereto, in a workman-like manner, in conformance with said
Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract Documents including
Addenda issued thereto.
The undersigned further certifies that he has personally
inspected the actual location of where the Work is to be
performed, together with the local sources of supply and that he
understands the conditions under which the Work is to be
performed. The successful bidder shall assume the risk of any
and all costs and delays arising from the existence of cny
subsurface or other latent physical condition which could be
reasonably anticipated by reference to documentary information
provided and made available, and from inspection and examination
of the site.
11/20/91
PRIME PLUMBING PROPOSAL FORM
00116 - 1
BASE BID FORM
GENERAL BID ITEMS
1.
Mobilization
2.
General Conditions
3.
Permits
4.
Bond
5.
Submittals
GENERAL BID, Items 1 thru 5
6. ZONE A Plumbing
7. ZONE B Plumbing
8. ZONE C Plumbing
9. ZONE 0 Plumbing
10. ZONE E Plumbing
TOTAL PLUMBING BID, items 6 thru
10 above, (in figures)
$
$
$
$
$
$
----------
----------
$
$
$
$
$
$
----------
----------
11/20/91
PRIME PLUMBING PROPOSAL FORM
00116 - 2
ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS
Gvpsum w/Standard Lock
a X b = c
Size Quantity U.P. Bid Allowance
11. 12" x 12 " $30
12. 18" x 18" $45
13. 18" x 24" $80
14. 24" x 24'" $55
15. 24" x 36" $75
Subtotal, Items 11 thru 15 $
-------------
-------------
Gypsum w/Standard Lock. Fire-Rated Panels
a X b = c
Size Quantitv U.P. Bid Allowance
16. 12" x 12" $105
17. 18" x 18" $130
18. 18" x 24" $l95
19. 24" x 24"' $170
20. 24" x 36" $210
Subtotal, Items 16 thru 20 $
-------------
-------------
11/20/91
PRIME PLUMBING PROPOSAL FORM
00116 - 3
Plaster w/Standard Lock
a X b = c
Size Ouantity U.P. Bid Allowance
21. 12" x 12" $75
22. 18" x 18" $110
23. 18" x 24" $165
24. 24" x 24'" $130
25. 24" x 36" $200
Subtotal, Items 21 thru 25 $
-------------
-------------
Plaster w/Standard Lock. Fire-Rated Panels
a X b = c
Size Ouantity U.P. Bid Allowance
26. 12" x 12" $105
27. 18" x 18" $130
28. 18" x 24" $195
29. 24" x 24'" $170
30. 24" x 36" $210
Subtotal, Items 26 thru 30 $
-------------
-------------
11/20/91
PRIME PLUMBING PROPOSAL FORM
00116 - 4
Security Plaster w/Security Lock
a X b = c
Size Ouantity U.P. Bid Allowance
31. 12" x 12" $260
32. 18" x 18" $325
33. 18" x 24" $400
34. 24" x 24"' $355
35. 24" x 36" $480
Subtotal, Items 31 thru 35 $
-------------
-------------
** Security Plaster w/Security Lock. Fire-Rated Panels
a X b = c
Size Quantity U.P. Bid Allowance
36. 12" x 12" $230
37. 18" x 18" $250
38. 18" x 24" $355
39. 24" x 24"' $280
40. 24" x 36" $330
Subtotal, Items 36 thru 40 $
-------------
-------------
Security Masonry w/Security Lock
a X b = c
Size Ouantity U.P. Bid Allowance
41. 24" x 24"' $485
42. 24" x 36" $530
Subtotal, Items 41 thru 42 $
-------------
-------------
11/20/91 PRIME PLUMBING PROPOSAL FORM 00116 - 5
** For any access doors reauired. and not shown in the allowance
items above. increase the count of Security Plaster w/Security
Lock type totals. accordinqlY. and provide detail and accountinq
of applicable access doors below.
43.
44.
45.
46.
TOTAL ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS BID,
items 11 thru 46 (figures) $
-------------
-------------
TOTAL ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS BID,
(words)
DOLLARS
SUMMARY OF BASE BID
Zones A thru E Plumbing Bid
$
$
$
General Bid Items
Access Panels and Doors
TOTAL BASE BID, Items 1 thru 46
above, (in figures)
$
------------
------------
TOTAL BASE BID, (words)
DOLLARS
11/20/91
PRIME PLUMBING PROPOSAL FORM
00116 - 6
Alternate No. 16-01:
Zone D and E Plumbinq
47. The Prime Plumbing Contractor shall
provide a complete bid to remove from
his scope of work the furnishinq of
all Zone 0 and E permanent materials
to be incorporated into the work,
except for special valves and fixtures
which are listed on Attachment "A".
ADD / DEDUCT
(circle one)
$
48.
The Prime Plumbing Contractor shall
provide a bid to remove from his scope
of work the installation of all
plumbing systems in Zones D and E.
ADD/DEDUCT
(circle one)
$
TOTAL ALTERNATE 16-01 BID, items
47 and 48 (figures)
$
----------
----------
TOTAL ALTERNATE
16-01 BID, (words)
DOLLARS
11/20/91
PRIME PLUMBING PROPOSAL FORM
00116 - 7
OWNER OPTION BID FORM
Owner Option 16-01: Zone F Plumbinq
At the option of the Owner, furnish and install Zone F Work,
similar to zones 0 and E.
49. Mobilization
50. General Conditions
51. Permits
52. Bond
53. Submittals
54. Zone F Plumbing
$
$
$
$
$
$
TOTAL OWNER OPTION 16-01 BID, item
49 thru 54 (figures)
$
----------
----------
TOTAL OWNER OPTION 16-01 BID, (words)
DOLLARS
11/20/91
PRIME PLUMBING PROPOSAL FORM
00116 - 8
I acknowledge receipt of Addenda No.(s)
I have included pages 1 through 9 of the Proposal Form____, and
attached the required Bid Security____, Unit Price Schedule____,
Contractor's Qualification Statement____, Lobbying and Conflict
of Interest Clause____, Sworn Statement of Public Entity
Crimes____, Non-Collusion Affidavit____, and proposed
Subcontractor listing____.
(Check mark items above. as a reminder that they are included.)
Mailing Address:
Phone Number:
Date:
Signed:
(Name)
(Title)
witness:
(Seal)
11/20/91
PRIME PLUMBING PROPOSAL FORM
00116 - 9
SECTION 00117
PROPOSAL FORM
Bid Package No. 17
Fire Protection system
BID TO : MONROE COUNTY - CLERK OF COURTS
c/o PURCHASING DEPARTMENT
PUBLIC SERVICE BUILDING, CROSS WING,
ROOM 002, 5100 COLLEGE ROAD, STOCK
ISLAND, KEY WEST, FLORIDA 33040
BID FROM:
The undersigned, having carefully examined the Work and reference
Drawings, Specifications, Proposal, and Addenda thereto and other
Contract Documents for the construction of:
Bid Package No. 17, Fire Protection System
and having carefully examined the site where the Work is to be
performed, having become familiar with all local conditions,
including labor affecting the cost thereof, and having
familiarized himself with material availability, Federal, State,
and Local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations affecting
performance of the Work, does hereby propose to furnish all
labor, mechanics, superintendents, tools, material, equipment,
transportation services, engineering support, and all incidentals
necessary to perform and complete said Work and work incidental
hereto, in a workman-like manner, in conformance with said
Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract Documents including
Addenda issued thereto.
The undersigned further certifies that he has personally
inspected the actual location of where the Work is to be
performed, together with the local sources of supply and that he
understands the conditions under which the Work is to be
performed. The successful b:: -jder shall assume the risk of any
and all costs and delays arising from the existence of any
subsurface or other latent physical condition which could be
reasonably anticipated by reference to documentary information
provided and made available, and from inspection and examination
of the site.
11/20/91
FIRE PROTECTION PROPOSAL FORM
00117 - 1
BASE BID FORM
GENERAL BID ITEMS
1.
Mobilization
2.
General Conditions
3.
Permits
4.
Bond
5.
Shop Drawings/Engineering
GENERAL BID, Items 1 thru 5
6. Zone A Fire Protection
7. Zone B Fire Protection
8. Zone C Fire Protection
9. Zone 0 Fire Protection
10. Zone E Fire Protection
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS BID, Items 6 thru 10
$
$
$
$
$
$
----------
----------
$
$
$
$
$
$
----------
----------
11/20/91
FIRE PROTECTION PROPOSAL FORM
00117 - 2
ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS
Gypsum w/Standard Lock
a X b = c
Size Ouantity U.P. Bid Allowance
11- 12" x 12" $30
12. 18" x 18" $45
13. 18" x 24" $80
14. 24" x 24'" $55
15. 24" x 36" $75
Subtotal, Items 11 thru 15 $
-------------
-------------
Gypsum w/Standard Lock. Fire-Rated Panels
a X b = c
Size Quantity U.P. Bid Allowance
16. 12" x 12" $105
17. 18" x 18" $130
18. 18" x 24" $195
19. 24" x 24'" $170
20. 24" x 36" $210
Subtotal, Items 16 thru 20 $
-------------
-------------
11/20/91
FIRE PROTECTION PROPOSAL FORM
00117 - 3
Plaster w/Standard Lock
a X b = c
~ Quantity U.P. Bid Allowance
21. 12" x 12" $75
22. 18" x 18" $110
23. 18" x 24" $165
24. 24" x 24'" $130
25. 24" x 36" $200
Subtotal, Items 21 thru 25 $
-------------
-------------
Plaster w/Standard Lock. Fire-Rated Panels
a X b = c
Size Quantity U.P. Bid Allowance
26. 12" x 12" $105
27. 18" x 18" $130
28. 18" x 24" $195
29. 24" x 24"' $170
30. 24" x 36" $210
Subtotal, Items 26 thru 30 $
-------------
-------------
11/20/91
FIRE PROTECTION PROPOSAL FORM
00117 - 4
"
,
.
Security Plaster w/Security Lock
a X b = c
Size Quantity U.P. Bid Allowance
31. 12" x 12" $260
32. 18" x 18" $325
33. 18" x 24" $400
34. 24" x 24'" $355
35. 24" x 36" $480
Subtotal, Items 31 thru 35 $
-------------
-------------
** Security Plaster w/Security Lock. Fire-Rated Panels
a X b = c
Size Quantity U.P. Bid Allowance
36. 12 " x 12" $230
37. 18" x 18" $250
38. 18" x 24" $355
39. 24" x 24'" $280
40. 24" x 36" $330
Subtotal, Items 36 thru 40 $
-------------
-------------
Security Masonry w/Security Lock
a X b = c
Size Quantity U.P. Bid Allowance
41. 24" x 24'" $485
42. 24" x 36" $530
Subtotal, Items 41 thru 42 $
-------------
-------------
11/20/91 FIRE PROTECTION PROPOSAL FORM 00117 - 5
** For any access doors reauired. and not shown in the allowance
items above. increase the count of Security Plaster w/Security
Lock type totals. accordinqlY. and provide detail and accountinq
of applicable access doors below.
43.
44.
45.
46.
TOTAL ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS BID,
items 11 thru 46 (figures) $
-------------
-------------
TOTAL ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS BID,
(words)
DOLLARS
TOTAL BID, items 1 thru 46 (figures)
$
----------
----------
TOTAL BID, (words)
DOLLARS
11/20/91
FIRE PROTECTION PROPOSAL FORM
00117 - 6
OWNER OPTION BID FORM
Owner option 17-01: Zone F Fire Protection
At the option of the Owner, provide fire protection system
for Zone F, complete, similar to zones D and E.
47. Zone F Fire Protection
$
$
$
$
$
$
48. Mobilization
49. General Conditions
50. Permit
51. Bond
52. Shop Drawings/Engineering
TOTAL OWNER OPTION 17-01 BID, items
47 thru 52 (figures)
.$
----------
----------
TOTAL OWNER OPTION 17-01 BID, (words)
DOLLARS
11/20/91
FIRE PROTECTION PROPOSAL FORM
00117 - 7
I acknowledge receipt of Addenda No.(s)
I have included pages 1 through 8 of the Proposal Form____, and
attached the required Bid Security ,Unit Price Schedule ,
Contractor's Qualification Statement____, LObbying and Conflict
of Interest Clause____, Sworn Statement of Public Entity
Crimes____, Non-Collusion Affidavit____, and proposed
Subcontractor listing____.
(Check mark items above. as a reminder that they are included.)
Mailing Address:
Phone Number:
Date:
Signed:
(Name)
(Title)
Witness:
(Seal)
11/20/91
FIRE PROTECTION PROPOSAL FORM
00117 - 8
SECTION 00118
PROPOSAL FORM
Bid Package No. 18
Food service Equipment
BID TO : MONROE COUNTY - CLERK OF COURTS
c/o PURCHASING DEPARTMENT
PUBLIC SERVICE BUILDING, CROSS WING,
ROOM 002, 5100 COLLEGE ROAD, STOCK
ISLAND, KEY WEST, FLORIDA 33040
BID FROM:
The undersigned, having carefully examined the Work and reference
Drawings, Specifications, Proposal, and Addenda thereto and other
Contract Documents for the construction of:
Bid Package No. 18, Food Service Equipment
and having carefully examined the site where the Work is to be
performed, having become familiar with all local conditions,
including labor affecting the cost thereof, and having
familiarized himself with material availability, Federal, State,
and Local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations affecting
performance of the Work, does hereby propose to furnish all
labor, mechanics, superintendents, tools, material, equipment,
transportation services, engineering support, and all incidentals
necessary to perform and complete said Work and work incidental
hereto, in a workman-like manner, in conformance with said
Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract Documents including
Addenda issued thereto.
The undersigned further certifies that he has personally
inspected the actual location of where the Work is to be
performed, together with the local sources of supply and that he
understands the conditions under which the Work is to be
performed. The successful ~idder shall assume the risk of any
and all costs and delays arising from the existence of any
subsurface or other latent physical condition which could be
reasonably anticipated by reference to documentary information
provided and made available, and from inspection and examination
of the site.
11/20/91
FOOD SERVICE PROPOSAL FORM
00118 - 1
"
BASE BID FORM'.
1.
Mobilization
$
$
$
$
$
$
2.
General Conditions
$
----------
----------
TOTAL BID, (words)
DOLLARS
11/20/91
FOOD SERVICE PROPOSAL FORM
3.
Permits
4.
Bond
5.
Submittals
6.
Kitchen Equipment (from unit Price
Bid Form below)
TOTAL BID, items 1 thru 6 (figures)
00118 - 2
UNIT PRICE BID FORM
The foregoing base bid is based on the unit prices listed
hereinafter. Sum total of these unit prices are to be inserted
as item no. 6 above. The unit prices listed include the cost of
equipment, freight, overhead and profit. In the event that
quantities required by the contract documents change, these unit
prices shall prevail for equipment added to, or deleted from the
contract.
ITEM
NO.
DESCRIPTION
MAKE &
MODEL
QTY
UNIT
COST
TOTAL
-----------------------------------------------------------------
1. Cold Storage Assembly
2. Storage Platform
3. Mobile Platform
4.
Storage Pallet
(By Others)
NOT IN CONTRACT
5. Storage Shelving
6. Storage Shelving
7. Can Storage Rack
8. Cold Storage Assembly
9. Dunnage Rack
10. Raceway
11. Storage Shelving
12. Pot Storage Rack
13. Pot Sink w/Wallshelf
14" Sink Heater
15. Pre-Rinse unit
16. Disposer
11/20/91
FOOD SERVICE PROPOSAL FORM
00118 - 3
... 17. Not Used NOT USED
18. Exhaust Hood
19. Fire Control System
20. Raceway
21. Braising Pan
22. Sink unit
23. Trough Grate
24. Roll-In Proof Cabinet
25. Oven Rack
26. Roll-In Oven
27. Worktable
28. Mixer
29. Equipment Stand
30. Not Used NOT USED
31. Worktable
32. Pan Rack
33. Fire Control System
34. Exhaust Hood
35. Convection Steamer
36. Kettle
37. Trough Grate
38. Kettle
39. Utility Raceway
40. Convection Oven
11/20/91
00118 - 4
FOOD SERVICE PROPOSAL FORM
41. Fryer w/Filter System
42. Open Burner Range
43. Griddle on Stand
44. Refrigerator
45. Worktable
46. Equipment Stand
47. Slicer
48. Freezer
49. Pan Rack
50. Not Used
51. Vegetable Prep. Sink
52. Disposer
53. Slicer
54. Equipment Stand
55. Worktable
56. Rinse Hose
57. Food cutter
58. Trough Grate
59. Coffee Urn
60. Not Used
61. Beverage Counter
62. Beverage Container
63. Ice Machine
64. Hot Food Cart
NOT USED
NOT USED
11/20/91
00118 - 5
FOOD SERVICE PROPOSAL FORM
65. Conveyor
66. Soiled Dishtable
w/Rackshelf
67. Pre-Rinse unit
68. Disposer
69. Vapor Hood
70. Not Used
71. Dishmachine
72. Clean Dishtable
73. Troughveyor
74. scrapping Table
75. Tray Washer
76. Vapor Hood
77. Clean Dishtable
78. Hose Bibb
79. Exhaust Hood
80. Rethermalization Oven
81. Chill Cart
82. Tray Delivery Cart
83. Utility Cart
84. Cold Storage Assembly
w/Blast Chiller
85. Remote R6'rigeration
System
86. Remote Refrigeration
System
NOT USED
11/20/91
00118 - 6
FOOD SERVICE PROPOSAL FORM
"
Equipment Total ~rice,
to be entered as item no. 6
on Base Bid Form above.
Items 1 thru 86, (figures)
$
------------------
------------------
Equipment Total Price, (words)
DOLLARS
I acknowledge receipt of Addenda No.(s)
I have included pages 1 through 7 of the Proposal Form____, and
attached the required Bid Security____, Contractor's
Qualification Statement ,Lobbying and Conflict of Interest
Clause____, Sworn Statement of Public Entity Crimes____, Non-
Collusion Affidavit____, and proposed Subcontractor listing____.
(Check mark items above. as a reminder that they are included.)
Mailing Address:
Phone Number:
Date:
Signed:
(Name)
(Title)
witness:
(Seal)
11/20/91
FOOD SERVICE PROPOSAL FORM
00118 - 7
SECTION 00119
PROPOSAL FORM
Bid Package No. 19
Laundry Equipment
BID TO : MONROE COUNTY - CLERK OF COURTS
c/o PURCHASING DEPARTMENT
PUBLIC SERVICE BUILDING, CROSS WING,
ROOM 002, 5100 COLLEGE ROAD, STOCK
ISLAND KEY WEST, FLORIDA 33040
BID FROM:
The undersigned, having carefully examined the Work and reference
Drawings, Specifications, Proposal, and Addenda thereto and other
Contract Documents for the construction of:
Bid Package No. 19, Laundry Equipment
and having carefully examined the site where the Work is to be
performed, having become familiar with all local conditions
including labor affecting the cost thereof, and having
familiarized himself with material availability, Federal, State,
and Local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations affecting
performance of the Work, does hereby propose to furnish all
labor, mechanics, superintendents, tools, material, equipment,
transportation services, engineering support, and all incidentals
necessary to perform and complete said Work and work incidental
hereto, in a workman-like manner, in conformance with said
Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract Documents including
Addenda issued thereto.
The undersigned further certifies that he has personally
inspected the actual location of where the Work is to be
performed, together with the local sources of supply and that he
understands the conditions under which the Work is to be
performed. The successful bidder shall assume the risk of any
and all costs and delays arising from the existence of any
subsurface or other latent physical condition which could be
reasonably anticipated by reference to documentary information
provided and made available, and from inspection and examination
of the site.
11/20/91
LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT PROPOSAL FORM
00119 - 1
BASE BID FORM
1.
Mobilization
$
$
$
$
$
2.
General Conditions
$
3.
Permits
$
4.
Bond
----------
----------
TOTAL BID, (words)
DOLLARS
11/20/91
LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT PROPOSAL FORM
5.
Submittals
6.
Laundry Equipment (from Unit Price
Bid Form below)
TOTAL BID, items 1 thru 6 (figures)
00119 - 2
UNIT PRICE BID FORM
The foregoing base bid is based on the unit prices listed
hereinafter. Sum total of these unit prices are to be inserted
as item no. 6 above. The unit prices listed include the cost of
equipment, freight, overhead and profit. In the event that
quantities required by the contract documents change, these unit
prices shall prevail for equipment added to, or deleted from the
contract.
ITEM
NO.
DESCRIPTION
MAKE &
MODEL
QTY
UNIT
COST
TOTAL
-----------------------------------------------------------------
L-1 Laundry Cart
L-2 Hose Bibb
L-3 sewing Machine
L-4 Chair
L-5 Laundry Cart
L-6 Shelving
L-7 Folding Table
L-8 Dryer
L-9 Dryer
L-9 Dryer (Future)
NOT IN CONTRACT
NOT IN CONTRACT
L-10 Not Used NOT USED
L-11 Washer/Extractor
L-12 Washer/Extractor
L-12 Washer/Extractor (Future)
L-13 Trough Grate
L-14 Shelving
L-15 Laundry Sink
11/20/91
LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT PROPOSAL FORM
00119 - 3
"
'-Equipment Total Price, to be entered
as item no. 6 on Base Bid Form above.
Items L-1 thru L-15, (figures) $
------------------
------------------
Equipment Total Price, (words)
DOLLARS
TOTAL BID, items 1 thru 6 (figures)
$
----------
----------
TOTAL BID, (words)
DOLLARS
11/20/91
LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT PROPOSAL FORM
00119 - 4
I acknowledge receipt of Addenda No.(s)
I have included pages 1 through 5 of the Proposal Form____, and
attached the required Bid Security____, unit Price Schedule____,
Contractor's Qualification Statement____, Lobbying and Conflict
of Interest Clause____, Sworn Statement of Public Entity
Crimes ,Non-Collusion Affidavit ,and proposed
Subcontractor listing. ----
(Check mark items above. as a reminder that they are included.)
Mailing Address:
Phone Number:
Date:
Signed:
(Name)
(Title)
witness:
(Seal)
11/20/91
LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT PROPOSAL FORM
00119 - 5
SECTION 00120
PROPOSAL FORM
Bid Package No. 20
Loading Dock Equipment
BID TO : MONROE COUNTY - CLERK OF COURTS
c/o PURCHASING DEPARTMENT
PUBLIC SERVICE BUILDING, CROSS WING,
ROOM 002, 5100 COLLEGE ROAD, STOCK
ISLAND, KEY WEST, FLORIDA 33040
BID FROM:
The undersigned, having carefully examined the Work and reference
Drawings, Specifications, Proposal, and Addenda thereto and other
Contract Documents for the construction of:
Bid Package No. 20, Loading Dock Equipment
and having carefully examined the site where the Work is to be
performed, having become familiar with all local conditions
including labor affecting the cost thereof, and having ,
familiarized himself with material availability, Federal, State,
and Local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations affecting
performance of the Work, does hereby propose to furnish all
labor, mechanics, superintendents, tools, material, equipment,
transportation services, engineering support, and all incidentals
necessary to perform and complete said Work and work incidental
hereto, in a workman-like manner, in conformance with said
Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract Documents including
Addenda issued thereto.
The undersigned further certifies that he has personally
inspected the actual location of where the Work is to be
performed, together with the local sources of supply and that he
understands the conditions under which the Work is to be
performed. The successful bidder shall assume ~he risk of any
and all costs and delays arising from the exif:tence of any
subsurface or other latent physical condition which could be
reasonably anticipated by reference to documentary information
provided and made available, and from inspection and examination
of the site.
11/18/91
LOADING DOCK EQUIPMENT PROPOSAL FORM
00120 - 1
BASE BID FORM
1. Labor $
2. Equipment $
3. Shipping $
4. Permits $
5. Bond $
6. Submittals $
TOTAL BID, items 1 thru 6 (figures)
$
----------
----------
TOTAL BID, (words)
DOLLARS
11/18/91
LOADING DOCK EQUIPMENT PROPOSAL FORM
00120 - 2
I acknowledge receipt of Addenda No.(s)
I have included pages 1 through 3 of the Proposal Form____, and
attached the required Bid Security____, Unit Price Schedule____,
Contractor's Qualification Statement____, Lobbying and Conflict
of Interest Clause____, Sworn Statement of Public Entity
crimes____, Non-Collusion Affidavit____, and proposed
Subcontractor listing____.
(Check mark items above. as a reminder that they are included.)
Mailing Address:
Phone Number:
Date:
signed:
(Name)
(Title)
Witness:
(Seal)
11/18/91
LOADING DOCK EQUIPMENT PROPOSAL FORM
00120 - 3
SECTION 00121
PROPOSAL FORM
Bid Package No. 21
Pneumatic Tube System
BID TO : MONROE COUNTY - CLERK OF COURTS
c/o PURCHASING DEPARTMENT
PUBLIC SERVICE BUILDING, CROSS WING,
ROOM 002, 5100 COLLEGE ROAD, STOCK
ISLAND, KEY WEST, FLORIDA 33040
BID FROM:
The undersigned, having carefully examined the Work and reference
Drawings, Specifications, Proposal, and Addenda thereto and other
Contract Documents for the construction of:
Bid Package No. 21, Pneumatic Tube System
and having carefully examined the site where the Work is to be
performed, having become familiar with all local conditions,
including labor affecting the cost thereof, and having
familiarized himself with material availability, Federal, State,
and Local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations affecting
performance of the Work, does hereby propose to furnish all
labor, mechanics, superintendents, tools, material, equipment,
transportation services, engineering support, and all incidentals
necessary to perform and complete said Work and work incidental
hereto, in a workman-like manner, in conformance with said
Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract Documents including
Addenda issued thereto. .
The undersigned further certifies that he has personally
inspected the actual location of where the Work is to be
performed, together with the local sources of supply and that he
understands the conditions under which the Work is to be
performed. The successful bidder shall assume the risk of any
and all costs and delays arising from the existence of any
subsurface or other latent physical condition which could be
reasonably anticipated by reference to documentary information
provided and made available, and from inspection and examination
of the site.
11/20/91
PNEUMATIC TUBE PROPOSAL FORM
00121 - 1
BASE BID FORM
1. Mobilization $
2. General Conditions $
3. Permits $
4. Bond $
5. Submittals $
6. Pneumatic Tube System $
Subtotal Items 1 thru 6 $
----------
----------
11/20/91
PNEUMATIC TUBE PROPOSAL FORM
00121 - 2
ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS
Gyysum w/Standard Lock
a X b =
~ Quantity U.P.
7. 12 " x 12" $30
8. 18" x 18" $45
9. 18" x 24" $80
10. 24" x 24'" $55
11. 24" x 36" $75
Subtotal
c
Bid Allowance
$
-------------
-------------
Gypsum w/Standard Lock. Fire-Rated Panels
a X b = c
Size Ouantity U.P. Bid Allowance
12. 12 " x 12" $105
13. 18" x 18" $130
14. 18" x 24" $195
15. 24" x 24'" $170
16. 24" x 36" $210
Subtotal $
-------------
-------------
11/20/91
PNEUMATIC TUBE PROPOSAL FORM
00121 - 3
"
'.
Plaster w/Standard Lock
size
17. 12" x 12"
18. 18" x 18"
19. 18" x 24"
20. 24" x 24'"
21. 24" x 36"
Subtotal
a X b = c
Quantity U.P. Bid Allowance
$75
$110
$165
$130
$200
$
-------------
-------------
Plaster w/Standard Lock. Fire-Rated Panels
a X b = c
Size Ouantity U.P. Bid Allowance
22. 12" x 12" $105
23. 18" x 18" $130
24. 18" x 24" $195
25. 24" x 24'" $170
26. 24" x 36" $210
Subtotal $
-------------
-------------
11/20/91
PNEUMATIC TUBE PROPOSAL FORM
00121 - 4
Security Plaster w/Security Lock
a X b = c
Size Ouantity U.P. Bid Allowance
27. 12" x 12" $260
28. 18" x 18" $325
29. 18" x 24" $400
30. 24" x 24'" $355
31. 24" x 36" $480
Subtotal $
-------------
-------------
** Security Plaster w/Security Lock. Fire-Rated Panels
a X b = c
Size Ouantity U.P. Bid Allowance
32. 12" x 12 " $230
33. 18" x 18" $250
34. 18" x 24" $355
35. 24" x 24"' $280
36. 24" x 36" $330
Subtotal $
-------------
-------------
Security Masonry w/Security Lock
a X b = c
Size Quantity U.P. Bid Allowance
37. 24" x 24"' $485
38. 24" x 36" $530
Subtotal $
-------------
-------------
11/20/91
PNEUMATIC TUBE PROPOSAL FORM
00121 - 5
** For any access doors required. and not shown in the allowance
items above. increase the count of Security Plaster w/Security
Lock type totals. accordinqly. and provide detail and accountinq
of applicable access doors below.
39.
40.
41.
42.
TOTAL ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS BID,
items 7 thru 42 (figures)
$
----------
----------
TOTAL ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS BID,
(words)
DOLLARS
TOTAL BID, items 1 thru 42 (figures)
$
----------
----------
TOTAL BID, (words)
DOLLARS
11/20/91
PNEUMATIC TUBE PROPOSAL FORM
00121 - 6
1>" . . "'_~.~.".
I acknowledge receipt of Addenda No.(s)
I have included pages 1 through 7 of the Proposal Form____, and
attached the required Bid Security ,Unit Price Schedule ,
Contractor's Qualification Statement____, Lobbying and Conflict
of Interest Clause____, Sworn Statement of Public Entity
Crimes____, Non-Collusion Affidavit____, and proposed
Subcontractor listing____.
(Check mark items above. as a reminder that they are included.)
Mailing Address:
Phone Number:
Date:
Signed:
(Name)
(Title)
witness:
(Seal)
11/20/91
PNEUMATIC TUBE PROPOSAL FORM
00121 - 7
SECTION 00122
PROPOSAL FORM
Bid Package No. 22
Metals
BID TO : MONROE COUNTY - CLERK OF COURTS
c/o PURCHASING DEPARTMENT
PUBLIC SERVICE BUILDING, CROSS WING,
ROOM 002, 5100 COLLEGE ROAD, STOCK
ISLAND, KEY WEST, FLORIDA 33040
BID FROM:
The undersigned, having carefully examined the Work and Drawings,
Specifications, Bid Package, and Addenda thereto and other
Contract Documents for the construction of:
Bid Package No. 22, Metals
and having carefully examined the site where the Work is to be
performed, having become familiar with all local conditions
including labor affecting the cost thereof, and having
familiarized himself with material availability, Federal, State,
and Local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations affecting
performance of the Work, does hereby propose to furnish all
labor, mechanics, superintendents, tools, material, equipment,
transportation services, engineering support, and all incidentals
necessary to perform and complete said Work and work incidental
hereto, in a workman-like manner, in conformance with said
Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract Documents including
Addenda issued thereto.
The undersigned further certifies that he has personally
inspected the actual location of where the Work is to be
performed, together with the local sources of supply and that he
understands the conditions under which the Work is to be
performed. The successful bidder shall assume the risk of any
and all costs and delays arisin~ from the existence of any
subsurface or other latent physical condition which could be
reasonably anticipated by reference to documentary information
provided and made available, and from inspection and examination
of the site.
11/20/91
METALS PROPOSAL FORM
00122 - 1
BASE BID FORM
1. Mobilization $
2. General Conditions $
3. Permits $
4. Bond $
5. Submittals $
6. section 05500 Metal Fabrications, furnish
and install items under paragraph 2.2 0 and E,
and include prime painting. This also
includes security grilles and bars, as shown
on drawing 4.42, detail 1 and 4. Angle embeds
on detail 1 are already provided, as well as
angles on detail 4. $
7. Drawing 10.32, Air Devices Schedule,
Furnish and install security air devices,
which includes security bars. On schedule,
this includes, but is not limited to devices
S-9, S-22, R-3, R-5, R-13, and E-3. $
8. section 11197 Security/Detention Equipment $
9. Section 15936 Barrier Grilles $
10. Section 10200, Louvers and Vents, furnish
and install item 1.1 A. h., steel security
grille, grating and framework. $
11. section 10900 Miscellaneous Specialties $
TOTAL BASE BID, items 1 thru
11 above, (in figures)
$
----------
----------
TOTAL BASE BID, (words)
DOLLARS
11/20/91
METALS PROPOSAL FORM
00122 - 2
OWNER OPTION BID FORM
Owner Option 22-01: Zone F Metals
At the option of the Owner, furnish and install Zone F Work,
similar to zones 0 and E.
12. Mobilization $
13. General Conditions $
14. Permits $
15. Bond $
16. Submittals $
17. section 05500 Metal Fabrications $
18. Drawing 10.32 Air Devices Schedule $
19. section 11197 Security/Detention Equipment $
20. section 15936 Barrier Grilles $
21. Section 10200, Louvers and Vents, grilles,
grating and framework. $
22. section 10900 Miscellaneous Specialties $
TOTAL OWNER OPTION 22-01 BID, items
12 thru 22 (figures)
$
----------
----------
TOTAL OWNER OPTION 22-01 BID, (words)
DOLLARS
11/20/91
METALS PROPOSAL FORM
00122 - 3
I acknowledge receipt of Addenda No.(s)
I have included pages 1 through 4 of the Proposal Form____, and
attached the required Bid Security____, unit Price Schedule____,
Contractor's Qualification Statement____, LObbying and Conflict
of Interest Clause____, Sworn Statement of Public Entity
Crimes ,Non-Collusion Affidavit ,and proposed
Subcontractor listing____. ----
(Check mark items above. as a reminder that they are included.)
Mailing Address:
Phone Number:
Date:
signed:
(Name)
(Title)
Witness:
(Seal)
11/20/91
METALS PROPOSAL FORM
00122 - 4
SECTION 00123
PROPOSAL FORM
Bid Package No. 23
security Glass and Glazing
BID TO : MONROE COUNTY - CLERK OF COURTS
c/o PURCHASING DEPARTMENT
PUBLIC SERVICE BUILDING, CROSS WING,
ROOM 002, 5100 COLLEGE ROAD, STOCK
ISLAND, KEY WEST, FLORIDA 33040
BID FROM:
The undersigned, having carefully examined the Work and Drawings,
Specifications, Bid Package, and Addenda thereto and other
Contract Documents for the construction of:
Bid Package No. 23, Security Glass and Glazing
and having carefully examined the site where the Work is to be
performed, having become familiar with all local conditions,
including labor affecting the cost thereof, and having
familiarized himself with material availability, Federal, State,
and Local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations affecting
performance of the Work, does hereby propose to ,furnish all
labor, mechanics, superintendents, tools, material, equipment,
transportation services, engineering support, and all incidentals
necessary to perform and complete said Work and work incidental
hereto, in a workman-like manner, in conformance with said
Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract Documents including
Addenda issued thereto.
The undersigned further certifies that he has personally
inspected the actual location of where the Work is to be
performed, together with the local sources of supply and that he
understands the conditions under which the Work is to be
performed. The successful bidder shall assume the risk of any
and all costs and delays arising from the existence of any
subsurface or other latent physical condition which could be
reasonably anticipated by reference to documentary information
provided and made available, and from inspection and examination
of the site.
11/20/91 SECURITY GLASS & GLAZING PROPOSAL FORM
00123 - 1
BASE BID FORM
GENERAL BID ITEMS
3.
Permits
$
$
$
$
$
$
1.
Mobilization
2.
General Conditions
4.
Bond
5.
Submittals
GENERAL BID, Items 1 thru 5
----------
----------
6. ZONE A Glass and Glazing $
7. ZONE B Glass and Glazing $
8. ZONE C Glass and Glazing $
9. ZONE D Glass and Glazing $
10. ZONE E Glass and Glazing $
SECURITY GLASS AND GLAZING BID, Items 6
thru 10 (figures) $
----------
----------
TOTAL BASE BID, items 1 thru
10 above, (in figures)
$
----------
----------
TOTAL BASE BID, (words)
DOLLARS
11/20/91 SECURITY GLASS & GLAZING PROPOSAL FORM
00123 - 2
OWNER OPTION BID FORM
Owner Option 23-01: Zone F Security Glass and Glazinq
At the option of the Owner, furnish and install Zone F Work,
similar to zones 0 and E.
11. Mobilization
$
$
$
$
$
$
12. General Conditions
13. Permits
14. Bond
15. Submittals
16. ZONE F Security Glass and Glazing
TOTAL OWNER OPTION 23-01 BID, items
11 thru 16 (figures)
$
----------
----------
TOTAL OWNER OPTION 23-01 BID, (words)
DOLLARS
11/20/91 SECURITY GLASS & GLAZING PROPOSAL FORM
00123 - 3
I acknowledge receipt of Addenda No.(s)
I have included pages 1 through 4 of the Proposal Form____, and
attached the required Bid Security ,Unit Price Schedule ,
Contractor's Qualification statement____, Lobbying and Conflict
of Interest Clause____, Sworn Statement of Public Entity
Crimes____, Non-Collusion Affidavit____, and proposed
Subcontractor listing____.
(Check mark items above. as a reminder that they are included.)
Mailing Address:
Phone Number:
Date:
Signed:
(Name)
(Title)
Witness:
(Seal)
11/20/91 SECURITY GLASS & GLAZING PROPOSAL FORM
00123 - 4
SECTION 00124
PROPOSAL FORM
Bid Package No. 24
Aluminum Window Walls, Glass and Glazing
BID TO : MONROE COUNTY - CLERK OF COURTS
c/o PURCHASING DEPARTMENT
PUBLIC SERVICE BUILDING, CROSS WING,
ROOM 002, 5100 COLLEGE ROAD, STOCK
ISLAND, KEY WEST, FLORIDA 33040
BID FROM:
The undersigned, having carefully examined the Work and Drawings,
Specifications, Bid Package, and Addenda thereto and other
Contract Documents for the construction of:
Bid Package No. 24, Aluminum Window Walls, Glass and Glazing
and having carefully examined the site where the Work is to be
performed, having become familiar with all local conditions,
including labor affecting the cost thereof, and having
familiarized himself with material availability, Federal, State,
and Local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations affecting
performance of the Work, does hereby propose to furnish all
labor, mechanics, superintendents, tools, material, equipment,
transportation services, engineering support, and all incidentals
necessary to perform and complete said Work and work incidental
hereto, in a workman-like manner, in conformance with said
Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract Documents including
Addenda issued thereto.
The undersigned further certifies that he has personally
inspected the actual location of where the Work is to be
performed, together with the local sources of supply and that he
understands the conditions under which the Work is to be
performed. The successful bid~er shall assume the risk of any
and all costs and delays ari~,ing from the existence of any
subsurface or other latent physical condition which could be
reasonably anticipated by reference to documentary information
provided and made available, and from inspection and examination
of the site.
11/20/91
ALUMINUM WW, G&G PROPOSAL FORM
00124 - 1
BASE BID FORM
1.
GENERAL BID ITEMS
Mobilization
3.
Permits
$
$
$
$
$
$
2.
General Conditions
4.
Bond
5.
Submittals
GENERAL BID, Items 1 thru 5
----------
----------
6.
ZONE A
Aluminum Entrances
Subtotal items 6 thru 8
$
$
$
$
7.
Glass and Glazing
Aluminum Window Walls
8.
----------
----------
ZONE B
9. Aluminum Entrances
Subtotal items 9 thru 12
$
$
$
$
$
10. Glass and Glazing
11. Aluminum Window Walls
12. Lead Glass
----------
----------
ZONE C
13. Aluminum Entrances
Subtotal items 13 thru 15
$
$
$
$
14. Glass and Glazing
15. Aluminum Window Walls
----------
----------
11/20/91
ALUMINUM WW, G&G PROPOSAL FORM
00124 - 2
ZONE 0
16. Aluminum Entrances
17. Glass and Glazing
18. Aluminum Window Walls
Subtotal items 16 thru 18
ZONE E
19. Aluminum Entrances
20. Glass and Glazing
21. Aluminum Window Walls
Subtotal items 19 thru 21
$
$
$
$
----------
----------
$
$
$
$
----------
----------
TOTAL BID, items 1 thru 21 (figures)
$
----------
----------
TOTAL BASE BID, (words)
DOLLARS
11/20/91
ALUMINUM WW, G&G PROPOSAL FORM
00124 - 3
"
ALTERNATES BID FORM
'.
Alternate 24-01:
Bid on Bid packaqe No. 23. Security
Glass and Glazinq
Provide a complete bid on Bid Package No. 23, Security Glass
and Glazing. This bidder shall comply with all applicable
sections of the bid package, drawings and specifications as
it pertains to Bid Package No. 23 Security Glass and
Glazing, in order to do so.
GENERAL BID, Items 22 thru 26
$
$
$
$
$
$
22. Mobilization
23. General Conditions
24. Permits
25. Bond
26. Submittals
----------
----------
27. ZONE A Glass and Glazing
28. ZONE B Glass and Glazing
29. ZONE C Glass and Glazing
30. ZONE D Glass and Glazing
31. ZONE E Glass and Glazing
SECURITY GLASS AND GLAZING BID, Items 27
thru 31 (figures)
TOTAL ALTERNATE BID, items 22 thru
31 above, (in figures)
TOTAL ALTERNATE BID, (words)
$
$
$
$
$
$
----------
----------
$
----------
----------
DOLLARS
11/20/91
ALUMINUM WW, G&G PROPOSAL FORM
00124 - 4
OWNER OPTION BID FORM
Owner Option 24-01: Zone F Aluminum Window Walls. Glass and
Glazinq
At the option of the Owner, furnish and install Zone F Work,
similar'to zones D and E.
32. Mobilization $
33. General Conditions $
34. Permits $
35. Bond $
36. Submittals $
37. Aluminum Entrances $
38. Glass and Glazing $
39. Aluminum Window Walls $
TOTAL OWNER OPTION 24-01 BID, items
32 thru 39 (figures)
$
----------
----------
TOTAL OWNER OPTION 24-01 BID, (words)
DOLLARS
11/20/91
ALUMINUM WW, G&G PROPOSAL FORM
00124 - 5
I acknowledge receipt of Addenda No.(s)
I have included pages 1 through 6 of the Proposal Form____, and
attached the required Bid Security____, unit Price schedule____,
Contractor's Qualification Statement____, Lobbying and Conflict
of Interest Clause____, Sworn Statement of Public Entity
Crimes____, Non-Collusion Affidavit____, and proposed
Subcontractor listing____.
(Check mark items above. as a reminder that they are included.)
Mailing Address:
Phone Number:
Date:
Signed:
(Name)
(Title)
witness:
(Seal)
11/20/91
ALUMINUM WW, G&G PROPOSAL FORM
00124 - 6
SECTION 00125
PROPOSAL FORM
Bid Package No. 25
Plumbing Contract Zones D and E
BID TO : MONROE COUNTY - CLERK OF COURTS
c/o PURCHASING DEPARTMENT
PUBLIC SERVICE BUILDING, CROSS WING,
ROOM 002, 5100 COLLEGE ROAD, STOCK
ISLAND KEY WEST, FLORIDA 33040
BID FROM:
The undersigned, having carefully examined the Work and Drawings,
Specifications, Proposal, and Addenda thereto and other Contract
Documents for the construction of:
Bid Package No. 25, Plumbing Contract Zones D and E
and having carefully examined the site where the Work is to be
performed, having become familiar with all local conditions,
including labor affecting the cost thereof, and having
familiarized himself with material availability, Federal, State,
and Local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations affecting
performance of the Work, does hereby propose to furnish all
labor, mechanics, superintendents, tools, material, equipment,
transportation services, engineering support, and all incidentals
necessary to perform and complete said Work and work incidental
hereto, in a workman-like manner, in conformance with said
Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract Documents including
Addenda issued thereto.
The undersigned further certifies that he has personally
inspected the actual location of where the Work is to be
performed, together with the local sources of supply and that he
understands the conditions under which the Work is to be
performed. The successful bidder shall assume the rLsk of any
and all costs and delays arising from the existence of any
subsurface or other latent physical condition which could be
reasonably anticipated by reference to documentary information
provided and made available, and from inspection and examination
of the site.
11/20/91
o & E PLUMBING PROPOSAL FORM
00125 - 1
BASE BID FORM
GENERAL BID ITEMS
1.
Mobilization
$
$
$
$
$
$
2.
General Conditions
----------
----------
$
$
$
----------
----------
3.
Permits
4.
Bond
5.
Submittals
GENERAL BID, Items 1 thru 5
6.
Furnish all ZONE D and E Permanent Materials,
to be incorporated into the work, except for
special valves and fixtures which are listed
on Attachment "A".
7.
Install allZONE 0 and E Plumbing Systems,
including special valves and fixtures which
are listed on Attachment "A".
TOTAL PLUMBING BID, items 6 thru
7 above, (in figures)
11/20/91
D & E PLUMBING PROPOSAL FORM
00125 - 2
"
ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS
Gypsum w/Standard Lock
a X b =
Size Quantity U.P.
8. 12" x l2 " $30
9. 18" x 18" $45
10. 18" x 24" $80
11. 24" x 24"' $55
12. 24" x 36" $75
Subtotal, Items 8 thru 12
,
c
Bid Allowance
$
-------------
-------------
Gypsum w/Standard Lock. Fire-Rated Panels
a X b = c
Size Ouantity U.P. Bid Allowance
13. 12 II x 12" $105
14. 18" x 18" $130
15. 18" x 24" $195
16. 24" x 24'" $170
17. 24" x 36" $210
Subtotal, Items 13 thru 17 $
-------------
-------------
11/20/91
o & E PLUMBING PROPOSAL FORM
00125 - 3
Plaster w/Standard Lock
a X b = c
Size Ouantity U.P. Bid Allowance
18. 12" x 12" $75
19. 18" x 18" $110
20. 18" x 24" $165
21. 24" x 24'" $130
22. 24" x 36" $200
Subtotal, Items 18 thru 22 $
-------------
-------------
Plaster w/Standard Lock. Fire-Rated Panels
a X b = c
Size Ouantity U.P. Bid Allowance
23. 12" x 12" $105
24. 18" x 18" $130
25. 18" x 24" $195
26. 24" x 24"' $170
27. 24" x 36" $210
Subtotal, Items 23 thru 27 $
-------------
-------------
11/20/91
o & E PLUMBING PROPOSAL FORM
00125 - 4
.
Security Plaster w/Security Lock
a X b = c
Size Quantity U. P. Bid Allowance
28. 12" x 12" $260
29. 18" x 18" $325
30. 18" x 24" $400
31. 24" x 24"' $355
32. 24" x 36" $480
Subtotal, Items 28 thru 32 $
-------------
-------------
** Security Plaster w/Security Lock. Fire-Rated Panels
a X b = c
Size Ouantity U.P. Bid Allowance
33. 12" x 12" $230
34. 18" x 18" $250
35. 18" x 24" $355
36. 24" x 24"' $280
37. 24" x 36" $330
Subtotal, Items 33 thru 37 $
-------------
-------------
Security Masonry w/Security Lock
a X b = c
Size Quantity U.P. Bid Allowance
38. 24" x 24'" $485
39. 24" x 36" $530
Subtotal, Items 38 thru 39 $
-------------
-------------
11/20/91 D & E PLUMBING PROPOSAL FORM 00125 - 5
** For any access doors reauired. and not shown in the allowance
items above. increase the count of Security Plaster w/Security
Lock type totals. accordinqlY. and provide detail and accountinq
of applicable access doors below.
40.
41.
42.
43.
TOTAL ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS BID,
items 8 thru 43 (figures) $
-------------
-------------
TOTAL ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS BID,
(words)
DOLLARS
SUMMARY OF BASE BID
Plumbing Bid
$
$
$
General Bid Items
Access Panels and Doors
TOTAL BASE BID, Items 1 thru 43
above, (in figures)
$
------------
------------
TOTAL BASE BID, (words)
DOLLARS
11/20/91
o & E PLUMBING PROPOSAL FORM
00125 - 6
I acknowledge receipt of Addenda No.(s)
I have included pages 1 through 7 of the Proposal Form____, and
attached the required Bid security ,Unit Price Schedule ,
Contractor's Qualification Stateme~ ,Lobbying and Conflict
of Interest Clause____, Sworn Statement of Public Entity
Crimes ,Non-Collusion Affidavit ,and proposed
Subcontractor listing____. ----
(Check mark items above. as a reminder that they are included.)
Mailing Address:
Phone Number:
Date:
Signed:
(Name)
(Title)
witness:
(Seal)
11/20/91
D & E PLUMBING PROPOSAL FORM
00125 - 7
SECTION 00126
PROPOSAL FORM
Bid Package No. 26
Electrical Contract Zones D and E
BID TO : MONROE COUNTY - CLERK OF COURTS
c/o PURCHASING DEPARTMENT
PUBLIC SERVICE BUILDING, CROSS WING,
ROOM 002, 5100 COLLEGE ROAD, STOCK
ISLAND, KEY WEST, FLORIDA 33040
BID FROM:
The undersigned, having carefully examined the Work and reference
Drawings, Specifications, Proposal, and Addenda thereto and other
Contract Documents for the construction of:
Bid Package No. 26, Electrical Contract Zones D and E
and having carefully examined the site where the Work is to be
performed, having become familiar with all local conditions,
including labor affecting the cost thereof, and having
familiarized himself with material availability, Federal, State,
and Local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations affecting
performance of the Work, does hereby propose to furnish all
labor, mechanics, superintendents, tools, material, equipment,
transportation services, engineering support and all incidentals
necessary to perform and complete said Work and work incidental
hereto, in a workman-like manner, in conformance with said
Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract Documents including
Addenda issued thereto.
The undersigned further certifies that he has personally
inspected the actual location of where the Work is to be
performed, together with the local sources of supply and that he
understands the conditions under which the Work is to be
performed. The successful bidder shall assume t';;/, risk of any
and all costs and delays arising from the existE1ce of any
subsurface or other latent physical condition which could be
reasonably anticipated by reference to documentary information
provided and made available, and from inspection and examination
of the site.
11/20/91
o & E ELECTRICAL PROPOSAL FORM
00126 - 1
BASE BID FORM
GENERAL BID ITEMS
1.
Mobilization
2.
General Conditions
3.
Permits
4.
Bond
5.
Submittals
GENERAL BID, Items 1 thru 5
6. Furnish all Zone 0 and E permanent materials
to be incorporated into the work, except for
fixtures, heat trace equiment, timeclock,
lighting relay cabinets, and all safety
disconnects. This shall consist of, but not
be limited to conduit raceways and wiring for:
lighting, receptacles, power, telephone raceway
only, and heat trace conduit and wiring. $
7. Install all of Zone 0 and E work, which includes
lighting rough-in and finish, from the last
distribution panel to end device. This shall
also include installation of receptacles and
power runs, terminations, telephone raceway, and
heat trace system installation. $
ELECTRICAL BID, Items 6 thru 7
$
$
$
$
$
$
----------
----------
$
----------
----------
11/20/91
D & E ELECTRICAL PROPOSAL FORM
00126 - 2
ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS
Gypsum w/Standard Lock
a X b = c
Size Ouantity U.P. Bid Allowance
8. 12" x 12" $30
9. 18" x 18" $45
10. 18" x 24" $80
11. 24" x 24'" $55
12. 24" x 36" $75
Subtotal, Items 8 thru 12 $
-------------
-------------
Gypsum w/Standard Lock. Fire-Rated Panels
a X b = c
Size Ouantity U.P. Bid Allowance
13. 12" x 12" $105
14. 18" x 18" $130
15. 18" x 24" $195
16. 24" x 24"' $170
17. 24" x 36" $210
Subtotal, Items 13 thru 17 $
-------------
-------------
11/20/91
D & E ELECTRICAL PROPOSAL FORM
00126 - 3
Plaster w/Standard Lock
a X b = c
Size Ouantity U.P. Bid Allowance
18. 12" x 12" $75
19. 18" x 18" $110
20. 18" x 24" $165
21. 24" x 24'" $130
22. 24" x 36" $200
Subtotal, Items 18 thru 22 $
-------------
-------------
Plaster w/Standard Lock. Fire-Rated Panels
a X b = c
Size Ouantity U.P. Bid Allowance
23. 12" x 12" $105
24. 18" x 18" $130
25. 18" x 24" $195
26. 24" x 24"' $170
27. 24" x 36" $210
Subtotal, Items 23 thru 27 $
-------------
-------------
11/20/91
o & E ELECTRICAL PROPOSAL FORM
00126 - 4
"
,
.
Security Plaster w/Security Lock
a X b = c
Size Ouantity U.P. Bid Allowance
28. 12 " x 12" $260
29. 18" x 18" $325
30. 18" x 24" $400
31. 24" x 24"' $355
32. 24" x 36" $480
Subtotal, Items 28 thru 32 $
-------------
-------------
** Security Plaster w/Security Lock. Fire-Rated Panels
a X b = c
Size Ouantity U.P. Bid Allowance
.33. 12" x 12" $230
34. 18" x 18" $250
35. 18" x 24" $355
36. 24" x 24'" $280
37. 24" x 36" $330
Subtotal, Items 33 thru 37 $
-------------
-------------
Security Masonry w/Security Lock
a X b = c
Size Quantity U.P. Bid Allowance
B. 24" x 24'" $485
39. 24" x 36" $530
Subtotal, Items 38 thru 39
$
-------------
-------------
11/20/91
D & E ELECTRICAL PROPOSAL FORM
00126 - 5
** For any access doors required. and not shown in the allowance
items above. increase the count of Security Plaster w/Security
Lock type totals. accordinqlY. and provide detail and accountinq
of applicable access doors below.
40.
41.
42.
43.
TOTAL ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS BID,
items 40 thru 43 (figures)
$
----------
----------
TOTAL ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS BID,
(words)
DOLLARS
11/20/91
D & E ELECTRICAL PROPOSAL FORM
00126 - 6
SUMMARY OF BASE BID
Zones 0 and E Electrical
$
$
$
General Bid Items
Access Panels and Doors
TOTAL BASE BID, items 1 thru
43 above, (in figures)
$
----------
----------
TOTAL BASE BID, (words)
DOLLARS
11/20/91
o & E ELECTRICAL PROPOSAL FORM
00126 - 7
I acknowledge receipt of Addenda No.(s)
I have included pages 1 through 8 of the Proposal Form____, and
attached the required Bid Security ,Unit Price Schedule ,
Contractor's Qualification statement____, Lobbying and Conflict
of Interest Clause____, Sworn Statement of Public Entity
Crimes ,Non-Collusion Affidavit ,and proposed
Subcontractor listing. ----
(Check mark items above. as a reminder that they are included.)
Mailing Address:
Phone Number:
Date:
Signed:
(Name)
(Ti tle)
Witness:
(Seal)
11/20/91
D & E ELECTRICAL PROPOSAL FORM
00126 - 8
SECTION 00143
SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES
Bid Package No. 13
Security Systems
The following SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES shall be used at the
Owner's option for the purpose of ADDITIONS or DEDUCTIONS from
the requirements of this contract. The Owner may elect to use
some, all, or none of the listed unit prices as deemed to be in
the best interest of the Owner. The providing of unit prices in
this section in no way supersedes the lump sum intent of this
contract.
4.
Description
Unit
Unit Price
1.
Door/frame/hardware adjuster,
fully burdened, incl. profit
and overhead.
$/Hr.
$
2.
Laborer, fully burdened, incl.
profit and overhead.
$/Hr.
$
3.
Welder, fully burdened, incl.
profit and overhead.
$/Hr.
$
Electrician, fully burdened,
incl. profit and overhead.
$ /Hr .
$
5.
Programming/Technician, fully
burdened, incl. profit and
overhead.
$ /Hr .
$
6.
Communications/Technician,
fully burdened, incl. profit
and overhead.
$/Hr.
$
11/20/91
SECURITY SYS. UNIT PRICE SCHEDULE
00143 - 1
SECTION 00144
SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES
Bid Package No. 14
Prime Electrical Contract Zones A,B,C,D,E
The following SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES shall be used at the
Owner's option for the purpose of ADDITIONS or DEDUCTIONS from
the requirements of this contract. The Owner may elect to use
some, all, or none of the listed unit prices as deemed to be in
the best interest of the Owner. The providing of unit prices in
this section in no way supersedes the lump sum intent of this
contract.
I. Labor Rates:
Descri'Ption
Unit
unit Price
1.
Laborer, fully burdened, incl.
profit and overhead.
$/Hr.
$
2.
Electrician, fully burdened,
incl. profit and overhead.
$/Hr.
$
3.
Communications/Technician,
fully burdened, incl. profit
and overhead.
$/Hr.
$
II. Conduit Rates:
Below is a schedule showing types and sizes of conduit. The
Security Systems bidder shall state the quantities of each
type and size of raceway, and the unit price. The unit
price shall include material, bending, delivery, unloading,
stocking, installing, overhead and profit.
Conduit Schedule
Conduits shall be considered a complete raceway system,
inclusive of all fittings, supports, pUll-points, etc.,
required for a clmplete raceway system.
11/20/91
PRIME ELECTRICAL UNIT PRICE SCHEDULE
00144 - 1
EMT/Thinwall Conduit
1 lf to 1000 If:
Size unit unit Price
1. 3/4 " lf
2. 1 " lf
3. 1 1/4" lf
4. 1 1/2 " lf
5. 2 " lf
6. 2 1/2 " lf
7. 3 " lf
8. 4 " lf
1000 lf to 10.000 If:
Size unit unit Price
9. 3/4 " lf
10. 1 " lf
11. 1 1/4" lf
12. 1 1/2" lf
13. 2 II lf
14. 2 1/2" lf
15. 3 " lf
16. 4 " lf
10.000 lf and UP:
Size unit unit Price
17. 3/4 II lf
18. 1 II lf
19. 1 1/4" lf
20. 1 1/2" lf
21. 2 II lf
22. 2 1/2" lf
'23. 3 II lf
24. 4 II lf
11/20/91
PRIME ELECTRICAL UNIT PRICE SCHEDULE
00144 - 2
Riqid Metallic Conduit
1 lf to 1000 If:
Size Unit Unit Price
1. 3/4 " lf
2. 1 " lf
3. 1 1/4" lf
4. 1 1/2" lf
5. 2 " lf
6. 2 1/2" lf
7. 3 " lf
8. 4 " lf
1000 lf to 10.000 If:
Size unit unit Price
9. 3/4 " lf
10. 1 " lf
11. 1 1/4" lf
12. 1 1/2" lf
13. 2 " lf
14. 2 1/2 " lf
15. 3 " lf
16. 4 " lf
10.000 lf and up:
Size unit unit Price
17. 3/4 lf
18. 1 lf
19. 1 1/4 lf
20. 1 1/2 lf
21. 2 lf
22. 2 1/2 lf
23. 3 lf
24. 4 lf
11/20/91
PRIME ELECTRICAL UNIT PRICE SCHEDULE
00144 - 3
Riqid PVC Conduit
1 lf to 1000 If:
Size Unit unit Price
1. 3/4 " lf
2. 1 " lf
3. 1 1/4" lf
4. 1 1/2 " lf
5. 2 " lf
6. 2 1/2 " lf
7. 3 " lf
8. 4 " lf
1000 lf to 10.000 If:
Size Unit Unit Price
9. 3/4 " lf
10. 1 " lf
11. 1 1/4" lf
12. 1 1/2" lf
13. 2 " lf
14. 2 1/2 " lf
15. 3 II lf
16. 4 " lf
10.000 lf and UP:
Size unit unit Price
17. 3/4 II If
18. 1 II lf
19. 1 1/4" lf
20. 1 1/2 " lf
21. 2 " lf
22. 2 1/ 2 " lf
23. 3 " lf
24. 4 II lf
11/20/91
PRIME ELECTRICAL UNIT PRICE SCHEDULE
00144 - 4
other Types of Condui. Types of Raceways Systems.
Cable Trays. etc.
This includes items pertaining to radiation protection; such
as the furnish and installation of shielding
security/communication systems, including penetration
shielding. Also, the provision of warranty on these
radiation protective materials.
Size
Unit
Unit Price
Description/Remarks
1.
lf
2.
lf
3.
lf
11/20/91
PRIME ELECTRICAL UNIT PRICE SCHEDULE
00144 - 5
SECTION 00145
SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES
Bid Package No. 15
Mechanical Process and HVAC
The following SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES shall be used at the
Owner's option for the purpose of ADDITIONS or DEDUCTIONS from
the requirements of this contract. The Owner may elect to use
some, all, or none of the listed unit prices as deemed to be in
the best interest of the Owner. The providing of unit prices in
this section in no way supersedes the lump sum intent of this
contract.
Description
unit
Unit Price
1.
Sheetmetal Worker,
fully burdened, incl. profit
and overhead.
$/Hr.
$
2.
Laborer, fully burdened, incl.
profit and overhead.
$/Hr.
$
3.
Welder, fully burdened, incl.
profit and overhead.
$/Hr.
$
4.
Pipefitter, fully burdened,
incl. profit and overhead.
$/Hr.
$
5
Communications/Technician,
fully burdened, incl. profit
and overhead.
$/Hr.
$
11/20/91
MECHANICAL UNIT PRICE SCHEDULE
00145 - 1
SECTION 00146
SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES
Bid Package No. 16
Prime Plumbing Contract Zones A,B,C,D,E
The following SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES shall be used at the
Owner's option for the purpose of ADDITIONS or DEDUCTIONS from
the requirements of this contract. The Owner may elect to use
some, all, or none of the listed unit prices as deemed to be in
the best interest of the Owner. The providing of unit prices in
this section in no way supersedes the lump sum intent of this
contract.
Description unit unit Price
1. Laborer, fully burdened, incl. $/Hr. $
profit and overhead.
2. Plumber, fully burdened, incl. $/Hr. $
profit and overhead.
3. Pipefitter, fully burdened, $/Hr. $
incl. profit and overhead.
11/20/91
PRIME PLUMBING UNIT PRICE SCHEDULE
00146 - 1
SECTION .00147
SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES
Bid Package No. 17
Fire Protection system
The following SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES shall be used at the
Owner's option for the purpose of ADDITIONS or DEDUCTIONS from
the requirements of this contract. The Owner may elect to use
some, all, or none of the listed unit prices as deemed to be in
the best interest of the Owner. The providing of unit prices in
this section in no way supersedes the lump sum intent of this
contract.
Description Unit Unit Price
1. Laborer, fully burdened, incl. $/Hr. $
profit and overhead.
2. Plumber, fully burdened, incl. $/Hr. $
profit and overhead.
3. Pipefitter, fully burdened, $/Hr. $
incl. profit and overhead.
11/20/91
FIRE PROTECTION UNIT PRICE SCHEDULE
00147 - 1
SECTION 00155
SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES
Bid Package No. 25
Plumbing Contract Zones D and E
The following SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES shall be used at the
Owner's option for the purpose of ADDITIONS or DEDUCTIONS from
the requirements of this contract. The Owner may elect to use
some, all, or none of the listed unit prices as deemed to be in
the best interest of the Owner. The providing of unit prices in
this section in no way supersedes the lump sum intent of this
contract.
Description Unit Unit Price
1. Laborer, fully burdened, incl. $/Hr. $
profit and overhead.
2. Plumber, fully burdened, incl. $/Hr. $
profit and overhead.
3. Pipefitter, fully burdened, $/Hr. $
incl. profit and overhead.
11/20/91
o & E PLUMBING UNIT PRICE SCHEDULE
00155 - 1
SECTION 00156
SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES
Bid Package No. 26
Electrical Contract Zones D and E
The following SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES shall be used at the
Owner's option for the purpose of ADDITIONS or DEDUCTIONS from
the requirements of this contract. The Owner may elect to use
some, all, or none of the listed unit prices as deemed to be in
the best interest of the Owner. The providing of unit prices in
this section in no way supersedes the lump sum intent of this
contract.
Description
Unit
Unit Price.
1.
Laborer, fully burdened, incl.
profit and overhead.
$/Hr.
$
2.
Electrician, fully burdened,
incl. profit and overhead.
$/Hr.
$
3.
Communications/Technician,
fully burdened, incl. profit
and overhead.
$/Hr.
$
11/20/91
D & E ELECTRICAL UNIT PRICE SCHEDULE
00156 - 1
SECTION 00163
SUBSTITUTIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 Document includes
A. Pre-Bid Substitutions
1.2 BIDDER'S OPTIONS
A. For products specified only by reference standard, select
product meeting that standard, by any manufacturer.
B. For products specified by naming several products or
manufacturers, select one of products and manufacturers
named which complies with the technical Specifications.
C. For Products specified by naming several products or
manufacturers and stating "or equivalent", "or equal II , or
"or Architect approved equivalent", or similar wording,
submi t a request as for substitutions, for any product or
manufacturer which is not specifically named for review
and approval by the Architect.
D.
For products specified by
product/manufacturer, there is
substitution will be allowed.
naming only, one
no option and no
1.3 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Base Bid shall be in accordance with the Contract
Documents.
1. Substitutions for products may be made during the
bidding prior by submitting completed substitution
request form and substantiating product
data/literature a minimum of ten calendar days
prior to the Bid Date to : MK/Gerrits.
2. The Architect will consider requests utilizing this
section from the Bidder for substitution of
products in place of those specified.
3. Those submitted 10 calendar days prior to Bid Date
wl~l be included in the addendum if acce~table.
4. SJbstitution requests may be submitted utilizing a
facsimile machine (FAX) if substitution request
forms and substantiating data are submitted.
B. Submit separate request for each substitution. Support
11/20/91
SUBSTITUTIONS
00163 - 1
each request with:
1. Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed
substitution with requirements stated in Contract
Documents..:
a. Product identification, including
manufacturer's name and address.
b. Manufacturer's literature, identifying:
1) Product description.
2) Reference standards.
3) Performance and test data.
c. Samples, as applicable.
d. Name and address of similar projects on which
product has been used and date of each
installation.
2. Itemized comparison of the proposed substitution
with product specified, listing significant
variations.
3. Data relating to changes in construction schedule.
4. All effects of substitution on separate contracts.
5. List of changes required in other work or products.
6. Designation of required license fees or royalties.
7. Designation of availability of maintenance
services, sources of replacement materials.
C. Substi tutions will not be considered for acceptance when:
1. Acceptance will require substantial revision of.
Contract Documents.
2. In judgement of Construction Manager or Architect,
do not include adequate information necessary for a
complete evaluation.
D. Architect will determine acceptability of proposed
substitutions.
1.4 BIDDER'S REPRESENTATION
A. In making formal request for substitution the Bidder
represents that:
1. He has investigated proposed product and has
determined that it is equivalent to, or superior in
all respects to that specified.
2. He will provide same warranties or bonds for
substitution as for product specified.
3. He will coordinate installation of accepted
substitution into the Work, and will make such
changes as may be required for tt .;-. Work to be
complete in all respects.
4. He waives claims for additional costs caused by
substitution which may subsequently become
apparent.
5. Cost data is complete and includes related costs
11/20/91
SUBSTITUTIONS
00163 - 2
under his Contract, but not:
a. Costs under separate contracts.
b. Architect's costs for redesign or revision of
Contract Documents.
6. Cost data need not be submitted, if request is for
inclusion in addendum.
1.5 ARCHITECT'S DUTIES
A. Review requests for substitutions with reasonable
promptness.
B. Issue an addendum through the Construction Manager to
identify accepted substitutions.
C. Substitution requests that are not approved will be
returned to the party submitting the request.
1.6 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM
A. The form is attached to this Section.
B. Substitutions will be considered only when the attached
form is completed and included with the submittal with
back-up data.
11/20/91
SUBSTITUTIONS
00163 - 3
TO: Project Architect
HANSEN LIND MEYER INC.
c/o Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits
P.O. Box 5283 5090 Jr. College Road, Key West, Fl. 33040
(305)292-7845 FAX (305)292-9697
We hereby submit for your consideration the following product instead ~-
the specified item for the above project:
DRAWING NO.
DRAWING NAME
SPEC. SEC.
SPEC. NAME
PARAGRAPH
SPECIFIED ITEM
Proposed Substitution:
Attach complete information on changes to Drawings and/or Specifications
which proposed substitution will require for its proper installation.
Submit with request necessary samples and substantiating data to prove
equal quality and performance to that which is specified. Clearly mark
manufacturer's literature to indicate equality in performance.
The undersigned certifies that the function, appearance and quality are
of equal performance and assumes liability for equal performance, equal
design and compatibility with adjacent materials.
Submitted By:
Signature
Title
Firm
Address
Telephone
Date
Signature shall be by person having authority to legally bind his firm to
the above terms. Failure to provide legally binding signature will result
in retraction of approval.
For use by the Architect:
____Approved
____Approved as noted
____Not Approved
____Received too Late
____Insufficient data received
By
Date
11/20/91
SUBSTITUTIONS
00163 - 4
Fill in Blanks Below:
A. Does the substitution affect dimensions shown on Drawings?
Yes
No
If yes, clearly indicate changes.
,
B. will the undersigned pay for changes to the building design,
including engineering and detailing costs caused by the requested
substitution?
Yes
No
If no, fully explain:
C. What effect does substi tution have on other Contracts or other
trades?
D. What effect does substitution have on construction schedule?
E. Manufacturer's warranties of the proposed and specified items are:
Same
Different. Explain:
F. Reason for Request:
G. Itemized comparison of specified item(s) with the proposed
substitution; list significant variations:
H. Designation of maintenance services and sources:
(Attach additional sheets if required.)
****************
END OF DOCUMENT 00163
11/20/91
SUBSTITUTIONS
00163 - 5
SECTION 00220
GEOTECHNICAL DATA
A. Data concerning subsurface materials and conditions obtained
from test borings has been made available by the Owner for
the Architect's use in designing the project.
B. The report and test boring data is for information only.
Requirements stated or implied in the report are not
requirements of the Contract Documents. The report is
solely to inform the Bidder of the type and character of the
materials to be encountered.
C. The Report of Final Geotechnical Engineering Evaluation, as
prepared by Westinghouse Environmental and Geotechnical
Services, Inc., dated January 15, 1991, is available for
review at the office of the Construction Manager, Morrison-
Knudsen/Gerrits, 5090 College Road, Stock Island, Key West,
Florida 33040.
11/16/91
GEOTECHNICAL DATA
00220 - 1
SECTION 00230
SITE SURVEY
A. The Plat of Survey and other survey data, are available in
the Office of the Construction Manager for review, and are
for the general information of the bidder. The data
contained was prepared by the Owner for the Architect's use
for the design of the project, and neither the Owner nor the
Architect, nor the Construction Manager make any
representation, guarantee of warranty as to the accuracy or
completeness of data indicated, expressed or implied.
B. Bidders shall visit the site, make their own investigations,
assumptions and conclusions as to the nature and extent of
existing surface and overhead conditions affecting the work.
Neither the Owner nor the Architect, nor the Construction
Manager will be responsible for additional type or extent of
work required to be performed under the Contract due to any
assumptions or conclusions by the successful bidder based
upon the survey information provided.
11/12091
SITE SURVEY
00230 - 1
SECTION 00303
SCOPE OF WORK
Bid Package No. 3
site Electrical & Temporary Power
1.1 General Scope
Provide all labor, supervl.sl.on, materials, supplies,
equipment, tools, transportation, surveying and layout, and
proper execution and completion of all Work specified on the
drawings, and in the following sections of the Specifications;
including, but not limited to:
sections and Descriptions
01510
02222
03300
03600
16010
16111
16400
Temporary utilities
Excavating, Backfilling and Compacting for utilities
Cast-In-Place Concrete
Grout
Electrical General provisions
Conduit Systems
Service and Power Distribution Systems
1.2 Special Provisions
The following Special Provisions clarify, modify, change, add
to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid Package.
.1 In accordance with section 01510 - Temporary utilities,
furnish, and install temporary electric power service for
construction needs. Coordinate with City Electric
Service, for installation of overhead, connections, etc.
Incl udes high voltage underground lines. Include warning
tape in trench, to warn against digging up energized
lines later.
.2 Owner Option No. 3-0l: Temporary Power Maintenance, at
the option of the Owner, provide personnel to maintain
temporary power. Proposal Form requests hourly rate for
personnel. In addition, Proposal Form requests mark-up
percentage for maintenance materials invoiced.
I'
.3
In accordance with section 01510 - Temporary utilities,
notify the utility company when Trade Contractors are
going to connect unusually heavy loads with special power
requirements.
06/01/91
SCOPE OF WORK
00303 - 1
.4 In accordance with Section 01510 - Temporary utilities,
the Temporary Power Contractor shall also provide (2)
site lights, equivalent to yard lights as provided by
City Electric System. Lights are to be mounted on the
power pole used for temporary power. The Construction
Manager shall pay the costs of power used.
.5 In accordance with section 01510 - Temporary utilities,
Temporary Power Contractor shall coordinate with the
telephone company for provision of site construction
telephone lines.
.6 Furnish and install primary feeder duct bank, from City
Electric utility pole, as shown on drawing 11.01,
including telephone conduits. Work includes duct bank,
handholes, conduit and stub-ups. Furnish and install (4)
ea. #4 rebar, one embedded in each corner, running the
full length of duct bank. Cap conduits as necessary to
prevent intrusion of moisture and debris. Install pull
wire. Flag handholes as necessary to prevent them from
being damaged or disturbed by equipment. Work includes
all trenching, bedding and backfilling. Follow section
03300 and related sections, for duct bank concrete.
.7 Contractor shall be responsible for calling for, and
coordinating all testing required.
.8 Contractor is responsible for returning disturbed work
area back to rough grade, and dressing out.
.9 Procure and pay for all permits, fees and licenses.
.10 The Owner will provide material testing for this proj ect.
However, this contractor shall be responsible for the
cost of any retesting required because of non-conforming
Work.
.11 Primary site control has been established. The Trade
Contractor shall layout his work from the site control.
The Trade Contractor shall be responsible for all
measurements therefrom. The Trade Contractor shall
furnish, at his own expense, all stakes, templates,
platforms, equipment, tools, materials, and labor as may
be required in laying out any part of the Work from the
established si'.~ control. The Construction Manager may
arrange to ave the Trade Contractor's grades,
measurements, or levels checked and verified by an
independent licensed surveyor. If they are found to be
outside of allowable tolerances, the Trade Contractor
shall pay the cost of the checking or verification.
06/01/91
SCOPE OF WORK
00303 - 2
.12 Contractor is to study Division 1 General Requirements
for additional responsibilities required.
.13 On drawing 11.01, existing utility power pole at entrance
is to be relocated. Coordinate relocation with City
Electric.
.14
Alternate No. 3-01: Temporary electrical
Contractor shall retain and own materials,
turning over to the Owner after removal.
materials,
in lieu of
1.3 BY Others
.1 Supply and installation of primary feeder conductor.
06/01/91
SCOPE OF WORK
00303 - 3
"
SECTION 00305
SCOPE OF WORK
,
Bid Package No. 5
site Grading , Caissons
1.1 General Scope
Provide all labor, superv~s~on, materials, supplies,
equipment, tools, transportation, surveying and layout, and
proper execution and completion of all Work specified on the
drawings, and the following sections of the Specifications;
including, but not limited to:
Sections and Descriptions
02100
02211
02215
02222
02226
02385
02510
02720
02721
02930
02955
03100
03200
03300
03600
site Preparation
Rough Gr,ading
Finish Grading
Excavating, Backfilling and Compacting for
Structures
Excava:ting, Backfilling and Compacting for utilities
Drilled Caissons
Asphaltic Concrete Paving
Storm Sewerage
Sewer Structures
Lawns and Grasses
Tree Relocation
Concrete Formwork
Concrete Reinforcement
Cast-In-Place Concrete
Grout
1.2 Special provisions
The following Special Provisions clarify, modify, change, add
to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid Package.
.1 All debris and excavated material is to be removed and
disposed of off-site. All re-usable material is to be
stockpiled on-site as directed by the Construction
Manager, or as approved by the Architect.
.2 Rough grade 10' mangrove setback area shown on drawings.
.3
Grade Wastewater Treatment Plant
Holding Pond Area to approximate
shown.
Area and Effluent
adj acent grades as
07/03/91
00305-1
SCOPE OF WORK
.4 Contractor shall be responsible for calling for, and
coordinating all required testing.
.5 Grade site to drain, and maintain throughout contract
duration.
.6 Contractor shall be responsible for any dewatering
operations required for installation of his work.
.7 Contractor is responsible for returning disturbed work
area back to rough grade, and dressing out.
.8 Contractor shall call for structural inspections, and
cooperate with structural Inspector.
.9 Furnish and install Outfall structures.
.10 Primary site control has been established, but this
Contractor shall verify the accuracy of the Owner's
horizontal and vertical control site monuments. The
Trade Contractor shall layout .his work from the site
control. The Trade Contractor shall furnish, at his own
expense, all stakes, templates, platforms, equipment,
tools, materials, and labor as may be required in laying
out any part of the Work from the established site
control. The Construction Manager may arrange to have
the Trade Contractor's grades, measurements, or levels
checked and verified by an independent licensed surveyor.
If they are found to be outside of allowable tolerances,
the Trade Contractor shall pay the cost of the checking
or verification. '
.11 The Owner will provide material testing for this project.
However, this contractor shall be responsible for the
cost of any retesting required because of non-conforming
Work.
.12 Procure and pay for all permits, fees, and licenses.
.13 At location as directed by the Construction Manager,
prepare a concrete truck 'wash-out' hole on site, for use
in cleaning out concrete truck chutes.
.14 Furnish and install DIP sleeves under entrance roadway
and Junior College Road, as shown on drawing 1.09.
Restore roadbed, and repave.
.15 Furnish and install silt Fence as shown on drawing 1.01.
.16 Excavate and restore, for sleeve, and tapping sleeve and
valve, on Junior College Road. Coordinate with
07/03/91
SCOPE OF WORK
00305-2
Contractor installing tapping sleeve and valve. Backfill
and restore roadbed, and repave.
.17 At entrance to site, at a location as determined by the
Construction Manager, furnish and install 6 ft. high
chain link fence, with no top rail. Include (2) ea. 10
ft. wide swinging gates. Use 9 Ga. wire, 4" sch. 40 gate
and end posts, sch. 20 line posts, 1-5/8" sch. 20 pipe
for gates. Total length of fence shall be 60 ft.
.18 Furnish and install storm Sewerage system complete.
.19 Flag and/or protect all permanently installed Work, and
maintain through contract duration.
.20 Furnish and install caissons complete. Based on bid
quantity, job will be on a unit price basis. As-built
adjustment, at the end of the job, will be made, at bid
unit price. Contractor shall be responsible for removal
or re-use of muck from caisson excavations. Contractor
shall be responsible for providing adequate site drainage
during caisson operation, to prevent flooding of other
contractors work.
.21 Contractor is to study Division 1 General Requirements
for additional responsibilities required.
.22 Finish grade retention pond areas in accordance with
Section 02215.
.23 Owner Option No. 5-03: Topsoil and Sodding, at the
option of the Owner, furnish and install topsoil and
sodding in retention pond areas, in accordance with
Section 02930.
.24 Relocate one (1) 12" caliper tree, in accordance with
Section 02955.
.25 Owner Option No. 5-01: Caisson Concrete, at the option
of the Owner, either Contractor or Owner will purchase
concrete for caissons. Proposal form requests contractor
to calculate quantity, and to insert material only cost.
For assistance, the Construction Manager calculated bid
lineal footage of caissons to be:
o 5' overburden to drill thru/caisson, at 277
caissons, total = 1385 If
o
competent limerock, total = 4265 If
07/03/91
SCOPE OF WORK 00305-3
.26 Owner option No. 5-02: Caisson Reinforcing, at the
option of the Owner, either Contractor or Owner will
purchase reinforcing for caissons. Proposal form
requests contractor to calculate quantity, and to insert
material only cost.
.27 Owner Option No. 5-04: Area F Caissons, at the option
of the Owner, install caissons for the future Area F.
This area is defined as the area bound by column lines
Gb to La and 17 to 24 as well as column lines U to X and
37 to 42.
.28 Bid Alternate No. 5-01: If selected by the Owner,
furnish and install portland cement concrete paving, in
lieu of soil-cement base and asphaltic concrete paving.
.29 Bid Alternate No. 5-02: If selected by the Owner,
furnish and install a compacted limestone base in leu of
a soil cement base under asphaltic concrete paving.
1 . 3 By Others
.1 Finish grading in areas other than retention pond areas.
07/03/91
SCOPE OF WORK
00305-4
SECTION 00307
SCOPE OF WORK
Bid Package No. 7
Concrete Foundations
1.1 General Scope
Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies,
equipment, tools, transportation, surveying and layout, and
proper execution and completion of all Work specified on the
drawings, and in the following sections of the Specifications;
including, but not limited to:
Sections and Descriptions
02222
Excavating, Backfilling and
Structures
Concrete Formwork
Concrete Reinforcement
Cast-In-Place Concrete
Grout
Miscellaneous Structural Steel
Waterproofing
Vapor Retarder
Compacting
for
03100
03200
03300
03600
05180
07150
07190
1.2 Special provisions
The following Special Provisions clarify, modify, change, add
to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid Package.
.1 Furnish and install all columns from top of caissons to
elevated first floor framing. Coordinate top of column
connection requirements with precast contractor.
.2 Furnish and install grade beams.
.3 Furnish and install cast-in-place concrete walls and
beams above.
.4 Furnish and install concrete slabs-on-grade.
.5 Contractor shall be responsible for calling for, and
coordinating all required testing.
.6 Furnish and install elevator pits.
.7 Provide waterproofing and vapor retarder as required for
07/03/91
SCOPE OF WORK
00307-1
the Work.
.8
Contractor is responsible for returning disturbed work
area back to rough grade, and dressing out.
'.
.9 Contractor shall be responsible for any dewatering
operations required for installation of his work.
.10 Contractor shall call for structural inspections, and
cooperate with structural Inspector.
.11 primary site control has been established. The Trade
Contractor shall layout his work from the site control.
The Trade Contractor shall be responsible for all
measurements therefrom. The Trade Contractor shall
furnish, at his own expense, all stakes, templates,
platforms, equipment, tools, materials, and labor as may
be required in laying out any part of the Work from the
established site control. The Construction Manager may
arrange to have the Trade' Contractor's grades,
measurements, or levels checked and verified by an
independent licensed surveyor. If they are found to be
outside of allowable tolerances, the Trade Contractor
shall pay the cost of the checking or verification.
.12 The Owner will provide material testing for this project.
However, this contractor shall be responsible for the
cost of any retesting required because of non-conforming
Work.
.13 Furnish and install elevator rail support beams,
including plates and anchors, in accordance with Section
05180.
.14 Furnish and install all anchor bolts for columns, in
accordance with Section 05180.
.15 Furnish and install all miscellaneous metals which are
embedded in the work of this contractor. These include
anchors, channels, edge angles, angles and weld plates.
.16 Contractor is to study Division 1 General Requirements
for additional responsibilities required.
.17 Owner option No. 7-01: Concrete Procurement. At the
option of tl-,\;- Owner, either Contractor or Owner will
purchase con ~rete. Proposal form requests Contractor to
calculate quantity, and to insert material only cost.
.18 Owner option No. 7-02: Future Area F Columns. At the
option of the Owner, install columns for future Area F.
07/03/91
SCOPE OF WORK
00307-2
This area is defined as the area bound by column lines
Gb to La and 17 to 24 as well as column lines U to X and
37 to 42. Contractor to install columns complete.
.19 Owner Option No. 7-03: Future Area F Miscellaneous
Concrete. At the option of the Owner, install all poured
concrete associated with the stairwells in future Area
F. This area is defined as the area bound by column
lines Gb to La and 17 to 24 as well as column lines U to
X and 37 to 42. Contractor to prep area and install all
poured concrete complete.
07/03/91
SCOPE OF WORK
00307-3
section 00309
SCOPE OF WORK
Bid Package No. 9
site Plumbing
1.1 General Scope
Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies,
equipment, tools, transportation, surveying and layout, and
proper execution and completion of all Work specified on the
drawings and in the following sections of the Specifications;
including, but not limited to:
Sections and Descriptions
02226
02644
02685
02674
02721
02730
03600
Excavating, Backfilling and Compacting for utilities
Water Mains
Gas Distribution Systems
Fire Wells
Sewer Structures
Sanitary Sewer
Grout
1.2 Special provisions
The following Special Provisions clarify, modify, change, add
to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid Package.
.1 Cap all lines to prevent intrusion of debris, animals,
etc., and flag valve boxes to prevent being disturbed or
damaged by equipment.
.2 Furnish and install temporary water using charged fire
water line. At locations of two (2) fire hydrants,
furnish and install suitable temporary water facilities.
.3 Subcontractor shall be responsible for calling for, and
coordinating all required testing.
.4 Furnish and install Grease Trap as shown on drawings.
.5 Contract is responsible Tor returning disturbed work area
back to rough grade, ard dressing out.
.6 Furnish and install post indicator and valve on Fire
Water loop, as shown on drawings.
06/01/91
SCOPE OF WORK
00309-1
.7 Furnish and install Fire Hydrants, and adequately protect
from damage with temporary bollards.
.8 Contractor shall be responsible for any dewatering
operations required for installation of his Work.
.9 Primary site control has been established. The Trade
Contractor shall layout his work from the site control.
The Trade Contractor shall be responsible for all
measurements therefrom. The Trade Contractor shall
furnish, at his own expense, all stakes, templates,
platforms, equipment, tools, materials, and labor as may
be required in laying out any part of the Work from the
established site control. The Construction Manager may
arrange to have the Trade Contractor's grades,
measurements, or levels checked and verified by an
independent licensed surveyor. If they are found to be
outside of allowable tolerances, the Trade Contractor
shall pay the cost of the checking or verification.
.10 The Owner will provide material testing for this project.
However, this contractor shall be responsible for the
cost of any retesting required because of non-conforming
Work.
.11 Furnish and install fire wells, complete, as shown on
drawings, and in accordance with section 02674.
.12 Furnish and install 2-1/2" gas line as shown on drawings.
.13 Furnish and install water main and fire water' main,
complete, including all appurtenances.
.14 Furnish and install tapping sleeve and valve for
distribution main. Furnish and install thrust blocks as
required. Excavation, roadbed restoration, and repaving,
will be by site Grading Contractor. Coordinate
operations with site Grading Contractor.
.15 Install Water Meter furnished by FKAA.
inspections with FKAA.
.16 Furnish and install all required concrete thrust blocks.
Coordinate
.17 Furnish and install REduced Pressure Backflow Preventers.
.18 Furnish and install Gate Valves and Boxes.
.19 Furnish and install floor drains and coordinate embedment
with contractor responsible for concrete slabs.
06/01/91
SCOPE OF WORK
00309-2
.20 Furnish all plumbing stub-ups and caps associated with
this contractor's work.
.21 Furnish and install Sanitary Sewerage as shown on
drawings, complete, including manholes, clean-outs, caps
and plugs.
.22 Furnish and install Gray Water line as shown on drawings,
and all appurtenances thereto.
.23 Contractor is to study Division 1 General Requirements
for additional responsibilities required.
.24 Contractor is to protect all installed Work, and maintain
throughout contract duration.
1.3 Bv Others
.1 At Junior College Road, excavation for tapping sleeve and
valve, backfilling, roadbed restoration, and repaving.
~
06/01/91
SCOPE OF WORK
00309-3
SECTION 00310
SCOPE OF WORK
Bid Package No. 10
Precast Concrete
1.1 General Scope
Provide all labor, superv1s1on, materials, supplies,
equipment, tools, transportation, surveying and layout, and
proper execution and completion of all Work specified on the
drawings, and the following sections of the Specifications;
including, but not limited to:
sections and Descriptions
03100
03200
03300
03410
03412
03420
03490
03600
05180
07210
07900
Concrete Formwork (for item 1.2.23 below)
Concrete Reinforcement (for item 1.2.23 below)
Cast-In-Place Concrete (for item 1.2.23 below)
Precast Concrete Hollow Cored Planks
Precast Concrete Panels
Precast Prestressed Concrete Sections (excluding
precast sills and lintels for masonry walls)
Precast Concrete Modular Cell
Grout (for general precast grouting and item 1.2.3)
Miscellaneous Structural Steel ( for items 1.2. 1,
6,15,16,17,22,30 below)
Building Insulation (for item 1.2.2 below)
Joint Sealers (for item 1.2.2 below)
1.2 Special provisions
The following Special provisions clarify, modify, change, add
to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid Package.
.1 Furnish, install and erect all items related to the
Precast Concrete, such as anchorage items, clips, bearing
pads, column bearing plates, inserts and dowels, etc., as
required. Furnish only to the appropriate contractor for
installation, anchorage items required to be embedded in
other construction and associated with the installation
of the Precast Concrete. Provide setting diagrams,
template diagrams, templates, erection drawings and
directions as required for installation of embedded
items, in other trades work.
.2 Furnish and install rigid insulation for precast concrete
sandwich panel, and precast concrete modular cell, in
accordance with section 07210. Furnish and install
09/16/91
00310 - 1
SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 3)
detail, see drawing 4.36, section M, on 23 line. Also,
precaster shall be responsible, as required by section
03412, for weather sealing components, in place, between
adj acent panels, and between precast and previously
installed cast-in-place concrete.
.3 Joints between precast members which are to receive
concrete topping, shall be grouted per section 03600
prior to placing concrete topping.
.4 Install embeds, anchorage plates, anchors and inserts,
for attachment of detention furnishings.
.5 Install in precast concrete all blockouts, sleeves,
anchors, plates, frames, etc. for all trades; such as,
masonry, elevators, roofing, mechanical, electrical, fire
sprinkler, plumbing, and security systems, supplied and
coordinated by others prior to casting.
.6 Welds shall be cleaned and appropriately touched-up.
.7 All temporary shoring and rigging during installation
shall be the responsibility of the precast contractor.
.8 safety procedures, such as load testing cranes, and
construction of temporary safety items, (i.e., opening
covers, netting, rails, and guards) shall be the
responsibility of the precast contractor. Contractor
shall maintain as required all safety construction until
permanent construction details are installed, or for a
period of (60) days from turnover to all follow-on work
as determined by the CM. OSHA approved safety barriers
are to be provided and maintained until occupancy of
follow-on contractor to hazard area, as approved by
Construction Manager. Reference section 00970, Project
Safety and Health Program.
.9 There will be a structural inspector employed by Owner,
on this threshold building, and precaster shall cooperate
with representatives.
.10 Contractor is responsible for returning disturbed
work/staging areas back to rough grade, and dressing out.
.11 Upon completion of erection, point, patch, clean, remove
rust and touch-up paint all metal work.
.12 Upon completion of casting and removal of forms, and
prior to removing from manufacturer's yard for delivery,
point, patch, clean, remove rust and touch-Up paint all
work.
09/16/91
SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 3)
00310 - 2
.13 Assist all trades regarding location of field
penetrations, and approval of all field penetrations
through precast concrete.
.14 Install chase door frames and cell window frames.
.15 Furnish and install all double-tee shear connections.
.16 Furnish and install all bearing pads, plates, etc.,
including precast concrete to cast-in-place concrete
connections.
.17 Precaster shall submit to the Construction Manager weekly
plant production reports.
.18 Not Used.
.19 Furnish, install and maintain temporary scaffold
stairways at two locations as directed by the
Construction Manager with provisions for egress to the
1st floor, 2nd floor and roof level. Temporary stairways
will be used for general construction use. For bid
purposes provide stairs at completion of precast erection
of Area 'A' for a period of (90) days and a set of stairs
at completion of erection of Area 'c' for a period of
(60) days. The term completion used herein shall mean
complete to the stage which shall allow full occupancy by
other trades as determined by the CM which shall be
documented by written notice. Modification of these
specified time intervals will be facilitated by ~hange
order.
.20 Not Used.
.21 Not Used.
.22 Furnish and install all embeds for future connections.
.23 Alternate No. 10-01: cast-in-Place Concrete Areas
Provide structural elements where installation of double
tees mayor may not be achievable. This includes, but is
not limited to, Zone A, at triangular cast-in-place
concrete areas. Concrete topping will be by others.
Where cast-in-place concrete is used by this contractor,
sections 03100, 03200 and 03300 will apply.
.24 Not Used.
.25 Contractor is to review Division 1 General Requirements
for additional responsibilities required in order to
09/16/91
SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 3)
00310 - 3
perform the work under this Bid Package.
.26 utility Routinq Coordination
The Precast Contractor shall produce a sui table and
complete set of reproducible precast plan and elevation
shop drawings while maintaining a master set, furnish one
reproducible and one blueline set for and to each of the
following: sheet metal contractor, mechanical piping
contractor, plumbing contractor, fire protection piping
contractor, security contractor electrical contractor and
Construction Manager.
Multiple mechanical, plumbing and electrical contracts
are anticipated.
Each of the above referenced trade contractors shall use
this set as "working set of drawings" for planning,
routing, anchoring and hanger details.
When directed by the CM, and with timeliness to
facilitate jobsite progress, the precaster shall route an
additional clean, clear set of reproducibles to first the
sheet metal contractor, secondly to the plumbing
contractors, thirdly to the fire protection contractor,
fourthly to the mechanical piping, fifth to the
electrical and lastly to the security contractors. These
contractors shall 'layout' their trade work as
necessary to develop a composite utility routing plan,
which shall be reviewed by the precaster, for the purpose
of precast related coordination items only. Provide the
CM with first composite reproducible set for CM
assistance and use. The precaster shall coordinate with
each trade contractor as necessary for suggested changes
in routing due to structural or other precast related
limitations. Each trade shall coordinate and modify
their working plan until the precaster is confident he
can provide necessary blockouts and other appropriate
penetrations. The precaster shall incorporate blockouts
and other penetrations into a final composite utility
routing drawing set.
The precaster shall then transmit to the Construction
Manager a reproducible set of the composite utility plan.
The precaster shall define the maximum field core drill
allowable diameter. Any fiF': t core drilling shall be the
responsibili ty of the tra( e contractor requesting the
penetration subj ect to the advance approval of the
precaster and A/E, and shall be in accordance with
Article 4.14.3. All costs of field installed
penetrations and finished closure of field and precast
09/16/91
SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 3)
00310 - 4
provided openings shall be bore by the contractors using
or requiring same. All finished closure details shall
conform with firesafing, safety building codes and design
intent (draft closure, material fall protection, etc.).
.27 Owner Option No. 10-01: Area F Precast Concrete
Provide Area F precast concrete, complete with
engineering, material and fabrication, delivery,
erection, embeds work, and all other associated work
similar to other areas of building, (Areas A, B, C, D,
and E), as described elsewhere in this scope of work.
.28 Owner Option No. 10-03: Provide Bid on Bid Packaqe No.
12. Precast Embeds
At the option of the Owner, this bidder shall provide a
complete bid on Bid Package No. 12, Precast Embeds. This
bidder is to comply with all sections of the bidding
documents in order to do so.
Allor part of this Owner Option may be considered for
awarding to the precaster.
.29 Precast concrete contractor shall supply his own
electrical power needed for his operations. Contractor
shall use portable welders. Installation of temporary
site electrical as described in section 01510, may not be
installed in time for use by precast contractor, and is
not to be relied upon.
.30 Find attached to this scope of work of the precast
concrete contractor, EMBEDS SCHEDULE, ( 4 ) pages,
outlining the entity responsible for embedded metal. In
the 'Responsibility' column, all items with a '1', are
the direct responsibility of the pre caster to furnish and
install. All items with a '2p' are for the precaster to
receive and install. This schedule shall serve as a
guide, and not be limited to the items delineated, and
the precaster shall be responsible for determining the
total extent of embeds required under this bid package.
09/16/91
SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 3)
00310 - 5
1.3 BY Others
.1 Furnish and installation of detention furnishings.
.2 Installation of finishes in cells.
.3 Installation of light fixtures.
.4 Installation of fire sprinkler heads.
.5 Installation of HVAC grilles.
.6 Installation of plumbing fixtures.
.7 Installation of concrete toppings.
09/16/91
SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 3)
00310 - 6
SECTION 00311
SCOPE OF WORK
Bid Package No. 11
Hydraulic Elevators
1.1 General Scope
Provide all labor, superv1s1on, materials, supplies,
equipment, tools, transportation, surveying and layout, and
proper execution and completion of all Work specified on the
drawings, and the following sections of the Specifications;
including, but not limited to:
sections and Descriptions
05500
07210
07900
14212
Metal Fabrications
Building Insulation
Joint Sealers
Hydraulic Elevators
1.2 Special provisions
The following Special provisions clarify, modify, change, add
to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid Package.
.1 Drilling of jack holes for all elevators. Responsibility
for satisfactory holes, (depth, plumbness, cleanliness,
etc.), will be borne by Elevator Contractor. Elevator
Contractor shall sleeve and cap as necessary to maintain
holes until installation of elevator plungers and
cylinders. Holes are to be drilled prior to precast
erection, and a truck or crane mounted drill unit must be
utilized. Coordinate installation of jack casings with
Caisson contractor and Foundations contractor.
Contractor shall provide his own electrical power as
needed for sleeving and capping. Temporary electrical
power as described in section 01510 may not be available
for this phase of elevator contractors work.
.2 Furnish to the appropriate Trade Contractor, for
installation in precast concrete, masonry, and cast-in-
place concrete, all sleeves, anchors, weld plates and
other inserts an,j devices required as part of the Work
under this Bid Package. Coordinate and verify locations
with the appropriate contractor.
.3 Furnish and install pit ladders.
09/16/91
SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 3)
00311 - 1
contractor, in accordance with section 07210.
.5 Furnish and install all elevator doors, door frames, and
sills. Coordinate installati~n with masonry contractor,
who will be providing required grouting of frames and
sills.
.6 Temporary Service - Elevator 3 and either of elevators 6
or 7 will be used as directed by the Construction
Manager, in the last stages of construction of the
project. Elevator contractor shall provide adequate
protection of finishes. Provide warranty/maintenance
period for additional 6 months.
The elevator contractor shall provide a temporary use
document in an Owner acceptable form to be signed before
any elevator is placed on temporary service. In absence
of an acceptable form to the Owner, the Construction
Manager will provide a temporary use form, in accordance
wi th the contract documents. The Owner agrees to arrange
for paYment to the elevator contractor at regular time
and material rates for all repairs and replacements not
covered by warranties and guarantees, which are necessary
to restore the equipment to its original condition at the
time it was turned over for temporary use or construction
use. Additionally, the elevator contractor shall provide
adequate protection for the walls and floors, (e.g.,
covering th~ cab finishes with a layer of plywood or
pads).
.7
Furnish and install divider beams which were
installed by others previously, (Bid Package No.
Concrete Foundations).
not
7,
.8 Contractor is to review Division 1 General Requirements
for additional responsibilities required in order to
perform the work under this Bid Package.
.9 If this contractor requires working platforms in order to
meet code requirements, he shall provide as necessary.
Working platforms mayor may not be shown on the
drawings.
.10 Find attached to this scope of work of the elevator
contractor, EMBEDS SCHEDULE, (4) Pages, outlining the
entity responsible for embedded metal. In the
'Responsibility' column, all items with a '5' are the
direct responsibility of the elevator contractor to
furnish and install. This schedule shall serve as a
guide, and not be limited to the items delineated, and
the elevator contractor shall be responsible for
09/16/91
SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 3)
00311 - 2
determining the total extent of embeds required under
this bid package.
1. 3 BY Others
.1 Grouting of elevator door sills and elevator hoistway
frames.
09/16/91
SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 3)
00311 - 3
SECTION 00312
SCOPE OF WORK
Bid Package No. 12
Precast Embeds
1.1 General Scope
Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies,
equipment, tools, transportation and proper execution and
completion of all Work specified on the drawings, and the
following sections of the Specifications; including, but not
limited to:
Specifications Sections and Descriptions
05180
05500
08100
08660
08710
Miscellaneous Structural Steel
Metal Fabrications
Metal Doors and Frames
Security Steel Windows
Door Hardware (for item 1.2.6 below)
1.2 Special Provisions
The following Special provisions clarify, modify, change, add
to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid Package.
.1 Embed Summary: The scope of this contractor's embed work
consists of metal which is to be embedded in precast
concrete, for all precast concrete to dissimilar material
connections which are shown on the drawings. The precast
concrete contractor is responsible for all precast to
precast connection embeds.
.2 Contractor shall furnish to the precast concrete
contractor all embeds to be installed in precast, with
appropriate installation instructions, for precast to
dissimilar material connections.
.3 Furnish to the Precast Concrete Contractor, four-sided
cell chase door frames for embedment in concrete.
.4 Provide adequate protection of all material in this scope
of work, so that shipping and installation will not cause
damage. This contractor shall be liable for all damages
and rework due to insufficient protection.
.5 Protect all material in this scope of work, by providing
adequate protection of proj ections and openings for
09/16/91
SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 3)
00312 - 1
.6 Furnish and deliver to job-site, when scheduled by the
Construction Manager, non-security chase doors, complete
with hardware.
.7 Furnish to the Precast Concrete Contractor, all steel
security window frames which are to be embedded in
precast concrete.
.8 Refer to sections 08800 Glazing, and 08842 Security
Glazing, for applicable coordination between this
contractor's work, and that work to be done by others.
.9 Not Used.
.10 Contractor is to review Division 1 General Requirements
for additional responsibilities required in order to
perform the work under this Bid Package.
.11 Furnish and deliver to jOb-site, when scheduled by the
Construction Manager, steel window frames which are to be
installed in masonry, in the exterior walls of the
building.
.12 Find attached to this scope of work of the precast embeds
contractor, EMBEDS SCHEDULE, (4) pages, outlining the
entity responsible for embedded metal. In the
'Responsibility' column, all items with a '2s' or '2p'
are the direct responsibility of the precast embed
contractor to supply. If '2s', contractor shall ship to
the jobsite. If' 2p', contractor shall ship to the
precast concrete contractor. This schedule shall'serve
as a guide, and not be limited to the items delineated,
and the precast embed contractor shall be responsible for
determining the total extent of embeds required under
this bid package.
1 . 3 BY Others
.1 Finish painting.
.2 Installation of chase doors and hardware.
.3 Glass and glazing.
.4 Installation of steel window frames in masonry.
09/16/91
SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 3)
00312 - 2
SECTION 00313
SCOPE OF WORK
Bid Package No. 13
security Systems
1.1 General Scope
Provide all labor, superv1s1on, materials, supplies,
equipment, tools, transportation, surveying and layout, and
protection, to install complete operating systems, and proper
execution and completion of all Work specified on the
drawings, in the bid package, and the sections of the
Specifications, which include, but are not limited to the
listing that follows. The bidder shall review all drawings,
and specification sections that are not specifically listed,
for any additional requirements in order to complete the scope
of work described herein.
Primary Sections and Descriptions of the Work
01130
07272
08305
08320
08710
11200
11202
11203
11204
11205
11206
11208
11211
11212
11217
11218
11222
11224
13090
15012
15014
15140
16010
16111
16120
16450
Security Project Procedures
Firestop and Penetration Sealing System
Access Panels And Doors
Security Metal Doors and Frames
Door Hardware
Basic Electronic Security Requirements
System Central Processing Unit
Fire Alarm Interface
Programmable Logic Controller
Address Panels
Relay Cabinets
Card Access Control
situation Man-Down Equipment
Closed Circuit Video Equipment
Vehicle Loop Detection
Operational Intercom System
Inmate/Attorney Telephones
Metal Detection Equipment
Radiation Protection
Coordination Drawings - Preparation
Coordination Drawings
Pipe Hangers ~~~ Supports
Electrical Genera~ provisions
Conduit Systems
Wire and Cable
Electrical Systems Grounding
11/19/91
00313 - 1
SECURITY SYSTEMS SCOPE OF WORK
Related sections and Descriptions
02222
02226
02830
02835
03100
03200
03300
03410
03412
03420
03490
03520
03600
04200
05180
05500
06200
07215
07530
07720
07900
08300
08410
08842
08842
10200
10270
11400
14240
15000
15175
15330
15470
15965
16155
16161
16170
16351
16605
16660
16721
16930
Excavating, Backfilling and Compacting for
Structures
Excavating, Backfilling and Compacting for
utilities
Fence And Gates
Barbed Tape
Concrete Formwork
Concrete Reinforcement
Cast-In-Place Concrete
Precast Concrete Hollow Cored Planks (BG-2)
Precast Concrete Panels (BG-2)
Precast Prestressed Concrete Sections (BG-2)
Precast Concrete Modular Cell (BG-2)
Insulating Concrete Decks
Grout
Unit Masonry
Miscellaneous Structural Steel
Metal Fabrications
Finish Carpentry
Sprayed Insulation
Single Ply Roofing
Roof Accessories
Joint Sealers
Special Doors
Aluminum Entrances
security Glazing
Security Glazing
Louvers and Vents
Access Flooring
Food Service Equipment
Hydraulic Elevators (BG-2)
General provisions
Variable Speed Motor Control for Fans and Pumps
Wet-sprinkler System
Hot Water Storage Heater
Building Automation System
Combination Motor Starters
Motor Control Centers
Disconnect Switches
Uninterruptible Power Supply
Transient Voltage/Surge Protection
Wiring for Equipment Furnished by others
Fire Alarm Systems
Lighting Control Equipment
11/19/91
SECURITY SYSTEMS SCOPE OF WORK
00313 - 2
1.2 Special provisions
The following Special provisions are intended to clarify the
scope of work, or highlight features of the work, or modify,
change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid
Package.
.1 All licenses required in order to perform the scope of
work in the specified location, shall be procurred and
maintained by the contractor and his subcontractors.
Contractor shall submit copies to the Construction
Manager.
.2 Contractor shall maintain As-Built drawinqs. (Record
Drawings per section 01720), of his work progression. A
50% progress of field work submittal, will be required.
.3 Any excavations required for the complete and proper
installation of his work below grade, shall be in
accordance with sections 02222 & 02226.
.4 Provide, replace, and maintain any safety rails and
barricades removed as necessary by this trade contractor
during the process of work, or during deliveries of
materials or equipment.
.5 Contractor is to review Division 1 General Requirements
for additional responsibilities required in order to
perform the work under this Bid Package.
Contractor shall pay particular attention to section
01710 Final Cleaning, which shall be performed as
scheduled by the CM, which will be at or near the
completion of the project.
.6 Access Panels and Doors - Those access panels and doors
that are shown on the drawings will be furnished and
installed by others.
Access panels and doors that are not shown, but are
necessary for installation, maintenance and replacement
of this contractor's work, and those that are required by
governing codes and regulations, shall be furnished by
this contractor, to other trade contractors for
installation, as an allowance.
This contractor shall state the quantity of each size of
access panel and door, and what material they are to be
installed in, per the proposal form. The bid extension
shall be made at the Owner given bid unit price, to
11/19/91
SECURITY SYSTEMS SCOPE OF WORK
00313 - 3
produce the required bid item allowance.
After contract award, supply of the contractor's stated
quantity of access panels and doors shall be purchased by
others. There will be a corresponding deductive change
order issued to this contractor, removing the supply of
the access panels and doors from his contract, and at the
Owner given bid unit price. If the actual quantity
required exceeds the bid quantity, this contractor shall
be responsible for furnishing access panels and doors,
(manufacturer as approved by the Owner) to the
appropriate installing contractor for installation, and
the costs of the door assembly and installation will be
borne by this contractor. Any access panels and doors
not installed, from the allowance bid group that was
purchased, shall remain in the Owner's possession, or
turned back to the supplier for credit, to which credit
will be due the Owner.
.7 utility Routinq and Coordination of the Work
This contractor shall be responsible to coordinate his
work with other multiple prime contractors both in the
scheduling of field work activities and in the
integration of individually furnished items into final
composite installations. Coordination drawings
procedures shall consist of, but are not limited to,
utility Routing Drawings and Base Trade Installers
Drawings. The utility Routing coordination shall consist
of three phases.
Phase I
The first phase shall constitute the routing of the
precasters erection mylar or sepia drawings for utility
routing 'over-lay' of each trade contractor's work. This
shall be done by routing first to the sheet metal
contractor, then to the plumber, thirdly to the fire
protection contractor, fourthly to mechanical piping,
fifthly to electrical and lastly to the security
contractor, who shall return the composite overview to
the CM. Each trade contractor shall have noted each
service by name & size of carrier (pipe, duct, etc.) and
insulation/hanger cross sectional dimensions, i. e., 3"
Greywater (6"), 24" x 12" Supply (26" x 14"), 2" ltg, 1"
Comm, etc. jditionally, each trade contractor shall
have specifi \d location, size, and type of precast embed
or block out required to accommodate the installation of
his work. The intent at this level of coordination is to
specify interface information from trade contractors to
the precast concrete contractor which will allow the
11/19/91
SECURITY SYSTEMS SCOPE OF WORK
00313 - 4
precaster to prepare piece casting drawings and begin
precast production.
Phase II
Upon review by the Owner's representative to identify
congested areas, the sheetmetal contractor shall be
notified of any additions to the following background
drawings which the sheetmetal contractor shall prepare to
appropriate scale as directed by the Owners
representative.
Backqround Drawinq
Prepared by the HVAC and Process Pipe Contractor, and
consists of plan, elevation and cross section
cuts.
1. Corridors and hallways-Plan & Elevation 1/4" = 1',
cross sections 1" = l'
2. Kitchen-Plan & Elevation 1/4"= 1', cross sections
1"= l'
3. Housing chases and plenums-Plan & Elevation 1/4" =
1', cross sections 1" = l'
4. Mechanical rooms-Plan & Elevation 1/4" = 1', cross
sections 1" = l'
5. Laundry-Plan & Elevation 1/4"= 1', cross sections
1"=1'
6. Electrical rooms-Plan & Elevation 1/4"= 1', cross
sections 1"= l'
7. All other areas-conventional scale with chases of
enlarged scale.
These drawings shall be routed and marked up by the
Utility Trade Contractors in the same manner as Phase One
drawings, except 'over-lay' work shall show more detail
depicting all items and features such as radius fittings,
valves, specialties, space between pipes, graphic and
written elevations and dimensions, and hanger/support
details. The owner's representative may conduct job site
meetings to resolve and finalize any conflicts which are
not answered during drawing 'over-lay' routing.
Item number 3. above and zone ' A ' shall be submitted
within (10) ten calendar days of Award of Contract.
Phase III
Shop or background drawings shall be prepared and
submitted by the masonry, non-load bearing wall, ceiling,
raised floor, and cast-in-place concrete contractors.
These drawings shall be routed in the same manner as the
11/19/91
00313 - 5
SECURITY SYSTEMS SCOPE OF WORK
previous phases and each trade contractor shall provide
all information necessary for installation of items
furnished by their corttract scope of work and which will
require embedment or blockoat in the walls, ceiling or
floors.
The requirements of this section are separate from other
drawings and submittals required in the technical
specifications or record drawing sections of the contract
documents.
.8 Furnish to the appropriate trade contractor, for
installation in precast concrete, non-load bearing walls,
masonry, and cast-in-place concrete, all frames, sleeves,
anchors, weld plates and other similar inserts or devices
required to facilitate and coordinate the Work in this
Bid Package. Submit routing shop drawings showing wall
elevation, floor and ceiling plans with requirements for
location and size suitable for field location and
installation. Coordinate and verify correctness of
installation as the work progresses. Verify prior to
casting in form work, or during line and grade
installation of major feature progress.
Furnish and deliver to precast concrete contractor within
(10) working days after award of this contract, all
required sleeves, inserts and other embedded items with
coordination drawings necessary for incorporation in the
precast components, for Zone A.
Furnish and deliver to precast concrete contractor all
required sleeves, inserts and other embedded items with
coordination drawings necessary for incorporation in the
precast components, for Zones B,C,D and E, with
timeliness to facilitate the fabrication schedule of the
precast contractor.
.9 All unfinished surfaces of materials or equipment
furnished or installed by this contractor, shall be
inspected for readiness by follow-on contractors and the
CM, prior to installation of follow-on work. This would
include bringing back to original condition, surfaces
disturbed by welding, burning, or other disfigurement,
which will need to be made ready for finish painting, or
other work.
.10 This contractor is responsible to coordinate and/or
provide all penetrations shown or not shown on drawings
which are necessary to facilitate the complete
installation of his work. Penetrations in horizontal
precast members equivalent to 6" circular or larger,
11/19/91
SECURITY SYSTEMS SCOPE OF WORK
00313 - 6
shall be provided by the Precast Contractor when
adequately coordinated per items .7 and .8 above.
other penetrations in horizontal members shall be field
core drilled and shall be the responsibility of this
trade contractor. Field penetrations shall be subj ect to
the advance approval of the precaster and A/E, and shall
be in accordance with Article 4.14.3. All costs of field
installed penetrations and finished closure of field and
precast provided openings shall be borne by the
contractors using or requiring same. All finished
closure details shall conform with firesafing, safety
building codes and design intent (draft closure, material
fall protection, etc.).
All penetrations and openings should be completed prior
to the finish covering installation. In the event that
penetrations are necessary after finish covering
installation, this contractor shall coordinate and pay
for all related work necessary to provide the completed
detail.
.11 Materials and Equipment Furnished by Others All
materials furnished by the Owner, other contractors for
the Owner, or by the CM for the Owner, for installation
by this contractor shall upon delivery, be unloaded,
transferred, stored and fully protected by the contractor
until installed. Any demurrage or similar charge
incurred due to failure of the contractor to promptly
unload the materials and equipment shall be the
responsibility of the contractor.
The contractor shall carefully examine all materials and
equipment furnished by the Owner, or any of his
designees, (other contractors or the CM). The contractor
shall complete receiving reports describing the quantity
and condition of the materials or equipment. The
contractor shall be responsible for subsequent damage or
loss until installation is completed and accepted by the
Owner.
Should the contractor fail to report any visible signs of
damage in the receiving report as indicated above, then
all parties in interst may assume that the damage
occurred while the materials and equipment were in the
car:~, custody and control of the receiving contractor.
Any material furnished by the Owner, at an off-site
location, on other than a charge basis in connection with
the contract, shall be deemed as held by the contractor
on consignment. All such materials not used in the
11/19/91
SECURITY SYSTEMS SCOPE OF WORK
00313 - 7
fabrication of materials or equipment required under the
contract shall be returned to the applicable party, as
directed, at their expense; and, if not accounted for or
so returned, shall be paid for by the contractor.
.12 It will be the full responsibility of this trade
contractor to properly seal and maintain rated assemblies
in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations,
affected by his work, and in accordance with section
07272 Firestop and Penetration Sealing System.
.13 Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating all
housekeepinq pads and equipment pads that are required
for this contractors work, and are shown on the contract
drawings, with the Concrete Contractor. Those that are
not shown, but are required for the complete and proper
installation of his work, shall be furnished and
installed by this contractor.
.14
All equipment installed
installation to provide
maintenance and service.
shall be
adequate
verified
clearances
for
for
.15 Contractor shall be responsible for installation of
expansion fittinqs where utilities and services cross any
designated building expansion line.
.16 This contractor shall schedule and provide adequate
overhead hanqers and supports to prevent spray on
insulation damage or delay. And in the event of de,layed
installation, or damage, this contractor shall bear the
costs of correction.
.17 Provide any necessary capped stub-outs, sleeves, or tees
as required for connections of work in future Zone 'F'.
.18 Any core drillinq or penetrations made by this
contractor, or for this contractor in the performance of
his work, shall be properly closed and sealed by this
contractor after installation of the work.
.19 This contractor shall provide all equipment disconnects
as specified throughout this bid package and
specifications. This contractor shall assist the Owner's
need to standardize product sources wherever possible
within this package and other divisions.
.20 Contractor shall perform all required testinq and provide
adequate personnel in order to complete all testing to
the requirements of governing agencies.
11/19/91
SECURITY SYSTEMS SCOPE OF WORK
00313 - 8
.21 All incoming materials and equipment shall be coordinated
with other trades and the CM is to be notified, in order
that proper laYdown. staginq and stockinq areas are
developed, prior to release for shipping. within the
building, areas shall be restricted and stocking areas
will be authorized in writing.
.22 If in the event of conflicting, or overlapping
requirements in any area of the bidding documents,
technical specifications, or drawings, the most strinqent
condition shall be bid and constructed. Notify the CM in
any event, in order to not compromise the Owner's right
to make appropriate decisions.
.23 For all fusible devices, provide (1) spare set of fuses
of (3) each, of each type and size of fuse.
.24 This contractor is reminded of security areas and
perimeters, and of the requirement for security devices,
fasteners, connectors, and any other work associated with
this bid package scope of work, in order that proper care
and construction is performed in accordance with the
standards and guidelines set forth by the regulatory
agencies governing jails.
.25 This contractor shall provide and coordinate fully with
the provisions of section 16010 Electrical General
Provisions, paragraph 1.1. This contractor shall submit
for approval all 3-phase equipment required in this
section of the work to the A/E for review and approval
within (10) calendar days of contract award. All 3-phase
equipment circuitry and device requirements of this
contract shall be provided to the Electrical Contractor
within (20) calendar days of contract award.
.26 Furnish and install Transient Voltage/Surge Protection,
in accordance with section 16605, as required for the
proper installation and operation of Security Systems.
This contractor shall be bound by all provisions of
section 16605 Transient Voltage/Surge Protection, as
related to equipment provided under this scope of work.
Provide section 16605 to vendors to ensure plant
fabrication and submittal inclusion.
.27 Provide applicable scope of work in mock-up cell and
chase, in order to develop a complete and finished mock-
up.
.28
Section 01130 Security
contractor shall furnish
Project Procedures, this
and install requirements
11/19/91
SECURITY SYSTEMS SCOPE OF WORK
00313 - 9
complete as described, including systems components.
.29 Prepare Security Control Systems shop drawings suitable
for use by installer, (other than this contractor).
Drawings should show conduit size, wire sizing and
quantities, location line and grade, and installation
method, i.e., concealed floor, wall, exposed, etc.
.30 Furnish and install all control wiring and appurtenances
required for Security Systems. Make final electrical
connections and adjustments of all devices to obtain a
fully functional system.
As soon as possible after the initial installation, and
prior to startup, security Systems contractor will
institute a point-to-point verification program, to
verify wiring, addresses, and device functions. After
zone point-to-point verification, (3) weeks will be
allowed for entire system startup.
.31 Furnish, install and protect graphic control consoles,
racks, tables, panels, cabinets, etc., required. Prepare
and submit for approval, graphic panel, consoles, panels,
etc., and coordinate with casework installer.
.32 section 08710 Door Hardware, and section 08320 Security
Metal Doors and Frames: This contractor shall be
responsible for all security items described in these two
specification sections, complete, with the exception of
door hardware that is non-security, and non-se~uri ty
doors and frames. Security door/frame/hardware
assemblies are shown on drawings 4.73,4.74 and 4.75, and
are labelled ' Security'. Elevations are shown on drawing
4.76.
This contractor shall layout and install door frames.
Contractor shall coordinate with, and verify masonry or
other contractors wall layout. Any errors in layout
causing movement after installation, shall be corrected
at the expense of the contractor and security Systems
Contractor.
The Security Systems Contractor shall be responsible for
the preparation of frames, including bituminous coating,
including providing grout holes, and providing any
conduit integral to frames or racew._ s for electric locks
or door position switches as requ:~ed. Assure conduits,
lock pockets, strike pockets, and other holes and
penetrations are plugged to prevent grout intrusion and
to facilitate subsequent installations. Security Systems
Contractor shall repair grout ports.
11/19/91
SECURITY SYSTEMS SCOPE OF WORK
00313 - 10
The Masonry Contractor shall be responsible for grouting
preparations, frame grouting, grouting of frame to wall
or frame to floor joints, and cleanup.
.33 Section 11203 Fire Alarm Interface, contractor shall
provide all requirements of section. Contractor shall
also coordinate his installation and work with the
Electrical Contractor, who will be providing Fire Alarm
System in accordance with section 16721.
.34 Contractor shall continue grounding as provided for in
paragraph 3.5 A, section 16450 Electrical Systems
Grounding.
.35 section 08410 Aluminum Entrances, contractor shall
coordinate with the Aluminum Entrance installer, for
installation of all electronic security equipment,
located at, or on the aluminum entrances.
.36 section 16351 Uninterruptible Power Supply, contractor
shall verify quantity and size of circuits and conductors
and coordinate the same with the Electrical Contractor.
.37 Lighting shall be controlled through the touch screen
system. Contractor shall provide interface to the
approved manufacturer's system as per section ],,6930
Lighting Control Equipment. Coordinate with Electrical
Contractor as required for the proper installation and
operation of the Lighting Control Equipment.
.38 section 14240 Hydraulic Elevators, BG-2: Perform all
security work as required for the proper installation and
operation of the security systems, as relates to the
Hydraulic Elevators, (i.e. security cameras, intercom,
alternate control, etc.).
.39 section 02830 Fence and Gates, furnish and install
control wiring, control panel and make terminations at
both ends, in order to complete controlling operation of
gate operators. Fencing, operators, and hardware will be
by fencing contractor.
.40 Section 13090 Radiation Protection - Furnish and install
shielding of security/communications systems, including
penetration shielding. Provide warranty on radiation
protective materials.
.41 Any temporary or permanent utility or service outages,
which are necessary after being put into service or
energized, shall require notice and approval prior to
actual system shutdown. The Contractor requiring the
11/19/91
SECURITY SYSTEMS SCOPE OF WORK
00313 - 11
outage shall gain approval of the CM no less than (7)
days prior to anticipated date of outage. The written
request for outage approval shall contain system or
circuits of service, areas that will be affected, and
time duration of outage. outages shall be coordinated so
as not to affect the work of other contractors.
.42 Alternate 13-01:
Provide Bid on Bid Packaqe No. 22.
Metals
The Security Systems bidder shall provide a complete bid
on Bid Package No. 22, Metals. This bidder is to comply
with all applicable sections of the bidding documents in
order to do so.
The work of this alternate includes, but is not limited
to:
a. section 05500 Metal Fabrications, furnish and
install items under paragraph 2.2 D and E, and
include prime painting. This also includes
security grilles and bars, as shown on drawing
4.42, detail 1 and 4. Angle embeds on detail 1 are
already provided, as well as angles on detail 4.
b. Drawing 10.32, Air Devices Schedule, Furnish and
install security air devices, which includes
security bars. On schedule, this includes, but is
not limited to devices S-9, S-22, R-3, R-5, R-13,
and E-3.
c. section 11197 Security/Detention Equipment, furnish
and install specification section complete. Embeds
in precast concrete cells have been provided.
Verify detention furnishings with the provided
embeds for proper installation and attachments.
d. Section 15936 Grilles, Registers, Diffusers,
paragraph 2.7, furnish only, to the appropriate
installing contractor for installation, all
Barrier Grilles required in the project. Deliver
to the jobsite or offsite location if grilles are
to be installed in any prefabricated product. Make
barrier grilles ready for installation, and welded.
Provide all required fasteners, embeds,
coord' ' .ation drawings, and instructions to
instG~ler, in order to facilitate proper
installation. Coordinate with the Mechanical
contractor for interface with his work.
e. Section 10200, Louvers and Vents, furnish and
11/19/91
SECURITY SYSTEMS SCOPE OF WORK
00313 - 12
install item 1.1 A. h., steel security grille,
grating and framework.
f. section 10900 Miscellaneous Special ties, furnish
and install wall mounted TV brackets.
.43 Alternate 13-02:
Provide Bid on Bid Packaqe No. 23.
Security Glass and Glazinq
The Security Systems bidder shall provide a complete bid
on Bid Package No. 23, Security Glass and Glazing. This
bidder is to comply with all applicable sections of the
bidding documents in order to do so.
The work of this alternate includes, but is not limited
to:
a. Furnish and install all security glass and glazing
for security windows, as described in specification
section 08842 Security Glazing.
b.
Section 07900 Joint Sealers, provide all
sealants, and compounds required, to
installation of windows, borrowed lights,
lights.
glazing,
complete
and door
.44 Alternate 13-03: Security Systems Raceways.
This bidder shall provide a price to remove from his
scope of work, the furnishing and installing of security
systems conduit, raceways, cable trays, junction boxes,
and fittings.
This includes removing items pertaining to radiation
protection; such as the furnish and installation of
shielding security/communications systems, including
penetration shielding. This also includes the provision
of warranty on these radiation protective materials.
This does not include the removing from the Security
Systems scope of work, the requirement for security
systems shop drawings, suitable for use by installer,
showing conduit size, wire sizing and quantities,
location line and grade, and installation method, i.e.,
concealed floor, wall, exposed, etc.
Included as a part of\_he Proposal Form, is a conduit
schedule showing types and sizes. The Security systems
bidder shall state the quantities of each type and size
of raceway, the unit price, and make the bid extension.
11/19/91
SECURITY SYSTEMS SCOPE OF WORK
00313 - 13
.45 Owner Option No. 13-01: Zone 'F' Security Systems:
At the option of the Owner, furnish and install Zone 'F'
Security systems, similar to Zones 'D' and 'E'.
This area is defined as the area bound by column lines G
to La, and 17 line to 24 line, as well as column lines 37
to X, and U line to 42 line.
1 . 3 By Others
.1 Furnishing of exterior security window frames, in section
08660, and installation of those in precast concrete
only. This window is detailed on drawing 4.42 and 4.51.
.2 Finish painting of all material and equipment, except
where the specifications call for factory finish, then
the Security Systems contractor shall provide.
.3 Furnishing and installing embeds in precast concrete
cells.
11/19/91
SECURITY SYSTEMS SCOPE OF WORK
00313 - 14
SE.CTION 00314
SCOPE OF WORK
Bid Package No. 14
Prime Electrical Contract Zones A,B,C,D,E
1.1 General Scope
Provide all labor, superv1s1on, materials, supplies,
equipment, tools, transportation, surveying and layout, and
protection, to install complete operating systems, and proper
execution and completion of all Work specified on the
drawings, in the bid package, and the sections of the
Specifications, which include, but are not limited to the
listing that follows. The bidder shall review all drawings,
and specification sections that are not specifically listed,
for any additional requirements in order to complete the scope
of work described herein.
Primary Sections and Descriptions
01130
01510
07272
08305
15000
15110
16010
16111
16120
16155
16161
16170
16199
16300
16351
16400
16425
16450
16461
16470
16471
16472
1650('
1660:
16605
16660
16721
16781
Security Project Procedures
Temporary utilities (Temporary Lighting)
Firestop and Penetration Sealing System
Access Panels And Doors
General provisions
Heat Trace System
Electrical General provisions
Conduit Systems
Wire and Cable
Combination Motor Starters
Motor Control Centers
Disconnect Switches
Wiring Devices and Plates
Standby Power Generation
Uninterruptible Power Supply
Service and Power Distribution Systems
Main Service Switchboard
Electrical Systems Grounding
Dry Type Distribution Transformers
Distribution Panelboards - Circuit Breaker Type
Feeder and Branch Circuits and Emergency Wiring
Branch Circuit Panelboards - Circuit Breaker Type
Lighting
Lightning Protection System
Transient Voltage/Surge Protection
Wiring for Equipment Furnished by others
Fire Alarm System
Telephone Conduit Systems
11/19/91
00314 - 1
PRIME ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK
16930
'.
Lighting Control Equipment
'. Related sections and Descriptions
02222
02226
02733
02810
02830
03100
03200
03300
03410
03412
03420
03490
03520
03600
04200
05180
05500
06100
06200
07115
07210
07215
07530
07720
07900
08300
08320
08710
08902
09110
09200
09250
09510
09650
09680
09700
09800
09830
09900
09950
10270
11110
11160
11200
11/19/91
Excavating, Backfilling and Compacting
structures
Excavating, Backfilling and Compacting
utilities
Sewage Pump station
Irrigation Systems
Fence and Gates
Concrete Formwork
Concrete Reinforcing
Cast-In-Place Concrete
Precast Concrete Hollow Cored Planks (BG-2)
Precast Concrete Panels (BG-2)
Precast Prestressed Concrete Sections (BG-2)
Precast Concrete Modular Cell (BG-2)
Insulating Concrete Decks
Grout
unit Masonry
Miscellaneous Structural Steel
Metal Fabrications
Rough Carpentry
Finish Carpentry
Sheet Waterproofing
Building Insulation
sprayed Insulation
Single Ply Roofing
Roof Accessories
Joint Sealers
Special Doors
Security Metal Doors and Frames
Door Hardware
Aluminum Window Walls
Non-Load Bearing Wall Framing System
Lath and Plaster
Gypsum Board
Acoustical Ceilings
Resilient Flooring
Carpet
Special Flooring
Special coatings
Elastomeric coating
Painting
wallcovering
Access Flooring
Laundry Equipment
Loading Dock Equipment
Basic Electronic Security Requirements
PRIME ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK
for
for
00314 - 2
11202
11203
11204
11205
11206
11208
11211
11212
11217
11218
11222
11224
11400
11704
14240
14700
15050
15100
15160
15175
15242
15330
15403
15404
15430
15440
15460
15470
15490
15540
15684
15714
15770
15785
15855
15858
15884
15894
15950
15965
15995
System Central Processing Unit
Fire Alarm Interface
Programmable Logic Controller
Address Panels
Relay Cabinets
Card Access Control
situation Man-Down Equipment
Closed circuit video Equipment
Vehicle Loop Detection
Operational Intercom System
Inmate/Attorney Telephones
Metal Detection Equipment
Food Service Equipment
Ice Machines
Hydraulic Elevators (BG-2)
Pneumatic Tube System
Water Treatment
Valves
Pumps
Variable Speed Motor Control for Fans and Pumps
Vibration Isolation
Wet-Sprinkler System
Water Booster Pumps
Domestic Water Softener
Plumbing Specialties
Plumbing Fixtures and Accessories
Sump Pumps
Hot Water Storage Heater
Fuel Storage and Dispensing Systems
Emergency Generator Auxiliaries
Centrifugal Chiller
Blow Thru Cooling Tower
Make-Up Air Units
Fan Coil Units
Air Handling Units
Fans
Combination Smoke and Fire Dampers
Air Terminal Units
Automatic Temperature Control Systems
Building Automation System
System Balancing and Testing
1.2 Special provisions
The following Special provisions are intended to clarify the
scope of work, or highlight features of the work, or modify,
change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid
Package.
.1 All licenses required in order to perform the scope of
11/19/91
00314 - 3
PRIME ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK
work in the specified location, shall be procurred and
maintained by the contractor and his subcontractors.
Contractor shall submit copies to the Construction
Manager.
.2 Contractor shall maintain As-Built drawinqs. (Record
Drawings per section 01720), of his work progression. A
50% progress of field work submittal, will be required.
.3 Any excavations required for the complete and proper
installation of his work below grade, shall be in
accordance with sections 02222 & 02226.
.4 Provide, replace, and maintain any safety rails and
barricades removed as necessary by this trade contractor
during the process of work, or during deliveries of
materials or equipment.
.5 Contractor is to review Division 1 General Requirements
for additional responsibilities required in order to
perform the work under this Bid Package.
Contractor shall pay particular attention to section
01710 Final Cleaning, which shall be performed as
scheduled by the CM, which will be at or near the
completion of the project.
.6 Access Panels and Doors - Those access panels and doors
that are shown on the drawings will be furnished and
installed by others.
Access panels and doors that are not shown, but are
necessary for installation, maintenance and replacement
of this contractor's work, and those that are required by
governing codes and regulations, shall be furnished by
this contractor, to other trade contractors for
installation, as an allowance.
This contractor shall state the quantity of each size of
access panel and door, and what material they are to be
installed in, per the proposal form. The bid extension
shall be made at the Owner given bid unit price, to
produce the required bid item allowance.
After contract award, supply of the contractor's stated
quantity of access panels and dq.l s shall be purchased by
others. There will be a corref)onding deductive change
order issued to this contractor, removing the supply of
the access panels and doors from his contract, and at the
Owner given bid unit price. If the actual quantity
required exceeds the bid quantity, this contractor shall
11/19/91
PRIME ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK
00314 - 4
be responsible for furnishing access panels and doors,
(manufacturer as approved by the Owner) to the
appropriate installing contractor for installation, and
the costs of the door assembly and installation will be
borne by this contractor. Any access panels and doors
not installed, from the allowance bid group that was
purchased, shall remain in the Owner's possession, or
turned back to the supplier for credit, to which credit
will be due the Owner.
.7 utility Routinq and Coordination of the Work
This contractor shall be responsible to coordinate his
work with other multiple prime contractors both in the
scheduling of field work activities and in the
integration of individually furnished items into final
composite installations. Coordination drawings
procedures shall consist of, but are not limited to,
utility Routing Drawings and Base Trade Installers
Drawings. The utility Routing coordination shall consist
of three phases.
Phase I
The first phase shall constitute the routing of the
precasters erection mylar or sepia drawings for utility
routing' over-lay' of each trade contractor's work. This
shall be done by routing first to the sheet metal
contractor, then to the plumber, thirdly to the fire
protection contractor, fourthly to mechanical piping,
fifthly to electrical and lastly to the security
contractor, who shall return the composite overview to
the CM. Each trade contractor shall have noted each
service by name & size of carrier (pipe, duct, etc.) and
insulation/hanger cross sectional dimensions, i.e., 3"
Greywater (6"), 24" x 12" Supply (26" x 14"), 2" ltg, 1"
Comm, etc. Additionally, each trade contractor shall
have specified location, size, and type of precast embed
or block out required to accommodate the installation of
his work. The intent at this level of coordination is to
specify interface information from trade contractors to
the precast concrete contractor which will allow the
precaster to prepare piece casting drawings and begin
precast production.
Phase II
Upon review by the Owner's representative to identify
congested areas, the sheetmetal contractor shall be
notified of any additions to the following background
drawings which the sheetmetal contractor shall prepare to
11/19/91
PRIME ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK
00314 - 5
appropriate scale
representative.
directed
by
the
Owners
as
Backqround Drawing
Prepared by the HVAC and Process Pipe Contractor, and
consists of plan, elevation and cross section cuts.
1. Corridors and hallways-Plan & Elevation 1/4" = 1',
cross sections 1" = l'
2. Kitchen-Plan & Elevation 1/4"= 1', cross sections
1"= l'
3. Housing chases and plenums-Plan & Elevation 1/4" =
1', cross sections 1" = l'
4. Mechanical rooms-Plan & Elevation 1/4" = 1', cross
sections 1" = l'
5. Laundry-Plan & Elevation 1/4"= 1', cross sections
1"= l'
6. Electrical rooms-Plan & Elevation 1/4"= 1', cross
sections 1"= l'
7. All other areas-conventional scale with chases of
enlarged scale.
These drawings shall be routed and marked up by the
utility Trade Contractors in the same manner as Phase One
drawings, except 'over-lay' work shall show more detail
depicting all items and features such as radius fittings,
valves, specialties, space between pipes, graphic and
written elevations and dimensions, and hanger/support
details. The owner's representative may conduct j~b site
meetings to resolve and finalize any conflicts which are
not answered during drawing 'over-lay' routing.
Item number 3. above and zone 'A' shall be submitted
within (10) ten calendar days of Award of Contract.
Phase III
Shop or background drawings shall be prepared and
submitted by the masonry, non-load bearing wall, ceiling,
raised floor, and cast-in-place concrete contractors.
These drawings shall be routed in the same manner as the
previous phases and each trade contractor shall provide
all information necessary for installation of items
furnished by their contract scope of work and which will
require embedment or blockout in the walls, ceiling or
floors.
The requirements of this section are separate from other
drawings and submittals required in the technical
specifications or record drawing sections of the contract
documents.
11/19/91
PRIME ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK
00314 - 6
.8 Furnish to the appropriate trade contractor, for
installation in precast concrete, non-load bearing walls,
masonry, and cast-in-place concrete, all frames, sleeves,
anchors, weld plates and other similar inserts'or devices
required to facilitate and coordinate the Work in this
Bid Package. Submit routing shop drawings showing wall
elevation, floor and ceiling plans with requirements for
location and size suitable for field location and
installation. Coordinate and verify correctness of
installation as the work progresses. Verify prior to
casting in form work, or during line and grade
installation of major feature progress.
Furnish and deliver to precast concrete contractor within
(10) working days after award of this contract, all
required sleeves, inserts and other embedded items with
coordination drawings necessary for incorporation in the
precast components, for Zone A.
Furnish and deliver to precast concrete contractor all
required sleeves, inserts and other embedded items with
coordination drawings necessary for incorporation in the
precast components, for Zones B,C,D and E, with
timeliness to facilitate the fabrication schedule of the
precast contractor.
.9 All unfinished surfaces of materials or equipment
furnished or installed by. this contractor, shall be
inspected for readiness by follow-on contractors and the
CM, prior to installation of follow-on work. This, would
include bringing back to original condition, surfaces
disturbed by welding, burning, or other disfigurement,
which will need to be made ready for finish painting, or
other work.
.10 This contractor is responsible to coordinate and/or
provide all penetrations shown or not shown on drawings
which are necessary to facilitate the complete
installation of his work. Penetrations in horizontal
precast members equivalent to 6" circular or larger,
shall be provided by the Precast Contractor when
adequately coordinated per item .7 and .8 above.
other penetrations in horizontal members shall be field
core drilled and shall be the responsibility of this
trade contractor. Field penetrations shall be subj ect to
the advance approval of the precaster and A/E, and shall
be in accordance with Article 4.14.3. All costs of field
installed penetrations and finished closure of field and
precast provided openings shall be borne by the
contractors using or requiring same. All finished
11/19/91
PRIME ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK
00314 - 7
closure details shall conform with firesafing, safety
building codes and design intent (draft closure, material
fall protection, etc.).
All penetrations and openings should be completed prior
to the finish covering installation. In the event that
penetrations are necessary after finish covering
installation, this contractor shall coordinate and pay
for all related work necessary to provide the completed
detail.
.11 Materials and Equipment Furnished by Others All
materials furnished by the Owner, other contractors for
the Owner, or by the CM for the Owner, for installation
by this contractor shall upon delivery, be unloaded,
transferred, stored and fully protected by the contractor
until installed. Any demurrage or similar charge
incurred due to failure of the contractor to promptly
unload the materials and equipment shall be the
responsibility of the contractor.
The contractor shall carefully examine all materials and
equipment furnished by the Owner, or any of his
designees, (other contractors or the CM). The contractor
shall complete receiving reports describing the quantity
and condition of the materials or equipment. The
contractor shall be responsible for subsequent damage or
loss until installation is completed and accepted by the
Owner.
Should the contractor fail to report any visible signs of
damage in the receiving report as indicated above, then
all parties in interst may assume that the damage
occurred while the materials and equipment were in the
care, custody and control of the receiving contractor.
Any material furnished by the Owner, at an off-site
location, on other than a charge basis in connection with
the contract, shall be deemed as held by the contractor
on consignment. All such materials not used in the
fabrication of materials or equipment required under the
contract shall be returned to the applicable party, as
directed, at their expense; and, if not accounted for or
so returned, shall be paid for by the contractor.
.12 It will be the full responsibility of this trade
contractor to properlY seal and maintain rated assemblies
in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations,
affected by his work, and in accordance with section
07272 Firestop and Penetration Sealing System.
11/19/91
PRIME ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK
00314 - 8
.13 Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating all
housekeepinq pads and equipment pads that are required
for this contractors work, and are shown on the contract
drawings, with the Concrete Contractor. Those that are
not shown, but are required for the complete and proper
installation of his work, shall be furnished and
installed by this contractor.
.14
All equipment installed
installation to provide
maintenance and service.
shall be
adequate
verified
clearances
for
for
.15 Contractor shall be responsible for installation of
expansion fittinqs where utilities and services cross any
designated buiding expansion line.
.16 This contractor shall schedule and provide adequate
overhead hanqers and supports to prevent spray on
insulation damage or delay. And in the event of delayed
installation, or damage, this contractor shall bear the
costs of correction.
.17 Provide any necessary capped stub-outs, sleeves, or tees
as required for connections of work in future Zone 'F'.
.18 Any core drillinq or penetrations made by this
contractor, or for this contractor in the performance of
his work, shall be properly closed and sealed by this
contractor after installation of the work.
.19 This contractor shall provide all equipment disconnects
as specified throughout this bid package and
specifications. This contractor shall assist the Owner's
need to standardize product sources wherever possible
within this package and other divisions.
.20 Contractor shall perform all required testinq and provide
adequate personnel in order to complete all testing to
the requirements of governing agencies.
.21 All incoming materials and equipment shall be coordinated
with other trades and the CM is to be notified, in order
that proper laydown. staqinq and stockinq areas are
developed, prior to release for shipping. within the
building, areas shall be restricted and stocking areas
will be authorized in writing.
.22 If in the event of conflicting, or overlapping
requirements in any area of the bidding documents,
technical specifications, or drawings, the most strinqent
condi tion shall be bid and constructed. Notify the CM in
11/19/91
PRIME ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK
00314 - 9
any event, in order to not compromise the Owner's right
to make appropriate decisions.
.23 For all fusible devices, provide (1) spare set of fuses
of (3) each, of each type and size of fuse.
This contractor shall furnish and install a 'spare fuse'
cabinet, for spares which are to be provided by all other
contractors.
.24 This contractor is reminded of security areas and
perimeters, and of the requirement for security devices,
fasteners, connectors, and any other work associated with
this bid package scope of work, in order that proper care
and construction is performed in accordance with the
standards and guidelines set forth by the regulatory
agencies governing jails.
.25 Furnish and install Transient Voltage/Surge Protection,
in accordance with section 16605, as required for the
proper ,installation and operation of Electrical Systems.
This contractor shall be bound by all provisions of
section 16605 Transient Voltage/Surge Protection, as
related to equipment provided under this scope of work.
Provide section 16605 to vendors to ensure plant
fabrication and submittal inclusion.
.26 Contractor shall furnish, install and terminate all
raceways wiring and disconnects for all power associated
with equipment furnished by others, unless otherwise
indicated. Equipment furnished by others is included in,
but not limited to those sections indicated as Related
sections and Descriptions, and depicted on the contract
drawings.
.27 Contractor shall furnish, install and terminate all
raceways, wiring and disconnects for all power associated
with equipment furnished by the Owner.
.28 This contractor shall provide all 120 volt power as
required to and from the security systems equipment,
which includes, but is not limited to, conduit, raceways,
boxes, fittings, wire and terminations.
.29 Contractor shall mandril all embedded conduits and d~J
banks at the earliest feasible time after installatic~,
maintaining a mandril log as provided by the CM. At any
failure of the mandril to pass, the CM shall be notified.
This applies to conduits which the Electrical Contractor
11/19/91
PRIME ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK
00314 - 10
installs for wire pulling by others. For conduits which
tpe Electrical Contractor installs, and will be pulling
the wire, the Electrical Contractor shall mandril any
that are encased or embedded.
.30 Contractor shall install in every conduit described as as
a spare, or where wiring is a part of another
contractor's scope of work, a nylon pull string with a
pulling capacity of 200 pounds or greater.
.31 Contractor shall indentify each wire at all devices,
junction boxes or distribution panels. Identification
shall include, but not be limited to the panel
identification and circuit numbers.
.32 Contractor shall identify each wire at all devices,
junction boxes or control panels. Identification shall
include, but not be limited to the control panel
identification and the terminal numbers.
.33 section 16111 Conduit Systems, paragraph 3.5 A, where
conduits that pass through rated floors, walls or
ceilings, use seal-off conduit bodies adjacent to one or
both sides of the rated system, for total sealing of the
conduit, and provide architecturally finished surfaces on
both sides as required.
.34 section 16120 Wire and Cable, paragraph 2.3 C, applies to
stranded conductors smaller than #6 AWG, and includes not
only the specified solderless connector, but all
compression type ring terminals, split fork terminals, or
ferual not terminated under a mechanical type lug.
.35 Temporary utilities - This contractor shall receive in-
place physical plant items provided by Bid Group 1 site
Electrical and Temporary Power Contractor, (Benson
Electric, Contract No. KJ-002). This includes, under
Section 01510 Temporary utilities, paragraphs 2.2, 2.3
and 2.4.
This contractor shall include in his lump sum base bid
the cost of maintaining, furnishing, relocation as
required by schedule and job progress, and removal of all
temporary power and lighting system.
Contractor shall furnish, install, and maintain temporary
lighting within the structure during construction, as
described in section 01510, Temporary utilities,
paragraph 2.6. Contractor shall remove temporary lighting
at such time that permanent lighting is energized.
11/19/91
PRIME ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK
00314 - 11
.36 Perform all electrical work required for the proper
installation of the Hydraulic Elevators, (i.e. alternat~
power, lighting, fire sensing, etc.).
.37 Furnish and install condui t, w1r1ng, disconnects and
other materials necessary to complete electrical hook-up
of Food Service Equipment. Notify food service supplier
72 hours in advance to verify rough-in prior to slab pour
and wall cover up.
.38 Furnish and install conduit, w1r1ng, disconnects and
other materials necessary to complete electrical hook-up
of Laundry Equipment.
.39 Coordinate with City Electric System the ordering,
delivery and setting of the main transformer.
.40 This contractor shall make major equipment submittals
within (10) days of contract award.
.41 section 16450 Electrical Systems Grounding, paragraph 3.6
A, Dry Type Transformers are to be grounded back to the
closest point of grounding electrode system.
.42 When scheduled by the CM, this contractor shall clean all
fixtures, panels, devices, lenses, lamps, and equipment,
prior to acceptance and turnover.
.43
Section 16601 Lightning Protection System,
installation with all other interfacing
contractors.
coordinate
wor:\{ and
.44 section 16470 and 16472, all circuit breakers serv1c1ng
security systems shall be identified at breaker throw
lever with a durable and distinct marker.
.45 Notify and coordinate with the local Fire Marshall all
test and inspections required during building rough-ins
and at final inspections. It will be the responsibiliity
of the fire alarm system installer to notify the CM of
these scheduled inspections and provide a typewritten
report of all test and inspections.
.46 section 02830 Fence and Gates, furnish and install
conduit and power wiring, provide 120 volt power as
required, and make terminatio:' at both ends, in order to
complete circuit, and make olarable the gate operators.
.47 Coordinate installation and operation of Section 16721
Fire Alarm System with Security Systems Contractor's
section 11203 Fire Alarm Interface.
11/19/91
PRIME ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK
00314 - 12
.48 Temporary Heating, Cooling, and Ventilating: This
contractor shall be responsible for power and hook-up of
temporary equipment, in accordance with section 01510
Temporary utilities.
.49 section 15110 Heat Trace System, furnish and' install
complete, and make operable. Coordinate installation
with plumbing contractor's installation of piping.
.50 Any temporary or permanent utility or service outages,
which are necessary after being put into service or
energized, shall require notice and approval prior to
actual system shutdown. The Contractor requiring the
outage shall gain approval of the CM no less than (7)
days prior to anticipated date of outage. The written
request for outage approval shall contain system or
circuits of service, areas that will be affected, and
time duration of outage. outages shall be coordinated so
as not to affect the work of other contractors.
.51 Provide electrical systems scope of work in mock-up cell
and chase, in order to develop a complete and finished
mock-up.
.52 Owner Option No. 14-01: Zone 'F' Electrical
At the option of the Owner, furnish and install Zone 'F'
Electrical systems, similar to Zones '0' and 'E', to
include, but not be limited to conduit systems, panel
boards, service distribution, lighting, lightning
protection, fire alarm system and temporary power.
This area is defined as the area bound by column lines G
to La, and 17 line to 24 line, as well as column lines 37
to X, and U line to 42 line.
.53 Alternate 14-01:
Zone 0 and E Electrical
The Prime Electrical Contractor shall provide a complete
bid to remove from his scope of work, the furnishing of
all Zone 0 and E permanent materials to be incorporated
into the work, except for fixtures, heat trace equiment,
timeclock, lighting relay cabinets, and all safety
disconnects. This shall consist of, but not be limited
to conduit raceways and wiring for: lighting,
receptacles, power, telephone raceway on} i' , and heat
trace conduit and wiring.
The Prime Electrical Contractor shall also provide a bid
to remove from his scope of work the installation of Zone
o and E work, which includes lighting rough-in and
11/19/91
PRIME ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK
00314 - 13
finish, from the last distribution panel to end device.
This shall also include installation of receptacles and
power runs, terminations, telephone raceway, and heat
trace system installation.
11/19/91
PRIME ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK
00314 - 14
SECTION 00315
SCOPE OF WORK
Bid Package No. 15
Mechanical Process and HVAC
1.1 General Scope
Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies,
equipment, tools, transportation, surveying and layout, and
protection, to install complete operating systems, and proper
execution and completion of all Work specified on the
drawings, in the bid package, and the sections of the
Specifications, which include, but are not limited to the
listing that follows. The bidder shall review all drawings,
and specification sections that are not specifically listed,
for any additional requirements in order to complete the scope
of work described herein.
Specifications sections and Descriptions
07272
08305
10200
15000
15012
15014
15050
15060
15085
15100
15130
15140
15160
15175
15242
15252
15290
15470
15490
15517
15535
15540
15552
15684
15714
15770
15785
15855
Firestop and Penetration Sealing System
Access Panels And Doors
Louvers and Vents
General provisions
Coordination Drawings - Preparation
Coordination Drawings
Water Treatment
Pipe and Pipe Fittings
Pipe Identification
Valves
Thermometers and Guages
Pipe Hangers and Supports
Pumps
Variable Speed Motor Control for Fans and Pumps
Vibration Isolation
Pipe And Equipment Insulation
Ductwork Insulation
Hot Water Storage Heater
Fuel Storage and Dispensing Systems
Hydronic Specialties
Refrigerant Specialties
Emergency Generator Auxiliaries
Fuel oil Pipi~lg Systems
Centrifugal C' illers
Blow Thru Cooling Tower
Make-Up Air Units
Fan Coil Units
Air Handling Units
11/19/91
00315 - 1
MECHANICAL SCOPE OF WORK
15858
15880
15884
15885
15890
15894
15936
15950
15965
15992
15995
Fans
Fire Dampers
Combination Smoke and Fire Dampers
Air Filters
Ductwork
Air Terminal Units
Grilles, Registers, Diffusers
Automatic Temperature Control Systems
Building Automation System
Tests - Piping Systems
System Balancing and Testing
Reference for Related Work
02222
02226
02644
03100
03200
03300
03410
03412
03420
03490
03520
03600
04200
05180
05500
06200
07115
07210
07215
07530
07720
07900
09110
09200
09250
09510
09900
11110
11200
11202
11203
11204
11205
11400
13090
Excavating, Backfilling and Compacting
Structures
Excavating, Backfilling and Compacting
utilities
Water Mains
Concrete Formwork
Concrete Reinforcement
Cast-In-Place Concrete
Precast Concrete Hollow Cored Planks (BG-2)
Precast Concrete Panels (BG-2)
Precast Prestressed Concrete Sections (BG-2)
Precast Concrete Modular Cell (BG-2)
Insulating Concrete Decks
Grout
Unit Masonry
Miscellaneous Structural Steel
Metal Fabrications
Finish Carpentry
Sheet waterproofing
Building Insulation
Sprayed Insulation
Single Ply Roofing
Roof Accessories
Joint Sealers
Non-Load Bearing Wall Framing Systems
Lath and Plaster
Gypsum Board
Acoustical Ceilings
Painting
Laundry Equipment
Basic Electronic Security Requirements
System Central Processing Unit
Fire Alarm Interface
Programmable Logic Controller
Address Panels
Food Service Equipment
Radiation Protection
for
for
11/19/91
00315 - 2
MECHANICAL SCOPE OF WORK
14240
15403
15408 '.
15410
15430
15460
16010
16111
16120
16155
16161
16170
16199
16300
16450
16471
16605
16660
16721
Hydraulic Elevators (BG-2)
Water Booster Pumps
So11, Waste and Vent System
stdrm Drainage System
Plumbing Specialties
Sump Pumps
Electrical General provisions
Conduit Systems
Wire and Cable
Combination Motor Starters
Motor Control Centers
Disconnect switches
Wiring Devices and Plates
Standby Power Generation
Electrical Systems Grounding
Feeder and Branch Circuits and Emergency Wiring
Transient Voltage/Surge Protection
Wiring for Equipment Furnished by Others
Fire Alarm System
1.2 Special Provisions
The following Special provisions are intended to clarify the
scope of work, or highlight features of the work, or modify,
change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid
Package.
.1 All licenses required in order to perform the scope of
work in the specified location, shall be procurr~d and
maintained by the contractor and his subcontractors.
Contractor shall submit copies to the Construction
Manager.
.2 Contractor shall maintain As-Built drawinqs. (Record
Drawings per section 01720), of his work progression. A
50% progress of field work submittal, will be required.
.3 Any excavations required for the complete and proper
installation of his work below grade, shall be in
accordance with sections 02222 & 02226.
.4 Provide, replace, and maintain any safety rails and
barricades removed as necessary by this trade contractor
during the process of work, or during deliveries of
materials or equipment.
.5 Contractor is to review Division 1 General Requirements
for additional responsibilities required in order to
perform the work under this Bid Package.
11/19/91
MECHANICAL SCOPE OF WORK
00315 - 3
Contractor shall pay particular attention to section
01710 Final Cleaning, which shall be performed as
scheduled by the CM, which will be at or near the"
completion of the project.
.6 Access Panels and Doors - Those access panels and doors
that are shown on the drawings will be furnished and
installed by others.
Access panels and doors that are not shown, but are
necessary for installation, maintenance and replacement
of this contractor's work, and those that are required by
governing codes and regulations, shall be furnished by
this contractor, to other trade contractors for
installation, as an allowance.
This contractor shall state the quantity of each size of
access panel and door, and what material they are to be
installed in, per the proposal form. The bid extension
shall be made at the Owner given bid unit price, to
produce the required bid item allowance.
After contract award, supply of the contractor's stated
quantity of access panels and doors shall be purchased by
others. There will be a corresponding deductive change
order issued to this contractor., removing the supply of
the access panels and doors from his contract, and at the
Owner given bid unit price. If the actual quantity
required exceeds the bid quantity, this contractor shall
be responsible for furnishing access panels and ~oors,
(manufacturer as approved by the Owner) to the
appropriate installing contractor for installation, and
the costs of the door assembly and installation will be
borne by this contractor. Any access panels and doors
not installed, from the allowance bid group that was
purchased, shall remain in the Owner's possession, or
turned back to the supplier for credit, to which credit
will be due the Owner.
.7 utility Routinq and Coordination of the Work
This contractor shall be responsible to coordinate his
work with other mUltiple prime contractors both in the
scheduling of field work activities and in the
integration of individually furnished items into 1 '.nal
composite installations. Coordination drrwings
procedures shall consist of, but are not limited to,
utility Routing Drawings and Base Trade Installers
Drawings. The utility Routing coordination shall consist
of three phases.
11/19/91
MECHANICAL SCOPE OF WORK
00315 - 4
Phase I
The first phase shall constitute the routing of the
precasters erection mylar or sepia drawings for utility
routing 'over-lay' of each trade contractor's work. This
shall be done by routing first to the sheet metal
contractor, then to the plumber, thirdly to the fire
protection contractor, fourthly to mechanical piping,
fifthly to electrical and lastly to the security
contractor, who shall return the composite overview to
the CM. Each trade contractor shall have noted each
service by name & size of carrier (pipe, duct, etc.) and
insulation/hanger cross sectional dimensions, i.e., 3"
Greywater (6"), 24" x 12" Supply (26" x 14"), 2" ltg, 1"
Comm, etc. Additionally, each trade contractor shall
have specified location, size, and type of precast embed
or block out required to accommodate the installation of
his work. The intent at this level of coordination is to
specify interface information from trade contractors to
the precast concrete contractor which will allow the
precaster to prepare piece casting drawings and begin
precast production.
Phase II
Upon review by the Owner's representative to identify
congested areas, the sheetmetal contractor shall be
notified of any additions to the following background
drawings which the sheetmetal contractor shall prepare to
appropriate scale as directed by the Owners
representative.
Backqround Drawinq
Prepared by the HVAC and Process Pipe Contractor, and
consists of plan, elevation and cross section
cuts.
1. Corridors and hallways-Plan & Elevation 1/4" = 1',
cross sections 1" = l'
2. Kitchen-Plan & Elevation 1/411= 1', cross sections
1"= l'
3. Housing chases and plenums-Plan & Elevation 1/4" =
1', 6ross sections 1" = l'
4. Mechanical rooms-Plan & Elevation 1/411 = 1', cross
sections 1" = l'
5. Laundry-Plan & Elevation 1/4"= 1', cross sections
1"= l'
6. Electrical rooms-Plan & Elevation 1/4"= 1', cross
sections 1"= l'
7. All other areas-conventional scale with chases of
11/19/91
MECHANICAL SCOPE OF WORK
00315 - 5
enlarged scale.
These drawings shall be routed and marked up by the
utility Trade Contractors in the same manner as Phase One
drawings, except 'over-lay' work shall show more detail
depicting all items and features such as radius fittings,
valves, specialties, space between pipes, graphic and
written elevations and dimensions, and hanger/support
details. The owner' s representative may conduct job site
meetings to resolve and finalize any conflicts which are
not answered during drawing 'over-lay' routing.
Item number 3. above and zone 'A' shall be submitted
within (10) ten calendar days of Award of Contract.
Phase III
Shop or background drawings shall be prepared and
submitted by the masonry, non-load bearing wall, ceiling,
raised floor, and cast- in-place concrete contractors.
These drawings shall be routed in the same manner as the
previous phases and each trade contractor shall provide
all information necessary for installation of items
furnished by their contract scope of work and which will
require embedment or blockout in the walls, ceiling or
floors.
The requirements of this section are separate from other
drawings and submittals required in the technical
specifications or record drawing sections of the contract
documents.
.8 Furnish to the appropriate trade contractor, for
installation in precast concrete, non-load bearing walls,
masonry, and cast-in-place concrete, all frames, sleeves,
anchors, weld plates and other similar inserts or devices
required to facilitate and coordinate the Work in this
Bid Package. Submit routing shop drawings showing wall
elevation, floor and ceiling plans with requirements for
location and size suitable for field location and
installation. Coordinate and verify correctness of
installation as the work progresses. Verify prior to
casting in form work, or during line and grade
installation of major feature progress.
Furnish and deliver to precast concrete contractor within
(10) working days after --:l,ard of this contract, all
required sleeves, inserts \nd other embedded items with
coordination drawings necessary for incorporation in the
precast components, for Zone A.
Furnish and deliver to precast concrete contractor all
11/19/91
MECHANICAL SCOPE OF WORK
00315 - 6
required sleeves, inserts and other embedded items with
coordination drawings necessary for incorporation in the
precast components, for Zones B,C,D and E, with
timeliness to facilitate the fabrication schedule of the
precast contractor.
.9 All unfinished surfaces of materials or equipment
furnished or installed by this contractor, shall be
inspected for readiness by follow-on contractors and the
CM, prior to installation of follow-on work. This would
include bringing back to original condition, surfaces
disturbed by welding, burning, or other disfigurement,
which will need to be made ready for finish painting, or
other work.
.10 This contractor is responsible to coordinate and/or
provide all penetrations shown or not shown on drawings
which are necessary to facili tate the complete
installation of his work. Penetrations in horizontal
precast members equivalent to 6" circular or larger,
shall be provided by the Precast Contractor when
adequately coordinated per item .7 and .8 above.
other penetrations in horizontal members shall be field
core drilled and shall be the responsibility of this
trade contractor. Field penetrations shall be subj ect to
the advance approval of the precaster and A/E, and shall
be in accordance with Article 4.14.3. All costs of field
installed penetrations and finished closure of field and
precast provided openings shall be borne by the
contractors using or requiring same. All finished
closure details shall conform with firesafing, safety
building codes and design intent (draft closure, material
fall protection, etc.).
All penetrations and openings should be completed prior
to the finish covering installation. In the event that
penetrations are necessary after finish covering
installation, this contractor shall coordinate and pay
for all related work necessary to provide the completed
detail.
.11 Materials and Equipment Furnished by others All
materials furnished by the Owner, other contractors for
the Owner, or by the CM for the Owner, for installation
by this contractor shall upon deliv~ be unloaded,
transferred, stored and fully protected by the contractor
until installed. Any demurrage or similar charge
incurred due to failure of the contractor to promptly
unload the materials and equipment shall be the
responsibility of the contractor.
11/19/91
MECHANICAL SCOPE OF WORK
00315 - 7
The contractor shall carefully examine all materials and
equipment furnished by the Owner, or any of his
designees, (other contractors or the CM). The contractor
shall complete receiving reports describing the quantity
and condition of the materials or equipment. The
contractor shall be responsible for subsequent damage or
loss until installation is completed and accepted by the
Owner.
Should the contractor fail to report any visible signs of
damage in the receiving report as indicated above, then
all parties in interst may assume that the damage
occurred while the materials and equipment were in the
care, custody and control of the receiving contractor.
Any material furnished by the Owner, at an off-site
location, on other than a charge basis in connection with
the contract, shall be deemed as held by the contractor
on consignment. All such materials not used in the
fabrication of materials or equipment required under the
contract shall be returned to the applicable party, as
directed, at their expense; and, if not accounted for or
so returned, shall be paid for by the contractor.
.12 It will be the full responsibility of this trade
contractor to properlY seal and maintain rated assemblies
in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations,
affected by his work, and in accordance with section
07272 Firestop and Penetration Sealing System.
.13 Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating all
housekeepinq pads and equipment pads that are required
for this contractors work, and are shown on the contract
drawings, with the Concrete Contractor. Those that are
not shown, but are required for the complete and proper
installation of his work, shall be furnished and
installed by this contractor.
.14
All equipment installed
installation to provide
maintenance and service.
shall be
adequate
verified
clearances
for
for
.15 Contractor shall be responsible for installation of
expansion fittinqs where utilities and services cross any
designated building expansion line.
.16 Tt '~s contractor shall schedule and provide adequate
overhead hanqers and supports to prevent spray on
insulation damage or delay. And in the event of delayed
installation, or damage, this contractor shall bear the
costs of correction.
11/19/91
MECHANICAL SCOPE OF WORK
00315 - 8
.17 Provide any necessary capped stub-outs, sleeves, or tees
as required for connections of work in future Zone 'F'.
.18 Any core drillinq or penetrations made by this
contractor, or for this contractor in the performance of
his work, shall be properly closed and sealed by this
contractor after installation of the work.
.19 This contractor shall provide all equipment disconnects
as specified throughout this bid package and
specifications. This contractor shall assist the Owner's
need to standardize product sources wherever possible
within this package and other divisions.
.20 Contractor shall perform all required testinq and provide
adequate personnel in order to complete all testing to
the requirements of governing agencies.
.21 All incoming materials and equipment shall be coordinated
with other trades and the CM is to be notified, in order
that proper laydown. staqinq and stockinq areas are
developed, prior to release for shipping. Within the
building, areas shall be restricted and stocking areas
will be authorized in writing.
.22 If in the event of conflicting, or overlapping
requirements in any area of the bidding documents,
technical specifications, or drawings, the most strinqent
condition shall be bid and constructed. Notify the CM in
any event, in order to not compromise the Owner's, right
to make appropriate decisions.
.23 For all fusible devices, provide (1) spare set of fuses
of (3) each, of each type and size of fuse.
.24 This contractor is reminded of security areas and
perimeters, and of the requirement for security devices,
fasteners, connectors, and any other work associated with
this bid package scope of work, in order that proper care
and construction is performed in accordance with the
standards and guidelines set forth by the regulatory
agencies governing jails.
.25 This contractor shall provide and coordinate fully with
the provisions of section 16010 Electrical General
Provisions, paragraph 1.1. This contractor shall submit
for approval a.l 3-phase equipment required in this
section of the work to the A/E for review and approval
within (10) calendar days of contract award. All 3-phase
equipment circuitry and device requirements of this
contract shall be provided to the Electrical Contractor
11/19/91
MECHANICAL SCOPE OF WORK
00315 - 9
within (20) calendar days of contract award.
.26 Furnish and install Transient Voltage/Surge Protection,
in accordance with section 16605, as required for the
proper installation and operation of Mechanical Systems.
This contractor shall be bound by all provisions of
section 16605 Transient Voltage/Surge Protection, as
related to equipment provided under this scope of work.
Provide section 16605 to vendors to ensure plant
fabrication and submittal inclusion.
.27 section 15470 Hot Water Storage Heater, this contractor
shall furnish and install Hot Water Heater Vent Stack,
under paragraph 2.2, page 2. Plumbing trade contractor
shall provide other items under Part 2 - Products.
.28 Temporary Heating, Cooling, and Ventilating: This
contractor shall be responsible for this temporary
equipment in accordance with section 01510 Temporary
utilities.
.29 Perform all mechanical work required for the proper
installation of the Hydraulic Elevators, (i.e. heating,
cooling, ventilating, temperature controls, etc.).
.30 section 15490 Fuel Storage and Dispensing systems:
a. Furnish and install systems complete.
b. Contractor must be licensed and qualified with the
understanding of all Laws and Codes governing the
installation of tanks and equipment.
c. Fill tank(s) when installed, and top-off after
testing, and upon turnover to Owner.
.31 Furnish and install all air devices, except for devices
S-9, S-22, R-3, R-5, R-13, and E-3, shown on Drawing
10.32, Air Devices Schedule. These will be furnished by
others to Mechanical Contractor for installation.
.32 section 15410 Storm Drainage System, this contractor
shall furnish and install all process and condensate
drains necessary for this section of work.
.33 section 15050 Water Treatment:
a. Provide (1) year service contract with chemical
supplier, as per paragraph 2.1 B, and 2.2 B.
11/19/91
MECHANICAL SCOPE OF WORK
00315 - 10
b. Prior to acceptance by Owner, all requirements of
paragraphs 2.1 Band 2.2 B shall be provided and
maintained by Mechanical Contractor.
c. Provide Owner's personnel sufficient training in
the use of hazardous materials invol ved in and
around the testing equipment as described in
paragraph 2.5 C.
.34 section 15252 Pipe and Equipment Insulation, furnish and
install insulation required for mechanical systems, which
includes all piping, equipment and systems installed by
this contractor.
.35 section 15890 Ductwork, Mechanical Contractor shall
coordinate his duct access panels and peripheral
installations with other trades.
.36 section 11110 Laundry Equipment, furnish and install vent
stacks.
.37 section 15858 Fans, paragraph 2.4 D.2, disconnect devices
are to be externally mounted.
Prior to start-up, check all fans for alignment, and
lubricate all bearings prior to operation. Disregard
lubrication if bearings are sealed. If bearings are not
sealed, make sure grease fittings are included and
installed.
.38 Install all barrier grilles under Section 15936 Grilles,
Registers, Diffusers, which are provided by others, and
which require installation in the work of the Mechanical
Contractor.
.39 Furnish to the Roofing Contractor for installation, all
roof curbs required for the equipment of this contractor.
.40 Provide applicable scope of work in mock-up cell and
chase, in order to develop a complete and finished mock-
up.
.41 section 16450 Electrical Systems Grounding, coordinate
all mechanical equipment and systems with Electrical
Contractor.
.42 section 15995 System Balancing and Testing, this
contractor shall select and subcontract with systems
balancing and testing agency who shall be fully certified
by AABC and NEBB, in accordance with paragraphs 1.3 A and
C.
11/19/91
MECHANICAL SCOPE OF WORK
00315 - 11
.43 Any temporary or permanent utility or service outages,
which are necessary after being put into service or
energized, shall require notice and approval prior to
actual system shutdown. The Contractor requiring the
outage shall gain approval of the CM no less than (7)
days prior to anticipated date of outage. The written
request for outage approval shall contain system or
circuits of service, areas that will be affected, and
time duration of outage. outages shall be coordinated so
as not to affect the work of other contractors.
.44 Owner Option No. 15-01: Zone 'F' Mechanical Process and
HVAC
At the option of the Owner, furnish and install Zone 'F'
Mechanical Process and HVAC systems, similar to Zones 'D'
and 'E'.
This area is defined as the area bound by column lines G
to La, and 17 line to 24 line, as well as column lines 37
to X, and U line to 42 line.
1 . 3 BY Others
.1 Furnishing of kitchen hoods.
11/19/91
MECHANICAL SCOPE OF WORK
00315 - 12
SECTION 00316
SCOPE OF WORK
Bid Package No. 16
Prime Plumbing Contract Zones A, B, C, D, E
1.1 General Scope
Provide all labor, superv1s1on, materials, supplies,
equipment, tools, transportation, surveying and layout, and
protection, to install complete operating systems, and proper
execution and completion of all Work specified on the
drawings, in the bid package, and the sections of the
Specifications, which include, but are not limited to the
listing that follows. The bidder shall review all drawings,
and specification sections that are not specifically listed,
for any additional requirements in order to complete the scope
of work described herein.
Primary sections and Descriptions of the Work
07272
08305
15000
15012
15014
15060
15085
15100
15130
15140
15242
15252
15403
15404
15408
15410
15430
15440
15460
15470
15992
Firestop and Penetration sealing System
Access Panels and Doors
General Provisions
Coordination Drawings-Preparation
Coordination Drawings
Pipe and Pipe Fittings
Piping Identification
Valves
Thermometers and Guages
Pipe Hangers and Supports
Vibration Isolation
Pipe and Equipment Insulation
Water Booster Pumps
Domestic Water Softener
Soil, Waste and Vent System
Storm Drainage System
Plumbing Specialties
Plumbing Fixtures and Accessories
Sump Pumps
Hot Water Storage Heater
Tests - Piping Systems
Related sections and Descriptions
02222
02226
Excavating,
Structures
Excavating,
utilities
Backfilling
Backfilling
Compacting
for
and
Compacting
and
for
11/19/91
00316 - 1
PRIME PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK
02644
03100
03200
03300
03410
03412
03420
03490
03520
03600
04200
05180
05500
06200
07115
07210
07215
07530
07720
07900
09110
09200
09250
09300
09510
.09650
09680
09700
09800
09900
11110
11400
11704
13090
15110
15252
15517
15995
16010
16155
16161
16170
16450
16660
Water Mains
Concrete Formwork
Concrete Reinforcement
Cast-In-Place Concre~e
Precast Concrete Hollow Cored Planks (BG-2)
Precast Concrete Panels (BG-2)
Precast Prestressed Concrete sections (BG-2)
Precast Concrete Modular Cell (BG-2)
Insulating Concrete Decks
Grout
unit Masonry
Miscellaneous structural Steel
Metal Fabrications
Finish Carpentry
Sheet Waterproofing
Building Insulation
sprayed Insulation
single Ply Roofing
Roof Accessories
Joint Sealers
Non-Load Bearing Wall Framing Systems
Lath and Plaster
Gypsum Board
Tile
Acoustical Ceilings
Resilient Flooring
Carpet
Special Flooring
Special coatings
Painting
Laundry Equipment
Food Service Equipment
Ice Machines
Radiation Protection
Heat Trace System
Pipe and Equipment Insulation
Hydronic Specialties
System Balancing and Testing
Electrical General provisions
Combination Motor Starters
Motor Control Centers
Disconnect Switches
Electrical systems Grounding
Wiring For Equipment Furnished By Others
1.2 Special Provisions
The following Special provisions are intended to clarify the
scope of work, or highlight features of the work, or modify,
change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid
Package.
11/19/91
PRIME PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK
00316 - 2
.1 All licenses required in order to perform the scope of
work in the specified location, shall be procurred and
maintained by the contractor and his subcontractors.
Contractor shall submit copies to the Construction
Manager.
.2 Contractor shall maintain As-Built drawinqs. (Record
Drawings per section 01720), of his work progression. A
50% progress of field work submittal, will be required.
.3 Any excavations required for the complete and proper
installation of below grade work, shall be in accordance
with sections 02222 & 02226.
.4 Provide, replace, and maintain any safety rails and
barricades removed as necessary by this trade contractor
during the process of work, or during deliveries of
materials or equipment.
.5 Contractor is to review Division 1 General Requirements
for additional responsibilities required in order to
perform the work under this Bid Package.
Contractor shall pay particular attention to section
01710 Final Cleaning, which shall be performed as
scheduled by the CM, which will be at or near the
completion of the project.
.6 Access Panels and Doors - Those access panels and, doors
that are shown on the drawings will be furnished and
installed by others.
Access panels and doors that are not shown, but are
necessary for installation, maintenance and replacement
of this contractor's work, and those that are required by
governing codes and regulations, shall be furnished by
this contractor, to other trade contractors for
installation, as an allowance.
This contractor shall state the quantity of each size of
access panel and door, and what material they are to be
installed in, per the proposal form. The bid extension
shall be made at the Owner given bid unit price, to
produce the required bid item allowance.
After contract award, supply of the c ntractor's stated
quantity of access panels and doors shall be purchased by
others. There will be a corresponding deductive change
order issued to this contractor, removing the supply of
the access panels and doors from his contract, and at the
11/19/91
PRIME PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK
00316 - 3
Owner given bid unit price. If the actual quantity
required exceeds the bid quantity, this contractor shall
be responsible for furnishing access panels and doors,
(manufacturer as approved by the Owner) to the
appropriate installing contractor for installation, and
the costs of the door assembly and installation will be
borne by this contractor. Any access panels and doors
not installed, from the allowance bid group that was
purchased, shall remain in the Owner's possession, or
turned back to the supplier for credit, to which credit
will be due the Owner.
.7 utility Routinq and Coordination of the Work
This contractor shall be responsible to coordinate his
work with other multiple prime contractors both in the
scheduling of field work activities and in the
integration of individually furnished items into final
composite installations. Coordination drawings
procedures shall consist of, but are not limited to,
utility Routing Drawings and Base Trade Installers
Drawings. The utility Routing coordination shall consist
of three phases.
Phase I
The first phase shall constitute the routing of the
precasters erection mylar or sepia drawings for utility
routing 'over-lay' of each trade contractor's work. This
shall be done by routing first to the sheet, metal
contractor, then to the plumber, thirdly to the fire
protection contractor, fourthly to mechanical piping,
fifthly to electrical and lastly to the security
contractor, who shall return the composite overview to
the CM. Each trade contractor shall have noted each
service by name & size of carrier (pipe, duct, etc.) and
insulation/hanger cross sectional dimensions, i.e., 3"
Greywater (6"), 24" x 12" Supply (26" x 14"), 2" ltg, 1"
Comm, etc. Additionally, each trade contractor shall
have specified location, size, and type of precast embed
or block out required to accommodate the installation of
his work. The intent at this level of coordination is to
specify interface information from trade contractors to
the precast concrete contractor which will allow the
precaster to prepare piece casting drawings and begin
;recast production.
Phase II
Upon review by the Owner's representative to identify
congested areas, the sheetmetal contractor shall be
11/19/91
PRIME PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK
00316 - 4
notified of any additions to the following background
drawings which the sheetmetal contractor shall prepare to
appropriate scale as directed by the Owners
representative.
Backqround Drawing
Prepared by the HVAC and Process Pipe Contractor, and
consists of plan, elevation and cross section cuts.
1. Corridors and hallways-Plan & Elevation 1/4" = 1',
cross sections 1" = l'
2. Kitchen-Plan & Elevation 1/4n= 1', cross sections
1"= l'
3. Housing chases and plenums-Plan & Elevation 1/4" =
1', cross sections 1" = l'
4. Mechanical rooms-Plan & Elevation 1/4" = 1', cross
sections 1" = l'
5. Laundry-Plan & Elevation 1/4 n= 1', cross sections
1"= l'
6. Electrical rooms-Plan & Elevation 1/4 n= 1', cross
sections 1"= l'
7. All other areas-conventional scale with chases of
enlarged scale.
These drawings shall be routed and marked up by the
utility Trade Contractors in the same manner as Phase One
drawings, except 'over-lay' work shall show more detail
depicting all items and features such as radius fittings,
valves, specialties, space between pipes, graphic and
written elevations and dimensions, and hanger/support
details. The owner' s representative may conduct job site
meetings to resolve and finalize any conflicts which are
not answered during drawing 'over-lay' routing.
Item number 3. above and zone 'A' shall be submitted
within (10) ten calendar days of Award of Contract.
Phase III
Shop or background drawings shall be prepared and
submitted by the masonry, non-load bearing wall, ceiling,
raised floor, and cast-in-place concrete contractors.
These drawings shall be routed in the same manner as the
previous phases and each trade contractor shall provide
all information necessary for installation of items
furnished by -r;lleir contract scope of work and which \'lill
require embeLment or blockout in the walls, ceiling or
floors.
The requirements of this section are separate from other
drawings and submittals required in the technical
11/19/91
00316 - 5
PRIME PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK
drawings and submittals required in the technical
specifications or record drawing sections of the contract
documents.
.8 Furnish to the appropriate trade contractor, for
installation in precast concrete, non-load bearing walls,
masonry, and cast-in-place concrete, all frames, sleeves,
anchors, weld plates and other similar inserts or devices
required to facilitate and coordinate the Work in this
Bid Package. Submit routing shop drawings showing wall
elevation, floor and ceiling plans with requirements for
location and size suitable for field location and
installation. Coordinate and verify correctness of
installation as the work progresses. Verify prior to
casting in form work, or during line and grade
installation of major feature progress.
Furnish and deliver to precast concrete contractor within
(10) working days after award of this contract, all
required sleeves, inserts and other embedded items with
coordination drawings necessary for incorporation in the
precast components, for Zone A.
Furnish and deliver to precast concrete contractor all
required sleeves, inserts and other embedded items with
coordination drawings necessary for incorporation in the
precast components, for Zones B, C, D and E, wi th
timeliness to facilitate the fabrication schedule of the
precast contractor.
.9 All unfinished surfaces of materials or equipment
furnished or installed by this contractor, shall be
inspected for readiness by follow-on contractors and the
CM, prior to installation of follow-on work. This would
include bringing back to original condition, surfaces
disturbed by welding, burning, or other disfigurement,
which will need to be made ready for finish painting, or
other work.
.10 This contractor is responsible to coordinate and/or
provide all penetrations shown or not shown on drawings
which are necessary to facilitate the complete
installation of his work. Penetrations in horizontal
precast members equivalent to 6"circular or larger,
shall be provided by the Precast Contractor when
adequately coordinated per item .7 and .8 above.
other penetrations in horizontal members shall be field
core drilled and shall be the responsibility of this
trade contractor. Field penetrations shall be subject to
the advance approval of the precaster and A/E, and shall
11/19/91
PRIME PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK
00316 - 6
be in accordance with Article 4.14.3. All costs of field
installed penetrations and finished closure of field and
precast provided openings shall be borne by the
contractors using or requiring same. All finished
closure details shall conform with firesafing, safety
building codes and design intent (draft closure, material
fall protection, etc.).
All penetrations and openings should be completed prior
to the finish covering installation. In the event that
penetrations are necessary after finish covering
installation, this contractor shall coordinate and pay
for all related work necessary to provide the completed
detail.
.11 Materials and Equipment Furnished by Others All
materials furnished by the Owner, other contractors for
the Owner, or by the CM for the Owner, for installation
by this contractor shall upon delivery, be unloaded,
transferred, stored and fully protected by the contractor
until installed. Any demurrage or similar charge
incurred due to failure of the contractor to promptly
unload the materials and equipment shall be the
responsibility of the contractor.
The contractor shall carefully examine all materials and
equipment furnished by the Owner, or any of his
designees, (other contractors or the CM). The contractor
shall complete receiving reports describing the quantity
and condition of the materials or equipment. The
contractor shall be responsible for subsequent damage or
loss until installation is completed and accepted by the
Owner.
Should the contractor fail to report any visible signs of
damage in the receiving report as indicated above, then
all parties in interst may assume that the damage
occurred while the materials and equipment were in the
care, custody and control of the receiving contractor.
Any material furnished by the Owner, at an off-site
location, on other than a charge basis in connection with
the contract, shall be deemed as held by the contractor
on consignment. All such materials not used in the
fabrication of materials or equipment required under the
contract shall be returned t~ the applicable party, as
directed, at their expense; and, if not accounted for or
so returned, shall be paid for by the contractor.
.12 It will be the full responsibility of this trade
contractor to properly seal and maintain rated assemblies
11/19/91
PRIME PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK
00316 - 7
in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations,
affected by his work, and in accordance with section
07272 Firestop and Penetration Sealing System.
.13 Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating all
housekeepinq pads and equipment pads that are required
for this contractors work, and are shown on the contract
drawings, with the Concrete Contractor. Those that are
not shown, but are required for the complete and proper
installation of his work, shall be furnished and
installed by this contractor.
.14
All equipment installed
installation to provide
maintenance and service.
shall be
adequate
verified
clearances
for
for
.15 Contractor shall be responsible for installation of
expansion fittinqs where utilities and services cross any
designated building expansion line.
.16 This contractor shall schedule and provide adequate
overhead hanqers and supports to prevent spray on
insulation damage or delay. And in the event of delayed
installation, or damage, this contractor shall bear the
costs of correction.
.17 Provide any necessary capped stub-outs, sleeves, or tees
as required for connections of work in future Zone 'F'.
.18 Any core drillinq or penetrations made by, this
contractor, or for this contractor in the performance of
his work, shall be properly closed and sealed by this
contractor after installation of the work.
.19 This contractor shall provide all equipment disconnects
as specified throughout this bid package and
specifications. This contractor shall assist the Owner's
need to standardize 'product sources wherever possible
within this package and other divisions.
.20 Contractor shall perform all required testing and provide
adequate personnel in order to complete all testing to
the requirements of governing agencies.
.21 All incoming materials and equipment shall be coordinated
with other trades and the CM is to be notified in order
that proper laydown. staqinq and stockinq 3.reas are
developed, prior to release for shipping. within the
building, areas shall be restricted and stocking areas
will be authorized in writing.
11/19/91
PRIME PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK
00316 - 8
.22 If in the event of conflicting, or overlapping
requirements in any area of the bidding documents,
technical specifications, or drawings, the most strinqent
condition shall be bid and constructed. Notify the CM in
any event, in order to not compromise the Owner's right
to make appropriate decisions.
.23 For all fusible devices, provide (1) spare set of fuses
of (3) each, of each type and size of fuse.
.24 This contractor is reminded of security areas and
perimeters, and of the requirement for security devices,
fasteners, connectors, and any other work associated with
this bid package scope of work, in order that proper care
and construction is performed in accordance with the
standards and guidelines set forth by the regulatory
agencies governing jails.
.25 This contractor shall provide and coordinate fully with
the provisions of section 16010 Electrical General
provisions, paragraph 1.1. This contractor shall submit
for approval all 3-phase equipment required in this
section of the work to the A/E for review and approval
within (10) calendar days of contract award. All 3-phase
equipment circuitry and device requirements of this
contract shall be provided to the Electrical Contractor
within (20) calendar days of contract award.
.26 Furnish and install all LP gas distribution, connections
and specialties from outside service. Shut-o(f and
regulators shall be furnished and installed by this
contractor.
.27 Furnish and install hose bibb L-2, as noted in section
11110-12.
.28 Furnish and install all plumbing work necessary to
complete plumbing final connections of Food Service
Equipment. Notify food service supplier 72 hours in
advance to verify rough-in prior to slab pour and wall
cover up.
.29 Furnish an~ install plumbing work necessary to complete
plumbing final connections of Laundry Equipment.
.30 section 15252 Pipe and Equipment Insulation, furnish and
install insulation required for plumbing systems, which
includes all piping, equipment and systems installed by
this contractor.
.31 section 15403 Water Booster Pumps, furnish and install
11/19/91 PRIME PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK 00316 - 9
pump systems complete.
.32 Section 13090 Radiation Protection:
Furnish and install shielding
including penetration shielding.
radiation protective materials.
of plumbing systems,
Provide warranty on
.33 Provide plumbing systems scope of work in mock-up cell
and chase, in order to develop a complete and finished
mock-up.
.34 Provide housings and trim plates for terminal connection
at service connection stations.
.35 This contractor shall furnish and install the grey water
system from exterior pipe provided under Bid Group 1,
complete to all fixtures. This contractor shall also
provide to the equipment rooms shown on drawings, a
capped grey water supply for other trades connections.
.36 Owner option No. 16-01: Zone 'F' Plumbinq
At the option of the Owner, furnish and install Zone 'F'
plumbing systems, similar to Zones 'D' and 'E'.
This area is defined as the area bound by column lines G
to La, and 17 line to 24 line, as well as column lines 37
to X, and U line to 42 line.
.37 Alternate No. 16-01:
Zone D and E Plumbinq
The Prime Plumbing Contractor shall provide a complete
bid to remove from his scope of work the furnishing of
all Zone 0 and E permanent materials to be,incorporated
into the work, except for special valves and fixtures
which are listed on Attachment "A".
The Prime Plumbing Contractor shall also provide a bid to
remove from his scope of work the installation of all
plumbing systems in Zones 0 and E.
1.3 By Others
.1 Setting in place all food service equipment.
.2 Setting in place all ~~undry equipment.
.3 Finish painting of i.ll material and equipment, except
where the specifications call for factory finish, then
the Plumbing Contractor shall provide.
11/19/91
PRIME PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK
00316 - 10
ATTACHMENT "A"
EQUIPMENT SUPPLIED BY BID PACKAGE NO. 16 PRIME PLUMBING CONTRACTOR
Contractor is to verify count of fixtures required for
performance of his work prior to bid. In the event any fixture
is not listed or an error is in the required number shown it
will be the responsibility of this contractor to provide and
install any fixtures shown on the plans.
Fixtures and equipment listed shall include all required
specialty attachment devices, wall sleeves and accessories.
(Reference drawing 8. OOA and 8.22 for fixture designation
definitions).
STANDARD FIXTURES:
FIXTURE
ZONE AI ZONE B
15 4
2
ZONE C
ZONE
WC-1
8
WC-2
2 1
1
UR-1
3
L-1
12
L-2
8 6
8
2
L-4
6 1
1
BT-1
1
S-l
8 13
3
7
CS-1
1
PS-1
1
PT-1
1
SS-l
1
SS-2
6
2
5
4
EWC-1
7
1
4
2
DF-1
o
2
11/19/91
PRIME PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK
OJ ZONE EI
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2
2
6
2
2
o
00316 - 11
I
BOOST I 1
,PMP1
, . SUMP PMP 2 2
WH-1 1
WH-2 1
WH-3 1
WTR SOFT 1
WP-1 1
PENAL FIXTURES:
FIXTURE ,ZONE A ZONE BI ZONE C I ZONE D ZONE EI
II II I
WC-3 I 24 - I I 3 4
I I
WC-4 I 1 I 4 2
I I
WC-5 4 I 92 94
I
WC-6 1 4 I 12
I
WC-7 4 I
UR-2 1 2
L-3 26 2 2
L-5 4
SH-1 24 18 22
SH-2 4 1 2 4 2
SH-3 2 2 2
SH-4 4
SH .~ 2
FD-8 3
---------------------------------------------------
11/19/91
PRIME PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK
00316 - 12
SECTION 00317
SCOPE OF WORK
Bid Package No. 17
Fire Protection system
1.1 General Scope
Provide all labor, superv1s1on, materials, supplies,
equipment, tools, transportation, surveying and layout, and
protection, to install complete operating systems, and proper
execution and completion of all Work specified on the
drawings, in the bid package, and the sections of the
Specifications, which include, but are not limited to the
listing that follows. The bidder shall review all drawings,
and specification sections that are not specifically listed,
for any additional requirements in order to complete the scope
of work described herein.
Primary sections and Descriptions of the Work
07272
08305
15000
15012
15014
15060
15085
15100
15140
15330
15992
Firestop and Penetration Sealing System
Access Panels and Doors
General provisions
Coordination Drawings-Preparation
Coordination Drawings
Pipe and Pipe Fittings
Pipe Identification
Valves
Pipe Hangers and Supports
Wet-Sprinkler System
Tests - Piping Systems
Related sections and Descriptions
02644
03100
03200
03300
03410
03412
03420
03490
03520
03600
04200
07215
07530
07720
Water Mains
Concrete Formwork
Concrete Reinforcement
Cast-In-Place Concrete
Precast Concrete Hollow Cored Planks (BG-2)
Precast Concrete Panels (BG-2)
Precast Prestressed Concrete sections (BG-2)
Precast Concrete Modular Cell (BG-2)
Insulating Concrete Decks
Grout
Unit Masonry
Sprayed Insulation
Single Ply Roofing
Roof Accessories
11/19/91
00317 - 1
FIRE PROTECTION SCOPE OF WORK
07900
09110
09510
09900
11200
11203
15130
16010
16660
16721
Joint Sealers
Non-Load Bearing Wall Framing Systems
Acoustical Ceilings
Painting
Basic Electronic Security Requirements
Fire Alarm Interface
Thermometers and Gages
Electrical General provisions
Wiring For Equipment Furnished By Others
Fire Alarm System
1.2 Special provisions
The following Special provisions are intended to clarify the
scope of work, or highlight features of the work, or modify,
change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid
Package.
.1 All licenses required in order to perform the scope of
work in the specified location, shall be procurred and
maintained by the contractor and his subcontractors.
Contractor shall submit copies to the Construction
Manager.
.2 Contractor shall maintain As-Built drawinqs. (Record
Drawings per section 01720), of his work progression. A
50% progress of field work submittal, will be required.
.3 Any excavations required for the complete and proper
installation of his work below grade, shall ,be in
accordance with sections 02222 & 02226.
.4 Provide, replace, and maintain any safety rails and
barricades removed as necessary by this trade contractor
during the process of work, or during deliveries of
materials or equipment.
.5 Contractor is to review Division 1 General Requirements
for additional responsibilities required in order to
perform the work under this Bid Package.
Contractor shall pay particular attention to section
01710 Final Cleaning, which shall be performed as
scheduled by the CM, which will be at or near the
completion of the project.
.6 Access Panels and Doors - Those access panels and doors
that are shown on the drawings will be furnished and
installed by others.
Access panels and doors that are not shown, but are
11/19/91
FIRE PROTECTION SCOPE OF WORK
00317 - 2
necessary for installation, maintenance and replacement
of this contractor's work, and those that are required by
governing codes and regulations, shall be furnished by
this contractor, to other trade contractors for
installation, as an allowance.
This contractor shall state the quantity of each size of
access panel and door, and what material they are to be
installed in, per the proposal form. The bid extension
shall be made at the Owner given bid unit price, to
produce the required bid item allowance.
After contract award, supply of the contractor's stated
quantity of access panels and doors shall be purchased by
others. There will be a corresponding deductive change
order issued to this contractor, removing the supply of
the access panels and doors from his contract, and at the
Owner given bid unit price. If the actual quantity
required exceeds the bid quantity, this contractor shall
be responsible for furnishing access panels and doors,
(manufacturer as approved by the Owner) to the
appropriate installing contractor for installation, and
the costs of the door assembly and installation will be
borne by this contractor. Any access panels and doors
not installed, from the allowance bid group that was
purchased, shall remain in the Owner's possession, or
turned back to the supplier for credit, to which credit
will be due the Owner.
.7 utility Routinq and Coordination of the Work
This contractor shall be responsible to coordinate his
work with other multiple prime contractors both in the
scheduling of field work activities and in the
integration of individually furnished items into final
composite installations. Coordination drawings
procedures shall consist of, but are not limited to,
utility Routing Drawings and Base Trade Installers
Drawings. The utility Routing coordination shall consist
of three phases.
Phase I
The first phase shall constitute the routing of the
precasters erection mylar or sepia drawings for utility
routing 'over-lay' of each trade contractor's work. This
shall be done by routing first to the sheet metal
contractor, then to the plumber, thirdly to the fire
protection contractor, fourthly to mechanical piping,
fifthly to electrical and lastly to the security
contractor, who shall return the composite overview to
11/19/91
FIRE PROTECTION SCOPE OF WORK
00317 - 3
the CM. Each trade contractor shall have noted each
service by name & size of carrier (pipe, duct, etc.) and
insulation/hanger cross sectional dimensions, i.e., 3"
Greywater (6"), 24" x 12" Supply (26" x 14"),2" ltg, 1"
Comm, etc. Additionally, each trade contractor shall
have specified location, size, and type of precast embed
or block out required to accommodate the installation of
his work. The intent at this level of coordination is to
specify interface information from trade contractors to
the precast concrete contractor which will allow the
precaster to prepare piece casting drawings and begin
precast production.
Phase II
Upon review by the Owner's representative to identify
congested areas, the sheetmetal contractor shall be
notified of any additions to the following background
drawings which the sheetmetal contractor shall prepare to
appropriate scale as directed by the Owners
representative.
Backqround Drawinq
Prepared by the HVAC and Process Pipe Contractor, and
consists of plan, elevation and cross section
cuts.
1. Corridors and hallways-Plan & Elevation 1/4" = 1',
cross sections 1" = l'
2. Kitchen-Plan & Elevation 1/4"= 1', cross sections
1"= l'
3. Housing chases and plenums-Plan & Elevation 1/4" =
1', cross sections 1" = l'
4. Mechanical rooms-Plan & Elevation 1/4" = 1', cross
sections 1" = l'
5. Laundry-Plan & Elevation 1/4"= 1', cross sections
1"= l'
6. Electrical rooms-Plan & Elevation 1/4"= 1', cross
sections 1"= l'
7. All other areas-conventional scale with chases of
enlarged scale.
These drawings shall be routed and marked up by the
Utility Trade Contractors in the same manner as Phase One
drawings, except 'over-lay' work shall sho\ aore detail
depicting all items and features such as radus fittings,
valves, specialties, space between pipes, graphic and
written elevations and dimensions, and hanger/support
details. The owner's representative may conduct job site
meetings to resolve and finalize any conflicts which are
11/19/91
FIRE PROTECTION SCOPE OF WORK
00317 - 4
not answered during drawing 'over-lay' routing.
Item number 3. above and zone 'A' shall be submitted
within (10) ten calendar days of Award of Contract.
"
Phase III
Shop or background drawings shall be prepared and
submitted by the masonry, non-load bearing wall, ceiling,
raised floor, and cast-in-place concrete contractors.
These drawings shall be routed in the same manner as the
previous phases and each trade contractor shall provide
all information necessary for installation of items
furnished by their contract scope of work and which will
require embedment or blockout in the walls, ceiling or
floors.
The requirements of this section are separate from other
drawings and submittals required in the technical
specifications or record drawing sections of the contract
documents.
.8 Furnish to the appropriate trade contractor, for
installation in precast concrete, non-load bearing walls,
masonry, and cast-in-place concrete, all frames, sleeves,
anchors, weld plates and other similar inserts or devices
required to. facilitate and coordinate the Work in this
Bid Package. Submit routing shop drawings showing wall
elevation, floor and ceiling plans with requirements for
location and size suitable for field location and
installation. Coordinate and verify correctness of
installation as the work progresses. Verify prior to
casting in form work, or during line and grade
installation of major feature progress.
Furnish and deliver to precast concrete contractor within
(10) working days after award of this contract, all
required sleeves, inserts and other embedded items with
coordination drawings necessary for incorporation in the
precast components, for Zone A.
Furnish and deliver to precast concrete contractor all
required sleeves, inserts and other embedded items with
coordination drawings necessary for incorporation in the
precast components, for Zones B,C,D and E, with
timeliness to facilitate the fabrication schedule of the
precast contractor.
.9 All unfinished surfaces of materials or equipment
furnished or installed by this contractor, shall be
inspected for readiness by follow-on contractors and the
CM, prior to installation of follow-on work. This would
11/19/91
FIRE PROTECTION SCOPE OF WORK
00317 - 5
include bringing back to original condition, surfaces
disturbed by welding, burning, or other disfigurement,
which will need to be made ready for finish painting, or
other work.
.10 This contractor is responsible to coordinate and/or
provide all genetrations shown or not shown on drawings
which are necessary to facilitate the complete
installation of his work. Penetrations in horizontal
precast members equivalent to 6" circular or larger,
shall be provided by the Precast Contractor when
adequately coordinated per item .7 and .8 above.
other penetrations in horizontal members shall be field
core drilled and shall be the responsibility of this
trade contractor. Field penetrations shall be subj ect to
the advance approval of the precaster and A/E, and shall
be in accordance with Article 4.14.3. All costs of field
installed penetrations and finished closure of field and
precast provided openings shall be borne by the
contractors using or requiring same. All finished
closure details shall conform with firesafing, safety
building codes and design intent (draft closure, material
fall protection, etc.).
All penetrations and openings should be completed prior
to the finish covering installation. In the event that
penetrations are necessary after finish covering
installation, this contractor shall coordinate and pay
for all related work necessary to provide the completed
detail.
.11 Materials and Equipment Furnished bY Others All
materials furnished by the Owner, other contractors for
the Owner, or by the CM for the Owner, for installation
by this contractor shall upon delivery, be unloaded,
transferred, stored and fully protected by the contractor
until installed. Any demurrage or similar charge
incurred due to failure of the contractor to promptly
unload the materials and equipment shall be the
responsibility of the contractor.
The contractor shall carefully examine all materials and
equipment furnished by the Owner, or any of his
designees, (other contractors or the CM). The contractor
shall complete rec\'~Fing reports describing the quantity
and condition of, the materials or equipment. The
contractor shall be responsible for subsequent damage or
loss until installation is completed and accepted by the
Owner.
11/19/91
FIRE PROTECTION SCOPE OF WORK
00317 - 6
Should the contractor fail to report any visible signs of
damage in the receiving report as indicated above, then
all parties in interst may assume that the damage
occurred while the materials and equipment were in the
care, custody and control of the receiving contractor.
Any material furnished by the Owner, at an off-site
location, on other than a charge basis in connection with
the contract, shall be deemed as held by the contractor
on consignment. All such materials not used in the
fabrication of materials or equipment required under the
contract shall be returned to the applicable party, as
directed, at their expense; and, if not accounted for or
so returned, shall be paid for by the contractor.
.12 It will be the full responsibility of this trade
contractor to properlY seal and maintain rated assemblies
in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations,
affected by his work, and in accordance with section
07272 Firestop and Penetration Sealing System.
.13 Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating all
housekeepinq pads and equipment pads that are required
for this contractors work, and are shown on the contract
drawings, with the Concrete Contractor. Those that are
not shown, but are required for the complete and proper
installation of his work, shall be furnished and
installed by this contractor.
.14
All equipment installed
installation to provide
maintenance and service.
shall be
adequate
verified
clearances
for
for
.15 Contractor shall be responsible for installation of
expansion fittinqs where utilities and services cross any
designated building expansion line.
.16 This contractor shall schedule and provide adequate
overhead hanqers and supports to prevent spray on
insulation damage or delay. And in the event of delayed
installation, or damage, this contractor shall bear the
costs of correction.
.17 Provide any necessary capped stub-outs, sleeves, or tees
as required for connections of work in future Zone 'F'.
.18 Any core drillinq or peneti~tions made by this
contractor, or for this contractor in the performance of
his work, shall be properly closed and sealed by this
contractor after installation of the work.
11/19/91
FIRE PROTECTION SCOPE OF WORK
00317 - 7
.19 Contractor shall perform all required testinq and provide
adequate personnel in order to complete all testing to
the requirements of governing agencies.
.20 All incoming materials and equipment shall be coordinated
with other trades and the CM is to be notified, in order
that proper laydown. staqing and stockinq areas are
developed, prior to release for shipping. within the
building, areas shall be restricted and stocking areas
will be authorized in writing.
.21 If in the event of conflicting, or overlapping
requirements in any area of the bidding documents,
technical specifications, or drawings, the most strinqent
condition shall be bid and constructed. Notify the CM in
any event, in order to not compromise the Owner's right
to make appropriate decisions.
.22 This contractor is reminded of security areas and
perimeters, and of the requirement for security devices,
fasteners, connectors, and any other work associated with
this bid package scope of work, in order that proper care
and construction is performed in accordance with the
standards and guidelines set forth by the regulatory
agencies governing jails.
.23 Furnish and install all necessary flow switches in a
timely manner so electrical connections by other trades
can be performed so as not to impede the construction
schedule and to insure systems are in working order.
.24 Coordinate with all trade contractors who work interfaces
with the fire protection system. Assure all systems
placed are compatible to one another to provide a
complete wet and electronically operated alarm system.
.25 Notify and coordinate with the local Fire Marshall all
test and inspections required during building rough-ins
and at final inspections. It will be the responsibiliity
of this system installer to notify the CM of these
scheduled inspections and provide a typewritten report of
all test and inspections.
.26 Tie into stub out provided under Bid Group 1. Final
connection and any necessary fittings or valves required
will be the responsibility of this contractor. Final
connection is not to proceed until underground system has
been sanitized and passed a pressure test by the
preceding contractor. This contractor is not to proceed
until they have been supplied a copy of all reports and
so directed by the CM.
11/19/91
FIRE PROTECTION SCOPE OF WORK
00317 - 8
.27 No modifications are to be made to the designed system
. with out prior approval by the A/E.
.28 Coordinate testing and finish head installation with
ceiling and wall contractors so as not to impede
progress.
.29 This contractor shall install typical Fire Protection
System, in order to fully develop installation of mock-up
cell and chase.
.30 In accordance with section 01510 Temporary utilities,
paragraph 2.10, supply temporary fire protection
stations. This shall include plywood backing on suitable
support, which will hold type ABC fire extinguisher.
Provide suitable markings on plywood in order to make
station visible. Per governing codes and regulations,
supply number of stations required. At a minimum, supply
two stations per floor, in each of Zones A,B,C,D, and E.
Maintain stations until wet-sprinkler system is brought
on-line, and then remove.
.31 Maintain temporary hose bibbs, (2 each) that have been
installed by others, on fire water loop, at locations of
fire hydrants. As directed by CM at the proper time,
remove and turn over to the Owner.
.32 Any temporary or permanent utility or service outages,
which are necessary after being put into service or
energized, shall require notice and approval pr~or to
actual system shutdown. The Contractor requiring the
outage shall gain approval of the CM no less than (7)
days prior to anticipated date of outage. The written
request for outage approval shall contain system or
circuits of service, areas that will be affected, and
time duration of outage. Outages shall be coordinated so
as not to affect the work of other contractors.
.33 Owner Option No. 17-01: Zone 'F' Fire Protection
At the option of the Owner,
Protection System for Zone
Zones 'D' and 'E'.
furnish and install Fire
'F', complete, similar to
This area is defined as the area bound by column lines G
to La, and 17 line to 24 line, as well as column ~.ines 37
to X, anu U line to 42 line.
1 . 3 BY Others
.1 Finish painting.
.2 Wiring of signal and alarm devices.
11/19/91
FIRE PROTECTION SCOPE OF WORK
00317 - 9
SECTION 00318
SCOPE OF WORK
Bid Package No. 18
Food Service Equipment
1.1 General Scope
Provide all labor, superv1s1on, materials, supplies,
equipment, tools, transportation, surveying and layout, and
protection, to install complete operating systems, and proper
execution and completion of all Work specified on the
drawings, in the bid package, and the sections of the
Specifications, which include, but are not limited to the
listing that follows. The bidder shall review all drawings
and specification sections that are not specifically listed,
for any additional requirements in order to complete the scope
of work described herein.
Primary Specification sections and Descriptions
11400
11704
15012
15014
15890
Food Service Equipment
Ice Machines
Coordination Drawings - Preparation
Coordination Drawings
Ductwork
Related Specification sections and Descriptions
15000
15060
15085
15100
15140
15242
15252
15858
15992
16010
16111
16120
16170
16450
16660
16721
General provisions
Pipe and Pipe Fittings
Pipe Identification
Valves
Pipe Hangers and Supports
Vibration Isolation
Pipe and Equipment Insulation
Fans
Tests - Piping Systems
Electrical General provisions
Conduit Systems
Wire and Cable
Disconnect Switches
Electrical SystemE Grounding
Wiring For Equipment Furnished By Others
Fire Alarm System
11/19/91
FOOD SERVICE SCOPE OF WORK 00318 - 1
Primary Drawinqs
FS-1 Food Service Equipment Schedule
FS-2 Food Service Equipment Plan
FS-3 Food Service Mechanical Plan
FS-4 Food Service Electrical Plan
FS-5 Food Service Plumbing Plan
FS-6 Food Service Equipment Details
FS-7 Food Service Equipment Details
4.61 Interior Building Plan Second Floor, Zone C
4.65 Building sections
8.35 Plumbing Kitchen Plan
10.15 HVAC Plan Second Floor Zone C
11.40 Electrical Enlarged Kitchen Plan
1.2 Special provisions
The following Special provisions are intended to clarify the
scope of work, or highlight features of the work, or modify,
change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid
Package.
.1 Furnish and install all food service equipment, including
setting and levelling per approved shop drawings. This
contractor is to assure all equipment is in an acceptable
operating condition.
.2 Furnish only, to Mechanical Contractor, equipment hoods
and fans that comply with NFPA No. 96, including appendix
A.
.3 Furnish and install kitchen hood fire suppression system
complying with NFPA No. 12.
.4 This contractor will be required to visit jobsite prior
to slab and wall cover-up to review rough-in of Plumbing
and Electrical Contractors.
.5 Provide Mechanical and Electrical Trade Contractors with
shop drawings, and catalog or cut sheets of equipment
related to their scope of work.
.6 Trough frame is to be ordered with (10) days of notice of
award of this contract, in order to not delay the
installation work by the cast-in-Place Concrete
Contractor.
.7 Furnish and install remote verification units complete
with controls, piping and insulation.
.8 Provide on-site operating and maintenance instructions to
11/19/91
FOOD SERVICE SCOPE OF WORK
00318 - 2
Owner representatives as scheduled by the CM.
.9
All equipment installed
installation to provide
maintenance and service.
shall be
adequate
verified
clearances
for
for
.10 This contractor shall provide all equipment disconnects
as specified throughout this bid package and
specifications. This contractor shall assist the Owner's
need to standardize product sources wherever possible
within this package and other divisions.
.11 All incoming materials and equipment shall be coordinated
with other trades and the CM is to be notified, in order
that proper laydown. staqinq and stockinq areas are
developed, prior to release for shipping. Within the
building, areas shall be restricted and stocking areas
will be authorized in writing.
.12 For all fusible devices, provide (1) spare set of fuses
of (3) each, of each type and size of fuse.
.13 This contractor shall provide and coordinate fully with
the provisions of section 16010 Electrical General
provisions, paragraph 1.1. This contractor shall submit
for approval all 3-phase equipment required in this
section of the work to the A/E for review and approval
within (10) calendar days of contract award. All 3-phase
equipment circuitry and device requirements of this
contract shall be provided to the Electrical Contractor
within (20) calendar days of contract award.
1 . 3 BY Others
.1
Installation of equipment hoods will
responsibility of the Mechanical Contractor.
be
the
.2 Hook-ups for electrical and plumbing services and final
tie-ins will be the responsibility of the appropriate
Electrical, Mechanical and Plumbing Contractors.
11/19/91
FOOD SERVICE SCOPE OF WORK
00318 - 3
SECTION 00319
",
SCOPE OF WORK
'.
Bid Package No. 19
Laundry Equipment
1.1 General Scope
Provide all labor, superv1s1on, materials, supplies,
equipment, tools, transportation, surveying and layout, and
protection, to install complete operating systems, and proper
execution and completion of all Work specified on the
drawings, in the bid package, and the sections of the
Specifications, which include, but are not limited to the
listing that follows. The bidder shall review all drawings
and specification sections that are not specifically listed,
for any additional requirements in order to complete the scope
of work described herein.
Primary sections and Descriptions
11110
Laundry Equipment
Related sections and Descriptions
15000
15252
15992
16010
16450
16660
General provisions
Pipe and Equipment Insulation
Tests - Piping Systems
Electrical General provisions
Electrical Systems Grounding
Wiring For Equipment Furnished By Others
primary Drawinqs
L-1
L-2
L-3
L-4
4.54
4.66
8.08
10.08
11.41
Laundry Equipment Plan and Schedule
Laundry Mechanical Plan
Laundry Electrical Plan
Laundry Plumbing Plan
Interior Building Plan First Floor Zone B
Building sections
Plumbing First Floor Zone B
HVAC Plan First Floor Zone B
Electrical Enlarged Laundry Plan
11/19/91
LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT SCOPE OF WORK
00319 - 1
1.2 Special provisions
'.
The following Special Provisions are intended to clarify the ~
scope of work, or highlight features of the work, or modify,
change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid
Package.
.1 Laundry Equipment Contractor shall furnish, deliver,
unload, set-in-place and make operational all laundry
Equipment.
.2 This contractor will be required to visit jobsite prior
to slab and wall cover ups, to review Mechanical and
Electrical rough-ins.
.3 Delete hose bibb (item L-2) from equipment to be
supplied. Equipment will be furnished by the Plumbing
Contractor.
.4 Deliver trough frame to Cast-in-Place Concrete Contractor
(10) working days after notice of award of contract.
.5 Provide Mechanical and Electrical trade contractors with
shop drawings, catalogs or cut sheets of equipment that
is related to their scope of work.
.6 Provide on-site operating and maintenance instructions to
Owner representatives as scheduled by the CM.
.7
All equipment installed
installation to provide
maintenance and service.
shall be
adequate
verified
clearances
for
for
.8 All incoming materials and equipment shall be coordinated
with other trades and the CM is to be notified, in order
that proper laydown. staqinq and stockinq areas are
developed, prior to release for shipping. Within the
building, areas shall be restricted and stocking areas
will be authorized in writing.
1. 3 BY Others
.1 Hook-ups for electrical and plambing services and final
tie-ins will be the responsibility of the appropriate
Electrical, Mechanical and Plumbing Contractors.
11/19/91
LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT SCOPE OF WORK
00319 - 2
SECTION 00320
SCOPE OF WORK
Bid Package No. 20
Loading Dock Equipment
1.1 General Scope
Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies,
equipment, tools, transportation, surveying and layout, and
protection, to install complete operating systems, and proper
execution and completion of all Work specified on the
drawings, in the bid package, and the sections of the
Specifications, which include, but are not limited to the
listing that follows. The bidder shall review all drawings
and specification sections that are not specifically listed,
for any additional requirements in order to complete the scope
of work described herein.
Primary sections and Descriptions
11160
Loading Dock Equipment
Related Sections and Descriptions
03100
03200
03300
16010
16111
16660
Concrete Formwork
Concrete Reinforcement
Cast-In-Place Concrete
Electrical General provisions
Conduit Systems
Wiring For Equipment Furnished By Others
Primary Drawinqs
7.00
7.03
11. 03
Standard Mounting Heights
Equipment Plan Ground Floor Zone C
Power and Lighting Plan Ground Floor Zone C
Reference Drawinqs, available at the Construction Manager's
Office.
3.03
3.31
Foundation Plan Ground Floor Zone C
F~undations sections and Details
11/19/91
00320 - 1
LOADING DOCK SCOPE OF WORK
1.2 Special provisions
The following Special provisions are intended to clarify the
scope of work, or highlight features of the work, or modify,
change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid
Package.
.1
Coordinate installation
plates, blockouts, etc.
contractor.
of embeds, angles,
with the structural
anchors,
concrete
.2 Coordinate installation of conduit, boxes, and electrical
connections with the Electrical Contractor.
.3 Provide shop drawings/catalog cuts of equipment to
Electrical and structural Concrete contractors prior to
rough-ins and concrete placement.
.4 It is the responsibility of this contractor to verify
rough-ins prior to the installation of loading dock
equipment.
.5
All equipment installed
installation to provide
maintenance and service.
shall be
adequate
verified
clearances
for
for
.6 This contractor shall provide all equipment disconnects
as specified throughout this bid package and
specifications. This contractor shall assist the O",ner' s
need to standardize product sources wherever possible
within this package and other divisions.
.7 All incoming materials and equipment shall be coordinated
with other trades and the CM is to be notified, in order
that proper laYdown. staqinq and stockinq areas are
developed, prior to release for shipping. within the
building, areas shall be restricted and stocking areas
will be authorized in writing.
.8 For all fusible devices, provide (1) spare set of fuses
of (3) each, of each type and size of fuse.
11/19/91
LOADING DOCK SCOPE OF WORK
00320 - 2
SECTION 00321
SCOPE OF WORK
Bid Package No. 21
Pneumatic Tube System
1.1 General Scope
Provide all labor, superv1s1on, materials, supplies,
equipment, tools, transportation, surveying and layout, and
protection, to install complete operating systems, and proper
execution and completion of all Work specified on the
drawings, in the bid package, and the sections of the
Specifications, which include, but are not limited to the
listing that follows. The bidder shall review all drawings
and specification sections that are not specifically listed,
for any additional requirements in order to complete the scope
of work described herein.
Primary sections and Descriptions
07272
08305
14700
Firestop And Penetration Sealing System
Access Panels And Doors
Pneumatic Tube System
Related sections and Descriptions
07215
07900
15000
15012
15014
15140
15242
16010
16111
16120
16660
Sprayed Insulation
Joint Sealers
General provisions
Coordination Drawings-Preparation
Coordination Drawings
Pipe Hangers And Supports
vibration Isolation
Electrical General provisions
Conduit Systems
Wire and Cable
Wiring For Equipment Furnished By Others
Primary Drawinqs
3.07
3.08
3.09
4.53
4.54
4.55
Framing Plan First Floor Zone A
Framing Plan First Floor Zone B
Framing Plan First Floor Zone C
Interior Building Plan First Floor
Interior Building Plan First Floor
Interior Building Plan First Floor
Zone A
Zone B
Zone C
11/19/91
00321 - 1
PNEUMATIC TUBE SYSTEM SCOPE OF WORK
4.59
4.65
4.66
8.07
8.08
8.09
10.07
10.08
10.09
11.11
11.19
Interior Building Plan Second Floor Zone A
Building sections
Building sections
Plumbing First Floor Zone A
Plumbing First Floor Zone B
Plumbing First Floor Zone C
HVAC Plan First Floor Zone A
HVAC Plan First Floor Zone B
HVAC Plan First Floor Zone C
Power Plan First Floor Zone C
Power Plan Second Floor Zone A
1.2 Special provisions
The following Special Provisions are intended to clarify the
scope of work, or highlight features of the work, or modify,
change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid
Package.
.1 Contractor shall maintain As-Built drawings. (Record
Drawings per section 01720), of his work progression. A
50% progress of field work submittal, will be required.
.2 Contractor is to review Division 1 General Requirements
for additional responsibilities required in order to
perform the work under this Bid Package.
Contractor shall pay particular attention to section
01710 Final Cleaning, which shall be performed as
scheduled by the CM, which will be at or near the
completion of the project.
.3 Access Panels and Doors - Those access panels and doors
that are shown on the drawings will be furnished and
installed by others.
Access panels and doors that are not shown, but are
necessary for installation, maintenance and replacement
of this contractor's work, and those that are required by
governing codes and regulations, shall be furnished by
this contractor, to other trade contractors for
installation, as an allowance.
This contractor shall state the quantity of each size of
access panel and door, and what mater:,," 1 they are to be
installed in, per the proposal form. The bid extension
shall be made at the Owner given bid unit price, to
produce the required bid item allowance.
After contract award, supply of the contractor's stated
11/19/91
PNEUMATIC TUBE SYSTEM SCOPE OF WORK
00321 - 2
quantity of access panels and doors shall be purchased by
others. There will be a corresponding deductive change
order issued to this contractor, removing the supply of
the access panels and doors from his contract, and at the
Owner given bid unit price. If the actual quantity
required exceeds the bid quantity, this contractor shall
be responsible for furnishing access panels and doors,
(manufacturer as approved by the Owner) to the
appropriate installing contractor for installation, and
the costs of the door assembly and installation will be
borne by this contractor. Any access panels and doors
not installed, from the allowance bid group that was
purchased, shall remain in the Owner's possession, or
turned back to the supplier for credit, to which credit
will be due the Owner.
.4 Furnish to the appropriate trade contractor, for
installation in precast concrete, non-load bearing walls,
masonry, and cast-in-place concrete, all frames, sleeves,
anchors, weld plates and other similar inserts or devices
required to facilitate and coordinate the Work in this
Bid Package. Submit routing shop drawings showing wall
elevation, floor and ceiling plans with requirements for
location and size suitable for field location and
installation. Coordinate and verify correctness of
installation as the work progresses. Verify prior to
casting in form work, or during line and grade
installation of major feature progress.
Furnish and deliver to precast concrete contractor within
(10) working days after award of this contract, all
required sleeves, inserts and other embedded items with
coordination drawings necessary for incorporation in the
precast components, for Zone A.
Furnish and deliver to precast concrete contractor all
required sleeves, inserts and other embedded items with
coordination drawings necessary for incorporation in the
precast components, for Zones B,C,D and E, with
timeliness to facilitate the fabrication schedule of the
precast contractor.
.5 All unfinished surfaces of materials or equipment
furnished or installed by this contractor, shall be
inspected for readiness by follow-on contractors and the
CM, prior to installation of follow-on work. This would
include bringing back to original condition, surf; ces
disturbed by welding, burning, or other disfigurement,
which will need to be made ready for finish painting, or
other work.
11/19/91
PNEUMATIC TUBE SYSTEM SCOPE OF WORK
00321 - 3
.6 Contractor shall furnish, install and terminate all
raceways and wiring for all controls associated with the
work of Pneumatic Tube System.
.7 Furnish to the appropriate Trade Contractor, for
installation in precast concrete, masonry, and cast-in-
place concrete, all frames, sleeves, anchors, weld plates
and other inserts and devices ~equired as part of the
work in this Bid Package. Coordinate and verify
locations with the appropriate Trade Contractor. For
precast, contractor will make the necessary trips to the
precaster's fabrication plant, in order to ascertain that
installations are being performed correctly.
Furnish and deliver to precast concrete contractor within
(10) working days after award of this contract, all
required sleeves, inserts and coordination drawings
necessary for incorporation in the precast components.
.8 Replace any safety rails and barricades removed by this
trade contractor during the process of work, or during
deliveries of materials or equipment.
.9 Contractor is to review Division 1 General Requirements
for additional responsibilities required in order to
perform the work under this Bid Package.
.10 It will be the full responsibility of this trade
contractor to properlY seal and maintain rated assemblies
in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations,
affected by his work, and in accordance with section
07272 Firestop and Penetration Sealing System.
.11
All equipment installed
installation to provide
maintenance and service.
shall be
adequate
verified
clearances
for
for
.12 Contractor shall be responsible for installation of
expansion fittinqs where utilities and services cross any
designated building expansion line.
.13 This contractor shall schedule and provide adequate
overhead hanqers and supports to prevent spray on
insulation damage or delay. And in the event of delayed
installation, or damage, this contractor shall bear the
costs of corr, r~ion.
.14 Any core drillinq or penetrations made by this
contractor, or for this contractor in the performance of
his work, shall be properly closed and sealed by this
contractor after installation of the work.
11/19/91
PNEUMATIC TUBE SYSTEM SCOPE OF WORK
00321 - 4
.15 This contractor shall provide all equipment disconnects
as specified throughout this bid package and
specifications. This contractor shall assist the Owner's
need to standardize product sources wherever possible
within this package and other divisions.
.16 Contractor shall perform all required testing and provide
adequate personnel in order to complete all testing to
the requirements of governing agencies.
.17 All incoming materials and equipment shall be coordinated
with other trades and the CM is to be notified, in order
that proper laydown. staqinq and stockinq areas are
developed, prior to release for shipping. within the
building, areas shall be restricted and stocking areas
will be authorized in writing.
.18 If in the event of conflicting, or overlapping
requirements in any area of the bidding documents,
technical specifications, or drawings, the most strinqent
condi tion shall be bid and constructed. Notify the CM in
any event, in order to not compromise the Owner's right
to make appropriate decisions.
.19 This contractor is reminded of security areas and
perimeters, and of the requirement for security devices,
fasteners, connectors, and any other work associated with
this bid package scope of work, in order that proper care
and construction is performed in accordance with the
standards and guidelines set forth by the regulatory
agencies governing jails.
.20 The Pneumatic Tube System Contractor shall coordinate
with Electrical Contractor all final tie-ins to assure
operation of equipment.
11/19/91
PNEUMATIC TUBE SYSTEM SCOPE OF WORK
00321 - 5
SECTION 00322
SCOPE OF WORK
Bid Package No. 22
Metals
1.1 General Scope
Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies,
equipment, tools, transportation, surveying and layout, and
protection, to install complete operating systems, and proper
execution and completion of all Work specified on the
drawings, in the bid package, and the sections of the
Specifications, which include, but are not limited to the
listing that follows. The bidder shall review all drawings,
and specification sections that are not specifically listed,
for any additional requirements in order to complete the scope
of work described herein.
Primary Sections and Descri~tions of the Work
05500
10200
10900
11197
15936
Metal Fabrications
Louvers and Vents
Miscellaneous Specialties
Security/Detention Equipment
Grilles, Registers, Diffusers
Related Sections and Descri~tions
03100
03200
03300
03410
03412
03420
03490
03520
03600
04200
15000
15012
15014
15880
15884
15890
Concrete Formwork
Concrete Reinforcement
Cast-In-Place Concrete
Precast Concrete Hollow Cored Planks (BG-2)
Precast Concrete Panels (BG-2)
Precast Prestressed Concrete Sections (BG-2)
Precast Concrete Modular Cell (BG-2)
Insulating Concrete Decks
Grout
Unit Masonry
General provisions
Coordination Drawings - Preparation
Coordination Drawings
Fire Dampers
Combination Smoke and Fire Dampers
Ductwork
11/19/91
00322 - 1
METALS SCOPE OF WORK
1.2 Special provisions
The following Special "provisions are intended to clarify the
scope of work, or highlight ~~atures of the work, or modify,
change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid
Package.
.1 All licenses required in order to perform the scope of
work in the specified location, shall be procurred and
maintained by the contractor and his subcontractors.
Contractor shall submit copies to the Construction
Manager.
.2 Contractor shall maintain As-Built drawinqs. (Record
Drawings per section 01720), of his work progression. A
50% progress of field work submittal, will be required.
.3 Provide, replace, and maintain any safety rails and
barricades removed as necessary by this trade contractor
during the process of work, or during deliveries of
materials or equipment.
.4 Contractor is to review Division 1 General Requirements
for additional responsibilities required in order to
perform the work under this Bid Package.
Contractor shall pay particular attention to section
01710 . Final Cleaning, which shall be performed as
scheduled by the CM, which will be at or near the
completion of the project.
.5 Furnish to the appropriate trade contractor, for
installation in non-load bearing walls, masonry, and
cast-in-place concrete, all frames, sleeves, anchors,
weld plates and other similar inserts or devices required
to facilitate and coordinate the Work in this Bid
Package. Submit routing shop drawings showing wall
elevation, floor and ceiling plans with requirements for
location and size suitable for field location and
installation. Coordinate and verify correctness of
installation as the work progresses. Verify prior to
casting in form work, or during line and grade
installation of major feature progress.
.6 All unfinished surfaces of materials or equipment
furnished or installed by this contractor, shall be
inspected for readiness by follow-on contractors and the
CM, prior to installation of follow-on work. This would
include bringing back to original condition, surfaces
disturbed by welding, burning, or other disfigurement,
which will need to be made ready for finish painting, or
11/19/91
METALS SCOPE OF WORK
00322 - 2
other work.
.7 All incoming materials and equipment shall be coordinated
with other trades and the CM is to be notified, in order
that proper laydown. staging and stockinq areas are
developed, prior to release for shipping. Within the
building, areas shall be restricted and stocking areas
will be authorized in writing.
.8 If in the event of conflicting, or overlapping
requirements in any area of the bidding documents,
technical specifications, or drawings, the most strinqent
condition shall be bid and constructed. Notify the CM in
any event, in order to not compromise the Owner's right
to make appropriate decisions.
.9 This contractor is reminded of security areas and
perimeters, and of the requirement for security devices,
fasteners, connectors, and any other work associated with
this bid package scope of work, in order that proper care
and construction is performed in accordance with the
standards and guidelines set forth by the regulatory
agencies governing jails.
.10 Provide applicable scope of work in mock-up cell and
chase, in order to develop a complete and finished mock-
up.
.11 section 05500 Metal Fabrications, furnish and install
items under paragraph 2.2 0 and E, and include, prime
painting. This also includes security grilles and bars,
as shown on Bid Group 2 drawing 4.42, detail 1 and 4.
Angle embeds on detail 1 are already provided, as well as
angles on detail 4.
.12 Drawing 10.32, Air Devices Schedule, Furnish and install
security air devices, which includes security bars. On
schedule, this includes, but is not limited to devices S-
9, S-22, R-3, R-5, R-13, and E-3.
.13 section 11197 Security/Detention Equipment, furnish and
install specification section complete. Embeds in
precast concrete cells have been provided. Verify
detention furnishings with the provided embeds for proper
installation and attachments.
.14 section 15936 Grilles, Registers, Diffusers, paragraph
2.7, furnish only, to the appropriate installing
contractor for installation, all Barrier Grilles required
in the project. Deliver to the jobsite or offsite
location if grilles are to be installed in any
11/19/91
METALS SCOPE OF WORK
00322 - 3
prefabricated product. Make barrier grilles ready for
installation, and welded. Provide all required
fasteners, embeds, coordination drawings, and
instructions to installer, in order to facilitate proper
installation. Coordinate with the Mechanical contractor
for interface with his work.
.15 section 10200, Louvers and Vents, furnish and install
item 1.1 A. h., steel security grille, grating and
framework.
.16 section 10900 Miscellaneous Specialties, furnish and
install wall mounted TV brackets.
.17 Owner option No. 22-01: Zone 'F' Metals:
At the option of the Owner, furnish and install Zone 'F'
Metals, similar to Zones 'D' and 'E'.
This area is defined as the area bound by column lines G
to La, and 17 line to 24 line, as well as column lines 37
to X, and U line to 42 line.
11/19/91
METALS SCOPE OF WORK
00322 - 4
SECTION 00323
SCOPE OF WORK
Bid Package No. 23
security Glass and Glazing
1.1 General Sco~e
Provide all labor, superv1s1on, materials, supplies,
equipment, tools, transportation, surveying and layout, and
protection, to install complete operating systems, and proper
execution and completion of all Work specified on the
drawings, in the bid package, and the sections of the
Specifications, which include, but are not limited to the
listing that follows. The bidder shall review all drawings
and specification sections that are not specifically listed,
for any additional requirements in order to complete the scope
of work described herein.
Primary sections and Descriptions of the Work
08842
Security Glazing
Related sections and Descriptions
07900
08320
08660
Joint Sealers
Security Metal Doors and Frames
Security Windows
Primary Drawinqs
0.01
4.03A
4.07
4.08
4.10
4.11
4.12
4.14
4.16
4.17
4.18
4.28
4.29
4.30
4.32
4.33
4.33A
4.34
Index of Drawings Rev 11/11/91
Building Plan Ground Floor Zone C BG3 10/15/91
Exterior Building Plan First Floor Zone A
Exterior Building Plan First Floor Zone B
Exterior Building Plan First Floor Zone D
Exterior Building Plan First Floor Zone E
Exterior Building Plan First Floor Zone F
Exterior Building Plan Second Floor Zone B
Exterior Building Plan Mezzanine Level Zone 0
Exterior Building Plan Mezzanine Level Zone E
Exterior Building Plan Mezzanine Level Zone F
Exterior Elevations
Exterior Elevations
Exterior Elevations
Exterior Elevations
Exterior Elevations
Exterior Elevations
Wall Sections
11/19/91 SECURITY GLASS & GLAZING SCOPE OF WORK
00323 - 1
4.35
4.37
4.41B
4.42
4.51
4.53
4.54
4.55
4.56
4.57
4.58
4.59
4.60
4.61
4.62
4.63
4.64
4.65
4.66
4.67A
4.73
4.74
4.75
4.76
4.77
Wall Sections
Wall sections
Exterior Details
Metal Door & Window Frame Elevations & Details,
Door Schedule
Enlarged Cell - Plans & Elevations
Interior Building Plan First Floor Zone A
Interior Building Plan First Floor Zone B
Interior Building Plan First Floor Zone C
Interior Building Plan First Floor Zone D
Interior Building Plan First Floor Zone E
Interior Building Plan First Floor Zone F
Interior Building Plan Second Floor Zone A
Interior Building Plan Second Floor Zone B
Interior Building Plan Second Floor Zone C
Interior Building Plan Mezzanine Level D
Interior Building Plan Mezzanine Level Zone E
Interior Building Plan Mezzanine Level Zone F
Building sections
Building sections
Partition Types
Door Schedule
Door Schedule
Door Schedule
H.M. Elevations
Door and Window Details and Buck Types
1.2 Special provisions
The following Special provisions are intended to clari~y the
scope of work, or highlight features of the work, or modify,
change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid
Package.
.1 All licenses required in order to perform the scope of
work in the specified location, shall be procurred and
maintained by the contractor and his subcontractors.
Contractor shall submit copies to the Construction
Manager.
.2 Provide, replace, and maintain any safety rails and
barricades removed as necessary by this trade contractor
during the process of work, or during deliveries of
materials or equipment.
.3 Contractor 1:; to review Division 1 General Requirp.ments
for additi )nal responsibilities required in order to
perform the work under this Bid Package.
Contractor shall pay particular attention to section
01710 Final Cleaning, which shall be performed as
00323 - 2
11/19/91 SECURITY GLASS & GLAZING SCOPE OF WORK
scheduled by the CM, which will be at or near the
completion of the project.
.4 All incoming materials and equipment shall be coordinated
with other trades and the CM is to be notified, in order
that proper laydown. staqinq and stockinq areas are
developed, prior to release for shipping. Within the
building, areas shall be restricted and stocking areas
will be authorized in writing.
.5 If in the event of conflicting, or overlapping
requirements in any area of the bidding documents,
technical specifications, or drawings, the most strinqent
condition shall be bid and constructed. Notify the CM in
any event, in order to not compromise the Owner's right
to make appropriate decisions.
.6 This contractor is reminded of security areas and
perimeters, and of the requirement for security devices,
fasteners, connectors, and any other work associated with
this bid package scope of work, in order that proper care
and construction is performed in accordance with the
standards and guidelines set forth by the regulatory
agencies governing jails.
.7 Provide applicable scope of work in mock-up .cell and
chase, in order to develop a complete and finished mock-
up.
.8 Owner Option No. 23-01: Zone 'F' Security Glass and
Glazinq:
At the option of the Owner, furnish and install Zone 'F'
Security Glass and Glazing, similar to Zones '0' and 'E'.
This area is defined as the area bound by column lines G
to La, and 17 line to 24 line, as well as column lines 37
to X, and U line to 42 line.
11/19/91 SECURITY GLASS & GLAZING SCOPE OF WORK
00323 - 3
SECTION 00324
SCOPE OF WORK
Bid Package No. 24
Aluminum Window Walls, Glass and Glazing
l.l General Scope
Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies,
equipment, tools, transportation, surveying and layout, and
protection, to install complete operating systems, and proper
execution and completion of all Work specified on the
drawings, in the bid package, and the sections of the
Specifications, which include, but are not limited to the
listing that follows. The bidder shall review all drawings,
and specification sections that are not specifically listed,
for any additional requirements in order to complete the scope
of work described herein.
primarv sections and Oescriptions of the Work
08410
08800
08902
13090
Aluminum Entrances
Glazing
Aluminum Window Walls
Radiation Protection
Related sections and Oescriptions
03410
03412
03420
03490
07900
08100
Precast Concrete Hollow Cored Planks (BG-2)
Precast Concrete Panels (BG-2)
Precast Prestressed Concrete Sections (BG-2)
Precast Concrete Modular Cell (BG-2)
Joint Sealers
Metal Ooors and Frames
Primary Orawinqs
0.01
4.13
4.28
4.30
4.34
4.37
4.38
4.41A
4.42
4.59
Index of Orawings
Exterior Building Plan Second Floor Zone A
Exterior Elevations
Exterior Elevations
Wall sections
Wall sections
Exterior Oetails
Exterior oetails
Metal Ooor & Window Frame Elevations & Oetails, Ooor
Schedule
Interior Building Plan Second Floor Zone A
11/19/91
00324 - 1
ALUMINUM SCOPE OF WORK
1.2 Sgecial provisions
The following Special Provisions are intended to clarify the
scope of work, or highlight features of the work, or modify,
change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid
Package.
.1 All licenses required in order to perform the scope of
work in the specified location, shall be procurred and
maintained by the contractor and his subcontractors.
Contractor shall submit copies to the Construction
Manager.
.2 Contractor shall maintain As-Built drawinqs. (Record
Orawings per section 01720), of his work progression. A
50% progress of field work submittal, will be required.
.3 Provide, replace, and maintain any safety rails and
barricades removed as necessary by this trade contractor
during the process of work, or during deliveries of
materials or equipment.
.4 Contractor is to review oivision 1 General Requirements
for additional responsibilities required in order to
perform the work under this Bid Package.
Contractor shall pay particular attention to section
01710 Final Cleaning, which shall be performed as
scheduled by the CM, which will be at or near the
completion of the project.
.5 Furnish to the appropriate trade contractor, for
installation in precast concrete, non-load bearing walls,
masonry, and cast-in-place concrete, all frames, sleeves,
anchors, weld plates and other similar inserts or devices
required to facilitate and coordinate the Work in this
Bid Package. Submit routing shop drawings showing wall
elevation, floor and ceiling plans with requirements for
location and size suitable for field location and
installation. Coordinate and verify correctness of
installation as the work progresses. Verify prior to
casting in form work, or during line and grade
installation of major feature progress.
. 6 j.~ll incoming materials and equipment shall be coordinated
with other trades and the CM is to be notified, in order
that proper lavdown. staginq and stockinq areas are
developed, prior to release for shipping. within the
building, areas shall be restricted and stocking areas
will be authorized in writing.
11/19/91
ALUMINUM SCOPE OF WORK
00324 - 2
.7 If in the event of conflict!ng, or overlapping
requirements in any area of the bidding documents,
technical specifications, or drawings, the most strinqent
condition shall be bid and constructed. Notify the CM in
any event, in order to not compromise the Owner's right
to make appropriate decisions.
.8 Section 13090 Radiation Protection, furnish and install
lead glass.
.9
section 07900 Joint Sealers, proyide all
sealants, and compounds required, to
installation of windows and lights.
glazing,
complete
.10 It is the responsibility of this contractor to coordinate
his shop drawings so they coincide with the precast
concrete supplier's shop drawings regarding opening
sizes.
.11 Field verify opening dimensions and reflect any changes
on shop drawings and forward copy to CM prior to
assembly.
.12 Alternate 24-01:
Provide Bid on Bid Packaqe No. 23.
Security Glass and Glazinq
The Aluminum Window Walls and Glass and Glazing bidder
shall provide a complete bid on Bid Package No. 23,
Security Glass and Glazing. This bidder is to comply
with all applicable sections of the bidding documents in
order to do so.
The work of this alternate includes, but is not limited
to:
a. Furnish and install all security glass and glazing
for security windows, as described in specification
section 08842 Security Glazing.
b.
section 07900 Joint Sealers, provide all
sealants, and compounds required, to
installation of windows, borrowed lights,
lights.
glazing,
complete
and door
.12 Owner Option No. 24-01: Zone 'F' Non-Security Glass and
Glazing:
At the option of the Owner, furnish and install Zone 'F'
Non-Security Glass and Glazing, similar to Zones '0' and
IE' .
11/19/91
ALUMINUM SCOPE OF WORK
00324 - 3
'.
This area is defined as the area bound by column lines G
to La, and 17 line to 24 line, as well as column lines 37
to X, and U line to 42 line.
11/19/91
ALUMINUM SCOPE OF WORK
00324 - 4
SECTION 00325
SCOPE OF WORK
Bid Package No. 25
plumbing Contract Zones D and E
1.1 General Scope
Provide all labor, superv1s1on, materials, supplies,
equipment, tools, transportation, surveying and layout, and
protection, to install complete operating systems in Zones 0
and E only. This shall include proper execution and completion
of all work specified on the drawings, in the bid package and
the sections of the Specifications, which include, but are not
limited to the listing that follows. The bidder shall review
all drawings and specification sections that are not
specifically listed for any additional requirements in order
to complete the scope of work described herein.
This contractor as part of his scope of work will furnish all
Zone 0 and E permanent materials to be incorporated into the
work, except for fixtures or equipment as listed in Attachment
"A", Zones 0 and E. Attachment "A" Zones 0 and E items
include all specialty attachment or mounting accessories, and
will be furnished by Bid Package No. 16 Prime Plumbing
Contractor, to the Bid Package No. 25 Plumbing Contractor for
installation. It will be the full responsibility of this
contractor to perform all rough-ins and make final
terminations to assure a complete operating system.
Primary sections and Oescriptions
07272
08305
15000
15012
15014
15060
15085
15100
15130
15140
15242
15252
15403
15404
15408
15410
15430
Firestop and Penetration Sealing System
Access Panels and Ooors
General provisions
Coordination Orawings-preparation
Coordination Orawings
Pipe and Pipe Fittings
Piping Identification
Valves
Thermometers and Guages
Pipe Hangers and Supports
Vibration Isolation
- Pipe and Equipment Insu.ation
Water Booster Pumps --
Oomestic Water Softener
Soil, Waste and Vent System
Storm Orainage System
Plumbing Specialties
11/19/91
00325 - 1
o & E PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK
15440
15460
15470
15992
Plumbing Fixtures and Accessories
Sump Pumps
Hot Water Storage Heater
Tests - Piping Systems
Related Sections and Oescriptions
02222
02226
02644
03100
03200
03300
03410
03412
03420
03490
03520
03600
04200
05180
05500
06200
07115
07210
07215
07530
07720
07900
09110
09200
09250
09300
09510
09650
09680
09700
09800
09900
11110
11400
11704
13090
15110
15252
15517
15995
16010
16155
Excavating, Backfilling and Compacting
Structures
Excavating, Backfilling and Compacting
utilities
Water Mains
Concrete Formwork
Concrete Reinforcement
Cast-In-Place Concrete
Precast Concrete Hollow Cored Planks (BG-2)
Precast Concrete Panels (BG-2)
Precast Prestressed Concrete Sections (BG-2)
Precast Concrete Modular Cell (BG-2)
Insulating Concrete Oecks
Grout
Unit Masonry
Miscellaneous Structural Steel
Metal Fabrications
Finish Carpentry
Sheet Waterproofing
Building Insulation
Sprayed Insulation
Single Ply Roofing
Roof Accessories
Joint Sealers
Non-Load Bearing Wall Framing Systems
Lath and Plaster
Gypsum Board
Tile
Acoustical Ceilings
Resilient Flooring
Carpet
Special Flooring
Special Coatings
Painting
Laundry Equipment
Food Service Equipment
Ice Machines
Radiation Protecti,n.
Heat Trace Systen
Pipe and Equipment Insulation
Hydronic Specialties
System Balancing and Testing
Electrical General provisions
Combination Motor Starters
for
for
11/19/91
00325 - 2
o & E PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK
16161
16170
16450
16660
Motor Control Centers
Oisconnect switches
Electrical Systems Grounding
Wiring For Equipment Furnished By Others
1.2 Special provisions
The following Special provisions are intended to clarify the
scope of work, or highlight features of the work, or modify,
change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid
Package.
.1 All licenses required in order to perform the scope of
work in the specified location, shall be procurred and
maintained by the contractor and his subcontractors.
Contractor shall submit copies to the Construction
Manager.
.2 Contractor shall maintain As-Built drawinqs. (Record
Drawings per section 01720), of his work progression. A
50% progress of field work submittal, will be required.
.3 Any excavations required for the complete and proper
installation of his work below grade, shall be in
accordance with sections 02222 & 02226.
.4 Provide, replace, and maintain any safety rails and
barricades removed as necessary by this trade contractor
during the process of work, or during deliveries of
materials or equipment.
.5 Contractor is to review Oivision 1 General Requirements
for additional responsibilities required in order to
perform the work under this Bid Package.
Contractor shall pay particular attention to section
01710 Final Cleaning, which shall be performed as
scheduled by the CM, which will be at or near the
completion of the project.
.6 Access Panels and Ooors - Those access panels and doors
that are shown on the drawings will be furnished and
installed by others.
Access panels and doors \that are not shown, but are
neces~ary for installation~~intenance and repl~cement -
of th1scontractor' s work, an~.t=hose that are requ1red by
governing codes and regulations, shall be furnished by
this contractor, to other trade contractors for
installation, as an allowance.
11/19/91
o & E PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK
00325 - 3
This contractor shall state the quantity of each size of
access panel and door, and what material they are to be
installed in, per the proposal form. The bid extension
shall be made at the Owner given bid unit price, to
produce the required bid item allowance.
After contract award, supply of the contractor's stated
quantity of access panels and doors shall be purchased by
others. There will be a corresponding deductive change
order issued to this contractor, removing the supply of
the access panels and doors from his contract, and at the
Owner given bid unit price. If the actual quantity
required exceeds the bid quantity, this contractor shall
be responsible for furnishing access panels and doors,
(manufacturer as approved by the Owner) to the
appropriate installing contractor for installation, and
the costs of the door assembly and installation will be
borne by this contractor. Any access panels and doors
not installed, from the allowance bid group that was
purchased, shall remain in the Owner's possession, or
turned back to the supplier for credit, to which credit
will be due the Owner.
.7 utility Routinq and Coordination of the Work
This contractor shall be responsible to coordinate his
work with other multiple prime contractors both in the
scheduling of field work activities and in the
integration of individually furnished items into final
composite installations. Coordination drawings
procedures shall consist of, but are not limited to,
utility Routing Drawings and Base Trade Installers
Drawings. The utility Routing coordination shall consist
of three phases.
Phase I
The first phase shall constitute the routing of the
precasters erection mylar or sepia drawings for utility
routing 'over-lay' of each trade contractor's work. This
shall be done by routing first to the sheet metal
contractor, then to the plumber, thirdly to the fire
protection contractor, fourthly to mechanical piping,
fifthly to electrical and lastly to the security
contractor, who shall return the composite overview to
the CM. Each trade contractor S':-:.ll have noted each
service by name & size of carrier (~ipe, duct, etc.) and
insulation/hanger cross sectional dimensions, i.e., 3"
Greywater (6"), 24" x 12" Supply (26" x 14"), 2" ltg, 1"
Comm, etc. Additionally, each trade contractor shall
have specified location, size, and type of precast embed
11/19/91
o & E PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK
00325 - 4
or block out required to accommodate the installation of
his work. The intent at this level of coordination is to
specify interface information from trade contractors to
the precast concrete contractor which will allow the
precaster to prepare piece casting drawings and begin
precast production.
Phase II
Upon review by the Owner's representative to identify
congested areas, the sheetmetal contractor shall be
notified of any additions to the following background
drawings which the sheetmetal contractor shall prepare to
appropriate scale as directed by the Owners
representative.
Backqround Orawinq
Prepared by the HVAC and Process Pipe Contractor, and
consists of plan, elevation and cross section
cuts.
1. Corridors and hallways-Plan & Elevation 1/4" = 1',
cross sections 1" = 11
2. Kitchen-Plan & Elevation 1/4"= 1', cross sections
1"= l'
3. Housing chases and plenums-Plan & Elevation 1/4" =
1', cross sections 1" = l'
4. Mechanical rooms-Plan & Elevation 1/4" = 1', cross
sections 1" = 11
5. Laundry-Plan & Elevation 1/4"= 1', cross sections
1"= 11
6. Electrical rooms-Plan & Elevation 1/4"= 1', cross
sections 1"= l'
7. All other areas-conventional scale with chases of
enlarged scale.
These drawings shall be routed and marked up by the
Utility Trade Contractors in the same manner as Phase One
drawings, except 'over-lay I work shall show more detail
depicting all items and features such as radius fittings,
valves, specialties, space between pipes, graphic and
written elevations and dimensions, and hanger/support
details. The owner's representative may conduct job site
meetings to resolve and finalize any conflicts which are
not answered during drawing lover-lay' routing."
Item number 3. above and zone 'A I shall be 5J.bmitted
within (10) ten calendar days of Award of Contract.
Phase III
11/19/91
00325 - 5
o & E PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK
Shop or background drawings shall be prepared and
submitted by the masonry, non-load bearing wall, ceiling,
raised floor, and cast-in-place concrete contractors.
These drawings shall be routed in the same manner as the
previous phases and each trade contractor shall provide
all information necessary for installation of items
furnished by their contract scope of work and which will
require embedment or blockout in the walls, ceiling or
floors.
The requirements of this section are separate from other
drawings and submittals required in the technical
specifications or record drawing sections of the contract
documents.
.8 Furnish to the appropriate trade contractor, for
installation in precast concrete, non-load bearing walls,
masonry, and cast- in-place concrete, all frames, sleeves,
anchors, weld plates and other similar inserts or devices
required to facilitate and coordinate the Work in this
Bid Package. Submit routing shop drawings showing wall
elevation, floor and ceiling plans with requirements for
location and size suitable for field location and
installation. Coordinate and verify correctness of
installation as the work progresses. Verify prior to
casting in form work, or during line ,and grade
installation of major feature progress.
Furnish and deliver to precast concrete contractor within
(10) working days after award of this contract;:, all
required sleeves, inserts and other embedded items with
coordination drawings necessary for incorporation in the
precast components, for Zone A.
Furnish and deliver to precast concrete contractor all
required sleeves, inserts and other embedded items with
coordination drawings necessary for incorporation in the
precast components, for Zones D and E with timeliness to
facilitate the fabrication schedule of the precast
contractor.
.9 All unfinished surfaces of materials or equipment
furnished or installed by this contractor, shall be
inspected for readiness by follow-on contractors and the
CM, prior to installation of follow-on work. This would
include b.. nging back to original condition, snrfaces
disturbed. by welding, burning, or other disfigurement,
which will need to be made ready for finish painting, or
other work.
.10 This contractor is responsible to coordinate and/or
11/19/91
D & E PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK
00325 - 6
which are necessary to facilitate the complete
installation of his work. Penetrations in horizontal
precast members equivalent to 6" circular or larger,
shall be provided by the Precast Contractor when
adequately coordinated per item .7 and .8 above.
other penetrations in horizontal members shall be field
core drilled and shall be the responsibility of this
trade contractor. Field penetrations shall be subj ect to
the advance approval of the precaster and A/E, and shall
be in accordance with Article 4.14.3. All costs of field
installed penetrations and finished closure of field and
precast provided openings shall be borne by the
contractors using or requiring same. All finished
closure details shall conform with firesafing, safety
building codes and design intent (draft closure, material
fall protection, etc.).
All penetrations and openings should be completed prior
to the finish covering installation. In the event that
penetrations are necessary after finish covering
installation, this contractor shall coordinate and pay
for all related work necessary to provide the completed
detail.
.11 Materials and Equipment Furnished by Others All
materials furnished by the Owner, other contractors for
the Owner, or by the CM for the Owner, for instal~ation
by this contractor shall upon delivery, be unloaded,
transferred, stored and fully protected by the cont~actor
until installed. Any demurrage or similar charge
incurred due to failure of the contractor to promptly
unload the materials and equipment shall be the
responsibility of the contractor.
The contractor shall carefully examine all materials and
equipment furnished by the Owner, or any of his
designees, (other contractors or the CM). The contractor
shall complete receiving reports describing the quantity
and condition of the materials or equipment. The
contractor shall be responsible for subsequent damage or
loss until installation is completed and accepted by the
Owner.
Should the contractor fail to report any visible signs of
damage in the receiving report as indicated above, then
all parties in interst may_ assume that the damage
occurred while the materials and equipment were in the
care, custody and control of the receiving contractor.
Any material furnished by the Owner, at an off-site
11/19/91
D & E PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK
00325 - 7
location, on other than a charge basis in connection with
the contract, shall be deemed as held by the contractor
on consignment. All such materials not used in the
fabrication of materials or equipment required under the
contract shall be returned to the applicable party, as
directed, at their expense; and, if not accounted for or
so returned, shall be paid for by the contractor.
.12 It will be the full responsibility of this trade
contractor to properlY seal and maintain rated assemblies
in accordance with manufacturerls recommendations,
affected by his work, and in accordance with section
07272 Firestop and Penetration Sealing System.
.13 Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating all
housekeepinq pads and equipment pads that are required
for this contractors work, and are shown on the contract
drawings, with the Concrete Contractor. Those that are
not shown, but are required for the complete and proper
installation of his work, shall be furnished and
installed by this contractor.
.14
All equipment installed
installation to provide
maintenance and service.
shall be
adequate
verified
clearances
for
for
.15 Contractor shall be responsible for installation of
expansion fittinqs where utilities and services cross any
designated building expansion line.
.16 This contractor shall schedule and provide adequate
overhead hanqers and supports to prevent spray on
insulation damage or delay. And in the event of delayed
installation, or damage, this contractor shall bear the
costs of correction.
.17 Provide any necessary capped stub-outs, sleeves, or tees
as required for connections of work in future Zone 'Fl.
.18 Any core drilling or penetrations made by this
contractor, or for this contractor in the performance of
his work, shall be properly closed and sealed by this
contractor after installation of the work.
.19 This contractor shall provide all equipment disconnects
as specified throughout this bin package specifications.
This contractor shall assist the Ownerls need to
standardize product sources wherever possible within this
package and other divisions.
.20 Contractor shall perform all required testinq and provide
11/19/91
o & E PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK
00325 - 8
adequate personnel in order to complete all testing to
the requirements of governing agencies.
.21 All incoming materials and equipment shall be coordinated
with other trades and the CM is to be notified, in order
that proper laydown. staqinq and stockinq areas are
developed, prior to release for shipping. within the
building, areas shall be restricted and stocking areas
will be authorized in writing.
.22 If in the event of conflicting, or overlapping
requirements in any area of the bidding documents,
technical specifications, or drawings, the most strinqent
condi tion shall be bid and constructed. Notify the CM in
any event, in order to not compromise the Owner's right
to make appropriate decisions.
.23 This contractor is reminded of security areas and
perimeters, and of the requirement for security devices,
fasteners, connectors, and any other work associated with
this bid package scope of work, in order that proper care
and construction is performed in accordance with the
standards and guidelines set forth by the regulatory
agencies governing jails.
.24 section 15252 Pipe and Equipment Insulation, furnish and
install insulation required for plumbing systems, which
includes all piping, equipment and systems installed by
this contractor.
.25 Provide plumbing systems scope of work in mock-up cell
and chase, in order to develop a complete and finished
mock-up.
.26 This contractor shall furnish and install the grey water
system from valves located in Zones A and B provided by
Bid Package No. 16 Prime Plumbing Contractor, complete to
all fixtures.
.27 This contractor shall furnish and install the domestic
water system from valves located in Zones A and 0
provided by Bid Package No. 16 Prime Plumbing Contractor,
complete to all fixtures.
.28 Provide housings and trim plates for terminal connection
at service cOn!1ection stations.
11/19/91
D & E PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK
00325 - ~
1 . 3 BY Others
.1 Finish painting of all material and equipment, except
where the specifications call for factory finish, then
the Plumbing Contractor shall provide.
.2 The furnishing of fixtures per Attachment "A".
11/19/91
o & E PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK
00325 - 10
ATTACHMENT "A"
EQUIPMENT SUPPLIED BY BID PACKAGE NO. 16 PRIME PLUMBING CONTRACTOR
Contractor is to verify count of fixtures required for
performance of his work prior to bid. In the event any fixture
is not listed or an error is in the required number shown it
will be the responsibility of this contractor to provide and
install any fixtures shown on the plans.
Fixtures and equipment listed shall include all required
specialty attachment devices, wall sleeves and accessories.
(Reference drawing 8. OOA and 8.22 for fixture designation
definitions).
STANDARD FIXTURES:
FIXTURE
ZONE AI ZONE BI
I
I
I
I
I
ZONE C
ZONE 01 ZONE EI
2 2
WC-1
15
4
8
WC-2
2
1
1
UR-1
3
L-1
12
L-2
8
6
8
2
2
L-4
6
1
1
BT-1
1
S-l
8
13
3
7
6
CS-1
1
PS-1
1
PT-1
1
SS-l
1
b3-2
6
2
5
4
2
EWC-1
7
1
4
2
2
OF-1
o
2
o
11/19/91
D & E PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK
00325 - 11
I
BOOST PMpl 1
I
SUMP PMP I 2 2
I
WH-1 I 1
I
WH-2 I 1
I
WH-3 I 1
I
WTR SOFT I 1
I
WP-1 I 1
I
--------------------------------------------------
PENAL FIXTURES:
FIXTURE ,ZONE A ZONE BI ZONE C I ZONE 0 I ZONE EI
I II II I
WC-3 24 I 3 I 4
I I
WC-4 1 I 4 I 2
I
WC-5 4 I 92 94
I
WC-6 1 4 12 I
I
WC-7 4 I
I
UR-2 I 1 2
L-3 26 2 2
L-5 4
SH-1 24 18 22
SH-2 4 1 2 4 2
SH-3 2 2 2
SH-4 4
SH-5 2
FD-8 3
---------------------------------------------------
11/19/91
o & E PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK
00325 - 12
SECTION 00326
SCOPE OF WORK
Bid Package No. 26
Electrical Contract Zones D and E
1.1 General Scope
Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies,
equipment, tools, transportation, surveying and layout, and
protection, to install complete operating systems in Zones 0
and E. This shall include proper execution and completion of
all Work specified on the drawings, in the bid package, and
the sections of the Specifications, which include, but are not
limited to the listing that follows. The bidder shall review
all drawings, and specification sections that are not
specifically listed, for any additional requirements in order
to complete the scope of work described herein.
This contractor as part of his scope of work will furnish all
Zone D and E permanent materials to be incorporated into the
work, except for fixtures, heat trace equiment, timeclock,
lighting relay cabinets, and all safety disconnects. These
fixtures and equipment will be furnished by Bid Package No. 14
Prime Electrical Contractor, to Bid Package No. 26 Electrical
Contractor for installation.
This Bid Package No. 26 Electrical Contractor shall make
installations of systems, but not be limited to, conduit
raceways, wiring, and terminations for: lighting, receptacles,
power, telephone raceway only, and heat trace wiring and
conduit.
Primary sections and Oescriptions
07272
08305
15000
15110
16010
16111
16120
16199
16400
16471
16500
16660
16781
16930
Firestop and Penetration Sealing System
Access Panels And Doors
General Provisions
Heat Trace System
Electrical General Provisions
Conduit Systems
Wire and Cable
Wiring Devices and Plates
Service and Power Distribution Systems
Feeder and Branch Circuits and Emergency Wiring
Lighting
Wiring for Equipment Furnished by Others
Telephone Conduit Systems
Lighting Control Equipment
11/19/91
00326 - 1
D & E ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK
Related sections and Descriptions
01130
01510
03100
03200
03300
03410
03412
03420
03490
03520
03600
04200
05180
05500
06100
06200
07115
07210
07215
07530
07720
07900
08300
08320
08710
08902
09110
09200
09250
09510
09650
09680
09700
09800
09830
09900
09950
10270
11200
11202
11203
11204
11205
11206
11208
11211
11212
11218
Security Project Procedures
Temporary utilities (Temporary Lighting)
Concrete Formwork
Concrete Reinforcing
Cast-In-Place Concrete
Precast Concrete Hollow Cored Planks (BG-2)
Precast Concrete Panels (BG-2)
Precast Prestressed Concrete sections (BG-2)
Precast Concrete Modular Cell (BG-2)
Insulating Concrete Oecks
Grout
Unit Masonry
Miscellaneous structural Steel
Metal Fabrications
Rough Carpentry
Finish Carpentry
Sheet Waterproofing
Building Insulation
Sprayed Insulation
Single Ply Roofing
Roof Accessories
Joint Sealers
Special Ooors
Security Metal Doors and Frames
Door Hardware
Aluminum Window Walls
Non-Load Bearing Wall Framing System
Lath and Plaster
Gypsum Board
Acoustical ceilings
Resilient Flooring
Carpet
Special Flooring
Special coatings
Elastomeric coating
Painting
Wallcovering
Access Flooring
Basic Electronic Security Requirements
System Central Processing Unit
Fire Alarm Interface
Programmable Logic Cont~oller
Address Panels
Relay Cabinets
Card Access Control
situation Man-Oown Equipment
Closed Circuit video Equipment
Operational Intercom System
11/19/91
00326 - 2
D & E ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK
11222
11224
15050
l5100
15160
15175
15242
15330
15403
15404
15430
15440
15470
15540
15770
15785
15855
15858
15884
15894
15950
15965
15995
16155
l6161
l6170
16300
16351
16425
16450
16461
16470
16472
16601
16605
16721
Inmate/Attorney Telephones
Metal Detection Equipment
Water Treatment
Valves
Pumps
Variable Speed Motor Control for Fans and Pumps
Vibration Isolation
Wet-Sprinkler System
Water Booster Pumps
Domestic Water Softener
Plumbing Specialties
Plumbing Fixtures and Accessories
Hot Water Storage Heater
Emergency Generator Auxiliaries
Make-Up Air units
Fan Coil units
Air Handling Units
Fans
Combination Smoke and Fire Dampers
Air Terminal Units
Automatic Temperature Control Systems
Building Automation System
System Balancing and Testing
Combination Motor Starters
Motor Control Centers
Disconnect Switches
Standby Power Generation
Uninterruptible Power Supply
Main Service Switchboard
Electrical Systems Grounding
Dry Type oistribution Transformers
Distribution Panelboards - circuit Breaker Type
Branch Circuit Panelboards - Circuit Breaker Type
Lightning Protection System
Transient Voltage/Surge Protection
Fire Alarm System
;r
1.2 Special provisions
The following Special provisions are intended to clarify the
scope of work, or highlight features of the work, or modify,
change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid
Package.
. -- ..
. .
.1
All licenses required in order to perform tbe scope of_
work in the specified location, shall be prc::urred and
maintained by the contractor and his subcontractors.
Contractor shall submit copies to the Construction
Manager.
11/19/91
00326 - 3
D & E ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK
.2 Contractor shall maintain As-Built drawinqs. (Record
Drawings per section 01720), of his work progression. A
50% progress of field "work submittal, will be required.
,
. 3 Provide, replace, and maintain any safety rails and
barricades removed as necessary by this trade contractor
during the process of work, or during deliveries of
materials or equipment.
.4 Contractor is to review Division 1 General Requirements
for additional responsibilities required in order to
perform the work under this Bid Package.
Contractor shall pay particular attention to section
01710 Final Cleaning, which shall be performed as
scheduled by the CM, which will be at or near the
completion of the project.
.5 Access Panels and Doors - Those access panels and doors
that are shown on the drawings will be furnished and
installed by others.
Access panels and doors that are not shown, but are
necessary for installation, maintenance and replacement
of this contractor's work, and those that are required by
governing codes and regulations, shall be furnished by
this contractor, to other trade contractors for
installation, as an allowance.
This contractor shall state the quantity of each size of
access panel and door, and what material they are' to be
installed in, per the proposal form. The bid extension
shall be made at the Owner given bid unit price, to
produce the required bid item allowance.
After contract award, supply of the contractor's stated
quanti ty of access panels and doors shall be purchased by
others. There will be a corresponding deductive change
order issued to this contractor, removing the supply of
the access panels and doors from his contract, and at the
Owner given bid unit price. If the actual quantity
required exceeds the bid quantity, this contractor shall
be responsible for furnishing access panels and doors,
(manufacturer as approved by the Owner) to the
appropriate installing contractor for installation, and
the cor~ 1 of the door assembly and installation will be
borne ~y this contractor. Any access panels and doors
not installed, from the allowance bid group that was
purchased, shall remain in the Owner's possession, or
turned back to the supplier for credit, to which credit
will be due the Owner.
11/19/91
o & E ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK
00326 - 4
.6 utility Routinq and Coordination of the Work
This contractor shall be responsible to coordinate his
work with other multiple prime contractors both in the
scheduling of field work activities and in the
integration of individually furnished items into final
composite installations. Coordination drawings
procedures shall consist of, but are not limited to,
utility Routing Drawings and Base Trade Installers
Drawings. The utility Routing coordination shall consist
of three phases.
Phase I
The first phase shall constitute the routing of the
precasters erection mylar or sepia drawings for utility
routing lover-lay' of each trade contractor I s work. This
shall be done by routing first to the sheet metal
contractor, then to the plumber, thirdly to the fire
protection contractor, fourthly to mechanical piping,
fifthly to electrical and lastly to the security
contractor, who shall return the composite overview to
the CM. Each trade contractor shall have noted each
service by name & size of carrier (pipe, duct, etc.) and
insulation/hanger cross sectional dimensions, Le., 3"
Greywater (6"), 24" x 12" Supply (26" x 14"),2" ltg, 1"
Comm, etc. Additionally, each trade contractor shall
have specified location, size, and type of precast embed
or block out required to accommodate the installation of
his work. The intent at this level of coordination is to
specify interface information from trade contractors to
the precast concrete contractor which will allow the
precaster to prepare piece casting drawings and begin
precast prOduction.
Phase II
Upon review by the Owner's representative to identify
congested areas, the sheetmetal contractor shall be
notified of any additions to the following background
drawings which the sheetmetal contractor shall prepare to
appropriate scale as directed by the Owners
representative.
Backqround Drawing
Prepared by the HVAC' and Process Pipe Contractor, and
consists of plan, elevation and cross section cuts.
1. Corridors and hallways-Plan & Elevation 1/4" = 11,
cross sections 1" = 11
11/19/91
o & E ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK
00326 - 5
2. Kitchen-Plan & Elevation 1/4"= 11, cross sections
1"= l'
3. Housing chases and plenums-Plan & Elevation 1/4" =
1', cross sections 1" = l'
4. Mechanical rooms-Plan & Elevation 1/4" = 11, cross
sections 1" = l'
5. Laundry-Plan & Elevation 1/4"= 11, cross sections
1"= l'
6. Electrical rooms-Plan & Elevation 1/4"= 1', cross
sections 1"= 11
7. All other areas-conventional scale with chases of
enlarged scale.
These drawings shall be routed and marked up by the
utility Trade Contractors in the same manner as Phase One
drawings, except lover-lay' work shall show more detail
depicting all items and features such as radius fittings,
valves, specialties, space between pipes, graphic and
wri tten elevations and dimensions, and hanger/support
details. The owner's representative may conduct job site
meetings to resolve and finalize any conflicts which are
not answered during drawing 'over-lay' routing.
Item number 3. above and zone I A' shall be submitted
within (10) ten calendar days of Award of Contract.
Phase III
Shop or background drawings shall be prepared and
submitted by the masonry, non-load bearing wall, ceiling,
raised floor, and cast-in-place concrete contractors.
These drawings shall be routed in the same manner 'as the
previous phases and each trade contractor shall provide
all information necessary for installation of items
furnished by their contract scope of work and which will
require embedment or blockout in the walls, ceiling or
floors.
The requirements of this section are separate from other
drawings and submittals required in the technical
specifications or record drawing sections of the contract
documents.
.7 Furnish to the appropriate trade contractor, for
installation in precast concrete, non-load bearing walls,
masonry, and cast-in-place concrete, all frames, sleeves,
anchors, weld plates al"d other similar inserts or devices
required to facilitate and coordinate the Work in this
Bid Package. Submit routing shop drawings showing wall
elevation, floor and ceiling plans with requirements for
location and size suitable for field location and
installation. Coordinate and verify correctness of
11/19/91
D & E ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK
00326 - 6
installation as the work progresses. Verify prior to
casting in form work, or during line and grade
installation of major feature progress.
Furnish and deliver to precast concrete contractor within
(10) working days after award of this contract, all
required sleeves, inserts and other embedded items with
coordination drawings necessary for incorporation in the
precast components, for Zone A.
Furnish and deliver to precast concrete contractor all
required sleeves, inserts and other embedded items with
coordination drawings necessary for incorporation in the
precast components, for Zones B,C,D and E, with
timeliness to facilitate the fabrication schedule of the
precast contractor.
.8 All unfinished surfaces of materials or equipment
furnished or installed by this contractor, shall be
inspected for readiness by follow-on contractors and the
CM, prior to installation of follow-on work. This would
include bringing back to original condition, surfaces
disturbed by welding, burning, or other disfigurement,
which will need to be made ready for finish painting, or
other work.
.9 This contractor is responsible to coordinate and/or
provide all genetrations shown or not shown on drawings
which are necessary to facilitate the complete
installation of his work. Penetrations in horizontal
precast members equivalent to 6" circular or l'arger,
shall be provided by the Precast Contractor when
adequately coordinated per item .7 and .8 above.
other penetrations in horizontal members shall be field
core drilled and shall be the responsibility of this
trade contractor. Field penetrations shall be subject to
the advance approval of the precaster and A/E, and shall
be in accordance with Article 4.14.3. All costs of field
installed penetrations and finished closure of field and
precast provided openings shall be borne by the
contractors using or requiring same. All finished
closure details shall conform with firesafing, safety
building codes and design intent (draft closure, material
fall protection, etc.).
All penetrations and openings should be completed prior
to the finish covering installation. In the event that
penetrations are necessary after finish covering
installation, this contractor shall coordinate and pay
for all related work necessary to provide the completed
11/19/91
D & E ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK
00326 - 7
detail.
.10 Materials and Equi9ment Furnished by Others All
materials furnished by the Owner, other contractors for
the Owner, or by the CM for the Owner, for installation
by this contractor shall upon delivery, be unloaded,
transferred, stored and fully protected by the contractor
until installed. Any demurrage or similar charge
incurred due to failure of the contractor to promptly
unload the materials and equipment shall be the
responsibility of the contractor.
The contractor shall carefully examine all materials and
equipment furnished by the Owner, or any of his
designees, (other contractors or the CM). The contractor
shall complete receiving reports describing the quantity
and condi tion of the materials or equipment. The
contractor shall be responsible for subsequent damage or
loss until installation is completed and accepted by the
Owner.
Should the contractor fail to report any visible signs of
damage in the receiving report as indicated above, then
all parties in interst may assume that the damage
occurred while the materials and equipment were in the
care, custody and control of the receiving contractor.
Any material furnished by the Owner, at an off-site
location, on other than a charge basis in connection with
the contract, shall be deemed as held by the contractor
on consignment. All such materials not used in the
fabrication of materials or equipment required under the
contract shall be returned to the applicable party, as
directed, at their expense; and, if not accounted for or
so returned, shall be paid for by the contractor.
.11 It will be the full responsibility of this trade
contractor to properly seal and maintain rated assemblies
in accordance with manufacturerls recommendations,
affected by his work, and in accordance with section
07272 Firestop and Penetration Sealing System.
.12 Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating all
housekeepinq pads and equipment pads that are required
for this contractors work, and are shown on the contract
drawings, with the Concrete Contractor. Those that c~ ~
not shown, but are required for the complete and pror~r
installation of his work, shall be furnished and
installed by this contractor.
.13 All
equipment
installed
shall
be
verified
for
11/19/91
o & E ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK
00326 - 8
installation to provide
maintenance and service.
adequate
clearances
for
.14 Contractor shall be responsible for installation of
expansion fittinqs where utilities and services cross any
designated buiding expansion line.
.15 This contractor shall schedule and provide adequate
overhead hanqers and supports to prevent spray on
insulation damage or delay. And in the event of delayed
installation, or damage, this contractor shall bear the
costs of correction.
.16 Provide any necessary capped stub-outs, sleeves, or tees
as required for connections of work in future Zone 'F'.
.17 Any core drillinq or penetrations made by this
contractor, or for this contractor in the performance of
his work, shall be properly closed and sealed by this
contractor after installation of the work.
.18 This contractor shall provide all equipment disconnects
as specified throughout this bid package and
specifications. This contractor shall assist the Owner's
need to standardize product sources wherever possible
within this package and other divisions.
.19 Contractor shall perform all required testinq and provide
adequate personnel in order to complete all testing to
the requirements of governing agencies.
.20 All incoming materials and equipment shall be coordinated
with other trades and the CM is to be notified, in order
that proper laYdown. staqinq and stockinq areas are
developed, prior to release for shipping. within the
building, areas shall be restricted and stocking areas
will be authorized in writing.
.21 If in the event of conflicting, or overlapping
requirements in any area of the bidding documents,
technical specifications, or drawings, the most strinqent
condi tion shall be bid and constructed. Notify the CM in
any event, in order to not compromise the Owner's right
to make appropriate decisions.
.22 For all fu~ible devices, provide (1) spare set of fuses
of (3) each, of each type and size of fuse.
This contractor shall furnish and install a 'spare fuse'
cabinet, for spares which are to be provided by all other
contractors.
11/19/91
o & E ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK
00326 - 9
.23 This contractor is reminded of security areas and
perimeters, and of the requirement for security devices,
fasteners, connectors, and any other work associated with
this bid package scope of work, in order that proper care
and construction is performed in accordance with the
standards and guidelines set forth by the regulatory
agencies governing jails.
.24 Furnish and install Transient Voltage/Surge Protection,
in accordance with section 16605, as required for the
proper installation and operation of Electrical Systems.
This contractor shall be bound by all provisions of
section 16605 Transient Voltage/Surge Protection, as
related to equipment provided under this scope of work.
Provide section 16605 to vendors to ensure plant
fabrication and submittal inclusion.
.25 Contractor shall furnish, install and terminate all
raceways wiring and disconnects for all power associated
wi th equipment furnished by others, unless otherwise
indicated. Equipment furnished by others is included in,
but not limited to those sections indicated as Related
Sections and Descriptions, and depicted on the contract
drawings.
.26 Contractor shall furnish, install and terminate all
raceways, wiring and disconnects for all power associated
with equipment furnished by the Owner.
.27 This contractor shall provide all 120 volt power as
required to and from the security systems equipment,
which includes, but is not limited to, conduit, raceways,
boxes, fittings, wire and terminations.
.28 Contractor shall mandril all embedded conduits and duct
banks at the earliest feasible time after installation,
maintaining a mandril log as provided by the CM. At any
failure of the mandril to pass, the CM shall be notified.
This applies to conduits which the Electrical Contractor
installs for wire pulling by others. For conduits which
the Electrical Contractor installs, and will be pulling
the wire, the Electrical Contractor shall mandril any
that are encased or embedded.
.29 Contractor shall install in erery conduit described as as
a spare, or where wiring is a part of another
contractor's scope of work, a nylon pull string with a
pulling capacity of 200 pounds or greater.
11/19/91
D & E ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK
00326 - 10
.30
Contractor shall indentify each wire
junction boxes or distribution panels.
shall include, but not be limited
identification and circuit numbers.
at all devices,
Identification
to the panel
.31 Contractor shall identify each wire at all devices,
junction boxes or control panels. Identification shall
include, but not be limited to the control panel
identification and the terminal numbers.
.32 section 16111 Conduit Systems, paragraph 3.5 A, where
conduits that pass through rated floors, walls or
ceilings, use seal-off conduit bodies adjacent to one or
both sides of the rated system, for total sealing of the
conduit, and provide architecturally finished surfaces on
both sides as required.
.33 Section 16120 Wire and Cable, paragraph 2.3 C, applies to
stranded conductors smaller than #6 AWG, and includes not
only the specified solderless connector, but all
compression type ring terminals, split fork terminals, or
ferual not terminated under a mechanical type lug.
.34 This contractor shall make major equipment submittals
within (10) days of contract award.
.35 When scheduled by the CM, this contractor shall clean all
fixtures, panels, devices, lenses, lamps, and equipment,
prior to acceptance and turnover.
.36 section 15110 Heat Trace System, furnish conduit, wiring
and terminations, and install complete, and make
operable. Heat trace tape, controls and panels will be
furnished by Bid Package No. 26 Prime Electrical
Contractor to this contractor for installation.
Coordinate installation with plumbing contractor's
installation of piping.
.37 Any temporary or permanent utility or service outages,
which are necessary after being put into service or
energized, shall require notice and approval prior to
actual system shutdown. The Contractor requiring the
outage shall gain approval of the CM no less than (7)
days prior to anticipated date of outage. The written
request for outage approval shall contai id system or
circuits of service, areas that will be effected, and
time duration of outage. outages shall be coordinated so
as not to affect the work of other contractors.
.38 Provide electrical systems scope of work in mock-up cell
11/19/91
o & E ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK
00326 - 11
and chase, in order to develop a complete and finished
mock-up.
11/19/91
D & E ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK
00326 - 12
SECTION 00350
MILESTONE SCHEDULE
The bar graph schedule presented in this section depicts the
approximate duration, sequence, and flow of work of major
work groups. Not all activities are shown and groupings are
subjective. A more definitive and detailed precedence
schedule is availabe for bidders review, at the Office of
the Construction Manager. This schedule will be made
available to bidders for review at the scheduled pre-bid
meeting. Coordinate construction scheduling and operations
with the Construction Manager so as to meet the milestone
and completion dates as presented in the Master Project
Schedule.
The Contractors are to note the following special items.
a.
Bid Due Oate .
. .01/03/92
.01/29/92
b.
Award Date (Anticipated)
c. Notice to Proceed (Anticipated). .
.01/29/92
11/20/91 MILESTONE SCHEOULE
00353 - 1
.,
:z:
=>
....,
>-
~ , ~ u
. ....
C
Q
C
ex: ~
n. ~
""<(
en c
~ Q
Q
So U or
~
Q
::E ~
i
~ ~
.;:<!
:~
~
:z """ 5 a; a;
<( ~ """ >>
I :::l ~~
tj 0
I
E -N
U 15 <.. ~~
lJ.J n. :!. 0- "''''
...... c 00
.~ ~ "'~
.~ n. ~ ~~
:> ~ 0<:>-
!g C
~ ~ g; ~ ~
;:... .~ ~
:;:: I..... :;:
0- => g to
u 5
~ >-
.;::, 0 g <..
-:;; Cl .......
2' .....,
~ e E ,.....,
n. :::l ~ '" ClJ tJ) ....., W
lJ.J tJ) <.. "tf ClJ
~ c :.:. u... (; .<:: co u ......l
..... -;;: tJ) D co ::J
c g ....., ll- D
1 0 i c '- W
.~
~ ~ u... a c :I:
=> ...:; ~ ,....., a u
<( '" ClJ
:::: .~ ,~ u lI- ....., UJ
.......
~ en :::> C D
-' co >- <lJ 1-1
=> i:. ;; .~ ....... ....... a:J
(\J I~ c <lJ
en ~ I :::J D (Y")
~ -g: a
tJ) tJ) u >- 0...
'" :::l
:z ~ "0 ::E 0 ....... ::J
:::l ClJ ex: <lJ C 0
0 .Cl
0 .'1: ~ >- a :::J a:
ex: """ '- a <..!J
tJ) .Cl '" ;.::: c U
>- <.. ro tri a 0
~ c '" U; """ :::E <lJ 1-1
'2 ..... => Cl a:J
en '-
..... c
u Cl
ex: ClJ
~ <.. :::E
lJ.J
..... .....
tJ)
<.. ro .
0 U _<TO
ex: ..... c ClJ "''''
<( ..... <.. '-" -'
::E lJ.J 0 n. => =>
.~ ~3
.....
c ro
0 ~ u
..... ~ i=:
co c r,~
~ ro i <..
c .Cl ~.::;
~ ~ ro
"0 u... Ul u..
~ <.. Cl uu
0
:z tJ) c 0 ~ ~.;
<( c ~ u ~
E 3: ro d::d::
ro ..... .....
:::> <.. tJ) ClJ
f- ..... Cl ro Cl
0 u
U C ClJ
U
~ ;:: ID
f-' .....
u
a)
:>- ,t ..
~ :z g ~
.~ a ~
I-<
...... I- ~ ~
~ c
-0- ~ U w ~
~u ~ ::::J -..~ u
.- a: ~ ~ ~ oS
- ...... ~ 0 ""
:::0 :z I- '" - ~
(!) (fJ - ~ ~ .,;
ClJ I- :z ~ ~ ~ ..
. ~ ~
n. ...... (fJ a . - Q i
~ L1..J u ~~i
lJ.J en V> CJ
~ c CD Ul
a: 0 I- :z ~
a V> (fJ l-
V>
t.!) 3: ~ <1: CJ
l.L.J "'I u -l
:::l I- U L1..J l- ii
<(
I- a: ::::J d::
(fJ 0... CCJ
THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS
I
AlA Document A310
Bid Bond
KNOW All MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,
that we
(Here ,nserr full n.me .nd .ddress or leg.1 rille of Conlroctor)
as Principal, hereinafter called the Principal, and
(Here inserl full n.me .nd .ddress or leg.' rille of Surely)
a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of
as Surety, hereinafter called the Surety, are held and firmly bound unto
(Here Insert full n.me .nd .ddress or leg.1 lllle of Owner)
as Obligee, hereinafter called the Obligee, in the sum of
Dollars ($ ),
for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, the said Principal and the said Surety, bind
ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by
these presents.
W HER EAS, the Principal has submitted a bid for
(Here Insert full name. address and descrIption of prolect)
NOW, THE REF 0 R E, if the Obligee shall accept the bid 01 the Principal and the PrinCipal shall enter into a Contract
with the Obligee in accordance ""th the terms of such bid, and give such bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding
or Contract Documents wIth good and suificrent surety for the faithful performance of such Contract and for the prompt
payment of I~bor .:cd :"atprial f'."nished in t~e prosecution thereof, or In the event of the ladueI' of the P"nc'pal to en!,
Such Contract and give such bond or bonds, if the f', '''clpal shall pay to the Obligee the ddference lielt to exceed the penall~'
hereof between the amount specified In said bid and such larger amount for which the Oblogee may in good {.lith contract
with another party to perform the Work covered by said bid, then this obligation shall be null and void. otherwise to remain
in full force and effect.
Signed and sealed this
day of
19
(Witness)
I
(Principa
(Seal)
(Title)
(Witness)
I
(Title)
(Surety)
(Seal)
AlA DOCUMENT A310 ' BID BOND' AlA ~. FEBRUARY 1970 ED ' THE AMERICAN
INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 N.Y. AVE., NW., WASHINGTON, D. C. 20006
SWORN STATEMENT UNDER SECTION 287.133(3)(a),
FLORIDA STATUTES, ON PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES
THIS FORK MUST BE SIGNED IN THE PRESENCE OF A NOTARY PUBLIC OR
OTHER OFFICER AUTHORIZED TO ADMINISTER OATHS.
1. This sworn statement is submi tted wi th Bid, Proposal or
Contract
No.
for
2. This sworn statement is submitted by
(Name of entity submitting sworn statement)
whose business address is
and ( if
applicable) its Federal Employer Identification Number (FEIN)
is
(If the entity has no FEIN, include the Social Security Number
of the individual signing this sworn statement:
. )
3. My name is and my
relationship to the entity named above is
4. I understand that a "public entity crime" as defined in
Paragraph 287.133(1) (g), Florida statutes, means a violation
of any state or federal law by a person with respect to and
directly related to the transaction of business with any
public entity or with an agency or political subdivision of
any other state or with the United states, including, but not
limited to, and bid or contract for goods or services to be
provided to any public entity or an agency or political
subdivision of any other state or of the united states and
involving antitrust, fraud, theft, bribery, collusion,
racketeering, conspiracy, or material misrepresentation.
5. I understand that "convicted" or "conviction" as defined in
Paragraph 287.133(1) (b), Florida Statute~, means a finding of
guilt or a conviction of a public entity crime, with or
without an adjudication of guilt, in any federal or state
trial court of record relating to charges brought by
indictment or information after July 1, 1989, as a result of
04/30/91
PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES
00420-1
a jury verdict, nonjury verdict, nonjury trial, or entry of a
plea of guilty or nolo contendere.
6. I understand that an "affiliate" as defined in Paragraph
287.133(1) (a), Florida statutes, means:
1. A predecessor or successor of a person convicted of a
public entity crime: or
2. An entity under the control of any natural person who is
active in the management of the entity and who has been
convicted of a public entity crime. The term "affiliate"
includes those officers, directors, executives, partners,
shareholders, employees, members, and agents who are
active in the management of an affiliate. The ownership
by one person of shares constituting a controlling
interest in another person, or a pooling of equipment or
income among persons when not for fair market value under
an arm's length agreement, shall be a prima facie case
that one person controls another person. A person who
knowingly enters into a joint venture with a person who
has been convicted of a public entity crime in Florida
during the preceding 36 months shall be considered an
affiliate.
7. I understand that a "person" as defined in Paragraph
287.133(1) (a), Florida statutes, means any natural person or
entity organized under the laws of any state or of the United
states with the legal power to enter into a binding contract
and which bids or applies to bid on contracts for the
provision of goods or services let by a public entity, or
which otherwise transacts or applies to transact business with
a public entity. The term "Person" includes those officers,
directors, executives, partners, shareholders, employees,
members, and agents who are active in management of an entity.
8. Based on information and belief, the statement which I have
marked below is true in relation to the entity submitting this
sworn statement. [Please indicate which statement applies.]
Neither the entity submitting this sworn statement, nor
any officers, directors, executives, partners, shareholders,
employees, members, or agents who are active in management of
the entity, nor any affiliate of the entit~-, lave been charged
with and convicted of a public entity crime subsequent to July
1, 1989.
The entity submitting this sworn statement, or one or
04/30/91
PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES
00420-2
more of the officers, directors, executives, partners,
shareholders, employees, members, or agents who are active in
management of the entity, or an affiliate of the entity has
been charged with and convicted of a public entity crime
subsequent to July 1, 1989, AND [Please indicate which
additional statement applies.]
There has been a proceeding concerning the
conviction before a hearing officer of the state of
Florida, Division of Administrative Hearings. The final
order entered by the hearing officer did not place the
person or affiliate in the convicted vendor list. [Please
attach a copy of the final order.]
The person or affiliate was placed on the convicted
vendor list. there has been a subsequent proceeding
before a hearing officer of the state of Florida,
Division of Administrative Hearings. The final order
entered by the hearing officer determined that it was in
the public interest to remove the person or affiliate
from the convicted vendor list. [Please attach a copy of
the final order.]
The person or affiliate has not been placed on the
conyicted yendor list. [Please describe any action taken
by or pending with the Department of General Services.]
[Signature]
Date:
STATE OF
COUNTY OF
PERSONALLY APPEARED BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority,
who, after first being sworn by me,
[name of individual signing]
affixed his/her signature in the space provided above on this
day of , 19
NOTARY PUBLIC
My commission expires:
Form PUR 7068(Rev. 11/89)
04/30/91
PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES
00420-3
'~-'-""""-'''':_'-''
LOBBYING AND CONFLICT OF INTEREST CLAUSE
SWORN STATEMENT UNDER ORDINANCE NO. 010-1990
MONROE COUNTY. FLORIDA
.,
,
"
"
(Company)
" warrants that it has not employed, retained or otherwise had
act on its behalf any former County officer or employee subject
to the prohibition of section 2 of Ordinance No. 010-1990 or any
County officer or employee in violation of section 3 of Ordinance
No. 010-1990. For breach or violation of this provision the
County may, in its discretion, terminate this contract without
liability and may also, in its discretion, deduct from the
contract or purchase price, or otherwise recover, the full amount
of any fee, commission, percentage, gift, or consideration paid
to the former County officer or employee".
(Signature)
Date:
STATE OF
COUNTY OF
PERSONALLY APPEARED BEFORE
who,
his/her signature (name of
provided above on this
ME, the undersigned authority,
after first being sworn by me, affixed
individual signing) in the space
day of , 19_
NOTARY PUBLIC
My commission expires:
07/25/91 LOBBYING ANO CONFLICT OF INTEREST CLAUSE
00425 - 1
Non-Collusion Affidavit
I, of the city of
according to law on my oath, and under penalty of perjury, depose
and say that;
1.) I am of the firm of
, the bidder making the Proposal for the
project described in the notice for calling for bids for
, and that I executed the said proposal with
full authority to do so;
2.) the prices in this bid have been arrived at
independently without collusion, consultation, communication or
agreement for the purpose of restricting competition, as to any
matter relating to such proces with any other bidder or with any
competitor;
3.) unless otherwise required by law, the prices which have
been quoted in this bid have not been knowingly disclosed by the
bidder and will not knowingly be disclosed by the bidder and will
not be knowingly disclosed by the bidder prior to bid opening,
directly or indirectly, to any other bidder or to any competitor;
and
4.) no attempt has been made or will be made by the bidder
to induce any other person, partnership or corporation to submit,
or not to submit, a bid for the purpose of restricting
competition;
5.)
correct,
upon the
awarding
the statements contained in this affidavit are true and
and made with full knowledge that Monroe County relies
truth of the statements contained in this affidavit in
contracts for said project.
(Signature of Bidder)
STATE OF
COUNTY OF
OATE
PERSONALLY APPEARED BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, _
who, after first being sworn by me,
(name of individual signing)
affixed his/her signature in the spac~ provided above on this
day of , 19___
NOTARY PUBLIC
My commission expires:
11/20/91
NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT
00430 - 1
SECTION 00440
PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING
1. Subcontractor:
Address:
Phone:
Contact:
Portion of Work:
Percentage this proposed Subcontract is of total Bid Price as
delineated on Proposal Form: %.
2. Subcontractor:
Address:
Phone:
Contact:
Portion of Work:
Percentage this proposed Subcontract is of total Bid Price as
delineated on Proposal Form: %.
3. Subcontractor:
Address:
Phone:
Contact:
Portion of Work:
Percentage this proposed Subcontract is of total Bid Price as
delineated on Proposal Form: %.
4. Subcontractor:
Address:
Phone:
Contact:
Portion of Work:
Percentage this proposed Subcontract is of total Bid Price as
delineated on Proposal Form: %.
11/20/91
SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING
00440 - 1
THE
AMERICAN
INSTITUTE
o F
ARCHITECTS
I
AlA Document AJ05
Contractor's Qualification Statement
1986 EDITION
Tbis form is approl'ed and recommended by 17Je American Institute of Arcbitects
(AlA) and 17Je Associated General Contractors of America (AGC}for use in el'aluat-
ing tbe qualifications of contractors. No endorsement of tbe submitting part)' or
l'erification of tbe information is made by tbe AlA or AGe.
The Undersigned certifies under oath that the information provided herein is true and suffi-
ciently complete so as not to be misleading.
SUBMITTED TO:
ADDRESS:
Sl'B~llTTED BY:
Corpor:ation
0:AME:
Partnership
ADDRESS:
Imli\"idu:.1I
PRINCIPAL OFFICE:
Joint \'enture
Other
:'\:\:o.lE OF PH-UjELT (if apIJ"L.lble):
TYPE OF \VORK (file Sl'parale form for l'ach Classification of \X'ork):
Gl'neral Construction
HVAC
Plumbing
Othl';
Electrical
.
.
(please specify)
ClJpnighl \')(H. l')()'). l,)~,),,~: j')Ht) In' Tht: Allluicln IIhliwlt: lJf Archllt:Ch. j-.-I~ :\t:\\. YlJrk ,-\\TnUt:, :\\X'., \X';I,hing.
tlJn, DC. 2u()()C,. Rt:produC!ioIl of tht: lllatnLd hut:iIl or suh,t:lI1ti;l! quoUlio!1 of ih pn)\i,iolb without \\Tittt:Il pUllli"ioIl
of tht: ,-\1.-\ "iobl,', till' l'opyright b\\, of tht: ['!1itt:d St:llt:S ;lI1d will ht: 'lIhJl'C! to kg:d prosl'ClIli()f1.
AlA DOCUMENT A30S . (( I:\TR.\( .'1 (II{, ')1 .\I.II'I( :..\TI( 1:\ S1'.\TI-.\II'.:\T . I')"" FIJI r1():\ . .\1.\'. 1'1"',
IIII' \.\II.HII.A:\ 1:\,'IITII"I' OI'\HUlllHTS. I-;'i :\1'\\ )"'IHK .\\I-.:\IE. :\\\. \\.-\SIII:\t;l():\ IJ( c""""
A305-1986 1
1. ORGANIZA rlON
1.1 How many years has your organization been in business as a Contractor?
1.2 How many years has your organization been in business under its present business name?
1.2.1 Under what other or former names has your organization operated?
1.3 If your organization is a corporation, answer the following:
1.3.1 Date of incorporation:
1.3.2 State of incorporation:
1.3.3 President's name:
1.3.4 Vice-president's name(s):
1.3.5 Secretary's name:
1.3.6 Treasurer's name:
1.4 If your organization is a partnership, answer the following:
1.4.1 Date of organization:
1.4.2 Type of partnership (if applicable):
1.4.:' :\ame(s) of general partner(s):
1.5 If your organization is individually owned, answer the follo\\"ing:
1 .5.1 Date of organization:
1.5.2 :'\'amc of m\"ncr:
AlA DOCUMENT A305 . CO;\;TRACTOR, <)l".\L1f]C.\TlO;\; QATE.\lE;\;T . I<)K(, EDITIO;\; . AlA' . : 1<!Hh
TI]E A.\lERIC.\~ 1;\;,TITl 'TE Of ARCHITECT,. 1-." ;\;E\\ YORK A\'E:-;) 'E. :-;\\'.. \XA,IlI:-;(;TO~. I) C 2000(,
A305-1986 2
1.6 If the form of your organization is other than those listed above, describe it and name the principals:
2, LICENSING
2.1 List jurisdictions and trade categories in which your organization is legally qualified to do business,
and indicate registration or license numbers, if applicable.
2.2 List jurisdictions in which your organization's partnership or trade name is filed.
3, EXPERIENCE
3.1 List the categories of work that your organization normally performs with its own forces.
,.2 Claims and Suits. (If the answer to any of the questions below is yes, please attach details.)
3.2.1 Has your org:lI1ization ever failed to complete any work awarded to it?
3.2.2 Are there any judgments, claims, arbitration r oceedings or suits pending or outstanding
against your organization or its officers?
3.2.3 Has your organiz.ation filed any law suits or requested arbitration with regard to construc-
tion contracts within the bst five years?
3.3 W'ithin the last five years, has any officer or principal of your organization eYer been an officer or
principal of another organization when it failed to complete a construction contract? (If the answer is
yes, please attach details.)
AlA DOCUMENT A305 . COI"TRACTOR'S Ql'AUflC.\TIO:" STATEME!'>T' 19H6 EDITIO!'> . AlA' . is I')H<)
THE .\~IERICA:>; J:"STIlTTE OF ARCHITECTS. I-.~'i '\E\\:' YORK AVE!'H"E. :'\.\\.. \\ASHI:>;GTO:'\. D.C 21J1J()(,
A305 -1986 3
3.4 On a separate sheet, list major construction projects your organization has in progress, giving the
name of project, owner, architect, contract amount, percent complete and scheduled completion
date.
3.4. i State latal worth of work in progress and under contract:
3.5 On a separate sheet, list the major projects your organization has completed in the past five years,
giving the name of project, owner, architect, contract amount, date of completion and percentage of
the cost of the work performed with your own forces.
3.5.1 State average annual amount of construction work performed during the past five years:
3.6 On a separate sheet, list the construction experience and present commitments of the key individ-
uals of your organization.
4. REFERENCES
4.1 Trade References:
4.2 Bank References:
4..:\ Surety:
4..:\.]
Name of bonding company:
4..:\.2
Name and address of agent:
AlA DOCUMENT A30S . CO;\;TRACTOR"S Ql".~I.IFICATIO~ STATDIE~T . I'JHh E\)ITIO~ . AlA' . 's I<JH()
IIII' .\\II'RICA~ I~STITl'TE OF ARCHITECTS. '-." ~E\\ YORK .\\'E~I'E. ~\\" \\'ASHI~(;T()~. j) c: 2()()(J()
A305 -1986 4
5. FINANCING
5.1 Financial Statement.
5.1.1 Attach a financial statement, preferably audited, including your organization's latest
balance sheet and income statement showing the following items:
Current Assets (e.g., cash, joint venture accounts, accounts receivable, notes
receivable, accrued income, deposits, materials inventory and prepaid
expenses);
Net Fixed Assets;
Other Assets;
Current Liabilities (e.g., accounts payable, notes payable, accrued expenses, pro-
vision for income taxes, advances, accrued salaries and accrued payroll taxes);
Other Liabilities (e.g., capital, capital stock, authorized and outstanding shares
par values, earned surplus and retained earnings).
5.1.2 Name and address of firm preparing attached financial statement, and date thereof:
5.1.3 Is the attached financial statement for the identical organization named on page one?
5.1.4 If not, explain the relationship and financial responsibility of the organization whose
financial statement is prm'ided (e.g., parent-subsidiary).
5.2 Will the organization whose financial statement is attached act as guarantor of the contract for con-
struction?
AlA DOCUMENT A30S . CONTRACTOR'S Ql".-\l.IFICATION STATE~lE:"T . I<JH6 EDITION' AlA' . CS 19H()
TIlE A.\lERfC-\N I:"STlTl'TE OF ARCHITECTS. 1-5'; NE\x' y(}~K A\'ENfE. \'. \'C-\SHINGTON. [) C 211()(K)
A305-1986 5
6, SIGNA TURE
6.1
Dated at
this
19
day of
Name of Organization:
By:
Title:
6.2
M ~~
duly sworn deposes and says that the information provided herein is true and sufficiently complete so as not to be
misleading.
Subscribed and sworn before me this
day of
19
Notary Public:
My Commission Expires:
AlA DOCUMENT A305 . U >:"1'K\C1'OK', <...>l".\I.If1<:'\1'IO~ ,"II"I"DIE:"1' . \ <)H(, EDITIO:" '.\IA'. I<)H"
rilE .\\IFKI<:'\:" I:"STITlTF OF .\KUlITlTT.s. 1-" ~D\' YOKK .\n::"I'F. ~.'" . ""ASIII:"(,T():". IJ( ';11111'"
A305-1986 6
..-.....
I .j
THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS
.
AlA Document A101/CM
CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION
Standard Form of Agreement Between
Owner and Contractor
where the basis of payment is a
STlPULA TED SUM
1980 EDITION
THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES; CONSULTATION WITH
AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED.
This document is intended to be used in conjunction with AlA Documents
A201/CM, 1980; B141/CM, 1980; and B801, 1980.
AGREEMENT
made as of the
Hundred and
day of
in the year of Nineteen
BETWEEN the Owner:
Jnd the Contractor:
the Project:
the Construction Manager:
the Architect:
The Owner and the Contractor agree as set forth below.
Copyright 1975, @ 1980 by The American Institute of Architects, 1735 New York Avenue, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20006. Re-
production of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AlA violates the
copyright laws of the United States and will be subject 10 legal prosecution.
AlA DOCUMENT A101/CM . OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT. CONSTRUCTION
MANAGEMENT EDITION . JUNE 1980 EDITION . A/AlP . @1980 . THE AMERICAN
INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006
A101/CM -1980 1
ARnaE 1
THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
The Contract Documents consist of this Agreement, the Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and
other Conditions), the Drawings, the Specifications, all Addenda issued prior to and all Modifteations issued aftel
execution of this Agreement These form the Contract, and all are as fully a part of the Contract as if attached to this
Agreement or repeated herein. An enumeration of the Contract Documents appears in Article 7.
ARnClE 2
THE WORK
The Contractor shall perform all the Work required by the Contract Documents for
(Hete i_rlllle aptian desc,iplM 01 rile Wod, AS used an odle, Cont,Kt Documents.'
ARnCLE 3
TIME OF COMMENCEMENT AND SUBST ANnAL COMPLETION
The Work to be performed under this Contract shall be commenced
and, subject to authorized adjustments, Substantial Completion of the Work shall be achieved not later than
(Here insert ~ny speci.J provisions lor Jiquid~led dam~ges relaling 10 '~j/ure 10 complete on lime.)
AlA DOCUMENT A101/CM . OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT' CONSTRUCTION
MANAGEMENT EDITION . JUNE 1980 EDITION . AlA- . @1980 . THE AMERICAN
INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 173S NEW YORK AVE., N ,WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006
A101/CM -1980 2
f ,
1
ARTICLE 4
CONTRACT SUM
The Owner shall pay the Contractor in current funds for the performance of the Work, subject to additions and
deductions by Change Order as provided in the Contract Documents, the Contract Sum of
The Contract Sum is determined as follows:
(State here lhe base bid or othp, lump sum amount, accepted alternates and unit p,ices, as applicable,'
ARTICLE 5
PROGRESS PAYMENTS
Based upon Applications for Payment submitted to the Construction Manager by the Contractor and Project Certificates
for Payment issued by the Architect, the Owner shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Sum to the
Contractor as provided in the Contract Documents for the period ending the day of each
month as follows:
Not later than days following the end of the period covered by the Application for Payment,
percent ( %) of the portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to labor, materials and
equipment incorporated in the Work and percent ( %) of the portion of the Contract
Sum properly allocable to materials and equipment suitably stored at the site or at some other location agreed upon
in writing, for the period covered by the Application for Payment, less the aggregate of previous payments made by
the Owner; and upon Substantial Completion of the Work, a sum sufficient to increase the total payments to
percent ( %) of the Contract Sum, less such amounts as the Architect shall determine for
all incomplete Work and unsettled claims as provided in the Contract Documents,
(If not covered elsewhere in the Contract Documents, here insert any provision tor limiting or ,educing the amount retained alter the Work reaches a ceruin
slage ot completion.)
Payments due and unpaid under the Contract Documents shall bear interest from the date payment is due at the rate
entered below, or in the absence thereof, at the legal rate prevailing at the place of the Project.
(Here insert any rate at interest agreed upon.)
(Usury laws and rpquirements unde, the Federal Truth in Lending Act, similar stale and local consumer coedit laws and olher regulations at the Owner's
and Contractor's principal places 01 business, the location 01 the ProjPct and elsewhere may aHect the validity 01 this provision. Speciiic legal advice should
be obtained with respect to deletion, modi/ication or other requirements such as written disclosures or waivers.)
AlA DOCUMENT Al0l/CM . OWNER.CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT. CONSTRUCTION
MANAGEMENT EDITION . JUNE 1980 EDITION . AlAe. @1980 . THE AMERICAN
INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006
Al01/CM-1980 3
\.
ARTICLE 6
FINAL PAYMENT
Final payment, constituting the entire unpaid balance of the Contract Sum, shall be paid by the Owner to the
Contractor when the Work has been completed, the Contract fully performed, and the Architect has issued a Project
Certificate for Payment which approves the final payment due the Contractor.
ARTICLE 7
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
7,1 Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in the Conditions of the Contract shall have the meanings
designated in those Conditions.
7,2 The Contract Documents, which constitute the entire agreement between the Owner and the Contractor, are listed
in Article 1 and, except for Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement, are enumerated as follows:
(List ~/ow th~ Agr~ment, th~ Conditions 01 th~ Contr~ct {C~n~,~/, Supp/~m~n!~ry ~nd oth~r Conditions}, !h~ Dr~wjngs, th~ S~cifjc~tions, ~nd ~ny Add~nd~
~nd ~cc~ptN ~/t~rn~l~s, showing {ng~ 0' sh~t numb~tS In ~II c~~s ~nd d~t~s wh~r~ ~ppli("~b/~.)
AlA DOCUMENT AI0t/CM . OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT . CONSTRUCTION
MANAGEMENT EDITION . JUNE 1980 EDITION . AlA- . @1980 . THE AMERICAN
I"HITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 173S NEW YORK AVE., N.W" WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006
A101/CM -1980 4
7.3 Temporary facilities and services:
(He,e Insert tempor.ry (ilci/llIes Mtd JervlceJ which .re diHerent (rom 01 in addition to those Included e/$ewhere In the Contrilct OocumenrsJ
7.4 Working Conditions:
(Here list ilny speci.1 conditions ilHeeting the Contr.ct.)
This Agreement entered into as of the day and year first written above.
OWNER
CONTRACTOR
AlA DOCUMENT Al01/CM . OWNER.CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT. CONSTRUCTION
fo.A"NAGEMENT EDITION' JUNE 1960 EDITION. AlAe. @1960 . THE AMERICAN
. TnUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 173S NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006
A101/CM -1980 5
PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND
BY THIS BOND, We , as Principal and
, a corporation, as Surety, are bound to
herein called Owner, in the sum of $ for paYment
which we bind ourselyes, our heirs, personal representatives,
successors, and assigns, jointly and severally.
THE CONDITION OF THIS BOND is that if Principal:
,
of
1. Performs the contract dated , 19___, between
Principal and Owner for construction of
the contract being made a part of this bond by reference, at
times and in the manner prescribed in the contract; and
,
the
2. Promptly makes paYments to all claimants, as defined in
section 255.05(1), Florida Statutes, supplying Principal with
labor, materials, or supplies, used directly or indirectly by
Principal in the prosecution of the work provided for in the
contract; and
3. Pays Owner all losses, damages, expenses, costs, and
attorney's fees, including appellate proceedings, that Owner
sustains because of a default by Principal under the contract;
and
4. Performs the guarantee of all work and materials furnis~ed
under the contract for the time specified in the contract, then
this bond is void; otherwise it remains in full force.
Any changes in or under the contract documents and compliance
with any formalities connected with the contract or the changes
does not affect Suretyls obligation under this bond.
DATE ON , 19___
(NAME OF PRINCIPAL)
BY
(AS ATTORNEY IN FACT)
(NAME OF SURETY)
11/20/91
PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BONO
00610 - 1
THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS
.
AlA Document A201/CM
CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION
General Conditions of the Contract
for Construction
THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES; CONSULTATION
WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED.
1980 EDITION
TABLE OF ARTICLES
1. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
8. TIME
2. ADMINISTRATION OF THE
CONTRACT
9. PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION
3. OWNER
10. PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND
PROPERTY
4. CONTR-\CTOR
11. INSURANCE
5. SUBCONTRACTORS
12. CHANGES IN THE \VORK
6. \NORK BY O\VNER OR BY
SEPARATE CONTRACTORS
13. UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION
OF \VORK
7. MISCELLANEOUS PROV1SlrJNS
414. TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT
Copyright 1975, <S 1980, by The American Institute of Architects, 1735 New York Avenue, :-.l.W., Washington, D.C. 20006.
Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission ot the r\IA violates
the copyright laws of the United States and will be subject to legal prosecution.
AlA DOCUM["T A201!CM ' GEI<;ERAl CO"DITJOSS OF THE CO "TRACT FOR COSSTRUCTION
CONSTRUCTIO" !'\A"AGE,\lENT EDITION . JUNE 1980 EDITION . AIA~ . e 1960 . THE
AMERICAS 1'5TI>L," OF ARCHITECTS, ,73; NEW YORK AVE., N 1\'., I\'A5H!SGiOS. D.C. 20006
A201/CM -1980 1
Acceptance of Defective of Non-Conforming Work. .6.2.2, 13.3
Acceptance of Work,........,....... .9.5.5, 9.8.1, 9.9.1, 9.9.3
Access to Work .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . .2.3.6, 6.2.1
Accident Prevention"..,..,.. .. . .., . . . .. .. ." . .. , .2.3.5,10
Acts and Omissions............. .4.18.3,7.4,7.6.2,8.3.1,10.5
Addenda, Definition of ..,..,....... .." . ., . .. .... .. .. .1.1.1
Additional Costs, Claims for ................,......,.. ,12.3
ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRAO ............. .2,4.3.3
Agreement, Extent of .,......"..,................. .1.1,1.2
All Risk Insurance,................................ ..11.3.1
Allowances ..,......,............,.................., .4.8
Applications for Payment, Contractor's. ., . . . .2.3.8,9.2.1,9.3.1,
9.3.3.,9.5.3,9.7.1,9.8.2,9.9.1,9.9.3,9.9.5, 11.3.1, 14.2.2
Applications for Payment,
Project. . . .. . ........,. .2.3.8,2.3.9,9.3.1,9.4,9.6.1,9.7,1
Approvals. . .. .,. . .... ..... .. .. .2.3.18, 3.4, 4.3.3, 4.5, 4.12.4,
4.12.5,4.12.6,4.12.8,4.13.2,7.7,9.3.2
Arbitration....... .2.3.15,2.3.23,6.2.5,7.9,8.3.1,11.3.7,11.3.3
Architect, Definition of , ., .. .. . . . . ., .. . . . . . .. . . . . . ., .. . ,2.1
Architect, Extent of Authority. . . . . . . .2.3, 3.4, 4.12.8, 5.2, 7.7.2,
8.1.3,8.1.4,8.3.1,9.2,9.3.1,9.4,9.5.3,9.6,9.8, 9.9.1,9.9.3,
12.1.1,12.1.4,12.3.1,12.4.1,13.1,13.2.1,13.2.5,14.2
Architect, Limitations of Authority and Responsibility. . . . .2.3.2
through 2.3.5, 2.3.13 through 2.3.18, 2.3.22, 4.12.&,
5.2.1, 9.4.2, 9.5.4, 9.5.5, 12.4
Architect's Additional Services.. .3.4,7.7.2,13.2.1,13.2.5,14.2.2
Architect's Approvals..,.. .2.3.18, 3.4,4.5, 4.12.6, 4.12.8, 4.18.3
Architect's Authority to Reject Work... .2.3.16,4.5,13.1.2,13.2
Architect's Copyright. . ., . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . .1.3
Architect's Decisions...,......... .2.3.10 through 2.3.16, 7.7.2,
7.9.1,9.2,9.4,9.6.2,9.8.1,12.1.4,12.3.1
Architect's Inspections........ .2.3.16,2.3.21,9.4.2,9.8.1,9.9.1
Architect's Instructions........, .2.3.16,2.3.19,7.7.2, 12.4, 13.~
Architect's Interpretations........ .2.3.10 through 2.3.13, 12.3.2
Architect's On-Site Observations...... .2.3.4,2.3.6,2.3.9,7.7.1,
7.7.4,9.4.2,9.6.1,9.9.1
Architect's Relationship with Contractor. . . . . .1.1.2, 2.3.5, 2.3.6,
2.3.13,2.3.16,4.3.3, 4.S, 4.7.3, 4.12.6, 4.18,11.3.6
Architect's Relationship with
Subcontractors................ . .1.1.2,2.3.16,9.5.3,9.5.4
Arch,tect's Representations .................9.4.2, 9.&.1, 9.9.1
Arti,tlc EHect ................ ...... .12.3,2.3.14,2.3.15,7.9.1
Attorn,")",' Fees ......................... .4.18.1, 6.2.5, 9.9.2
..'.ward at Separate ContractS.......... . .,. .. . ...... .., .6.1.1
\\\ard ui SubcuntraCI' arod (J:he' CU"I:,'(t, rur
Portion> at the \\'ork ....... . .' . ..... .,. ... . ... ., .. .5.2
Boiler and ,"1achiner~ Insurance...................... .11.3.2
Bonds, Lien ....................................9.3.3, 9.9.2
Bonds, Performance, Labor and ,\Ial"rlal Payment. . . . .7.5,9.9.3
Building Permit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.7
Certificate of Substantial CompletIOn. . . .9.8.1,98.2,9.8.3,9.8.4
Certificates of Inspection, Testing or Approval........... .7.7.3
Certificates of Insurance....................... .9.3.2,11.1.4
Certificates for Payment, Project....... .2.3.9, 2.3.21, 9.4, 9.5.1,
9.5.5,9.6.1,9.7.1,9.8.2,9.9.1,9.9.3,12.1.4, 14.1.1, 14.2.2
Change Orders.............. .1.1.1,2.3.19,3.4,4.8.2.3,4.11.1,
5.2.3,7.7.2,8.3.1,9.7,9.9.3,11.3.1,11.3.5,11.3.7,
12.1,12.2.1, "12.3.1, 13.1.2,13.2.5,13.3.1
Change Orders, Definition of ........................ .12.1.1
CHANGES IN THE WORK................. .2.3.19,4.11.1, 12
INDEX
Claims for Additional Cost or Time. . . . .8.3.2, 8.3.3, 12.2.1, 12.3
Claims for Damages. . . . ." . . . . . . . .6.1.1,6.2.5,7.4,8.3,9.6.1.2
Claims and Disputes Between Contractor
and Owner........,.... .2.3.12,2.3.15, 2.3.23,4.18.2, 7.9
Cleaning Up .,. . . ., ... .. . . .. . .., . . . ., . . . . . . .. . .,. .4.15, 6.3
Commencement of the Work, Conditions Relating to ,3.2.1,4.2,
4.7,1,4.10,5.2.1,6.2.2,7.5,9.2,11.1,11.3.4
Communications,.......,."......... .2.3.2,3.2.6,4.9.1,4.16
Completion,
Conditions Relating to . . .2.3.21, 4.11, 4.15, 9.4.2, 9.9, 13.2.2
COMPLETION, PAYMENTS AND..........,.,.............9
Completion of the Project, Substantial ....,..8.1.4, 9.8.3, 9.8.4,
9.9.4,9.9.5,9.9.6,13.2.1,13.2.2
Completion of the Work, Substantial ........2.3.21, 8.1.1, 8.1.3,
8.2.2,9.8,9.4.2,9.9.3,11.3.9
Compliance with Laws . . . . . . . . . . . .1.3, 2.1.1, 4.6, 4.7, 4.13, 7.1,
7.6.1, 7.7.1, 10.2.2, 14.2.1
Concealed Conditions. . . . . . . . ., . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .12.2
Consent, Written ......,............ .2.3.22,4.14.2,7.2,7.6.2,
9.8.1,9.9.2,9.9.3,11.3.9
Construction Manager, Definition of .....................2.2
Construction Manager's Approval ...............4.10.1, 4.13.2
Construction Manager's
Additional Services..,..... .3.4,7.7.2,13.2.1,13.2.5,14.2.2
Construction Manager's Authority and Responsibility. . . . .2.3.3,
2.3.5,2.3.16,2.3.10,2.3.22,4.8.1,4.17.1,4.18.3,
7.7.4,9.2,10.2.5,11.3.6,12.1.4,14.1.1
Construction Manager's Confirmation .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.9.3
Construction Manager's Consultation with the Architect ,2.3.12,
2.3.16, :U.19, 2.3.21,3.4.1,9.6.1,9.8.1,12.1.4,12.3.1,14.2.1
Construction Manager's Coordination and Scheduling... .2.3.7,
2.3.17,4.3.1,4.10.1,4.12.4
Construction Manager's Decisions. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .6.3, 8.3.1
Construction Manager's Determinations. .2.3.3. 6.3.1, 7.7.2, 8.3.1
Construction Manager's Interests................ .11.3.1,11.3.2
Construction Manager's Recommendations... .2.3.8, 2.3.9, 9.3:1,
9.4.1,9.7.1,9.9.1,12.1.1
Construction Manager's Relationship
with Architect.................. .1.1.2. 2.3.1, 2.3.3. 2.3.21
Construction Manager's Relationship with Contractor. . . . .1.1.2,
2.3.15,2.3.16,3.2.6,4.2.1,4.3.3,4.5,4.7.3,4.11.1, 412.4, 4.12.6,
4.16.1,4.17.1,4.18,5.2.6.2.1.6.2.2,7.6.2.7.7. 791, 7.9.2.
8.3.1, 8.3.2, 9.4.1, 9.5.4. 9.8.1, 9.9.1. 10.2.6, 1114, 11.3.6
Construction Manager's Relationship
,,\'ith Subcontractors....... ~ 1 ..., :,~~.irl. 5.3.1
C.,rHructlon \\anager's Revle\\ ......... .:3.0. :~.17, 5.2.1
Construction Schedule, Contractor'S.... . ....... .-<.10
Contract, DefinitiOn of ............................... .1.12
Contract Administration....... . ., . . ...... . ....... .2.3,4.3.3
Contract Award and Execution.
Conditions Relating to ..... .4.7.1. 410, 5.2, 75, 11.1, 11.3.4
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS .........................,...,.,
Contract Documents,
Copies Furnished and Use of .......,...... .1.3, 3.2.5, 5.3
Contract Documents, Definition of .................... .1.1.1
Contract !I,\odifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.1.1, 12
Contract Sum, Definition of ...........................9.9.1
Contract Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ., .14
Contract Time, Definition of .... ...... . ............... .8.1.1
CONTRACTOR ................................,........4
Contractor, Definition of ......................... .4.1,6.1.2
Contractor's Construction Schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .4.10
2 A201/CM-1980
AlA DOCUMENT A201/CM . GENERAL COr-;DITIONS OF THE CONTRACT fOR CONSTRUCTIO.N
COr-;STRUCTION MA""'GE.\\ENT EDITION . JUNE 1980 EDITION . AIAt . (S'1980 . THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1~35 "E\\ YORK AVE., NW. \\.ASH:....GTO...., D.C. 20006
Contractor's Employees, ... . .4.3.2,4.4.2,4.8.1,4.9, 4.18, 10.2.1
through 10.2.4, 10.2.6, 10.3, 11.1.1
Contractor's Liability Insurance "...,........,..,....,..11.1
Contractor's Relationship with Architect.. . . . .1.1.2, 2.3.5, 2.3.6,
2.3.13,2.3.16,4.3.3,4.5,4.7.3,4.12.6,4.18,11.3.6
Contractor's Relationship with Construction Manager. . . . .1.1.2,
2.3.15,2.3.16,3,2.6,4.2.1,4.3.3,4.5,4.7.2, 4.11.1, 4.12.4,
4.12.6,4.16.1,4.17.1,4.18,5.2,6.2.1,6.2.2,7.6.2, 7.7, 7.9.1,
7.9.2,8.3.1,8.3.2,9.4.1,9.5.4,9.8.1,9.9.1,10.2.6, 11.1.4, 11.3.6
Contractor's Relationship with Separate Contractors
and Owner's Forces ............. . . . . , . . , . . . . . . .3.2.7, 6
Contractor's Relationship with
Subcontractors . . . . . . . . . .1.2.4, 5.2, 5.3, 9.5.2, 11.3.3, 11.3,6
Contractor's Representations..,. . . .. .. .1.2.2, 4.5, 4.12.5, 9.3.3
Contractor's Responsibility for Those
Performing the Work. .,. .. . . . ., . .. . .. ,., .4.3.2,4.18, 10
~ontractor's Review of Contract Documents. . . .1.2.2,4.2,4.7.3
Contractor's Right to Stop the Work .........,...........9.7
Contractor's Right to Terminate the Contract. . . . . . . . . . . . .14.1
Contractor's Submittals..,....,..,... .2.3.18,4.10,4.12,5.2.1,
5.2.3,9.2,9.3.1,9.8.1,9.9.2,9.9.3
Contractor's Superintendent. . . . . . , , , . .. , . . . . , . . . . .4.9, 10.2,6
Contractor's Supervision and
Construction Procedures.,. . . . . . . .1.2.4, 2.3.5, 4.3, 4,4, 10
Contractual liability Insurance. . . ., .,...". . .. . ., . ... .11.1.3
Coordination and Correlation. , . . . . . . .1.2.2, 1.2.4, 4.3.1, 4,10.1,
4.12.5,6.1.3,6.2.1
Copies Furnished of Drawings and Specifications. .1.3, 3.2.5, 5.3
Correction of Work................".. ,3.3,3.4,10.2.5,132
Cost, Definition of .,......................,........ .12.1.4
Costs...... .3.4, 4.8.2, 4.15.2, 5.2.3, 6.1.1, 6.2.3, 6.2.5,6.3,7.7.1,
7.7.2,9.7,11.3.1,11.3.5,12.1.3,12.1.4,12.3,13.1.2, 13.2, 14.2.2
Cutting and Patching of Work. . . . . . . . . . . . , . , , . . . , . ..' . .4.14
Damage to the Work........... .4.14.2,10.2.1.2,10.2.7,11.3.1
Damage to Work... . . . . . . ., ,.4,14.2,4.18.1,6.2.4,6.2.5,9.6.15,
10.2.1,3,10.2.2,10.2.5,10.3,13.2.6
Damages, Claims for................. .6.1.1, b.2.5, 7.4,9.6.1.2
Damages for Delay .... . , . . . . . . . . , . . . . , . . . . . .6.1.1, 8.3.4, 9.i
Day, Definition of ............. . .. . ., . . . . .. . . .. .,.... .8.1.5
Decisions of the Architect. . . . . . . . .2.3.10 through 2.3.16, 7.7.2,
7.9.1,9.2,9.4,9.6.1,9.8.1,12.1.4,12,3.1
Decisions of the Construction Manager.,. . . . . .. . . . . .6.3,8.3.1
Defective or Non-Conforming Work, Acceptance,
Rejection and Correction of . . . . . .2.3.4, 2.3.16, 3.3, 3.4, 4.5,
6.2.2,6.2.3,9.6.1.1,9.9.4.2,13
Definitions. .. ., . ..... . .. .1,1,2,1,2.2,3.1,4.1,4.12.1 through
4.12.3,5.1,6.1.2,8.1,9.1.1,12.1.1,12.1.4
Delays and Extensions of Time. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . ,. . . . . . ... .8,3
Disputes.. .,. . . . . .....,. .2.3.12, 2.3.15, 2.3.23, 6.2.5, 6.3, 7.9.1
Documents and Samples at the Site, . .'. .. ... . . .... . .. . .4.11
Drawings and Specifications,
Use and Ownership of .... . . .... ..... .1.3, 3.2.5, 4,11, 5.3
Easements ,. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . , , . . , . . . . . . . .3.2.3
Emergencies .....,.,.................,...........,.. .10.3
Employees, Contractor's.......... .4.3.2, 4.4.4, 4.8.1, 4.9, 4.18,
10.2.1 through 10.2.4, 10.2.6, 10.3, 11.1.1
Equipment, labor, Materials and..... .1.1.1,4.4,4.5,4.12,4.13,
4.15,1,6.2.1,9.3.2,9.3.3,9.6.1.3,9.9.2,
10.2,1.2,11.3.1,12.1.4,13.2.2,13.2.5,14
Execution and Progress of the Work......... 1.1.3,1.2.3,2.3.4,
2.3.5,2.3.11,4.2,4.4.1,4.5,4.7.1,6.2.2,7.9.3,
8.2.2,8.3.1,8.3.2,9.6.1,10.2.3,10.2.4,14.2
Execution, Correlation and Intent of
the Contract Documents, .,. .,. . . .. . . ., ..... . .1.2, 4.7.1
Extensions of Time.,.. . ., . . . .. . ..,. . . .,., .8.3, 12.1.1,12.1.2
Failure of Payment by Owner. . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.7, 14.1
Failure of Payment of Subcontractors..,.. .9.6.1.3.9.9.2,14.2.1
Failure to Carry out the Work.... . .. . . . .,.. ....,...., . .2.3.5
Final Completion and Final Payment. . .2.3.15, 2.3.21, 9.9, 13.3.1
Financial Arrangements, Owner's ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . ,3.2.1
Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance. . .. . '" ........ .11.3.1
Governing law...........................,....,...... .7.1
Indemnification....,.....,.,.......... .4.17, 4.18. 6.2.5, 9.9.2
Identification of Contract Documents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .1.2.1
Identification of Subcontractors and Suppliers. ..,..... .. .5.2.1
Information and Services Required of
the Owner,... .... .,.. .... .... . .. . .3.2, 6.1, 9, 11.2, 11.3
Inspections......,...... .2.3.16,2.3.21,4.3.3,7.7,12.1,2,9.9.1
Instructions to Bidders. . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,. , . . . . .1.1.1
Instructions to the Contractor. ... . . . . . .2.3.2, 3.2.6, 4.8.1,7.7.2,
12.1.2,12.1.4
INSURANCE ...,......,...........................9.8.1,11
Insurance, Contractor's Liability ...,...........,....... .11.1
Insurance, loss of Use.. . . . .. ... . .. .. . . .. ... ......... . .11.4
Insurance, Owner's Liability.. . .. . .. .. . . . . .. ..... .... . . .11.2
Insurance, Property ..".....,.....,....,.,......,.,.. .11.3
Insurance, Boiler and Machinery ................,..... .11.3.2
Insurance, Special Hazards ..........,..,............ .11.3,5
Insurance, Stored Materials.... ... . . . . .. . . . ......9.3.2,11,3.1
Insurance Companies, Consent to Partial Occupancy... . .11.3,9
Insurance Companies, Settlement With. . . . . ., . ......,. .11.3.8
Intent of the Contract
Documents... . .. .. . . . .. .1.2.3, 2.3.10, 2.3.13, 2.3.14, 12.4
Interest ..,......,.......................,............7.8
Interpretations, Written....... .1.1.1,2.3.11,2.3.12,2.3.13,12.4
labor, Materials and Equipment. . . . . . .1.1.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.12, 4.13,
4.15.1,6.2.1,9.3.2,9.3.3,9.6.1.3,9.2.2,10.2.1.2,
11.3.1,12.1.4,13.2.2,13.2.5,14
labor and Material Payment Bond. . .. . .,. .,.... ..,.., " .7.5
labor Disputes. .,..,. ... . . . .. . . .. . .. . .... .. ..... .... .8.3.1
laws and Regulations...,......... 1.3,2.1.1,4.6,4.7,4.13,7.1,
7.6.1, 7.7.1, 10.2.2, 14
liens. . ., . . . . . . . . . . , .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . .9.3.3, 9.9.2, 9.9.4.1
Limitations of Authority.. ... ... ..... . .. . .2.3.2, 11.3.8, 12.4.1
Limitations of liability,. . .. .. '" .2.3.13,2.3.16,2.3.18,3.3,4.2,
4.7.3,4.12.6,4.17,4.18,6.2.2,7.6.2,9.4.2,
9.5.4,9.9.4,9.9.5,10.2.5,11.1.2,11.3.6
limitations of Time, General....... .2.3.11,2.3.18,3.2.1,3.2.4,
4.2,4.7.1,4.7.3,4.12.4,4.15.1,5.2.1,5.2.3,6.2.2,7.4,
7.7,7.9.2,8.2,9.5.2,9.6.1,9.8,9.9,11.3.1,11.3.4,
11.3.9,12.1.4,12.4,13.2.1,13.2.2,13.2.5
limitations of Time, Specific. . . .. . . . .3.4, 4.10, 7.9.2, 8.2, 8.3,2,
8.3.3,9.2,9.3.1,9.4.1,9.5.1,9.7,11.1.4,11,3.8,
12.2,12.3.1,13.2.2,13.2.7,14.1,14.2.1
limitations, Statutes of .................. .7,9.2,13.2.2, 13.2.7
loss of Use Insurance... . , . . . . . . . . , . . . .' , . . ..' ... ... . .11.4
AlA DOCUMENT A201/CM . GENERAL CONDITIONS Of THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION . JUNE 1980 EDITION . AlAe . @ 1980 . THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE Of ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE.. N.W., WASHINGTON. D.C. 20006
A201/CM-1980 3
Materials, labor and Equipment. . . . . . .1.1.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.12, 4.13,
4.15.1,6.2.1,9.3.2,9.3.3, 9.6.1.3, 9.9.2,
10.2.1.2,11.3.1,12.1.4,13.2.2,13.2.5,14
Material Suppliers., . .,. ,.. ..... . ..,., .,. .4.12.1, 5.2.1, 9.3.3
Means, Methods, Techniques, Sequences and
and Procedures of Construction. ,.. ... . .2.3.5, 4.3.1, 9.4.2
Minor Changes in the Work............". .1.1.1,2.3.19, 12.4
MISCElLANEOUS PROVISIONS ........................... 7
Modifications, Definition of .................,......', .1.1.1
Modifications to the Contract ,...,...1.1.1, 1.1.2, 2,3.2, 2.3.22,
4.11.1, 4.7.3, 12
Mutual Responsibility ................................ ..6.2
Non-Conforming Work, Acceptance of Defective or .. ., . . .13,3
Notice, Written. . .... ..... .2.3.11, 2.3.15, 4.2, 4.7.3, 4.7.4, 4.9,
4,12,6,4.12,7,5.2.1,7.3,7.4,7.9.2,8.1.2,8.3.2,8.3.3,
9.4.1,9.6.1,9.7,9.9.1,9.9.5,10.2.6,11.1.4,11.3.1,
11.3,5,11,3.7,11.3.8,12.2,12,3,13.2.2,13.2,5,14
Notices, Permits, Fees and..... .'...., .2.3.2, 4.7, 4.13.1,10.2.2
Notice of Testing and Inspections. . ... ..... . ., . .. ....... .7.7
Notice to Proceed. . .. . ., .. .. ...... . ., .., ...,. . . ..... .8.1.2
Observations, Contractor's, ., .., . ...,. .. . ... .,. . .1.2.2, 4.7.3
Occupancy. . .. ... . .' ...,. ... . ...., .8.1.3, 8.1.4, 9.5.5, 11.3.9
On-Site Inspections
by the Architect, . ....... . .2.3.16,2.3.21,9.4.2,9.8.1,9.9.1
On-Site Observations by the Architect.,.. . .. .2.3.4, 2.3.6, 2.3.9,
7.7.1, 7.7.4, 9.4.2, 9.6.1, 9.9.1
Orders, Written.. .. . . . . ..... . ... .3.3, 4.9, 12,1.4, 12.4,1, 13 I
OWNER ............... ....... ......... .......... ......3
Owner, Definition. .,. . .. ...,... .,............... ..... .3.1
Owner, Information and Services
Required of the. .,. , . .. . .3.2, 4.7.1, 6.1.3, 6.2, 9, 11.2, 11.3
Owner's Authority. . ,."..... . . .. .. .2.3.21, 7.7.2, 9.3.1, 9.3.2,
9.8,1,11.3.8,12.1.2,12.1.4
Owner's Financial Capability...."....,..,........,., ,3.2.1
Owner's liability Insurance ........,...,.,.,.......". .11.2
Owner's Relationship with Subcontractors.. .. .. .. . ,1.1.2,9,5.4
Owner's Right to Carry Out the Work ..",.,.. . , . . . 3.4, 13.2.4
Owner's Right to Clean Up .............'......,. .4.15.2, 6.3
Owner's Right to Perform Work and to
Award Separate Contracts. ... ..,.. . .... ... . .' ... ... .6.1
Owner's Right to Terminate the Contract. . ,. . . . . ., . . . , . . .14.2
Owner's Right to Stop the Work.,.....,..........,..... .3.3
Ownership and Use of Documents.. ... .,.... . . .1.3, 3.2,5, 5.3
Patching of Work, Cutting and ..............,......,.. .4,14
Patents, Royalties and. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .' . .. ., . , . . . . . . .4.17.1
Payment Bond, labor and Material. .... ..... . ., . .. ... ... .7.5
Payment, Contractor's Applications for.. '" .2.3.8,9.2,9.3,9.4,
9.5.3,9.6.1,9.7.1,9.8.2,9.9.1,9.9.5,14.2.2
Payment, Project Certificates for.. ..... .2.3.9,2.3.21,9.4,9.5.1,
9.5.5,9.6.1,9.7.1,9.8.2,9.9.1,9.9.3,12.1.4,14.1.1,14.2.2
Payment, Failure of ........,....,. .9.5.2,9.6.1.3,9.7,9.9.2,14
Payment, Final.......,............ 2.3.15, 2.3.21, 9.9, 13.3.1
Payments, Progress.,. ." ..' .7.8,7.9.3,9.5.5,9.8.2,9.9,3,12.1.4
PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION.........,................9
Payments to Subcontractors .,.,......9.5.2,9,5.3,9.5.4.9.6.1.3,
11,3.3, 14.2.1
Payments Withheld ......................,.............9.6
Performance Bond and labor and Material Payment Bond. . ,7.5
Permits, Fees and Notices .,............3.2.3, 4.7, 4.13, 10.2,2
PERSONS AND PROPERTY, PROTECTION Of ,... . , . . . . . . . .10
Product Data, Definition of ....,.....,.,......,......14.2,2
Product Data, Shop Drawings, Samples and.. .2,3.18, 4.2.1, 4.12
Progress and Completion. . . . . .. ,.. ... . .,... .2.3.4, 7.9.3, 8.2
Progress Payments......... ,7.8,7.9.3,9.5.5,9.8.2,9.9.3,12.1.4
Project, Definition of .......,....................... ,1.1,4
Project Construction Schedule. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. , . . . . .4.10
Property Insurance. .. , , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . .. .. . . . . . . .11.3
PROTECTION Of PERSONS AND PROPERTY ,..........,. .10
Record Documents ,....,...,..............,."."... .4.11
Regulations and laws.............. .1.3,2.1.1,4.6,4.7,4.13.1,
7.1,10.2.2,14
Rejection of Work...... . .. .., ...... ..,.. .2.3,16, 4.5.1, 13.2
Releases of Waivers and Liens ,...............,...9.9.2, 9,9.4
Representations. ..... .... . .1.2.2, 4.5, 4.12.5, 9.4.2, 9.6.1, 9.9.1
Representatives... .2.1, 2.2, 2.3.2, 2.3.22, 3.1, 4.1. 4.9, 5.1, 9.3.3
Responsibility for Those Performing the Work .... .2.3.5, 4.3.2,
6,1.3,6.2,9.8.1
Retainage .............,....... ,9.3.1,9.5.2,9.8.2,9.9.2,9.9.3
Review of Contract Documents by the Contractor... . ., .1.2,2,
4.2,4.7,3
Reviews of Contractor's Submittals by Owner and
Architect,...,.... .. .,. .2.3.18,4.10,4.12,5.2.1, 5.2.3, 9.2
Rights and Remedies. . ..,.. .. . . , ,1.1.2,2.3.15,2.3.16, 3.3, 3.4,
5.3,6.1,6.3,7.6, 7.9, 8.3.1, 9.6,1, 9,7,
10.3, 12.1.2,12.2, 13.2.2, 14
Royalties and Patents ...,.,.......................... .4.17
Safety of Persons and Property ..,..,.....,..,.....,... .10.2
Safety Precautions and Programs.."....,........ .2.3.5, 10.1
Samples, Definition of ,..............................4.12.3
Samples, Shop Drawings, Product Data and. . . .. .2.3.17,2.3,18,
. 4.2, 4.12
Samples at the Site, Documents and .,....,............ .4.11
Schedule, Contractor's Construction. . . . . . . . . ,. . ., . . . . . , .4,10
Schedule, Project Construction... . . ." ... . .. . .,. .. . . ., .4.10
Schedule of Values .,.,...,.,......,...................9.2
Separate Contracts and Contractors.... .4.14.2,6,11.3.6,13.1.2
Shop Drawings, Definition ....,.,......,...,........ .4~12.1
Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples..,......... .2.3.17,
2.3.18, 4.2, 4.12
Site, Use of ........ .., . .,... . .. .. ... .,.. ...... . .4.13,6.2.1
Site Inspections.,....... .. .1.2.2, 2.3.4, 2.3.21, 7.7, 9.8.1, 9.9.1
Site Visits, Architect's.,.... .. . ....... .2.3.4, 2.3.6, 2.3.9, 7.7.1,
7.7.4, 9.4.2, 9.6.1, 9.9.1
Special Inspection and Testing. .. . . . ...... .. ... .. .2.3.16, 7.7
Special Hazards Insurance......, ............ .....,.. .11.3.5
Specifications.........,...,...",... ....... .1.1.1,1,2.4,1.3
Statutes of Limitations....,..........,... .7.9.2,13.2.2,13.2.7
Stopping the Work. . . . .. . . . . . . . . . ., . . .. .3.3, 9.7.1, 10.3, 14.1
Stored Materials........,.. .6.2.1,9.3.2,10.2.1.2,11.3.1,13.2.5
SUBCONTRACTORS .........,.................... . . . . , .5
Subcontractors, Definition of .,... ,.......,...,.,.... .5,1.1
Subcontractors, Work by ,.,.... . , . .1.2.4, 2.3.5, 4.3.1, 4.3,2
Subcontractual Relations .,.... ...................,.. .5.3
Submittals.,..,.,.,..,..... .1.3,2,3.18,4.10,4.12,5,2.1,5.2.3,
9.2,9.3.1,9.8.1,9,9,1, 9.9,3
, A201/CM-1980
AlA DOCUMENT A201/CM . GENERAL CONDITIONS Of THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION . JUNE 1980 EDITION . AlA- . Ii) 1980 . THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE Of ARCHITECTS, 173S NEW YORK AVE.. N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006
Subrogation, Waiver of ..........'.................. .11.3.6
Substantial Completion of the Project. ., .. . . .8.1.4, 9.8.3, 9.8.4,
9.9.4,9.9.5,9.9.6,13.2.1,13.2.2
Substantial Completion of the Project, Definition oi ..,.. .8.1.4
Substantial Completion oi the Work,.. . . . . .2.3.21,8.1.1,8.1.3,
8.2.2,9.4.2,9.8,9.9.3,11.3.9
Substantial Completion of the Work, Definition of ....... .8.1.3
Substitution oi Subcontractors, . . . . . . . . .,. . .. .... .5.2.3, 5.2.4
Substitution oi the Architect .....,......,. . . . . . . . . . . . .2.3.23
Substitution of the Construction Manager......,...... .2.3.23
Substitutions oi Materials. . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. .,. . ... .4.5, 12.1.4
Sub-subcontractors, Definition oi .."".........,......,5.1.2
Subsuriace Conditions ............................,. .12.1.1
Successors and Assigns. . . . . . . . . . .. . . ....... . ... . .. .. .. .7.2
Supervision and Construction Procedures. . . .,.. .. .1.2.4,2.3.3,
4.3, 4.4, 10
Superintendent, Contractor's. . . . . , , . , . . . . . , . . . . . . .4.9, 10.2.6
Surety, Consent of .....,.......,.,...,.......,..9.9.2, 9.9.3
Surveys................,..,.........,........ .3.2.2,4.18.3
Taxes .,....,.........,..,...,........,..,........,. ,4.6
Termination by the Contractor. . . .. . . .,. .. .,. ... .. .. . . .14.1
Termination by the Owner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . , . . . . . . . . . . . .14.2
Termination of the Architect .........................2.3.23
Termination oi the Construction Manager. . . , . . . . . . . . . .2.3.23
TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT. ...... .......,.... . . .14
Tests.............".............,.. .2.3.16,4.3.3, 7.i, 9.4.2
TIME .............,........................,...........8
Time, Definition of ........,.,.,...................,.. .8.1
Time, Delays and Extensions of ......... .8.3, 12.1, 12.3, 13.2.7
Time limits, Specific.............. .3.4,4.10, 7.9.2, 8.2, 8.3.2,
8.3.3,9.2,9.3.1,9.4.1,9.5.1,9.7,11.1.4,
11.3.8,12.2,12.3.1,13.2.2,13.2.7,14.1,14.2.1
Title to Work ....,..,..................,....,..9.3.2, 9,3.3
UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK .... . . . . . . . . .13
Uncovering of Work. . . .. . . .,. . . . . . . ... .. .. ....' ... .. .13.1
Uniorseen Conditions. . . '. . ..., .. . ,. . . .. . . . . . ., . .8.3.1,12.2
Unit Prices ..................,.....,....... .12,1,3.2, 12.1.5
Use oi Documents. ... . . . . . . .,. .. . . . .. . . .. ., . .1.3, 3.2,5, 5,3
Use of Site. . . , .' . . . .. . . , ... .. " . . .. . . . ., . .." . .4.13, 6,2.1
Values, Schedule oi ......,........ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.2
Waiver oi Claims by the Contractor.... 7.6.2,8.3.2,9.9.5,11.3.6
Waiver oi Claims by the Owner, . . . . .7.6.2, 9.9.4, 11.3.6, 11.4.1
Waiver oi liens ...........,..................... . . , . .9.9.2
Warranty and Warranties. .. . . .. . . . . . . .2.3.21,4.5,9.3.3, 9.8.4,
9.9.4, 13.2.2, 13.2.7
Weather Delays.,. .. . . . . .. . . .,. . . . . . ... . . . . . . .. ., . ., .8.3,1
Words, Recognized Meaning of ....................... .1.2.3
Work. Definition of ........................,........ .1.1.3
WORK BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS.......6
Written Consent. . . . . ., . . ,2.3.22, 4.14.2, 7.2, 7.6.2, 9.8.1, 9.9.3
Written Interpretations...............,.. .1.1.1, 2.3.11, 12.3.2
Written ~otlce ...... .2.3.11, 2.3.15, 4.2, 4.7.3, 4.7.4, 4.9, 4.12.6,
4.12.7,5.2.1,7.3,7.4,7.7.2,7.9.2,8.1.2,8.3.2,8.3.3,9.4.1,
9.6.1,9.7,9.9.1,10.2.6,11.1.4,11.3.1,11.3.5,11.3.7,
11.3.8, 12.2,12.3,13.2.2,13.2.5,14
Written Orders.................. .3.3,4.9,12.1.4,12.4.1,13.1
"14 DOCUMENT "201/CM . GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION . JUNE 1980 EDITION . AlAe . @ 1980 . THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006
A201/C~--1980 5
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
ARTICLE 1
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
1.1 DEFINITIONS
1,1.1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
The Contract Documents consist of the Owner-Contractor
Agreement, the Conditions of the Contract (General, Sup-
plementary and other Conditions), the Drawings, the
Specifications, and all Addenda issued prior to and all
Modifications issued after execution of the Contract. A
Modification is (1) a written amendment to the Contract
signed by both parties, (2) a Change Order, (3) a written
interpretation issued by the Architect pursuant to Sub-
paragraph 2.3.11, or (4) a written order for a minor
change in the Work issued by the Architect pursuant to
Paragraph 12.4. The Contract Documents do not include
Bidding Documents such as the Advertisement or Invita-
tion to Bid, the Instructions to Bidders, sample forms, the
Contractor's Bid or portions of Addenda relating to any
of these, or any other documents unless specifically enu-
merated in the Owner-Contractor Agreement.
1.1.2 THE CONTRACT
The Contract Documents form the Contract for Construc-
tion. This Contract represents the entire and integrated
agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes all
prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either
written or oral. The Contract may be amended or modi-
fied only by a Modification as defined in Subparagraph
1,1.1. The Contract Documents shall not be construed to
create any contractual relationship of any kind between
the Architect and the Contractor, between the Construc-
tion Manager and the Contractor or between the Archi-
tect and the Construction Manager, but the Architect and
the Construction Manager shall be entitled to perform-
ance of the obligations of the Contractor intended for
their benefit and to enforcement thereof. Nothing con-
tained in the Contract Documents shall create any con-
tractual relationship between the Owner, the Construc-
tion Manager or the Architect and any Subcontractor or
Sub-subcontractor.
1.1.3 THE WORK
The Work comprises the completed construction required
of the Contractor by the Contract Documents, and in-
cludes all labor necessary to produce such construction,
and all materials and equipment incorporated or to be
incorporated in such construction.
1.1.4 THE PROJECT
The Project. as defined in the Owner-Contractor "gree-
ment, is the total construction of which the Work per-
formed under the Contract Documents is a part.
1.2 EXECUTION, CORRELATION AND INTENT
1.2.1 The Contract Documents shall be signed in not
less than quadruplicate by the Owner and the Contractor.
If either the Owner or the Contractor or both do not sign
the Conditions of the Contract, Drawings, Specifications
or any of the other Contract Documents, the Architect
shall identify such Documents.
1.2.2 Execution of the Contract by the Contractor is a
representation that the Contractor has visited the site be-
come familiar with the local conditions under which the
Work is to be. performed, and has correlated personal
observatIons With the requirements of the Contract Docu-
ments.
1.2.3 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include
all items necessary for the proper execution and comple-
tion of the Work. The Contract Documents are comple-
mentary, and what is required by anyone shall be as
binding as if required by all. Work not covered in the
Contract Documents will not be required unless it is con-
sistent therewith and is reasonably inferable therefrom as
being necessary to produce the intended results. Words
and abbreviations which have well-known technical or
trade meanings are used in the Contract Documents in
accordance with such recognized meanings.
1.2.4 The organization of the Specifications into divi-
sions, sections and articles, and the arrangement of Draw-
lOgs shall not control the Contractor in dividing the Work
among Subcontractors or in establishing the extent of
Work to be performed bv any trade.
1.3 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF DOCUMENTS
1.3,1. All Drawings, Specifications and copies thereof
furnished by the. Architect are and sh311 remain the prop-
erty of the Architect. They are to be used onlv with re-
spect to th~s Project and are not to be used on 'any other
proJect. With the exception of one contra'ct set for each
party to the Contract, such documents are to be returned
or suitably accounted for to the Architect on request at
the completion of the Work. Submission or distribution
to meet official regulatorv requirement< or for other pur-
poses," connectlun With the Project is not to be con-
strued as publication in derogation of the Architect's
common law copyright or other reserved ri~hts.
ARTICLE 2
ADMINISTRATION Of THE CONTRACT
2.1 THE ARCHITECT
2,1.1 The Architect is the person lawfully licensed to
practice architecture, or an entity lawfully practicing ar-
chitecture, identified as such in the Owner-Contractor
Agreement. The term Architect means the Architect or
the Architect's authorized representative.
2.2 THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER
~.2.1 . The Construction Manager is the person or entity
Identified as such in the Owner-Contractor Agreement.
The term Construction Manager means the Construction
Manager or the Construction Manager's authorized
representative.
2.3 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT
2.3,1 The Architect and the Construction Manager will
A'A DOCUMENT A201/CM . GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTIO~
CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION . JUNE 1980 EDITION . AlA- . @ 1980 . THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006
A201/CM -1980 6
provide administration 01 the Contract as hereinafter
described.
2.3.2 The Architect and the Construction Manager will
be the Owner's representatives during construction and
until final payment to all contractors is due. The Archi-
tect and the Construction ,\1anager will advise and con-
5ult with the Owner. All instructions to the Contractor
5hall be iorwarded through the Construction Manager.
The Architect and the Construction Manager will have
authoritv to act on behalf oi the Owner only to the extent
provided in the Contract Documents. unless otherwise
modified by written instrument in accordance with Sub-
paragraph 2.3.22.
2.3.3 The Construction Manager will determine in gen-
eral that the Work of the Contractor is being performed
in accordance with the Contract Documents. and will en-
deavor to guard the Owner against defects and deficien-
cies in the Work of the Contractor.
2.3.4 The Architect will visit the site at intervals appro-
priate to the stage of construction to become generally
familiar with the progress and quality of the Work and to
determine in general if the Wurk is proceeding in accord-
ance with the Contract Documents. However, the Archi-
tect will not be required to make exhaustive or con-
tinuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quan-
tity of the Work. On the basis of on-site observations as
an architect, the Architect will keep the Owner informed
of the progres5 of the Work, and will endeavor to guard
the Owner against defects and deficiencies in the Work
of the Contractor.
2.3,5 Neither the Architect nor the Construction Man-
ager will be responsible for or have control or charge of
construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or
procedures, or for safety precautions and programs in
connection with the Work, and neither will be respon-
sible for the Contractor's failure to carry out the Work in
accordance with the Contract Documents. Neither the
Architect nor the Construction Manager will be respon-
sible for or have control or charge over the acts or omis-
sions of th~ Contractor. Subcontractors, or any of their
agents or emplovees, or any other persons performing anv
of the Work.
2.3.6 The Architect and the Construction Manager shall
at all times have access to the Work wherever it is in
preparation and progress. The Contractor shall provide
facilities for such access so that the Architect and the
Construction Manager may perform their functions under
the Contract Documents.
2,3.7 The Construction Manager will schedule and coor-
dinate the Work of all contractors on the Project includ-
ing their use of the site. The Construction Manager will
keep the Contractor informed of the Project Construction
Schedule to enable the Contractor to plan and perform
the Work properly.
2,3.8 The Construction Manager will review all Applica-
tions for Payment by the Contractor, including final pay-
ment. and will assemble them with similar applications
from other contractors on the Project into a combined
Project Application for Payment. The Construction Man-
ager will then make recommendations to the Architect
for certification for payment.
2.3.9 Based on the Architect's observations, the recom-
mendations of the Construction Manager and an evalua-
tion oi the Project Application for Payment. the Architect
will determine the amount owing to the Contractor and
will issue a Project Certificate for Payment incorporating
such amount. as provided in Paragraph 9.4.
2.3.10 The Architect will be the interpreter of the re-
qUirements of the Contract Documents and the judge of
the performance thereunder by both the Owner and the
Contractor.
2.3.11 The Architect will render interpretations neces-
sary for the proper execution or progress of the Work,
with reasonable promptness and in accordance with
agreed upon time limits. Either party to the Contract may
make written request to the Architect for such interpreta-
tions.
2.3.12 Claims, disputes and other matters in question
between the Contractor and the Owner relating to the
execution or progress of the Work Or the interpretation
of the Contract Documents shall be referred initially to
the Architect for decision. After consultation with the
Construction Manager, the Architect will render a deci-
~ion in writing within a reasonable time.
2.3.13 All interpretations and decisions of the Architect
shall be consistent with the intent of and reasonably in-
ferable from the Contract Documents and will be in writ-
ing or in graphic form. In this capacity as interpreter and
judge, the Architect will endeavor to secure faithful per-
formance by both the Owner and the Contractor, will not
show partiality to either, and will not be liable for the
result of any interpretation or decision rendered in good
faith in such capacity.
2.3.14 The Architect's decisions in matters relating to
artistic effect will be final if consistent with the intent of
the Contract Documents.
2.3.15 Any claim, dispute or other matter in question
between the Contractor and the Owner reierred to the
Architect through the Construction Manager. except those
relating to artistic effect as provided in Subparagraph
2.3.14 and those which have been waived bv the making
or acceptance of iinal payment a5 provided in Subpara-
graphs 9.9.4 through 9.9.6, inclU5ive. shall be subject to
arbitration upon the written demand oi either party.
However, no demand for arbitration of any such claim,
di~pute or other matter may be made until the earlier of
111 the date on which the Architect has rendered a writ-
ten decision, or (2) the tenth day aiter the parties have
presented their e...idence to the Architect or have been
given a reasonable opportunity to do so, if the Architect
has not rendered a written decision by that date. When
such a written decision of the Architect states (1) that the
decision is final but subject to appeal, and (2) that any
demand for ilTbitration of a claim. dispute or other matter
covered b such decision must be made within thirty days
after the uate on which the party making the demand re-
ceives the written decision, failure to demand arbitration
within said thirty day period will result in the Architect's
decision becoming final and binding upon the Owner
and the Contractor. If the Architect renders a decision
after arbitration proceedings have been initiated, such
decision may be entered as evidence but will not super-
sede any arbitration proceedings unless the decision is
acceptable to all parties concerned.
7 A201/CM -1980
A.A DOCUMENT A201/CM . GENERAL CONDITIONS Of THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION . JUNE 1980 EDITION . AlA. . (S) 1980 . THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE Of ARCHITECTS. 173S NEW YORK AVE., NW.. WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006
2.3.16 The Architect will havE authority to reject Work
which does not conform to the Contract Documents. and
to require special Inspection or testing. but will take such
action only after consultation with the Construction .\1an-
a~er. SubJect to review by the Architect. the Construction
Mana~er will have the authontv to reject Work which
does not conform to the Contrdct Documents. Whenever,
in the Construction Manager'.; opinion. It is con<idered
necessdry or advisable for the implementation of the in-
tent oi the Contrdct Documents. the Construction Man-
ager will have authority to require speCial inspection or
testing of the Work in accordance with Subpara!'lraph
7.7.2 whether or not such Work be then fdbricated. in-
stalled or completed. The foregoing authority of the Con-
,truction Manager will be subject to the provisions of
Subparagraphs 2.3.10 through 2.3.16. inclusive. with re-
spect to interpretations and decisions of the Architect.
However. neither the Architect's nor the Construction
Manager's authoritv to act under this Subparagraph 2.3.16.
nor any decision made by them in good faith either to
exercise or not to exercise such authoritv shall give rise
to anv duty or responsibilitv of the Architect or the Con-
struction Manager to the Contractor, any Subcontractor.
anv of their agents or emplovees. or anv other person
performing any of the Work.
2.3.17 The Construction Manager will receive from the
Contractor and review all Shop Drawing,. Product Data
and Samples. coordinate them with information contained
in related documents, and transmit to the Architect those
recommended for approval.
2.3.18 The Architect will review and approve or take
other appropriate action upon the Contractor's submittals
such as Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples, but
only for conformance with the desi~n concept of the
Work and the information given in the Contract Docu-
ments. Such action shall be taken with reasonable prompt-
ness so as to cause no delay. The Architect's approval of
a specific item shall not indicate approval of an as,embly
of which the item is a component.
2,3.19 Following consultation with the Construction
Manager, the Architect will take appropriate action on
Change Orders in accordance with Article 12. and will
have authority to order minor changes in the Work as
provided in Suboaragraph 12.4.1.
2.3.20 The Construction Manager will maintain at the
Project site one record copy of all Contracts, Drawings,
Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders and other Modi-
fications pertaining to the Project, in good order and
marked currently to record all changes made during
construction, and approved Shop Drawings, Product
Data and S.'mples. These shall be available to the Archi-
tect and \ ...... Contractor, and shall be delivered to the
Architect Jr the Owner upon completion of the Project.
2.3.21 The Construction Manager will assist the Archi-
tect in conducting inspections to determine the dates of
Substantial Completion and final completion, and will
receive and forward to the Owner for the Owner's review
written warranties and related documents required by the
Contract and assembled by the Contractor. The Architect
will issue a final Project Certificate for Payment upon
compliance with the requirements of Paragraph 9.9.
. .
2,3.22 The duties, responsibilities and limitations of
authority of the Architect and the Comtructlon Manager
as the Owner's representatives dUring construction as set
forth in the Contract Documents, \\ ill not be moddied or
extended without written consent oi the 0\\ ner, the Con-
tractor. the Archi tect and the Construction Manager,
which consent shall not be unreasondblv withheld. Failure
of the Contractor to respond within ten da\ s to a written
request shall constitute consent b\ the Contractor.
2.3.23 In case of the termination of the employment of
the Architect or the Construction ,\1anager. the Owner
shall appoint an drchitect or a construction manager
against whom the Contractor makes no reasonable objec-
tion and whose status under the Contract Documents
shall be that of the former architect or construction man-
ager. respectively. Any dispute in connection with such
appointments shall be subject to arbitration.
ARTICLE 3
OWNER
3.1 DEFINITION
3.1.1 The Owner is the person or entity identified as
such in the Owner-Contractor Agreement. The term
Owner means the Owner or the Owner's authorized
representative,
3.2 INFORMATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED OF
THE OWNER
3.2.1 The Owner shall, at the request of the Contractor,
at the time of execution of Ihe Owner-Contractor Agree-
ment furnish to the Contractor reasonable evidence that
the Owner has made financial arrangements to fulfill the
Owner's obligations under the Contract. Unless such
reasonable evidence is furnished. the Contractor is not
required to execute the Owner-Contractor Agreement or
to commence the Work.
3.2.2 The Owner shall furnish all surveys describing the
physical characteristics, legal limitations and utility loca-
tions for the site of the Project. and a legal description of
the site.
3.2.3 Except as provided in Subpdragraph 4.7.1, the
Owner shall secure and pay for necessary approvals, ease-
ments, assessments and charges reqUired for the construc-
tion. use or occupancy of permanent structures or for
permanent changes in existing facilities.
3.2.4 Information or services under the Ow~er's control
shall be furnished by the Owner with reasonable prompt-
ness to avoid delay in the orderly progress of the Work.
3.2.5 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docu-
ments, the Contractor will be furnished, free of charge,
all copies of ::>rawings and Specifications reasonably nec-
essary for the execution of the Work.
3.2.6 The Owner shall forward all instructions to the
Contractor through the Construction Manager. with simul-
taneous notification to the Architect.
3.2.7 The foregoing are in addition to other duties and
responsibilities of the Owner enumerated herein and es-
pecially those in respect to Work By Owner or By Sepa-
rate Contractors, Payments and Completion, and Insur-
ance in Articles 6, 9 and 11, respectively.
AlA DOCUMENT A201/CM . GENERAL CONDITIONS Of THE CO~TRACT fOR CONSTRUCTION
CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION . JUNE 1980 EDITION . AlAe . @ 1980 . THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE Of ARCHITECTS, 173S N~W YORK AVE., N.W.. WASHINGTON. D.C. 20006
A201/CM - :1980 8
3.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK
3,3.1 If the Contractor fails to correct defective Work as
required by Paragraph 13.2, or persistently fails to carry
out the Work in accordance with the Contract Docu-
ments, the Owner, by a written order signed personally or
by an agent specifically so empowered by the Owner in
writing, may order the Contractor to stop the Work, or
any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has
been eliminated; however, this right of the Owner to stop
the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of the
Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of the Con-
tractor or any other person or entity, except to the extent
required by Subparagraph 6.1.3.
3.4 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CARRY OUT THE WORK
3.4,1, If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out
the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents,
and fails within seven days after receipt of written notice
from the Owner to commence and continue correction of
such default or neglect with diligence and promptness,
the Owner may, after seven days following receipt by the
Contractor of an additional written notice and without
prejudice to any other remedy the Owner may have,
make good such deficiencies. In such case an appropriate
Change Order shall be issued deducting from the pay-
ments then or thereafter due the Contractor the cost of
correcting such deficiencies, including compensation for
the Architect's and the Construction Manager's additional
services made necessary by such default, neglect or fail-
ure. Such action by the Owner and the amount charged
to the Contractor are both subject to the prior approval
of the Architect, after consultation with the Construction
Manager. If the payments then or thereafter due the Con-
tractor are not sufficient to cover such amount. the Con-
tractor shall pay the difference to the Owner.
ARTICLE 4
CONTRACTOR
4.1 DEFINITION
4.1.1 The Contractor is the person or entity identified as
such in the Owner-Contractor Agreement. The term Con-
tractor means the Contractor or the Contractor's author-
ized representative.
4.2 REVIEW OF CONTRAa DOCUMENTS
4.2.1 The Contractor shall carefully study and compare
the Contract Documents and shall at once report to the
Architect and the Construction Manager any error, incon-
sistency or omission that may be discovered. The Con-
Iractor shall not be liable to the Owner, the Architect or
the Construction Manager for any damage resulting from
any such errors. inconsistencie~ 0r omissions in the Con-
tract Documents. The Contraclvr shall perform no portion
of the Work at any time with....lJt Contract Documents or,
where required, approved Shop Drawings, Product Data
or Samples for such portion of the Work.
4.3 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUalON
PROCEDURES
4.3,1 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the
Work, using the Contractor's best skill and attention. The
Contractor shall be solely responsible for all construction
means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures;
and shall coordinate all portions of the Work under the
Contract, subject to the overall coordination of the Con-
struction Manager.
4.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner
for the acts and omissions of the Contractor's employees,
Subcontractors and their agents and employees, and any
other persons performing any of the Work under a con-
tract with the Contractor.
4.3.3 The Contractor shall not be relieved from the
Contractor's obligations to perform the Work in accord-
ance with the Contract Documents either by the activities
or duties of the Construction Manager or the Architect
in their administration of the Contract, or by inspections,
tests or approvals required or performed under Paragraph
7.7 by persons other than the Contractor.
4.4 LABOR AND MATERIALS
4.4,1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docu-
ments, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all labor,
materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and
machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation, and other
facilities and services necessary for the proper execution
and completion of the Work, whether temporary or per-
manent and whether or not incorporated or to be incor-
porated in the Work.
4.4.2 The Contractor shall at all times enforce strict dis-
cipline and good order among the Contractor's em-
ployees and shall not employ on the Work any unfit per-
son or anyone not skilled in the task assigned them.
4.5 WARRANTY
4.5.1 The Contractor warrants to the Owner, the Archi-
tect and the Construction Manager that all materials and
equipment furnished under this Contract will be new un-
less otherwise specified, and that all Work will be of good
quality, free from faults and defects and in conformance
with the Contract Documents. All Work not conforming
to these requirements, including substitutions not prop-
erly approved and authorized, may be considered defec-
tive. If required by the Architect or the Construction Man-
ager, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as
to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. This
warranty is not limited by the provisions of Paragraph
13.2.
4.6 TAXES
4.6.1 The Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use
and other similar taxes for the Work or portions thereof
provided by the Contractor which are legally enacted at
the time bids are received, whether or not yet effective.
4.7 PERMITS, FEES AND NOTICES
4.7.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docu-
ments, the Owner shall secure and pay for the building
permit and the Contractor shall secure and pay for all
other permits and governmental fees, licenses and inspec-
tions necessary for the proper execution and completion
of the Work which are customarily secured after execu-
tion of the Contract and which are legally required at the
time bids are received.
4.7.2 The Contractor shall give all notices and comply
with all laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and lawful
orders of any public authority bearing on the perform-
ance of the Work.
9 A201/CM -1980
AlA DOCUMENT A2011CM . GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT fOR CONSTRUCTION
CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION · JUNE 1980 EDITION . AlA. . <S> 1980 . THE
AMERICA~' INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 173S NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHI:-.GTON, D.C. 2llOO&
4,7,3 It is not the responsibility of the Contractor to
make certain that the Contract Documents are in accord-
ance with applicable laws, statutes, buildirlg codes and
regulations. If the Contractor observes that any of t"~
Contract Documents are at variance therewith in any re-
spect. the Contractor shall promptly notify the Architect
and the Construction Manager in writing, and any neces-
sary changes shall be accomplished by appropriate
Modification.
4.7.4 If the Contractor performs any Work knowing it
to be contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules and regula-
tions, and without such notice to the Architect and the
Construction Manager, the Contractor shall assume full
responsibility therefor and shall bear all costs attributable
thereto.
4,8 ALLOWANCES
4.8,1 The Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum
all allowances stated in the Contract Documents. Items
covered by these allowances shall be supplied for such
amounts and by such persons as the Construction Man-
ager may direct, but the Contractor will not be required
to employ persons against whom the Contractor makes a
reasonable objection.
4.8.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docu-
ments:
,1 these allowances shall cover the cost to the
Contractor, less any applicable trade discount,
of the materials and equipment required by the
allowance, delivered at the site, and all appli-
cable taxes;
,2 the Contractor's costs for unloading and han-
dling on the site, labor, installation costs, over-
head, profit and other expenses contemplated
for the original allowance shall be included in
the Contract Sum and not in the allowance;
.3 whenever the cost is more or less than the
allowance, the Contract Sum shall be adjusted
accordingly by Change Order, the amount of
which will recognize changes, if any, in han-
dling costs on the site, labor, installation costs,
overhead, profit and other expenses.
4,9 SUPERINTENDENT
4,9.1 The Contractor shall employ a competent superin-
tendent and necessary assistants who shall be in attend-
ance at the Project site during the progress of the Work.
The superintendent shall represent the Contractor and all
communications given to the superintendent shall be as
binding as if given to the Contractor. Important commu-
nications shall be confirmed in writing. Other communi-
cations shall be so confirmed on written request in each
case.
4.10 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
4.10.1 The Contractor, immediately after being awarded
the Contract. shall prepare and submit for the Construc-
tion Manager's approval a Contractor's Construction
Schedule for the Work which shall provide for expedi-
tious and practicable execution of the Work. This sched-
ule shall be coordinated by the Construction Manager
with the Project Construction Schedule. The Contractor's
Construction Schedule shall be revised as required by the
conditions of the Work and the Project, subject to the
Construction Manager's approval.
4.11 DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES AT THE SITE
4,11,1 The Contractor shall maintain at the Project site,
on a current basis, one record copy of all Drawings,
Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders and other Modi-
fications, in good order and marked currently to record
all changes made during construction, and approved Shop
Drawings, Product Data and Samples. These shall be
available to the Architect and the Construction Manager.
The Contractor shall advise the Construction Manager on
a current basis of all changes in the Work made during
construction.
4.12 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND
SAMPLES
4,12,1 Shop Drawings are drawings, diagrams, schedules
and other data specially prepared for the Work by the
Contractor or any Subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier
or distributor to illustrate some portion of the Work,
4,12.2 Product Data are illustrations, standard schedules,
performance charts, instructions, brochures, diagrams and
other information furnished by the Contractor to illustrate
a material, product or system for some portion of the
Work.
4,12,3 Samples are physical examples which illustrate
materials, equipment or workmanship, and establish
standards by which the Work will be judged.
4,12,4 The Contractor shall prepare, review, approve and
submit through the Construction Manager, with reason-
able promptness and in such sequence as to cause no de-
lay in the Work or in the work of the Owner or any sepa-
rate contractor, all Shop Drawings, Product Data and
Samples required by the Contract Documents. The Con-
tractor shall cooperate with the Construction Manager in
the Construction Manager's coordination of the Contrac-
tor's Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples with
those of other separate contractors.
4.12.5 By preparing, approving and submitting Shop
Drawings, Product Data and Samples, the Contractor rep-
resents that the Contractor has determined and verified
all materials, field measurements and field construction
criteria related thereto, or will do so with reasonable
promptness, and has checked and coordinated the infor-
mation contained within such submittals with the require-
ments of the Work, the Project and the Contract Docu-
ments,
4.12,6 The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibil-
ity for any deviation from the requirements of the Con-
tract Documents by the Architect's approval of Shop
Drawings, Product Data or Samples under Subparagraph
2.3,18, unless the Contractor has specifically informed the
Architect and the Construction Manager in writing of
such deviation at the time of submission and the Archi-
tect has given written approval to the specific deviation.
The Contractor shall not be relieved from responsibility
for errors or omissions in the Shop Drawings, Product
Data or Samples by the Architect'5 approval of them,
4.12.7 The Contractor shall direct specific attention, in
writing or on resubmitted Shop Drawings. Product Data
9r Samples, to revisions other than those requested by the
Architect on previous submittals,
AlA DOCUMENT A201/CM . GENERAL CONOITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION . JUNE 1980 EDITION . AlA- · <S> 1980 . THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 173S NEW YORK AVE., N.W.. WASHINGTON. D.C. 2llro.
A201/CM - 1980 10
4.12.8 No portion of the Work requiring submission of a
Shop Drawln~, Product D,lta or Sample shall be com-
menced until the 5ubmittal has been approved by the
,A.rchitect as pro\lded In Subparapaph 2.3.18. -\11 such
port 10m oi the Work ,hall be in accordance with ap-
proved submittals.
4.13 USE OF SITE
4.13.1 The Contractor shall coniine operations at the site
to areas permitted by law, ordinance5, permlt5 and the
Contract Documents, and shall not unreasonablv encum-
ber the site with any materials or equipment.
4.13.2 The Contractor shall coordinate all of the Contrac-
tor's operations with. and secure approval from, the Con-
struction Manager beiore using am portion ot the site,
4.14 CUTTING AND PATCHING OF WORK
4.14.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for all cutting,
fitting or patching that may be required to complete the
Work or to make Its several parts fit together properly.
4.14.2 The Contractor shall not damage or endanger any
portion of the Work or the work of the Owner or any
separate contractors bv cutting. p,llching or otherwise
altering any work, or by exca\'ation. The Contractor shall
not cut or otherwise alter the work oi the Owner or any
separate contractor except with the written consent of the
Owner and of such separate contractor. The Contractor
shall not unreasonablv withhold irom the Owner or any
separate contractor consent to cutting or otherwise alter-
ing the'Work.
4.15 CLEANING UP
4.15.1 The Contractor shall at all times keep (he premises
free irom accumulation oi waste materials or rubbish
caused by the Contractor's operations, At the completion
of the Work. the Contractor shall remove all the Contrac-
tor's waste materials and rubbish irom and about the
Project as well as all the Contractor', tools, comtruction
equipment. machinery and surplus materials.
4.15.2 If the Contractor fails to clean up at the comple-
tion of the Work, the Owner mav do so as pro\ ided in
Paragraph 3.4 and the cost thereof shall be charged to the
Contractor.
4.16 COMMUNICATIONS
4.16.1 The Contractor shall iorward all communications
to the Owner and the Architect through the Construction
Manager.
4.17 ROYALTIES AND PATENTS
4.17.1 The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license
fees, shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of
any patent rights and shall save the Owner and the Con-
struction Manager harmless from loss on account thereof,
except that the Owner, or the Construction Manager as
the case may be, shall be responsible for all such loss
when a particular design, process or the product of a par-
ticular manufacturer or manufacturers is selected by such
person or such person's agent. If the Contractor, or the
Construction Manager as the case may be, has reason to
believe that the design. process or product selected is an
infringement of a patent. that party shall be responsible
for such loss unless such information is promptly given to
the others and also to the Architect.
4.18 INDEMNIFICATION
4.18.1 To the fullest extent permitted bv law. the Con-
tractor shall indemnltv and hold harmless the Owner, the
Architect. the Constru'ctlon .\\ana~er, and their agents and
employees from and against all claims, damages, losses
and expenses. including, but not limited to, allorneys'
tees arising out of or resulting from the performance of
the Work, pro\ ided that am such claim, damage, loss or
expense (1) is attributJble to bodilv inJury, sickness, dis-
ease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible
properlv lother than the Work itselil inciudlng the loss of
use resulting therefrom. and 12. is caused in whole or in
part by anv negligent act or omission ot the Contractor,
anv Subcontractor, am'one directlv or Indirectly employed
by' any of them or a~yone tor w hose acts any of them
may be liable, regardless of whether or not it is caused
in part bv a partv indemnified hereur.der. Such obligation
shall not be construed to negate. abridge or otherwise
reduce Jnv other right or obligJtlon of indemnity which
would other.vise exist as to any partv or person described
in this Paragraph 4.18.
4.18.2 In any and all claims against the Owner, the Archi-
tect, the Construction Manager or an\' of their agents or
employees by any emplovee of the Contractor, any Sub-
contractor. anyone directly or indirectlv emploved by any
of them or anvone for whose acts an\' of them may be
liable, the indemnification obligation under this Para-
graph 4.18 shall not be limited in any way by any limita-
tion on the amount or type of damages, compensation or
benefits payable by or for the Contractor or any Sub-
contractor under workers' or workmen's compensation
acts, disability benefit acts or other emplovee benefit acts.
4.18.3 The obligations of the Contractor under this Para-
graph 4,18 shall not extend to the liability of the Architect
or the Construction .""anager, thei r agents' or emplovees,
JrlSing out of (1i the preparation or approval of maps,
drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, Change Orders, de-
signs or specliications, or (2) the giving of or the failure to
give directions or instructions bv the ,A.rchitect or the
Construction Manager, their agents or employees. pro-
vided such giving or failure to give I' the primarv cause
of the injury or damage.
ARTICLE 5
SUBCC NTRACTORS
5.1 DEFINITION
5.1.1 A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a
direct contract with the Contractor to perform any of the
Work at the site. The term Subcontractor means a Sub-
corftractor or a Subcontractor's authorized representative.
The term Subcontractor does not include any separate
contractor or any separate contractor's subcontractors.
5.1.2 A Sub-subcontractor is a person or entity who has
a direct or indirect contract with a Subcontractor to per-
form any of the Work at the site. The term Sub-subcon-
tractor means a Sub-subcontractor or an authorized rep-
resentative thereof.
5.2 AWARDS OF SUBCONTRACTS AND OTHER
CONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS OF THE WORK
5.2.1 Unless otherwise required by the Contract Docu-
11 A201/CM -1980
AlA DOCUMENT A201/CM . GEMRAL CONDITIONS Of THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTIO:,-<
CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION . JUNE 1980 EDITION . AlA- . @ 1980 . THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 17]S NEW YORK AVE.. N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006
ments or the Bidding Documents, the Contractor, as soon
as practicable after the award of the Contract, shall fur-
nish to the Construction Manager in writing for review
by the Owner, the Architect and the Construction Man-
ager, the names of the persons or entities (including those
who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to
a special design) proposed for each of the principal por-
tions of the Work. The Construction Manager will
promptly reply to the Contractor in writing stating
whether or not the Owner, the Architect or the Con-
struction Manager, after due investigation, has reasonable
objection to any such proposed person or entity. Failure
of the Construction Manager to reply promptly shall con-
stitute notice of no reasonable objection,
5,2.2 The Contractor shall not contract with any such
proposed person or entity to whom the Owner, the Ar-
chitect or the Construction Manager has made reasonable
objection under the provisions of Subparagraph 5.2.1. The
Contractor shall not be required to contract with anyone
to whom the Contractor has a reasonable objection.
5,2.3 If the Owner, the Architect or the Construction
Manager has reasonable objection to any such proposed
person or entity, the Contractor shall submit a substitute
to whom the Owner, the Architect and the Construction
Manager have no reasonable objection, and the Contract
Sum shall be increased or decreased by the difference in
cost occasioned by such substitution and an appropriate
Change Order shall be issued; however, no increase in
the Contract Sum shall be allowed for any such substitu-
tion unless the Contractor has acted promptly and re-
sponsively in submitting names as required by Subpara-
graph 5.2.1.
5,2,4 The Contractor shall make no substitution for any
Subcontractor, person or entity previously selected if the
Owner, the Architect or the Construction Manager makes
reasonable objection to such substitution.
5.3 SUBCONTRACTUAL RELATIONS
5.3.1 By an appropriate agreement, written where legally
required for validity, the Contractor shall require each
Subcontractor, to the extent of the Work to be performed
by the Subcontractor, to be bound to the Contractor by
the terms of the Contract Documents, and to assume to-
ward the Contractor all the obligations and responsibili-
ties which the Contractor, by these Documents, assumes
toward the Owner, the Architect and the Construction
Manager. Said agreement shall preserve and protect the
rights of the Owner, the Architect and the Construction
Manager under the Contract Documents with respect to
the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor so that
the subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights,
and shall allow to the Subcontractor, unless specifically
provided otherwise in the Contractor-Subcontractor
Agreement, the benefit of all rights, remedies and redress
against the Contractor that the Contractor, by these Docu-
ments, has against the Owner. Where appropriate, the
Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to enter into
similar agreements with their Sub-subcontractors. The
Contractor shall make available to each proposed Sub-
contractor, prior to the execution. of the Subcontract,
copies of the Contract Documents to which the Subcon-
tractor will be bound by this Paragraph 5.3, and identify
tc the Subcontractor any terms and conditions of the pro-
posed Subcontract which may be at variance with the
Contract Documents. Each Subcontractor shall Similarly
make copies of such Documents available to their Sub-
subcontractors.
ARTICLE 6
WORK BY OWNER OR BY
SEPARATE CONTRACTORS
6.1 OWNER'S RIGHT TO PERFORM WORK AND TO
AWARD SEPARATE CONTRACTS
6.1.1 The Owner reserves the right to perform work re-
lated to the Project with the Owner's own forces, and to
award separate contracts in connection with other por-
tions of the Project or other work on the site under these
or similar Conditions of the Contract. If the Contractor
claims that delay, damage or additional cost is involved
because of such action by the Owner, the Contractor shall
make such claim as provided elsewhere in the Contract
Documents.
6.1.2 When separate contracts are awarded for different
portions of the Project or other work on the site, the term
Contractor in the Contract Documents in each case shall
mean the Contractor who executes each separate Owner-
Contractor Agreement.
6.1.3 The Owner will provide for the coordination of the
work of the Owner's own forces and of each separate
contractor with the Work of the Contractor, who shall
cooperate therewith as provided in Paragraph 6.2.
6.2 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY
6.2.1 The Contractor shall afford the Owner, the Con-
struction Manager and separate contractors reasonable
opportunity for the introduction and storage of their ma-
terials and equipment and the execution of their work,
and shall connect and coordinate the Work with theirs
as required by the Contract Documents,
6.2.2 If any part of the Contractor's Work depends for
proper execution or results upon the work of the Owner
or any separate contractor, the Contractor shall, prior to
proceeding with the Work, promptly report to the Con-
struction Manager any apparent discrepancies or defects
in such other work that render it unsuitable for such
proper execution and results. Failure of the Contractor so
to report shall constitute an accf'ptance of the Owner's
or separate contractor's work as fit and proper to receive
the Work, except as to defects which may subsequently
become apparent in such work by others.
6.2.3 Any costs caused by defective or ill-timed work
shall be borne by the party responsible therefor.
6.2.4 Should the Contractor wrongfully cause damage to
the work or property of '~, Owner, or to other work or
property on the site, the ":ontractor shall promptly rem-
edy such damage as pro\ ,ded in Subparagraph 10,2,5.
6.2.5 Should the Contractor wrongfully delay or cause
damage to the work or property of any separate contrac-
tor, the Contractor shall, upon due notice, promptly at-
tempt to settle with such other contractor by agreement,
or otherwise to resolve the dispute. If such separate con-
tractor sues or initiates an arbitration proceeding against
the Owner on account of any delay or damage alleged to
have been caused by the Contractor, the Owner shall
AlA DOCUMENT A201/CM . GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CO~STRUCTION
CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION . JUNE 1980 EDITION . AlA- . @198O · THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006
A201/eM -1980 12
notify the Contractor who shall defend such proceedings
at the Owner's expense. and if any judgment or award
against the Owner arises therefrom, the Contractor shall
payor satisfy it and shall reimburse the Owner for all
attorneys' fees and court or arbitration costs which the
Owner has incurred.
6.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CLEAN UP
6.3,1 If a dispute arises between the Contractor and
separate contractors as to their responsibility for cleaning
up as required by Paragraph 4.15, the Owner may clean
up and charge the cost thereof to the contractors respon-
sible therefor as the Construction Manager shall deter-
mine to be just.
ARTICLE 7
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
7.1 GOVERNING LAW
7,1.1 The Contract shall be governed by the law of the
place where the Project is located.
7,2 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS
7.2,1 The Owner and the Contractor, respectively, bind
themselves, their partners, successors, assigns and legal
representatives to the other party hereto and to the part-
ners, successors, assigns and legal representatives of such
other party with respect to all covenants, agreements and
obligations contained in the Contract Documents. Neither
party to the Contract shall assign the Contract or sublet it
as a whole without the written consent of the other.
7.3 WRITTEN NOTICE
7.3.1 Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly
served if delivered in person to the individual or mem-
ber of the firm or entity or to an officer of the corpora-
tion for whom it was intended. or if delivered at or sent
by registered or certified mail to the last business address
known to the party giving the notice.
7.4 CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES
7,4.1 Should either party to the Contract suffer injury or
damage to person or property because of any act or omis-
sion of the other party or of any of the other party's
employees, agents or others for whose acts such party is
legally liable. claim shall be made in writing to such
other party within a reasonable time after the first observ-
ance of such injury or damage.
7.5 PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR AND
MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND
7.5.1 The Owner shall have the right to require the
Contractor to furnish bonds covering the faithful perform-
ance of the Contract and the payment of all obligations
arising thereunder if and as required in the Bidding Doc-
uments or the Contract Documents.
7,6 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES
7.6,1 The duties and obligations imposed by the Con-
tract Documents and the rights and remedies available
thereunder shall be in addition to. and not a limitation of,
any duties, obligations. rights and remedies otherwise im-
posed or available by law.
7.6,2 No action or failure \0 act by the Owner, the Ar-
chitect. the Construction Manager or the Contractor shall
constitute a waiver of any right or duty afforded any of
them under the Contract, nor shall any such action or
failure to act constitute an approval of or acquiescence in
clOy breach thereunder, except as may be specifically
agreed in writing.
7,7 TESTS
7,7,1 If the Contract Documents, laws, ordinances, rules.
regulations or orders of any public authority having juris-
diction require any portion of the Work to be inspected,
tested or approved, the Contractor shall give the Architect
and the Construction Manager timely notice of its readi-
ness so the Architect and the Construction Manager may
observe such inspection, testing or approval. The Con-
tractor shall bear all costs of such inspections, tests or
approvals conducted by public authorities. Unless other-
wise provided, the Owner shall bear all costs of other in-
spections, tests or approvals.
7,7,2 Ii the Architect or the Construction Manager deter-
mines that any Work requires special inspection, testing
or approval which Subparagraph 7.i.1 does not include,
the Construction Manager will, upon written authoriza-
tion from the Owner, instruct the Contractor to order
such special inspection, testing or approval, and the Con-
tractor shall give notice as provided in Subparagraph
7.i.1. If such special inspection or testing reveals a failure
of the Work to comply with the requirements of the Con-
tract Documents, the Contractor shall bear all costs
thereof. including compensation for the Architect's and
the Construction Manager's additional services made nec-
essary by such failure; otherwise the Owner shall bear
such costs, and an appropriate Change Order shall be
issued.
7.7.3 Required certificates of inspection, testing or ap-
proval shall be secured by the Contractor and the Con-
tractor shall promptly deliver them to the Construction
Manager for transmittal to the Architect.
7.7.4 If the Architect or the Construction Manager wishes
to observe the inspections, lests or approvals required by
the Contract Documents, they will do so promptly and,
where practicable. at the source of supply.
7.8 INTEREST
7.8.1 Payments due and unpaid under the Contract Doc-
uments shall bear interest from the date payment is due
at such rate as the parties may agree upon in writing or.
in the absence thereof. at the legal rate prevailing at the
place of the Project.
7.9 ARBITRATION
7.9.1 All claims, disputes and other matters ; " question
between the Contractor and the Owner arisin out of or
relating to the Contract Documents or the breach thereof,
except as provided in Subparagraph 2.3,14 with respect
to the Architect's decisions on matters relating to artistic
effect. and except for claims which have been waived by
the making or acceptance of final payment as provided
by Subparagraphs 9.9.4 through 9.9.6, inclusive, shall be
decided by arbitration in accordance with the Construc-
tion Industry Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitra-
tion Association then obtaining unless the parties mutually
13 A201/CM -1980
AlA DOCUMENT A2011CM . GE'lERAl CO....OITlONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRl..'CTJO,..
CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION . JUNE 1980 EDITION . AlA- . (S) 1980 . THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1735 NEW YORK AVE.. N.W.. WASHINGTON. D.C. 2000&
agree otherwise. No arbitration arising out of or relating
to the Contract Documents shall include, by consolida-
tion, joinder or in any other manner, the Architect, the
Construction Manager, their employees or consultants
except by written consent containing a specific reference
to the Owner-Contractor Agreement and signed by the
Architect, the Construction Manager, the Owner, the
Contractor and any other person sought to be joined. No
arbitration shall include by consolidation, joinder or in
any other manner, parties other than the Owner, the
Contractor and any other persons substantially involved
in a common question of fact or law, whose presence is
required if complete relief is to be accorded in the arbi-
tration. No person other than the Owner or the Contrac-
tor shall be included as an original third party or addi-
tional third party to an arbitration whose interest or re-
sponsibility is insubstantial. Any consent to arbitration
involving an additional person or persons shall not con-
stitute consent to arbitration of any dispute not described
therein or with any person not named or described
therein. The foregoing agreement to arbitrate and any
other agreement to arbitrate with an additional person or
persons duly consented to by the parties to the Owner-
Contractor Agreement shall be specifically enforceable
under the prevailing arbitration law. The award rendered
by the arbitrators shall be final, and judgment may be en-
tered upon it in accordance with applicable law in any
court having jurisdiction thereof.
7.9,2 Notice of the demand for arbitration shall be filed
in writing with the other party to the Owner-Contractor
Agreement and with the American Arbitration Associa-
tion, and a copy shall be filed with the Architect and the
Construction Manager. The demand for arbitration shall
be made within the time limits specified in Subparagraph
2.3.15 where applicable, and in all other cases within a
reasonable time after the claim, dispute or other matter
in question has arisen; and in no event shall it be made
after the date when institution of legal or equitable pro-
ceedings based on such claim, dispute or other matter in
question would be barred by the applicable statute of
limitations.
7.9.3 Unless otherwise agreed in writing, the Contractor
shall carrv on the Work and maintain its progress during
any arbit~ation proceedings, and the Owner shall con-
tinue to make payments to the Contractor in accordance
with the Contract Documents.
ARTICLE 8
TIME
8.1 DEFINITIONS
8.1,1 Unless otherwise provided, the Contract Time is
the period of time allotted in the Contract Doc"ments for
Substantial Completion of the Work as def. _J in Sub-
paragraph 8.1.3, including authorized adjustrT nts thereto.
8.1.2 The date of commencement of the Work is the
date established in a notice to proceed. If there is no no-
tice to proceed, it shall be such other date as may be
established in the Owner-Contractor Agreement or else-
where in the Contract Documents.
8.1.3 The Date of Substantial Completion of the Work
or designated portion thereof is the Date certified by t~e
Architect when construction is sufficiently complete, '"
accordance with the Contract Documents, so that the
Owner or separate contractors can occupy or utilize the
Work or a designated portion thereof Pbr the use for
which it is intended.
8.1.4 The Date of Substantial Completion of the Project
or designated portion thereoi is the Date certified by the
Architect when construction is sufflCientlv complete so
the Owner can occupy or utilize the Project or designated
portion thereof for the use for whIch it was intended.
8.1.5 The term day as used in the Contract Documents
shall mean calendar day unless specificallv designated
otherwise.
8.2 PROGRESS AND COMPLETION
8.2.1 All time limits stated in the Contract Documents
are of the ~ssence of the Contract.
8.2.2 The Contractor shall begin the Work on the date
of commencement as defined in Subparagraph 8.1.2. The
Contractor shall carry the Work forward expeditiously
with adequate forces and shall achieve Substantial Com-
pletion of the Work within the Contract Time.
8.3 DELA YS AND EXTENSIONS Of TIME
8.3.1 If the Contractor is delayed at any time in the
progress of the Work by any act or neglect of the Owner,
the Architect, the Construction Manager, any of their em-
ployees, any separate contractor employed by the Owner,
or by changes ordered in the Work, labor disputes, fire,
unusual delay in transportation. adverse weather condi-
tions not reasonably anticipatable. unavoidable casualties,
any causes beyond the Contractor's control. delay author-
ized by the Owner pendin~ arbitration, or by any other
cause which the Construction ,'v1anager determines may
justify the delay, then the Contract Time shall be ex-
tended by Change Order for such reasonable time as the
Construction Manager may determine.
8.3.2 Any claim for extension of time shall be made in
writing to the Construction Manager not more than
twenty days after the commencement oi the delay; other-
wise it shall be waived. In the case of a continuing dela~
only one claim is necessary. The Contractor shall provide
an estimate of the probable effect of such delav on the
progress of the Work.
8.3.3 If no agreement is made stating the dates upon
which interpretations as providecJ 10 Subparagraph 2.3.11
shall be furnished, then no claim for delav shall be
allowed on account of failure to furnish such interpreta-
tions until fifteen days after written request is made for
them, and not then unless such claim is reasonable.
8.3.4 This Paragraph 8.3 does not exclude the recovery
of damages for delay by either party under other provi-
sions of the Contract Documents.
ARTICLE 9
PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION
9.1 CONTRACT SUM
9.1.1 The Contract Sum is stated in the Owner-Contrac-
tor Agreement and, including authorized adjustments
thereto. is the total amount pavable bv the Owner to the
Contractor for the performance of the Work under the
Contract Documents.
AlA DOCUMENT A201/CM . GENERAL CONDITIONS Of THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION . JUNE 1980 EDITION . AlAe . <Sl 1980 · THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE Of ARCHITECTS. 173S NEW YORK AVE., N.W.. WASHINGTON. D.C. 20006
A201/CM -1980 14
9.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES
9.2.1 Before the first Application for Payment. the Con-
trdctor shollI submit to the Construction Mdnolger a
<chedule of \alues dllocolted to the volrious portions of the
Work. prepdred in such form dnd supported by such datol
to subst.lntiolte its .lccurolCY as the Architect olnd the Con-
struction M.lna~er may require. ihis schedule, unless
obJected to bv the Comtructlon Manager or the Architect.
shall be used onl\' as a basis for the Contractor's Applica-
tions for Polyment.
9.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT
9.3.1 At least fifteen days before the date for each
progress payment established in the Owner-Contractor
Agreement. the Contractor shollI submit to the Construc-
tion ,\-1anager oln itemized Application for Payment. notar-
ized if required, supported by such data substantiating
the Contractor's right to payment as the Owner, the Ar-
chitect or the Construction Manager may require, and re-
flecting retolinage. if any. as provided elsewhere in the
ContrJct Documents. The Comtruction Manager will as-
~emble the Application with similar applications from
other contractors on the Project into a combined Project
Application for Payment and forward it with recommen-
dations to the Architect within seven days.
9.3.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docu-
ments, payments will be made on account of materials or
equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered
and suitably stored at the site and. if approved in advance
by the Owner. polyments may similarly be made for mate-
rials or equipment suitably stored at some other loca-
tion agreed upon in writing, Payments for materials or
equipment stored on or off the site shall be conditioned
upon submission by the Contractor of bills of sale or
such other procedures satisfactory to the Owner to estab-
lish the Owner's title to such materials or equipment or
otherwise protect the Owner's interest. including applica-
ble insurance and transportation to the site for thme
materials and equipment stored off the site.
9.3.3 The Contractor warrants that title to all Work,
materials and equipment covered bv oln Application for
Pavment will pass to the Owner either by incorporation
in the construction or upon receipt of payment by the
Contractor. whichever Occurs first, free and clear of all
liens. claims. security interests or encumbrances. herein-
after referred to in this Article 9 as "liens"; and that no
Work, materials or equipment covered by an Application
for Payment will have been acquired by the Contractor.
or by any other person performing Work at the site or
furnishing materials and equipment for the Project. sub-
ject to an agreement under which an interest therein or
an encumbrance thereon is retained by the seller or oth-
erwise imposed by the Contractor or such other person.
9.4 CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT
9.4.1 The Architect will, within seven days after the re-
ceipt of the Project Application for Payment with the rec-
ommendations of the Construction Manager, review the
Project Application for Payment and either issue a Project
Certificate for Payment to the Owner with a copy to the
Construction Manager for distribution to the Contractor
for such amounts as the Architect deteq;nines are prop-
erly due, or notify the Construction Manager in writing of
the reasons for withholding a Certificate as provided in
Subparagraph 9.6.1. Such notification will be forwarded
to the Contractor bv the Construction ,\-\anager.
9.4.2 The issuance of a Project Certificate for Payment
will constitute a representation bv the Architect to the
Owner that. based on the Architect's observations at the
site as provided in Subparagraph 2.3.4 and the data com-
prising the Project Application for Pdyment, the Work has
progressed to the point indicated; that. to the best of the
Architect's knowledge, information and belief, the quality
of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Docu-
ments (subject to an evalualion of the Work for conform-
ance with the Contract Documents upon Substantial
Completion of the Work. to the results of any subsequent
tests required by or performed under the Contract Docu-
ments, to minor deviations from the Contract Documents
correctable prior to completion. and to any specific quali-
fications stated in the Certificate!; and that the Contrac-
tor is entitled to payment in the amount certified. How-
ever. by issuing a Project Certificate for Payment, the Ar-
chitect shall not thereby be deemed to represent that the
Architect hols made exhaustive or continuous on-site in-
spections to check the quality or quantity of the Work,
has reviewed the construction means, methods, tech-
niques, sequences or procedures, or has made any exam-
ination to ascertain how or for what purpose the Contrac-
tor has used the monies previously paid on account of the
Contract Sum.
9.5 PROGRESS PAYMENTS
9.5.1 After the Architect has issued J Project Certificate
for Payment, the Owner shall make payment in the man-
ner and within the time proVided in the Contract Docu-
ments.
9.5.2 The Contractor shall promptly pay each Subcon-
tractor upon receipt of payment irom the Owner, out of
the amount paid to the Controlctor on account of such
Subcontractor's Work, the amount to which said Subcon-
tractor is entitled. reflecting the percentage actually re-
tained, if anv. from payment, to the Contractor on ac-
count of such Subcontractor's Work. The Contractor shall,
by an appropriate agreemf'nt with each Subcontractor,
require each Subcontractor to make pavments to their
Sub-subcontractors in similar manner.
9.5.3 The Architect may, on request and at the Archi-
tect's discretion, furnish to am Subcontractor, if prac-
ticable, information regarding the percentages of com-
pletion or the amounts applied for by the Contractor and
the action taken thereon by the Architect on account of
Work done by such Subcontractor.
9.5.4 Neither the Owner, the Architect nor the Construc-
tion Manager shall have any obligation to payor to see to
the pay:-,;.?nt of any monies to any Subcontractor except
as may Jtherwise be required by law.
9.5.5-i-lo certification of a progress payment, any prog-
ress payment, or any partial or entire use or occupancy
of the Project by the Owner, shall constitute an accept-
ance of any Work not in accordance with the Contract
Documents.
9.6 PAYMENTS WITHHELD
9.6.1 The Architect, following consultation with the
Construction Manager, may decline to certify payment
15 A201/CM -1980
AlA DOCUMENT A201/CM . GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION . JUNE 1980 EDITION . AlAe . @ 1980 . THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 173S NEW YORK AVE., N.W.. WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006
and may withhold the Certificate in whole or in part to
the extent necessary to reasonably protect the Owner, ii.
in the Architect's opinion, the Architect is unable to make
representations to the Owner as provided in Subpara-
graph 9.4.2. Ii thE' Architect is unable to make representa-
tions to the Owner as provided in Subparagraph 9.4.2,
and to certdy payment in the amount of the ProJect Ap-
pltcatlon, the Architect wdl notify the Construction Man-
ager as provided in Subparagraph 9.4.1. If the Contractor
and the Architect cannot agree on a revised amount, the
Architect will promptly issue a Project Certificate for Pav-
ment for the amount for which the Architect is able to
make such representations to the Owner. The Architect
may also decline to certify payment or, because of subse-
quently discovered evidence or subsequent observations,
the Architect may nullify the whole or any part of any
Project Certificate for Payment previously issued to such
extent as may be necessary. in the Architect's opinion. to
protect the Owner from loss because of:
.1 defective Work not remedied;
.2 third party claims filed or reasonable evidence in-
dicating probable fding of such claims;
,3 failure oi the Contractor to make payments prop-
erly to Subcontractors, or for labor, materials or
equipment;
.4 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be com-
pleted for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum;
.5 damage to the Owner or another contractor;
.6 reasonable evidence that the Work will not be
completed within the Contract Time; or
.7 persistent failure to carry out the Work in accord-
ance with the Contract Documents.
9.6.2 When the grounds in Subparagraph 9.6.1 above
are removed, payment shall be made for amounts with-
held because of them.
9.7 FAILURE OF PAYMENT
9.7.1 If the Construction Manager should fail to issue
recommendations within seven days of receipt of the
Contractor's Application for Payment, or if, through no
fault of the Contractor, the Architect does not issue a
Project Certificate for Payment within seven days after
the Architect's receipt of the Project Application for Pay-
ment. or if the Owner does not pay the Contractor within
seven days after the date established in the Contract Doc-
uments any amount certified by the Architect or awarded
by arbitration, then the Contractor may, upon seven addi-
tional days' written notice to the Owner, the Architect
and the Construction Manager, stop the Work until pay-
ment of the amount owing has been received. The Con-
tract Sum shall be increased by the amount of the Con-
tract ,r' reasonable costs of shut-down, delay and start-
up, \."hich shall be effected by appropriate Change Order
in accordance with Paragraph 12.3.
9.8 SUBST ANTIAL COMPLETION
9.8.1 When the Contractor considers that the Work, or a
designated portion thereof which is acceptable to the
Owner, is substantially complete as defined in Subpara-
graph 8.1.3, the Contractor shall prepare for the Construc-
tion Manager a list of items to be completed or cor-
rected. The failure to include any items on such list does
not alter the responsibility oi the Contractor to complete
all Work in accordance With the Contract Documents.
\Vhen the Architect, on the baSIS oi IOspectlon and con-
)ultation with the Construction Manager. determines that
the Work or designated portion thereoi IS )ubstantially
complete, the Architect wdl then prepare a Certificate oi
Substantial Completion of the Work which shall establtsh
the Date of Substantial Completion oi the Work, shall
state the responsibilities of the Owner and the Contractor
for security, maintenance, heat. utilities. damage to the
Work and insurance, and shall fix the time within which
the Contractor shall complete the items listed therein.
The Certiiicate of Substantial Completion oi the Work
shall be submitted to the Owner and the Contractor ior
their written acceptance of the responsibilities assigned to
them in such Certificate,
9.8.2 Upon Substantial Completion of the Work or desig-
nated portion thereof, and upon application by the Con-
tractor and certiiication by the Architect. the Owner shall
make payment, reilecting adiustment in retainage. ii any.
for such Work or portion thereof as provided in the Con-
tract Documents.
9.8.3 When the Architect. on the basis oi inspections.
determines that the Project or designated portion thereoi
is substantially complete, the Architect will then prepare
a Certificate oi Substantial Completion oi the Project
which shall establish the Date oi Substantial Completion
oi the Project and fix the time within which the Contrac-
tor shall complete any uncompleted items on the Certii-
icate of Substantial Completion of the Work.
9.8.4 Warranties required by the Contract Documents
shall commence on the Date of Substantial Completion of
the Project or designated portion thereoi unless other-
wise provided in the Certificate of Substantial Comple-
tion of the Work or designated portion thereof.
9,9 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT
9.9.1 Following the Architect's issuance oi the Certiiicate
oi Substantial Completion of the Work or designated por-
tion thereof, and the Contractor's completion of the
Work. the Contractor shall forward to the Construction
Manager a written notice that the Work IS ready for final
inspection and acceptance, and shall also iorward to the
Construction Manager a final Application ior Payment.
Upon receipt, the Construction Manager will make the
necessary evaluations and forward r"!commendations to
the Architect who will promptly make such inspection.
When the Architect iind5 the Work acceptable under
the Contract Documents and the Contract fully per-
formed, the Architect will issue a Project Certificate for
Payment which will approve the iinal payment due the
Contractor. This approval will constitute a representation
that. to the best of the Architect's knowledge, informa-
tion and belief, and on the basis of observations and in-
spections, the Work has been completed in accordance
with the Terms and Conditions of the Contract Docu-
ments and that the entire balance found to be due the
Contractor, and noted in said Certificate, is due and pay-
able. The Architect's approval of said Project Certificate
for Payment will constitute a further representation that
the conditions precedent to the Contractor's being en-
titled to final payment as set forth in Subparagraph 9.9.2
have been fulfilled.
AlA DOCUMENT A201/CM . GENERAL CONDITIONS Of THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION . JUNE 1980 EDITION . AlAe · @ 1980 . THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 173S NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006
A201/CM - 1980 16
9.9,2 Neither the final payment nor the remaining retain-
age shall become due until the Contractor submits to the
Architect, through the Construction Manager, (1) an affi-
davit that all payrolls, bills for materials and equipment,
and other indebtedness connected with the Work for
which the Owner or the Owner's property might in any
way be responsible, have been paid or otherwise satis-
fied, (2) consent of surety, if any, to final payment, and
(3) if required by the Owner, other data establishing pay-
ment or satisfaction of all such obligations, such as re-
ceipts, releases and waivers of liens arising out of the
Contract. to the extent and in such form as may be desig-
nated by the Owner. If any Subcontractor refuses to fur-
nish a release or waiver required by the Owner, the Con-
tractor may furnish a bond satisfactory to the Owner to
indemnify the Owner against any such lien. If any such
lien remains unsatisfied after all payments are made, the
Contractor shall refund to the Owner all monies that the
latter may be compelled to pay in discharging such lien,
including all costs and reasonable attorneys' fees,
9.9.3 If, after Substantial Completion of the Work, final
completion thereof is materially delayed through no fault
of the Contractor or by the issuance of Change Orders
affecting final completion, and the Construction Manager
so confirms, the Owner shall, upon application by the
Contractor and certification by the Architect and without
terminating the Contract, make payment of the balance
due for that portion of the Work fully completed and
accepted. If the remaining balance for Work not fully
completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipu-
lated in the Contract Documents, and if bonds have been
furnished as provided in Paragraph 7.5, the written con-
sent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for
that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted
shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Construction
Manager prior to certification of such payment. Such pay-
ment shall be made under the Terms and Conditions gov-
erning final payments, except that it shall not constitute a
waiver of claims.
9.9.4 The making of final payment shall. ailer the Date
of Substantial Completion of the Project, constitute a
waiver of all claims by the Owner except those arising
from:
.1 unsettled liens;
.2 faulty or defective Work appearing after Substan-
tial Completion of the Work;
.3 failure of the Work to comply with the require-
ments of the Contract Documents; or
.4 terms of any special warranties required by the
Contract Documents.
9.9.S The acceptance of fi...,! payment shall, after the
Date of Substantial Comple :un of the Project, constitute
a waiver of all claims by .he Contractor except those
previously made in writing and identified by the Contrac-
tor as unsettled at the time of the final Application for
Payment.
9.9.6 All provisions of this Agreement, including with-
out limitation those establishing obligations and proce-
dures, shall remain in full force and effect notwithstand-
ing the making or acceptance of final payment prior to
the Date of Substantial Completion of the Project.
ARTICLE 10
PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY
10.1 . SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS
10.1.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating,
maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and
programs in connection with the Work.
10.2 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY
10.2.1 The Contractor shall take all reasonable precau-
tions for the safety of, and shall provide all reasonable
protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to:
.1 all employees on the Work and all other persons
who may be affected thereby;
.2 all the Work and all materials and equipment to
be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or
off the site, under the care, custody or control of
the Contractor or any of the Contractor's Subcon-
tractors or Sub-subcontractors;
.3 other property at the site or adjacent thereto, in-
cluding trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements,
roadways, structures and utilities not designated
for removal, relocation or replacement in the
course of construction; and
.4 the work of the Owner or other separate contrac-
tors.
10.2.2 The Contractor shall give all notices and comply
with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations
and lawful orders of any public authority bearing on the
safety of persons or property or their protection from
damage, injury or loss.
10.2.3 The Contractor shall erect and maintain, as re-
quired by existing conditions and the progress of the
Work, all reasonable safeguards for safety'and protection,
including posting danger signs and other warnings against
hazards, promulgating safety regulations and notifying
owners and users of adjacent utilities.
10.2,4 When the use or storage of explosives or other
hazardous matenals or equipment is necessary for the
execution of the Work, the Contractor shall exercise the
utmost care and shall carryon such activities under the
supervision of properly qua/iiied personnel.
10.2.S The Contractor shall promptly remedy all damage
or loss (other than damage or loss Insured under Para-
graph 11.3) to any property referred to in Clauses 10.2.1.2
and 10.2.1.3 caused in whole or in part by the Contrac-
tor, any Subcontractor, any Sub.subcontractor, anyone di-
rectly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by any-
one for whose acts any of them may be liable, and for
which the Contractor is responsible under Clauses 10.2.1.2
and 10.2.1.3, except damage or loss attributable to the
acts or omissions of the Owner. the Architect. the Con-
struction Manager or anyone directly or indirectly em-
ployed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts any
of them may be liable, and not altTlbutable to the fault
or negligence of the Contractor. The foregoing obliga-
tions of the Contractor are in addition to the Contractor's
obligations under Paragraph 4.18.
10.2.6 The Contractor shall designate a responsible
member of the Contractor's organization at the site
whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents. This
person shall be the Contractor's superintendent unless
17 A201/CM -1980
AlA DOCUMENT A20t/CM . GENERAL CONDITIONS Of THE CONTRACT fOR CONSTRUCTION
CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION . JUNE 1980 EDITION . AlAe . @ 1980 . THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE Of ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE.. N.W.. WASHINGTON. D.C. 2OQOf,
otherwise designated by the Contractor in writing to the
Owner and the Construction Manager.
10.2,7 The Contractor shall not load or permit any part
of the Work to be loaded so as to endanger its safety.
10.3 EMERGENCIES
10,3.1 In any emergency affecting the safety of persons
or property the Contractor shall act, at the Contractor's
discretion, to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss.
Any additional compensation or extension of time
claimed by the Contractor on account of emergency
work shall be determined as provided in Article 12 for
Changes in the Work.
ARTICLE 11
INSURANCE
11,1 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE
11.1.1 The Contractor shall purchase and maintain insur-
ance for protection from the claims set forth below which
may arise out of or result from the Contractor's opera-
tions under the Contract, whether such operations be by
the Contractor or by any Subcontractor, or by anyone di-
rectly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by any-
one for whose acts any of them may be liable:
.1 claims under workers' or workmen's compensa-
tion, disability benefit and other similar employee
benefit acts;
.2 claims for damages because of bodily injury, occu-
pational sickness or disease, or death of the Con-
tractor's employees;
.3 claims for damages because of bodily injury, sick-
ness or disease, or death of any person other than
the Contractor's employees;
,4 claims for damages insured by usual personal in-
jury liability coverage which are sustained (1) by
any person as a result of an offense directly or
indirectly related to the employment of such per-
son by the Contractor, or (2) by any other person;
.5 claims for damages, other than to the Work itself,
because of injury to or destruction of tangible
property, including loss of use resulting therefrom;
and
.6 claims for damages because of bodily injury or
death of any person or property damage arising
out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any
motor vehicle.
11.1.2 The insurance required by Subparagraph 11.1.1
shall be written for not less than any limits of liability
specified in the Contract Documents or required by law,
whichever is greater.
11.1.3 The insurance required by Subparagraph 11.1.1
shall include contractual liability insurance applicable to
the Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 4.18.
11,1.4 Certificates of Insurance acceptable to the Owner
shall be submitted to the Construction Manager for trans-
mittal to the Owner prior to commencement of the Work.
These Certificates shall contain a provision that coverages
afforded under the policies will not be canceled until at
least thirty days' prior written notice has been given to
the Owner.
11,2 OWNER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE
11.2.1 The Owner shall be responsible for purchasing
and maintaaning Owners liability ansurance and, at the
Owner's option, may purchase and maintain insurance
for protection against claims which may arise from
operations under the Contract.
11.3 PROPERTY INSURANCE
11.3.1 Unless otherwise provided, the Owner shall pur-
chase and maintain property insurance upon the entire
Work at the site to the full insurable value thereoi. This
insurance shall include the interests of the Owner, the
Construction Manager, the Contractor, Subcontractors
and Sub-subcontractors in the Work, and shall insure
against the perils of fire and extended coverage and shall
include "all risk" insurance ior physical loss or damage
including, without duplication oi coverage, theft, van-
dalism and malicious mi$chief. If the Owner does not
intend to purchase such insurance for the full insurable
value of the entire Work, the Owner shall inform the
Contractor in writing prior to commencement oi the
Work. The Contractor may then effect insurance which
will protect the interests oi the Contractor. the Contrac-
tor's Subcontractors and the Sub-subcontractors jn the
Work, and by appropriate Change Order the cost thereof
shall be charged to the Owner. Ii the Contractor is dam-
aged by iailure of the Owner to purchase or maintain
such insurance and to so notify the Contractor, then the
Owner shall bear all rea$onable costs properlv attributa-
ble thereto. .If not covered under the all risk insurance
or otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the
Contractor shall effect and maintain similar property in-
surance on portions of the Work stored off the site or in
transit when such portions of the Work are to be in-
cluded in an Application for Pavment under Subpara-
~raph 9.3.2.
11.3.2 The Owner shall purchase and maintain such
boiler and machinery in$urance a, may be required by
the Contract Document$ or by law. This insurance shall
include the interests of the Owner. the Cunstruction\-1an-
ager. the Contractor. Subcontractor, ,1nd Sub-subcontrac-
tors in the Work.
11.3.3 Any loss insured under Subparagraph 11.3.1 i, to
be adjusted vllith the O\\ner and made pavable to the
Owner as trustee ior the insureds. as their interests may
appear. subject to the requirements of any applicable
mortgagee clause and oi SubparJgraph 11.3.8. The Con-
tractor shall pay each Subcontractor a just share of any
insurance monies received by the Contractor, and by ap-
propriate agreement, written where legally required for
validity, shall require each Subcontractor to make pay-
ments to their Sub-subcontractors in similar manner.
11.3.4 The Owner shall file a copy of all policies with
the Contractor before an exposure to loss may occur.
11.3.5 Ii the Contractor requests in writing that insur-
ance for risks other than those described in Subpara-
graphs 11.3.1 and 11.3.1, or other special hazards. be
included in the propert\' insurance policy, the Owner
shall, if possible, include such insurance, and the cost
thereof shall be charged to the Contractor by appropriate
Change Order.
AlA DOCUMENT A201/CM . GENERAL CONDITIONS Of THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION . JUNE 1980 EDITION . AlA- . @ 1980 . THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE Of ARCHITECTS, 173S NEW YORK ^VE., N.W.. W^SHINGTON, D.C. 20006
A201/CM -1980 18
~.
11,3.6 The Owner and the Contractor waive all rights
against (1) each oth~r and the Subcontractors, Sub-sub-
contractors. agents and employees of each other, and (2)
the Architect, the Construction Manager and separate con-
tractors, if any, and their subcontractors, sub-subcontrac-
tor5. agent5 and employees, for damages caused by fire or
other perils to the extent covered b\' insurance obtained
pur~uant to this Paragraph 11.3 or any other property in-
surance applicab!e to the Work. except such rights as
the\' may have to the proceeds of such insurance held
by the Owner as trustee. The foregoing waiver afforded
the Architect. the Construction ,"'1anager. their agents and
emplovees shall not extend to the liability imposed bv
Subparagraph 4.18.3. The Owner or the Contractor, as
appropriate, shall reqUIre of the Architect, the Construc-
tion Manager, separate contractors. Subcontractors and
Sub-subcontractors by appropriate agreements, written
\\<here legally required for validity, similar waivers each
m favor of all other parties enumerated in this Sub-
paragraph 11.3.6.
11.3.7 If required in writmg by any party in interest, the
Owner as trustee shall. upon the occurrence of an in-
sured loss, give bond for the proper performance of the
Owner's duties. The Owner shall deposit in a separate
account any money so received. and shall distribute it in
accordance With such agreement as the parties in interest
may reach. or in accordance with an award by arbitration
in which case the procedure shall be as provided in Para-
graph 7.9. If after such loss no other special agreement
is made, replacement of damaged Work shall be covered
by an appropriate Change Order.
11.3.8 The Owner, as trustee. shall have power to adjust
and settle any loss with the insurers unless one of the
parties in interest shall object, in writing within five days
after the occurrence of loss. to the Owner's exercise of
thi5 power, and if such objection be made. arbitrators
shall be chosen as provided in Paragraph i.9. The Owner
as trustee shall. in that case, make settlement with the
insurers in accordance with the directions of such arbi-
trators. If distribution of the insurance proceeds by arbi-
tration is required. the arbitrator< will direct such dis-
tribution
11.3.9 If the Owner finds it necessary to occupy or use
a portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial
Completion thereof, such occupancy shall not commence
prier to a time mutually agreed to by the Owner and the
Contractor and to which the insurance company or com-
panies providing the property insurance have consented
by endorsement to the policy or policies. This insurance
5hall not be canceled or lapsed on account of such partial
occupancy. Consent of the Contractor and of the insur-
ance company or companies to such occupancy or use
shall not be unreasonably withheld.
11.4 LOSS OF USE INSURANCE
11.4.1 The Owner, at the Owner's option, may purchase
and maintain insurance for protection against loss of use
of the Owner's property due to fire or other hazards,
however caused. The Owner waives all rights of action
against the Contractor for loss of use of the Owner's
property, including consequential losses due to fire or
other hazards however caused, to the extent covered by
insurance under this Paragraph 11.4.
ARTICLE 12
CHANGES IN THE WORK
12.1 CHANGE ORDERS
12.1.1 ,-\ Change Order IS a written order to the Con-
tractor ~Igned to show the recommendation of the Con-
struction Manager. the approval of the Architect and the
authOrization of the Owner. issued after execution oi the
Contract. authorizing a change in the Work or an adjust-
ment in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. The
Contract Sum and the Contract Time mav be changed
only by Change Order. A Change Order signed by the
Contractor indicates the Contractor's agreement there-
with. including the adjustment in the Contract Sum or
the Contract Time.
12.1.2 The Owner, without invalidating the Contract.
may order changes in the Work within the general scope
oi the Contract conSlStmg ot additions, deletions or other
reviSion,. the Contract Sum and the Contract Time being
adjusted accordingly. All such changes in the Work shall
be authorized by Change Order. and shall be performed
under the applicable conditions of the Contract Docu-
ments.
12.1.3 The cost or credit to the Owner resulting from a
change in the Work shall be determined in one or more
of the following ways:
.1 by mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly
itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating
data to permit evaluation;
.2 by unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or
subsequently agreed upon;
.3 by cost to be determined in a manner agreed upon
by the parties and a mutually acceptable fixed or
percentage fee; or
.4 by the method provided in Subparagraph 12.1.4.
12.1.4 If none of the methods set forth in Clauses
12.1.3.1,12.1.3.2 or 12.1.3.3 is agreed upon. the Contrac-
lor, provided a written order signed by the Owner is re-
ceived, shali promptly proceed with the Work involved.
The cost of such Work shall then be determined by the
.-\rchitect. after consultation With the Construction Man-
ager, on the basis of the reasonable expenditures and
5a\ Ings of those performing the 'Nork attributable to the
change. including, in the case of an increase in the Con-
tract Sum. a reasonable allowance tor overhead and
profit. In such ca5e. and also under Clauses 12.1.3.3 and
12.1.3.4 above. the Contractor shall keep and present, in
such form as the Owner, the Architect or the Construc-
tion Manager may prescribe. an itemized accounting to-
gether with appropriate supporting data for inclusion in
a Change Order. Unless otherwise provided in the Con-
tract Documents, cost shall be limited to the following:
cost of materials, including sales tax and cost of delivery;
cost of labor, including social security, old age and
unemployment insurance, and fringe benefits required bv
agreement or custom; workers' or workmen's compensa-
tion insurance; bond premiums; rental value of equip-
ment and machinery; and the additional costs of super-
vision and field office personnel directly attributable to
the change. Pending final determination of cost to the
Owner. payments on account shall be made on the Ar-
chitect's approval of a Project Certificate for Payment.
19 A201fCM -1980
AlA DOCUMENT A201/CM . GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION . JUNE 1980 EDITION . AlAe . <s> 1980 . THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHllECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON. D.C. 20006
,
The amount of credit to be allowed by the Contractor to
the Owner for any deletion or change which results in a
net decrease in the Contract Sum will be the amount ot
the actual net cost as confirmed by the Architect after
consultation with the Construction Manager. When both
additions and credits covering related Work or substitu-
tions are involved in anyone change, the allowance for
overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis of the
net increase, if any, with respect to that change.
12.1.5 If unit prices are stated in the Contract Docu-
ments or subsequently agreed upon, and if the quantities
originally contemplated are so changed in a p!oposed
Change Order that application of the. agreed Unit prlc.es
to the quantities of Work proposed WIll cause substantIal
inequity to the Owner or the Contractor, the applicable
unit prices shall be equitably adjusted.
12,2 CONCEALED CONDITIONS
12.2.1 Should concealed conditions encountered in the
performance of the Work below the surface of the ground
or should concealed or unknown conditions in an existing
structure be at variance with the conditions indicated by
the Contract Documents, or should unknown physical
conditions below the surface of the ground or should
concealed or unknown conditions in an existing struc-
ture of an unusual nature, differing materially from those
ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as in-
herent in work of the character provided for in this Con-
tract, be encountered, the Contract Sum shall be equita-
bly adjusted by Change Order upon claim by either party
made within twenty days after the first observance of the
conditions.
12.3 CLAIMS FOR ADDITIONAL COST
12.3,1 If the Contractor wishes to make a claim for an
increase in the Contract Sum, the Contractor shall give
the Architect and the Construction Manager written no-
tice thereof within twenty days after the occurrence of
the event giving rise to such claim. This notice shall be
given by the Contractor before proceeding to .execute the
Work, except in an emergency endangering life or ,prop-
erty in which case the Contractor shall proceed In ac-
cordance with Paragraph 10.3. No such claim shall be
valid unless so made. If the Owner and the Contractor
cannot agree on the amount of the adjustment in the
Contract Sum, it shall be determined by the Architect
after consultation with the Construction Manage~. Any
change in the Contract Sum resulting from such claim
shall be authorized by Change Order.
12.3.2 If the Contractor claims that additional cost is in-
volved because of, but not limited to, (1) any written in-
terpretation pursuant to Subparagraph 2.3.11, (2) any or-
der by the Owner to stop the Work pursuant to Para-
graph 3.3 where the Contractor was not at fault. or any
such order by the Construction Manager as the Owner's
agent, (3) any written order for a minor change. in the
Work issued pursuant to Paragraph 12.4, or (4) failure of
payment by the Owner pursuant to Paragraph 9.7, the
Contractor shall make such claim as provided in Sub-
paragraph 12.3.1.
12.4 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK
12.4.1 The Architect will have authority to order minor
changes in the Work not involving an adjustment in the
Contract Sum or extension of the- Contract Time and not
inconsistent with the intent of the Contract Documents.
Such changes shall be effected by written order issued
through the Construction Manager, and shall be binding
on the Owner and the Contractor. The Contractor shall
carry out such written orders promptly.
ARTICLE 13
UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK
13.1 UNCOVERING Of WORK
13.1,1 If any portion of the Work should be covered
contrary to the request of the Architect or the Construc-
tion Manager, or to requirements specifically expressed in
the Contract Documents, it must. if required in writing by
either, be uncovered for their observation and shall be
replaced at the Contractor's expense.
13.1,2 If any other portion of the Work has been cov-
ered which the Architect or the Construction Manager
has not specifically requested to observe prior to its being
covered, either may request to see such Work and it shall
be uncovered by the Contractor. If such Work be found
in accordance with the Contract Documents, the cost of
uncovering and replacement shall, by appropriate Change
Order, be charged to the Owner. If such Work be found
not in accordance with the Contract Documents, the
Contractor shall pay such costs unless it be found that
this condition was caused by the Owner or a separate
contractor as provided in Article 6, in which event the
Owner shall be responsible for the payment of such costs.
13.2 CORRECTION Of WORK
13.2.1 The Contractor shall promptly correct all Work
rejected by the Architect or the Construction Manager as
defective or as failing to conform to the Contract Docu-
ments whether observed before or after Substantial Com-
pletion of the Project and whether or not fabricated, in-
stalled or completed. The Contractor shall bear all costs
of correcting such rejected Work, including compensa-
tion for the Architect's and the Construction Manager's
additional services made necessary thereby.
13.2.2 If, within one year after the Date of Substantial
Completion of the Project or designated portion thereof,
or within one year after acceptance by the Owner of
designated equipment, or within such longer period of
time as may be prescribed by law or by the terms of any
applicable special warranty required by the Contract Docu-
ments, any of the Work is found to be defective or not in
accordance with the Contract Documents. the Contractor
shall correct it promptly after receipt of a written notice
from the Owner to do so unless the Owner has previ-
ously given the Contractor a written acceptance of such
condition. This oblig"';, 1 shall survive both final payment
for the Work or des; nated portion thereof and termina-
tion of the Contract. The Owner shall give such notice
promptly after discovery of the condition.
13.2.3 The Contractor shall remove from the site all
portions of the Work which are defective or nonconform-
ing and which have not been corrected under Subpara-
graphs 4.5.1, 13.2.1 and 13.2.2, unless removal is waived
by the Owner.
13.2.4 If the Contractor fails to correct defective or non-
conforming Work as provided in Subparagraphs 4.5,1,
AlA DOCUMENT A2Gl/CM . GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION . JUNE 1980 EDITION . AlA. . @ 1980 . THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 173S NEW YORK AVE., N.W.. WASHINGTON. D.C. 20006
A201/CM - "1980 20
13,2.1 and 13.2.2, the Owner may correct it in accordance
with Paragraph 3.4.
13.2.5 If the Contractor does not proceed with the cor-
rection of such defective or nonr:onforming Work within
a reasonable time fixed by written notice from the Archi-
tect issued through the Construction Manager, the Owner
may remove it and may store the materials or equipment
at the expense of the Contractor. If the Contractor does
not pay the cost of such removal and storage within ten
days thereafter, the Owner may, upon ten additional
days' written notice, sell such Work at auction or at pri-
vate sale and shall account for the net proceeds thereot.
after deducting all the costs that should have been borne
by the Contractor, including compensation for the Archi-
tect's and the Construction Manager's additional services
made necessary thereby. If such proceeds of sale do not
cover all costs which the Contractor should have borne,
the difference shall be charged to the Contractor and an
appropriate Change Order shall be issued. If the payments
then or thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to
cover such amount. the Contractor shall pay the differ-
ence to the Owner.
13,2.6 The Contractor shall bear the cost of making
good all work of the Owner or separate contractors de-
stroyed or damaged by such correction or removal.
13.2.7 Nothing contained in this Paragraph 13.2 shall be
construed to establish a period of limitation with respect
to any other obligation which the Contractor might have
under the Contract Documents, including Paragraph 4.5
hereof. The establishment of the time periods noted in
Subparagraph 13.2.2, or such longer period of time as
may be prescribed by law or by the terms of any warranty
required by the Contract Documents, relates only to the
specific obligation of the Contractor to correct the Work,
and has no relationship to the time within which the
Contractor's obligation to comply with the Contract Doc-
uments may be sought to be enforced, nor to the time
within which proceedings may be commenced to estab-
lish the Contractor's liability with respect to the Contrac-
tor's obligations other thai' specifically to correct the
Work.
1 3.3 ACCEPTANCE Of DEFEOIVE OR
NONCONFORMING WORK
13.3.1 If the Owner prefers to accept defective or non-
conforming Work, the Owner may do so instead of reql.ir-
ing its removal and correction, in which case a Change
Order will be issued to reflect a reduction in the Contract
Sum where appropriate and equitable. Such adjustment
shall be effected whether or not final payment has been
made.
ARTICLE 14
TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT
14.1 TERMINATION BY THE CONTRAOOR
14.1.1 If the Work is stopped for a period of thirty days
under an order of any court or other public authority
having jurisdiction, or as a result of an act of government
such as a declaration of a national emergency making
materials unavailable, through no act or fault of the Con-
tractor or a Subcontractor or their agents or employees or
any other persons performing any of the Work under a
contract with the Contractor, or if the Work should be
stopped for a period of thirty days by the Contractor be-
cause of the Construction Manager's failure to recom-
mend or the Architect's failure to issue a Project Certifi-
cate for Payment as provided in Paragraph 9.7 or because
the Owner has not made payment thereon as provided in
Paragraph 9.7, then the Contractor may, upon seven addi-
tional days' written notice to the Owner, the Architect
and the Construction Manager, terminate the Contract and
recover from the Owner payment for all Work executed
and for any proven loss sustained upon any materials,
equipment. tools, construction equipment and machinery,
including reasonable profit and damages.
14.2 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER
14.2.1 If the Contractor is adjudged a bankrupt, or
makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors,
or if a receiver is appointed on account of the Contrac-
tor's insolvency, or if the Contractor persistently or re-
peatedly retuses or fails, except in cases for which exten-
sion of time is provided, to supply enough properly
skilled workers or proper materials, or fails to make
prompt payment to Subcontractors or for materials or
labor, or persistently disregards laws, ordinances, rules,
regulations or orders of any public authority having juris-
tion, or otherwise is guilty of a substantial violation of a
provision of the Contract Documents, and fails within
seven days after receipt of wrillen notice to commence
and continue correction of such default, neglect or viola-
tion with diligence and promptness, the Owner, upon
certification by the Architect after consultation with the
Construction Manager that sufficient cause exists to justify
such action, may, after seven days following receipt by
the Contractor of an additional written notice and with-
out preJudice to any other remedy the Owner may have,
terminate the employment of the Contractor and take
possession of the site and of all materials, equipment,
tools, construction equipment and machinery thereon
owned bv the Contractor and may finish the Work bv
whatever methods the Owner may deem expedient. In
,uch case the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive
any further payment until the Work is finished.
14.2.2 If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum ex-
ceeds the costs of finishing the Work, including compen-
sation for the Architect's and the Construction Manager's
additional services made necessary thereby, such excess
shall be paid to the Contractor. If such costs exceed the
unpaid balance, the Contractor shall pay the difference
to the Owner. The amount to be paid to '11{> Contractor
or to the Owner, as the case may be, shall' e certified by
the Architect, upon application, in the manner provided
in Paragraph 9.4, and this obligation for payment shall
survive the termination of the Contract.
21 A201/CM -1980
AlA DOCUMENT A201/CM . GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION . JUNE 1980 EDITION . AlAe . @ 1980 . THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. I73S NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006
SECTION 00800
SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION AND OWNER ACCEPTANCE
Bid Group 2, and Bid Group 3 Contractors shall turn over care,
custody and control of their work to the Owner as defined in the
issuance of the A/E's Certificate of Substantial Completion of the
Project. All contracts in these bid groups shall exchange as a
group and in unison, possession, maintenance and security
responsibilities with the Monroe County Officials. Any portion of
the work which is in non-conformance with the contract documents or
elements which prevent the Ownerls use of the facilities for its
intended use shall be excluded from acceptance. The contractor
shall be responsible for all work performed, equipment, and
materials furnished to, or by the contractor under this contract
until the contractors work is completed and has been accepted by
the Owner as stated in the Certificate of Substantial Completion.
In the event of loss, damage or destruction of such work,
equipment, or materials, the contractor at his sole expense shall
promptly repair, restore, or replace such, to the conditions
required by the contract documents.
All warranties and guarantees shall commence as stated on the A/E's
Certificate of Substantial Completion.
Substantial completion Certificates for portions of the project or
portions of the work may be used to reduce retention. This partial
certification shall only be used for the purpose of reducing
retention. The implementation and amounts of reduction shali be at
the Ownerls sole discretion.
In the event of discrepancy or disagreement in the contract
documents, specifications, and/or drawings, this section will take
precedence over the Supplementary General Conditions, General
Conditions, General Requirements, technical specifications and
drawings.
-..
.
11/20/91
OWNER ACCEPTANCE
00800 - 1
SECTION 00805
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS
Information contained in this Supplementary Conditions amends,
supplements or clarifies the "General Conditions of the Contract
for Construction, Construction Management Edition, AIA Document
A201/CM dated June 1980 Edition.
In cases of conflict between the General Conditions and these
Supplementary Conditions, wording of this Section shall govern.
ARTICLE 1
1. Subparagraph 1.1.3 - third line-after the word
"construction," delete the remaining words and insert the
following:
"and all supplies, tools, construction equipment and
machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation, and other
facilities, services, and incidentals necessary for the
proper execution and completion of such construction; except
as expressly noted in the Scope of Work or the General
Requirements of the Contract."
2. Subparagraph 1.2.1 - delete in its entirety.
3. Subparagraph 1.2.3 - after the last word "meanings" in the
paragraph add the following sentence:
"In case of discrepancy or disagreement in the contract
documents, specifications, and/or drawings, the ORDER OF
PRECEDENCE shall be:
Contract Agreement
The addenda as issued
The Supplementary General Conditions
General Conditions
The General Requirements
The Technical Specifications
The Drawings (Large scale det~il drawings take
precedence over smaller scale general drawings).
4. Add new subparagraph 1.2.5 as follows:
"Where on any of the drawings a portion of the Work is drawn
11/20/91
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS
00805 - 1
out and the remainder is indicated in outline, the parts
drawn out shall also apply to all other like portions of the
Work."
5. Add new subparagraph 1.3.2 as follows:
"Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the
Trade Contractor will be furnished, free of charge, all
copies of Drawings and specifications reasonably necessary
for the execution of the Work."
ARTICLE 2
1. subparagraph 2.2.1 - after the word "representative", add:
"The Construction Manager is not the General Contractor and,
unless otherwise expressly provided in the Contract
Documents, does not asssume any of the traditional duties of
a General Contractor. The term Construction Manager means
the Construction Manager acting through his authorized
representative."
2. Subparagraph 2.3.4 - first sentence after the word
"Architect," add "along with the Construction Manager."
3. Subparagraph 2.3.7 - after the word "properly," add:
"It is the intent of the Contract Oocuments to allow the
Construction Manager to schedule the performance of all Work
and the contractors are expected to follow all such schedule
direction. Should a contractor, either in person or through
his subcontractor, supplier, or vendor, fail to maintain
progress according to the Project Schedule and approved
Contractor's Schedule, or cause delay to another Contractor:
he shall furnish additional labor and/or services such as
overtime as may be necessary to brinq his operations UP to
schedule. all at no additional cost to the Owner."
4. Subparagraph 2.3.15 - delete in its entirety.
5. Subparagraph 2.3.18 - delete the word "reasonable" in the
sixth (6th) line. After the word "promptness", add
"consistent with the constraints of the project scheiule so
as to cause no delay."
6. Subparagraph 2.3.21 - first line - delete the words "the
Construction Manager will assist the Architect", and
11/20/91
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS
00805 - 2
substitute, "The Architect will assist the Construction
Manager."
7. Subparagraph 2.3.23 - delete the phrase "against whom the
Contractor makes no reasonable objection and." Also, delete
the last sentence in the subparagraph in its entirety.
ARTICLE 3
1. Subparagraph 3.4.1 - substitute three (3) days notice in
each case for the seven (7) day notices stipulated. Add at
end of subparagraph the following: "In the event of clean-
up issues, Owner has right to provide a minimum of 24 hours
notice. In the event of safety issues determined to be of a
serious nature, as determined by the CM, notice will given,
and contractor is required to rectify deficiency
immediately."
2. Subparagraph 3.2.1 - delete in its entirety.
ARTICLE 4
1.
Subparagraph 4.1.1
following:
delete in its entirety and insert the
"The Contractor is the same person or entity identified as
the Trade Contractor. A Trade Contractor is the person or
entity identified as such in the Agreement between the Owner
or Construction Manager and a Trade Contractor. The term
Trade Contractor includes one who furnishes material worked
to a special design but does not include one who furnishes
material not so worked and is referred to throughout the
Contract Documents as if singular in number and masculine in
gender. The term Trade Contractor means the Trade
Contractor or his authorized representative."
2. Add new subparagraph 4.4.3 as follows:
"The Contractor is responsible for the conduct of his
employees at all times. Misconduct, destruction of
property, unsafe practices, or violation of any Federal or
State regulations including abuse of alcohol or drugs, will
be cause for permanent dismissal from the project. If any
Contractor employee is determined to be detrimental to the
Project, as deemed by the Construction Manager, the
Contractor wil remove and/or replace the employee at the
request of the Construction Manager. Employees dismissed
11/20/91
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS
00805 - 3
from the project will be transported from the jobsite at the
Contractor's expense."
3. Add new subparagraph 4.4.4 as follows:
"The Trade Contractor shall be totally responsible for the
security of his work, materials, equipment, supplies, tools,
machinery, and construction equipment."
11/20/91
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS
00805 - 4
4. Add new subparagraph 4.4.5 as follows:
"The Trade Contractor shall be responsible for complete,
timely and accurate field measurements as necessary for
proper coordination, fabrication and installation of his
materials and equipment. The Trade Contractor agrees to
cooperate with the Construction Manager, if required, to
accommodate any discovered variations or deviations from the
Drawings and Specifications so that the progress of the Work
is not' adversely affected."
5. Subparagraph 4.9.1 - add the following sentence:
liThe superintendent shall be satisfactory to the
Construction Manager and shall not be changed except with
the consent of the Construction Manager, unless the
superintendent proves to be unsatisfactory to the Trade
Contractor or ceases to be in his employ."
6. Subparagraph 4.10.1 - add the following sentence:
"This schedule, to be submitted within three (3) days after
Contract Award, shall indicate the dates for the starting
and completion of the various stages of construction, shall
be revised as required by the conditions of the Work, and
shall be subject to the Construction Manager's approval."
7. Add new subparagraph 4.10.2:
"The Construction Manager will conduct a weekly scheduling
meeting which the Contractor shall attend. At this meeting,
the parties can discuss jointly such matters as progress,
scheduling, and problems."
8. Add new subparagraph 4.12.9:
"If materials specified in the Contract Documents are not
available on the present market, the Trade Contractor may
submit data on substitute materials through the Construction
Manager to the Architect/Engineer for approval by the
Owner."
9. Subparagraph 4.14.1 - add at line 3 after properly":
"He shall also provide protection of existing work as
required."
10. Subparagraph 4.14.2 - at end of paragraph, add:
11/20/91
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONOITIONS
00805 - 5
"When structural members are involved, the written consent
of the Architect/Engineer shall also be required. The Trade
Contractor shall not unreasonably withhold from the
Construction Manager or any separate contractor his consent
to cutting or otherwise altering the Work."
11. Add new subparagraph 4.14.3:
"The Trade Contractor shall arrange for any blockouts,
cutouts, or opening required for the installation of his
materials and equipment and the execution of his work,
whether or not shown or indicated on the Drawings. The
Trade Contractor shall be further responsible for sealing
and/or finishing, in an acceptable fashion and meeting any
applicable code requirements, any such blockout, cutout
opening, or other hole in any fire-rated floor, ceiling,
wall, security wall, or any other finished surface".
12. Subparagraph 4.15.1 - at end of paragraph, add:
"Clean up shall be performed to the satisfaction of the
Owner or Construction Manager."
13. Add new subparagraph 4.16.2:
"The Trade Contractor shall promptly return telephone calls
or respond to any other form of communication initiated by
the Construction Manager. Failure to promptly do so shall
be considered a lack of performance on the part of the Trade
Contractor, and may be considered grounds for replacement of
site personnel."
14. Add new Subparagraph 4.16.3:
"All written correspondence to the Construction Manager
shall be serialized, dated, and signed by an authorized
representative of the Trade Contractor. The correspondence
shall be directed to:
Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits
P.O. Box 5283
Key West, Florida 33040
,ttn: Ooug Fuller
or hand delivered to Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits I office
located at 5090 Junior College Road, Stock Island, Florida
33040.
11/20/91
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONOITIONS
00805 - 6
Serialization procedures will be provided to the Trade
Contractor in the pre-construction meeting."
Each trade contractor shall be required to check his
designated mailbox regularly. This mailbox will be made
available, and located by the Construction Manager.
ARTICLE 5
1. Subparagraph 5.2.3 - delete in its entirety and insert the
following:
"If the Owner or Construction Manager refuses to accept any
person or entity on a list submitted by the Trade Contractor
in response to the requirements of the Contract Oocuments,
the Trade Contractor shall submit an acceptable substitute;
however, no increase in the Contract Sum shall be allowed
for any such substitution."
ARTICLE 6
1. Subparagraph 6.1.1 - delete the last sentence.
2. Subparagraph 6.1.3 - delete in its entirety, and insert the
following:
"It shall be the responsibility of each contracto~ to
coordinate his work with the work of other contractors
on the site. The Owner and Construction Manager shall
be held harmless of any and all costs associated with
improper coordination."
3. Subparagraph 6.2.5 - sixth line, after the word llinitiates,ll
delete the words "an arbitration proceeding" and substitute
"a claim;" tenth line, delete the words "at the Owner's
expense, andll; thirteenth line, after the words lland court
or," delete the word "arbitration" and substitute' llclaim."
4. Add new subparagraph 6.2.6:
"Should the Contractor contend that he is entitled to
an extension nf time for completion of any portion or
portions of che work, he shall, within (72) hours of
the occurrence of the cause of the delay, notify the
Construction Manager in writing, of his contention:
Setting forth (A) The cause for the delay, (B) A
description of the portion or portions of work affected
11/20/91
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONOITIONS
00805 - 7
~pereby, and (C) all details pertinent thereto.
subsequent written application for the specific
of days of extension of time requested shall be
the Contractor to the Construction Manager with
hours after the delay has ceased to exist.
A
number
made by
(72)
It is a condition precedent to the consideration or
prosecution of any claim for an extension of time that
the foregoing proYisions be strictly adhered to in each
instance and, if the Contractor fails to comply, he
shall be deemed to have waived the claim.
The Contractor agrees that whether or not any delay,
regardless of cause, shall be the basis for an
extension of time he shall have no claim against the
Owner or Construction Manager for an increase in the
contract price, nor a claim against the Owner or
Construction Manger for a payment or allowance of any
kind for damage, loss or expense resulting from delays:
Nor shall the Contractor have any claim for damage,
loss or expense resulting from interruptions to, or
suspension of, his work to enable other contractors to
perform their work. The only remedy available to the
Contractor shall be an extension of time."
ARTICLE 7
1. Subparagraph 7.1.1 - delete in its entirety and insert the
following:
"The contract shall be governed by the laws of the state of
Florida. Venue for any claims or disputes arising under
this contract shall be in the Circuit Court of the 16th
Judicial Circuit of the state of Florida."
2. subparagraph 7.2.1 - delete in its entirety and insert the
following:
"The Owner or Construction Manager (as the case may be) and
the Trade Contractor each binds himself, his partners,
successors, assigns, and legal representatives of such other
party in respect to all covenants, agreements, and
obligations contained in the Contract Documents. Neither
party to the Contract shall assign the Contract or sublet it
as a whole without the written consent of the other."
3. Add new Subparagraph 7.2.2:
11/20/91
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONOITIONS
00805 - 8
"The Trade Contractor shall not assign any monies due or to
become due under this Contract without prior written consent
of the Owner or Construction Manager."
4. Subparagraph 7.8.1 - delete in its entirety.
5. Paragraph 7.9 'Arbitration I and all associated subparagraphs
7.9.1, 7.9.2, & 7.9.3 - delete in their entirety.
ARTICLE 8
1. Subparagraph 8.3.1 - delete in its entirety and insert the
following:
"If the Trade Contractor is delayed, at any time, in the
progress of the Work, by any act or neglect of the Owner,
Construction Manager, or the Architect/Engineer, or by any
employee of either, or by any separate contractor employed
by the Owner, or by changes ordered in the Work, or by fire,
unusual delay in transportation, adverse weather conditions
not reasonably anticipatable, unavoidable casualties or any
causes beyond the Trade Contractorls control, or by delay
authorized by the Owner, Construction Manager, or by any
other cause which the Construction Manager determines may
justify the delay, then the Contract Time shall be extended
by no cost Change Order for such reasonable time as the
Construction Manager may determine, in accordance with'
subparagraph 6.2.6."
2. Subparagraph 8.3.2 - replace the remainder of the Paragraph
after the word "waived" in line 4 with the following:
"Any claim for extension of time shall state the cause of
the delay and the number of days of extension requested. If
the cause of the delay is continuing, only one claim is
necessary, but the Trade Contractor shall report the
termination of the cause for the delay within twenty (20)
days after such termination; otherwise, any claim for
extension of time based upon that cause shall be waived."
3. Subparagraph 8.3.4 - delete in its entirety and insert the
following:
"It shall be recognized by the Trade Contractor that he may
reasonably anticipate that as the job progresses, the
Construction Manager will be making changes in, and updating
Construction Schedules. No claim for an increase in the
11/20/91
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS
00805 - 9
Contract Sum for either acceleration or delay will be
allowed for extensions of time pursuant to this Paragraph
8.3 or for other changes in the Construction Schedules which
are of the type ordinarily experienced in projects of
similar size and complexity."
4. Add new subparagraph 8.3.5:
"If the Project is delayed as a result of the Trade
Contractor's refusal or failure to begin the Work on the
date of commencement as defined in paragraph 8.1.2, or his
refusal or failure to carry the Work forward expeditiously
with adequate forces, the Trade Contractor causing the delay
shall be liable, but not limited to, delay claims from other
Trade Contractors which are affected."
ARTICLE 9
1. Subparagraph 9.3.3 - add at line 14 after the word "person":
"All Trade Subcontractors and Trade Subsubcontractors shall
execute an agreement stating that title will so pass, upon
their receipt of payment from the Trade Contractor."
2. Subparagraph 9.5.1 - add:
"From the total of the amount determined to be payable' on a
progress payment, 10 percent of such total amount will be
deducted and retained by the Owner until final payment is
made. The balance (90 percent) of the amount payable, less
all previous payments, shall be certified for payment. When
not less than 95 percent of the work has been completed, the
Owner may, at his/her discretion (and with the consent of
the surety), prepare an estimate from which will be retained
an amount not less than twice the contract value or
estimated cost, (whichever is greater), of the work
remaining to be done. The remainder, less all previous
payments and deductions, will then be certified for payment
to the Contractor.
It is understood and agreed that the Contractor shall not be
entitled to demand or receive progress payment ba~.d on
quantities of work in excess of those provided i 1 the
proposal or covered by approved change orders, except when
such excess quantities have been determined by the
Construction Manager to be a part of the final quantity for
the item of work in question.
11/20/91
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONOITIONS
00805 - 10
No progress payment shall bind the Owner to the acceptance
of any materials or work in place, as to quality or
quantity. All progress payments are subject to correction
at the time of final payments.
3. Add new subparagraph 9.5.6:
"All material and work covered by partial payments made
shall thereupon become the sole property of the Owner, and
by this provision shall not be construed as relieving the
Trade Contractor from the sole responsibility for the
materials and work upon which payments have been made or the
restoration for any damaged material, or as a waiver to the
right of the Owner or Construction Manager to require the
fulfillment of all the terms of the Contract."
4. Add new subparagraph 9.5.7:
"Except in case of bonafide disputes, or where the Trade
Contractor has some other justifiable reason for delay, the
Trade Contractor shall pay for all transportation and
utility services not later than the end of the calendar
month following that in which services are rendered and for
all materials, tools, and other expendable equipment which
are delivered at the site of the Project. The Trade
Contractor shall pay, to each of his Trade Subcontractors,
not later than the end of the calendar month in which each
payment is made to the Trade Contractor, the representative
amount allowed the Trade Contractor on account of the work
performed by his Trade Subcontractor interest therein. The
Trade Contractor shall, by an appropriate agreement with
each Trade Subcontractor, also require each Trade
Subcontractor to make payments to his suppliers and Trade
Subsubcontractors in a similar manner."
5. Subparagraph 9.6.1 - delete in its entirety and insert the
following:
"The Construction Manager/Architect may decline to approve
an Application for Payment if, in his opinion, the
application is not adequately supported. If the Trade
Contractor and Construction Manager cannot agree on a
revised amount, the Construction Manager shall process the
Application for the amount he deems appropriate. The
Construction Manager may also decline to approve any
Applications for Payment or, because of subsequently
discovered evidence or subsequent inspections, he may
nullify, in whole or part, any approval previously made to
11/20/91
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONOITIONS
00805 - 11
such extent as may be necessary in his op1n1on because of:
(1) defective work not remedied; (2) third party claims
filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of
such claims; (3) failure of the Trade contractor to make
paYments properly to Trade Subcontractors or for labor,
materials, or equipment; (4) reasonable evidence that the
work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the
Contract Sum; (5) damage to the Construction Manager, the
Owner, or another contractor working at the project; (6)
reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed
within the contract time; (7) persistent failure to carry
out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
9.6.1.1 No paYment shall be made to the Trade
Contractor until certificates of insurance or other
evidence of compliance by the Trade Contractor, within
all the requirements of Article 12, have been filed
with the Owner and Construction Manager. Further, no
paYments on the basis of work performed by a Trade
Subcontractor shall be paid until copies of all bonds
required by Paragraph 7.5 and any certificates of
insurance required of the Trade Subcontractors under
Article 12 have been filed with the Owner."
6. Subparagraph 9.7 - delete in its entirety.
ARTICLE 11
1. Add new subparagraph 11.1.2.1:
The following coverages are required to be maintained by all
Trade Contractors and subcontractors in any tier throughout
the entire length of the contract and any extensions
thereof.
1. Premises and operation Liability Insurance:
Commercial General Liability Insurance shall be
obtained in amounts of not less than $1,000,000 each
occurrence..
Coverage shall speci:.cally include:
a. Bodily injury and property damage liability
coverage for premises and operations.
b. Products and completed operations.
11/20/91
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONOITIONS
00805 - 12
c.
Independent contractor's exposures.
'.
d. Property damage resulting from explosion,
collapse, or underground (x,c,u) exposures.
e. Blanket contractual liability covering this
contract.
f. Personal injury liability.
g. Broad form property damage liability.
2. Automobile Liability Insurance:
Comprehensive automobile liability insurance shall
include coverage for bodily injury and property damage
liability for a minimum limit of $1,000,000 each
occurrence and shall cover use of owned, non-owned, and
hired vehicles, and include employers I non-ownership
liability coverage.
3. Workers Compensation and Employers Liability Insurance:
statutory Workers' Compensation coverage including
Employers Liability coverage with limits of not less
than $100,000 per person per accident and $500,000 per
person per occurrence for disease. Coverage shall be
provided to cover operations in the state of Florida
and the Voluntary Compensation endorsement shall be
provided. Coverage for deferally enacted benefits
shall be provided where applicable.
All insurance policies except the Workers Compensation and
Employers Liability Insurance policy, are required in the
name of Monroe County Board of County Commissioners and
Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits as Additional Insured, and provide
a minimum of sixty (60) days notice in the event of
termination, non-renewal or reduction in coverage. Policy
language shall be modified to provide liability coverage for
Cross Liability suits between insureds without increasing
the total policy limits. Monroe County reserves the right
to require additional insurance as may be deemed necessary
for any specific project or work.
Insurers providing coverage(s) must be financially stable
and authorized to do business in the state of Florida. The
Monroe County Board of County Commissioners reserves the
right to reject any insurer that it believes to be
11/20/91
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS
00805 - 13
unacceptable.
Failure to maintain required insurance coverage in effect
will proyide Monroe County, Florida with the option of
terminating the contract upon written notice to the
Construction Manager.
certificates expiring during the term of the contract shall
be replaced with new certificates prior to the expiration of
the original certificates.
Complete and certified copies of all insurance contracts
shall be furnished to The Monroe County Board of County
Commissioners if requested.
The Certificate Holder on all insurance policies is required
to be as follows:
Monroe County Board of County Commissioners, or Monroe
County,
c/o Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits
P.O. Box 5283
Key West, FL 33040
ARTICLE 12
1. Subparagraph 12.1.4 - replace the remainder of the
paragraph, after the word "change" in line 25, with the
following:
"Pending final determination of cost, payments on account
shall be made as determined by the Construction Manager.
The amount of credit to be allowed by the Trade Contractor
for any deletion or change, which results in a net decrease
in the Contract Sum, will be the amount of the actual net
cost as confirmed by the Construction Manager. When both
additions and credits covering related Work or substitutions
are involved in anyone change, the allowance for overhead
and profit shall be figured on the basis of the net
.;.., ::rease, if any, with respect to that change."
2. Add new subparagraph 12.1.6:
"The actual cost of Changes in the Work may include all
items of labor or material, power tools, and equipment
11/20/91
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONOITIONS
00805 - 14
actually used" utilities, pro rata charges for foreman, and
all payroll charges such as Public Liability and Workman's
Compensation Insurance. No percentage for overhead and
profit shall be allowed on items of Social Security and
Sales Tax. If deductions are ordered, the credit shall be
the net cost. Items considered as overhead shall include
insurance other than that mentioned above, bond or bonds,
superintendent, timekeeper, clerks, watchmen, use of small
tools, incidental job costs, and general office expenses.
The actual cost of Changes in the Work (other than those
covered by unit prices set forth in the Contract Documents)
shall be computed as follows:
12.1.6.1 If the Trade Contractor performs the actual
Work, the percentage mark-up for overhead and profit
shall be a maximum addition of fifteen percent (15%).
12.1.6.2 If the Trade Subcontractor performs the
actual Work, the percentage mark-up for overhead and
profit shall be a maximum addition of fifteen percent
(15%). If the Trade Contractor does not enter into the
Work, the maximum mark up for managing this work will
be ten percent (10%).
12.1.6.3 If the Trade Subcontractor performs part of
the actual work, his percentage mark-up for overhead
and profit shall be a maximum addition of fifteen
percent (15%) on his direct work only. If the Trade
Contractor performs part of the actual work, his
percentage mark-up for overhead and profit shall be a
maximum addition of fifteen percent (15%) on his direct
work only.
3. Add new subparagraph 12.1.7:
liThe Trade Contractor shall furnish to the Owner through the
Construction Manager, an itemized breakdown of the
quantities and prices used in computing the value of any
change that might be ordered."
4. Subparagraph 12.3.1 - delete in its entirety and insert the
following:
"If the Trade Contractor claims that any instructions given
to him by the Construction Manager, by drawings or
otherwise, involve extra work not covered by the Contract,
he shall give the Construction Manager written notice
thereof within three (3) days after the receipt of such
11/20/91
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONOITIONS
00805 - 15
instructions and before proceeding to execute the work,
except in emergencies endangering life or property, in which
case the Trade Contractor shall proceed in accordance with
Paragraph 10.3."
Should it not be clear to the Trade Contractor that a change
will involve extra work, written notice given within three
(3) days that the change may involve extra work will be
sufficient notice. If it is later determined that the work
involved in such instruction shall be recognized as an
extra, the amounts of additional compensation to be paid
therefore should be determined in accordance with Paragraph
13.1.
Except as otherwise specifically provided, no claim for
additional cost shall be allowed unless the notice specified
by this Subparagraph is given by the Trade Contractor. If
the Contractor considers that the changed work involves
extra costs, the costs shall be accounted for, and presented
in accordance with subparagraph 12.1.3. All claims shall be
submitted to the Owner through the Construction Manager."
5. Subparagraph 12~3.2 - change the word 'agentl in the 7th
line, to 'representativel.
6. Add new subparagraph 12.3.3:
"Unless otherwise agreed in writing, the Contractor
shall carry on the Work and maintain its progress
during any dispute or claim proceeding, and Owner shall
continue to make payments to the Contractor in
accordance with the Contract Oocuments. Oisputes
unresolved shall be settled in accordance with
subparagraph 7.1.1."
ARTICLE 14
1. Subparagraph 14.2.1 - change the words lseven days I in the
13th and 18th line, to 172 hoursl.
11/20/91
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONOITIONS
00805 - 16
.9 1-;::'
uu
~~~~
W-I-
:lzJ:z
~~~o
ViO<U
000000
~
:5
....
z
o
u.J
G
~
~
:2
'"
c:;
~
c:;
>
::
o
z
z
o
~
U
-J
Q..
Q..
<
c
o
'"
c
.2
ti
2
-
'"
c
8
I'-..
<..)
i-
2:
L.L..I
~
:::>
u
o
a
~
'<C
I-
Z
I.U
~
~
Q.;
~
o
u..
I.U
~
U
I-
U
u.J
o
::.!
a...
-
u..
-
~
I.U
U
C
Z
<
Z
o
-
~
U
-
..oJ
c..
c..
<
CI::
W
Z
~
o
o
I-
o
I-
o
o
Q2
W
Q..
~O
UZ
WI-
I-u
J:W
uQ
~CI::
<Q..
..
;:::
u
W
I-
J:
U
::.!
<
<
>
52
8
U
<
~
I-
Z
o
U
~
o
CI::
"'-
W
~
o
I-
U
<
CI::
I-
Z
o
U
c
o
U
c:;
~
~
'~
c
,2
U
c:;
c:
c
o
u .
c]
._~
~u
o~
~-;;
.D .!!?
c ,
3';S
0,...
~\oj
",-
"= c
- ~
- E
c ~
c:; \,I
E Q
~o
Q..4(
~<
c:;-
-o~
"= ~
E~
.!!? c
c.2
,2 -:;
- ~
~.=
0.=
Q.Q
<u
CI::
o
"'-
I-
U
<
CI::
I-
Z
C
U
+A +A +A +A
u.J
N!;(
+10
~Q
'" c 0
..~...
~~ ClI:
~o$Q;;:;
I-~OIllO
~f:Oo~G
~fGI-O
I-..c~~~
Z U ~ ,.,
o >-:;) - '-'
U,cIllCl.C C c
~1-~Eu.J'OE'OE
~ f:O~O :l\oj~:l~:l
ZfGClI:U-04( -0 -0
,.,..cl-"'u!; U ~
.... \,Iz<~4( -
C2!iOO"" t:;:;
OZUI- ~,.j
+A
+A
~
'- ;;:;
~R
-olJ
c:; c
]; 0
Q.W
E +
80
"=
'i:
c:;
(OM
~R
-olJ
c:; c
o 0
V)"'-
..ci
N~~ vi
to-
Z
LoU
~
~
~
~
o
u..
Z
o
-
~
U
V1
Z
o
::
'-'
-,
--'
o
W
I ~:-+~
~ I
z II
,....,
'-'
l- I
-
0 I
n I
:;:: I
I
1-0 V1 cl
-J -J
>- c: '- ;:; ;:; -E1
CI:: 8 Ie:; 8
< .- c:; I>
-0 c: . -1-?< t 0
~ c.i ~
~ ~() Q. g
~ Q.
:J a..>- < c:
V1 Q..D c: IIJ <-=
0 ~
CI:: ~ '" ~ -;; U
W "'~ 0 E
0 '- -
e:; c: '"
CI::
0 -00 -5 CJ
'- E ;:c;
W 0"" -0
:lJ '- c:
lJ Q) :l > c:; 1<-=
Z :.co 2 .D I~
< c .- E u
I'\:l ~ Q. ~
:c ~ '- Q. :l
U Un. < Z Z
-
...I
Q.
Q.
<(
trJ
...
~
~
U
<(
~
to-
Z
o
U
+A +A
+A +A +A
'-
o
.D
LI'l
+
I'\:l
LI'l
~ c
::i E
:l
eJ-O
~u
c: c
.~
tiC:;
CI::~
]
~
~
r:
~
'-
~ Q)
OU
w-
<II
u.J
~!;(
~~ ~
'::E..cO
c :: c.; ~
::i U c: u.J
o",,1Il ~
u.J ~ :;) I- >-
Z Oz~
ClI:~>~1-
~~~>-~
...::iCl.~ClI:
~ III ClI:
0<11:;)
I- ~ U
u.J
\oj
4(
Z
~
u.J
ClI:
III
:;)
...
Cl.~
, ~
:t Q)
III c
z::i
i:i: ~
Q~
u.J (ll
U c
Z::i
4(
...
4(
=
. u.J
-\oj
M4(
Rz
v-
~
'Ou.J
ClI:
III
III
u.J
...
'-
'"
...
'i:
Q.
E
E
..;
r--.:
_c:,
-cc~c:
~1IJ~;:;3';
-oe:;~>~
c.;.D~>~
~~~c:J,
.-.~ - :.J ~
c_~E~
~c.r>-E
'" IIJ C r: >
"'~E=~r:-
~>-~;:c...
;;~E":::~
.... .... --= 'J'. ?
c~=~-
c - r-: I'": ::
~~3~~'
I ~ or; -= ~ ~
,= .~' f~--=
,-,,- ---
...... f" ,-
J:C:::Jr-
::; < :::
...=: J, = >: ......
~ E ::: 2 ~
-= ~~ :::.. ~
C"""-'--'
--:-.--...",'
- - -
~Cj;:~~
-=::;:::::-=
J'. > ,'-: .... r-
:1:8":"23
O;::.::L. -=..:x. -.::
C:;\--~-o
u g.;:::> c.;
....>:-=> :>
S c; ~ ~.~
~-=:~~
=--c~""
c: C.) "': ;;; 'J',
o~~::: C .
U.D=':~Q)
-0- ;: i= :l
1IJi::;:::;::>.-O
fcs.i~0~3
'Vi C = ~ _ ~
~.~ :; -= c 'J',
-o-;::-::->-r:
CE~..!::"'O~
~ lo.. - :;
OJcE~~lo..
~ ~ 2 3..g 1
a-.
....
'0
>-
~
-0
'0
c
C
:l
o
U
""
~
IIJ
E
~
o
'Ei
.D
S
E
~
'"
'0..
x
CJ
-0 ~
; ~ .~
1l.gE
.D a... E
'Ou>-o
IIJ "" ~ U
~ -g '"" >
V;v;Z~
::.!
,...,
v
~
v
<
CI::
I-
Z
o
U
CJCJV'l1:j
.!:~I'\:lc
---=:ll'\:l
-oO:l.l
c:-~~
J- ;2f::~
Zg::~E
._ IIJ '- :l
LoU-cQ.u
~ ~ "" 0
~ c;o1~ .
)-..oIlJ-":;c
~ ~-= 0'=:::::
~.~ s~~;::
~~~u=
~3~-~l.;
--~
o ~~~z
u.. .; ::: ~ .~ :J
S::~-oQ)o
1.1.1 r::= c: u ~
~<~,-5~;<
'J;lo...-.~c;
c <( .~ lo.. .=.
U :l.l1lJ '" 8-
_ E-=~:{c
u.. :l c:' 0 c: -
- ~ 0 c "- ~
I- 0 '-;-,.:!:! E
~ U'~ ~ -t ~
LoU :: 0. -0 ~ 6.
U-a.QJ>o
c "'1 (ll-
(Jg:o-5-o
trJ oc:_CJ
... (ll.D-" 0-=
)- -= ra ,'Ji >-.~
U~lIJu~:lJ.
_J:Q)!'O
LoU .~ ~:= :l.~
c:~ 0-...
I- ~.- ~ OJ 0
- C:.~ <( -= ~
:I: '" a.QJ - '-
"EE-=~c
U 88'0 -;; c
_ u uU
..... rc ~ tn:.c C)
<( .E:.g ~ .~ -5
~
...:
-2
"0
.~
Q..
0..
I'll
-
~
<A ::
~
:l.l
:S
""
::
-
....
:5
o
E
'"
Q~
...
w:
~
Cl:
u.J
U
I-
Z
::l
o
:E
-<
~
~
>-
co
~
~
'"
...
:l.l
::::
'S
"0
:l.l
~
...
:l.l
U
:'~
c~
o "=
Q)CU
15 Q) ::
~ E-
>- >- c:
I'\:l I'\:l 0
a. Q.U
.~o .~
OQ)-5
u.J u '-
IIJ ..... ; c;
~I-_"'O
o CI:: a.c
weJ:l
UU,-
~s
I--ou
Zc"=
:::l"''-
Oc5
~Q)U
< E '-
Q) ~ 0
~ ~ c;
QJ c:
Q) u 3';
15~O
.~ ~ CJ
o~J:
01j -: .:
~.~ 0
OJ "J',
- '-
OQ)~
c~ ':.C
rJ'l~'~
.- Q) >-
Q) E c
~~r:
u C 0
~.....-
lo.. ~ ~
Q) u._
u"'~
= ~
>- ~ ~2
co I- U c..
N
=
,...
\oj
c:
52
(;J
c:
'" ..
-I-
~u
:l.l w
..l:;t::
u J:
~ U
-.:::C<::
~<
.......;;
a;;c
~~
. ;...
~~
;~
~::::
=~
c:;
-;...
~:::
~~
::z
Zz
;;;
;.;r-
<'
'"
S!:~
-:,..
=~
<=;
_ L._
i..o... L-
,... t
:x:-
~ .f
.1"""\ .-
z:::
<=
~=
.......:;
~~
<=
. =
".. -
=~
......r
"?:
~z
...<
~:...
~:<
~~
0<
<(c
<=
'"
c c
v E
~ ::l
"3 v ~.
.D '-.,; < ",,0
~ :.; t=z
./C
C ~
'"
t;
~
.....
'"'
'-'
.....
"
~
CJ
"0
.;;;
C,)
'"
~
>
~
5
'"
c
o
~
v;
c
Cr:::I.O.lOO
I.O.lI;{r-z
~oor-
:)zQ~
zQ::sc
~I;{c..g:
~u <J1
I;{:::::i ~
U2 '-.,;
~<: ~
~
::;:
~
~
V
I-
<
L.LJ
~
::J
U
o
a
$
'<(
:J:
~
-:
z
~
-<:
r
~
0:::
""'
'-'
-'
J.
~
'-'
~
1.1.1
1.1.1
J:
rJ)
i=
0::: .
:.......J_
U ~ _ "'"
o~ ::; '":
Z ~ r; ~
<~J;>
Z J". :J.... 2
0'- :.;
~ ~ !":) r""
~.= '" ~
~G~J:
~~ E 2
:;: ~ ~ ,.-
.l.i
8"0 ~. C
r--. c.. - c
u~~
C'v:
CJ 'J'",
E '....
::l C
utj
o ~
0;;
<: 5
<v
z
o
~
:J
Z
-
I-
Z
o
U
o
'"
i,,;
;:
I
wI
:.JeIl~
ZZv
<-I
....lu..:.J
<0-
eDl-
G
~ -I-
. v
v
o8wU:
~~O~+
<....lr-,",w
l-'o..\J'l-+
~~OO~O
Z -
:.J<
~
U
0:::
<:
u..
>-
o
w Is ~
HI~:
'-'1::lZ
:L '-"',-..,
II I.c ~;::~
I;> ""< +
.1 <.<;"
::: I ~ =--~~
_....l_
' . ~o..
: i I'"' 0..<
' I '-'
+
I I r-.
I _
I ~=
I ~....;
'-J 1,;':<
' i::>
~g
= '::::
- %
. ,
::
=~
./C.
~
- ,.
" -
.-
..:
~
-
;z
=
:..
~
~
H0
'ell
I
I
, I~
18
13:
?=
-
- -
:::
- ./C
-~
--
co
o
Z
o
i=
0-
'>:
:.J
ell
""
o
~ j.
.;~
zz
-<
:<::::
:;'"
~;::
-",
<
=;:
- .
~~
=
CONTRACTOR'S
AFFIDAVIT OF
PAYMENT OF
DEBTS AND CLAIMS
OWNER
ARCHITECT
CONTRACTOR
SURETY
OTHER
AlA Document G706
o
o
o
o
TO (Owner)
r
L
PROJECT:
(name, address)
ARCHITECT'S PROJECT NO:
I CONTRACT FOR:
.J CONTRACT DATE:
State of:
County of:
The undersigned, pursuant to Article 9 of the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, AlA Document
A201, hereby certifies that, except as listed below, he has paid in full or has otherwise satisfied all obligations for all
materials and equipment furnished, for all work, labor, and services performed, and for all known indebtedness and
claims against the Contractor for damages arising in any manner in connection with the performance of the Contract
referenced above for which the Owner or his property might in any way be held responsible.
EXCEPTIONS: (If none, write "None". If required by the Owner, the Contractor shall furnish bond satisfactory to the
Owner for each exception.)
SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS ATTACHED HERETO:
1. Consent of Surety to Final Payment. Whenever
Surety is involved, Consent of Surety is required.
AlA DOCUMENT G707, CONSENT OF SURETY,
may be lI<~d for this purpose.
Indicate ...,tachment: (yes ) (no ).
The followlllg supporting documents should be at-
tached hereto if required by the Owner:
1. Contractor's Release or Waiver of Liens, condi-
tional upon receipt of final payment.
2. Separate Releases or \Vaivers of Liens from Sub-
contractors and material and equipment sup-
pliers, to the extent required by the Owner, ac-
companied by a list thereof.
3. Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens (AlA
DOCUMENT G706A).
CONTRACTOR:
Address:
BY:
Subscribed and sworn to before me this
day of
19
Notary Public:
1.,1y Commission Expires:
AlA DOCUMENT G706 ' CO:-':TRACTOR'S liD/WIT OF PAYME:-':T OF DEBTS A,'.:o CLAIMS 'APRIL 1970 EDITION
',I -\~' , f 19-0' THE -',\"'RIC\N INSTITl'H or ARCHITECTS, 17?,) '-:E\V YORK A\E.. N\Y, \V-\SHINGTON, DC. 20006
ONE PAGE
CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT OF RELEASE OF LIENS
PROJECT:
(name, address)
CONTRACT DATE:
state of:
County of:
The undersigned, pursuant to Article 9 of the General Conditions
of the Contract for Construction, AIA Document A201, hereby
certifies that to the best of his knowledge, information and
belief, except as listed below, the Releases or Waivers of Lien
attached hereto include the Contractor, all Subcontractors, all
suppliers of materials and equipment, and all performers of Work,
labor or services who have or may have liens against any property
of the Owner or claims against the public construction bond
arising in any manner out of the performance of the Contract
referenced above.
EXCEPTIONS: (If none, write "None". If required by the Owner,
the Contractor shall furnish bond satisfactory to the Owner for
each exception.)
SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS ATTACHED HERETO:
CONTRACTOR:
1. Contractorls Release or Waiver of
Liens, conditional upon receipt
of final paYment.
2. Separate Releases or Waivers of
Liens from Subcontractors and
material and equipment suppliers,
to the extent required by the Owner,
accompanied by a list thereof.
Address
BY:
Subscribed and sworn to before
me this day of 19
Notary Public:
My Commission Expires:
11/20/91
AFFIDAVIT OF RELEASE OF LIENS
00908 - 1
CONSENT OF
SURETY COMPANY
TO FINAL PAYMENT
AlA DOCUMENT G707
OWNER
ARCHITECT
CONTRACTOR
SURETY
OTHER
o
o
o
o
PROJECT:
(name, address)
TO (Owner)
I
I ARCHITECT'S PROJECT NO:
CONTRACT FOR:
L
CONTRACTOR:
-1 CONTRACT DATE:
In accordance with the provisions of the Contract between the Owner and the Contractor as indicated above, the
(here in.erl name and addre.. of Surely CompanYI
, SURETY COMPANY,
on bond of (here insert name and addre.. of Contractor!
. CONTRACTOR,
hereby approves of the final payment to the Contractor, and agrees that final payment to the Contractor shall not
relieve the Surety Company of any of its obligations to Ihere in.ert name and addre" of Owner)
, O\\'~ER,
as 5('( forth in the said Surety ComfJany's bor/d.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF,
the Surety Company has hert:Ld 110 ~el Its hand this
day of
19
Surety COfnrany
Signature of Authorized Representative
Attest:
(Seal) :
Title
NOTE: This form is to be used as a companion document to AlA DOCUMENT G706, CO~TRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT OF PAY.\\E~T OF DEBTS AND
CLAI.\1S. Current Edition
AlA DOCUMENT G707. CO~<;E-:~ OF SURETY CO,\',P.<\NY TO FI'-:AL P.-'-Y\\E"T' APRil 1970 EDfTIO'-: ' ..\I"~
ONE P.\GE
MONROE COUNlY
C/o MORRISON.KNUDSEN/GERRITS
AFFIDAVIT AND PARTIAL RELEASE OF LIEN
~PLICATION NUMBER: _PERIOD ENDING DATE:
APPLICATION DATE:
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned, for and in consideration of the payment of the sum
$ . , to be paid to the undersigned, hereby releases, acquits, satisfies and forever discharges,
MONROE COUNTY, OWNER, their successors and assigns from all suits, causes of action, liens, lien rights, claims
or demands of any kind whatsoever, to the extent of the payment to date on account of the furnishing of labor, material
or services for the improvement of the following described property:
NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION FACILITY
As part of this PARTIAL RELEASE. THAT UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES the following:
THAT the contract of the undersigned, as adjusted by all increases and decreases, is in the amount of
$ , as of the date of the Partial Release and the undersigned has received $
as payment on the adjusted contract amount as of the date of this Partial Release.
THAT all supplies of labor, material or services furnished to, or for the benefit of the undersigned for improvement
to the subject property have been paid in full. Any and all suppliers of labor, material or services for improvement
to the subject property, who have not been paid in full are listed below with the amount owing each, claimed by each
and the reason for nonpayment: (If none, write "None")
CLAIMANT
AMOUNT DUE
AMOUNT CLAIMED
REASON FOR NONPAYMENT
THAT all taxes imposed by all government agencies have been paid and discharged.
THAT all funds have been collected for F.I.C.A and withholding taxes have been properly deposited with appropriate
agencies or paid to the government as required by law.
THAT the undersigned has no other claims for money against the OWNER other than those subcontractors/suppliers
amounts remaining due and owing on the adjusted contract balance as reflected above.
THAT the undersigned further certifies that if there is a Guarantee, Warranty or Maintenance Agreement in
connection with the labor and material furnished by it, that this payment and PARTIAL RELEASE shall not release
the undersigned from any obligations under such Guarantee, Warranty or Maintenance Agreement.
WITNESS MY HAND THIS
day of
,19 .
-
\'fitness
Name of Company
Witness
Signature, Title
11/21/91
Partial Release
00915-1
SECTION 00970
PROJECT SAFETY AND HEALTH PLAN
1.1
REGULATIONS AND POLICIES
1.1.1
1.2
1.2.1
Every Trade Contractor and Trade Subcontractor employed
on the Project shall comply with all applicable local,
State, and Federal safety and health regulations and
with Morrison-Knudsen Company, Inc. safety and health
policies as described herein.
PROJECT SAFETY AND HEALTH REQUIREMENTS
It is recognized that it is good business and evidence
of competent leadership to prevent the occurrence of
incidents that lead to occupational injuries or
illnesses. Safety and health requirements on this
project include, but are not limited to, the following:
.1 In general, this accident prevention policy is
based on a sincere desire to eliminate personal
injuries, occupational illnesses, and equipment
and property damage; and to protect the general
public exposed to or associated with the work.
.2 The importance of the safety of all workers 'on the
project shall be recognized and accident
prevention shall be an integral part of all
operations.
.3 Each Trade Contractor and Trade Subcontractor
shall conduct work in a safe and practical manner
in conformance with the OSHA Safety and Health
Regulations and the latest edition of the Manual
of Accident Prevention, Associated General
Contractors of America.
.4 Each Trade Contractor and Trade Subcontractor
shall observe all applicable Federal, State, local
and project laws and regulations pertaining to
safety and health, pollution Gontrol, water
supply, fire protection, sanitation facilities,
waste disposal and other related items.
.5 The Mandatory Safety and Health Rules shall be
posted in a conspicuous location along with the
OSHA and Emergency Phone Number posters.
11/21/91
00970 - 1
PROJECT SAFETY AND HEALTH PLAN
.6 A record of all occupational injuries and
illnesses shall be maintained. Medical and lost
time cases shall be properly recorded on the OSHA
log, and reported to MORRISON-KNUDSEN/GERRITS. A
copy of the insurance report for workmen
compensation cases shall be provided to MORRISON-
KNUDSEN/GERRITS.
.7 Each Trade Contractor and Trade Subcontractor
shall provide or arrange for adequate first aid
facilities, emergency transportation and persons
qualified in first aid.
.8 Each Trade Contractor and Trade Subcontractor
shall cooperate fully with all other contractors
in their respective safety and health programs.
.9 Good housekeeping shall be observed at all times.
Waste, debris, and garbage shall be removed daily
or placed in appropriate waste containers. All
materials, tools, and equipment shall be stored in
a safe and orderly fashion. Each contractor shall
donate 10% of their staff to a crew that will
convene every Friday at 1:00pm for a joint site
clean-up effort not to exceed a duration of three
hours.
In summary, there will be a 3-part clean-up plan.
The first part consists of the contractor cleaning
up on a daily basis, his workstations, and his
trade work. The second part consists of the
general clean-up, the concerted effort by all
trade contractors working on the project. A
minimum of (1) crew is to be utilized by each
contractor, or 10%, whichever is more. The third
part consists of the Owner cleaning up for a
particular trade contractor should adequate notice
not compel him to clean up his work. In this
case, the appropriate contractors will be
backcharged.
.10 This project shall be a Hard Hat job and all
supervisors, employees and visitors sha~~ be
required to wear a suitable hard hat wh.le on the
project site.
.11 Other appropriate personal protective equipment
shall be provided and worn as required including
11/21/91
PROJECT SAFETY ANO HEALTH PLAN
00970 - 2
but not lim~ted to long pants, shirts with sleeves
and appropr1ate leather work boots.
.12 Temporary construction aids such as ladders,
scaffolds, stairs, railings, etc. shall be
provided to facilitate access or working
conditions in a manner that shall conform to the
safety standards specified by Federal, state,
Local or manufacturer's recommendations or
stipulations.
.13 Each Trade Contractor and Trade Subcontractor
shall be expected to indoctrinate his employees as
to the safety and health requirements of this
project and to enforce adherence to safe work
procedures.
.14 If MORRISON-KNUOSEN/GERRITS notifies any Trade
Contractor of any noncompliance with the
provisions of this program, the Trade Contractor
shall make all reasonable efforts to immediately
correct the unsafe conditions or acts.
satisfactory corrective action shall be taken
within the specified time. If a Trade Contractor
or Trade Subcontractor refuse to correct unsafe or
unhealthy conditions or acts, MORRISON-
KNUDSEN/GERRITS shall take one or more of the
following steps:
a. Cease the operation or a portion thereof.
b. stop payment for the work being performed.
c. Correct the situation using other forces and
back charge the Trade Contractor expenses
incurred.
d. Increase withholding in proportional
increments for that given pay period.
.15 All Trade Contractor's Superintendents shall be
required to attend and participate in all general
project safety meetings. These meetings will be
included in the weekly coordination meetings as
previously specified or on an as needed basis.
.16 All Trade Contractors shall conduct Weekly Tool
Box Safety Training Meetings, and shall document
11/21/91
00970 - 3
PROJECT SAFETY ANO HEALTH PLAN
1.3
1.3.1
1.4
1.4.1
the minutes on the forms provided. These forms
are to be transmitted to Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits
on a weekly basis. All employees working at the
project site shall be required to attend and
participate in the meetings.
.17 Shortly after the award of the contract and prior
to the beginning of work, an Activity Hazard
Analysis (phase plan) shall be prepared by the
contractor and submitted to Morrison-
Knudsen/Gerrits for approval. The analysis will
address the hazards for each activity to be
performed in that phase and will present the
procedures and safeguards necessary to eliminate
the hazards or reduce the risk to an acceptable
level. A phase is defined as an operation
involving a type of work presenting hazards not
experienced in previous operations or where a new
subcontractor or work crew is to perform work.
The analysis will be discussed by the contractor
and Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits on-site
representatiyes at the Preparatory Inspection
Meeting. Work will not proceed on that phase
until the Activity Hazard Analysis (phase plan)
has been accepted by Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits.
.18 No personal radios or stereos will be allowed on
the jOb-site.
FIRE PROTECTION
Every Trade Contractor and Trade Subcontractor employed
on the Project shall exercise good construction
practices to prevent fire. It shall be the
responsibility of the Trade Contractor to insure that
general fire protection facilities are adequate for his
work and to proyide additional fire protection
facilities and devices, including fire extinguishers as
required by their scope of work.
WORK NEAR ENERGIZED ELECTRICAL LINES OR OTHER UTILITIES
It shall be the Tra~: Contractorls sole and exclusive
responsibility (a) ~~ provide personnel capable of
working adjacent to energized electrical lines or other
utilities; (b) to provide adequate, safe and properly
maintained equipment; (c) to conduct all of his work in
accordance with the safety rules and regulations
11/21/91
PROJECT SAFETY ANO HEALTH PLAN
00970 - 4
1.5
1.5.1
1.5.2
1.5.3
presGribed by the National Electric Code, National
Electric Safety Code, H30, and Safety Rules for
Installation and Maintenance of Electrical Supply and
Communication Lines Hand Book 81, Occupational Safety
and Health Act of 1970, as well as other safety codes
in effect at the site of construction and as specified
elsewhere herein, or as are generally applicable to the
type of work being performed; and (d) to continuously
supervise and inspect the work being performed to
assure that the requirements of (a), (b), and (c) above
are complied with and nothing in these Contract
Documents shall be held to mean that any such
responsibility is the obligation of the Owner or the
Architect or the Construction Manager.
BARRICADES, WARNING DEVICES AND LIGHTING
The Trade Contractor shall be solely responsible for
providing temporary ladders, guard rails, warning
signs, barricades, night guard lights, and deck or
floor closures required in connection with his work to
comply with Federal, State and local safety
requirements. The Trade Contractor shall be solely and
exclusively responsible for the design, construction,
inspection and maintenance of such facilities at all
times.
It shall be the responsibility of the Trade Contractor
to provide additional temporary lighting, if needed to
maintain safe conditions.
It shall be the sole and exclusive responsibility of
the Trade Contractor to provide a safe place to work
for all laborers and mechanics and other persons
employed on or in connection with the project, and
nothing in these Contract Oocuments shall be construed
to give any of such responsibility to the Owner, the
Architect, or the Construction Manager.
11/21/91
00970 - 5
PROJECT SAFETY AND HEALTH PLAN
SECTION 00980
CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN
1.1
1.1.1
1.2
1.2.1
1.2.2
1.2.3
1.2.4
MORRISON-KNUDSEN/GERRITS' DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
The Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits' superintendent will
monitor all work performed by the Trade Contractor and
assist the Trade Contractor with his conformance of the
work to the Contract Drawings and Specifications.
TRADE CONTRACTOR'S DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
The Trade Contractor is responsible for the quality of
the work performed by his work force on this project as
well as the quality of the material, equipment and
supplies furnished by him to be incorporated into the
work.
The Trade Contractor will designate a Quality Control
Representative who will be on site at all times while
the respective Trade Contractor's work is in progress
and will have the authority and responsibility to
accept or reject items of work. The Trade Contractor's
Quality Control Representative may delegate his duties
but the primary responsibility and authority will rest
on him.
The Trade Contractor's Quality Control Representative
will coordinate the submittal of all shop drawings,
product data and samples to Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits.
Any submittal that is a variance to the contract
requirements must be identified as such and transmitted
to the Construction Manager for submittal and approval
by the Architect/Engineer or Owner. No work requiring
submittal of a shop drawing, product data or sample
shall commence until the submittal has been reviewed
and approved by the Architect/Engineer.
The Trade contractor will bear the responsibility of
notifying the designated material-testing labora~ory,
whether M~nroe County or Contractor is required to
perform testing of materials as required by the
contract drawings and specifications in a timely
fashion to prevent needless cancellations and delays of
work activities. Any costs caused by untimely
11/21/91 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN (ADD. 3)
00980 - 1
1.2.5
1.2.6
1.3
1.3.1
notification shall be borne by the Contractor.
The Trade Contractor's Quality Control Representative
will review his drawings, procurement documents and
contracts to insure that the technical information
provided and all work performed is in. accordance with
the latest revisions of the Contract Drawings and
Specifications.
The Trade Contractor's Quality Control Representative
will perform an inspection upon receipt at the site of
the work of all materials, equipment and supplies
including those furnished to him by the Owner. Notes
from this inspection will be filled out on the
appropriate form and included with the Contractor Daily
Quality Control Report. Items which are damaged or not
in conformance with the respective submittals, quality
standards, contract drawings and specifications shall
be brought to the attention of Morrison-
Knudsen/Gerrits' representative on site and then will
be identified and segregated from accepted items.
Items thus identified will not be incorporated into the
work until corrective action acceptable to Morrison-
Knudsen/Gerrits is completed. Items determined
unsalvageable will be removed from the job site. These
items shall be noted as deficient in the applicable
section of the Contractor Daily Quality Control Report.
INSPECTION AND TESTING
INSPECTION PLAN
Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits utilizes a multi-point
inspection plan for each separate feature of work to be
performed under this Trade Contract, i.e., work
described by each division of the technical provision
section of the contract specifications. This plan
consists of the following:
.1 Preparatory Inspection - Prior to commencing the
work, the Trade Contractor's Quality Control
Representative will meet with Morrison-
Knudsen/Gerrits' Superintendent and the
Architect's representative if he so desires to
attend and check the following items at a minimum
for conformance:
(a) Approval of shop drawings and submittals.
11/21/91 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN (ADD. 3)
00980 - 2
(b) Approval of ins~ction and test reports of
materials and equipment to be utilized.
(c) Completion of previous operations of
preliminary work.
(d) Availability of materials and equipment
required.
(e) Potential utility outages.
(f) Any other preparatory steps dependent upon
the particular operation.
(g) Quality standards.
(h) Safety or environmental precautions to be
observed. (Phase Hazard)
Note:
Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits will record the minutes
to this inspection meeting and distribute
accordingly.
.2
Initial inspection - Upon completion of a
representative sample of a given feature of the
work, the Trade Contractor's Quality Control
Representative will meet with the Morrison-,
Knudsen/Gerrits Superintendent and the Architect's
representative if he so desires to attend and
check the following items at a minimum for
conformance:
(a) Workmanship to established quality standards.
(b) Configuration to contract drawings and
specifications.
(c) Construction methods, equipment and tools
utilized.
(d) Materials and articles utilized.
(e) Adequacy of testing methods.
(f) Adequacy of shop drawings.
(g) Adequacy of safety or environmental
precautions.
11/21/91 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN (ADD. 3)
00980 - 3
Note:
Note:
Note:
.3
Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits will record the minutes
to this inspection meeting and distribute accordingly.
Follow-up Inspections - The Trade Contractor's
Quality Control Representative will inspect the
work daily to assure the continuing conformance of
the. work to the workmanship standards established
during the preparatory and initial inspections.
Additionally, as a part of the follow-up
inspection, sign-off sheets will be utilized as
often as possible. The intent of these sheets is
to achieve concurrence from other trade
contractors and responsible parties that ensuing
work can indeed commence over underlying work.
This will prevent oversights and omissions which
could elevate costs. Sign-off sheets shall be
used for, but not be limited to, concrete,
drywall, ceilings, painting, roofing substrates
and flooring. These reports are to be generated
by the applicable Trade Contractor and submitted
to Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits' Superintendent for
approval prior to the start-up of work.
Failure to generate a sign-off sheet or to attain
proper signatures prior to covering up underlying
work may affect payment for that piece of work if
ensuing problems are detected or not. This
disciplinary action shall be carried out via the
Nonconformance Report. (See section 1.4.2 of this
plan. )
The Trade Contractor shall be responsible to
record these inspections and all other project
related activities encountered throughout the day
on the Contractor Daily Quality Control Report.
.4
Completion Inspections - Upon completion of a
given feature of the work, the Trade Contractor's
Quality Control Representative will meet with
Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits' superintendent, if he so
desires to attend, to perform an inspp~tion of the
completed work. Non-conforming items will be
identified and corrected prior to commencement of
the next operation.
The Trade Contractor shall conduct and report
corrections of this inspection which shall be a
00980 - 4
11/21/91 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN (ADD. 3)
1.3.1.5
1.3.1.6
1.3.2
1.3.3
required submittal.
Follow-On Inspections - Upon execution of the
contractor's completion inspection in elements of the
work which result in concealment; such as, ceiling and
drywall installations, MK/G shall schedule and conduct
multi-trade or singular inspections prior to covering
installation.
Note:
MK/G will record the minutes to this
inspection meeting.
Pre-Final Inspection - Upon substantial completion of
the project work MK/G shall coordinate and conduct a
universal inspection of all areas and elements of the
work. The Architect/Engineer may be represented if he
so desires. This inspection shall be completed at
least (15) days prior to the final substantial
completion inspection which shall be conducted by the
A/E. All deficiencies and incomplete work should be
completed prior to the final substantial completion
inspection.
OPERATION AND CHECK OUT TESTING
The Trade Contractor will provide personnel and
equipment to perform the operational tests and checkout
of the equipment, facilities or equipment constructed,
fabricated or installed under this Trade Contract.
Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits' Superintendent will
coordinate and witness all such tests. Notification
should be given at least ten (10) days in advance of
the scheduled tests.
FINAL INSPECTION and issuance of the A/E CERTIFICATE OF
SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits' Superintendent will
coordinate and attend all final inspections of the work
by the ArChitect/Engineer. Prior to requesting a final
inspection, all tests for the equipment and systems
must be completed.
Upon completion of the A/E's inspection, the A/E will
publish outstanding items and issue a Project
Certificate of Substantial Completion, which will
define the date of 'Turn-Over' to the Owner the care,
control and custody. Reference Section 00800,
11/21/91 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN (ADD. 3)
00980 - 5
Substantial Completion.
1.4 REPORTING
Maintaining accurate and retrievable records is
extremely important in the Quality Assurance Program.
These records will act as a main source of information
in the present and in the future for the entire project
management team. The main report that will be utilized
to provide this information is the Daily Quality
Control Report. Nonconformance Reports may also be
issued.
1.4.1
DAILY QUALITY CONTROL REPORT
The Daily Quality Control Report shall be used to
document the summary of daily inspection activities
performed by the Trade Contractor's designated Quality
Control Representative. It shall include any of the
steps of inspection that are performed that day, all
test monitoring and any rework of nonconforming items.
The daily Quality Control Report section of the Daily
Superintendent's Report will be routinely used for
daily reporting requirements. When the magnitude or
complexity necessitates such, a more separate and
comprehensive form will be used. Reference
Contractor's Daily Report, and as needed Contractor
Daily Quality Control Report, section 01385.
1.4.2
NONCONFORMANCE REPORT
Nonconformance Reports will be issued for work that is
found to be in nonconformance with the contract
documents or the referenced quality standards. The
report will be issued by Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits.
It is not the intent to routinely and repeatedly issue
nonconformance reports, but to issue them only after
normal enforcement standards have been exhausted, or if
the work performed is a detriment to the project.
A copy of the Nonc~~formance Report will be forwarded
to the Project Mar~ger for his information and/or
action. It shoulu also be included in the Trade
Contractor's Daily Quality Report package for general
review.
Nonconformance Reports will be signed off once the
11/21/91 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN (ADD. 3)
00980 - 6
deficient item or items have adequately been corrected.
This will be done by the issuing Superintendent and
Project Manager. These sign-offs will be included with
a corresponding corrective action taken. Significant
nonconformances need to be addressed to prevent
recurrence. The signed-off report will also be
submitted for review.
Work activities affected by a Nonconformance Report
will proportionally counteraffect payments. Whether
that be partial or full retainage will be left up to
the discretion of Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits' management
team.
1.5
NOT USED
1.6
AUDITS
1.6.1
Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits may choose at its option to
perform Trade Contractor audits of their Contractor
Quality Control Plan at any time. Reports of these
audit results will be forwarded to the Project Manager
for his action. Any action items noted during an audit
for the Trade Contractor will be followed up and
documented to insure compliance and avoid recurrence.
1.7
SUMMARY
The intention of this plan is to create a system of
checks and balances that will minimize delays caused by
rework and a lack of planning and maximize production
and insure that the finished product is one that the
entire construction team can pride themselves in.
These goals can be achieved by giving the Owner exactly
what he has bought. The owner will expect no more and
through Quality Assurance, the construction team will
provide no less.
11/21/91 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN (ADD. 3)
00980 - 7
SECTION 00993
SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS
HUMBER
DRAWING TITLE
0.01
0.00 Cover
0.02A
0.03
0.04
0.05
1.00A
l.OOB
1.00C
1.01A
1. 02A
1. 03A
1. 04A
1. 05A
1.06A
1. 07A
1. 08A
1.09A
Index of Drawings
Symbols and Abbreviations (Architectural)
Life Safety Plan Ground Floor
Life Safety Plan First Floor
Life Safety Plan 2nd Floor
Existing Conditions North
Existing Conditions Central
Existing Conditions South
Not Used
Not Used
Final site Layout Central
Final Site Layout and Grading South
Final Grading North
Final Grading and Drainage Central
Not Used
Final Site Utilities Central
Not Used
1.10 Entrance Lnlargement
1.11 Landscape Plan North
1.12 Landscape Plan Central
DRAWING
LATEST
REVISION DATE
Rev 11/11/91
1 Rev 11/11/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
1 Rev 11/11/91
1 Rev 11/11/91
1 Rev 11/11/91
1 Rev 11/11/91
BG3 10/15/91
1 Rev 11/11/91
BG3 10/15/91
1 Rev 11/11/91
Not Here
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
11/19/91 BG-3 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS
00993 - 1
1.13
1.14
1.15
1.16
1.17
1.18
1.19
1.20
1.21
1.22
3.01
3.02
3.03
3.04
3.05
3.06
3.07
3.08
3.09
3.10
3.11
3.12
3.13
3.14
3.15
3.16
11/19/91
Landscape Plan South
Irrigation Plan North
Irrigation Plan Central
Irrigation Plan South
Pump station Grinder Details
Not Used
Not Used
site Details Fencing and Paving
Landscape Irrigation Details
civil Details
Not Used
Not Used
Not Used
Not Used
Not Used
Not Used
Framing Plan First Floor Zone A
Framing Plan First Floor Zone B
Framing Plan First Floor Zone C
Framing Plan First Floor Zone 0
Framing Plan First Floor Zone E
Framing Plan First Floor Zone F Alternate
Framing Plan Second Floor Zone A
Framing Plan Second Floor Zone B
Framing Plan Second Floor Zone C
Framing Plan Mezzanine Level Zone 0
BG-3 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
1 Rev 11/11/91
1 Rev 11/11/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 11/11/91
BG3 11/11/91
BG3 11/11/91
BG3 11/11/91
BG3 11/11/91
BG3 11/11/91
BG3 11/11/91
BG3 11/11/91
BG3 11/11/91
BG3 11/11/91
00993 - 2
3.17 Framing Plan Mezzanine Level Zone E BG3 11/11/91
3.18 Framing Plan Mezzanine Floor Zone F BG3 11/11/91
Alternate
3.19 Framing Plan Mechanical Plenum Zone 0 BG3 11/11/91
3.20 Framing Plan Mechanical Plenum Zone E BG3 11/11/91
3.21 Framing Plan Mechanical Plenum Zone F BG3 11/11/91
Alternate
3.22 Framing Plan Roof Level Zone A BG3 11/11/91
3.23 Framing Plan Roof Level Zone B BG3 11/11/91
3.24 Framing Plan Roof Level Zone C BG3 11/11/91
3.25 Framing Plan Roof Level Zone 0 BG3 11/11/91
3.26 Framing Plan Roof Level Zone E BG3 11/11/91
3.27 Framing Plan Roof Level Zone F Alternate BG3 11/11/91
3.28 Not Used
3.29 Not Used
3.30 Not Used
3.31 Not Used
3.32 Typical Details BG3 11/11/91
3.33 sections & Details BG3 11/11/91
3.34 sections & Details BG3 11/11/91
3.35 Precast Wall Schedule & Details BG3 11/11/91
3.36 Precast Column Schedule & Details BG3 11/11/91
3.37 General Notes & Abbreviations & Typical BG3 11/11/91
Details
3.38 sections & Details BG3 11/11/91
3.39 Sections & Details BG3 11/11/91
4.01 Exterior Building Plan Ground Floor Zone A BG3 11/11/91
11/19/91
BG-3 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS
00993 - 3
4.01A Building Plan Ground Floor Zone A
4.02 Exterior Building Plan"Ground Floor Zone B
4.02A Building Plan Ground Floor Zone B
4.03 Exterior Building Plan Ground Floor Zone C
4.03A Building Plan Ground Floor Zone C
4.04 Exterior Building Plan Ground Floor Zone 0
4.04A Building Plan Ground Floor Zone 0 Housing
4.05 Exterior Building Plan Ground Floor Zone E
Housing
4.05A Building Plan Ground Floor Zone E Housing
4.06 Exterior Building Plan Ground Floor Zone F
Housing Alternate
4.06A Building Plan Ground Floor Zone F Housing
Alternate
4.07 Exterior Building Plan First Floor Zone A
4.08 Exterior Building Plan First Floor Zone B
4.09 Exterior Building Plan First Floor Zone C
4.10 Exterior Building Plan First Floor Zone 0
Housing
4.11 Exterior Building Plan First Floor Zone E
Housing
4.12 Exterior Building Plan First Floor Zone F
Housing Alternate
4.13 Exterior Building Plan Second Floor Zone A
4.14 Exterior Building Plan Second Floor Zone B
4.15 Exterior Building Plan Second Floor Zone C
4.16 Exterior Building Plan Mezzanine Level
Zone 0 Housing
4.17 Exterior Building Plan Mezzanine Level
ZoneE Housing
11/19/91 BG-3 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 11/11/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 11/11/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 11/11/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 11/11/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 11/11/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 11/11/91
BG3 11/11/91
BG3 ;1.1/11/91
BG3 11/11/91
BG3 11/11/91
BG3 11/11/91
BG3 11/11/91
BG3 11/11/91
BG3 11/11/91
BG3 11/11/91
BG3 11/11/91
00993 - 4
4.18 Exterior Building Plan Mezzanine Level
Zone F Housing Alternate
.
.~4.19 Mechanical Plenum Plan Zone 0
4.20 Mechanical Plenum Plan Zone E
4.21 Mechanical Plenum Plan Zone F Alternate
4.22 Building Plan Roof Level Zone A
4.23 Building Plan Roof Level Zone B
4.24 Building Plan Roof Level Zone C
4.25 Building Plan Roof Level Zone D
4.26 Building Plan Roof Level Zone E
4.27 Building Plan Roof Level Zone F Alternate
4.28 Exterior Elevations
4.29 Exterior Elevations
4.30 Exterior Elevations
4.31 Exterior Elevations
4.32 Exterior Elevations
4.33 Exterior Elevations
4.33A Exterior Elevations
4.34 Wall sections
4.35 Wall sections
4.36 Wall sections
4.37 Wall Sections
4.38 Exterior Details
4.39 Exterior Details
4.40 Exterior Details
4.41 Exterior Details
BG3 11/11/91
BG3 11/11/91
BG3 11/11/91
BG3 11/11/91
BG3 11/11/91
BG3 11/11/91
BG3 11/11/91
BG3 11/11/91
BG3 11/11/91
BG3 11/11/91
BG3 11/11/91
BG3 11/11/91
BG3 11/11/91
BG3 11/11/91
BG3 1.1/11/91
BG3 11/11/91
BG3 11/11/91
3 Rev 11/11/91
BG3 11/11/91
BG3 11/11/91
BG3 11/11/91
3 Rev 11/11/91
3 Rev 11/11/91
4 Rev 11/11/91
BG3 11/11/91
11/19/91 BG-3 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS
00993 - 5
4.41A Exterior Details BG3 11/11/91
4.41B Exterior Details . BG3 11/11/91
. .
4.42 Metal Door & Window Frame Elevations & BG3 11/11/91
Details, Door Schedule
4.43 Not Used
4.44 Not Used
4.45 Not Used
4.46 Stair Plans & sections BG3 11/11/91
4.47 Stair Plans & Sections BG3 11/11/91
4.47A stair Plans & Sections BG3 11/11/91
4.48 stair Details BG3 11/11/91
4.49 Elevator Plans & sections BG3 11/11/91
4.50 Elevator Details BG3 11/11/91
4.51 Enlarged Cell - Plans & Elevations BG3 11/11/91
4.52 Not Used
4.53 Interior Building Plan First Floor Zone A BG3 ,10/15/91
4.54 Interior Building Plan First Floor Zone B 1 Rev 11/11/91
4.55 Interior Building Plan First Floor Zone C 1 Rev 11/11/91
4.56 Interior Building Plan First Floor Zone 0 BG3 10/15/91
Housing
4.57 Interior Building Plan First Floor Zone E 1 Rev 11/11/91
Housing
4.58 Interior Building Plan First Floor Zone F BG3 10/15/91
Housing Alternate
4.59 Interior Buildin~ Plan Second Floor Zone A 1 Rev 11/11/91
4.60 Interior Buildi:..g Plan Second Floor Zone B 1 Rev 11/11/91
4.61 Interior Building Plan Second Floor Zone C 1 Rev 11/11/91
11/19/91
BG-3 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS
00993 - 6
4.62
4.63
4.64
4.65
4.66
Interior Building Plan Mezzanine Level 0
Housing
Interior Building Plan Mezzanine Level
Zone E Housing
Interior Building Plan Mezzanine Level
Zone F Housing Alternate
Building sections
Building sections
4.67 Not Used
4.67A
4.68
4.69
4.70
4.71
4.72
4.73
4.74
4.75
4.76
4.77
4.78
4.79
4.79A
4.80
6.01
Partition Types
Interior Details
Interior Details
Interior Details
Interior Details
Interior Details
Door Schedule
Door Schedule
Door Schedule
H.M. Elevations
Door and Window Details and Buck Types
Finish Schedule
Finish Schedule
Finish Schedule
Miscellaneous Details
Reflected Ceiling Plan Ground Floor Zone A
6.02 Not Used
6.03 Reflected Ceiling Plan Ground Floor Zone C
BG3 10/15/91
1 Rev 11/11/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
1 Rev 11/11/91
1 Rev 11/11/91
1 Rev 11/11/91
BG3 10/15/91
1 Rev 11/11/91
BG3 10/15/91
1 Rev 11/11/91
BG3 10/15/91
1 Rev 11/11/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
1 Rev 11/11/91
1 Rev 11/11/91
1 Rev 11/11/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
11/19/91 BG-3 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS
00993 - 7
6.04 Not Used
6.05 Not Used
6.06 Not Used
6.07 Reflected Ceiling Plan First Floor Zone A BG3 10/15/91
6.08 Reflected Ceiling Plan First Floor Zone B BG3 10/15/91
6.09 Reflected Ceiling Plan First Floor Zone C BG3 10/15/91
6.10 Reflected Ceiling Plan First Floor o Housing BG3 10/15/91
6.11 Reflected Ceiling Plan First Floor Zone E BG3 10/15/91
Housing
6.12 Reflected Ceiling Plan First Floor Zone F BG3 10/15/91
Housing Alternate
6.13 Reflected Ceiling Plan Second Floor Zone A BG3 10/15/91
6.14 Reflected Ceiling Plan Second Floor Zone B BG3 10/15/91
6.15 Reflected Ceiling Plan Second Floor Zone C BG3 10/15/91
6.16 Reflected Ceiling Plan Mezzanine Level BG3 10/15/91
Zone 0 Housing
6.17 Reflected Ceiling Plan Mezzanine Level BG3 10/15/91
Zone E Housing
6.18 Reflected Ceiling Plan Mezzanine Level BG3 10/15/91
Zone F Housing Alternate
6.19 Ceiling Details 1 Rev 11/11/91
6.20 Ceiling Details BG3 10/15/91
7.00 Standard Mounting Heights 1 Rev 11/11/91
7.01 Not used
7.02 Not used
7 v3 Equipment Plan Ground Floor Zo~e C BG3 10/15/91
7.04 Not Used
7.05 Not Used
11/19/91
BG-3 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS
00993 - 8
7.06
Not Used
7.07 Equipment Plan First Floor Zone A
7.08 Equipment Plan First Floor Zone B
7.09 Equipment Plan First Floor Zone C
7.10 Equipment Plan First Floor Zone 0 Housing
7.11 Equipment Plan First Floor Zone E Housing
7.12 Equipment Plan First Floor Zone F Housing
Alternate
7.13 Equipment Plan Second Floor Zone A
7.14 Equipment Plan Second Floor Zone B
7.15 Equipment Plan Second Floor Zone C
7.16 Equipment Plan Mezzanine Level Zone D
Housing
7.17 Equipment Plan Mezzanine Level Zone E
Housing
7.18 Equipment Plan Mezzanine Level Zone F
Housing Alternate
7.19 Enlarged Toilet/Shower Equipment Plan
7.20 Enlarged Plans
7.21 Millwork Elevations
7.22 Millwork Elevations
7.23 Millwork Elevations
7.24 Millwork Elevations
7.25 Millwork Details
7.26 Millwork Details
FS-1 Food Jervice Equipment Schedule
FS-2 Food Service Equipment Plan
FS-3 Food Service Mechanical Plan
11/19/91 BG-3 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS
1 Rev 11/11/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
1 Rev 11/11/91
1 Rev 11/11/91
1 Rev 11/11/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
1 Rev ll/11/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
00993 - 9
FS-4
Food Service Electrical Plan
FS-6
"
'.
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
FS-5
Food Service Plumbing Plan
FS-7
Food Service Equipment Details
Food Service Equipment Details
L-1
Laundry Equipment Plan and Schedule
L-2
Laundry Mechanical Plan
Laundry Electrical Plan
L-3
L-4
Laundry Plumbing Plan
Vol.II
0.00 Cover
0.01 Index of Drawings
Rev 11/11/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
1 Rev 11/11/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
8.00 Plumbing Legend
8.00A Plumbing Schedules
8.01 Plumbing Ground Floor Zone A
8.02 Plumbing Ground Floor Zone B
8.03 Plumbing Ground Floor Zone C
8.04 Plumbing Ground Floor Zone 0 Housing
8.05 Plumbing Ground Floor Zone E Housing
8.06 Plumbing Ground Floor Zone F Housing
Alternate
1 Rev 11/11/91
8.07 Plumbing First Floor Zone A
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
8.08 Plumbing First Floor Zone B
8.09 Plumbing First Floor Zone C
8.10 Plumbing First Floor Zone D Housing
8.11 Plumbing First Floor Zone E Housing
8.12 Plumbing First Floor Zone F Housing
Alternate
1 Rev 11/11/91
11/19/91 BG-3 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS
00993 - 10
8.13 Plumbing Second Floor Zone A BG3 10/15/91
8.14 Plumbing Second Floor Zone B BG3 10/15/91
8.15 Plumbing Second Floor Zone C BG3 10/15/91
8.16 Plumbing Mezzanine Level Zone 0 Housing BG3 10/15/91
8.17 Plumbing Mezzanine Level Zone E Housing BG3 10/15/91
8.18 Plumbing Mezzanine Level Zone F Housing BG3 10/15/91
Alternate
8.19 Plumbing Plenum Plan Zone 0 Housing BG3 10/15/91
8.20 Plumbing Plenum Plan Zone E Housing BG3 10/15/91
8.21 Plumbing Plenum Plan Zone F Housing BG3 10/15/91
Alternate
8.22 Plumbing Schedules and Details BG3 10/15/91
8.23 Plumbing Riser Diagram BG3 10/15/91
8.24 Plumbing Riser Diagram BG3 10/15/91
8.25 Plumbing Riser Diagram BG3 10/15/91
8.26 Plumbing Riser Diagram BG3 10/15/91
8.27 Plumbing Riser Diagram BG3 10/15/91
8.28 Plumbing Riser Diagram BG3 10/15/91
8.29 Plumbing Riser Diagram BG3 10/15/91
8.30 Plumbing Riser Diagram BG3 10/15/91
8.31 Plumbing Riser Diagram BG3 10/15/91
8.32 Plumbing Riser Diagram 1 Rev 11/11/91
8.33 Plumbing Riser Diagram BG3 10/15/91
8.34 Plumbing Riser Diagram BG3 10/15/91
8.35 Plumbing Kitchen Plan BG3 10/15/91
9.01 Not Used
9.02 Not Used
11/19/91 BG-3 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS 00993 - 11
9.03 Not Used
9.04 Not Used
9.05 Not used
9.06 Not Used
9.07 Piping Plan First Floor Zone A BG3 10/15/91
9.08 Piping Plan First Floor Zone B BG3 10/15/91
9.09 Piping Plan First Floor Zone C BG3 10/15/91
9.10 Piping Plan First Floor Zone 0 Housing BG3 10/15/91
9.l1 Piping Plan First Floor Zone E Housing BG3 10/15/91
9.12 Piping Plan First Floor Zone F Housing BG3 10/15/91
Alternate
9.13 piping Plan Second Floor Zone A BG3 10/15/91
9.14 Piping Plan Second Floor Zone B BG3 10/15/91
9.l5 Piping Plan Second Floor Zone C BG3 10/15/91
9.16 Piping Plan Mezzanine Level Zone 0 Housing BG3 10/15/91
9.17 Piping Plan Mezzanine Level Zone E Housing BG3 1.0/15/91
9.l8 Piping Plan Mezzanine Level Zone F Housing BG3 10/15/91
Alternate
9.l9 Not Used
9.20 Not Used
9.21 Fuel oil Details BG3 10/15/91
9.22 Piping Diagrams BG3 10/15/91
10.01 Not Used
10.02 HVAC Plan Ground Floor Zone B BG3 10/15/91
10.03 HVAC Plan Ground Floor Zone C BG3 10/15/91
10.04 HVAC Plan Ground Floor Zone 0 Housing BG3 10/15/91
10.05 HVAC Plan Ground Floor Zone E Housing BG3 10/15/91
11/19/91 BG-3 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS 00993 - 12
10.06 HVAC Plan Ground Floor Zone F Housing BG3 10/15/91
Alternate
10.07 HVAC Plan First Floor Zone A BG3 10/15/91
10.08 HVAC Plan First Floor Zone B BG3 10/15/91
10.09 HVAC Plan First Floor Zone C BG3 10/15/91
10.10 HVAC Plan First Floor Zone 0 Housing BG3 10/15/91
10.11 HVAC Plan First Floor Zone E Housing BG3 10/15/91
10.12 HVAC Plan First Floor Zone F Housing BG3 10/15/91
Alternate
10.13 HVAC Plan Second Floor Zone A BG3 10/15/91
10.14 HVAC Plan Second Floor Zone B BG3 10/15/91
10.15 HVAC Plan Second Floor Zone C BG3 10/15/91
10.16 HVAC Plan Mezzanine Level Zone 0 Housing BG3 10/15/91
10.17 HVAC Plan Mezzanine Level Zone E Housing BG3 10/15/91
10.18 HVAC Plan Mezzanine Level Zone F Housing BG3 10/15/91
Alternate
10.19 HVAC Plenum Plan Zone 0 Housing BG3 1.0/15/91
10.20 HVAC Plenum Plan Zone E Housing BG3 10/15/91
10.21 HVAC Plenum Plan Zone F Housing Alternate BG3 10/15/91
10.22 Not Used
10.23 Not Used
10.24 HVAC Plan Roof Level Zone C BG3 10/15/91
10.25 Not Used
10.26 Not Used
10.27 Not Used
10.28 Enlarged Mechanical Room Plan BG3 10/15/91
10.29 HVAC Details BG3 10/15/91
11/19/91
BG-3 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS
00993 - 13
10.30 HVAC Details BG3 10/15/91
10.31 HVAC Details BG3 10/15/91
10.32 HVAC Schedules BG3 10/15/91
10.33 HVAC Schedules 1 Rev 11/11/91
10.34 HVAC Schedules BG3 10/15/91
10.35 Central Plant Control Diagrams BG3 10/15/91
10.36 HVAC Temperature Control BG3 10/15/91
10.37 HVAC Smoke Control BG3 10/15/91
11.00 Electrical Symbols and Notes BG3 10/15/91
11.00A Electrical site Lighting Plan BG3 10/15/91
11.01 Power and Lighting Plan Ground Floor BG3 10/15/91
Zone A
11.02 Power and Lighting Plan Ground Floor BG3 10/15/91
Zone B
11.03 Power and Lighting Plan Ground Floor BG3 10/15/91
Zone C
11. 04 Power and Lighting Plan Ground Floor BG3 10/15/91
Zone 0 Housing
11.05 Power and Lighting Plan Ground Floor BG3 10/15/91
Zone E Housing
11.06 Power and Lighting Plan Ground Floor BG3 10/15/91
Zone F Housing Alternate
11.07 Power Plan First Floor Zone A BG3 10/15/91
11. 08 Lighting Plan First Floor Zone A BG3 10/15/91
11. 09 Power Plan First Floor Zone B BG3 10/15/91
11.10 Lighting Plan First Floor Zone B BG3 10/15/91
11. 1.1 Power Plan Fi ~st Floor Zone C BG3 10/15/91
11.12 Lighting Plan First Floor Zone C BG3 10/15/91
11. 13 Power Plan First Floor Zone D Housing BG3 10/15/91
11/19/91 BG-3 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS 00993 - 14
11.14
11.15
11.16
11.17
11.18
11.19
11.20
11.21
11.22
11.23
11. 24
11.25
11.26
11. 27
11. 28
11.29
11. 30
Lighting Plan First Floor Zone 0 Housing
Power Plan First Floor Zone E Housing
Lighting Plan First Floor Zone E Housing
Power Plan First Floor Zone F Housing
Alternate
Lighting Plan First Floor Zone F Housing
Alternate
Power Plan Second Floor Zone A
Lighting Plan Second Floor Zone A
Power Plan Second Floor Zone B
Lighting Plan Second Floor Zone B
Power Plan Second Floor Zone C
Lighting Plan Second Floor Zone C
Power Plan Mezzanine Level Zone 0 Housing
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
"
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
1 Rev 11/11/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
Lighting Plan Mezzanine Level Zone D Housing BG3 10/15/91
Power Plan Mezzanine Level Zone E Housing
Lighting Plan Mezzanine Level Zone E Housing BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
Power Plan Mezzanine Level Zone F Housing
Alternate
BG3 10/15/91
Lighting Plan Mezzanine Level Zone F Housing BG3 10/15/91
Alternate
11.31 Power and Lighting Plan Plenum Plan Zone 0
Housing
11.32 Power and Lighting Plan Plenum Plan Zone E
Housing
11.33 Power and Lighting Plan Plenum Plan Zone F
Housing Alternate
11.34 Power Plan Roof Level Zone A
11.35 Power Plan Roof Level Zone B
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
11/19/91 BG-3 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS
00993 - 15
11. 36
Power Plan Roof Level Zone C
11.37
Power Plan Roof Level Zone 0
.
..
11.38
Power Plan Roof Level Zone E
11. 39
Power Plan Roof Level Zone F Alternate
11.40
Electrical Enlarged Kitchen Plan
11.41
Electrical Enlarged Laundry Plan
Lightning Protection Plan
11.42
11. 43
Lightning Protection Plan Details
11. 44
Electrical Riser Diagram Part I
Electrical Riser Diagram Part 2
11.45
11.46
Electrical Schedules and Details
11.47
Electrical Schedules and Details
11.48
Electrical Schedules and Details
11.49
Electrical Schedules and Details
11. 50
Electrical Schedules and Details
11.51
Electrical Schedules and Details
11.52
Not Used
12.01 Communications Plan Ground Floor Zone A
12.02 Communications Plan Ground Floor Zone B
12.03 Communications Plan Ground Floor Zone C
12.04 Communications Plan Ground Floor Zone 0
Housing
12.05 Communications Plan Ground Floor Zone E
Housing
12.06 Communications Plan Ground Floor Zone F
Housing Alternate
12.07 Communications Plan First Floor Zone A
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
1 Rev 11/11/91
1 Rev 11/11/91
BG3 10/15/91
1 Rev 11/11/91
1 Rev 11/11/91
1 Rev 11/11/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
11/19/91 BG-3 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS
00993 - 16
12.08
12.09
12.10
12.11
12.12
12.13
12.14
12.15
12.16
12.17
12.18
12.19
12.20
12.21
12.22
12.23
communications Plan First Floor Zone B
Communications Plan First Floor Zone C
communications Plan First Floor Zone 0
Housing
communications Plan First Floor Zone E
Housing
Communications Plan First Floor Zone F
Housing Alternate
communications Plan Second Floor Zone A
communications Plan Second Floor Zone B
communications Plan Second Floor Zone C
communications Plan Mezzanine Level Zone 0
Housing
communications Plan Mezzanine Level Zone E
Housing
communications Plan Mezzanine Level Zone F
Housing Alternate
Fire Alarm Riser Diagram
Telephone Riser Diagram and Elevator
Fire Alarm System
Not Used
Not Used
Not Used
12.24 Security Plan Ground Floor Zone A
12.25 Security Plan Ground Floor Zone B
12.26 Security Plan Ground Floor Zone C
12.27 Security Plan Ground Floor Zone D Housing
12.28 Security Plan Ground Floor Zone E Housing
12.29 Security Plan Ground Floor Zone F Housing
Alternate
11/19/91 BG-3 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
BG3 10/15/91
00993 - 17
12.30 Security Plan First Floor Zone A BG3 10/15/91
12.31 Security Plan First Floor Zone B BG3 10/15/91
12.32 Security Plan First Floor Zone C BG3 10/15/91
12.33 Security Plan First Floor Zone 0 Housing BG3 10/15/91
12.34 Security Plan First Floor Zone E Housing BG3 10/15/91
12.35 Security Plan First Floor Zone F Housing BG3 10/15/91
Alternate
12.36 Security Plan Second Floor Zone A BG3 10/15/91
12.37 Security Plan Second Floor Zone B BG3 10/15/91
12.38 Security Plan Second Floor Zone C BG3 10/15/91
12.39 Security Plan Mezzanine Level Zone 0 BG3 10/15/91
Housing
12.40 Security Plan Mezzanine Level Zone E BG3 10/15/91
Housing
12.41 Security Plan Mezzanin Level Zone F BG3 10/15/91
Housing Alternate
12.42 Security Systems Riser Diagram BG3 10/15/91
12.43 Details BG3 10/15/91
12.44 Details BG3 10/15/91
13.01 Fire Protection Ground Floor Zone A BG3 10/15/91
13.02 Fire Protection Ground Floor Zone B BG3 10/15/91
13.03 Fire Protection Ground Floor Zone C BG3 10/15/91
13.04 Fire Protection Ground Floor Zone 0 Housing BG3 10/15/91
13.05 Fire Protection Ground Floor Zone E Housing BG3 10/15/91
13.06 Fire Protection Ground Floor Zone F Housing BG3 10/15/91
Alternate
13.07 Fire Protection First Floor Zone A BG3 10/15/91
13.08 Fire Protection First Floor Zone B BG3 10/15/91
11/19/91
BG-3 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS
00993 - 18
13.09 Fire Protection First Floor Zone C BG3 10/15/91
13.10 Fire Protection First Floor Zone 0 Housing BG3 10/15/91
13.11 Fire Protection First Floor Zone E Housing BG3 10/15/91
13.12 Fire Protection First Floor Zone F Housing BG3 10/15/91
Alternate
13.13 Fire Protection Second Floor Zone A BG3 10/15/91
13.14 Fire Protection Second Floor Zone B BG3 10/15/91
13.15 Fire Protection Second Floor Zone C BG3 10/15/91
13.16 Fire Protection Mezz. Level Zone 0 Housing BG3 10/15/91
13.17 Fire Protection Mezz. Level Zone E Housing BG3 10/15/91
13.18 Fire Protection Mezz. Level Zone F Housing BG3 10/15/91
Alternate
13.19 Not Used
13.20 Not Used
13.21 Not Used
13.22 Not Used
13.23 Not Used
13.24 Not Used
13.25 Not Used
13.26 Not Used
13.27 Not Used
13.28 Fire Protection Details BG3 10/15/91
13.29 Fire Protection Details BG3 10/15/91
11/19/91
BG-3 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS
00993 - 19
SECTION 01027
APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
.
..
PART 1 - GENERAL
1...1. SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Procedures for preparation and submittal of
Applications for Payment.
B. Related sections
1. Section 00750 - General Conditions
2. Section 00900 - AIA G702/G703
2. Section 01370 - Schedule of Values
1..2 FORMAT
A. AIA G702 - Application and Certificate for Payment
including continuation sheets when required.
1..3 PREPARATION OF APPLICATIONS
A. Present required information in typewritten form.
B. Execute certification by notarized signature of
authorized officer.
C. List each authorized Change Order on the form, including
change order number, date and dollar amount.
D. Prepare Application for Final Payment as specified in
Section 01700.
1..4 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A. The initial Application for Payment will not be processed
until the construction schedule, the schedule of values,
and the initial submittal schedule have been received by
the Construction Manager, reviewed and approved by the
Architect.
B. Submit an updated construction and submittal schedule
with each Application for Payment.
C. Payment Period: Submit once per month, during the last
OS/20/91
APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
01027 - 1
week of the month. Payment will be made by the Owner
within (30) days thereafter.
D. Work Item Update Listing - this work sheet, prepared by
the Construction Manager, shows the work items which are
being considered for progress payments. It is to be
billed from the Contractor's approved schedule of values
and approved changes only. The Contractor must fill in
percentages of work completed on each line item or total
dollar amount of Original Suppliers Invoices. Suppliers
Invoices are then attached for payments on materials
stored.
E. Status Meeting - The Contractor's representative and the
Construction Manager review the Contractor's Work Item
Update Listing. Upon agreement between the two parties,
both the Contractor and Construction Manager will sign
off on the form.
F. Estimate Voucher - The Construction Manager will input
the progress into the computer from the Work Item Update
Listing, and will issue the Estimate Voucher to the
Contractor.
G. Submit waivers as required.
H. Submit three (3) copies of each Application for Payment.
1..5 SUBSTANTIATING DATA
A. When the Construction Manager and/or Architect requires
substantiating information, submit data justifying dollar
amounts in question.
B. Provide one copy of data with cover letter for each copy
of submittal. Indicate Application number and date, and
line item by number and description.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Used
**************
END OF SECTION 01027
OS/20/91
APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
01027 - 2
.
SECTION 01028
CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1..1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Promptly implement change order procedures.
a. Provide full written data required to evaluate
changes.
b. Maintain detailed records of the work done on
a time and material/force account basis.
c. Provide full documentation to the Construction
Manager with each request.
2. Designate in writing the member of the Contractor's
organization authorized to accept changes in the
Work.
B. Related requirements:
1. Agreement: The amounts of established unit prices.
2. Agreement: The amounts of established allowances.
3. Condi tions of the Contract, Article 12 of the
General Conditions:
a. Methods of determining cost or credit to the
Owner resulting from changes in the Wo~k made
on a time and material basis.
b. The Contractor's claims for additional costs.
1..2 DEFINITIONS
A. Change Order, AIA Document G701/CM: Refer to the General
Conditions.
1..3 PRELIMINARY PROCEDURES
A. A change may be initiated by submitting a Proposal
Request to the Contractor. Request will include:
1. Detailed description of the change, products and
location of the change in the Project.
2. Supplementary O~ revised Drawings and
Specifications.
3. The projected time span for making the change, and
a specific statement as to whether overtime work
is, or is not, authorized.
4. A specific period of time during which the
11/21/91
CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
01028 - 1
requested price will be considered valid.
5. Such request is for information only, and is not an
instruction to execute the changes, nor to stop the
Work in -progress.
B. The Contractor may ini tiate changes by submi tting a
written notice to the Construction Manager containing:
1. Description of the proposed changes.
2. Statement of the reason for making the changes.
3. Statement of the effect on the Contract Sum and the
Contract Time. .
4. Statement of the effect on the Work of separate
contractors.
5. Documentation supporting change in the Contract Sum
or the Contract Time, as appropriate.
1..4 DOCUMENTATION OF PROPOSALS AND CLAIMS
A. Support each quotation for a lump-sum proposal, and for
each unit price which has not previously been
established, with sufficient substantiating data to allow
evaluation of the quotation.
B. On request provide additional data to support time and
cost computations:
1. Labor required.
2. Equipment required.
3. Products required.
a. Recommended source of purchase and unit cost.
b. Quantities required.
4. Taxes, insurance and bonds.
5. Credi t for the work deleted from the Contract,
similarly documented.
6. Overhead and profit.
If the Trade Contractor performs the actual
Work, the percentage mark-up for overhead and
profit shall be a maximum addition of fifteen
percent (15%).
If the Trade Subcontractor performs the actual
Work, the percentage mark-up for overhead and
profit shall be a maximum addition of fifteen
percent (15%). If the Trade Contractor does
not enter into the Work, the maximum mark-Up
for managing this work will be ten percent
(10%).
If the Trade Subcontractor performs part of
the actual Work, his percentage mark-Up for
overhead and profit shall be a maximum
11/21/91
CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
01028 - 2
addition of fifteen percent (15%) on his
direct work only. If the Trade Contractor
performs part of the actual work, his
pfilrcentage mark-up for overhead And profit
shall be a maximum addition of fifteen percent
(15%) on his direct work only.
7. Justification for change in the Contract Time.
C. Support each claim for additional costs, and for the work
done on a time-and-material/force account basis, with
documentation as required for a lump-sum proposal, plus
additional information:
1. Name of the Owner's authorized agent who ordered
the work, and date of the order.
2. Dates and times the work was performed, and by
whom.
3. Time record, summary of hours worked, and hourly
rates paid.
4. Receipts and invoices for:
a. Equipment used, listing dates and times of
use.
b. Products used, listing of quantities.
c. Subcontracts.
5. Signature of Construction Manager's Superintendent,
concurring with quantities.
1..5 PREPARATION OF CHANGE ORDERS
A. The Construction Manager will prepare each Change,Order.
B. Change Order form: AIA Document G701/CM.
C. Change Order will describe changes in the Work, both
addi tions and deletions, wi th attachments of revised
Contract Documents to define details of the change.
D. Change Order will provide an accounting of the adjustment
in the Contract Sum and in the Contract Time.
1..6 LUMP-SUM/FIXED PRICE CHANGE ORDERS
A. Content of Change Orders will be based on either:
1. The Proposal Request and the Contractor's
responsive Proposal as mutually agreed between the
Owner and the Contractor.
2. The Contractor's Proposal for a change, as
recommended by the Architect or Construction
Manager.
B. The Owner, Construction Manager and the Architect will
11/21/91
CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
01028 - 3
sign and date the Change Order as authorization for the
Contractor to proceed with the changes.
C. The Contractor may sign and date the Change Order to
indicate agreement with the terms therein.
1..7 UNIT PRICE CHANGE ORDER
A. The
1.
2.
3.
B. The
1.
2.
content of the Change Orders will be based on either:
The definition of the scope of the required
changes.
The Contractor's Proposal for a change, as
recommended by the Architect, or Construction
Manager.
Survey of completed work.
amounts of the unit prices to be:
Those stated in the Agreement.
Those mutually agreed upon between the Owner,
Architect and the Contractor.
C. When quantities of each of the items affected by the
Change Order be determined prior to start of the Work:
1. The Owner, Construction Manager and the Architect
will sign and date the Change Order as
authorization for the Contractor to proceed with
the changes.
2. The Contractor may sign and date the Change Order
to indicate agreement with the terms therein.
D. When quantities of the items cannot be determined prior
to start of the Work:
1. A Construction Change Directive will be issued
directing the Contractor to proceed with the change
on the basis of unit prices, and will cite the
applicable unit prices.
2. At completion of the change, the cost of such work
will be determined based on the unit prices and
quantities used.
3. The Owner, Construction Manager and the Architect
will sign and date the Change Order to establish
the change in the Contract Sum and in the Contract
Time.
4. The Contractor will sign and date the Change Order
to indicate their agreement with the terms therein.
1..8 CORRELATION WITH THE CONTRACTOR'S SUBMITTALS
A. Revise Schedule of Values and Request for Payment forms
monthly to record each change as a separate item of the
Work, and to record the adjusted Contract Sum prior to
11/21/91
CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
01028 - 4
submission of Application for Payment.
B. Revise the Construction Schedule to reflect each change
~n the Contract Time prior to monthly submissions.
Revise subschedules to show changes for other items of
work affected by the changes.
C. Upon completion of the Work under a Change Order, enter
pertinent changes in Record Documents.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
NOT USED
PART 3 - EXECUTION
NOT USED
****************
END OF SECTION 01028
11/21/91
CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
01028 - 5
SECURITY PROJECT PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes
1. Electronic automated computerized security
management system.
2. Provide a complete enclosed raceway system for all
wiring for security devices and controls in
compliance with NEC, NFPA-70 1990 and in accordance
with 16050 and 16111.
3. Drawings for this work are diagrammatic, intended
to convey the extent, general arrangement and
locations of the work. Because of the scale of the
drawings, certain basic items such as conduit
fittings, access panels, cabinet sizes, sleeves,
pull and junction boxes may not be shown. Include
such items where required by code, other sections,
and for proper installation of the work.
4. Equipment specifications may not deal individually
with every part, control, or device which may be
required to produce the equipment warranties.
5. Coordinate with other trades in submittal of shop
drawings. Shop drawings shall detail space
conditions to the satisfaction of concerned trades
and is subject to final review by the Architect.
If installation of equipment, raceways, cable trays
or conduit is performed prior to coordination with
other trades and interferes with work of other
trades, make necessary changes to correct the
condition at no additional cost to the Owner.
6. Provide required integration of components to
create an operational computerized security
management system providing control and monitoring
from a touchscreen CRT.
1. 2 TESTS
A. Notify Architect and Owner's representative in writing,
14 days in advance of testing to prevent delays in
construction schedules.
B. Test systems and place in proper and specified working
order prior to demonstration of the systems.
C. Test system grounds to demonstrate that t'hr;; ground
resistance does not exceed the requiremen~s of the
transient voltage surge suppression (TVSS) or the
National Electric Codes (NEC).
D. Perform tests required by authorities having jurisdiction
11/18/91
SECURITY PROJECT PROCEDURES
01130-1
over the site.
E. Testing shall be in, the presence of the Owner's
designated representatives, Contractor and Architect.
1.3 DEMONSTRATION
A. Prior to acceptance of the work, the Security System
Installer shall demonstrate to the Owner, designated
representatives, Contractor and Architect, the features
and functions of the system, and all subsystems and shall
instruct the Owner in the proper operation and event
sequences of the system.
B. Demonstrate each system and subsystem. The demonstration
is to consist of not less than the following:
1. Designate actual location of each component of a
system or subsystem and demonstrate its function
and its relationship to other components within the
system.
2. Demonstrate the systems and subsystems operations
by actual "START-STOP/ON-OFF" cycling showing how
to work controls, reset devices, replace fuses and
conduct emergency operating/operations procedures.
3. Demonstrate communication, signaling and security
equipment/devices by actual operation of such
devices.
C. Demonstration of systems are to include, but not be
limited to the following:
1. UPS Power and Distribution System
2. Touchscreen CRT Operations
3. Alarm Detection and Signalling Equipment
4. Door Control/Monitoring System
5. Access Control System
6. situation Alarms (Hardwire)
7. Man-Down Alarms (Wireless)
8. CCTV System
9. Intercom Systems
10. Telephone Systems (Inmate/Attorney/Visitor)
11. Lighting Control
12. Fire Alarm Interface
13. Cable supervision System (Random Points to be
Selected by Architect)
D. Security System Installer/Integrator shall furnish the
necessary trained personnel to perform the demonstration
and instructions and shall arrange to have the
manufacturer's representatives present to assist with the
demonstr&tions. The Security System Installer shall
allow a "':.lnimum of one week for performing the p:':'escribed
demonst_'ations.
E. Security Systems Installer/Integrator shall arrange with
the Owner the date and times for performing the
demonstration. The Owner will select date and time for
11/18/91
SECURITY PROJECT PROCEDURES
01130-2
demonstration.
F. Comply with requirements of section 01670 - SYSTEMS
DEMONSTRATIONS.
1. Security System:'.Installer/Integrator shall video
tape in high speed, high quality, VHS format the
demonstration of systems listed.
1.4 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in
electronic automated computerized security management
systems of the same type, scope, operation and magnitude
for a minimum of five years. Documented experience shall
include the following:
1. List at least 10 facilities of equal size and
technical requirements utilizing the equipment
submitted.
2. For each facility, list:
a. Name and location of facility
b. Date of occupancy by Owner
c. Owner's representative to contact and
telephone number
d. Construction Manager and/or General Contractor
e. Archi tect
B. Use the products of a single manufacturer for similar
type equipment, i.e., motion detectors, magnetic
contacts.
c. Use products made by companies regularly engaged in the
manufacture of the type equipment specified.
1.5 IDENTIFICATION ,
A. Identify control and sub-control, motor and equipment
controls, remote relay cabinets, address panels, system
interface cabinets, and similar equipment with 1/2" red
lettering or as specified for individual piece of
equipment.
B. Identify pull and junction boxes in service areas,
tunnels, above accessible ceilings, and in accessible
chases with 1/2" red lettering indicating the circuit and
system. Example: Security Alarms "SY", Fire Alarms
"FA", circuit Number "SY-126".
C. Engraved laminated plastic tags may be used for
identification in lieu of painted lettering.
D. Provide typewritten circuit directories installed in 3
ring binders with transparent page protectors in each
control and sub-control cabinet.
1.6 RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. Provide complete schematic drawings depicting location of
interface, number of conductors, types of connectors,
circuit requirements, and type of enclosure.
11/18/91
SECURITY PROJECT PROCEDURES
01130-3
1.7 PROTECTION OF EQUIPMENT
A. Protect materials stored on the job site. Protect
materials during construction and after installation.
B. Provide and apply protective material immediately upon
receiving the products and maintain throughout the
construction process.
C. Keep products clean and dry or by elevating equipment
above ground and floor.
D. Take precautions to protect apparatus and materials from
damage. Failure to protect materials constitutes
sufficient cause for rejection of the apparatus or
material.
E. Protect equipment and factory finish from damage during
construction operations and until final acceptance.
Restore finishes that become stained, scratched, or
damaged.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
NOT USED
PART 3 - EXECUTION
NOT USED
********************
END OF SECTION 01130
11/18/91
SECURITY PROJECT PROCEDURES
01130-4
SECTION 01200
PROJECT MEETINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1..1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Project meetings
1..2 The CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S RESPONSIBILITY
A. Construction Manager shall schedule and administer pre-
construction meeting, periodic progress meetings, and
specially called meetings throughout progress of the
Work.
1. Prepare agenda for meetings.
2. Provide notice of each meeting four days in advance
of meeting date, or provide as much advance notice
as possible.
3. Make physical arrangements for meetings.
4. Preside at meetings.
5. Record the minutes; include significant proceedings.
and decisions.
6. Reproduce and distribute copies of minutes.
a. To participants in the meeting.
b. To parties affected by decisions made ,at the
meeting.
c. Furnish three copies of minutes to the
Architect.
B.
Representatives of the Contractors,
suppliers attending meetings shall
authorized to act on behalf of
represents.
subcontractors and
be qualified and
the entity each
C. The Architect and the Owner's Representative may attend
meetings to ascertain that the Work 1S expedited
consistent with the Contract Documents and construction
schedules.
1..3 PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING
A. Location: A central site designated by the Construction
Manager.
B. Attendance:
1. The Owner's Representative.
11/21/91
PROJECT MEETINGS
01200 - 1
2. The Architect and his professional consultants (as
required).
3. Construction Manager.
4. The Contractor's Superintendent.
5. Major subcontractors.
6. Major suppliers.
7. Others as appropriate.
C. Suggested Agenda:
1. Distribution and discussion of:
a. List of major subcontractors and suppliers.
b. Projected Construction Schedules.
2. Critical Work sequencing.
3. Major equipment deliveries and priorities.
4. Project Coordination.
a. Designation of responsible personnel.
5. Procedures and processing of:
a. Field decisions.
b. Proposal requests.
c. Submittals.
d. Change Orders.
e. Applications for Payment.
6. Adequacy of distribution of the Contract Documents.
7. Procedures for maintaining Record Documents.
8. Use of premises:
a. Office, work and storage areas.
b. The Owner's requirements.
9. Construction facilities, controls and construction
aids.
10. Temporary utilities.
11. Safety and first-aid procedures.
12. Security procedures.
13. Housekeeping procedures.
14. Distribute meeting minutes within (3) days.
1..4 WEEKLY PROGRESS MEETINGS
A. The Contractor's Project Manager and/or Superintendent
shall be required to attend a weekly scheduling meeting.
B.
Location of the meetings:
Manager.
Office of the Construction
C. Attendance:
1. The Architect and his professional consultants a~
needed.
2. Contractors as appropriate to the agenda.
3. Suppliers as appropriate to the agenda.
4. Others.
D. suggested Agenda:
11/21/91
PROJECT MEETINGS
01200 - 2
1. Review of Work progress since previous meeting.
2. Field observations, problems, conflicts.
3'. Problems which impede Construction Schedule.
4. Re~iew of off-site fabrication, delivery schedules.
5. Corrective measures and procedures to regain
projected schedule.
6. Revisions to Construction Schedule.
7. Progress, schedule, during succeeding Work period.
8. Coordination of schedules.
9. Review submittal schedules.
10. Maintenance of quality standards.
11. Pending changes and substitutions.
12. Review proposed changes for:
a. Effect on Construction Schedule and on
completion date.
b. Effect on other contracts of the Project.
13. Other business.
14. Distribute meeting minutes.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Used
**************
END OF SECTION 01200
11/21/91
PROJECT MEETINGS
01200 - 3
SECTION 01301
SUBMITTALS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Submit to the Construction Manager, shop drawings,
product data, certifications and samples required
by the technical sections.
2. Prepare and submit a separate schedule listing
dates for submission and dates for review.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 00750 - GENERAL CONDITIONS
2. Individual submittals required: refer to each
specific section, for certifications, shop
drawings, product data and sample requirements.
1.2 SUBMITTAL TRANSMITTAL FORM
A. Attached, and made a part of this section 01301, is a
copy. of the submittal Transmittal Form, which shall be
filled out by the contractor and submitted with each and
every submittal. Follow the instruction sheet, also
attached, for directions on this procedure. It is
essential that the submittal Transmittal Forms are, filled
out in their entirety for the system to function
properly.
B. Transmittal Form, originals for contractors use, will be
supplied by the Construction Manager, and is a 6-part
form.
1.3 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE
A. The Contractor shall submit within seven (7) days of
award of the Contract a preliminary "Submittal Schedule"
to the Construction Manager for review, modification and
response. No payment applications will be processed
prior to' finalizing the submittal schedule. The
"Submittal Schedule" shall contain the following
information:
1. Specification Section number and name
2. Specification Section paragraph identification
which describes submittal requirement.
3. Submittal information required, (i.e., sample, test
data, shop drawing, etc.).
08/20/91
SUBMITTALS (ADD.1)
01301 - 1
B. The Contractor shall also supply the following dates in
order to meet the project schedule.
1.
Date submittal is scheduled to be submitted and
received by the Construction Manager.
Date contractor has scheduled to order material or
equipment or the submittal item.
Date contractor has scheduled delivery to jOb-site
equipment or the submittal item.
Add any remarks or unique items that the CM or A/E
should be aware of.
2.
3.
of material or
4.
C. The Contractor shall allow a minimum of (2) weeks for
review of submittal by A/E (in calendar days).
D. The submittal master record will then be used to track
submittals within the process.
1.4 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Submit legible shop drawings in the form of positive
printing reproducible transparencies, commonly called
sepia prints, suitable for reproduction use on dry print
diazo type machines. Sepia prints which cannot be
reproduced will be returned to the Contractor for
resubmittal.
B. Provide shop drawings as complete submittals (no partial
sets) on original drawings or information prepared solely
by the fabricator or supplier. Deviation from complete
submittals will only be allowed by pre-arranged method.
C. Do not reproduce the Contract Drawings for shop drawing
submittals.
D. Sheet sizes shall not exceed the size of the Contract
Drawings.
E. Each sepia print shall have blank spaces large enough to
accept 4" x 4" review stamps of the Architect and the
Contractor.
F.
Each
1.
2.
3.
sepia print shall carry the following information:
Project name and contract number.
Date.
~ ~_mes of:
1. The Architect
b. The Construction Manager
c. The Contractor
d. Supplier
e. Manufacturer
08/20/91
SUBMITTALS (ADD.1)
01301 - 2
4. Identification of product or material.
5. Relation to adjacent structure or materials.
6. Field dimensions, clearly stated as such.
7. Specification section number.
8. Applicable standards such as ASTM or Federal
Specification.
9. Identification of deviations from Contract
Documents.
10. Reference to construction drawings by drawing
number and/or detain number.
G. Submit sepia prints without folds either as flat sheets
if size permits, or rolled in tubes.
H. The contractor shall submit (2) reproducibles and (4)
blueline or blackline sets to the CM. The CM will return
(1) reproducible to the contractor after review/return
from the A/E.
1.5 PRODUCT DATA
A. Product data such as catalog cuts, brochures or
manufacturer's sheets may be submitted in lieu of sepia
prints if adequately identified. Submit seven copies of
product data to the Construction Manager.
B. Modify product data sheets to delete information which is
not applicable to the proj ect. Provide addi tional
information if necessary to supplement standard
information.
C. Product data sheets that are submitted with extraneous
information not deleted and/or modified will be returned
without review to the Contractor for resubmittal.
D. The contractor shall submit at a minimum, (1) original
and (6) copies to the CM. The CM will return (2) copies
to the contractor after review/return by the A/E.
1.6 SAMPLES
A. Provide samples to illustrate materials, equipment or
workmanship, and to establish standards by which
completed work may be judged.
B. Construct mock-ups ?3 required by the technical sections,
at the Project Si t.e in a location designated by the
Construction Manager. Construct mock-ups, including
adjacent work required, to demonstrate the final
appearance of the Work.
08/20/91
SUBMITTALS (ADD.1)
01301 - 3
C. The contractor shall submit (3) samples to the CM, and
(1) will be returned to the contractor after
review/return from the A/E.
1.7 CERTIFICATIONS
A. Provide certifications as required by various technical
sections on the Contractor's letterhead stationary.
certifications shall be identified to this Project, dated
and bear Contractor's signature in the same format used
for the Owner/Contractor agreement.
B. Clearly identify the materials referenced and state that
the material and the intended installation methods, where
applicable, are in compliance with the Contract
Documents. Attach manufacturer's affidavits where
applicable.
C. The contractor shall submit (1) original and (6) copies
to the CM. The CM will return (2) sets to the contractor
after review/return from the A/E.
1.8 THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Before making submittals to the Construction Manager,
review each submittal, make changes or notations as
necessary to conform to the Contract Documents, identify
such review with review stamp and forward reviewed
submittal with comments to the Construction Manager for
review. Return submittals not meeting Contract
requirements to subcontractors and do not forward such
submittals to the Construction Manager.
B. Submit catalog sheets, product data, shop drawings and
where specified, submit calculations, material samples,
color chips or charts, test data, warranties and
guarantees all at the same time for each submittal item.
C. Verify field measurements and product catalog numbers or
similar data.
D.
Clearly identify on the
Construction Manager
submittals from the
Documents.
submittal and transmittal to the
in writing of deviations in
requirements of the Contract
E. After the Construction Manager's and the Architect's
review, distribute copies with one copy to be maintained
at the Project site for reference use and other copies
distributed to suppliers and fabricators.
08/20/91
SUBMITTALS (ADD.1)
01301 - 4
F.
Do not begin the Work which requires submittals until
return of submittals with the Construction Manager's and
the Architect's stamp and initials indicating review.
.
..
G.
The Contractor's responsibility for errors and omissions
in submittals is not relieved by the Construction
Manager's or the Architect's review of submittals.
H. The Contractor's responsibility for deviations in
submi ttals from requirements of the Contract Documents is
not relieved by the Construction Manager's or the
Archi tect 's review of submittals unless the Architect
gives written acceptance of specific deviations.
1.9 THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S RESPONSIBILITIES
A. The Construction Manager will return to the Contractor,
without review, all submittals not bearing the
Contractor's review stamp or not showing it has been
reviewed by the Contractor.
B. After the Architect's review, the Construction Manager
will forward submittals to the Contractor and retain one
copy for the Owner. The Contractor shall distribute
copies including other copies distributed to suppliers
and fabricators. The Contractor shall supply copies of
reviewed submittals to the Construction Manager in
sufficient quantity to allow proper coordination of the
Contract.
1.10 THE ARCHITECT'S RESPONSIBILITIES
A. The Architect will review submittals with reasonable
promptness, checking only for conformance with the design
compliance of the Project and compliance with information
given in the Contract Documents.
B. The Architect will make changes or notations directly on
the submittal, identify such review with his review
stamp, obtain and record the Architect file copy and
return the submittal to the Construction Manager.
****************
END OF SECTION 01301
08/20/91
SUBMITTALS (ADD.1)
01301 - 5
SECTION 01310
PROGRESS SCHEDULES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1..1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Progress schedules
2. Revisions to schedules
B. Related sections:
1. SCOPE OF WORK
C. Description:
1. Progress Schedules:
Promptly after award of the Contract, prepare and
submi t to the Construction Manager, construction
progress schedules for the work, with subschedules
of related activities which are essential to its
progress. Also incorporate manpower loading
related to each activity on the construction
schedule.
2. Revisions to Schedule:
Submit revised/updated progress schedules with each
payment application.
1. . 2 FORMAT
A. Prepare Progress Schedules as a horizontal bar chart with
separate bar for each major portion of Work or operation,
identifying the first work day of each week.
B. Include numeric manpower loading associated with each
horizontal bar, clearly defined.
C. Scale and spacing: to provide space for notations and
revisions.
D. Sheet size: minimum 8 1/2" x 11".
1. . 3 CONTENT
A. Indicate complete sequence of construction by activity,
with dates for beginning and completion of each element
of construction.
OS/20/91
PROGRESS SCHEDULES
01310 - 1
B. Show the manpower loading for each activity.
C. Identify each item by Specification Section number.
D. Identify work of separate stages and other logically
grouped activities.
E. Identify work of separate floors and other logically
grouped activities.
F. Provide sub-schedules to define critical portions of the
entire schedule.
G. Indicate accumulated percentage of completion of each
item and total percentage of Work completed, as of the
first day of each month.
H. Submit separate schedule of submittal dates for shop
drawings, product data, and samples, including the Owner
furnished products and products identified under
allowances and dates reviewed submittals will be required
from the Architect. Reference Section 01301
Submittals.
I. Indicate deli very dates for the Owner furnished products.
J. Coordinate content with Schedule of Values specified in
section 01370.
1..4 REVISIONS TO SCHEDULES
A. Indicate progress of each activity to date of submittal,
and projected completion date of each activity.
B. Identify activities modified since previous submittal,
major changes in scope, and other identifiable changes.
1. Major changes in scope.
2. Activities modified since previous submission.
3. Revised projections of progress and completion.
4. Other identifiable changes.
C. Provide a narrative report as needed to define:
1. Problem areas, anticipated delays and the impact on
the schedule.
2. Corrective action recommended and its effect.
3. The effect of changer >n schedules of other prime
contractors.
OS/20/91
PROGRESS SCHEDULES
01310 - 2
1..5 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit initial schedules within (3) days after award of
Contract.
1. The Construction Manager will review schedules and
return review copy within ten (10) days after
receipt.
2. If required, re-submit within seven (7) days after
return of review copy.
3. Submi t revised Progress Schedules wi th each
Application for Payment.
1..6 DISTRIBUTION
A. Distribute copies of the reviewed schedules to:
1. Job site file.
2. Subcontractors.
3. Other concerned parties.
B. Instruct recipients to report promptly to the Contractor,
in writing, any problems anticipated by the projections
shown in the schedules.
Note: It is not incumbent upon the Construction Manager
to notify the Trade Contractor when to begin, to
cease, or to resume work nor to give early notice
of faulty or defective work, nor in any way to
superintend so as to relieve the Trade Contractor
of responsibility or of any consequence of neglect
or carelessness.
**************
END OF SECTION 01310
OS/20/91
PROGRESS SCHEDULES
01310 - 3
SECTION 01370
SCHEDULE OF VALUES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1..1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Schedule of Values allocated to the various
portions of the Work, submitted within three (3)
days after award of the Contract.
2. Upon request of the Construction Manager, support
the values with data which will substantiate their
correctness.
3. The Schedule of Values, unless objected to by the
Construction Manager, forms the basis for the
Contractor's Applications for Payment.
1..2 FORM AND CONTENT OF SCHEDULE OF VALUES
A. Type schedule on AIA G703 Form; the Contractor's standard
forms and automated printout will be considered by the
Construction Manager upon the Contractor's request.
Identify schedule with:
1. Title of Project and location.
2. The Architect and Construction Manager.
3. Name and Address of the Contractor.
4. Contract designation.
5. Date of submission.
B. List the installed value of the component parts of the
Work (broken down into labor and material and physical
location) in sufficient detail to serve as a basis for
computing values for progress payments during
construction.
C. Follow the Specifications as the format for listing
component items.
1. Identify each line item with the number and title
of the respective major section of the
Specifications.
-
D. Itemize separate line .tem cost for each of the following
general cost items:
1. Mobilization.
2. Bonds, Insurance and Permits.
3. General Conditions spread over project duration on
monthly basis.
04/30/91
SCHEDULE OF VALUES
01370 - 1
4. Clean-up.
5. Submittals.
6. Safety.
E. For each major line item list sub-values of major
products or operations under the item.
F. For the various portions of the Work:
1. Include a directly proportional amount of the
Contractor's overhead and profit for each item.
2. For items on which progress payments will be
requested for stored materials, break down the
value into:
a. The cost of the materials, delivered and
unloaded, with taxes paid.
b. The total installed value.
3. Submi t a subschedule for each separate stage of
work specified in Section 00300.
G. The sum of values listed in the schedule shall equal the
total Contract Sum.
1..3 SUBSCHEDULE OF UNIT MATERIAL VALUES
A. Submit a subschedule of unit costs and quantities for:
1. Products on which progress payments will be
requested for stored products.
B. The form of submittal shall parallel that of the Schedule
of Values, with each item identified the same as the line
item in the Schedule of Values.
C. The unit quantity for bulk materials shall include an
allowance for normal waste.
D. Provide unit values for the materials as follows:
1. Cost of the material, delivered and unloaded at the
Site, with taxes paid.
2. Installation costs, including the Contractor's
overhead and profit.
E. The installed unit value mul tiplied by the quantity
listed shall equal the cost of that item in the Schedule
of Values.
1..4 REVIEW AND SUBMITTAL
A. After review by Construction Manager, revise and resubmit
schedule (and Schedule of Material Values) as required.
04/30/91
SCHEDULE OF VALUES
01370 - 2
B. Resubmit revised schedule in same manner.
*************
.'
END OF SECTION ~370
04/30/91
SCHEDULE OF VALUES
01370 - 3
SECTION 01385
DAILY CONSTRUCTION REPORTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1..1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Requirement for Daily Construction Reports by each
Trade Contractor.
2. Scheduled submission times for Daily Construction
Reports.
1..2 FORM AND CONTENT OF DAILY CONSTRUCTION REPORTS
A. Daily Construction Reports shall be submitted by each and
every Contractor performing work on the project. Forms
to be used will be furnished by the Construction Manager.
Items to be addressed on the Report are:
1. Title of Project
2. Name of Trade Contractor
3. Date and day of Report information. For example,
you performed work on Thursday, April 18, 1991, so
you would therefore use "Thursday, 4/18/91." This
holds true even if you did not complete filling out
the Report until Friday, 4/19/91.
4. Contract designation.
5. Note any maj or Shipments recei ved on that
particular day.
6. Note major equipment used that day.
7. Note manpower used, and designate what trades. For
example, if you were the mechanical contractor, you
would also list how many insulators, pipefitters,
etc. that you were also managing, even if they were
subcontractors. In addition, list the names of the
subcontractors that were on-site that day.
8. Note any deficiencies in your work, and corrective
actions taken to resolve the deficiencies.
9. Note any safety violations discovered, whether or
not caused by your forces.
10. Provide a full description of work performed that
day, and any problems or unusual conditions
discovered.
11. Report is to be signed by the authorized
representati ve of the contractor, and should the
signature not be legible, print the name of the
signer next to the signature.
11/21/91
DAILY CONSTRUCTION REPORTS
01385 - 1
1..3 SCHEDULE OF SUBMITTING DAILY REPORTS
A. Daily Reports are to be submitted at the designated
location described in the pre-construction meeting.
Contractors are to submit the original of their report,
and should keep a copy for their records. The
Construction Manager's photocopying facilities are not to
be used in the reproduction for submission of the
reports.
B. Submit Daily Reports no later than 9:00am the day
following the day of the work described in that
particular report. No exceptions to this rule will be
accepted. Should contractor fail to comply with these
instructions, the contractor's payment application for
the following month will be held in abeyance until such
time the contractor properly submits the delinquent
reports.
*************
END OF SECTION 1385
11/21/91
DAILY CONSTRUCTION REPORTS
01385 - 2
"
CONTRACTOR'S DAILY REPORT
. llROJECf: DATE:
CONTRACfOR: '"
MAJOR SHIPMENTS RECEIVED TODAY MAJOR EQUIPMENT USED
NUMBER OF CRAFTS PERSONNEL LIST SUBCONTRACfORS ON SITE
T
0
T
A
L
DEFICIENCIES NOTED/CORRECfED:
SAFETY VIOLATIONS NOTED/CORRECTED:
FULL DESCRIPTION 0F WORK PERFORMED; INCLUDE ANY PROBLEMS:
.
ATTACH 2ND SHEET IF NEEDED
2ND SHEE'J.'
CONTRACfOR'S DAILY REPORT SHEET OF
PROJECf: WORK DAY:
CONTRACT NO.: .. DATE:
DESCRIPTION OF WORK PERFORMED - List activities started, activities completed, delays, reasons
for delays, and reasons for possible future delays.
..
II
SECTION 01395
DOCUMENT CLARIFICATION REQUESTS CDCR)
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Notification of Construction Manager in the event
errors, field conflicts, and omissions are found in
the Contract Documents, or clarifications are
necessary.
2. utilization of OCR form.
B. Related Sections:
1. General Conditions Article 2.3
2. General Conditions Article 8.3.2
3. General Conditions Article 12.3
1.2 FORM AND CONTENT. OF DOCUMENT CLARIFICATION REPORTS
A. All errors, field conflicts, and omissions in the
Contract Documents shall be brought to the attention of
the Construction Manager immediately. If clarifications
are necessary, the request is to be conveyed to the CM.
The OCR is a tool established to provide expedient
clarifications of contract drawings, specifications or
field conflicts. It is not meant to be a substitute for
good communication.
B. The OCR is not meant for formal notification of extra
work. Reference General Conditions paragraph 8.3.2 and
12.3, when formal correspondence is required for formal
notification of time extensions, and for cost change
notifications.
C. The contractor s~ould propose a solution, and enter on
the form in sufficient detail necessary for the A/E or CM
to confirm the contractor's proposed solution.
D. The contractor is also required to mention all other
trade work which is affected by the problem, and all
trade work which will be affected by the proposed
solution.
11/21/91
DOCUMENT CLARIFICATION REQUESTS
01395 - 1
1.3 UTILIZATION OF OCR FORM
A. The CM will make available the OCR forms for the
contractors use. Attached is a copy of the OCR form, and
the instruction sheet.
*************
END OF SECTION 1395
11/21/91
DOCUMENT CLARIFICATION REQUESTS
01395 - 2
SECTION 01410
TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1..1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Selection and payment
2. The Contractor submittals
3. Testing laboratory responsibilities
4. Testing laboratory reports
5. Limits on testing laboratory authority
6. The Contractor responsibilities
7. Schedule of inspections and tests
B.
1.
2.
3.
Section 00750 - GENERAL CONDITIONS
Section 01700 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
Individual Specification Sections: inspections and
tests required, and standards for testing.
1. . 2 REFERENCES
A.
ASTM 0-3740 -
Practice for Evaluation of Agencies
in Testing and/or Inspection of Soil
and Rock as Used in Engineering
Design and Construction.
B.
ASTM E-329 -
Recommended Practice for Inspection
and Testing Agencies for Concrete,
Steel, and Bituminous Materials as
used in Construction.
1..3 SELECTION AND PAYMENT
A. The Owner will employ and pay for services of an
independent testing laboratory to perform specified
inspection and testing where so indicated to be performed
by the Owner in technical Specification Sections.
B. Employment of testing laboratory shall in no way relieve
the Contractor of obligation to perform the Work in
accordance with requirements of the Contract [J1j~uments.
11/21/91
TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
01410 - 1
1..4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with requirements of ASTM E-329 and ASTM 0-3740.
B. Testing laboratory: authorized to operate in the State
of Florida.
C. Testing laboratory staff: maintain a full time
registered Engineer on staff to review services.
D. Testing Equipment: calibrated at reasonable intervals
with devices of an accuracy traceable to either National
Bureau of Standards (NBS) Standards or accepted values of
natural physical constants.
E. Meet "Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory
Qualification" , published by American Council of
Independent Laboratories.
1..5 TESTING LABORATORY RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Test samples of mixes.
B. Provide qualified personnel at the site. Cooperate with
the Architect, Construction Manager and the Contractor in
performance of services.
C. Perform specified inspection, sampling, and testing of
Products in accordance with specified standards.
D. Ascertain compliance of materials and mixes with
requirements of the Contract Documents.
E. Promptly notify the Construction Manager and the
Contractor of observed irregularities or non-conformance
of the Work or products.
F. Perform additional inspections and tests required by the
A/E and Construction Manager.
1..7 TESTING LABORATORY REPORTS
A. After each inspection and test, promptly submit three
copies of testing laboratory report to the Construction
Manager.
B. Include~
1. Date issued
2. Project title and number
3. Name of inspector
4. Date and time of sampling or inspection
11/21/91
TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
01410 - 2
.
..
5. Identification of product and Specifications
section
6. Location in the Project
7. Type of inspection or test
8. Date of test
9. Results of test
10. Conformance with the Contract Documents
C. When requested by the Construction Manager or A/E,
provide interpretation of test results.
1..8 LIMITS ON TESTING LABORATORY AUTHORITY
A. The testing laboratory may not release, revoke, alter, or
enlarge on requirements of the Contract Documents.
B. The testing laboratory may not approve or accept any
portion of the Work.
C. The testing laboratory may not assume any duties of the
Contractor.
D. The testing laboratory has no authority to stop the Work.
A.
1..9 THE CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES
B.
C.
D.
E.
1. .10
A.
Deliver to the testing laboratory at designated location,
adequate samples of materials proposed to be used which
require testing, along with proposed mix designs.
Cooperate with testing laboratory personnel, and provide
access to the Work and to the manufacturer's facilities.
Provide incidental labor and facilities to provide access
to the Work to be tested, to obtain and handle samples at
the Site or at source of products to be tested, to
facilitate tests and inspections, storage and curing of
test samples.
Notify the Construction Manager and the testing
laboratory 48 hours prior to expected time for operations
requiring inspection and testing services.
Employ services of a separate qualified testing
laboratory and pay for additional samples and tests which
are beyond the specifiad requirements.
RETEST RESPONSIBILITY
Where the results of required inspections, tests, or
similar services prove unsatisfactory and do not indicate
11/21/91
01410 - 3
TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
compliance with the requirements of the Contract
Documents, the retests shall be the responsibility of the
Contractor regardless of whether the original test was
the Contractor's responsibility. ~.
B. Retesting of the work revised or replaced by the
Contractor is the Contractor's responsibility where
required tests were performed on original work. Costs
and fees for retesting shall pe paid by the Contractor.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Used
**************
END OF SECTION 01410
11/21/91
TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
01410 - 4
SECTION 01510
TEMPORARY UTILITIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
Section includes:
1. Temporary utilities required for construction.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MATERIALS - GENERAL
A.
Materials shall be new, adequate in capacity for the
required usage, not create unsafe conditions, not violate
requirements of applicable codes and standards, and
comply with NEC Art. 305 - Temporary Wiring.
2.2
TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY
A.
The Temporary Power Contractor shall furnish, install and
maintain, temporary electric power service for
construction needs throughout the construction per iod and
shall remove such service on completion of the work.
1. Primary temporary electrical underground ,feeder
will be provided and installed by temporary power
contractor under Bid Group 1, per drawing 1510- TP.
2. At Front Gate transformer location, the temporary
power contractor under Bid Group 1 has installed a
meter, mast, and main breaker panel Nema 3R, per
Detail "A" attached. The final location of each
panel shall be approved by the Construction
Manager.
3. Distribution panels have been provided by the Bid
Group 1 temporary power contractor per drawing 1510
- TP, and Details A, B, C and 0, and as follows:
a. Front gate area serving the construction
manager trailer, guard shack and area lights.
( 2 0 ckt. min.)
4.
Power centers for miscellaneous tools and
used in the Work will be provided by the
1 Temporary Power Contractor as follows:
a. distribution boxes with minimum
equipment
Bid Group
of four
11/21/91
TEMPORARY UTILITIES
01510 - 1
double-duplex 15 Amp, 12 O-Vol t grounded
outlets, with GFCI Protection for personnel.
See Detail "B".
b. located so that power is available at any
point of use with not more than 100 ft. power
cords.
c. minimum: one power center on each floor.
d. circuit-breaker protection for each outlet.
e. One panel each for Building Areas
A,B,C,D,E,F,K,L,M,N,O,P and Q.
5. The capacity of each power center in 4. above shall
be 120/240 volts single phase, minimum 50 Amps.
6. The Trade Contractors shall notify the Temporary
Power Contractor when unusually heavy loads, such
as for welding and other equipment with special
power requirements, will be connected so that the
Bid Group 3 Temporary Power Contractor can notify
the power company.
7. Any Trade Contractor requiring service of capacity
or characteristics other than that specified shall
arrange and pay for the additional service.
8.
Power Contractor shall furnish,
maintain all equipment and wiring
distribute the power, up to and
power services.
The Temporary
install, and
required to
including the
9. The Temporary Power Contractor shall pay all costs
of installation, maintenance, and removal of
temporary services.
10. The Construction Manager will pay the costs of
power needed, including deposits and fees
associated with City Electric except as outlined in
item 13 below
11. Materials shall be new, and must be adequate in
capacity for required usage, and must not violate
the requirements of applicable codes and standards.
Materials used for temporary service shall not be
reused in the permanent system.
12. The Temporary Power Contractor shall comply wi-':l
all applicable requirements specified in Nationul
Electric Code Art. 305 when installing the
temporary electric power service, shall maintain
the system to provide continuous service and shall
modify and extend the service as the progress of
11/21/91
TEMPORARY UTILITIES
01510 - 2
the Work requires.
13.
Wiring for Trade Contractor field
shall be installed by the
Contractor and paid for by the
requiring the service.
offices and sheds
Temporary Power
Trade Contractor
14. The Temporary Power Contractor shall completely
remove all temporary materials and equipment at
Project Completion. Underground lines may be
disconnected and abandoned in place with approval
of the Construction Manager. The temporary shed as
shown in Detail "C" shall remain the property of
Benson Electric.
15. Feeders to distribution panels from distribution
shed shall be 400 feet maximum length, with two hot
legs and one neutral of the same size as per NEC
Table 310-16 and Article 210-19a FPN.
16. Circuits to Power Centers from Distribution Panels
shall be installed per NEC Art. 305.
17. Feeders and Branch Circuits in 15. and 16. above
shall be protected from physical damage.
18. See Detail "c" for temporary power shed
requirements. This shall remain the property of
Benson Electric.
2.3 TEMPORARY SITE LIGHTING
The Temporary Power Contractor shall install and maintain area
lights on the meter poles as shown in Detail "A", 2 lights total.
Temporary Lighting power will be fed from the panels and power
centers covered under section 2.2 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY.
2.4
TEMPORARY TELEPHONE SERVICE
A.
Each Trade Contractor shall be responsible for arranging
wi th the local telephone service company to provide
telephone service at the construction site for the use of
his personnel and employees. The Trade Contractor shall
pay all costs for installation, maintenance, removal and
service charges for such service. The Construction
Manager will not act as an answering service for Trade
Contractor's personnel and employees, and Trade
Contractor's personnel and employees will not be
permitted to utilize the Construction Manager's phones
except in cases of an emergency.
11/21/91
TEMPORARY UTILITIES
01510 - 3
2.5 CONTINUING TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY MAINTENANCE
2.6
A.
At the option of the Owner, the Temporary Power
" Contractor shall provide a mini~m of 1 person full time
for the duration of the construction, estimated to be 18
months. This person will maintain, relocate and repair
the temporary utilities covered under Articles 2.2, 2.3
and 2.4. The bid for this work shall be based on an
hourly rate for licensed electrician.
TEMPORARY LIGHTING
The Electrical Trade Contractor will be responsible for
the installation of the permanent electrical system and
shall also furnish, install and maintain temporary
lighting for construction needs throughout the
construction period and shall remove such temporary
lighting on completion of the Work.
1. Temporary artificial lighting shall be provided in
enclosed Work areas and all other work areas when
natural lighting does not meet minimum
requirements. Temporary artificial lighting in
Work areas shall produce uniform illumination of
20-foot candles.
2. Any Trade Contractor requiring temporary lighting
in addition to that specified, including lighting
for security, temporary offices, storage, shops and
other construction buildings, shall arrange and pay
for such additional temporary lighting.
3. Power requirements and source will be coordinated
with Article 2.2 above.
4. The Electrical Contractor shall comply with the
applicable requirements specified in sections of
Division 16 - Electrical. Materials shall be new,
and must be adequate for required usage, and must
not violate requirements of applicable codes and
standards.
5. Receptacles, fixtures and controls shall be
standard products, meeting UL standards.
6. The Electrical Contractor shall comply with all
applicable requirements specified in sections of
Division 16 Electrical, when installing the
temporary lighting, shall locate fixtures to
provide full illumination of required areas, shall
maintain the system to pr~vide continuous service,
and shall modify and e}~tand the service as the
progress of the Work requires.
7. The Electrical Contractor shall completely remove
temporary materials and equipment at Project
Completion, except for high voltage underground.
11/21/91
TEMPORARY UTILITIES
01510 - 4
2.7
2.8
TEMPORARY WATER
A.
with utility
constructicn
B.
site Plumbing Contractor will arrange
service company, to provide water for
purposes.
site Plumbing Contractor will provide temporary water at
locations of two (2) fire hydrants on fire water loop as
directed by Construction Manager; fire water loop will
be charged to provide construction water.
C.
The Construction Manager will pay for water used for
temporary construction purposes.
D.
Building Plumbing Contractor will maintain temporary
water systems, and will remove temporary water
appurtenances at completion of project.
Each Trade Contractor shall be responsible for providing
any additional water (if needed) for construction
purposes. In addition, each Trade Contractor is
responsible for providing potable drinking water for his
personnel and employees, as well as suitable containers,
ice and salt tablets in sufficient quantity to meet the
needs of his labor force.
E.
TEMPORARY HEATING, COOLING AND VENTILATING
Each Trade Contractor shall be responsible for providing, and
operating and maintaining temporary heating, cooling and
ventilating, as required, to maintain adequate environmental
conditions to facilitate the progress of his Work; to meet
minimum condition for the installation of materials; and to
protect materials and finishes from damage due to temperature
or humidity. Each Trade Contractor, subject to the approval
and direction of the Construction Manager, shall:
1. Provide adequate forced ventilation of enclosed
areas for curing of installed materials, to
disperse humidity, and to prevent hazardous
accumulations of dust, fumes, vapors, or gases.
2. If portable heaters are required, utilize only UL
approved units complete with controls.
3. Insure that all safety devices sp.-,...dfied for
operation of equipment are functioning properly.
4. Pay all costs of providing, operating, maintaining,
and removing such temporary heating, cooling, and
ventilating equipment as may be required.
11/21/91
TEMPORARY UTILITIES
01510 - 5
2.9
2.10
2.11
The foregoing obligations of the Trade Contractor are in
addition to his obligations under Article 10 of the General
Conditions.
TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES
A.
The Owner will provide sanitary facilities in compliance
with laws and regulations.
B.
The Owner will service, clean and maintain facilities and
enclosures.
TEMPORARY FIRE PROTECTION
The Trade Contractor responsible for the installation of the
permanent fire protection system shall furnish, install and
maintain temporary fire protection equipment, materials,
supplies and service within the buildings throughout the
construction period in accordance with the requirements of all
applicable codes and standards. Each floor shall have a
temporary fire protection system. Each Trade Contractor will
be responsible for fire protection required for his own work.
REMOVAL
A.
Completely remove temporary materials and equipment when
their use is no longer required.
B.
Clean and repair damage caused by temporary installations
or use of temporary facilities.
C.
Restore permanent facilities used for temporary services
to specified condition.
1. Prior to final painting, the
responsible for the permanent
system, shall remove temporary
new lamps.
Prior to final inspection, the Trade Contractor
responsible for the building mechanical system
shall replace filters and worn or consumed parts of
mechanical equipment.
Trade Contractor
building lighting
lamps and install
2.
***************
END OF SECTION 01510
11/21/91
TEMPORARY UTILITIES
01510 - 6
;~;.~.~..
I,,~';' ,~,~
-~
;.~
;~.~
c,.~.,.~...~..... .
-'~~~:."",
, >~---~- ',s: :",~v<-~,1< "';,' '~,::;;~!;l),.:..'~l'~",~l; ~.~:^....>,'
,.".. ...... 1""",,:,. . . '-"'?i-~' .
~"', .,~;:::.;'''~;.; ~.,
. ....~,~,
. ~._ .I.: ,'~ Or - _:~l
,,..~ .'(': - "
,i-~
....... ;
", '" ,
, _:..' ",_ ~.r_ ..,
.;-)~ . ...~.....~;-
. .' 'i' .
...,....
_oal 120/240 Volt ..t.r.~' ....;.~
o.oi1"";;1'= J;...-=- ._"'^
.......,~~.... .~..~
,iiJ'.
.,
.
'..
Transformer Pole By Others
9j-
100 W H.P.S. ABCA Light
wI P.E. Control 20' +1- M.H.
(2 per pole)
1'1' :
.
3.3/0 in 2" Rigid
G
,,'~
city Electric Meter
100 Amp Main Breaker, or
100 Amp Distribution Panel with
Main Beaker (Note 1)
Note 1 - Mount main and
panel on 3/4 CDX plywood
and mount plywood to pole.
8' Driven Ground
per N.E.C.
l~:~;~"ll,
c,,,,,.,..
." . .";j;:_"-~'~'" .~__ " ~"';'t':;'~"" ..:"'".r,;..~,..J'.. ,.'y,",'" .
."H".~""'~ '. ." ~~. '~. . . -'.:. '-'-"'; ":~~$.';''''^''''''''''''''.' ..':;,;;.;."..
...... ",,' -c:'.,......~.,~ . .". "..:,,'''\....''t~.,....r,.....
'. ' , ,,' ' ," '_ ".~. "". . " ,; _ '.' .... ". t,. ...... ,,~~. '''''.... ''>.
' '., ,--" ,-. , " ,'" ' ,-
i .' . , .
:,~."'...;,.,., ; ,'... '"..... ';'" ."
~.,~_._ ' . :'~l",,~ "~,, ".'. ::: ' '"n. ' J~..,.
. ':1'<.#: ' , >. . . - ~-
. '. . . ':....:'. il.~'~
Detat.:l, It." ..~~.,~......., <"
" ,~........
~~~
~"iA;~I}i4tif.'fk'
...,..;;:.
..0.'>
',... -
''I
~
"C
.'~+
~~ -'
.
, I' ~ I -----.
--
I
0 CD
0) @~
@ @
C0 0
It
12, i Rome): ;c, Lighting
st r ,ngers 'i' 'p.cal
.. . - '..
5:1 ,Imp Su t 'Eld Panel
T':{: ,cal
1:~, Roml~)j ''i: dcal
..", . - '
41' ::q Bo:< I I: ldustrial
Cc~.; l:r: Typ ill
..
4 I I 4' 1/~ I. 'l~ wood Back
BI'.! :1:1 Typ i ( 1
50 Amp Tripex Feeder T}',.:' :;,1
ote: Construction E.C. to provide, inst :1I1 and maintain ar I stri,:,r lightin?
from existing temporary elect. S':'! :..3 of 01510 Tml'. uti L i ':il s Spec.
-~~
". ~. .,,..{ ".-:y~ :.:...'t - .~
;~4';':_'
";z-. :~".:,-~-
' :. - .,_...
""'. .',....- .
~..~ -
'r_
.';..-
"-f~'-
--~., ",~~
":..,~..,t
~-_-~..t>~t4.,.
... ..........,.~\;....:4~-
size all conduit, conductors, grounds, etc. to NEe standards, install per Art.
305.
Provide 81 X 6' X 71 high wood shed minimum with 1 41 fluorescent,
locking access door, weatherproof & ventilated fan.
~l'(
PAWn "A ,I I
PAf,/[l "6'
300A
-rv.\JS~OR."'E"
'L '2. S 1<\1"
FEfD~ To $tJ&
PAlJfLS
FUT:>I:", To i~.., LEI\
C O"lPt.nl
-=-
Panel "A" - 3 phase 4 wire 480/277 volt Nema 1 surf mt Panel Board 600 amp, 24
branch ckt, 600 amp main ckt breaker & 1-300 amp branch cb 3-phase.
Transformer - Sq 0 #225T3H or equal 480 Primary (Delta) - 120/208 Y secondary.
Panel "B" - 3 phase 4 wire 120/208 volt Nema 1 surf mt Panel Board 600 amp MCB,
with 18 2 pole 50 amp branch circuit breakers & 1 sp/20 amp.
Panel "C" - (At trailer staging area) 400 amp MCB Nema 3R 42 circuit Panel Board
with 20 2 pole 50 amp ckt breakers 120/208 3-phase.
Note: All materials become the property of the Owner at completion of the
project.
....
or4
tIS
.&J
.
Q
~,.~l;'\i.~;:
~~'r-" ',-
,.,... ...~~...X'~"_.
'-. '-"""'. ,
j~'!ii"1'~ -
'8
foI
'0
e..,
='
Olt-l
,..0
tJ\
r-!
ellS
. ~u
.. >-.-4
-.-4 Sl4
foI),
O~
-
Q
-
-,
--
, ! I
! I
, ;
, I
'.......
~
.
+J
U
~
....
~ ,..
II) 0
'0 .+J
= +J ,.. g.u
"'Cf.lCf.lllS~lIS
~'O~,..
>< .CJ C+J~
8 lG C
.O+J),O
p..~Cf.I.au
I I
1t,~,-" "
:,\~'..'...,.'" ;<#':-
~-
,;<(;
,..
~ 0
~~
llSU
UllS
foI
Q)~
r-!C
~8
o
Or-!
lIS
~u
..-4
~ ,..
u~
cu
~~
r:&4r-!
~
~
.s~
~llS
,..
e 0
-.-4 Sl4
llS~
.c:~
CJ8
- ),
co.Q
~-
~
c
00
o
~
I
a
-
\i")
-
.:0 ffii
",,7
'> C
~21
~!
... .
V>~.
. ..,
~~... ;...
. c :1:-
~..J~c ...5
~~"'3 h
. t- ...
""""""..
..J '2 ...
~"",;~
,,-- :t
... ~. = .. ..,
2S" Z
>... ~ ~ i
~~..- ...
CI)~~~ J
...
t;>)~ t- )(
co
...:.c~~ ~ - 4lIl ...
a~~-c ~ .j "'.:
~ ....~
. . ,j ~ .
ot\ . Z
... ~ 0
... :I >- CI .
... 5 . oJ
... '" .. I- -
~ ... " .J ~
..J , ~ oW ~~
% .~ . ~ Q "i ·
e ... ... ~ !
i ~ ~ ~i
. ~ ~(
~~
,
'-
~
)
:J
..
..
2
~
'-,
,......1
.
.. ,
.
.
,-
J
(
.) r
//
- --.
.' :~
'- -
, ::/' .J
.' , I :
- - - -:', -#
<II
e l'
" .
Ii
~~
\
l~J
" . .
;. ~
o
v
"-
~
~~
,:1S;.'-
"-'1~...;-'." ,_-;,.:~".-",~.,.., _<",,_..
SECTION 01520
CONSTRUCTION AIDS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Construction aids
2. Temporary enclosures
1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES
B.
Comply with Federal,
regulations.
State and local codes and
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2..1 MATERIALS - GENERAL
A. Materials may be new or used, suitable for the intended
use and shall not violate requirements of applicable
codes and standards.
2..2 CONSTRUCTION AIDS
A. Each Trade Contractor shall be responsibl~ for
furnishing, installing, maintaining, and removing on
completion of the Work all scaffolds, staging, ladders,
stairs, ramps, runways, platforms, railings, chutes, and
other such facilities and equipment required by his
personnel to insure their safety and facilitate the
execution of the Work.
1. Each Trade Contractor shall comply with all
Federal, State and local codes, laws and
regulations governing such construction aids.
2. Each Trade Contractor shall relocate such
construction aids as required by the progress of
construction, by storage or work requirements, and
to accommodate the legitimate requirements of the
Owner or Construction Manager or other separate
contractors employed at the site.
3. Each Trade Contractor shall comI,Jutely remove
temporary scaffolds, access, platfcrms, and other
such materials, facilities, and equipment, at the
completion of the Work or when construction needs
can be met by the use of the permanent
construction, provided the Construction Manager has
04/09/91
CONSTRUCTION AIDS
01520 - 1
'.
approved and authorized such use. Each Trade
Contractor shall clean up and shall repair any
damage caused by the installation or by the use of
such temporary construction aids. Each Trade
Contractor shall restore any permanent facilities
used for temporary purposes to their specified
condition.
The foregoing obligations of the Trade Contractor are in
addition to his obligations under Article 10 of the General
Conditions.
2..3 TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES
A. The Trade Contractor responsible for installing the
permanent closure in an opening in an exterior wall shall
be responsible for installing, maintaining, and removing,
as the Work progresses, a temporary weather-tight
enclosure for that opening as necessary to provide
acceptable working conditions, to provide weather
protection for interior materials, to allow for effective
temporary heating, and to prevent entry of unauthorized
persons.
1. Each Trade Contractor shall install such temporary
enclosures as soon as is practical after the
opening is constructed or as directed by the
Construction Manager.
2. Temporary enclosures shall be removable as
necessary for the Work and for handling of
materials.
3. Temporary enclosures shall be completely removed
when construction needs can be met by the use of
the permanent closures.
4. The Trade Contractor responsible for providing,
maintaining, and removing the temporary enclosure
shall clean and shall repair any damage caused by
the installation of such enclosure.
5. Each Trade Contractor shall remain responsible for
insuring that his work, material, equipment,
supplies, tools, machinery, and construction
equipment is adequately protected from damage or
theft and shall provide, maintain and remove such
addi tional temporary enclosures as may be deemed
necessary.
The foregoin~Jbligations of the Trade Contractor are in addition
to his obligLtions under Article 10 of the General Conditions.
****************
END OF SECTION 01520
04/09/91
CONSTRUCTION AIDS
01520 - 2
SECTION 01550
ACCESS ROADS AND PARKING AREAS
..
"".
A. Each Trade Contractor shall be responsible for installing
and maintaining, until the completion of his Work any
temporary access roads or parking facilities required by
his Work, other than that which has been provided by the
Owner.
B. Any Trade Contractor excavating across an access road or
parking area shall backfill and compact his excavation
and resurface the road or parking area to match the
existing surface. The Trade Contractor shall comply with
all applicable Specifications when so doing.
*********************
END OF SECTION 01550
04/09/91
ACCESS ROADS AND PARKING AREAS
01550 - 1
SECTION 01560
TEMPORARY CONTROLS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1..1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Water control
2. Dust control
3. Erosion and sediment control
4. Pollution control
B. Related sections:
1. SCOPES OF WORK
1..2 WATER CONTROL
A. site Grading Contractor shall grade site to drain.
B.
Protect site from puddling or running water.
water barriers to protect site from soil
Maintain excavations free of water. Provide,
and maintain pumping equipment.
Provide
erosion.
operate,
1..3 DUST CONTROL
A. Execute the Work by methods to minimize raising dust from
construction operations.
B. Provide positive means to prevent airborne dust from
dispersing into atmosphere.
1..4 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
A. Plan and execute construction by methods to control
surface drainage from cuts and fills, from borrow and
waste disposal areas. Prevent erosion and sedimentation.
B. Minimize amount of bare soil exposed at one time.
C. Provide temporary measures such as berms, dikes, and
drains, to prevent water flow.
D. Construct fill and waste areas by selective placement to
avoid erosive surface silts or clays.
E. Inspect earthwork to detect evidence of erosion and
11/21/91
TEMPORARY CONTROLS
01560 - 1
sedimentation; promptly apply corrective measures.
1..5 POLLUTION CONTROL
A. Provide methods, means, and facilities to prevent
contamination of soil, water, and atmosphere from
discharge of noxious, toxic substances, and pollutants
produced by construction operations.
Two (2) 30 c.y. trash containers will be provided by the Owner.
The Masonry Contractor shall be responsible to provide his own
trash dumpsters for masonry waste disposal. Trash containers shall
be located in trash accumulation areas designated by the
Construction Manager. Each Contractor each day shall collect and
deposit in the containers, all rubbish, waste materials, debris,
and other trash from his operations, (excluding masonry), including
any trash generated by his employees during lunch periods or coffee
breaks. Shipping dunnage is to be removed by the recei ving
contractor. Paper, boxes and bulk packaging shall be folded or cut
into reasonable sizes and shapes and confined to prevent lost of
trash container volume or wind relocation.
***************
END OF SECTION 01560
11/21/91
TEMPORARY CONTROLS
01560 - 2
SECTION 01580
PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS
..
..
Trade Contractors informational signs on the site shall be limited
to those designating their temporary field offices and sheds. All
such informational signs shall be subject to approval by the
Construction Manager.
*************************
END OF SECTION 01580
11/21/91
PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS
01580 - 1
SECTION 01590
FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS
A. The Trade Contractor, if he deems it necessary, may
furnish, install, and maintain a temporary field office
for his use and the use of his employees during the
construction period.
B. The Trade Contractor shall furnish, install, and maintain
temporary storage and work sheds to adequately protect
his work, materials, equipment, supplies, tools,
machinery, and construction equipment from damage and
theft.
C. The Trade Contractor shall arrange his field office and
sheds so as not to interfere with the construction. The
locations of field offices and sheds shall be coordinated
wi th the Construction Manager. The type, size and
location of field offices and sheds is subject to
approval by the Construction Manager.
D. The Trade Contractor shall arrange and pay for temporary
electricity and telephone service for his field office
and sheds, if he should require such services.
E. The Trade Contractor shall relocate his field office and
sheds as directed by the Construction Manager, at no
additional cost to the Owner or Construction Manager.
F. The Trade Contractor shall completely remove his field
office and sheds on completion of the Work or when
directed by the Construction Manager. The Trade
Contractor shall remove all debris and rubbish and shall
place the area in a clean and orderly condition.
G. The Construction Manager as soon as reasonably possible
will establish a field office on the site and will
maintain such an office during the entire construction
period. The Construction Manager's field office will not
be used as field office by the Trade Contractor or his
employees.
**************
END OF SECTION 01590
04/09/91
FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS
01590 - 1
SECTION 01595
CONSTRUCTION CLEANING
'.
PART 1 - GENERAL
1..1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Cleaning during progress of work.
1..2 DISPOSAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with
codes, ordinances, regulations, and anti-pollution laws.
1. Do not burn or bury rubbish and waste materials on
Project site.
2. Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral
spirits, oil or paint thinner in storm or sanitary
drains.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2..1 MATERIALS
A. Use only those cleaning materials which will not create
hazards to health or property and which will not damage
surfaces.
B. Use only those cleaning materials and methods recommended
by manufacturer of the surface material to be cleaned.
C. Use cleaning materials only on surfaces recommended by
cleaning material manufacturer.
D. Sweeping compounds used in cleaning operations shall
leave no residue on concrete floor surfaces that may
affect installation of finish flooring materials.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3..1 DURING CONSTRUCTION
A. Execute cleaning to kG~p the Work, the Site and adjacent
properties free fron. accumulations of waste materials,
rubbish and windblown debris, resulting from construction
operations.
B. Provide on-site containers for the collection of waste
04/09/91
CONSTRUCTION CLEANING
01595 - 1
materials, debris, and rubbish.
C.
Dispose of waste materials, debris and rubbish off the
site.
,
"
3..2 DUST CONTROL
A. Clean interior spaces prior to the start of the finish
painting and continue cleaning on an as-needed basis
until painting is finished.
B. Schedule operations so that dust and other contaminants
resulting from cleaning process will not fall on wet or
newly-coated surfaces.
C. Handle materials in a controlled manner with as little
handling as possible; do not drop or throw materials
form heights.
************
END OF SECTION 01595
04/09/91
CONSTRUCTION CLEANING
01595 - 2
SECTION 01600
MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1..1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1 . Products
2. Transportation and handling
3. Storage and protection
4. Security
1. . 2 PRODUCTS
A. Products: means new material, machinery, components,
equipment, fixtures, and systems forming the Work. Does
not include machinery and equipment used for preparation,
fabrication, conveying and erection of the Work.
Products may also include existing materials or
components required for reuse.
B. ' Do not use materials and equipment removed from existing
premises, except as specifically permitted by the
Contract Documents.
C.
Provide interchangeable components
manufacturer, for similar components.
of
the, same
1..3 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING
A. The Trade Contractor shall be responsible for the
transportation of all materials and equipment furnished
under this contract. The Trade Contractor shall also be
responsible for loading, receiving and Off-loading at the
site all material and equipment installed un der this
Contract, whether furnished by the Trade Contractor or
the Owner. Unless otherwise provided, the Construction
Manager will not accept delivery on behalf of the Trade
Contractor for his materials and equipment. The Trade
Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating the
installation within the buildings of equipment that is
too large to pass through finished ~penings.
B. Transport and handle products in accordance with
manufacturer's instructions.
C. Promptly inspect shipments to assure that products comply
04/09/91
MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
01600 - 1
with requirements, quantities are correct, and products
are undamaged.
D. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by
methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage.
1..4 STORAGE AND PROTECTION
The Trade Contractor shall be responsible for the proper
storage of all materials, supplies, and equipment to be
installed under this Contract. Materials stored on site but
not adequately protected will not be included in estimates for
paYment. Except for materials stored within designated and
approved storage sheds, vans, or trailers, the Trade
Contractor shall not bring onto nor store in any manner at the
site any materials and equipment which will not be
incorporated into the permanent Work within seven (7) days
from the delivery date. The Trade Contractor shall be
responsible for arranging and paying for the use of property
off the site for storage of materials and equipment as may be
required.
1..5 SECURITY
A. Each Trade Contractor shall be totally responsible for
the security of his work, materials, equipment, supplies,
tools, machinery, and construction equipment.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Used
*************
END OF SECTION 01600
04/09/91
MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
01600 - 2
SECTION 01630
POST-BID SUBSTITUTIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Post-bid substitutions
1.2 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Base Bid shall be in accordance with the Contract
Documents.
B.
After the end of the bidding
requests will be considered only
1. Product unavailability
2. Other conditions beyond
Contractor.
period, substitution
in the case of:
the control of the
C. Submi t a separate request for each substitution. Support
each request with the following information:
1. Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed
substitution with requirements stated in Contract
Documents:
a. Product identification, including
manufacturer's name and address.
b. Manufacturer's literature, identifying:
1) Product description.
2) Reference standards.
3) Performance and test data.
c. Samples, as applicable.
d. Name and address of similar projects on which
product has been used and date of each
installation.
2. Itemized comparison of the proposed substitution
with product specified, listing significant
variations.
3. Data relating to changes in construction schedule.
4. Effects of substitution on separate contracts.
5. List of changes required in other work or products.
6. Accurate cost data comparing proposed substitution
with product specified.
a. Amount of net change to Contract Sum.
7. Designation of required license fees or royalties.
8. Designation of availability of maintenance
services, sources of replacement materials.
04/09/91
POST-BID SUBSTITUTIONS
01630 - 1
D. Substitutions will not be considered for acceptance when:
1. A substitution is indicated or implied on shop
drawings or product data submittals without a
formal request from Bidder.
2. Acceptance will require substantial revision of
Contract Documents.
3. In judgement of Architect or Construction Manager,
the substitution request does not include adequate
information necessary for a complete evaluation.
4. Requested directly by a subcontractor or supplier.
E. Do not order or install substitute products without
written acceptance of Construction Manager.
F. Architect will determine acceptability of proposed
substitutions.
G. No verbal or written approvals other than by Change Order
will be valid.
1..3 CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATION
A. In making formal request for substitution the Contractor
represents that:
1. The proposed product has been investigated and it
has been determined that it is equivalent to or
superior in all respects to the product specified.
2. The same warranties or bonds will be provided for
the substi tute product as for the product
specified.
3. Coordination and installation of the accepted
substitution into the Work will be accomplished and
changes as may be required for the Work to be
complete will be accomplished.
4. Claims for additional costs caused by substitution
which may subsequently become apparent will be
waived by the Contractor.
5. Complete cost data is attached and includes related
costs under the Contract, but not:
a. Costs under separate contracts.
b. Architect's costs for redesign or revision of
Contract Documents.
1..4 POST-BID SUBSTITUTION FORM
A. The form is attached to thia c3ction.
B. Substitutions will be considered only when the attached
form is completed and included with the submittal with
back-up data.
04/09/91
POST-BID SUBSTITUTIONS
01630 - 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Used
04/09/91
POST-BID SUBSTITUTIONS
01630 - 3
TO: Project Architect
HANSEN LIND MEYER INC.
c/o Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits
P.O. Box 5283 5090 Jr. college Road, Key West, Fl. 33040
(305)292-7845 FAX (305)292-9697
We hereby submit for your consideration thQ following product instead of
the specified item for the above project: ~
DRAWING NO.
DRAWING NAME
SPEC. SEC.
SPEC. NAME
PARAGRAPH
SPECIFIED ITEM
Proposed Substitution:
Attach complete information on changes to Drawings and/or Specifications
which proposed substitution will require for its proper installation.
Submit with request necessary samples and substantiating data to prove
equal quality and performance to that which is specified. Clearly mark
manufacturer's literature to indicate equality in performance.
The undersigned certifies that the function, appearance and quality are
of equal performance and assumes liability for equal performance, equal
design and compatibility with adjacent materials.
Submitted By:
signature
Title
Firm
Address
Telephone
Date
Signature shall be by person having authority to legally bind his firm to
the above terms. Failure to provide legally binding signature will result
in retraction of approval.
For use by the Architect:
____Recommended ____Recommended as noted
____Not Recommended ____Received too late
____Insufficie~l data received
By
Date
11/21/91
POST-BID SUBSTITUTIONS
01630 - 4
Fill in Blanks Below:
A. Does the substitution affect dimensions shown on Drawings?
If yes, clearly indicate changes.
Yes
No
B. will the undersigned pay for changes to the building design,
including engineering and detailing costs caused by the requested
substitution?
If no, fully explain:
Yes
No
C. What effect does substitution have on other Contracts or other
trades?
D. What effect does substitution have on construction schedule?
E. Manufacturer's warranties of the proposed and specified items are:
Different. Explain:
Same
F. Reason for Request:
G. Itemized comparison of specified item(s) with the proposed
substitution; list significant variations:
H. This substitution will amount to a credit or extra cost to the Owner
of: dollars ($ ).
I. Designation of maintenance services and sources:
(Attach additional sheets if required.)
*,***************
Et:,) OF DOCUMENT 01630
11/21/91
POST-BID SUBSTITUTIONS
01630 - 5
SECTION 01650
STARTING OF SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1..1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. starting systems
2. Demonstration and instructions
3. Testing, adjusting, and balancing
B. Related sections:
1. SECTION 01700 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
1..2 STARTING SYSTEMS
A. Coordinate schedule for start-up of various equipment and
systems.
B. Notify the Construction Manager seven days prior to
start-up of each item.
C. Verify that each piece of equipment or system has been
checked for proper lubrication, drive rotation, belt
tension, control sequence, or other conditions which may
cause damage.
D. Verify that tests, meter readings, and specified
electrical characteristics agree with those required by
the equipment or system manufacturer.
E. Verify wiring and support components for equipment are
complete and tested.
F.
Execute start-up under supervision
manufacturer's representative in
manufacturer's instructions.
of responsible
accordance with
G. Execute start-up under supervision of the responsible
Contractors' personnel in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions. All in-line and interface trades shall
cooperatively support and c!)ordinate individual
components and systems to facili ta'Le start-up acti vi ties.
H. When specified in individual Specification Sections,
require manufacturer to provide authorized representative
to be present at the Site to inspect, check and approve
11/21/91
STARTING OF SYSTEMS
01650 - 1
equipment or system installation prior to start-up, and
to supervise placing equipment or system in operation.
I. Submit a certified written report that equipment or
system has been properly installed and is functioning
correctly.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Used
**************
END OF SECTION 01650
11/21/91
STARTING OF SYSTEMS
01650 - 2
SECTION 01670
SYSTEMS DEMONSTRATIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1..1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Procedures for demonstration of equipment operation
and instruction of the Owner's personnel.
1..2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. When specified in individual Sections, provide
manufacturer's authorized representative to demonstrate
operation of equipment and systems, instruct the Owner's
personnel and provide written report that demonstrations
and instructions have been completed.
B. The Owner will provide list of personnel to receive
instructions, and will coordinate their attendance at
agreed-upon times.
1..3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submi t preliminary schedule for the Owner's approval,
listing times and date for demonstration of each item of
equipment and each system, two weeks prior to proposed
dates.
B. Provide operating and maintenance manuals to owner (4)
weeks prior to demonstrations.
C. Submi t reports wi thin one week after completion of
demonstrations, that demonstrations and instructions have
been satisfactorily completed. Give time and date of
each demonstration, and hours devoted to demonstration,
with a list of persons present.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
NOT USED
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3..1 PREPARATION
A. Verify equipment has been inspected and put into
04/30/91
SYSTEMS DEMONSTRATIONS
01670 - 1
operation; testing, adjusting, and balancing has been
performed; and equipment and systems are fully
operational.
B.
Have copies
manuals at
instructions.
of completed operation and maintenance
hand for use in demonstrations and
3..2 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTIONS
A. Demonstrate operation and maintenance of equipment and
systems to the Owner's personnel two weeks prior to date
of final inspection. For equipment requiring seasonal
operation, perform instructions for other seasons within
six months.
B. Use operation and maintenance manuals as basis of
instruction. Review contents of manual with personnel in
detail to explain aspects of operation and maintenance.
C. Demonstrate start-up, operation, control, adjustment,
maintenance, servicing, trouble-shooting and shutdown of
each item of equipment at agreed-upon times, at
designated location.
D. Prepare and insert additional data in operations and
maintenance manuals when need for additional data becomes
apparent during instructions.
3..3 TIME ALLOCATED FOR INSTRUCTIONS
A. The amount of time required for instruction on each item
of equipment and system is specified in individual
sections.
**************
END OF SECTION 01670
04/30/91
SYSTEMS DEMONSTRATIONS
01670 - 2
SECTION 01700
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1..1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Closeout procedures
2. Adjusting
B. Related sections:
1. SECTION 01027 - APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
2. SECTION 01650 - STARTING OF SYSTEMS
3. SECTION 01730 - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
4. SECTION 01740 - WARRANTIES AND BONDS
5. SECTION 08710 - FINISH HARDWARE
6. SECTION 11196 - SECURITY HARDWARE
1..2 PROJECT TERMINATION
A. the Contract requirements are met when construction
activities have successfully produced, in this order,
these three terminal activities:
1. Substantial Completion
2. Final Completion
3. Final Payment
1..3 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
A. Submit to the Construction Manager when the Work is
substantially complete:
1. A written notice that the Work, or designated
portion thereof, is substantially complete.
2. A list of items to be completed or corrected (Punch
List) .
3. Request Substantial Completion Observation at a
mutually agreeable date.
4. Certifications of systems and testing/balancing
final reports.
5. Submit evidence of compliance with requirements of
governing authorities:
a. Certificate of Occupancy
b. Certificates of Inspection:
1) Elevators
2) Mechanical systems
3) Electrical systems
4) Kitchen equipment
04/09/91
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
01700 - 1
5) Fire protection system
6) Security system
B. within a reasonable time after receipt of such notice,
the Architect, the Construction Manager, the
Contractor,and the Owner, will make an observation to
determine the status of completion.
C. Should the work be determined to not be substantially
complete the following will occur:
1. The Construction Manager will promptly notify the
Contractor in writing, giving the reasons.
2. The Contractor shall remedy the deficiencies in the
Work, and send a second written notice of
substantial completion.
3. The Work will be reobserved.
D. When the Work is considered substantially complete, the
following will occur:
1. The Construction Manager will prepare a certificate
of Substantial Completion on AIA Form G704,
accompanied by the Contractor's Punch List of items
to be completed or corrected, as verified and
amended. Contract responsibilities are not altered
by inclusion or omission of required Work from the
punch list.
2. The certificate will be executed by all parties and
distribution made.
E. complete or correct items identified on the punqh list
and required by the Contract requirements within time
limit established by the certificate.
1..4 FINAL COMPLETION
A. To attain final completion, the Contractor shall complete
activities pertaining to substantial completion, complete
Work on punch list items and submit written request to
the Construction Manager for final inspection.
B. When the Work is complete, the Contractor shall submit
written certification that:
1. The Contract Documents have been reviewed.
2. Work has been inspected for compliance with the
Contract Documents.
3. Work has been completed in accord3.nce wi th the
Contract Documents.
4 . Equipment and systems have been tested in the
presence of the Owner's representative and are
operational.
5. Work is completed and ready for final observation.
04/09/91
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
01700 - 2
C.
D.
E.
The Architect, the Construction Manager, the Contractor
and the Owner will make an inspection to verify the
status of completion with reasonable promptness after
receipt of such certification.
"
Should the Work be considered incomplete or defective:
1. The Construction Manager will promptly notify the
Contractor in writing, listing the incomplete or
defective work.
2. The Contractor shall take immediate steps to remedy
the stated deficiencies and send a second written
certification to the Construction Manager that the
Work is Complete.
3. The Work will be reinspected.
When the Work is acceptable under the Contract Documents
the Contractor shall make closeout submittals.
1..5 THE CONTRACTOR'S CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS TO THE ARCHITECT
A.
Project Record Documents:
01720.
to requirements of SECTION
B. Operating and maintenance data, instructions to the
Owner's personnel: to requirements of SECTION 01730.
C.
Keys and keying schedule:
08710 & 11196.
to requirements of SECTION
D. Spare parts and maintenance materials: to requi~ements
of individual sections.
E. Evidence of payment and release of liens: to
requirements of General and Supplementary Conditions.
1..6 FINAL ADJUSTMENT OF ACCOUNTS
A. Submit a final statement of accounting to the Architect.
B. Statement shall reflect adjustments to the Contract Sum:
1. The original Contract Sum
2. Additions and deductions resulting from:
a. Previous Change Orders
b. Allowances
c. unit Prices
d. Deductions for uncorrected Work
e. PenaJties and bonuses
f. Deductions for liquidated damages
g. Deductions for reinspection paYments
h. Other adjustments
3. Total Contract Sum, as adjusted
04/09/91
01700 - 3
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
4. Previous payments
5. Sum remaining due
G. The Construction Manager will prepare a final Change
Order, reflecting adjustments to the Contract Sum which
were not previously made by Change Orders.
1..7 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
A. The Contractor shall submit the final Application for
PaYment in accordance with procedures and requirements
stated in the Conditions of the Contract.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not used
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not used
*****************
END OF SECTION 01700
04/09/91
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
01700 - 4
SECTION 01710
FINAL CLEANING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1..1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Cleaning at completion of Work
1..2 DISPOSAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with
codes, ordinances, regulations, and anti-pollution laws.
1. Do not burn or bury rubbish and waste materials on
the Project site.
2. Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral
spirits, oil or paint thinner in storm or sanitary
drains.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2..1 MATERIALS
A. Use only those cleaning materials which will not create
hazards to health or property and which will not damage
surfaces.
B. Use only those cleaning materials and methods recommended
by manufacturer on the surface material to be cleaned.
C. Use cleaning materials only on surfaces recommended by
cleaning material manufacturer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3..1 DUST CONTROL
A. Handle materials in a controlled manner with as little
handling as possible.
3..2 FINAL CLEANING
A. Employ skilled workmen for final cleaning.
B. Remove grease, mastic, adhesives, dust, dirt, stains,
fingerprints, labels, and other foreign materials form
sight-exposed interior and exterior surfaces.
04/09/91
FINAL CLEANING
01710 - 1
C. Wash and shine glazing and mirrors.
D. Polish glossy surfaces to a clear shine.
E. Dust cabinetwork and remove markings.
F. Vacuum as needed.
G. Broom clean exterior paved surfaces; rake clean other
surfaces of the grounds.
H. Prior to final completion, or the Owner occupancy,
conduct an inspection of sight-exposed interior surfaces,
exterior surfaces and work areas, to verify that the
entire Work is clean.
I. Clean tunnels and closed off spaces of packing boxes,
wood frame members and other waste materials used in the
Construction.
J. Internally clean the entire system of p1p1ng and
equipment. Open dirt pockets and strainers, completely
blowing down as required and clean strainer screens of
accumulated debris.
K. Drain tanks, fixtures and pumps to be free of sludge and
accumulated matter.
L. Remove temporary labels and stickers from fixtures and
equipment. Do not remove permanent name plates,
equipment model numbers and ratings.
M. Thoroughly clean heating and air conditioning equipment,
tanks, pumps and traps. Install or thoroughly clean
filters or filter media, including:
1. The cleaning of permanent f il ters and the
replacement of disposable filters if units were
operated during construction.
2. The cleaning of ducts, blowers, and coils if the
units were operated during construction.
N. Remove from the site all facilities of items installed or
used for temporary purposes during construction.
O. Restore all adjoining areas to their original or
specified condition.
****************
END OF SECTION 01710
04/09/91
FINAL CLEANING
01710 - 2
SECTION 01720
PROJECT RECORD DOCURENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1..1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Maintain at the job site one copy of:
a. Record Contract Drawings
b. Record Project Manual
c. Coordination drawings
d. Addenda
e. Reviewed shop drawings
f. Change Orders
g. Other modifications to the Contract
h. Field test records
1. . 2 GENERAL
A. Store documents in cabinets in temporary field office,
apart from documents used for construction.
B. Maintain documents in clean, dry, legible condition.
C. Do not use Project Record Documents for construction
purposes.
D. Make documents available for inspection by the
Construction Manager, the Architect and the Owner.
E. Failure to maintain documents up-to-date will be cause
for withholding payments.
F. Obtain from the Construction Manager (at no charge) two
sets of the Contract Documents for Project Record
Documents including:
1. Specifications with all addenda.
2. Two complete sets of black line prints of all
Drawings.
1. . 3 RECORDING
A. Label each document "Project Record".
B. Keep record documents current.
C. Do not permanently conceal any work until required
OS/20/91
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
01720 - 1
D.
'.
information has been recorded.
Contract Drawings:
1. Required information may, as an option, be entered
on a "working set" and then at completion of
Project transfer the information to final submitted
"Project Record" set.
2. Legibly mark to record actual construction:
a. Depths of various elements of foundation in
relation to survey data.
b. Horizontal and vertical location of
underground utilities and appurtenances
referenced to permanent surface improvements.
c. Location of internal utilities and
appurtenances concealed in construction
referenced to visible and accessible features
of structure.
d. Field changes of dimension and detail.
e. Changes made by Change Order or Construction
Change Directive.
f. Details not on original Contract Drawings.
E. Specifications and Addenda:
1. Legibly mark up each section to record:
a. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number and
supplier of each product and item of equipment
actually installed.
b. Changes made by Change Order or Construction
Change Directive.
c. Other items not originally specified.
F. Conversion of schematic layouts:
1. Arrangement of conduits, circuits, piping, ducts
and similar items are in most cases shown
schematically on the Drawings.
2. Legibly mark to record actual construction:
a. Dimensions accurate to within 1" on the
centerline of items shown schematically.
b. Identify each item, for example, "cast iron
drain" "galvanized water".
c. Identify location of each item, for example,
"under slab", "in ceiling plenum", "exposed".
3. The Construction Manager may waive requirements of
schematic layout conversion, when in his opinion,
it serves no beneficial purpose. Do not, however,
rely on waivers J:'~ ng issued except specifically
issued by the ConE :ruction Manger in writing.
1..4 SUBMITTAL
A. At completion of Project, deliver Project Record
OS/20/91
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
01720 - 2
Documents to the Construction Manager prior to request
for final payment.
B. Accompany submi ttal with transmittal letter~. in
duplicate, containing:
1. Date
2. Project title and HLM Project number
3. The Contractor's name and address
4. Title and number of each record document
5. certification that each document as submitted is
complete and accurate.
6. Signature of the Contractor, or his authorized
representative.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Used
***************
END OF SECTION 01720
OS/20/91
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
01720 - 3
SECTION 01730
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
PART 1 - GENERAL
1..1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Format and content of manuals
2. Instruction of the Owner's personnel
3. Schedule of submittals
B. Related sections:
1. SECTION 01301 - SUBMITTALS
2. SECTION 01700 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
3. Individual Specifications sections: specific
requirements for operation and maintenance data.
1..2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Prepare instructions and data by personnel experienced in
maintenance and operation of described products.
1. . 3 FORMAT
A. Prepare data in the form of an instructional manual.
B. Binders: commercial quality, 8-1/2" x 11" three-ring
binders with hardback, cleanable, plastic covers; '1-1/2"
maximum ring size. When multiple binders are used,
correlate data into related consistent groupings.
C. Cover: identify each binder with typed or printed title
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS; list title of the
Project and separate building; identify subject matter of
contents.
D. Arrange content by systems under section numbers and
sequence of Table of Contents of these Specifications.
E. Provide tabbed fly leaf for each separate product and
system, with typed description of product and major
component parts of equipment.
F. Text: manufHcturer's printed data, or typewritten data
on 20 pound paper.
G. Drawings: provide with reinforced punched binder tab.
Bind in with text; fold larger drawings to size of text
OS/20/91
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
01730 - 1
pages.
1..4 CONTENTS, EACH VOLUME
A. Table of Contents: provide title of the Project; names,
addresses, and telephone numbers of the Construction
Manager, the Architect, consultants, and the Contractor
with name of responsible parties; schedule of products
and systems, indexed to content of the volume.
B. For each product or system: list names, addresses and
telephone numbers of subcontractors and suppliers,
including local source of supplies and replacement parts.
C. Product data: mark each sheet to clearly identify
specific products and component parts, and data
applicable to installation. Delete inapplicable
information.
D. Drawings: supplement product data to illustrate
relations of component parts of equipment and systems, to
indicate control and f low diagrams. Do not use the
Project Record Documents as maintenance drawings.
E. Type text: as required to supplement product data.
Provide logical sequence of instructions for each
procedure, incorporating manufacturer's instructions.
F. Warranties and bonds: bind in copy of each.
1..5 MANUAL FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES
A. Building products, applied materials, and finishes:
include product data, with catalog number, size,
composition, and color and texture designations. Provide
information for re-ordering custom manufactured products.
B. Instructions for care and maintenance; include
manufacturer's recommendations for cleaning agents and
methods, precautions against detrimental agents and
methods, and recommended schedule for cleaning and
maintenance.
C. Moisture protection and weather exposed products:
include product data listing applicable reference
standards, c'lemical composition, and details of
installation. Provide recommendations for inspections,
maintenance, and repair.
D. Addi tional requirements; as specif ied in individual
product specification sections.
OS/20/91
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
01730 - 2
1..6 MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS
A. Each item of equipment and each ,system: include
description of unit or system, and.. component parts.
Ide~tify function, normal operating characteristics, and
limiting conditions. Include performance curves, with
engineering data and tests, and complete nomenclature and
commercial number of replaceable parts.
B. Panelboard circuit directories: provide electrical
service characteristics, controls and communications.
C. Include color coded wiring diagrams as installed.
D. Operating procedures: include start-up, break-in, and
routine normal operating instructions and sequences.
Include regulation, control, stopping, shut-down, and
emergency instructions. Include summer, winter, and
special operating instructions.
E. Maintenance requirements: include routine procedures and
guide for trouble-shooting; disassembly, repair, and
reassembly instructions; and alignment, adjusting,
balancing, and checking instructions.
F. Proviqe servicing and lubrication schedule, and list of
lubricants required.
G. Include manufacturer's printed operation and maintenance
instructions.
H. Include sequence of operation by controls manufacturer.
I. Provide original manufacturer's parts list,
illustrations, assembly drawings, and diagrams required
for maintenance.
J. Provide control diagrams by controls manufacturer as
installed.
K. Provide the Contractor's coordination drawings, wi th
color coded piping diagrams as installed.
L. Provide charts of valve tag numbers, with location and
function of each valve, keyed to flow and control
diagrams.
M. Provide list of original manufacturer's spare parts,
current prices, and recommended quantities to be
maintained in storage.
OS/20/91
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
01730 - 3
N. Include test and balancing reports.
o . Additional requirements: as specif ied in individual
product specification sections.
"
P. Provide a listing in Table of Contents for design data,
with tabbed fly sheet and space for insertion of data.
1..7 INSTRUCTION OF THE OWNER PERSONNEL
A. Before final inspection, instruct the Owner's designated
personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of
products, equipment, and systems, at agreed upon times.
B. For equipment requiring seasonal operation, perform
instructions for other seasons within six months.
C. Use operation and maintenance manuals as basis for
instruction. Review contents of manual with personnel in
detail to explain all aspects of operation and
maintenance.
D. Prepare and insert additional data in Operation and
Maintenance Manual when need for such data becomes
apparent during instruction.
1..8 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit two copies of preliminary draft or proposed
formats and outlines of contents before start of the
Work. The Construction Manager and Architect will review
draft and return one copy with comments.
B. For equipment, or component parts of equipment put into
service during construction and operated by the Owner,
submit documents within ten days after acceptance.
C. Submit one copy of completed volumes in final form 15
days prior to final inspection. Copy will be returned
after final inspection, with Construction Manager and
Architect comments. Revise content of documents prior to
final submittal.
D. Submit two copies of revised volumes of data in final
form within ten days after final inspection.
OS/20/91
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
01730 - 4
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Used
**************
END OF SECTION 01730
OS/20/91
01730 - 5
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
-~
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
PROJECT NUMBER 90007.00
OCTOBER 15, 1991
(REVISED NOVEMBER 11, 1991)
---
Hansen Lind Meyer, Inc.
800 North Magnolia Avenue
Su ite 11 00
Orlando, Florida 32803
Certificate of Authorization
Number AAC-560
DOCUMENT 00001
PROJECT MANUAL INDEX
BIDDING REOUIREMENTS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
00001 PROJECT MANUAL INDEX
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK
02211 ROUGH GRADING
02215 FINISH GRADING
02222 EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR STRUCTURES
02226 EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES
02510 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING
02518 CONCRETE UNIT PAVERS
02520 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING
02580 PAVEMENT MARKING
02644 WATER MAINS
02721 SEWER STRUCTURES
02730 SANITARY SEWERAGE
02732 SEWAGE FORCE MAINS
02733 SEWAGE PUMP STATION
02800 SITE IMPROVEMENTS
02810 IRRIGATION SYSTEM
02830 FENCE AND GATES
02835 BARBED TAPE
02930 LAWNS
02950 TREES, SHRUBS AND GROUND COVER
DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE
03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK
03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03520 INSULATING CONCRETE DECKS
03600 GROUT
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
00001-1
DOCUMENT 00001
PROJECT MANUAL INDEX
DIVISION 4 - MASONRY
04200 UNIT MASONRY
05180
05500 ;
05510
05810
DIVISION 5 - METALS
MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURAL STEEL
METAL FABRICATIONS
METAL STAIRS
EXPANSION JOINT COVER ASSEMBLIES
DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTIC
06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY
06200 FINISH CARPENTRY
DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
07115 SHEET WATERPROOFING
07210 BUILDING INSULATION
07215 SPRAYED INSULATION
07272 FIRESTOP AND PENETRATION SEALING SYSTEM
07530 SINGLE PLY ROOFING
07720 ROOF ACCESSORIES
07900 JOINT SEALERS
DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS
08100 METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
08211 FLUSH WOOD DOORS
08300 SPECIAL DOORS
08305 ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS
08320 SECURITY METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
08410 ALUMINUM ENTRANCES
08660 SECURTY WINDOWS
08710 DOOR HARDWARE
08800 GLAZING
08842 SECURITY GLAZING
08902 ALUMINUM WINDOW WALLS
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
00001-2
DOCUMENT 00001
PROJECT MANUAL INDEX
...
"..
Ii
.-\.
.'~'.--'"
DIVISION 9 - FINISHES
09110 NON-LOAD BEARING WALL FRAMING SYSTEMS
09200 LATH AND PLASTER
09250 GYPSUM BOARD
09300 TILE
09510 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS
09650 RESILIENT FLOORING
09680 CARPET
09700 SPECIAL FLOORING
09800 SPECIAL COATINGS
09830 ELASTOMERIC COATING
09900 PAINTING
09950 WALLCOVERING
10100
10160
10200
10270
10350
10500
10520
10550
10606
10800
10900 .
".
DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES
CHALKBOARDS AND TACKBOARDS
SOLID PLASTIC TOILET PARTITIONS
LOUVERS AND VENTS
ACCESS FLOORING
FLAGPOLE
STEEL LOCKERS
FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS
POSTAL SPECIALTIES
SECURITY FENCING ASSEMBLY
TOILET ACCESSORIES
MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES
DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT
11110 LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT
11160 LOADING DOCK EQUIPMENT
11197 SECURITY/DETENTION EQUIPMENT
11200 BASIC ELECTRONIC SECURITY REQUIREMENTS
11202 SYSTEM CENTRAL PROCESSING UNIT
11203 FIRE ALARM INTERFACE
11204 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER
11205 ADDRESS PANELS
11206 RELAY CABINETS
11208 CARD ACCESS CONTROL
11211 SITUATION MAN-DOWN EQUIPMENT
11212 CLOSED CIRCUIT VIDEO EQUIPMENT
11217 VEHICLE LOOP DETECTION
11218 OPERATIONAL INTERCOM SYSTEM
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
00001-3
HLM 90007.00-2
DOCUMENT 00001
PROJECT MANUAL INDEX
~.
{
~,~.
~
11222
11224
11400
11480
11704
DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT (CONTINUED)
INMATE/ATTORNEY TELEPHONES
METAL DETECTION EQUIPMENT
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT
ATHLETIC EQUIPMENT
ICE MACHINES
DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS
NOT USED
DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION
13090 RADIATION PROTECTION
DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS
14700 PNEUMATIC TUBE SYSTEM
DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL
15000 GENERAL PROVISIONS
15050 WATER TREATMENT
15060 PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS
15085 PIPE IDENTIFICATION
15100 VALVES
15110 HEAT TRACE SYSTEM
15130 THERMOMETERS AND GAGES
15140 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
15160 PUMPS
15175 VARIABLE SPEED MOTOR CONTROL FOR FANS AND PUMPS
15242 VIBRATION ISOLATION
15252 PIPE AND EQUIPMENT INSULATION
15290 DUCTWORK INSULATION
15330 WET-SPRINKLER SYSTEM
15403 WATER BOOSTER PUMPS
15404 DOMESTIC WATER SOFTENER
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
00001-4
DOCUMENT 00001
PROJECT MANUAL INDEX
DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL (CONTINUED)
15408 SOIL, WASTE AND VENT SYSTEM
15410 STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEM
15430 PLUMBING SPECIALTIES
15440 PLUMBING FIXTURES AND ACCESSORIES
15460 SUMP PUMPS
15470 HOT WATER STORAGE HEATER
15490 FUEL STORAGE AND DISPENSING SYSTEMS
15517 HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES
15540 EMERGENCY GENERATOR AUXILIARIES
15552 FUEL OIL PIPING SYSTEMS
15684 CENTRIFUGAL CHILLER
15714 BLOW THRU COOLING TOWER
15770 MAKE-UP AIR UNITS
15785 FAN COIL UNITS
15855 AIR HANDLING UNITS
15858 FANS
15880 FIRE DAMPERS
15884 COMBINATION SMOKE AND FIRE DAMPERS
15885 AIR FILTERS
15890 DUCTWORK
15894 AIR TERMINAL UNITS
15936 GRILLES, REGISTERS, DIFFUSERS
15950 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEMS
15965 BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM
15992 TESTS - PIPING SYSTEMS
15995 SYSTEM BALANCING AND TESTING
~
.
,
~
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL
16010 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
16111 CONDUIT SYSTEMS
16120 WIRE AND CABLE
16155 COMBINATION MOTOR STARTERS
16161 MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS
16170 DISCONNECT SWITCHES
16199 WIRING DEVICES AND PLATES
16300 STANDBY POWER GENERATION
16351 UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY
16400 SERVICE AND POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS
16425 MAIN SERVICE SWITCHBOARD
16450 ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS GROUNDING
16461 DRY TYPE DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS
16470 DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS - CIRCUIT BREAKER TYPE
16471 FEEDER AND BRANCH CIRCUITS AND EMERGENCY WIRING
16472 BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS - CIRCUIT BREAKER TYPE
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
00001-5
DOCUMENT 00001
PROJECT MANUAL INDEX
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL (CONTINUED)
16500 LIGHTING
16601 LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM
16605 TRANSIENT VOLTAGE/SURGE PROTECTION
16660 WIRING FOR EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OTHERS
16721 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
16781 TELEPHONE CONDUIT SYSTEMS
16930 LIGHTING CONTROL EQUIPMENT
********************
END OF SECTION 00001
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
00001-6
....
Bidding Requirements,
Contract Forms
and
Conditions of the Contract
.- ,.--~
General Requirements
DIVISION 1
Site Work
DIVISION 2
SECTION 02211
ROUGH GRADING
PART 1 --GEN{RAL
ijII: ,.......#
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Grade sub-soil and reform to grades, contours and levels.
2. Rough grade for roadways, walks, curbs, gutters, parking areas,
landscaped areas, and stormwater ponds.
3. Geogrid base reinforcement.
1.2 EXISTING CONDITIONS
A. , Known underground, surface and aerial utility lines and buried objects
are indicated on the Contract Documents.
1.3 PROTECTION
A. Protect trees, plants and lawns, rock outcroppings and other features
remaining as part of final landscaping.
B. Protect bench marks and existing roads, and paving against damage from
equipment and vehicular traffic.
C. Protect aeri a 1, surface, or underground ut i 1 i ty 1 i nes or appurtenances
which are to remain.
D. Protect midden area from excavation.
E. Repair damage.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Excavated Fill Material: Soil free from roots, rocks larger than 3"
and building debris.
B. Additional Fill Material: AASHTO Designation M145, soil classification
group.
C. Geogrid System:
1. Contech Tensar Geogrid BX1100 and accessories.
2. Architect approved equivalent.
D. Fill Under Landscaped Areas: Free from alkali, salt, petroleum
products. Use sub-soil from site only if conforming to specified
requirements. Silt material excavated from the site is not acceptable
for use in this area.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Establish and identify required lines, levels, contours and datum.
B. Identify and mark entire midden area. No excavation can occur in this
area unless directed otherwise by the Construction Manager.
C. Maintain bench marks, monuments and other reference points.
Reestablish if disturbed or destroyed, at no cost to Owner.
D. Before start of grading, notify all pertinent util ity companies 48
hours prior to digging for location of underground util ity 1 ines.
Establish the location and extent of utilities in the work areas.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02211-1
SECTION 02211
ROUGH GRADING
E. Perform grading within cont~act limfts, including adjacent transition
areas to new elevations, le~ls, -i1.rofiles and contours indicated.
Provide subgrade surfaces parallel to finished surface grades. Provide
uniform levels and slopes between new elevations and existing grades.
F. Grade surfaces to assure areas drain away from structures and to
prevent pond i ng and pockets of surface drainage. Provi de subgrade
surfaces free from irregular surface changes.
G. Perform grading within branch spread of existing trees to remain by
hand methods to elevations indicated. Cut roots if necessary with an
axe, and coat cut roots with tree paint.
H. Grade at excavations to prevent storm-water from draining into
excavated areas.
3.2 ROUGH GRADING
A. Verify that rough grading under previous contract has been brought to
elevations and compaction shown.
B. Install geogrid material where indicated, directly on subgrade
surface. Material shall overlap a minimum of 2 feet on sides.
Overlaps shall be in the same direction fill material is to be spread.
Geogrid shall be cut to accommodate manholes, inlets and other
protrusions. Anchor geogrid in accordance with manufactures
recommendations. No equipment shall operate directly on the geogrid.
Initial lift of fill shall be dumped and spread over the geogrid.
Rubber tired equipment shall be used to spread addition lifts after
initial lift is spread and compacted.
C. Continue site rough grade to required levels, profiles, contours and
elevations ready for finish grading and surface treatment. Maintain
the fo 11 owi ng:
1. Paved areas - to below base material.
2. Landscaped areas - 4" minimum below final grades.
D. Prior to placing fill material over undisturbed subsoil, scarify
surface to depth of 6 inches.
E. Backfill and Compaction
1. All open or landscaped areas shall be placed in 8" lifts
compacted to 90% modified proctor per ASTM D-1557. Testing
frequency per lift shall be one test per 5000 sf.
2. All paved areas, plus 5 ft. beyond shall be backfilled or
excavated and compacted in accordance wi th Sect ion 02222 -
EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR STRUCTURES.
3.3 EROSION AND DUST CONTROL
A. Provide erosion and dust control.
B. Methods of erosion control may consist of any of the following or a
combination thereof: seeding, mulching, baled straw, temporary silt
fences.
C. Aqu ire a 11 necessary permits and pay for all related fee. Contact
agency having jurisdiction over this requirement.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02211-2
SECTION 02211
I-
.
3.4 SURPLUS MATERIAL ~.,;
A. Remove surplus materials from site.
********************
END OF SECTION 02211
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
ROUGH GRADING
02211-3
SECTION 02215
FINISH GRADING
-
PART 1 - GENE~AL
;
;.
. .
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Finish grading within contract limits, including adjacent
transition areas to new elevations, levels and contours
indicated. Provide uniform levels and slopes between new and
existing grades.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit soil certification one week prior to commencing work.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.1 TOPSOIL
A. Topsoil stockpiled on site may be used to complete the finish grading
and grassing operation or option to bring new topsoil onto the site
from other sources at no additional cost to Owner.
B. Reusable topsoil stockpiled on site or new topsoil brought onto the
site shall meet the following requirements: .
1. Fertile friable agricultural soil capable of sustaining vigorous
plant growth neither excessively alkaline or acidic, suitable
forgrowth of grass and pl ants, free from subsoil, cl ay 1 umps,
objectionable weeds, litter, stones larger than 211 in diameter,
stumps, root and other material that would interfere with
planting and maintenance operations.
2. No topsoi 1 is to be graded, excavated or worked in muddy
conditions.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GRADING
A. Grading shall include the areas necessary to establish new grades
required by the Grading Plan and such additional areas as are
disturbed by construction storage, vehicle use and other construction
operations including utility trenching, areas where excess fill is
deposited, or where cutting is required to provide additional backfill
material.
B. New grades shown are des i gned to produce the requ ired confi gurat i on of
the site and do not necessarily represent a balance between cut and
fi 11 .
1. Soi 1 in excess of that requi red to produce the grades shown
shall be removed from the site.
2. Additional soil required to produce grades shown shall be
provided from legal off-site source.
C. Earth fill for grading shall be Earth Backfill from cut areas on the
site except that stone, concrete, brick and other inorganic material
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02215-1
SECTION 02215
FINISH GRADING
may be buri ed and compacted. Materi all arger'-thary ," ins i ze sha 11
not be permitted in the upper 8" of fiJJ or ag--a4.r:ts.t waterproofi ng
membranes or utility lines.
D. Temporary access roads and storage areas shall be returned to normal
use as follows:
1. Where fi 11 ed to a depth of 12" or more, scarify to a depth of 6"
prior to placing of fill.
2. In all other cases, grade and scarify to produce the following:
a. 6" minimum scarified subgrade.
b. 6" minimum earth fill.
c. 4" minimum topsoil.
E. Install grade stakes at not more than the 25' intervals both ways.
1. Grades not otherwise indicated shall be uniform levels or slopes
between points where elevations are given.
2. Adjust grades as necessary to provide positive drainage from
buil di ng.
3. Finish grades shall not deviate from established elevations and
true profile in excess of 1".
F. Bring the entire Site Area to subgrades as follows:
1. For surfaced areas (roadways, parking areas, service courts,
steps and walks) to the underside of the respective surfacing or
base course, as fixed by the finished grades.
2. For balance of area, finished grade.
G. The finished subgrade shall be brought to elevations indicated and
sloped to drain water away from the building walls. Fill areas where
settlement occurs to required elevations.
H. Place a 4" (minimum) compacted depth of topsoil over areas involved in
cut and fill operations.
I. Place no topsoil in areas of sewers, water mains and other utilities
until backfill has settled.
J. Schedule topsoil final grading so that when complete it will not be
damaged by subsequent construction activities.
K. Leave topsoil free of stones and debris ready for further development.
L. Manually install topsoil at trees to remain. Avoid damage to root
system.
********************
END OF SECTION 02215
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02215-2
SECTION 02222
EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND CO~iPAcTING FOR STRUCTURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
,
....
1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION owl ~
A. Place and compact fills to rough grade elevations.
1.2 REFERENCED STANDARDS
A. Provide and maintain one copy at the site of all referenced
publications for use by site and inspection personnel.
B. ASTM D1557 - Test for Moisture - Density Relationship of Soils Using
10 lb. Rammer in 18 Inch Drop.
C. FDOT - Florida Department of Transportation - Roadway and Traffic
Design Standards.
1.3 SITE COMPACTION TESTING
A. Testing of compacted fill materials will be performed by an
independent testing laboratory appointed and paid for per requirements
of Division 1. Testing will be performed so as to least encumber the
performance of work.
B. When portions of work are completed and ready for testing, notify the
test i ng 1 aboratory to perform dens ity tests. Do not proceed with
additional portions of work until results have been verified.
C. If, during progress of work, tests indicate that compacted materials
do not meet specified requirements, remove defective work, replace and
retest at no cost to Owner.
D. Ensure compacted fills are tested before proceeding with placement of
surface materials.
E. Testing Frequency
1. Paved Areas: Minimum one test per 2500 sf per lift.
1. 4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit minimum 10 pound samples of each type of fill material to be
used. Provide samples to. testing laboratory, packed tightly in
containers to prevent contamination.
B. If recent test results are available for fill materials to be used,
disregard samples submission and submit such test results to the
testing laboratory. Such test results are to clearly indicate types of
materi a 1 s and compos it ion, hardness, compactabil ity and suitabil i ty
for proposed usage.
1.5 PROTECTION
A. Protect trees remaining as part of final landscaping.
B. Protect bench marks and existing roads and paving against damage from
equipment and vehicular or foot traffic.
C. Protect midden area from excavation.
D. Notify Architect of unexpected sub-surface conditions and discontinue
work in area until Architect provides notification to resume work.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 FILL MATERIALS
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02222-1
SECTION 02222
EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR STRUCTURES
A. Granular Fill:
1. Gravel: Angular pit run crushed natural stone; free from shale,
clay, friable materials, ang debris; graded within the following ~
limits:
Sieve Size % Passinq
2" 100
I" 95
3/4" 95 to 100
5/8" 75 to 100
3/8" 55 to 85
No. 4 35 to 60
No. 16 15 to 35
No. 40 10 to 25
No. 200 5 to 10
2. Pea Gravel: Clean natural stone; free from clay, shale and
organic matter; 1/4" to 1/2".
3. Sand: Clean natural river or bank sand; free from silt, clay,
loam, friable or soluble materials, and organic matter; graded
within the following l~mits:
Sieve Size % Passinq
No. 4 100
No. 14 10 to 100
No. 48 15 to 90
No. 100 4 to 30
No. 200 0 to 5
B. On Site Soils: Limerock material excavated from and stockpiled on the
site sufficiently crushed to individual fragment sizes'no greater than
2" in size.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION AND LAYOUT
A. Establish extent of excavation by area and elevation; designate and
identify datum elevation.
B. Set required lines and levels.
C. Maintain bench marks, monuments and other reference points.
3.2 BACKFILLING
A. Ensure areas to be backfilled are free from debris.
B. Do not backfill over existing sub-grade surfaces which are porous, wet
or spongy.
C. Compact existing sub-grade surfaces if densities are not equal to that
required for backfill materials.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02222-2
SECTION 02222
EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR STRUCTURES
D. Cut out soft areas of. exi s.t i ng sub-grade. Backfi 11 wi th granul ar or
on site soil and fill compact to required density.
E. Backfill areas ~o rough grades, contours, levels and elevations.
F. Backfill systematically and as early as possible to allow maximum
time for natural settlement and compaction.
G. Place and compact fill materials in continuous layers not exceeding 6"
loose depth. Use a method so as not to disturb or damage foundation
waterproofing.
H. Maintain optimum moisture content of backfill materials to attain
required compaction density.
3.3 FILL TYPES AND COMPACTION
A. Fill Under Paved Areas: On-site soil or granular fill to rough grade
elevations. Extend a minimum of five feet beyond the limits of the
paved areas. Compact to per ASTM D-1557:
1. 95% Modified Proctor under concrete areas.
2. 98% Modified Proctor under asphalt areas.
3.4 SURPLUS MATERIALS
A. Remove surplus earth materials from site as directed by Construction
Manager.
B. Leave stockpile areas completely free of all excess fill materials.
********************
END OF SECTION 02222
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02222-3
SECTION 02226
EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
'"
/
(,
~ )1.
~~
1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION
A. Excavation and Backfill-Utilities.
1. Excavating and bedding for utilities.
2. Backfilling for utilities.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Work shall conform to National, State, County, City, and Institutional
codes governing installation of site utility systems.
B. Testing Lab: Refer to the General Requirements - TESTING LABORATORY
SERVICES.
1. Notify the Testing Laboratory 24 hours in advance of backfilling
operations to allow the Testing Laboratory to conduct compaction
tests. Compaction shall be tested by the method specified or
indicated on the Drawings. Testing lab shall be present for all
compaction operations.
2. Backfill materials shall be installed in layers and compacted to
the required density by method, type and size of equipment which
will give the required specified compaction.
3. Backfill compaction which fails to meet the specified density
requirements shall be re-excavated, recompacted, refinished and
retested until satisfactory compaction is achieved at contractors
expense.
C. Testing frequency for utility backfill shall be one test per lift per
100 l.f. of trench.
1.3 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Use means necessary to protect materials of this Section before,
duri ng and after i nsta 11 at i on and to protect i nsta 11 ed work and
materials of other trades.
B. Be responsible for safe storage of material furnished and accepted for
the work intended, until it has been incorporated in completed
project. Excavated materials and backfill materials shall be kept free
from dirt and foreign matter contamination.
C. Access and storage areas shall be returned to normal usable condition
at end of project.
1.4 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Existing utility information shown on the drawings is from survey work
by others, field observations, available public records and record
drawings. The exact locations and elevations of utilities shall be
determined prior to installing new work.
1. Field verify vertical elevations related to bench marks, pipe
inverts and vertical building levels prior to commencing work.
2. Field verify existing grades and locations of existing lines,
poles, trees, paving and other site structures prior to
demolition or construction and immediately inform the Architect
of discrepancies.
HlM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02226-1
SECTION 02226
EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES
3. Contact all public and private utility companies 48 hours prior
to any excavation. Cost of replacement and repair of existing
utilities damaged as a result of Contractor's operation shall be
the Contractor's responsibility.
B. Give adequate advance notice to public municipalities and utility
companies of proposed work.
C. Protect existing utilities indicated or the location of which are made
known by on-site inspection prior to excavation that are indicated to
be retained, as well as utility lines constructed during excavation
operations. Repair, if damaged, at no cost to the Owner. If utility
lines are encountered that were not indicated or that the Contractor
was not made aware of after due diligence on his part, notify the
Architect immediately. Repair said damaged lines immediately.
Contract price will be adjusted in accordance with the provisions of
the Contract.
D. Protect the midden area from damage due to equipment and vehicular
traffic. No excavation can occur in the midden area. '
E. Adequate Advance notice shall be given interested governmental
agencies prior to disruption of traffic flow due to excavation of road
and walkways incidental to work of this Section.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit 30 pound samples of each granular material to be used as
backfill and pipe bedding to the Testing Laboratory for analysis and
approval prior to installation.
B. Test reports: Submi t test reports on sel ect fi 11 and backfill
materi a 1 s to show compactabil ity in conformance with thi s Section
requirements.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 BACKFILL MATERIALS:
A. Select Fill:
1. Gravel: Angular pit run crushed natural stone; free from shale,
clay, friable materials, and debris; graded within the following
limits:
Sieve size % Passinq
1-1/2" 100
I" 95 to 100
3/4" 95 to 100
5/8" 75 to 100
3/8" 55 to 85
No. 4 35 to 60
No. 16 15 to 35
No. 40 10 to 25
No. 200 5 to 10
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02226-2
SECTION 02226 EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES
2. Pea Rock: Clean natural stone; free from clay, shale and organic
matter; 1/4" to 1/2". .
3. Sand: Clean natural river or bank sand; free from silt, clay,
loam, friable or soluble materials, and organic matter; graded
within the following limits:
Sieve size % Passinq
No. 4 95 to 100
No. 8 60 to 100
No. 10 30 to 100
No. 14 10 to 100
No. 48 15 to 90
No. 100 0 to 20
No. 200 0 to 5
B. Excavated or Borrow Sub-soil: Free from roots, rock larger than 2" in
size and building debris and compactable according to testing
laboratory. Limerock material excavated from the site will be
acceptable if the material is sufficiently crushed to individual
fragment sizes no greater than 2 inches in size.
C. Fill Under Landscaped Areas:' Refer to Section 02211 - ROUGH GRADING.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Prior to work of this Section, carefully inspect installed work of
other trades and verify that such work is complete to point where this
installation may properly commence.
B. Verify that items may be installed in accordance with original design,
codes, and regulations, and portions of referenced standards.
C. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Architect.
D. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until such
discrepancies have been fully resolved.
3.2 GENERAL
A. Excavation shall include:
1. The work of clearing the site and removal and disposal of all
obstructions.
2. Necessary excavations.
3. Placing and use of sheeting and shoring.
4. Pumping and fluming to keep the trenches and other excavations
free from water.
5. Drains and sewers and the temporary disposal of water from other
sources during the progress of the work.
6. Damming and coffer-damming where necessary.
7. Support i ng and protect i n9 all underground structures, pi pes,
conduits, culverts, lamp posts, poles, wires, fences, buildings
and other property adjacent to the work.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02226-3
SECTION 02226
EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES
8. Removing after completion of the work all sheeting and shoring.
not necessary to support the sides of trenches.
9. Hauling away all surplus excavated material.
10. Backfilling.
11. Mechanically tamping backfill.
B. Erosion and Sediment Control:
1. The Contractor shall take necessary precautions to prevent
erosion and resultant sediment run-off into utility excavations.
C. Control Surveys:
1. Survey the lines and grades as necessary for the proper control
; of work. Verify benchmark elevations against existing
benchmarks.
D. Trees:
1. Protect all other trees. Damage to trees shall be compensated
for, by Contractor. Permission to remove trees shall be in
writ i ng.
E. Trenching and Trimming:
1. Excavation for trenches in which pipe lines are to be installed,
shall provide adequate space for workmen to place and joint the
pipe properly, but the trench shall be kept to the minimum width
shown on drawing details.
2. Do not bed pipe in material containing sharp sand, crushed stone,
or gravel.
F. Unauthorized Excavation:
1. If excavation is carried below or beyond the established or
ordered 1 imits for any pipes or structures, it shall be deemed
unauthorized, and if ordered, fill the unauthorized excavation
with concrete with a minimum compressive strength at 28 days of
2500 pounds per square inch or, if permitted by Architect, with
thoroughly compacted selected material.
G. Additional Excavation:
1. Remove materials encountered which are not suitable. Obtain
approval from construction manager for additional excavation.
H. Midden Area:
1. No excavation is to occur within the midden area.
I. Length of Open Trench:
1. The amount of trench open at anyone time in advance of completed
work shall be held to a minimum of 100 ft., or as directed by the
Architect.
2. Backfilling and restoration of surfaces shall begin as soon as
the constructed work is in approved condition.
3. New trenching will not be permitted when earlier trenches need
backfilling or labor is needed to restore the surfaces of streets
or other areas to a safe and proper condition.
J. Test Pits:
1. Dig exploratory test pits as may be necessary, in advance of
trench excavation, to determine the exact location of sub-surface
pipe lines, conduits, and structures.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02226-4
SECTION 02226
EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES
K.
...
Sheeting, Shoring, and Bracing: :
1. If required by ground conditions or depth, or;,.. wherever the(.~
presence of incipient slides are noted during excavation, the
trench walls shall be restrained with adequate sheeting and
shoring.
Furnish and install adequate sheeting, shoring and bracing, to
maintain and to protect built work and adjacent structures.
Bracing shall be arranged so as not to place a strain on portions
of completed work until the construction has proceeded far enough
to provide ample strength. The Contractor shall be responsible
for all damage to built work, and adjacent and neighbor.ing
structures. .
4. Damage to new or existing structures occurring through settle-
ment due to removal, failure, or lack of sheeting or bracing
shall be repaired or the structure replaced, at no cost to the
Owner.
Construction Sheeting Left In-Place:
1. Furnish, install and leave in place, construction sheeting and
bracing when specified or shown on the Drawings.
2. Construction sheeting and bracing, and bracing left in place,
unless specifically ordered otherwise in writing by the
Architect, shall be included in the cost for excavations.
3. Any construction sheeting and bracing not shown or specified
which the Contractor has placed to facilitate his work may be
ordered in writing by the Architect or Owner to be left in place
and will be paid for under the applicable Contract provision.
Removal of Water:
1. At all times during construction provide and maintain ample means
and devices with which to remove promptly and dispose of properly
all water entering the excavations or other parts of the work
until structures are completed. No water shall be allowed to
rise over or come in contact with masonry until the concrete and
mortar has attained a satisfactory set, except in cases where the
concrete has been tremmied into place with the approval of the
Architect. In water bearing sand, well points and/or sheeting
shall be supplied together with pumps and other appurtenances to
keep the excavation dry.
Disposal of Unsuitable and Surplus Materials:
1. All materials excavated which are unsuitable for use in back-
filling trenches or around structures, or suitable materials
excavated that are in excess of that required, shall be disposed
of offs ite.
Explosives and Blasting:
1. No explosives or blasting caps shall be brought on site.
Site Improvements:
1. The fo 11 owi ng
damage, repair
bil ity of the
included.
2.
3.
L.
M.
N.
O.
P.
items shall const itute site improvements, the
or replacement of which shall be the responsi-
Contractor. The cost of th is work shall be
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
HLM 90007.00-2
02226-5
SECTION 02226
EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES
i -..
~ )/..
~~
Q.
2. All concrete pavement, gravel roadways with or without asphalt
surfacing, driveways, service drives or approaches to same,
either concrete, gravel or asphalt surfaced, and all sidewalks or
housewalks disturbed by the Contractor shall be replaced. All
necessary removal and replacement shall meet the current specifi-
cations of the governmental unit or agency having jurisdiction,
or Owner's jurisdiction.
3. All necessary grading shall be done to fit adjoining ground
elevations. All ditches or culverts disturbed shall be restored
to permit the proper flow of surface water. Any culverts removed
shall be replaced with new material meeting size and specifica-
tions of the agency having jurisdiction.
4. Established lawn areas disturbed shall be restored by resodding
unless specifically directed elsewhere to be reseeded.
Owner's Use of Completed Facilities:
1. The Owner may have the progressive use of the mains and sewers
after written acceptance is received from the Owner.
3.3 TRENCH WIDTH
A. Width of trench at top of pipe shall be within the limits described
the Drawings when the pipe is properly aligned and in the center of
the trench. Excavation producing trench widths at the top of pipe in
excess of those shown on the Drawings may require a change in bedding
requirements and/or pipe classifications as determined by the
Architect at no additional cost.
3.4 PIPE LAYING - GENERAL
A. Pipe shall be laid to the line and grade called for on the Drawings.
Each pipe as laid shall be checked with line and grade pole or a laser
beam to insure that this result is obtained.
B. Construction shall begin at the outlet end and proceed upgrade with
spigot ends pointing into the direction of flow.
C. Preparatory to making pipe joints, all joint surfaces shall be clean
and dry. Lubricants, primers, and adhesives shall be used as
recommended by the pipe or joint manufacturer's specifications. The
pipe shall be jointed so as to obtain a watertight joint. After the
joint made, sufficient backfill material shall be placed along pipe to
prevent movement.
D. Proper support of all pipe through the full length of the barrel shall
be made by construct i ng bedd i ng as requ i red and deta il ed on the
Drawings. Special care shall be observed to avoid load on bells of
bell and spigot pipe.
3.5 PIPE LAYING AND BEDDING
A. This Section shall cover all laying and bedding of pipes classed as
sanitary sewers, force mains and water lines.
B. Each pipe shall be inspected for defects prior to being lowered into
the trench. Pipes having joint defects or cracks shall be immediately
rejected and taken off the site. Pipe shall be cleaned of any dirt or
foreign matter. Prevent abrasion of the pipe coating, especially on
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02226-6
HLM 90007.00-2
SECTION 02226
EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES
the inside of the pipe. Wherever the coating is damaged, that part
shall be thoroughly cleaned and recoated with a coating satisfactory
to the Architect and in accordance with the manufacturer's specifica-
tions. A supply of coating for such purposes shall be on hand.
C. When material in the trench bottom will not properly support the pipe
the excavation shall be continued to stable soil and the trench
refi 11 ed to proper grade with gravel or other suitabl e materi al ;
provided stable soil is found at a depth of not more than 2'-0" below
trench bottom. Where stable material is not encountered at a depth of
2'-0", advise Architect immediately.
D. Ledge rock and large stones shall be removed from the trench to pro-
vide a clearance of at least 6" inches below and on either side of all
parts of pipe, valves or fittings. A clearance of 9" below and on
each side of pipe shall be provided for pipe 1211 in diameter and
1 arger.
E. Excavat i on for ma ins shall be of suffi ci ent depth generally to provi de
a 3'-011 cover unless noted on the Drawings. Where pipe is set~to
grade the cover may vary from 3'-011. Where the ground is undulating,
the cover may vary in accordance with requirements set forth on the
Drawings. No additional compensation will be paid for variance of
cover.
3.6 BACKFILL
A. For purposes of these specifications, backfill shall be considered as
that material placed in open cut excavations above an elevation 1'-0"
over the outside top of sewers and mains.
B. All trenches and excavations shall be backfilled immediately after
pipe is laid therein, unless other protections of the pipe line are
made. No material shall be used for backfilling that contains stones,
rock, or pieces of masonry greater than 6", debris or earth with an
exceptionally high void content. No large pieces of rock or masonry
shall be deposited closer than 2'-0" from the completed outside
surface of any structure.
C. Unless otherwise specified or directed, material excavated in
connection with the work shall be used for backfill ing and other
filling purposes. In backfilling around structures, all lumber,
rubbish, braces, and refuse shall be removed from behind the walls
before backfilling is started. This backfilling shall be made in a
manner to prevent after-settlement, and shall be mechanically tamped,
puddled, or jetted, and left at the proper grade and with a smooth,
even surface.
D. The select backfill around and over structures and pipes shall be
carefully done by hand and tamped to a point 12" above the top of
same. Only selected material shall be used in this area, and the
select backfill shall be placed completely under pipe haunches in
un iform 1 ayers not exceed i ng 6" in depth up each side. Each 1 ayer
shall be pl aced, then carefully and uniformly tamped, so as to
eliminate the possibility of lateral displacement of pipe or
structure. Select backfill shall be hand tamped and compacted to a
minimum compaction of 98% modified proctor test. No mechanical
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02226-7
SECTION 02226
EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES
compaction equipment shall be used within 1'-0" of the top of the
installeq pipe. Compaction shall proceed uniformly on each side of
the pipe. Particular attention shall be paid in obtaining thorough
support for all valves, fittings, water service connections, and the
branch of all sewer service connections, and to preserve the alignment
and gradient of the installed pipe. Select backfill shall be as
outlined in this section or may be excavated material as outlined, but
only if it is compactable according to the testing laboratory. After
the select backfill has been placed and compacted around the
structures and pipes to a height 2'-0" over the top of bedding, or
1'-0" above the top of the pipe, whichever is greater, the remainder
of the trench may be backfilled by machine. The backfill material
shall be depos i ted in hori zonta 1 1 ayers and each 1 ayer shall be
thoroughly compacted by approved methods before a succeeding layer is
placed.
1. Backfill for trenches where any portions lie under, cross or run
within 3'-0" of, and parallel to proposed paved or building slab
areas shall be granular backfill and mechanically compacted in
place in 1'-0" layers or less to a minimum compaction of of 98%,
modified proctor test.
2. Backfill for all trenches not included in limitations described
above or in permanent easements across graded and improved sites
shall be selected excavated material (excluding blue clay)
mechanically compacted to produce a minimum of 90% compaction.
3. Specified compaction means not less than the percentage required
based on the maximum unit weight at optimum moisture content when
tested in accordance with ASTM D-15~7 (modified proctor).
4. If the excavated material is not suitable to obtain the minimum
compaction required, remove unsuitable materials or add granular
materials, or both, to obtain the compaction specified.
Compaction tests will be made by the Owner's testing laboratory,
Refer to Division One.
3.7 CLEAN-UP
A. Upon completion of work of this Section, leave all components of the
systems completely free of silt, debris and obstructions.
B. Excess excavated material shall be removed from the site and disposed
at a legal dump site. All areas of work shall be returned to original
surface elevation prior to commencing site excavation.
C. During the progress of the work, maintain adjacent streets and access
ways free of vehicle tracking and dropped excavated materials. Comply
with all local ordinances.
********************
END OF SECTION 02226
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02226-8
SECTION 02510
ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION
A. Place base courses, work and compact.
B. Prime base course, place asphalt pavement.
1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASTM D1557 - Tests for Moisture - Density Relationship of Soils using
10 lb. Rammer in 18 inch Drop.
B. Florida Department of Transportation (F.D.O.T.) standards
"Sp~cifications for Road and Bridge Construction."
C. Perform work in accordance with 1 oca 1 governi ng authori ties havi ng
jurisdiction.
1.3 TESTING AND INSPECTION
A. Testing and inspection of asphalt pavement mix(es) and testing of
placed, base course and asphalt pavement wi 11 be performed by an
independent testing laboratory appointed and paid for in accordance
with Division One. Testing and inspection will be performed so as to
minimize disruption to Work.
B. Allow testing laboratory access to the mixing plant for verification
weights or proportions, character of materials used and determination
of temperatures used in the preparation of asphalt concrete mix.
C. When and if required, the testing laboratory will perform laboratory
tests on proposed asphalt pavement mix(es) to determine conformity
with requirements.
D. The testing laboratory will perform compaction tests for base course
and for each asphalt course. Pay for costs of additional testing as
required due to improper performance of work.
E. When base course or portion thereof has been placed and compacted in
accordance with requirements, notify the testing laboratory to perform
density tests. Do not place asphalt pavement until results have been
verified and base course installation approved.
F. If compaction tests indicate that base course or asphalt paving do not
meet specified requirements, remove defective work, replace and retest
at Contractor expense.
G. When requested by Architect, take core samples of asphalt or base
course to verify thickness and material compliance.
H. Test Reports:
1. Field Density Test Reports at least three density tests shall be
made on each days final compaction operations on each course or
one test per 2500 sq. ft. on each course whichever is greater.
2. Asphalt Test Reports and Compaction Reports: In accordance with
F.D.O.T. Specs.
3. Core Samples and Test Reports: Core Samples to confirm base
thicknesses shall be taken at intervals of not more than 200
feet.
1. 4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit the following from the Testing Laboratory:
1. Asphalt Mix Design
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02510-1
SECTION 02510
ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING
B~
Test R#pcfrts showing material s to be used for base course meet
spec i ffsat ion requ i rements . '.
".
1.5 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Give adequate advance notice to public municipalities and private
utility companies of proposed work.
B. Protect existing utilities indicated or the location of which are made
known by on-site inspection prior to commencing work that are
indicated to be retained, as well as utility lines constructed during
excavation operations. Repair if damaged, at no additional cost to
the, Owner. If utility lines are encountered that were not indicated
or that the Contractor was not made aware of after due di11gence on
his part, notify the Construction Manager and Architect immediately.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Asphaltic Concrete:
1. Asphaltic concrete pavement shall conform to FDOT Section 331,
Type S-1 asphaltic concrete, except Section 331-6.
2. Prime and tack coats shall conform to FDOT Section 300 except
Section 300-8 and 300-9.
B. Soil Cement Base Material
1. Meet or exceed the requirements of F.D.O.T. Section 270-2.
2. Minimum 7 day compressive strength of 400 psi.
C. Plant Methods and Equipment
1. Plant and methods of operation shall conform to FDOT Section 320.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Ensure site grad i ng ,has brought subgrade to requ i red compact i on and
elevations in accordance with Section 02211 - ROUGH GRADING and
Section 02222 - EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR STRUCTURES.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Soil Cement Base
1. All work shall conform to FDOT Section 270 except Sections 270-14
and 270-15.
B. Prime and Tack Coat
1. All work shall conform to FDOT Section 300 except Sections 300-8
and 300-9.
C. Placement of Asphaltic Concrete
1. All work shall conform to FOOT Section 320 and 330 except Section
330-15.
********************
END OF SECTION 02510
, 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02510-2
SECTION 02518
CONCRETE UNIT PAVERS
.
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Sand laying course.
2. Interlocking concrete paving stones.
3. Accessory items and components for a complete installation.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications of Workmen:
1. For the actual cutting and placing of pavers, use only skilled
workers who are thoroughly experienced with the materials and
methods specified and thoroughly familiar with the design
requirements.
2. In acceptance or rejection of installed pavers, no allowance will
be made for lack of skill on the part of workmen.
3. Provide one skilled worker who shall be present at all times
duri ng execut i on of the work of th is Sect i on and who shall
personally direct all execution of the portion of the Work.
B. Qualification of Installer:
1. The installer shall submit previous work experience installations
to Architect for review of qualifications.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Certification:
1. Pri or to deli very of pavers to the job site, deli ver to the
Architect a letter from the manufacturer of the pavers stating
that all such material delivered to the job site is in strict
conformance with the provisions of this Section.
B. Mock-up:
1. Sample Installation: Prior to installation of Concrete Unit
Paver work, fabricate sample panel using materials, pattern and
joint treatment and spacing indicated for project work, including
special features for expansion joints and contiguous work. Build
panel at the site, as directed, of full thickness and
approximately 4' x 4' unless otherwise indicated. Provide range
of color, texture and workmanship to be expected in the completed
work. Obtain Architect's acceptance of visual qualities of the
panel before start of concrete unit paver work. Retain panel
during construction as a standard for judging completed paving
work. Do not move or destroy sample panel unt il work is
completed, and approval for removing is received from the
Architect.
2. Provide sample panel for each type of paver required.
3. Do not change source of brands for paver units, setting
materials, or grout during progress of work.
C. Samples:
1. Submit samples to Architect for review of the proposed units;
consisting of 3 individual units showing full color range and
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02518-1
SECTION 02518
CONCRETE UNIT PAVERS
texture u.nder. ~of;erat ion, i ncl ude maximum vari at i on to be
expected ln flnls -rk.
1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Paving stones shall be delivered and unloaded at job site and bound in
such a manner that no damage occurs to the product during handling,
hauling and unloading.
B. Protect materials during storage and construction against wetting by
rain or ground water and against soilage or intermixture with earth or
other types of materi a 1 s. Protect grout and mortar materi a 1 s from
deterioration by moisture and temperature. Store in a dry location or
in waterproof container. Keep containers tightly closed and away from
open flame.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.2 SOLID CONCRETE INTERLOCKING PAVING STONES: ASTM DESIGNATION C936-82
A. Paving Stones: Holland Stone as manufactured by PAVER SYSTEMS, INC.,
or Architect approved equivalent.
B. Paving stones thickness: 2-3/8". Paving stones color: Charcoal.
C. Cementitious Material
1. Portland Cements: Conform to ASTM c-150-86.
D. Aggregates: conform to ASTM c-33-86 for Normal Weight Concrete
Aggregate (no expanded shale or lightweight aggregates) except that
grading requirements shall not necessarily apply.
E. Other Constituents
1. Coloring pigments air-intraining agents, integral water
repellents, finely ground silica, etc., shall conform to ASTM
standards where applicable, or shall be previously established as
suitable for use in concrete.
F. Physical requirements
1. Compressive Strength of Paving Stones: At the time of delivery
to the work site, the average compressive strength shall not be
less than 8,000 psi with no individual unit strength less than
7,200 psi with testing procedures in accordance with ASTM c-140-
80.
2. Absorpt ion - The average absorpt i on shall not be greater than
five percent (5%) with no individual unit absorption greater than
seven percent (7%).
3. Proven Field Performance - Satisfying field performance shall be
indicated with units similar in composition, and made with the
same manufacturing equipment as those to be suppl ied to the
contractor, and shall not exhibit objectional deterioration after
at least one (1) year.
G. Visual Inspection
1. All units: sound and free of defects that would interfere with
the proper placing of the unit or impair the strength or
permanence of the construction. Minor cracks incidental to the
usual methods of manufacture, or minor chipping resulting from
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02518-2
SECTION 02518
CONCRETE UNIT PAVERS
custo~ary methods of handling in shipment and delivery, shall not
be de~med grounds for rejection.
H. Sampling and Testing
1. The Architect shall be accorded proper facilities to inspect and
sample the units at the place of manufacture from lots ready for
delivery.
2. Sample and test units in accordance with ASTM C-140-80.
1. Reject ion
1. In case the shipment fails to conform to the specified
requirements, the manufacturer may sort it, and new test units
;shall be selected at random by the Architect from the retained
lot and tested at the expense of the manufacturer. In case the
second set of test units fails to conform to the specific in
requirements, the entire lot shall be rejected.
J. Expense of Tests
1. The expense of inspection and testing shall be borne by tie
Contractor.
2.3 SAND LAYING COURSE
A. Sand Laying Course: a well graded clean washed sharp sand with 100%
passing a 3/8" sieve size and a maximum of 3% passing a No. 200 sieve
size. This is commonly known as manufactured concrete sand, limestone
screening, or similar. DO NOT USE MASONRY SAND for sand laying
course. The sand 1 ayi ng course shall be the respons i bi 1 i ty of the
paving stone installer.
2.4 EDGE RESTRAINT
A. All edges of the installed paving stone shall be restrained by
concrete sidewalk, concrete curb, or buildings.
B. Provide manufacturer's recommended heavy duty PVC edge support as
deta il ed.
2.5 JOINT FILLER
A. Joint filler for paving stones shall be clean masonry type sand
containing at least 30% of 1/8" (3mm) particles.
2.6 OTHER MATERIALS
A. Any other materials, not specifically described but required for a
complete and proper installation of pavers, shall be subject to review
and approval of the Architect.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS
A. Examination:
1. Prior to all work of this Section, carefully examine the
installed work of other trades and verify that all such work is
complete to the point where this installation may properly
commence. Install work of this Section only after base has been
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02518-3
SECTION 02518 CONCRETE UNIT PAVERS
prepared'; shaped" and compacted per Contract Document
req~jrements. Req~est written confirmation from Testing
Laboratory, that work performed is in compl i ance with
requ i rements. Do not proceed with work of th is Sect ion unt il
unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected to Contract
Document requirements.
2. Verify that paving may be installed in accordance with all
pertinent codes and regulations, the referenced standards, and
the original design.
3.2 COORDINATION
A. Carefully coordinate with all other trades to insure proper and
adequate interface of the work of other trades with the work of this
Section.
3.3 CONSTRUCTION OF THE SAND LAYING COURSE
A. Prepared base shall be approved by Testing Lab prior to placement of
the sand laying course.
B. Spread uncompacted sand laying course evenly over the area to be paved
and screened to a level that will produce 1/2" thickness when the unit
pavers have been placed, with final elevation of the pavers slightly
higher than adjacent curb, gutters, and other paving, to allow for any
minor settling that may occur within the base.
C. Once screened and leveled to the desired elevation, sand laying course
shall not be disturbed.
3.4 LAYING OF CONCRETE PAVING STONES
A. Lay the paving stones in a Herringbone pattern and in such a manner
that the desired pattern is maintained; the joints between the stones
are as tight as possible. For maximum interlock, joints between
stones shall not exceed 1/8".
B. Utilize lines to hold all pattern lines true.
C. Fill gaps at the edge of the paver surface with standard edge stone or
with stones cut to fit. Accomplish cutting to leave a clean edge to
the traffic surface using a double headed breaker or a masonry saw.
When cutting precision designed areas, use a masonry saw. No cuts
should result with a paver less than 1/3 of original dimension.
D. Vibrate paving stones into the sand laying course using a vibrator
capable of 3,000 to 5,000 pounds compaction force with the surface
clean and joints open.
E. After vibration, spread clean masonry type sand over the paving stone
surface, allow to dry, and vibrate into joints with additional
vibrator passes and brushing so as to completely fill joints.
G. Surplus material shall be swept from the surface or left on surface
during construction time to insure complete filling of joints during
initial use. Sand may be used to provide surface protection from
construction debris.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02518-4
SECTION 02518
CONCRETE UNIT PAVERS
3.6 CLEANUP :
,,'A. Upon com}letion of work covered in the S'ection, clean up all work
areas by removing all debris, surplus material and equipment from the
site.
********************
END OF SECTION 02518
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02518-5
SECTION 02520
PORTLANG CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING
PART 1 - GENER~L
1.1
SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Sub-grade preparation.
2. Concrete paving, walks,
reinforcement.
.,.-
; ,
~.
curbs and gutters complete with
1.2 INSPECTION AND TESTING
A. Inspection and testing of concrete will be performed by Testing
Laboratory in accordance with General Requirements.
B. Three (3) concrete test cylinders will be taken for every 75 or less
cu. yds. of concrete placed.
C. One (1) slump test will be taken for each set of test cylinders taken.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. Portland Cement: ASTM C150; normal-type I.
B. Fine ,and Coarse Aggregates: ASTM C33.
C. Water: Clean and free from injurious amounts of oil, alkali, organic
matter, or other deleterious material.
D. Air Entrainment: ASTM C260.
2.2 REINFORCEMENT
A. Reinforcing Steel: 60 ksi yield strength; deformed billet steel bars;
ASTM A615; plain finish; #5 size.
B. Tie Wire: Minimum 16 gage annealed type, or patented system acceptable
to Architect.
2.3 FORMWORK AND ACCESSORIES
A. Formwork: Matched, tight fitting and adequately stiffened to support
weight of concrete without deflection detrimental to tolerances and
appearance of concrete.
B. Joint Filler: Minimum 1/2 inch thick asphaltic impregnated
fiberboard.
C. Concrete Curing Compound: Chlorinated rubber type; clear color; ASTM
C308.
2.4 CONCRETE MIX
A. Mix and proportion to produce mlnlmum 3000 psi concrete at 28 days
with maximum slump of 3 inches and 4 to 6 percent air entrainment.
ASTM C94.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION OF SUB-GRADE
A. Ensure rough grading has brought sub-grade to required compaction and
elevations.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02520-1
SECTION 02520
PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING
. .
B. Fill soft spots and hollows with additional fill.
C. Level and compact sub-grade, to receive concrete walks, curbs and
gutters, to 95% modified proctor.
3.2 FORMING
A. Form vertical surfaces to full depth and securely position to required
lines and levels. Ensure form ties are not placed so as to pass
through concrete.
B. Arrange and assemble formwork to permit easy dismantling and
stripping, and to prevent damage to concrete during formwork removal.
.
3.3 PLACING REINFORCING
A. Reinforce concrete where indicated. Allow for minimum 2 inch concrete
cover.
B. Do not extend reinforcing through expansion and contraction joints.
Provide dowelled joints through expansion and contraction joints, with
one end of dowels fitted with capping sleeve to allow free movement.
3.4 FORMING EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION JOINTS
A. Place expansion and contraction joints at 20 foot intervals or as
indicated. When concrete paving abuts building, provide continuous
joint filler.
B. Fit joints with filler of required profiles, set perpendicular to
longitudinal axis of walks, curbs and gutters. Recess 1/2 inch below
finished concrete surface.
3.5 PLACING CONCRETE
A. Place concrete, screed and float surfaces to a smooth and uniform
finish, free of open texturing and exposed aggregate.
B. Avoid working mortar to surface.
C. For sidewalks, make 1/4 inch wide dummy joints at 5 foot intervals.
D. Round all edges, including edges of dummy and expansion and
contraction joints, with 1/2 inch radius edging tool.
E. Where paved surfaces are adjacent to walks, make concrete curbs and
gutters integral with walks. Make expansion and contraction joints
curbs coincide with walk joints. Provide dummy joint at line between
walks and curbs.
F. Provi de exposed surfaces of walks, curbs and gutters with broom
finish.
G. Ensure finished surfaces do not vary from true lines, levels or grade
by more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet when measured with straight edge.
H. Apply curing compound on finished surfaces immediately after
placement. Apply in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
*********************
END OF SECTION 02520
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
SIO GROUP THREE
02520-2
SECTION 02580
PAVEMENT MARKING
....
PART 1 - GENERAL
;.
. .
1 . 1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Traffic Control Markings
2. Parking Stalls
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ANSI A117.1 - Handicapped Code
B. Florida Board of Building Codes and Standards; "Accessibility
Requirements Manual".
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Provide manufacturer product literature.
1.4 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Weather Conditions:
1. Wind: Less than 5 mph.
2. Temperature: Above 40oF.
B. Time: Application complete two hours before sunset.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Paint:
1. Acceptable Products:
a. Pratt & Lambert....."Traffic Marking Paint"
b. Sherwin Williams...."Pro-Mar Traffic Marking Paint"
c. Architect approved equivalent.
2. Colors:
a. Traffic Control: White
b. Stalls: White
c. Handicapped markings: As required by local codes.
3. One coat; minimum 2.25 dry mil thickness.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 SURFACE PREPARATION
A. Surfaces shall be free of bleeding asphalt and moisture.
B. Sweep surfaces or employ other effective means of surface cleaning.
C. Concrete shall be cured for a minimum of 28 days prior to application
of markings.
3.2 MIXING
A. Mix in accordance with manufacturer's instructions prior to placing
into painting machine.
B. No thinning of paint in machine allowed.
C. Clean painting equipment prior to start of each days work.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02580-1
SECTION 02580
PAVEMENT MARKING
3.3
APPLICATION ,
A. Markings shall be 4" wide or as per FDOT pavemeg.t markirrg'~th clean
true edges and without sharp breaks in alignment.
B. Provide uniform coating.
C. Correct markings not having uniform appearance.
D. Protect newly painted surfaces until paint is sufficiently dry to
permit vehicles to cross paint without damage.
********************
END OF SECTION 02580
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02580-2
SECTION 02644
WATER MAINS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Domestic Water Lines
2. Pressure Testing and Disinfection
3. Gray (Flushing) Water System
I
'...
'wi .....-:
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Work shall conform to National, State, County, City, and Institutional
codes governing installation of site water system, including the
Florida Keys Aqueduct Authority.
B. Testing Lab: Refer to General Requirements - TESTING LABORATORY
SERVICES for selection and payment.
1.3 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Give adequate advance notice to publ ic municipal ities and private
utility companies of proposed work.
B. Protect existing utilities indicated or the location of which are made
known to the Contractor prior to excavation and that are indicated to
be retained, as well as utility lines constructed during excavation
operations and repair, if damaged, at no cost to the Owner. If
ut i 1 i ty 1 i nes are encountered that were not i ndi cated or that the
Contractor was not made aware of after due diligence on his part,
notify the Architect immediately. Repair said damaged lines
immediately and contract price will be adjusted in accordance with the
provisions of the Contract.
C. Adequate advance notice shall be given interested governmental
agencies and Architect prior to disruption of traffic flow due to
excavation of road and walkways incid7ntal to work of this Section.
1.4 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Use means necessary to protect materials of this Section before,
during and after installation and to protect installed work and
materials of other trades.
B. Be responsible for safe storage of material furnished and accepted for
the work intended, until it has been incorporated in completed
project. Excavated materi a 1 sand backfi 11 materi a 1 s shall be kept
free from dirt and foreign matter contamination.
C. Access and storage areas shall be returned to normal usable condition
at end of project.
1.5 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
A. All excavation, preparation of pipe bedding, backfilling and related
work shall conform to the requirements of Section 02226 - EXCAVATING,
BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES.
1.6 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit the following:
1. Mi 11 Test cert i fi cates, Cert i fi ed Test Reports and manufacturer's
data on pipe valves and valve boxes and all other materials.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02644-1
SECTION 02644 WATER MAINS
2. Shop Drawings for pipe laying schedule, temporary plug, anchorage
system, flush for hydrostatic pressure pipe, and all other water
main materials. .
3. Certified hydrostatic test results.
4. Certified bacteriological test by an approved laboratory.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 DOMESTIC WATER AND FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS; GRAY (FLUSHING) WATER SYSTEM
A. Water Piping:
1. Ductile iron, bell and spigot, conforming ANSI-21.51 Class 150.
Mechanical joint with prior written approval by the Architect.
The pipe shall meet the following unless specified otherwise:
Nominal Inside Thickness Nominal Inside Thickness
Diameter Class Diameter Class
3" 54 8" 53
4" 54 10" 53
6" 54 12" 52
16" 52
30" 52
Tolerances permitted under ANSI A 21.51 specifications shall
apply. Pipe shall be cement lined and seal coated conforming to
ANSI A21.4, and polyethylene encased in conformance with AWWA
CI05.
2. Joints:
a. Push-on shall conform to ANSI A21.ll/AWWA c-ll1. ,
b. Flanges shall conform to ANSI A21.15/AWWA c-l15, Class 125.
Joint shall be installed within structures unless indicated
on the Drawings.
3. PVC Pipe:
a. Shall conform to all the requirements of AWWA Specifications
C-900 and shall be PVC-1120 pipe composed of Class 12454 A
or B virgin compound in accordance with ASTM D1784.
b. Pipe shall be tested and certified as suitable for potable
water by the National Sanitation Foundation (NSF).
c. Pi pe shall be marked with manufacturer 's i dent ifi cat ion,
size, material, pressure rating and shall bear the NSF seal
of approval.
d. Pipe 4" and larger shall be pressure rated, Class 150 (DR18)
or Class 200 (DR14) with cast iron pipe equivalent O.D. in
accordance with AWWA Specification C-900.
e. Pipe shall be equipped with compression elastromeric gasket
joint meeting the requirements of ASTM D3139.
f. Pipes smaller than 4" shall be PVC Schedule 40 or 80 in
accordance with ASTM D1785. Schedule 80 pipe and fittings
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02644-2
SECTION 02644 WATER MAINS
may be solvent jOlnt or threaded joint. Schedule 40 pipe
shall be solvent .jointed only, not threaded.
g. Connection of plastic pipe to other types of pipe, fittings
or valves shall be made in accordance with the recommenda-
tions of the pipe manufacturers with suitable adaptors, if
required, designed for that purpose.
B. Fittings:
1. Fittings for pipe 3" through 12" in diameter shall comply with
current revisions of ANSI/A2l.10, A21.11, BI6.1. Fittings shall
be push-on, mechanical joint or Class 125 flange joint inside
buildings or structures.
2. Fittings and special castings shall be cement lined unless
otherwise specified. Cement lining shall conform with ANSI A
21.4 (AWWA C 104).
3. Mechanical joints shall conform with ANSI A21.11. Bolts shall
be high-strength, low-alloy steel.
4. Gaskets shall be of vulcanized crude rubber or polyvinyl chloride
and shall have plain tips.
C. Valves and Boxes: Valves shall conform with current specifications of
the AWWA, C-509 bronze mounted 300 pound test and all shall turn
counter clockwise to open or as required by local municipal standard.
Valve boxes shall be cast iron extension type with slide adjustment
having flared base.
1. Covers with Cast Lettering:
a. "Water/Fire Line"
b. "Gray Water"
D. Concrete thrust blocks shall be placed at all plugs, caps, tees, bends
and other fittings including those at open drain crossings.
E. Concrete shall conform to the requirements of Section 03300 - CAST-
IN-PLACE CONCRETE.
F. Tie rods shall be galvanized steel rods as manufactured by STAR
NATIONAL PRODUCTS or Architect approved equivalent.
G. Insulated metallic locating wire (14 gauge copper) capable of
detection by a cable locator shall be provided for PVC pipe.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. All pipe laying and bedding shall conform to the requirements of
Section 02226 - EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES.
B. All types of mechanical joint pipes shall be laid and jointed in full
conformance with manufacturer's recommendations, which shall be
submitted to the Architect and local governing agencies for review and
approval. Torque wrenches set as specified in AWWA Specification
Clll-64, shall be used.
C. Valves shall be examined and cleaned before placing and shall be set
vertically.
D. Valve boxes shall consist of cast iron base to fit over bonnet of
valve; adjustable cast iron jacket, 5" in diameter and cast iron
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02644-3
SECTION 02644
WATER MAINS
E.
cover. Adjust cover to average street or ground elevation. tarth
shall be tamped about valve box the full depth of backfill.;.
Concrete Encasement: .
1. Concrete encasement (2500 psi concrete) shall be constructed as
shown on the Drawings. Coordinate with requirements of Section
03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE.
2. The points of beginnning and ending of pipe encasement shall be
not more than 6" from a pipe joint to protect the pipe from
cracking due to uneven settlement of its foundation or the
effects of superimposed live loads.
All water mains shall be flushed to remove all sand and other foreign
matter. The velocity of the flushing water shall be at least 4'-0"
per second. Dispose of the flushing water without causing a nuisance
or property damage.
PVC Locating Wire
1. Bury wire directly above centerline of pipe.
2. Locating wire shall terminate at the top of each valve box and be
capable of extending 12" above top of box in such a manner so as
not to interfere with valve operation.
3. Use duct tape as necessary to hold wire directly on the top of
the pipe.
F.
G.
3.2 HYDROSTATIC TESTS
A. All water pipe shall be tested at a line pressure of 150 psi for a
period of two hours per AWWA C600. The tests shall be conducted under
the supervision of the water personnel of the local governmental
agency, and a representative of the Architect, at a time convenient
to all parties. Rate of loss shall not exceed that specified in the
paragraph "Allowable limits for leakage".
B. Supply a standard type of test pump, a suitable device for measuring
water and a standard pressure gauge with all necessary fittings; all
of which shall be approved. The test equipment shall be attached to
the pipe in an approved manner. Compressed air shall not be used for
testing.
C. Install temporary blow-offs for flushing and disinfection and provide
auxiliary means of filling new water main. Such arrangement shall be
per Water Department of the Governmental Agency having jurisdiction.
Extent of water main to be tested at anyone time shall be as directed
by the local water department.
3.3 ALLOWABLE LIMITS FOR LEAKAGE
A. The hydrostatic pressure tests shall be performed per AWWA C600 and no
installation, or section thereof, will be acceptable until the leakage
is 1 ess than the number of gallons per hour as determi ned by the
formula:
L = SD pl/.
133,200
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02644-4
HLM 90007.00-2
SECTION 02644
WATER MAINS
L = Allowable leakage, in gallons per hour
S = Total length of pipe in feet in the section of main being tested.
D = Pipe diameter in inches
P = Average test pressure during the test in psi gauge
--
/ '..
~ ,~
'-....,.
in which,
3.4 DISINFECTION
A. After satisfactory hydrostatic test is obtained and before the water
distribution system is placed in service it shall be disinfected in
accordance with AWWA Specification C601 and C651,(tablet method alone
is not acceptable); and, its disinfection shall be demonstrated by
bacteriological tests conducted in accordance with "Standard Methods
for Examination of Water and Sewage" for the coliaerogenes group, by
an approved laboratory, acceptable to the County Health Department
having jurisdiction.
B. The chlorine treated water shall remain in the main at least 24 hours,
and at the end of that time the chlorine residual at pipe extremities
and other representative points shall be at least 10 ppm. If the
chlorine residual shall be less than 10 ppm, at the end of 24 hours
further application of chlorine shall be made and the retention period
repeated until the required 10 ppm residual is obtained.
C. Following chlorination, all treated water shall be thoroughly flushed
from the main until the replacement water throughout its length shall
upon test, both chemically and bacteriologically, be proven equal to
the water quality in the source water supply system.
D. Should the initial treatment of all or any section of the mains, in
the opinion of the governing agency or Architect prove ineffective,
the ch 1 ori nat i on procedure shall be repeated unt il confi rmed tests
show that water sampled from the new mains conforms to the foregoing
requirements.
3.5 CONNECTION TO EXISTING SYSTEM
A. All connections to existing mains shall be made after complete
d is infect i on of the proposed system and shall be made under the
direction of the Owner's of the existing system. Valves separating
the mains being installed from existing mains shall be operated by or
under the direction of said Owner's Representative.
B. I n the event the Owner wi 11 be without water wh i 1 e a connect ion is
being made, notify the Construction Manager and Architect in advance
when the water will be turned off and when service will be resumed.
The connections may have to be made at night or on weekends.
3.6 CROSSING OF GRAY WATER AND WATERMAINS
A. Where the gray water line crosses over a watermain, or where the gray
water and watermains have less than 10' horizontal separation, or
where the gray water line is at a depth which provides less than 18"
clear vertical distance between pipes when crossing under watermains,
the sanitary sewer line shall be encased with ductile iron pipe or
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02644-5
SECTION 02644
WATER MAINS
'-~
concrete with a compressive strength of 2500 psi. Encasement shall
extend a minimum of 10' on each side of the point of vertical
crossing. For ductile iron pipe encasement, seal each end with non-
shri nk grout.
~
********************
END OF SECTION 02644
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02644-6
SECTION 02721
SEWER STRUCTURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Manholes
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Provide at least one person who shall be thoroughly trained and
experienced in skills required, who shall be completely familiar with
requirements of work described in this Section and who shall be
present during progress of work of this Section, and who shall direct
work performed under this Section.
B. For actual finishing of concrete surfaces and operation of required
equipment, use only personnel thoroughly trained and experienced in
ski 11 requi red.
C. Work shall conform to national, state, county, city and institutional
codes governing installation of site utility systems.
D. Submit five sets, a letter of certification describing each sample for
review certifying that the materials or equipment submitted complies
with the requirements set forth in drawings and specifications. The
source of certification shall be as approved by the Architect. When
statements on certificates originate with the manufacturer, endorse
all claims and submit statement in Contractor's name. No materials
or manufactured products shall be incorporated in the work prior to
Architect's receipt of such certification.
E. Test i ng Lab: Refer to General Requ i rements - TESTING LABORATORY
SERVICES for selection and payment.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Provide shop drawings and certifications of all materials covered
under this section.
B. To requirements of General Requirements, PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS,
submit record drawings to include all structure locations and all
invert elevations.
1.4 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Use means necessary to protect materials of this Section before,
during and after installation and to protect installed work and
materials of other trades.
B. Be responsible for safe storage of material furnished and accepted for
the intended work, until it has been incorporated in completed
project. Interior of pipe, fittings and other accessories shall be
kept free from dirt and foreign matter.
C. Access and storage areas shall be returned to normal usable condition
at end of project.
1.5 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Give adequate advance notice to publ ic municipal ities and util ity
companies of proposed work.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02721-1
SECTION 02721
SEWER STRUCTURES
B. Protect existing utilities indicated or the location of which are made
known to the Contractor prior to excavation and that are indicated to
be retained, as well as utility lines constructed during excavation
operations and repair if damaged at no cost to the Owner. If utility
lines are encountered that were not indicated or that the Contractor
was not made aware of after due diligence on his part, notify the
Architect immediately. Repair said damaged lines immediately and
contract price will be adjusted in accordance with the provisions of
the Contract.
1.6 EXCAVATION AND;BACKFILL
A. All excavation, preparation of pipe bedding, backfilling and related
work shall conform to the requirements of Section 02226 - EXCAVATING,
BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES.
C. Coordinate work of this section with other construction activities
taking place simultaneously on site.
D. Adequate advance notice shall be given interested governmental
agencies prior to disruption of traffic flow due to excavation of road
and walkways incidental to work of this Section.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Mortar shall be composed of one part Portland cement and two parts
masonry sand, by volume.
B. Brick shall be hard burned common brick or concrete brick, conforming
to ASTM C-32, measuring approximately 2-1/4" x 3-3/4" x 8" and be free
from foreign matter, cracks and flaws. Brick shall have a minimum
compressive strength of 2000 psi and an average water absorption of in
24 hours not exceeding 22% of dry weight. Common brick shall be
thoroughly wetted prior to laying. Brick shall be laid radially in a
full bed of mortar and a 1/2" coat of mortar shall be appl ied to
outside of manhole.
C. Solid concrete radial block having a minimum compressive strength of
2000 psi shall be not less than 8" in radial thickness. Cone or
batter block shall be used for the upper section. All block shall be
1 aid in a full bed of mortar and a 1/2" coat of mortar shall be
applied to outside of manhole.
D. Precast sections shall be a minimum of 8" thick and comply to ASTM
C-478 or ASTM C-76 Class III, as required by depth below ground. All
sanitary sewer manholes shall have a minimum 8" thick walls and also
meet the requirements of ASTM C-478 and shall be coated inside and
outside with two coats of KOPPERS 300-M bitumastic (or Architect
approved equivalent) to give a minimum dry thickness of 16 mils. The
top section shall be an eccentric cone with one straight side having
a top face a minimum of 8" wide. The top section shall be set at an
elevation to provide for 3 courses of brick between the top face and
the manhole frame when set to grade, unless a watertight bolted frame
and cover are required. Precast sections for sanitary manholes shall
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02721- 2
SECTION 02721
SEWER STRUCTURES
...
have a modified grooved tongue with rubber gasket. All interior Ii
joints shall be pointed with mortar and all visible. leaks JA'Ust be (.#
stopped.
E. Cast-in-Place Concrete Structures:
1. Concrete Materials:
a. Portland Cement: ASTM C150; normal Type I.
b. Fine and Coarse Aggregates: ASTM C33.
c. Water: Clean and free from injurious amounts of oil,
alkali, organic matter or other deleterious material.
2. Reinforcement:
a. Reinforcing Steel: 60 ksi yield strength; deformed billet
steel bars; ASTM A615; plain finish; #5 size.
b. Welded Steel Wire Fabric: Plain type; ASTM A185; plain
galvanized finish; 6" x 6", 1.4 x 1.4 size.
c. Tie Wire: Minimum 16 gage annealed type, or patented system
acceptable to the Architect.
3. Formwork and Accessories:
a. Formwork: Matched, tight fitting and adequately stiffened
to support wei ght of concrete without defl ect i on detrimental
to tolerances and appearance of concrete and in accordance
with ACI 301 and ACI 347.
b. Joint Filler: Minimum 1/2" thick asphaltic impregnated
fiberboard.
c. Concrete Curing Compound: Chlorinated rubber type; clear
color; ASTM C308, Type 1.
4. Concrete Mix:
a. Mix and proportion to produce minimum 3000 psi concrete at
28 days with maximum slump of 3", and 4 to 6 percent air
entrainment; ASTM C94.
2.2 CASTINGS:
A. Gray iron castings for manhole frames, covers and other items shall
conform to the ASTM A-48, Class 30. Castings shall be local municipal
standard or as indicated on Drawings.
B. The seating surfaces between frames and covers shall be machined to
fit true.
C. The words "SANITARY SEWER" shall be cast in all manhole covers. All
manhole frames and covers shall be traffic bearing unless otherwise
specified.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 SEWER STRUCTURES
A. Construct manholes of brick, block, cast-in-place, or precast concrete
sections. The lower section shall be as shown on Drawings.
B. Bottoms shall be a minimum of 8" thick and be constructed of concrete
with a compressive strength of 3000 pounds per square inch at 28 days.
Precast bottoms may be used, providing they are set on a minimum of 2"
of granular bedding, compacted in place. No dry bottoms are allowed.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02721-3
SECTION 02721
SEWER STRUCTURES
w'
- {." All manholes shall have channeled bottoms. For sewers 15" in
.,~~ diameter, or less, the channel shall be 1/2 depth of pipe. For sewer
larger than IS" diameter, the channel shall be a minimum of three
quarters of the pipe diameter.
C. All pipe entering or leaving and not required to have flexible, water-
tight seals at walls shall be supported by pouring concrete with a
compressive strength of 2500 pounds per square inch at 28 days fill
from undi sturbed ground to pipe center 1 ine, from structure to
undisturbed ground at trench sides. See detail sheets and/or
specifications for requirements governing flexible, watertight seals.
D. Backfill around all manholes shall be granular material, placed
uniformly around the structure in 1'-0" lifts and compacted.in place.
No backfill shall be placed about manhole for 24 hours if an outside
mortar coat has been applied. Coordinate with Section 02226 -
EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES.
E. Wall Thickness:
Deoth Below Ground Wall Thickness Material
o to 16'-0" 8" Brick or Block
16'-0 to 24'-0" 12" Brick or Block
24'-0 to 32' -0" 16" Brick or Block
Precast
o to 25'-0" (Variable) ASTM C-478
25'-0" and over (Variable) ASTM C-76 Class III
Below a depth of 13'-0", walls of brick manholes shall be laid in
alternate stretcher and header courses.
F. After manholes have been completely constructed and inspected, and
proper backfilling and grading operations have been completed,
immediately clean site of all resultant debris or excess materials.
*********************
END OF SECTION 02721
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02721-4
SECTION 02730
SANITARY SEWERAGE
'''''
~
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Sanitary Sewer System
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Work shall conform to National, State, County, City, and Institutional
codes governing installation of site sewer systems.
B. Testing Lab: See General Requirements - TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
for selection, payment, and usage of this service.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit a letter of certification describing each sample for review
certifying that the materials or equipment submitted complies with the
requ i rements. The source of cert ifi cat ion shall be as approved by
authority having jurisdiction. When statements on certificates
originate with the manufacturer, endorse all claims and submit written
cert i fi cat i on from the Contractor. No materi a 1 s or manufactured
products shall be incorporated in the work prior to authority having
jurisdiction receipt of such certification. Shop drawings shall also
be submitted for all items covered in this section.
B. Comply with requirements of General Requirements - PROJECT RECORD
DOCUMENTS. Include the location of structures, and pipe invert
elevations.
C. Test Reports
1.4 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Protect materials of this Section and to protect installed work and
materials of other trades.
B. Protect stored material furnished and accepted for the work intended.
Excavated materi a 1 sand backfi 11 materi a 1 s shall be kept free from
dirt and foreign matter contamination.
C. Access and storage areas shall be returned to normal usable condition
at end of project.
1.5 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Give adequate advance notice to public municipalities and private
utility companies of proposed work.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02730-1
SECTION 02730
SANITARY SEWERAGE
B. Protect existing util ities indicated or the location of which are made
known by on-site inspection prior to excavation that are indicated to
be retained, as well as utility lines constructed during excavation
operat ions. Repair if damaged at no cost to the Owner. If ut il i ty
lines are encountered that were not indicated or that the Contractor
was not made aware of after due diligence on his part, notify the
Architect immediately. Repair said damaged lines immediately and
contract price will be adjusted in accordance with the provisions of
the Contract.
C. Adequate ;advance notice shall be given interested governmental
agencies and Architect prior to disruption of traffic flow due to
installation of sanitary sewer system of this Section.
1.6 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
A. All excavation, preparation of pipe bedding, backfilling and related
work shall conform to the requirements of Section 02226 - EXCAVATING,
BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SANITARY SEWER
A. PVC Pipe:
1. SOR35 type PSM conforming to ASTM 03034 for sewer service 4 inch
and larger.
2. Installed in Class I or Class II embedment material in accordance
with ASTM D2321.
B. Ductile Iron Pipe:
1. Conform to ANS I A2l. 51, Cl ass 53 wi th bi tumi nous coat i ng on
outside surface. The interior surface of all ductile iron sewer
pipe with a nominal diameter of eight inches (8") and larger:
lined with virgin polyethylene compounded with carbon black to
resist exposure to ultraviolet rays during open air storage. The
lining shall comply with ASTM 01248 latest revision. The
polyethylene shall be fused to the pipe with heat in accordance
with the manufacturer's recommendations to form a tightly bonded
lining approximately forty mils thick, extending from the spigot
end to the gasket seat in the bell socket.
2. Joints: conform to ANSI A21.11 push-on or mechanical joints,
plain tip neoprene gaskets unless noted otherwise.
C. Pipe Adapter:
1. Donut pipe adapter: manufactured from virgin polyvinyl chloride
or polyurethane adaptable to similar or dissimilar pipes of the
same or different sizes. Donuts : equal to FERNCO JOINT SEALER
COMPANY, DICKEY COMPANY, or as approved by local plumbing codes.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02730-2
SECTION 02730
SANITARY SEWERAGE
2.2 SEWAGE/SLUDGE GRINDER
A. Grinder shall be the "Muffin Monster" Model No. 30000-12, as
manufactured by Disposable Waste Systems, Inc. or Architect-approved
equivalent. The grinder shall be capable of handling a sewage flow of
275 gpm. Grinder shall be of the channel configuration with extended
shaft, capable of auto restart/auto reverse, with a 5 hp extreme
service electric motor (60 hertz, 3 phase, 480 volts) with 5-tooth
cutters.
B. Provide necessary mounting brackets to provide a full operational
system inside the manhole. System shall be set up for a channel
configuration with channel mounting frames inside the manhole.
Contractor shall construct a "weir" inside the manhole which shall
extend to the top of the cutters. The weir shall allow flow to go
through the cutters when the grinder is operational. However, if the
grinder is not operational, sewage will flow, over the top of the weir
to the downstream side. The weir shall be constructed from concrete
or an approved corrosion resistant metal similar to the frame. The
motor of the grinder shall be located above grade and the Contractor
shall supply a heavy duty aluminum cover instead of a standard manhole
cover. The cover shall be easily removed and allow the motor shaft to
extend from the grinder to the above grade motor. Hinged cover shall
have hold open devices and lockable hasps.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 CONCRETE ENCASEMENT
A. Provide concrete encasement using concrete with a compressive strength
of 2500 pounds per square inch at 28 days where:
1. The sewer or service pipe shall have less than 2'-6" of cover
between the top of the pipe and the rough grade e 1 ev a t i on or
ground line.
2. The sanitary sewers do not meet minimum separation requirements
as noted in this Section.
3. The points of beginning and ending of sewer, or service pipe
encasement shall be not more than 6" from a pipe joint to protect
the pipe from cracking due to uneven settlement of its foundation
or the effects of superimposed live loads.
3.2 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING SEWER STRUCTURES AND SEWERS
A. Various sewer lines shall be connected to existing manholes and
structures which will require cutting into the existing structure.
Line drill existing structure on 4" centers before breaking out
concrete. Exercise care in cutting into the existing structure and
any damage done to the structure shall be repaired at no expense to
the Owner.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02730-3
SECTION 02730
SANITARY SEWERAGE
...
3.3 CROS~ING OF SANITA~'SEWER AND WATERMAINS
., - ,.,~
'.
A. Where the sanitary sewer or service pipe crosses over a watermain, or
where the sanitary sewer and watermains have less than 10' horizontal
separation, or where the sanitary sewer or service pipe is at a depth
which provides less than 18" clear vertical distance between pipes
when crossing under watermains, the sanitary sewer 1 ine shall be
encased with ductile iron pipe or concrete with a compressive strength
of 2500 psi. Encasement shall extend a minimum of 10' on each side of
the point of vertical crossing. For ductile iron pipe encasement,
seal each 'end wi th non - shri nk grout.
3.4 TESTS, INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE OF MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP
A. Lamping of the completed sewer system as well as infiltration and
exfiltration tests will be performed after complete backfilling and
the laying of the roadway base. A final inspection will be held
after the roadway is completed to verify that the system has not been
damaged. All lines and appurtenances not meeting specifications or
reasonable standards shall be repaired or replaced.
B. Each manhole or other appurtenance to the system shall be of the
specified size and form, be watertight, neatly and substantially
constructed with the top set permanently to exact position and grade.
All repairs shown necessary by the inspection are to be made; broken
or cracked pipe replaced; all deposits removed and the sewers left
true to line and grade, entirely clean and ready for use.
C. All sanitary sewers shall be lamped. The lampin9 will determine that
the lines have been laid to accurate line and grade. Each section of
the sewer is to show on examination from either end a full circle of
light between manholes.
D. Infiltration and Exfiltration Testing:
1. All san itary sewers shall be subjected to an i nfi ltrat i on or
exfiltration test, or a combination of same, prior to acceptance
by the Owner and government a 1 authority . All sewers over 24"
diameter shall be subjected to infiltration tests.
2. All sewers of 24" diameter or less, where the ground water level
5'-0" above the top of the sewer shall be subjected to infiltra-
tion tests.
3. All sewers of 24" diameter or less, where the ground water level
is less than 5'-0" above the top of the sewer shall be subjected
exfiltration tests.
4. If an exfiltration test is performed, the maximum exfiltration
rate shall be the same as that permitted for infiltration.
5. For the purpose of exfiltration testing, the internal water level
shall be equal to the external water level plus 5'-0" as measured
from the top of the pipe.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02730-4
SECTION 02730
SANITARY SEWERAGE
w'
,- L( "Test PVC pipe for excessive deflection by passing a mandrel through
"'~~he line. The mandrel shall be a "go/no go" type with a diameter
equal to 95% of the inside diameter of the pipe. Any section of pipe
not passing this test shall be excavated and installed properly.
F. Within a reasonable length of time following pipe-laying and back-
filling, complete all work necessary to perform testing. Perform all
necessary preliminary tests and make all necessary repairs, including
the repair of all visible leaks and cracks, and retests to ready the
sewers for final inspection and witnessing of tests by the Owner or
governmental agency.
G. If a sewer fails to pass the previously described tests, the
Contractor shall determine the location of the leaks, repair them and
retest the sewer. The test shall be repeated unt il sat i sfactory
results are obtained.
I. Method of testing and measurement shall be approved by the
Governmental Agency. Provide necessary equipment and labor for making
tests.
J. Chemical or cement grouting will not be considered an acceptable
method of repairing leaking pipe, joints, or structural failures,
except where specifically approved by the Governmental Agency.
K. Where ground water conditions require dewatering operations in order
to construct sewers of 24" diameter or smaller, perform preliminary
exfiltration tests after backfilling and while the dewatering
equipment is still operating.
L. Where preliminary acceptance tests have been performed shortly after
sewer construction, such tests will not automatically result in
acceptance of the sewer. Final acceptance will not be considered
until after a reasonable length of time following pipe laying and
backfilling to allow as much as pOSSible for development of the earth
load on the pipe.
M. Maximum allowable infiltration shall not exceed 100 gallons per inch
of diameter per mile of pipe per 24 hours for the overall project.
Maximum allowable infiltration shall not exceed 200 gallons per
inch of diameter per mile of pipe per 24 hours for any individual run
between manholes.
3.5 CLEAN UP
A. Upon completion of work of this section, leave all components of the
sewage system completely free of silt, debris and obstructions.
********************
END OF SECTION 02730
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02730-5
SECTION 02732
SEWAGE FORCE MAINS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Sewage Force Mains and Effluent Disposal Lines
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Work shall conform to National, State, County, City, and Institutional
codes governing installation of site sewer systems.
B. Testing Lab: See General Requirements - TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES.
1. 3 SUBMITTALS:
A. Submit the following data and Shop Drawings for review.
1. Mill Test Certificate or Certified Test Reports on Pipe.
2. Details of Tie Rods.
3. Valves and Valve Boxes
4. Pipe Laying Schedule
5. Temporary Pl ug and Anchorage System for Hydrostat i c Pressure
Test.
1.4 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. Force mains shall be laid with a m,n,mum cover 30" below finished
grade, whichever is greater, unless otherwise indicated.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 DUCTILE CAST IRON PIPE
A. Ductile Cast Iron Pipe (ANSI A21.51/AWWA C151) Class 150 with push-on
joints, bell and spigot joints or mechanical joints. Outside of pipe
shall have a bituminous coating. The interior surface of all ductile
iron force mains with a nominal diameter of eight inches (8") and
larger shall be lined with virgin polyethylene, compounded with carbon
black to resist exposure to ultraviolet rays during open air storage.
The lining shall comply with ASTM D1248 latest revision. The
polyethylene shall be fused to the pipe with heat in accordance with
the manufacturer's recommendations to form a tightly bonded lining
approximately forty mils thick, extending from the spigot end to the
gasket seat in the bell socket. All pipe 6" and smaller shall be
cement lined and seal coated conforming to ANSI A21.4 (AWWA Cl04).
Nominal Inside Diameter
Thickness Class
3"
4"
54
54
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02732-1
SECTION 02732
SEWAGE FORCE MAINS
. ....
Nominal Inside Diameter Thickness Class
.. .
6" 54
8" 53
10" 53
12" 52
Tolerances permitted under ANSI 21.51 specifications shall apply.
B. Ductile iron pipe shall be encased in polyethylene tube except where
noted otherwise.
2.2 FITTINGS
A. Fittings for pipe 3" through 48" in diameter shall comply with current
revisions of ANSI/AWWA CllO-77. Fittings shall be mechanical joint,
bell and spigot, push-on joint or flange joint.
1. Fittings and special castings shall be cement lined unless
otherwise specified. If cement lining is required, the lining
shall conform with ANSI A21.4 (AWWA C104).
2. Bell and spigot joints shall conform with ANSI A21.6-1975 or ANSI
A21.8-1975 as applicable. Pipe shall be in conformance with USAS
21.8 and shall have bells designed to receive pipe with spigot
ends with beads cast on.
3. Mechanical joints shall conform with ANSI A21.11. The bolts
shall be high-strength, low alloy steel.
4. Gaskets shall be of vulcanized crude rubber or polyvinyl chloride
plastic and have plain tips unless otherwise specified.
2.3 VALVES AND VALVE VAULTS
A. Valves:
1. Valves shall conform to current specifications of the AWWA C-509
bronze mounted 300 pound test and shall turn counter-clockwise to
open.
2. Eccentric plug valves shall be nickel seated. Resilient faced
plugs, permanently lubricated, with stainless steel bushings top
and bottom and lever operated. The valves shall have 125 pound
ANSI B16.1-48 flanges.
3. Check valves shall be cast iron, non-slam spring closing, Class
125. Valves shall have 125 pound ANSI B16.1-48 flanges.
4. All valves shall be securely fastened to the valve vault by means
of tie rods and shall be individually supported by concrete block
or brick as required.
5. Discharge lines within the valve vault shall be ANSI A21.15 cast
iron pipe, cement lined. Fittings shall be cast iron conforming
to ANSI Specification B16.1 or ANSI A21.10. Joints shall be
flanged, 125 pound standard or approved victaulic.
6. At the outlet end of the valve vault, provide a 6" flanged side
outlet elbow, riser pipe to 6" above finished grade and a blind
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02732-2
SECTION 02732
SEWAGE FORCE MAINS
...
flange, fqf the use of a portable pump discharge in the event of
" pump or po~r failure. ·
B. Valve Vaults:
1. Valve vaults shall consist of precast concrete sections with
minimum dimensions as shown on the plans. Precast sections shall
conform to the requirements of ASTM C-850 and AASHTO M-259.
Precast sections shall be as manufactured by WILSON CONCRETE or
Architect approved equivalent.
2. All covers shall be traffic bearing and constructed of aluminum.
Covers shall be capable of withstanding AASHTO HS-20 loadings.
Covers' shall be as manufactured by SILCO MANUFACTURING, U.S.
FOUNDRY MANUFACTURING CORP., or NEENAH FOUNDRY.
3. Hinged covers shall have hold open devices and shall be lockable
Furnish lock and two keys.
4. Non-hinged covers shall be completely removable from the frame.
5. The minimum opening for all covers shall provide access similar
to that of a standard manhole cover.
6. All valve vaults shall be drained. If a french drain is to be
installed, use coarse filter aggregate material conforming to the
fo 11 ow'i ng:
a. Coarse Filter Aggregate: Clean well graded natural gravel or
crushed stone; free from shale, clay, organic materials and
debris; graded within the following limits:
Sieve Size
% Passing
1-1/2"
I"
3/4"
5/8"
1/2"
3/8"
1/4"
No.4
100
90 to 100
45 to 100
30 to 85
13 to 55
o to 30
o to 15
o to 5
.
2.4 AIR RELIEF VALVES AND VAULTS
A. Air Relief Valves:
1. The sewage air release valve shall have an elongated body and be
designed to operate (open) while pressurized, allowing entrained
air in a sewage force line to escape through the air release
orifi ce.
2. After entrained air escapes through the air release orifice, the
valve orifice shall be closed by a needle mounted on compound
lever mechanism, (energized by a float) and prevent sewage media
from escaping.
3. The air release orifice will then remain closed until more air
accumulates and the opening cycle repeats automatically.
4. The internal compound lever mechanism shall be precision molded
Delrin or other internals stainless steel to positively prevent
galvanic action.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02732-3
SECTION 02732 SEWAGE FORCE MAINS
B. Air
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
5. Valve shall be 'fitted with blow o;f valve~, quick disconnect
coupl i ngs and mi nimum 6' -0" of hose,wf to ~rmit back-fl ushi ng
after installation without dismantling valve.
6. The lever mechanism shall be fitted with a rod, having a
stainless steel float threaded onto the opposite end. The float
shall hang inside the valve body, slightly above the inlet 22"
from the lever mechanism, thereby maintaining an air gap between
the mechanism and the waste media. The air gap shall retard
waste solids from clogging the lever mechanism.
7. The valve body and float shall withstand 500 psi shell test
pressure.
8. The valve inlet shall be as indicated on the plans. The outlet
shall be 1/2" N.P.T.
9. All materials of construction shall be certified in writing to
conform to ASTM specifications as follows:
a. Body and Cover: Cast Iron; ASTM A-48, Class 30.
b. Internal Linkage: Bronze/Delrin; ASTM B-584/ASTM D-2133.
c. Float and Internals: Stainless Steel; ASTM A-240.
d. Needle: Buna-N
e. Exterior Paint: Phenol ic Primer, Red Oxide; FDA approved
for potable water contact.
Relief Valve Vaults:
Air relief valve vaults shall be installed on an 8" bed of
coarse filter aggregate.
Vault shall consist of 36" diameter reinforced concrete pipe,
C-76 Class III.
Pipe section shall be fitted with a cast iron manhole frame and
cover such that the frame will set neatly on the pipe section
opening.
Manhole frame shall be fastened to the pipe section with grout.
Adjust cover with brick and mortar so that cover elevation meets
finish grade elevation.
In all cases, manhole cover shall be of traffic bearing weight.
2.5 OTHER MATERIALS
A. Tie Rods:
1. Tie rods shall be galvanized steel as manufactured by STAR
NATIONAL PRODUCTS.
B. Polyethylene Tube:
1. Polyethylene tube for ductile iron pipe encasement shall conform
to the requirements of ANSI Standard A2l.5 and shall be 8 mils
thick.
C. Other items necessary for the complete installation shall conform to
the details and notes indicated in the contract documents.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02732-4
SECTION 02732
SEWAGE FORCE MAINS
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION AND REJECTION
-I. ·
.
I, .:
~'
A. All materials, processes of manufacturer and finished pipe shall be
subject to review by the Architect. Individual sections of pipe may
be rejected at any time because of variations in dimensions, fractures
or cracks, chips and blisters exceeding the permissible tolerances.
3.2 DUCTILE IRON PIPE JOINTS
A. The joints of all pipelines shall be made absolutely tight. Where
settlement or vibration is likely to occur, all pipe joints shall be
bo lted .
B. All types of mechanical jOint pipes shall be laid and jointed in full
conformance with manufacturer's recommendations, which shall be
submitted to the Architect for review before work is begun. Torque
wrenches set as specified in AWWA Specification Cll1, shall be used;
or spanner type wrenches not longer than specified in Clll may be used
with the approval of the Architect.
C. Push on joi nts shall be made to conform to the manufacturer's
recommendations. Lubricant, if required, shall be an inert, nontoxic,
water soluble compound. Manufacturer's recommendations shall be
submitted to the Architect for review before work is begun.
3.3 INSTALLING VALVES AND VAULTS
A. Valves shall be carefully inspected, opened wide and then tightly
closed. The various nuts and bolts shall be tested for tightness.
Special care shall be taken to prevent any foreign matter from
becoming lodged in the valve seat. Plug valves shall be set with
their stems horizontal. Valves that do not operate correctly shall be
removed and replaced.
B. Valve vaults shall be carefully set to permit access to all valve nuts
to permit a wrench to be fitted easily to the operating nut. The
valve vault shall not transmit surface loads to the pipe or valve.
Care shall be taken to prevent earth and other material from entering
the vault. Any vault which is out of alignment or whose does not
conform to the finished ground surface shall be removed and reset.
3.4 CROSSING OF FORCE MAINS AND WATERMAINS
A. Where the force main crosses over a watermain, or where the force main
and watermains have less than 10' horizontal separation, or where the
force main or service pipe is at a depth which provides less than 18"
clear vertical distance between pipes when crossing under watermains,
the force main shall be encased with ductile iron pipe or concrete
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02732-5
SECTION 02732
SEWAGE FORCE MAINS
with a compressive strength' of 2500 psi. Encasement shall extend a
minimum of 10' on each side of the point of vertical crossing. For
ductile iron pipe encasement, seal each end with non-shrink grout.
3.5 CONCRETE ENCASEMENT
A. Concrete encasement shall be constructed in accordance with details
indicated and shall be constructed using concrete with a compressive
strength of 2,500 psi at 28 days.
B. The points of beginning and ending of pipe encasement shall not be
more than 6" from a pipe joint to protect the pipe from cracking due
to uneven settlement of its foundation or the effects of superimposed
1 i ve loads.
3.6 INSTALLATION OF POLYETHYLENE TUBE ENCASEMENT
A. Installation of polyethylene tube encasement for iron pipe shall be in
accordance with Method A of ANSI Standard A21.5 and as indicated.
B. Fittings such as pipe bends shall also be covered by use of the
plastic tubing and plastic adhesive tape.
C. Irregular shaped appurtenances shall be covered by splitting a
suitable length of the polyethylene tubing and using the resulting
flat sheet with plastic tape to effect the covering of such items.
3.7 HYDROSTATIC TESTS
A. Force mains shall be tested at a line pressure of 150 psi for a period
of two hours. The tests shall be conducted under the supervision of
the Owner, Architect, or a representative of the 10ca1 governmental
agency. Rate of loss shall not exceed that specified in the paragraph
"Allowable Limits For Leakage".
B. The Contractor shall supply a standard type of test pump, a suitable
device for measuring water and standard pressure gauge with all
necessary fittings, all of which shall be approved. The test
equipment shall be attached to the pipe in an approved manner.
Compressed air shall not be used for testing.
C. Any and all expense to be incidental to testing. Extent of force main
to be tested at anyone time shall be limited by agreement between the
local sewer department superintendent and/or the Architect.
3.8 ALLOWABLE LIMITS FOR LEAKAGE
A. The hydrostatic pressure tests shall be performed as specified above.
No installation or section will be acceptable until the leakage is
less than the number of gallons per hour as determined by the formula:
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02732-6
SECTION 02732
SEWAGE FORCE MAINS
L-= SD-P'h
133,200
~ .
in which,
L = Allowable leakage in gallons per hour.
S = Total length of pipe in feet in the Section of main being tested.
D = Pipe diameter in inches
P = Average test pressure during the test in psi gauge
********************
END OF SECTION 02732
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02732-7
SECTION 02733
SEWAGE PUMP STATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
,
'....
'w/1 ~
1 . 1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Two submersible pumps capable of pumping raw, un screened sewage,
with self-sealing discharge connections, guide rails, pump
mounting plates with discharge elbow, bottom guide rail
supports, access frame with cover for each pump, top guide rail
supports, wiring channel, and sealed mercury tube level switches.
All to be installed in a precast concrete basin. Discharge valves
to be installed in a separate precast concrete outside valve box.
Supply a NEMA 6P weatherproof control box for mounting.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Work shall conform to National, State, County, City, and institutional
codes governing installation of site water system.
B. Testing Laboratory: See General Requirements - TESTING LABORATORY
SERVICES selection and requirements.
C. The pump manufacturer shall have a minimum of five years experience
handling sewage in the units specified and shall warrant the pumps
being supplied to the Owner against defects in workmanship and
materials for a period of five years under normal use, operation, and
service. The manufacturer shall replace certain parts which shall
become defective through normal use and wear on a progressive schedule
of costs for a period of five years; parts included are the mechanical
seal, impeller, pump housing, wear ring and ball bearings. The
warranty shall be in published form.
1. The pump supplier shall have a complete line of available spare
parts within a 60 mile radius of the project.
1.3 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Give adequate advance notice to publ ic municipal ities and util ity
companies.
B. Protect existing utilities indicated or the location of which are made
known prior to excavation and that are indicated to be retained, as
well as utility lines constructed during excavation operations and
repair if damaged at no cost to the Owner. If utility lines are not
indicated or their presence was not made known after due diligence,
are encountered or damaged, notify the Construct i on Manager and
Architect immediately, repair said damaged lines immediately and
contract price will be adjusted in accordance with the provisions of
the Contract.
C. Coordinate work of this Section with other construction activities
taking place simultaneously on site.
D. Adequate advance notice shall be given interested governmental
agencies, Construction Manager, and Architect prior to disruption of
traffic flow due to excavation of road and walkways incidental to work
of this Section.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02733-1
SECTION 02733
SEWAGE PUMP STATION
1. 5 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit Shop Drawings for the following priorko construction:
1. Submersible pumps, piplng, controls, valves and fittings,
materials of construction, auxiliary equipment data, wiring
diagrams and other data necessary to judge conformance with the
specifications and drawings.
B. Factory Tests: The pump manufacturer shall test all pumps and submit
certified test curves to the Architect for approval, showing head
capacity, efficiency and horse power in accordance with Standards of
the Hydraulic Institute.
C. Instruction Manuals: The manufacturer shall furnish the Architect
with three copies of complete installation operation and maintenance
covering all principal and auxiliary equipment, wiring diagrams and
parts list.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable manufacturers:
1. FL YGT
2. GORMAN-RUPP
3. HYDROMATIC
4. Architect approved equivalent.
2.2 PUMP CHAMBER
A. The structure shall be constructed of precast concrete riser sections
conforming to American Society of Testing Material Specifications
"Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Section" ASTM C-578. Pipe joints
shall be modified grooved tongue with neoprene cast-in-bell gasket,
ASTM C-443.
B. The station shall be anchored with a sufficient amount of 4000 psi
concrete to prevent it from 1 i ft i ng or float i ng. The base anchor
shall be free of voids.
2.3 PUMPS
A. Pumps shall be of the sealed submersible type and shall be capable of
handling 3" diameter solids and raw, un screened sewage with two port
non-clog type impellers. Pump casing shall be fitted with bronze wear
ring. Pump shall have two mechanical seals with oil chamber between
the seals. Rotating seal faces shall be carbon and stationary seal
faces to be ceramic, except that outboard seal next to impeller shall
be fitted with carbide seal faces. All metal parts of seal including
spring shall be 303 stainless steel. All pump fasteners shall be 303
stainless steel.
B. Pump motors shall be of the sealed submers i b 1 e type with standard
insulation. Motor starter shall be held in place with removable end
ring so that it can be removed for repair without heating outer shell
or using a press. Pump-motor-shaft shall be of 303 stainless steel.
Pump shall be standard production pump with attached rail guides and
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02733-2
SECTION 02733
SEWAGE PUMP STATION
discharge elbow. Rail guides sh~ll be fastened to pump so that all
lifting loads will come on tne guide supports and not on the pump or
motor hosing. A lifting corrosion resistant cable and hook shall be
suppl ied for each pump. The cables shall be secured to the cover
frame and supplied with coupling for connection to the winch cable.
Motors shall be supplied with heat sensing units attached to motor
windings. The heat sensing units shall trip starters if motors
overheat.
C. Seal chambers shall be fitted with electrode probes and signal box
shall be supplied to indicate water in the seal ~hamber.
D. The discharge fitting of each pump in combination with the discharge
support plate shall be designed to provide a watertight seal. A
separate mounting plate shall be furnished for each pump. These
plates shall include adjustable guide rail supports and discharge
elbow with flange to align with pump sealing flange. Discharge elbow
shall have 125 pound standard flange, 4" pipe size. Plates and
fittings shall be factory coated with tar base epoxy paint. The pump
shall be capable of running dry continuously in a totally dry
condition. Before final acceptance, a field running test
demonstrating this ability with 24 hours of continuous operation under
the above conditions shall be performed for pumps being supplied.
2.4 ACCESS FRAME AND COVER
A. A double door access frame assembly (traffic model) shall be supplied.
Access frame and covers shall be fabricated of aluminum. Frame shall
support guide rails and electrical wiring channel. A separate hinged
cover shall be provided for each pump. Cover shall be provided with
lifting handle and safety latch to hold cover in the open position.
Locking hasps shall be furnished for each cover.
2.5 ELECTRICAL CONTROL PANEL
A. The control panel should be approved by and carry the UL label. The
panel shall have a stainless steel (304) enclosure and shall be dead
front with separate removable inside panel to protect electrical
equipment. A lock hasp shall be provided on outside door. An
alternating relay shall be provided to alternate pumps on each
successive cycle of operation. Starters shall have auxiliary contacts
to operate both pumps on override condition. The panel shall have a
gas tight seal plate with mechan i ca 1 seals for each cable. The
control panel shall be finish painted with a minimum of two coats of
baked enamel suitable for outdoor installation. Panels supports
shall be painted as specified under the heading of PAINTING.
B. Transient voltage surge protection (TVSS) shall be furnished and
installed as part of the control panel. TVSS protection shall conform
to the requirements of Section 16605, for subpanel locations; Category
B.
C. Duplex Control Panel shall include:
1. Two fused disconnect switches with lockout handles through cover.
2. Two magnetic starters with OL and LV protection.
3. Two "Test-Off-Automatic" selector switches.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02733-3
SECTION 02733
SEWAGE PUMP STATION
4. One electric alternator.
5. Two control circuit transformers.
6. Two green pump running lights.
7. Two OL reset buttons.
8. One alarm bell mounted on panel door.
9. One alarm bell silencing switch.
10. Numbered and wired terminal strip.
11. Two running time elapsed meters.
...
;;II'
2.6 PIPING AND FITTINGS
A. All interior piping, to include fittings (elbow, bends, and tees)
shall be adequately and rigidly supported. All hangers, supports,
guides and anchors shall be installed and designed for pipe weight and
contents. Hangers shall have provisions for vertical adjustment.
Special hangers and supports shall be provided at elbows, fittings and
valves. Each pipe shall be supported or hung at two points.
B. Where influent and effluent piping passes through the pump station or
valve vault walls, the wall opening shall be cored. To prevent the
entry of ground water, the opening shall be sealed with an expansive
mechanical type seal consisting of interlocking synthetic rubber
1 inks.
C. The pump discharge lines within the wet well and valve vault shall be
ANSI A21.15 cast iron pipe, cement lined, and the fittings shall be
cast iron conforming to ANSI Specification B16.1 or ANSI A2l.10.
Joints shall be flanged, 125 pounds, standard or approved victaulic.
Buried discharge piping outside the wells shall be cement lined,
mechanical joint or "push on" type ductile iron pipe conforming to
ANSI A21.51, thickness Class 53 unless otherwise noted on plans.
D. At the outlet end of the val ve chamber, prov i de a 6" fl anged side
outlet elbow and blind flange for the use of a portable pump discharge
in the event of power failure.
E. Eccentric plug valves shall be nickel seated, resilient faced plugs,
permanently lubricated, with stainless steel bushings top and bottom
and lever operated. The valves shall have 125 pound ANSI BI6.1-48
flanges.
F. Check valves shall be cast iron, non-slam spring closing, Class 125.
2.7 MANUAL WINCH
A. A manually operated portable winch shall be furnished and installed
for removal of either pump. A base shall be securely anchored to the
concrete slab. The winch shall be furnished with stainless steel
cab 1 e and coup 1 i ng for connect i on to either pump cable. The wi nch
shall be equipped with a ratchet or similar safety device. Winch
capacity shall be two times the weight of one pump assembly.
2.8 WIRING CHANNEL
A. The wiring channel shall provide cord grip holders for the pump cords
and the control cords. The channel box shall have a removable cover
for easy adjustment of cords to pumping levels required. All cords
shall extend from one end of the box and be taken through a conduit in
the top slab to the control panel. No splices shall be made in the
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02733-4
SECTION 02733
SEWAGE PUMP STATION
W1rlng channel. Continuous cords must be used from control 'pane~ to
pumps and controls. Wiring channel shall mount on sup~orts fa$tln~~
to access frame.
2.9 SUMP LEVEL CONTROLS
A. Sealed float type mercury switches shall be supplied to control sump
level and alarm signal. The mercury tube switches shall be sealed a
solid polyurethane float for corrosion and shock resistance. The
support wire shall have heavy neoprene jacket and weight shall be
attached to cord above the float to hold switch in place in sump.
Weights shall be above the float to prevent sharp bends in the cords
when the float operates under water. The float switches shall hang in
the sump supported only by the cord that is held to the wi ri ng
channel. Four float switches shall be used to control level; two for
pump turn-on, one for pump turn-off. A fourth switch shall be
provided for high water alarm control. All floats and controls in the
wet well shall be "intrinsically safe".
B. Central Alarm Panel with remote alarm bell/light shall be furnished.
Central alarm panel shall be located adjacent to main control panel.
Central alarm panel shall provide both a visual and audio alarm signal
when detecting the following:
1. Power failure to the control panel.
2. High water condition.
3. Simultaneous two pump operation.
4. Failure of either pump.
C. Normally all lights remain at dim-glow condition and change to full
glow when trouble occurs. Lights are colored red, green and yellow.
The 4" alarm bell sounds for any trouble condition and the individual
trouble light goes to full glow. The bell silencing switch can be
pushed, but the light will remain at full-glow until the trouble has
been corrected and the reset button is pushed.
D. Central Alarm Panel shall include:
1. Three dim-glow 110 volt indicating lights.
2. Three manual light reset buttons.
3. One alarm bell mounted on panel door.
4. One alarm bell silencing switch.
5. Numbered and wired terminal strip for alarm signals, remote alarm
bell/light unit and 120 VAC input.
E. Provide remote alarm unit with bell and flashing alarm light for
separate mounting from Central Alarm Panel. Locate at occupied jail
area.
2.10 PAINTING
A. General: All ferrous metal shall be shop coated by the manufacturer
using their standard finish suitable for outdoor, buried or submerged
service depending upon the location. Prior to applying field
painting, where required, surfaces shall be clean and dry and all rust
or corrosion shall be removed down to bare metal and prime coated.
B. Pipe and Fittings: After installation, all piping, fittings, trash
basket and support in the wet well and valve pit shall be given two
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02733-5
SECTION 02733
SEWAGE PUMP STATION
....
coats of KOPPERS "Bitumastic No. 300-M, Detroit Graphite No. 9328
Rock/Tar" or Architect approved equivalent. Color shall be selected
by the Owner and dry film thickness shall be 16 mils.
C. Electrical Panels: Electrical panels, supports and similar above
grade equipment shall be finish field painted with the same paint used
for the shop coating, unless no additional field painting is required.
'wi
~
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 STAKING
A. Establish principal reference lines, bench marks and all other lines
1 eve 1 s necessary to the 1 ocat i on and construct i on of work under
Contract.
3.2 LAYING PIPE
A. All pipe laying and station installation shall conform to the
requirements of Section 02226 - EXCAVATION, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING
FOR UTILITIES and Section 02721 - SEWER STRUCTURES.
3.3 INSTALLATION, START-UP AND OPERATION INSTRUCTIONS
A. Furni sh the service of experi enced manufacturer's factory-trained
engineer to interpret the manufacturer's installation guide and
instructions, to supervise the installation and start-up of such
equipment, and to instruct the Owner's operating and maintenance
personnel. The factory-trained field engineer shall be:
1. Available during installation.
2. At the project site during start-up.
3. Available for operating and maintenance instruction (1 day).
3.4 OPERATION OF SYSTEM
A. On sump level rise, the lower mercury switch shall first be energized,
then the next level switch shall energize and start the lead pump.
With 1 ead pump operat i ng, sump 1 eve 1 sha 11 lower to low switch
turn-off setting and the pump shall stop. An alternating relay shall
index on stopping of the pump so that lag pump will start on next
operat ion. I f sump 1 eve 1 cont i nues to ri se when the 1 ead pump is
operating, the override switch shall energize and start the lag pump
and the alarm swi tch shall be energi zed. Both 1 ead and 1 ag pumps
shall operate together until low level switch turns off both pumps.
If one pump should fail for any reason, the second pump shall operate
on the override control and the alarm switch shall energize and signal
the alarm. All level switches shall be adjustable, for level setting,
from the surface.
3.5 CLEANING
A. Remove all debris and rubbish from the wet well pump vault and general
site.
********************
END OF SECTION 02733
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02733-6
SECTION 02800
SITE IMPROVEMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Benches
2. Soil Separator
3. Steel Edging
4. Precast Concrete Wheelstops
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings:
1. Provide Shop Drawings showing locations and spacing of anchorage
for those items requiring anchorage.
B. Submit product data for all items to be supplied and installed under
this Section.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Benches:
1. Provide benches.
2. Construction: Refer to drawings and related sections:
a. Section 03200 - CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
b. Section 03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
c. Section 04200 - UNIT MASONRY
B. Soil Separator (Weed Control Fabric)
1. Weed-Chek as manufactured by BRISHTON BY-PRODUCTS CO., INC.,
(412) 846-1220.
2. DEWITT WEED BARRIER 1-800-325-0950.
3. Architect accepted equivalent.
C. Steel Edging
2.2 OTHER MATERIALS
A. Other materials, not specifically described but required for a
complete installation of the work of this Section, shall be subject to
review by Architect.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS
A. Examination
1. Prior to work of this Section, examine the installed work of
other trades and verify that work is complete to the point where
this installation may properly commence.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Foundat ions
1. Install foundations in strict accordance with details and
approved Shop Drawings, complying with requirements of Section
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02800-1
SECTION 02800
SITE IMPROVEMENTS
03200 and Sect ion 03300, us i ng 3000 pounds per square inch
concrete below grade and 4000 pounds per square inch concrete for
above grade. Concrete reinforcement shall be Grade 60 deformed
billet steel bar and welded steel wire fabric conforming to
requirements of ASTM A-185.
B. Anchorage
1. Install items in strict accordance with the original details,
pertinent codes and regulations, reviewed Shop Drawings, and the
manufacturer's recommendations, anchori ng all components
securely for long life under hard use.
3.3 TOUCH-UP
A. Upon completion of the various installations, visually inspect all
exposed surfaces and touch-up all scratches and abrasions to be
invisible to the unaided eye from a distance of 5'-0".
********************
END OF SECTION 02800
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02800-2
SECTION 02810
IRRIGATION SYSTEM
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Irrigation System
...
.,'
1.2 SITE CONDITIONS
A. Visit the job site and verify existing conditions and limitations
relating to the work. No claim for increased compensation shall be
considered for changes or alterations due to visible or obvious
conditions. Invisible or unknown conditions of hidden rock and water
encountered during progress of the work shall be considered an extra,
and shall necessitate written confirmation of increased compensation
by the Owner before the work is continued.
B. Confine operations, storage, and equipment to the areas allotted for
work and materials.
C. Coordinate with other trades to enable work to proceed as rapidly and
efficiently as possible.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings and Manufacturer's Literature: Submit for review
complete Shop Drawings and properly identified manufacturer's
1 iterature on items giving unit performance data as appl icable,
dimensions, rough openings, materials and finish specifications,
accessories, mechanical and electrical stub out data and locations as
applicable, installation details and installation directions.
B. Submit shop drawings indicating proposeq circuit layout, line sizes,
valves, heads and locations.
C. Maintenance Manuals: Provide per the requirements of the General
Requirements including spare parts lists.
D. Provide submittals in compliance with the General Requirements.
1.4 UTILITIES AND PROTECTION
A. Irrigation water source will be treated effluent from an on-site waste
water treatment plant.
B. Notify all pertinent utility companies 48 hours prior to digging for
location of underground utility lines. Repair damages to, or pay for
the cost of repairing and/or replacing buried conduit, cables or
piping encountered during installation work of this Section, at no
additional cost to Owner.
1.5 PROTECTION OF EXISTING PLANTS
A. Take necessary precautions to protect site planting, new and existing.
Should damage be incurred, repair the damage and restore material to
its original condition at no additional cost to Owner.
1.6 WARRANTY
A. Provide a one-year warranty for materials and installation in
accordance with the General Requirements.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02810-1
SECTION 02810
IRRIGATION SYSTEM
PA~ 2 - 'PR9~~
2.1 EQUIPMENT TO BE INSTALLED
A. Sprinkler heads used in combination shall be
performance. Combinations of automatic valves
contro 11 ers , shall be of the same manufacturer so
coherence of tolerances; compatibility of operation;
of workmanship, assembly and materials.
compatible in
and automatic
as to maintain
and consistency
2.2 MATERIALS AND SPRINKLER EQUIPMENT
A. Sprinkler Piping:
1. All Sprinkler Piping: Identified by tape or pipe color as
carrying treated effluent.
2. Sprinkler piping and fittings: Class 200 (2" and under); Class
160 (2-1/2" and larger) 1120/1220. PVC, commercial standard
C256-63.
3. Risers to sprinkler heads and all fittings for valves and swing
joint shall be Schedule 80 PVC, ASTM D1787, Type 1, Grade 1, 2000
psi stress.
4. Solvent cement shall be compatible with PVC pipe and of proper
consistency to accomplish acceptable installation.
B. Sprinkler Heads:
1. Sprinkler heads shall be constructed of non-corrosive heavy-duty
cycolak. Flow for all patterns shall be adjustable by a
stainless steel throttle screw and all nozzles shall provide for
uniform water distribution. All heads shall be equipped with a
screen and all parts of the head shall be removable through the
top of the irrigation head. Pop-up sprinklers shall have a
heavy-duty stainless steel spring for positive retraction and a
seal to prevent entry of foreign matter.
C. Remote Control Valves:
Shall be of brass construction, with all parts serviceable without
removing valve from main line. It shall be normally closed with
manual bleed plug and manual flow control. Solenoid shall be 3.5 watt,
24 volt AC.
D. Automatic Controllers:
The controller shall provide for complete automatic operation of the
irrigation system; UL listed, capable of operating 24 VAC electric
remote control valves. Provide for multi-cycle operation permitting
any number and combination of dual programmed stations to be obtained.
Station wiring shall be color-coded with section indicator key printed
and visible. Controller shall have a lockable cover.
E. Provide Valve Boxes:
1. Acceptable product:
a. Nelson #8533 with green colored lid.
b. Architect approved equivalent.
F. Control Lines:
1. 24 volt electric control lines from controller to automatic
valves shall be direct burial UL wire of different color than
service to controller. The 24 volt common ground shall be of one
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02810-2
SECTION 02810
IRRIGATION SYSTEM
,
.....
'J
~
continual color and a different color than the other 24 volt
lines. All wire shall be furnished in minimum of 2500' reels and
splicing shall be minimized. Splices shall be made with
waterproof underground connectors.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 LOCATION STAKING
A. Stake out the location of all sprinklers, valves, piping and principal
fittings. The staking shall be reviewed by Architect prior to
excavation. Staking and measurements shall be taken from.permanent
objects or buildings which are not subject to change. All
measurements shall be made in feet and inches. As the staking
progresses, additions, changes, and equipment locations, whether or
not necessitating an increase or decrease in compensation, shall be
noted on the copy of the working drawings from which the record
drawings will be made per requirements of the General Requirements.
3.2 SOD REMOVAL
A. Remove sod before trenching as required in established turf areas and
reinstall sod upon completion of work of this section. Sod shall be
cut to minimum thickness of 2". Work shall be scheduled so that sod
will be replaced not more than three days after it has been removed.
3.3 EXCAVATION AND TRENCHING:
A. Perform excavations for the installation of the work included under
this section, including shoring of earth banks to prevent cave-ins.
Restore surfaces and existing underground installations, damaged or
cut as a result of the excavations to their original condition and in
a manner approved by the Owner.
B. Trenches shall be made wide enough to allow a minimum of 611 between
parallel pipe lines. Trenches for pipe lines shall be made of
sufficient depths to provide the minimum cover from finish grade as
follows:
1. 2411 mlnlmum cover over main lines.
2. 1211 minimum cover over control wires from controller to valves.
3. 1811 minimum cover over lateral lines to heads.
3.4 PIPE LINE ASSEMBLY
A. Install remote control val ves where shown and group together where
practical; place no closer than 12" to walk edges, buildings and
walls. Valves shall be connected directly to main line.
B. Plastic pipe and fittings shall be solvent welded using solvents and
methods as recommended by manufacturer of the pi pe, except where
screwed connections are required. Pipe and fittings shall be
thoroughly cleaned of dirt, dust and moisture before applying solvent
with a non-synthetic bristle brush.
C. Pipe may be assembled and welded on the surface. Snake pipe from side
to side of trench bottom to allow for expansion and contraction.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02810-3
SECTION 02810
IRRIGATION SYSTEM
D. Make connections between plastic pipe and metal valves or steel pipe
with threaded fitting~ using plastic male adapters.
3.5 SPRINKLER HEADS
A. Install sprinklers with swing joints.
B. Risers to sprinkler heads shall be painted flat black where exposed.
C. Use pipe joint compound on galvanized iron fittings.
D. In turfed areas where grass has not been established, install heads on
risers and lower to the final grade elevation when finished grade is
established.
3.6 CLOSING OF PIPE AND FtUSHING LINES
A. Cap or plug openings as soon as lines have been installed to prevent
the entrance of materials that would obstruct the pipe. Leave in
place until removal is necessary for completion of installation.
B. Flush out water 1 ines before install ing heads, valves and other
hydrants.
C. Test in accordance with paragraph on Hydrostatic Tests (Testing).
D. Upon completion of the testing, complete assembly and adjust sprinkler
heads for proper distribution.
3.7 AUTOMATIC CONTROL WIRING
A. Install control wires, sprinkler mains and laterals in common trenches
wherever possible.
B. Install control wires at least 12" below finish grade and lay to the
side and below main line. Provide looped slack at valves and snake
wires in trench to allow for contraction of wires. Tie wires in
bundles at 10' intervals.
C. Control wire splices will be allowed only runs more than 500 feet.
D. Wire passing under existing or future paving and construction shall be
encas~d in plastic or galvanized steel conduit extending at least 12"
beyond edges of paving or construction.
3.8 AUTOMATIC CONTROLLERS
A. Install and mount automatic controllers in a manner approved by the
manufacturer. Controller locations shall be determined by the Owner
for best visual observation and protection.
3.9 VALVE BOXES
A. Each manual or remote control valve shall be installed in a valve box.
The valve box shall be positioned over the valve so that all parts of
the valve can be reached for service, completely buried and marked so
as to be easily located.
3.10 TESTING
A. Pressure plplng shall be hydrostatically tested at not less than 150
psi pressure for not less than one hour, and a record kept of the
conditions, leaks, repairs and the dates of tests. Sprinklers,
valves, and controllers shall be tested for operation and performance
with records kept of the results and the dates of the tests. All
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02810-4
SECTION 02810
IRRIGATION SYSTEM
necessary adjustments to the sprinkler equipment shall be made to
assure efficient operation. The system shall be operated through a
comp 1 ete 24 hour cycle before turn i ng it over to the Owner for
operation. Test results shall be included in requirements of Section
01700.
3.11 BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING
A. After system is operating and required tests and inspections have been
made, backfill excavations and trenches with clean soil, free of
rubbish.
B. Backfill for trenches, regardless of the type of pipe covered, shall
be compacted to minimum 90% density.
C. Compact trenches in areas to be planted by thoroughly flooding the
backfill. Jetting process may be used in those areas.
D. Dress off areas to finish grades.
3.12 CLEAN-UP
A. Remove all debris from the site resulting from work of this section.
3.13 CARE AND MAINTENANCE
A. Furnish the Owner with a written and detailed watering schedule for
irrigated areas at the time of final inspection.
********************
END OF SECTION 02810
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02810-5
SECTION 02830
FENCE AND GATES
PART.l - G~NE~~:
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Fence and Gates
a. Fabric, frame and all components of fence and gates.
B. Related Section:
1. Section 02835 - Barbed Tape
1.2 REFERENCES
A. CLFMI - Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute
B. ASTM A121 - Specification for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Barbed
Wire.
B. ASTM A 392 - Specification for Zinc-Coated Steel Chain-Link Fence
Fabric.
C. ASTM A 491 - Specification for Aluminum-Coated Steel Chain-Link Fence
Fabric.
D. ASTM A 585 - Specification for Aluminum-Coated Steel Barbed Wire.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. For installation of chain link fencing and gates, use personnel
completely trained and experienced in installation of approved
materials and thoroughly familiar with original design and reviewed
shop drawings.
B. Comply with Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute standards
(CLFMI).
1. 3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit Shop Drawings and manufacturers literature indicating sizes,
spacing and location of members; general construction and anchorage
deta il s .
1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Use means necessary to protect chain link fencing materials before,
during, and after installation.
B. In event of damage, immediately notify Architect and make repairs and
replacements necessary as approved by Architect and at no additional
cost to Owner.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Fabric, frame and major components of fence: fabricated of
galvanized steel.
B. Zinc Coating: Per ASTM A-392: "Zinc Coated Steel Chain Link Fabric"
and a 1 umi num coat i ng: per ASTM A 491, II Spec i fi cat i on for A 1 umi num
Coated Steel Chain Link Fence Fabric".
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02830-1
SECTION 02830
FENCE AND GATES
C. Fence shall bear qual ity seal of ClFMI. Size of components with
regard to fence height: in accord~ with tables establ ished by
CLFMI.
D. Materials and accessories: products of same manufacturer.
E. Fabri c:
1. Fabric: made from wire, hel ically wound and interwoven to
provide continuous mesh without knots and ties except in form of
knuckl i ng or of twi st i ng and barbi ng ends of wi res to form
selvage of fabric.
2. Fabric: 9 gage with material mesh weave of 2 inch. Six gage on
all gates.
3. Fabric 60" high and over with 2" mesh: furnished with twisting
and barbing on both selvages.
F. Li ne Posts:
1. Line posts: round in section.
G. Terminal Posts:
1. Terminal Posts: round in section.
H. Braci ng:
1. Bracing: provided for each corner, pull, end post, and gate
where fabric is 5'-0" high and over.
2. Bracing shall extend to each adjacent line post at approximately
mid height of fabric; and truss rod no less than 3/8 in, nominal
diameter from line post back to gate, pull, corner, or end post,
with turnbuckle or some other means of adjustment.
I. Post Tops:
1. Post Tops: Si ngl e cap type or combi nat i on wi th barbed wi re
extension arm fit over outside of posts to exclude
moisture.
2. Where top rail is used, provi de tops to permit passage of top
ra i 1 .
J. Extension Arms:
1. Extens i on Arms: Type for suppo'rt i ng barbed tape/barbed wi re
strands.
K. Barbed Wire:
1. Barbed Wire: Two strands of 12-1/2 gage wire with 14 gage 4
point barbs spaced 5" apart.
2. Barbed wire shall conform to ASTM A121, Class 3 (galvanized).
L. Ra il s :
1. Top rail shall be sections of same material, finish, and
configuration as posts.
2. Rails: furnished in maximum lengths and equipped with couplings
to connect lengths into continuous rail.
3. Means shall be provided for attaching top rail rail to each gate,
corner, pull and end post.
M. Tension Wires:
1. Tension wire at bottom shall be minimum 7 gage galvanized steel.
N. Gates:
1. Gates: Size as indicated and shall be slide type, electric
operated and swing type, manually operated type.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02830-2
SECTION 02830
FENCE AND GATES
2. Frame members: of sufficient size to form rigid panel free from
sag and twist. Members: round.
3. Unless otherwise shown, each swing gate shall be hung to operate
freely through minimum area of 180 degrees. Each gate shall be
complete with latches, arranged for locking, stops, keepers, and
hinges.
4. Each sliding gate shall be complete with rollers, roller tracks,
and accessories as required.
O. Concrete:
1. Concrete shall comply with requirements of Section 03300.
2. Concrete for post footings shall be minimum 2500 psi compressive
strength at 28 days.
P. Bituminous Coatings: Cold-applied asphalt mastic complying with SSPC-
PS 12, compounded for 30 mil thickness per coat.
Q. Gate Operators:
1. Manufacturers
a. HY-SECURITY GATE OPERATORS
b. Architect approved equivalent.
2. Description:
a. Hydraulic operator; standard speed one foot per second; self
contained, 1 Hp., 24 VAC.
b. Model: 222 SS (Soft Stop) Slide Gate Operator.
3. Coordinate accessories and components with requirements of
related sections:
a. Section 11208 - CARD ACCESS CONTROL
b. Section 11217 - VEHICLE LOOP DETECTION
4. Manufacturers standard five year warranty.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION'
A. Prior to work of this Section, examine installed work of other trades
and verify that such work is complete to point where this installation
may properly commence.
B. Work required to accurately stake out fence line shall be performed by
this Section.
C. Install fencing and gates in strict accordance with original design
and reviewed shop drawings, anchoring components in accordance with
manufacturer's published recommendations.
D. Provide protective coating of bituminous paint around dissimilar
materials; i.e. aluminum and concrete.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Fence: Installed parallel to slope of natural ground. Ground between
posts: cut or filled as required to provide uniform clearance of 2
inches between bottom of fabric and surface of ground.
B. Posthole Diameter: Set in holes of 4 times the largest cross section
of the post.
C. Line post installation depth below grade: 24" plus an additional 3"
for each 1 ft. increase in fence ht above 4 ft.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02830-3
SECTION 02830
FENCE AND GATES
D. Line posts: evenly spaced ~ith maximum spacing of 10'-0", center to
center. \ .
E. Posts: plumb and al fgned. Top of concrete footings: neat and
crowned to shed water.
F. Fabric shall be fastened to terminal posts with stretcher bars and
fabric bands, maximum spacing center to center of 15".
G. Fastening to line posts shall be with tie wire or metal bands, maximum
spacing center to center of 15".
H. Fasten top edge of fabric with wire ties, maximum spacing center to
center of 24" to top rail.
I. Fasten bottom edge to tension wire with wire ties, maximum spacing
center to center of 24".
J. Fabric: Tighten to provide smooth uniform appearance. Join rolls of
fabric by weaving single strand into ends of rolls to form continuous
mesh.
K. Dispose of excess excavated material not required for backfilling off
site.
********************
END OF SECTION 02830
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02830-4
SECTION 02835
BARBED TAPE
PART 1 - GENERAL
...
1.1
SUMMARY .,
A. Section includes:
1. Barbed Tape
2. Fasteners
3. Ground Anchors
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 02830
4-
~........, . - -"
- Fence and Gates
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASTM A-764 - Speci.fication for Steel Wire, Carbon, Drawn Galvanized
and Galvanized at Size for Mechanical Springs.
B. AISI 430 - Stainless Steel.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit product data and shop drawings in accordance with Division One.
Submittals shall include, but are not limited to the following:
1. Plan Layout, arrangement, dimensions.
2. Sizes of all materials
3. Manufacturer's written instructions of installation.
B. Submit samples to the Architect including the following items:
1. Barbed Tape
2. Fasteners
3. Ground Anchors
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. If in compliance with requirements, the following manufacturers and
products are acceptable:
1. MRM SECURITY SYSTEMS, INC.
MRM 30C or MRM 30 RB.
2. INDUSTRIAL MATERIALS CORPORATION
XMB - 30SS OR RD-30
3. AMERICAN SECURITY FENCE CORPORATION
30 Inch - Rapid Deployment Barrier or 30 Inch Razor
Ribbon II, Super Maze II
4. ALLIED TUBE AND CONDUIT - 30" Single Coil
All Stainless Steel Concertina
5. MICHAEL INDUSTRIES
Product Number #CR30SZTS1STSWSC5
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Materials which are common to all products are:
1. Sta in 1 ess Steel - All components of the product except the ground
stakes shall be stainless steel.
2. Ground Stakes - #3 galvanized reinforcing rod 18" long shall be
used in combination with a wire tie to anchor the roll to the
ground.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02835-1
SECTION 02835 BARBED TAPE
3. Wire ties - 16 gauge twistable stainless steel wi{~ ties with
loops at each end shall be used to attach tWe roll to the fence,
to adjacent rolls, and to the ground stakes.'~ ~
B. For non-reinforced barbed tape concertina:
1. The barbed tape shall be spring quality austenitic stainless
steel hardened to ROCKWELL 30N-55.
2. The spacer wire shall be a jacketed stainless steel wire rope 7x7
strand 3/64 inches by 5/64 inches minimum diameter.
C. For wire reinforced barbed tape concertina
1. The barbed tape shall be malleable series 430 stainless steel
hardened to ROCKWELL 30N 40-45.
2. The core wire shall be austenitic stainless steel mechanical
spring wire with a diameter of .098 inches. The wire shall have
a tensile strength of at least 140 KSI.
3. Clips for the loop shall be .065 inches by .375 inches and shall
be made of stainless steel. The clips shall be capable of
withstanding a minimum pull of 100 pounds.
2.3 FABRICATION
A. Elements of fabrication which shall be common to all specified and
proposed products are:
1. The product shall be fabri cated to meet the requi rements of
Florida Department of Corrections.
2. The attachment of adjacent coil loops whether by welding,
stainless steel clips, or other means shall be capable of
withstanding a pull of 100 pounds at each point of attachment.
B. For non-reinforced barbed tape concertina:
1. Each roll shall consist of 101 single helical coil loops. The
outside diameter shall be 30 inches +2 inches.
2. Each loop shall have 24!1 barb clusters (96 barbs).
3. Adjacent coil loops shall be alternately attached by welding at
5 points of approximate equal spacing around the perimeter.
4. One jacketed steel wire rope shall be attached along the length
of the roll to each coil loop to preset the maximum barbed tape
opening and the 50 foot !2 foot length.
C. For wire reinforced barbed tape concertina:
1. Each roll shall consist of 51 single helical coil loops in
concertina configuration with 30 inches !2 inches diameter.
2. Each loop shall have 24!1 barb clusters (96 barbs).
3. The barbed tape shall be permanently cold clenched over an
austenitic stainless steel, mechanical spring coil wire. The
barbed tape shall have a minimum 230 degree wrap around the core
wire.
4. Adjacent coil loops shall be alternately attached by clips at
five locations around the circumference to obtain the concertina
effect. Clip spacing of the extended roll shall be twelve inches
on center.
5. The roll, when it is installed, shall be 25 feet in length.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02835-2
SECTION 02835
BARBED TAPE
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
1-'.
.
I. '
;...,'
INSTALLATION
A. Barbed tape shall be installed per manufacturer's instruction and
placed where directed by Program Manager.
********************
END OF SECTION 02835
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
HLM 90007.00-1
02835-3
SECTION 02930
LAWNS
'...
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Sodd i ng
2. Maintenance of Area
i
. .
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with all current restrictions in regard to movement of sod into
or within areas which are outside of quarantine boundaries for the
imported fire ant, as issued by the following agencies:
1. U.S. Department of Agriculture, Animal and Plant Health
Inspection Service.
2. Florida Department of Agriculture, Division of Plant Industry.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit certificates of inspection as required by governmental
authorities. Submit data substantiating that materials comply with
specified requirements.
1.4 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Sod cut more than 48 hours prior to placement shall not be used unless
reviewed by Architect. Sod delivered to job site which is either too
wet or too dry to handle without damage shall be rejected.
B. Deliver fertilizer to the site in original unopened containers bearing
manufacturer's guaranteed chemical analysis, name, trademark and
conformance to state laws. Do not use fertilizer which has become
wet, moldy or otherwise damaged in transit or in storage.
1.5 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Provide protection against trespassing and damage to grassed areas.
B. Contractor shall be responsible for damage to lawn areas that is
cause by work of his planting, mulching, plant maintenance or
replacements being done after lawn areas are accepted.
1.6 WARRANTY
A. Provide a three month warranty on labor and materials. Warranty period
shall begin upon date of final acceptance of work.
B. Warranty lawn material to be in good health and flourishing condition
for a period of three-months from date of final acceptance.
C. Make inspections at no extra cost to Owner during warranty period to
determine what changes should be made in Owner's maintenance program.
Changes recommended shall be submitted in writing to Owner and
Arch itect.
D. Replace without cost to Owner and as soon as weather conditions permit
lawn areas not in a thriving condition as determined by Architect and
at termination of warranty period.
E. Warranty replaced lawn material for a period of three-months from
reinstallation date.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02930-1
SECT ION 02930
LAWNS
..
( '..
~,~
'........,..1'
PARI 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PLANT MATERIALS
A. Sod:
1. Sod: St. Augustine "Floratam"; strongly rooted, free of noxious
weeds, bugs, fungus and other diseases. Sod shall be cultivated
stock grown in an established turf nursery at least 18 months
before lifting, mowed to a height of 1-1/2 inches before lifting,
uniformly thick with not less than 1 inch of soil.
2.2 OTHER MATERIALS
A. Topsoil :
1. Furnish topsoil if the quantity of existing stored or excavated
topsoil is inadequate for planting. Provide in sufficient
amounts required for the work. Topsoil required: a natural
fertile, friable soil, possessing characteristics of
representative productive soils in the vicinity.
Obtain from naturally well-drained areas; without add mixture of
subsoi 1 and free from Johnson grass (Sorghum Hal epense), nut
grass (Cyperus Rotundus) and objectionable weeds and toxic
substances.
B. Fertil izer:
1. Commercial fertilizer: 8-8-8 formulation, of which 50% of the
nitrogen is in the urea-formaldehyde form and shall conform to
the applicable State Fertilizer laws. Fertilizer: granulated so
that 80% is held on a 16 mesh screen, uniform in composition, dry
and free-flowing.
C. Water:
1. Provide water for work of this Section, suitable for irrigation
and free from ingredients harmful to plant life. Provide hose
and other watering equipment required for successful execution of
work. Maintain watering schedule to date of Substantial
Completion of work.
D. Limestone:
1. Limestone: raw, ground agricultural 1 imestone containing not
1 ess than 90% ca 1 ci um carbonate and shall be ground to such
firmness that 50% will pass through 100-mesh sieve and 90% will
pass through 20-mesh sieve.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Final grading and topsoil placement: as previously specified. Provide
final disking, if necessary, and hand raking to level minor
irregularities in grade, and remove completely: debris and stones over
one inch in any dimension.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02930-2
SECTION 02930
3.2
3.3
PERFORMANCE
A. Fertilizer: .>iII ~
1. App 1 y fert i 1 i zer to all 1 awn areas at the rate recommended by
manufacturer, thoroughly incorporating it into the upper 2" of
soil .
Fertilizer operations will not be permitted when it is raining,
or when wind velocities exceed 5 mph.
Sodding:
1. Correct all soft spots and i nequ it i es in the fi n ish grade and
roll with a 500 pound hand roller before sodding.
2. Compacted sil ica sand shall be uniformly spread over a smooth
subgrade in all grassed areas to a depth of two inches after
compaction if necessary to facilitate drainage. Notify Architect
five working days in advance if any drainage problems exist. Soil
finish grade shall be two inches below final finish grade of sod
if sand is used.
Lay solid sod panels tightly together, eliminating voids.
Immediately following sodding, roll with a 500 pound roller, then
thoroughly water.
4. After sodding has been completed, it shall be this Section's
responsibility to carryon all maintenance operations necessary
to assure healthy growth and sustain grass through pri mary
development period until it is well established.
If necessary due to dry weather, apply sufficient water to
produce healthy growth and sustain grass through primary
development period until it is well established.
If for any reason, whether due to wash-out, dryness, or any other
cause, sod fails to produce sufficient healthy grass cover,
re-sod areas affected. Fill, level, and re-sod wash-outs which
might occur at no additional cost to Owner.
7. After the grass has attained sufficient growth~ approximately 30
days, apply fertilizer at the recommended rate. Spread only when
soil has received water within the past 24 hours.
B.
LAWNS
....
2.
3.
5.
6.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. When grass has been cut minimum of three times and uniform catch of
specified grasses is established without evidence of excessive weed
crab grass infestation, submit written request to Architect for
observation of established lawn.
B. Architect shall observe work for final acceptance upon written request
of Contractor. Request shall be received at least ten calendar days
before anticipated date of inspection.
C. If weeds, crab grass or fire ants develop prior to acceptance of lawn,
provide for treatment by hand weeding or chemical control. Provide
chemical control as recommended by chemical manufacturer and reviewed
by Architect.
D. At least two weeks shall elapse after chemical control is applied
before request of inspection for acceptance is made to Architect.
E. Bare spots or cover that is unacceptable in lawn area being readied
for inspection shall be no more than 2% of lawn area.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02930-3
SECTION 02930
LAWNS
F. Upon completion ~and re-inspection of any repai~s or renewals,
Architect may certify in writing to Owner final acceptance of lawn
work.
G. Upon acceptance of work, Owner shall assume maintenance of lawn work.
3.4 CLEANUP
A. Upon completion of each portion of work, remove from site: machinery,
equipment, surplus materials and rubbish connected with execution of
lawn work.
B. Maintain sidewalks and streets free of dirt, rubbish and stain
throughout progress of work.
********************
END OF SECTION 02930
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02930-4
SECTION 02950
TREES, SHRUBS AND GROUND COVER
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Trees
2. Shrubs
3. Ground Cover
4. Soil Preparation
5. Quartz Eggrock Gravel
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Plant names indicated, comply with "Standardized Plant Names" as
adopted by the latest edition of the American Joint Committee of
Horticultural Nomenclature. Names of varieties not listed conform
generally with names accepted by the nursery trade. Provide stock
true to botanical name and legibly tagged.
B. Comply with sizing and grading standards of the latest edition of
"American Standards for Nursery Stock". A plant shall be dimensioned
as it stands in its natural position.
C. All plants shall be nursery grown under climatic conditions similar to
those in the locality of the project for a minimum of two years.
D. Stock furnished shall be at least the minimum size indicated. Larger
stock is acceptable, at no additional cost, and providing that the
larger plants will not be cut back to size indicated. Provide plants
indicated by two measurements so that only a maximum of 25% are of the
minimum size indicated and 75% are of the maximum size indicated.
E. Provide "specimen" plants with a special height, shape, or character
of growth. Tag specimen trees or shrubs at the source of supply. The
Architect will inspect specimen selections at the source of supply for
suitability and adaptability to selected location. When specimen
plants cannot be purchased locally, provide sufficient photographs of
the proposed specimen plants for approval. '
F. Pl ants may be inspected and approved at the place of growth', for
compliance with specification requirements for quality, size and
variety.
1. Such approval shall not impair the right of inspection and
rejection upon delivery at the site or during the progress of the
work.
G. Contractor shall certify that plant material has not been treated with
Benlate DF.
H. Testing: to requirements of the General Requirements - TESTING
LABORATORY SERVICES, provide the following data:
1. Representative test material samples proposed for use.
2. Topsoil :
a. pH factor
b. Mechanical analysis
c. Percentage of organic content
d. Recommendations on type and quantity of additives required
to establish satisfactory pH factor and supply of nutrients
to bring nutrients to satisfactory level for planting.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02950-1
SECTION 02950
TREES, SHRUBS AND GROUND COVER
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit the following material samples:
1. Mul ch
2. Quartz Eggrock Gravel
B. Submit the following materials certification:
1. Topsoil source and pH value
2. Peat moss
3. Plant fertilizer
C. Submit certification that plant material has not been treated with
Benlate DF.
D. Upon plant material acceptance, submit written maintenance
instructions recommending procedures for maintenance of plant
materials.
E. Provide plant material record drawings:
1. Legibly mark drawings to record actual construction.
2. Indicate horizontal and vertical locations, referenced to
permanent surface improvements.
3. Identify field changes of dimension and detail and changes made
by Change Order.
1.4 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver plant materials to site only after beds are prepared and ready
for plant i ng. Protect sh i pments of nursery materi a 1 s from sun and
drying winds during transit.
B. Take all precautions customary in good trade practice in preparing
plants for moving.
C. Dig, pack, transport and handle plants with care to ensure protection
against injury.
D. Arrange plant i ng program so that no exces s i ve number of unplanted
plants will be stored on project site.
E. Provide dry, loose topsoil for planting bed mixes. Muddy topsoil will
not be accepted.
F. Plants which cannot be planted at once after delivery to project site
shall be well protected against possibility of drying by wind and sun.
Keep balled and burl aped plants covered with soil or other acceptable
material. Bare rooted plants shall be properly heeled in trenches
after bundles have been opened and plants separated.
G. Materials heeled in and stored on project site shall be watered daily.
H. Deliver fertilizer materials in original, unopened and undamaged
containers showing weight, analysis, and name of manufacturer. Keep
fertilizer free from ingredients harmful to plant life. Store in
manner to prevent wetting and deterioration.
I. Keep plants shaded or otherwi se protected as soon as removed and
transport immediately to packing sheds or other cover.
J. Do not bind plants with rope or wire in a manner that could damage or
break the branches.
K. Properly mark plants for identification and for checking before
delivery to project site. Plant material is subject to review and
approval by Architect.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02950-2
...
.,
SECTION 02950
TREES, SHRUBS AND GROUND COVER
L. Certificate of inspection shall accompany invoice for each shipment of
plants as may be required by law for transportationl. Fil~ {
cert i fi cates wi th Archi tect pri or to acceptance of materi a . .. ~ ,~.~~
1.5 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Consult local utility engineers, review applicable architectural and
engineering drawings, and be familiar with alignment of underground
utilities before digging. Do not plant within 5'-0" of utility lines.
B. Protect existing utilities, paving, and other facilities from damage
caused by landscaping operations.
C. Repair damage resulting from any neglect or failure to comply with
this requirement.
D. Notify Architect at least seven working days prior to installation of
plant material.
E. Install the irrigation system equipment prior to planting. Locate,
protect, and maintain the irrigation system equipment during planting
operat ions. Repair i rri gat i on system components, damaged duri ng
planting operations, at no additional cost to Owner.
F. Be responsible for watering all plant material until irrigation system
is fully operational and approved by Architect.
1.6 WARRANTY
A. Warranty period shall begin upon final acceptance of work per
requirements of the General Requirements - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT.
B. Warrant plant materials, (except relocated materials), for period of
one year from date of Substantial Completion to be in good health and
flourishing condition.
C. Warranty shall not include damage or loss of trees, plants, or ground
covers caused by fires, floods, freezing rains, lightning storms, or
winds over 75 miles per hour, winter kill caused by extreme cold and
severe winter conditions not typical of planting area; acts of
vandalism or negligence on the part of the Owner.
D. Make three inspections at no extra cost to Owner duri ng warranty
period to determine what changes, if any, should be made in Owner's
maintenance. Recommendations shall be submitted in writing to Owner
and Architect.
E. Replace without cost to Owner and as soon as weather conditions
permit, dead plants and plants not in a vigorous thriving condition as
determined by Architect during and at termination of warranty period.
F. Plants shall be free of dead branches and dead branch tips and shall
bear foliage of a normal density, size and color.
G. Replacements shall closely match adjacent specimens of same species.
Replacement shall be subject to requirements stated in this
spec ifi cat ion.
H. Make necessary repairs to grades, lawn areas and paving required
because of plant replacements. Such repairs shall be done at no extra
cost to the Owner.
I. Warranty of replacement plants shall extend for an additional period
of one year from date of their provisional acceptance after replace-
ment. If replacement plants are not acceptable during, or at end of
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02950-3
SECTION 02950
TREES, SHRUBS AND GROUND COVER
'......:1\
extended warranty period, Owner may elect subsequent replacement
credit for each item.
..,; ~
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PLANT MATERIALS
A. Plant materials shall mean trees, shrubs, vines, and other ground
cover required by plans and as specified. Specific requirements
concerning various species and manner in which they are to be
furnished are as shown in Contract Documents.
B. Plant material: graded Florida No.1 or better as outlined by
Grades and Standards for Nursery Plants, Florida Department of
Agriculture and Consumer Services, unless otherwise noted.
C. Plants: nursery grown, freshly dug, normally shaped, exceptionally
heavy, and well branched, full foliage when in leaf, and shall have
healthy well developed root systems. Trees must be self supporting
with straight trunks and with leaders intact.
D. Plants furnished shall be free of insect infestations and shall have
been grown under climatic conditions with temperature extremes similar
to those of project area for minimum of two years prior to use on this
project.
E. Pl ants that meet the requ i rements spec i fi ed, but do not have the
normal balance of height and spread typical for the respective plant,
shall not be accepted. Substitutions will be permitted only upon
submission of proof that any plant is not obtainable. Submission
shall be made one week prior to commencing work and have the same
essential characteristics and not exceed the bid item being submitted.
F. Determining measurements for trees shall be caliper, height and
spread. Caliper shall be taken 6" above ground for trees up to 4"
caliper and 12" above ground for larger sizes. Height and spread
dimensions specified refer to main body of plant and not from branch
tip-to-tip. Take measurements with branches in normal position.
G. Plants larger in size than those specified may be used, as reviewed by
Architect, at no additional cost to Owner. If use of larger plant is
approved, ball of earth or spread of roots shall be increased
proportionately.
H. Do not prune plants before planting.
2.2 OTHER MATERIALS
A. Florida peat: fertile, friable peat specifically pulverized with a
coarse grind and processed for horticultural use. Peat shall be
highly fibrous in texture and consistently low in soluble salts, rich
in plant nutrients and nematode-free. Peat shall be clean of sticks,
plants, and other foreign matter and have a pH range of 5.5 to 6.5.
B. Topsoil: fertile, friable black soil suitable for horticultural use.
Topsoil shall be capable of sustaining vigorous plant growth and be
clean of sticks, plants, stones, clay and other foreign matter, and
have a pH range of 5.5 to 6.5.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02950-4
SECTION 02950
TREES, SHRUBS AND GROUND COVER
C. Planting soil shall consist of a mixture by volume of 50% Florida peat
and 50% coarse sand salt free and wi thout weeds:' Submi t soil
certification five 'working days prior to commencing W9rk.
D. Planting soil for Sabal Palms shall be coarse sand salt free and
without weeds.
E. Fert il i zer:
1. Commercial fertilizer: complete fertilizer of which 50% nitrogen
is derived from natural organic sources of ureaform. Fertilizer
shall contain the following percentages by weight:
a. 28 percent of nitrogen
b. 8 percent of phosphoric acid
c. 6 percent of potash.
F. Mulch:
1. Mulch: shredded cypress bark mulch (American Wood Products Type
B or equal), maximum size of which shall be no larger than 2
inches across surface.
2. Quartz Eggrock Gravel: 3/4" to maximum 1-1/2".
G. Water:
1. Water used in this work will be supplied by Owner and will be
suitable for irrigation and free from ingredients harmful to
plant life. Provide hose and other watering equipment required
for work. Maintain watering schedule, and water as necessary to
maintain trees, shrubs and groundcover work <of this Section.
H. Materials for Staking and Guying:
1. Rubber Hose: Hose used in staking trees shall be sound rubber
hose, black in color with two-ply fabric and at least 1/2" inside
diameter.
2. Guy Wire: Wire used in staking trees shall be annealed
galvanized steel of No. 12 gage.
3. Twine: Jute twine to be not less than two ply.
4. Bracing Stakes: Between 4'-0" and 10'-0" long of sound, durable,
unfinished lumber capable of withstanding above ground and
underground cond it ions duri ng warranty peri od, with top and
bottom dimensions of 2" x 2" or 2" in diameter or more.
5. Guy Stakes: With top and bottom dimensions 2" x 2" or 2" diameter
minimum and 30" long minimum.
6. Turnbuckles shall be galvanized or dip painted with 3" minimum
lengthwise opening filled with screw eyes. Use one turnbuckle
for each guy.
7. Burlap: Natural fiber burlap.
8. No nailing into trunks of trees or palms shall be allowed.
J. Quartz Eggrock Gravel
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Locations for plants in areas to be planted shall be staked out on
ground and observed by Architect before excavation is begun.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02950-5
SECTION 02950
TREES, SHRUBS AND GROUND COVER
B. Plants required to be balled and burl aped shall be moved with Compact
natural balls of soil firmly wrapped with burlap. Each ball shall be
of sufficient width and depth to encompass fibrous and feeding roots
necessary to insure full recovery and development of plant.
C. No plant removed with ball shall be planted if ball is cracked or
broken. Roots of bare rooted plants shall be suffi c i ent to insure
full recovery and development.
D. Planting stock shall be inspected as required by state or federal law
and upon deli very at premi ses shall be subject to observat i on for
conformity to specification requirements by Architect.
E. Plant material is subject to rejection either at time of delivery or
after planting period; if it does not comply with specification
requirements. Any rejected stock shall be immediately removed from
project site and replaced with specified stock.
3.2 PERFORMANCE
A. Excavation and Planting:
1. Excavation for planting includes excavation of tree pits, shrub
pits, hedge trenches and ground cover beds.
2. Tree pits shall be circular in outline with vertical sides and
flat bottoms. Each tree pit shall be at least 6" deeper than
depth of roots or depth of ball and at least 2'-0" greater than
spread of roots or width of ball.
3. Having attained required depth, should bottom or sides of hole
reveal any material harmful to root growth, such material shall
be removed to depth or width acceptable to Architect.
4. Tree pits shall be located as shown on drawings unless
underground obstructions or other situations are discovered and
shall then be moved only with Architect's review.
5. Shrubs shall be planted in individual pits. Shrubs shall be
planted in pits at least 18" greater than spread of roots and 6"
deeper than depth of roots.
~. Ground cover beds shall be cultivated uniformly 12" deep below
finish grade. An outline of each bed shall be staked for
approval before it is cultivated.
7. Notify Architect in writing immediately of subsurface drainage or
soil conditions which contractor considers detrimental to growth
or survival of plant material. State conditions and submit
proposa 1 for correction i ncl udi ng cost of correction. Obtain
review of method of correction before continuing effected portion
of work.
8. Set plants plumb and straight. Plants shall have same relation-
ship to grade that they had prior to excavation. Locate plant in
center of pi t.
9. Planting shall occur in topsoil which is thoroughly watered and
tamped as backfilling progresses. Topsoil shall be placed in not
more than 6" increments of depth between tampings.
10. Spread out roots of bare rooted plants. Work topsoil carefully
in among them. Cut off broken or frayed roots with clean cut.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02950-6
SECTION 02950
TREES, SHRUBS AND GROUND COVER
11. Prepare planting pits prior to inserting plants. Use planting
soil to backfill plant pits. When plant pits have been
backfi 11 ed approximately 2/3 full, water thoroughly befor.e
installing remainder of soil to top of pit. Balled and burlaped
plants shall have burlap cut away or folded back from top of ball
before applying water.
12. After water has been absorbed, plant hole shall be filled with
topsoil and tamped 1 ightly to grade. Any settl ement shall be
brought to grade with topsoil.
13. Form shallow saucers capable of holding water about each plant by
placing a mound of topsoil around edge of each filled in pit in
accordance with drawings.
14. Only a minimum of fronds shall be removed from the crown of palm
trees to facilitate moving and handling. Burn marks and chain
marks on Saba 1 Palms shall be removed. Saba 1 Palm buds: tied
with a burlap strip to be left in place.
B. Mulch:
1. Mulch planting beds and tree and palm pits.
C. Installation of Erosion Control:
1. Jute mesh: installed with wire staples spaced 3'-0" on center.
2. Mesh: overlapped 4" at edges and 18" at ends.
3. Do not stretch mesh during installation.
D. Guying and Staking:
1. Complete guying and staking of trees immediately after planting.
Plants shall stand plumb after staking and guying.
2. Staking Trees 3-1/2" Caliper and Under: Stake immediately after
planting and maintain stakes and wires until end of warranty
period. Support each tree with two stakes.
3. Guying Trees 4" and Over: Guy immediately after planting and
ma i nta in guys and wi res unt i 1 end of warranty peri od. Pl ace
guys as detailed and fasten to tree with double #12 wire through
suitable length of hose. Draw wire taut and tie inside hose so
that ends are hidden in hose. Support each tree with three guys.
4. Stake palms:
a. Wrap three 18" lengths of 2" x 4" lumber with a minimum of
20 layers of burlap. Anchor with string.
b. Position wrapped lumber equally around palm trunk at a
height above grade providing optimum support.
c. Use wire to anchor wrapped lumber to trunk without slipping.
d. Nail support stakes into wrapped lumber without entering
palm trunk.
E. Fertilizing:
1. Use commercial fertilizer as specified and apply at following
rates:
a. 2 pounds per caliper inch for shade trees
b. 1 pound per caliper inch for small trees
c. 1/4 pound per foot of height (shrubs)
d. 2 pounds per palm (30 days after planting).
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02950-7
...
;;<:p
SECTION 02950
TREES, SHRUBS AND GROUND COVER
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Maintenan~ ~hall begin when project commences and continue only until
written ~~jsional acceptance.
B. 'lanting maintenance shall include necessary watering, cultivation,
weeding, pruning, wound dressing, disease and insect pest control,
protective spraying, replacement or straightening plants which lean or
sag, adjustment of plants which settle or are planted too low, and any
other procedure consistent with good horticultural practice necessary
to insure normal, vigorous and healthy growth of plants under this
contract.
C. Maintain responsibility for use of materials, labor, and equipment;
all injury to plant material shall be corrected and repaired at no
additional expense to Owner.
D. Quantity of water applied at one time shall be sufficient to penetrate
soil to minimum depth of 8" at rate which will prevent saturation of
soil .
E. Keep planting areas free from weeds and undesirable grasses.
F. Inspect plant materials at least once a month to locate any disease or
insect pest infestations. Upon discovery of disease or insect pest
infestation, identify or have identified, nature or species of
infestation and submit proposed method of control to Architect for
review prior to application of control measures.
3.4 CLEANUP
A.' During course of planting excess and waste materials shall be
continuously and promptly removed and reasonable precautions taken to
avoid damage to existing structures and plants.
B. Upon completion,of each portion of work, remove from site: machinery,
equipment, surplus materials and rubbish which was caused to be put on
project site for execution of work.
C. Maintain sidewalks and streets free of dirt, rubbish and stains
throughout progress of work. At completion of landscaping operations
sidewalks shall be left broom clean.
3.5 CARE AND MAINTENANCE
A. Provide the Owner with a written and detailed description for the care
and maintenance of plant material at the time of final inspection.
********************
END OF SECTION 02950
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
02950-8
,
...~
'wi ~
Concrete
DIVISION 3
SECTION 03100
CONCRETE FORMWORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Formwork for cast-in-place concrete, with shoring, bracing and
anchorage.
2. Openings for other work.
3. Form accessories.
4. Anchorage and erection items specified in other sections, for
embedment in concrete.
5. Form stripping.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement.
2. Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. Maintain one copy at the site of all referenced publications for use by
site and inspection personnel.
B. American Concrete Institute (ACI)
1. ACI 347 - Recommended Practice For Concrete Formwork.
2. ACI 301- Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings
1.3 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. Design, engineer and construct formwork, shoring and bracing to conform to
design and code requirements; resultant concrete to conform to required
shape, line and dimension.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: Indicate pertinent dimensions, materials, and bracing.
Provide arrangement of joints and ties for concrete exposed to view.
B. Submi t shop drawi ngs signed and sealed by State of Flori da reg i stered
Professional Engineer who prepared calculations indicating drawings were
prepared under his direct supervision.
a. Provide additional copies of drawings and data for Enforcement Agency,
and Special Inspector under Florida law, to comply with Threshold
Building Requirements.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Do not use form release materials which are detrimental to the application
of:
1. Sprayed-on Cellulose Insulation/Acoustical Material.
2. Elastomeric Coating - Exterior
3. Latex Satin Paint - Interior
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
03100-1
SECTION 03100
CONCRETE FORMWORK
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 WOOD FORM MATERIALS.
,
~
~,
~,..>-...
A. Form Materials: At the discretion of the Contractor providing required
finish.
B. Comply with ACI 347.
2.2 FORMWORK ACCESSORIES
A. Form Ties:
1. Adjustable to permit tightening of forms leaving no metal closer than
1-1/2" to surface.
2. Ties: Commercially manufactured. Wire and band iron are not
acceptable.
3. Holes left in concrete after tie removal: Not to exceed 7/8" diameter
at finish concrete surface, and no deeper than largest diameter.
B. Form Release Agent: Colorless mineral oil which will not stain concrete,
or absorb moisture.
C. Corners:
1. Chamfered
2. Wood strip 3/4 inch; maximum possible lengths.
D. Nails, Spikes, Lag Bolts, Through Bolts, Anchorages: of size, strength and
character to maintain formwork in place while placing concrete.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify lines, levels and centers before proceeding with formwork. Ensure
that dimensions agree with approved shop Drawings.
3.2 ERECTION - FORMWORK
A. Provide bracing to ensure stabil ity of formwork. Shore or strengthen
formwork subject to overstressing by construction loads.
B. Arrange and assemble formwork to permit dismantling and stripping.
C. Align joints and make watertight. Keep form joints to a minimum.
D. Do not frame openings in structural members which are not indicated on
Drawings without written approval from Architect.
E. Provide chamfer strips on corners of curbs and where shown on drawings.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
03100-2
SECTION 03100
CONCRETE FORMWORK
3.3 APPLICATION - FORM RELEASE AGENT
,"
A. AppJ/ form -r-tij.~ase agent on formwork in accordance wi th manufacturer's
recommendations.
B. Apply prior to placement of reinforcing steel, anchoring devices, and
embedded items.
C. Do not apply form rel ease agent where concrete surfaces wi 11 recei ve
special finishes or applied coverings which may be affected by agent. Soak
inside surfaces of untreated forms with clean water. Keep surfaces coated
prior to placement of concrete.
3.4 INSERTS, EMBEDDED PARTS, AND OPENINGS
A. Provide formed openi ngs where requi red for items to be embedded in or
passing through concrete work.
B. Locate and set in place items which will be cast directly into concrete.
C. Coordinate related work in forming and placing openings, recesses, chases,
bolts, anchors, and other inserts.
D. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions,
straight, level, and plumb. Ensure items are not disturbed during concrete
placement.
E. Provide temporary ports or openings in formwork where required to
facilitate cleaning and inspection. Locate openings at bottom of forms to
allow flushing water to drain.
F. Close temporary openings with tight fitting panels, flush with inside face
of forms, and neatly fitted so joints will not be apparent in exposed
concrete surfaces.
3.5 FORM CLEANING
A. Clean and remove foreign matter within forms as erection proceeds.
B. Clean formed cavities of debris prior to placing concrete.
C. Flush with water or use compressed air to remove remaining foreign matter.
Ensure that water and debris drain to exterior through clean-out ports.
3.6 FORMWORK TOLERANCES
A. Construct formwork to maintain tolerances required by ACI 301.
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Examine erected formwork, shoring, and bracing to ensure that work is in
accordance with formwork design, and that supports, fastenings, wedges,
ties, and items are secure.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
03100-3
SECTION 03100
CONCRETE FORMWORK
B.
Do not reuse or patch damaged formwork for Type F-2 concrete surfaces.
. ~ .,,---
.
,
...,-
3.8 FORM REMOVAL
A. Do not remove forms or bracing until concrete has gained sufficient
strength to carry its own weight and imposed loads.
B. Form ties not required to hold forms in place may be removed after 24
hours.
C. Formwork not supporting weight of concrete such as sides of curbs and
similar parts of the work, may be removed after cumulative curing at not
less than 50 degrees F. for 24 hours after placing the concrete, providing
the concrete is sufficiently cured to be undamaged by form removal
operations.
D. Formwork supporting weight of concrete such as slabs and other structural
elements may not be removed in less than 14 days or until concrete has
attained 75% of design strength at 28 days.
1. Design strength of cast-in-place concrete having supporting forms
removed before 14 day time period shall be determined by testing field
cured and laboratory cured concrete specimens representative of the
concrete.
a. Concrete specimens and compressive strength tests for early form
removal shall be made and tested by the Independent Testing
Laboratory and paid for by the Contractor.
E. Form facing material may be removed 4 days after placement if shores and
other vertical supports have been designed and arranged to permit removal
of form facing material without loosening or disturbing shores and
supports.
F. Loosen forms carefully. Do not wedge pry bars, hammers, or tools against
Type F-2 finish concrete surfaces.
G. Store removed forms in manner that surfaces to be in contact with fresh
concrete will not be damaged. Discard damaged forms.
3.9 SCHEDULES
A. Facing Materials:
1. Provide forms capable of producing finished concrete surfaces as
outlined below.
2. Forms for F-l and F-2 finish are required as scheduled below on formed
concrete surfaces unless indicated otherwise.
B. Forms for Type F-l, Rough Form Finish:
1. Use to form concrete concealed from view in the finished construction.
2. No selected form facing material is required.
3. Patch tie holes and defects.
4. Chip or rub off fins exceeding 1/4" in height. Leave surface with the
texture imparted by the forms.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
03100-4
SECTION 03100
CONCRllE FORMWORK
C. Forms for Type F-2, Smooth Form Finish:
1. Use to form concrete exposed to view that is not subject to additional
architectural finish requirements, other than painting.
2. Use form facing material to ~roduce a smooth, hard, uniform texture on
the concrete.
a. Facing material: Plywood, tempered concrete-form-grade
hardboard, metal, paper or other approved material capable of
producing the desired finish.
3. The arrangement of the facin~ material: Orderly and symmetrical with
the number of seams kept to the practical minimum.
4. Do not use materi a 1 wi th raised gra in, torn surfaces, worn edges,
patches, dents or other defects which will impair the texture of the
concrete. ;
S. Patch tie holes and defects. Completely remove fins.
********************
END OF SECTION 03100
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
03100-5
SECTION 03200
CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
~
SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Steel reinforcing bars.
2. Welded wire fabric.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 02800
2. Section 03300
3. Section 04200
,.
(
.0.____
- SITE IMPROVEMENTS
- CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE.
- UNIT MASONRY
1.2 REFERENCES
A. Maintain one copy at the site of all referenced publications for use by
site and inspection personnel.
B. American Concrete Institute (ACI)
1. ACI 301 - Structural Concrete for Buildings.
2. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements For Reinforced Concrete.
3. ACI 315 Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete
Structures.
4. ACI SP-66 - Detailing Manual.
C. American National Standards Institute, American Society for Testing and
Materials (ANSI/ASTM)
1. ANSI/ASTM A-18S - Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, for Concrete
Reinforcement.
D. American National Standards Institute, American Welding Society (ANSI/AWS)
1. ANSI/AWS 01.4 - Structural Welding Code for Reinforcing Steel.
2. ANSI/AWS 012.1 - Reinforcing Steel Welding Code.
E. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
1. ASTM A-61S: Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars
for Concrete Reinforcement.
2. ASTM A-706/A - Specification for Low Alloy Steel Deformed Bars for
Concrete Reinforcement.
F. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI)
1. "Manual of Standard Practice".
2. CRSI - "Placing Reinforcing Bars.
3. CRSI - "Recommended Practice For Placing Bar Supports, Specifications
and Nomenclature."
1. 3 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: Show size and quantity of cast-in-place concrete
reinforcement, method of support and fastening, bending and placing
schedules, diagrams, wall elevations and plans, material grades and
relation of reinforcement to adjacent materials.
B. Submit weldability properties of ASTM A615 reinforcement.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 REINFORCEMENT
A. Reinforcing Steel Bars:
1. ASTM A615, Grade 60 deformed billet steel bars.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
03200-1
SECTION 03200
CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
B.
2. ASTM A706, Grade 60 for reinforcement to be welded or ASTM A61S, Grade
60 meetins weldability requirements of ASTM A706 an9 ANSI/AWS 01.4.
Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM AI8S, flat sheets.
'wi
--
2.2 ACCESSORY MATERIALS
A. Supports for Reinforcement: Provide supports for reinforcement including
bolsters, chairs, spacers and other devices for spacing, supporting and
fastening reinforcement in place, in accordance with the recommendations
and details of the Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute.
B. Tie Wire: Minimum 16 gage annealed type
2.3 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate reinforcing in accordance with ACI 318
B. Weld reinforcement in accordance with ANSI/AWS 01.4.
C. Locate reinforcing splices not indicated on Drawings, at point of minimum
stress. Review location of splices with Architect.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Perform work in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 318.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Keep uncoated reinforcement free from rust, scale, dirt, and physical
injury.
B. Place, support and secure reinforcement against displacement. Do not
deviate from required position.
C. Secure reinforcement against displacement with tie wire or other clips or
ties.
********************
END OF SECTION 03200
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
03200-2
SECTION 03300
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
,,-
, :
~J
A. Section Includes:
1. Cast-in-place concrete.
2. Placing anchors and inserts.
3. Installation of embedded items specified in other Sections.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 03100 - Concrete Formwork
2. Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement
3. Section 03412 - Precast Concrete Panels (Bid Group 2)
4. Section 03420 - Precast Concrete Sections (Bid Group 2)
5. Section 03600 - Grout
6. Division 2, 15 and 16.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. Maintain one copy of all referenced publ ications for use by site and
inspection personnel.
B. American Concrete Institute (ACI)
1. ACI 211.1 - Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal,
Heavyweight, and Mass Concrete.
2. ACI 301 - Structural Concrete for Buildings.
3. ACI 302 - Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction.
4. ACI 304 - Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and
Placing Concrete.
5. ACI 305R - Hot Weather Concreting.
6. ACI 308 - Standard Practice for Curing Concrete.
7. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete.
8. ACI SP-1S - Field Reference Manual.
C. Ameri can Nat i ona 1 Standards Institute, Ameri can Soci ety for Testing and
Materials (ANSI/ASTM)
1. ANSI/ASTM 0-994 - Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete
(Bituminous Type).
2. ANSI/ASTM 0-1190 - Concrete Joint Sealer, Hot-Poured Elastic Type.
3. ANSI/ASTM 0-1751 - Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete
Paving and Structural Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient
Bituminous Types).
4. ANSI/ASTM 0-1752 - Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint
Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction.
D. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
1. ASTM A-I08 - Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Cold-Finished,
Standard Quality.
2. ASTM A-496 - Specification for Steel Wire, Deformed, for Concrete
Reinforcement.
3. ASTM B-221 - Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded
Bars, Rods, Wire, Shapes and Tubes.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
03300-1
SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
4. ASTM C-33 - Specification for Concrete Aggregates.
S. ASTM C-42 - Test Method for Obtaining'and T~sting Drilled Cores and
Sawed Beams of Concrete. ,
6. ASTM C-94 - Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete.
7. ASTM C-1S0 - Specification for Portland Cement.
8. ASTM C-1S7 - Specification for Test Method for Length Change of
Hardened Hydraulic-Cement Mortar and Concrete.
9. ASTM C-260 - Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete.
10. ASTM C-494 - Specification for Chemicals Admixtures for Concrete.
11. ASTM C-618 - Specification for Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural
Pozzolan for Use as a Minteral Admixture in Portland Cement Concrete.
E. American Welding Society (AWS).
1. AWS 01.1 Structural Welding Code - Steel.
F. American Association State Highway Transportation Officials:
1. AASHTO T-260-84 - Method of Sampling and Testing for Total Chloride
Ion in Concrete and Concrete Raw Materials.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Mix Designs:
1. Submit substantiating data for each concrete mix design contemplated
for use to Architect not less than six weeks prior to first concrete
placement. Include the following:
a. Mix identification designation unique for each mix submitted.
b. Statement of intended use (location) for each mix.
c. Mix proportions, including admixtures used.
d. Manufacturer's data and/or cert i fi cat ions veri fyi ng conformance
of mix materials, including admixtures, with specified
requirements.
e. Wet and dry unit weight.
f. Entrained air content.
g. Design slump.
h. Required average strength qualification data per ACI 301. Submit
separate qualification data for each production facility which
will supply concrete to project.
i. Actual trial mix data or field test data per ACI 301 used to
calculate average strength qualification data. When field test
data is used to qualify average strength, submit copies of field
test reports.
2. Separate design mixes are required for each strength and density of
concrete, each change in type and/or quantity of mix materials
including admixtures; each change in slump limits, and each change in
entrained air content.
3. For concrete placed by pumping, separate mix designs are required for
each 100 feet of vertical or horizontal distance from pump to point of
discharge. This requirement may be waived if evidence acceptable to
Architect is submitted demonstrating, by previ ous successful
experience, that proposed mix will meet requirements of these
specifications, when sampled at point of discharge, over full range of
distance required.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
03300-2
SECTION 03300
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
B. Product Data:
1. Application and installation instructions for proprietary materials
including admixtures and patching compounds\.
2. Submit curing compound product data and verification of its
compatibility with other finish materials and surface required.
C. Submit materials certificates, mill test reports and materials laboratory
tests reports attesting that each material item compiles with or exceeds
specified requirements.
D. Submit one sample copy of concrete batch trip ticket containing information
as specified in ASTM C-94 paragraph entitled "Batch Ticket/Information:"
including additional information listed for certification purposes.
Clearly show amount of water for entire batch which may be added in field
that will not exceed water cement ratio specified by concrete design.
E. Record Documents: Submit record listing time and date of placement of
concrete. Include elapsed time between batching and placing of concrete.
Keep record until completion of project, make available to Architect on
request.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform concrete work in accordance with ACI 301 as modified in this
Section.
B. Acquire cement and aggregate from same source for all work.
C. Conform to ACI 30SR when concreting during hot weather.
D. Be responsible for coordination of electrical boxes, utility and equipment
lines which are concealed including plumbing, electrical, telephone and
security/communications systems.
1.5 UNIT PRICES
A. Provide unit prices indicated on Bid Form in event additions to or
deductions from Work are required and authorized by a written order from
Architect.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. Portland Cement: ASTM C-150, Type I.
1. Use only one manufacturer and type of cement for each mix design.
B. Normal weight aggregates: ASTM C-33.
C. Water: Clean fresh potable. Free from oils or other substances injurious
to concrete or reinforcement.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
03300-3
SECTION 03300
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
D. Air Entraining Admixture: ASTM C-260.
E. Water Reducing Admixture: ASTM C-494, Type A, containing no chloride added '
during manufacture, Acceptable Products: -~,
1. "Eucon Super WR-75"; Euclid Chemical Co.
2. "Pozzolith Normal"., Master Builders.
3. "Plastocrete 161"; Sika Chemical Corporation.
F. High Range Water Reducing (HRWR) Admixture (Super Plasticizer): ASTM C-
494, Type F or G containing not more than 0.1% chloride ions, optional.
Acceptable Products:
1. "Eucon 37"; Euclid Chemical Co.
2. "Rheobuild 716 or 1000"; Master Builders.
G. Accelerators are not permitted.
H. Retarding admixtures and water reducing and retarding admixtures: ASTM C-
494, Type B and Type 0 respectively. Acceptable Products:
1. Eucon Retarder-75, Euclid Chemical Co.
2. Pozzolith Retarder, Master Builders.
3. Plastocrete 161R, Sika.
I. Certification: Provide written conformance to the above mentioned
requirements and chloride ion content required prior to mix design review
by Architect.
2.2 EXPANSION MATERIAL
A. ACI 301
B. Fiber Expansion Joint:
1. 1/2" thickness. Conform to ASTM 0-1751.
2.3 EMBEDDED ITEMS:
A. Embedded items: Do not displace reinforcing bars.
B. Rated or specified capacity of embedded items: Not to be construed as
design capacity of supporting concrete members.
C. Steel Plates, Bars and Structural Shapes: Conform to ASTM A-36.
D. Deformed Bar Anchors - Comply with ASTM A-496, Fy=70,000 psi.
E. Headed Concrete Anchors.
1. Comply with ASTM A-I08.
2. Type with Ceramic Ferrules: Compatible with arc-welding process (AWS
01.1) .
2.4 RELATED MATERIALS
A. Curing compound: Comply with ASTM C-309, Unit moisture loss, pound per
square foot at 72 hours shall not exceed .642 psf.
1. Masterseal or MasterKure; Master Builders.
2. Architect approved equivalent.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
03300-4
SECTION 03300
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
B.
Bonding Compound:
1. Polyvinyl acetate type, rewettable. Acceptable Manu(acturers~
a. Euco Weld; Euclid Chemical Co.
b. Weldcrete; Larson Products.
c. Thorobond; Standard Dry Wall.
d. Everbond; L & M Construction Products, Inc.
'wi
--
C.
Epoxy Adhesive: 100% solids, 100% reactive, two component compound
suitable for use on dry or damp surfaces.
1. Acceptable Products:
a. Euco Epoxy #463 or #615; Euclid Chemical Co.
b. Sikadu Hi-Mod, Sika Chemical Corporation.
c. Permunite; L & M Construction Products, Inc.
D.
Refer to Section 07210 - BUILDING INSULATION for rigid foam filler and
insulation in floor slabs.
2.5 EPOXY JOINT FILLER
A. Three (3) component, 100% solids, compound, with a minimum shore 0 hardness
of 50.
1. Acceptable Manufacturers:
a. Euco Epoxy. #600 or #700; Euclid Chemical Company.
b. Sikadur Lo-Mod, Sika Chemical Corporation.
c. MM-80, Metzger-McGuire
2.6 CONCRETE PROPORTIONING AND DESIGN OF MIXES
A. Proportion ingredients and design concrete mixes in accordance with ACI 301
as modified in this Section.
B. Durabil ity:
1. Air-entrained with 5% to 7% entrained and entrapped air.
C. Admixtures:
1. Provide water reducing or water reducing and retarding admixture
speCified in design mix for concrete.
2. Hot Weather Conditions: When ambient temperature exceeds 90 degrees
F. and/or placing conditions required retardation of setting time
Architect may require a change from Type A (normal) admixture to Type
o (retarding) formulation of water reducing admixture. Concrete
temperature not to exceed 100 degrees F.
3. When increased workabil ity, pumpabil i ty, lower water-cement ratio,
shrinkage and permeability reduction is required, use HRWR admixture
(Super Plasticizer).
D. Selection of Proportion of Ingredients:
1. Prepare design mixes for each type of concrete used in construction.
a. Proportion mixes to obtain compressive strengths indicated on the
drawings.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
03300-5
SECTION 03300
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
-,1.--
.
,
~~-
b. Where compressive strength is not indicated, obtain minimum 4000
psi 28 day strength.
2. Field records used to demonstrate that proposed proportions will
produce required average strength must be of tests made within last 12
months and have same water cement ratio and, cement type and
manufacturer as proposed mix proportions.
a. Comply with ACI 211.1 and ACI 301 as modified by the following:
1) Determine maximum allowable unit shrinkage expressed in
percentage of length in accordance with ASTM C-157, based
upon average value of three (3) 4 inch x 4 inch x 11 inch
specimens after 21 days of actual drying time; total 28 days
after casting.
a) Maximum allowable shrinkage strain value for concrete
mixes: 400 millionths with an allowable variation of
15%.
2) Submit written reports of each proposed concrete mix not
less than 15 days prior to start of work. Do not proceed
with concrete production until mixes have been reviewed by
Architect.
3. Adjustment of Concrete Mixes: Concrete mix design adjustments may be
requested when characteristics of materials, project conditions,
weather. test results or other circumstances warrant.
a. Submit laboratory test reports for revised 'mix designs and
strength results to Architect for review before use of revised
concrete mixes in the Work.
E. Sl ump:
1. ACI 301.
2. Pumped Concrete: 5 1/2".
3. Other Structural Concrete: 3".
F. Chloride Ion Content:
1. The chloride ion content shall not exceed 0.15% of the weight of the
cement, or 0.06% for prestressed concrete.
2. Test chloride ion content in accordance with AASHTO T-260.
3. Obtain test samples from well cured concrete aged at least 28 days.
2.7 PRODUCTION OF CONCRETE
A. Produce and deliver concrete in accordance with ACI 301 and as modified in
this Section. Produce and deliver concrete during hot weather in
accordance with ACI 305R.
B. Ready Mixed Concrete:
1. Discharge concrete after introduction of mixing water to cement and
aggregate or introduction of cement to aggregate within 90 minutes
when air temperature is below 80 degrees F.
2. During hot weather, or under conditions contributing to rapid setting
of concrete, a shorter maximum discharge time than specified in ASTM
C-94 is required.
a. Discharge concrete after introduction of mixing water to cement
and aggregate or introduction of cement to aggregate within 75
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
03300-6
SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
mi nutes when air temperature is between 80 degrees F and 90
degrees F.
b. Discharge concrete within 60 minutes when air temperature is
above 90 degrees F.
2.8 TESTING & INSPECTION
A. Contractor is responsible for quality control.
1. Inspection or testing by Owner does not rel ieve Contractor of his
responsibility to perform Work in accordance with Contract Documents.
2. Workmanship: Correct concrete work which does not conform to specified
requirements, including strength, tolerances and finishes.. Correct
deficient concrete by means acceptable to Architect.
B. Testing Laboratory Review:
1. Pri or to start of concreting operations, Testing Laboratory will
review, with representatives of Contractor's quality control staff,
facilities that will be used on production of concrete for Project.
a. Review will address the following qualification data for each
production facility:
1) Type and condition of equipment.
2) Calibration of measuring devices.
3) Sources of aggregate and cement.
4) Sieve analysis of aggregate samples, mill tests.
5) Methods of storage of aggregate and cement.
6) Mixing procedures, including distance from site.
7) Trip ticket sample.
8) Admixtures that will be used, including special procedures
required.
9) Other items which, in opinion of Testing Laboratory, are
important elements in production of concrete.
b. Testing Laboratory will report results of review to Owner and
Architect. .
1) Report will identify equipment and procedures which require
modification in order to assure quality of concrete.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine construction and conditions under which work will be performed.
B. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected.
3.2 GENERAL
A. Notify Testing Laboratory 24 hours before starting concrete placement.
B. Coordinate requirements for installation of embedded items specified and
furnished in other Sections. Obtain templates and instructions for setting
embedded items.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
03300-7
SECTION 03300
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
1.
Coordinate work with requirements for mechanical,
telephone, security/communications equipment, access
re 1 ated items.
electrical,
panels and
,
.
. .
3.3 PLACING CONCRETE
A. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 301.
B. Just prior to discharging truck-mixed concrete, mix each truck of concrete
minimum 70 revolutions of mixer drum at full mixing speed.
C. Vibrate and consolidate concrete in accordance with ACI 309.
D. During hot weather, place concrete in accordance with ACI 30SR.
3.4 TOLERANCES
A. Comply with ACI 301.
B. Concrete topping thickness indicated on drawings is mlnlmum required.
Increase thickness as required to maintain finish tolerances.
3.5 FIELD TESTS & INSPECTIONS
A. Field testing and inspections will be performed by testing laboratory.
B. Perform concrete testing in accordance with specifications of ACI 301 and
as follows:
1. Mold and cure four (4) specimens from each sample.
2. Compressive strength tests: One set of specimens for each 50 cubic
yards or fraction thereof of each type of concrete placed in one day;
one specimen tested at 7 days, two specimens tested at 28 days and one
specimen held in reserve.
3. In addition to cylinders cured under standard conditions, Testing
Laboratory will prepare duplicate sets of two cylinders to be field
cured under conditions equal to cure for corresponding concrete pours.
a. Such cylinders will be tested only when questions concerning
strength are involved.
b. Costs of such tests will be paid for by Contractor.
c. Test results will be distributed to Architect, Owner, and
Contractor.
4. Concrete Temperature: Test each time a set of specimens is made.
5. a. Slump Test: Make one test for each set of compressive strength
specimens. Make additional test as directed by Architect.
b. Take test at point of truck discharge for Ready-Mix concrete and
at point of mixer discharge for on site mixing.
6. Chloride Ion Test: Each 50 cubic yards of concrete placed. Sample at
point of placement.
7. Collect concrete batch trip tickets. Identify compressive and slump
tests made to representative samples of concrete referred to by trip
tickets.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
03300-8
SECTION 03300
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
C. Notify Architect and Contractor immediately of trip tickets not as
specified.
I:
.. ,i
'.
D. Notify Architect and Contractor immediately when amount of water in a ba~h
of concrete exceeds that allowed in design mix.
E. Verify that concrete is fully discharged from mixers before mix begins to
set and within 1-1/2 hours maximum from time of batching.
F. Check quantity and type of admixtures for compliance with design
requirements and secure Architect's written approval for use of additional
admixtures in concrete.
G. Obtain mill test reports for each shipment of cement used in to concrete
for Project.
H. Additional Tests for Concrete Work:
1. Testing Laboratory will make additional tests of in-place-concrete
work as directed by Architect when test results indicate that
specified concrete strengths and other characteristics have not been
attained in structure.
a. Conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored
cylinders complying with ASTM C-42.
b. Costs of such test wi 11 be borne by Owner if test resul ts
indicate conformance with Contract Documents. Such tests
indicating nonconformance with Contract Documents will be paid by
Contractor including additional architectural and engineering
services made necessary by such nonconformance.
c. Cost of other additional tests including load tests and/or other
nondestructive tests directed by Architect or conducted by
Contractor to prove adequacy of concrete work shall be borne by
Contractor including additional architectural and engineering
services made necessary by such tests.
d. Strength of structure in place will be considered to be
potentially deficient if it fails to comply with requirement
which controls strength of structure, including but not
necessarily limited to conditions listed in ACI 301.
e. Inspections or testing performed exclusively for Contractor's
convenience is sole responsibility of Contractor.
3.6 REPAIR OF SURFACE DEFECTS
A. Defects less than one inch deep and not exposing reinforcing:
1. Comply with ACI 301.
2. Use specified bonding compound or epoxy adhesive.
3. Provide mortar patching grout to fill pockets left in concrete walls
or slabs as specified in Section 03600.
4. Place premixed patching mortar in accordance with directions of
specified bonding compound or epoxy adhesive manufacturer.
5. Wi th pri or approval by Arch itect as to method and procedures, for
structural repairs use specified epoxy adhesive and/or epoxy mortar.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
03300-9
SECTION 03300
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
B.
,
Defects one inch and greater or Exposing Reinforcing:
1. ~.Chip to sound concrete and clean thoroughly to remove loose concrete
and dust. Apply thin coat of specified epoxy adhesive.
'wi 2. -"Form and pour, or dry pack with specified pre-gravel repair grout,
prior to development of tack-free condition of epoxy bonder. Strip
forms after grout has hardened and provide specified finish.
3. Moist cure or apply specified clear curing and sealing compound
immediately after finishing.
3.7 SLABS
A. Construct concrete slabs in accordance with ACI 301 as modified in this
Section.
B. Finishing Tolerances
1. Comply with ACI 301:
2. Test unformed surfaces such as monolithic slabs for smoothness and to
verify surface plane finish to tolerances specified for each surface
and finish. Correct low and high areas as specified.
a. Test unformed surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope,
measuring to plane tolerance by using a template cut to required
slope.
3. Repair finished unformed surfaces that have defects which adversely
affect durability of concrete or finish.
a. Unacceptable surface defects include, but are not necessarily
limited to: crazing, cracks in excess of 0.01 inch wide or which
penetrate to reinforcement or completely through non-reinforced
concrete regardless of width, spalling, pop-outs, honeycomb, rock
pockets and other objectionable conditions as determined by
Architect.
b. Correct high areas in unformed surfaces by grinding after
concrete has cured at least 14 days.
c. Correct low areas in unformed surfaces during or immediately
after completion of surface finishing operations by cutting out
low areas and replacing with fresh concrete. Finish repaired
areas to blend into adjacent concrete surfaces.
1) Propri etary concrete patchi ng compounds may be used when
approved by Architect.
3.8 CURING
A. Cure concrete in accordance with requirements of ACI 301.
B. Cure interior concrete slabs, with specified curing compound.
1. Do not use liquid curing compound on surfaces against which additional
concrete or other material is to be bonded unless it is proven that
curing compound will not prevent bond or unless measures are taken to
remove it completely from areas to receive bonded application.
C. Apply curing compounds within 30 minutes after final finishing. Apply
curing compound at coverage rate specified by manufacturer.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
03300-10
SECTION 03300
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
j
D. Ensure curing compound is compatible with concrete penetrating sealer and
other materials scheduled to be applied over concrete surfacei.
E. Curing in hot weather: Cure concrete in accordance with'ACI 305R.
. -
3.9 FINISHES
A. Finish concrete slabs in accordance with requirements of ACI 301.
B. Float Finish: Apply float finish to monolithic slab surfaces that are to
receive trowel finish. Finish to a Class B tolerance.
C. Trowel Finish: Unless directed otherwise by Architect, apply steel finish
to monolithic slab surfaces. Finish to a Class B tolerance.
1. Do not steel trowel slab surfaces scheduled to receive cementitous
topping.
D. Non-Skid Broom Finish: Apply light broom finish to concrete stair treads,
platforms and ramps. Broom finish, by drawing a fine-hair broom across
concrete perpendicular to line of traffic. Repeat operation if required to
provide fine 1 ine texture acceptable to Architect. Apply broom finish
after final joint tooling.
E. Finishing of Formed Surfaces: Provide smooth form finish for concrete
surfaces exposed to view and concrete surfaces scheduled to receive surface
finish.
********************
END OF SECTION 03300
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
03300-11
SECTION 03520
INSULATING CONCRETE DECKS
PART 1 - GENERAL
.1 .1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Lightweight insulating concrete fill with integral insulation boards
placed over precast concrete roof deck substrate.
2. Perimeter joint filler.
B. Related sections:
1. Section 03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
2. Section 03410 - PRECAST CORED PLANKS
3 Section 03420 - PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS
4. Section 07530 - SINGLE PLY ROOFING
S. Section 07720 - ROOF ACCESSORIES
6. Section 07900 - JOINT SEALERS
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASTM C138 - Test Methods for Unit Weight, Yield and Air Content
(Gravimetric) of Concrete.
B. ASTM ClSO - Specification for Portland Cement.
C. ASTM C177 - Standard Test Method for Steady-State Heat Flux Measurements
and Thermal Transmi ss ion Properties by Means of the Guarded-Hot- Pl ate
Apparatus.
D. ASTM C260 - Specification for Air Entraining Admixtures for Concrete.
E. ASTM C332 - Specification for Lightweight Aggregates for Insulating
Concrete.
F. ASTM C33 - Specification for Concrete Aggregates.
G. ASTM ClSO - Specification for Portland Cement.
H. ASTM C495 - Test Method for Compressive Strength of Lightweight Insulating
Concrete.
I, ASTM C518 - Standard Test Method for Steady-State Heat Flux Measurements
and Thermal Transmi ss i on Propert i es by Means of the Heat Flow Meter
Apparatus.
J. Factory Mutual System Approval Guide, 1991.
K. Underwriters Laboratories - Fire Resistance Directory, 1991.
1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Design Requirements
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
03520-1
SECTION 03520 INSULATING CONCRETE DECKS
1. Provide installation and materials to conform to UL Design No. P910.
/
B. Performa~e Requir~~ts
1. Win~uplift resistance: Deck system tested, approved and listed in
Factory Mutual System Approval Guide for FM Class 1-90 Wind Uplift
Rating.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Provide physical characteristics, thermal values, and
product limitations of all components of the system.
B. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate product installation
criteria, environmental and curing requirements.
C. Shop Drawings: Layout indicating drainage patterns, proposed elevations,
board patterns and interfacing requirements with adjacent materials.
1. Submit manufacturers details for venting of system.
D. Test Reports:
1. Submit test reports from an Independent Testing Laboratory acceptable
to Architect and Construction Manager, showing compliance with Factory
Mutual Wind Resistance classification.
2. Submit laboratory test results for Thermal Resistance Values based on
ASTM C 177 or C 518.
1.5 WARRANTY
A. Provide Owner with an Insulating Concrete Warranty:
1. The lightweight insulating concrete roof deck shall be warranted for
a minimum 80% of Design Thermal Resistance. The insulation will
remain "re-roofable" for the warranty period. The insulation will
remain in place if the roof membrane sustains wind damage.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer qualifications:
1. Company specializing in placing lightweight concrete fill material
specified in this Section with minimum five years documented
experience and approved by manufacturer.
B. Regulatory Requirements:
1. Comply with local codes and ordinances.
2. Wind Uplift Resistance: Deck system tested, approved and listed in
Factory Mutual System Approval Guide for FM Class 1-90 Wind Uplift
Resistance rating.
3. Energy Efficiency Code for Building Construction; State of Florida,
Department of Community Affairs.
C. Certifications:
1. Upon completion of roof deck work, furnish the roof deck system
manufacturer's certificate stating the lightweight insulating concrete
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
03520-2
SECTION 03520
INSULATING CONCRETE DECKS
, '~as applied by an applicator approved by the manufacturer, and system
'~ ~as applied in compliance with manufacturer instructions.
2. Compliance with Florida Energy Efficiency Code for Building
Construction, 1991; compliance with R values indicated.
D. Pre-Installation Conference
1. Comply with pre-installation and pre-application conference
requirements of Section 07530 for coordination and interfacing work
requirements.
E. Thermal Resistance values: Thermal conductivity of insulating concrete
shall be based on laboratory testing of dry materials in accordance with
ASTM C 177 or C 518. Thermal conductivity based on 40 degrees mean
temperature.
1.7 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials in manufacturers original undamaged containers and
packing.
B. Store packaged material to protect materi a 1 from the elements and from
physical damage.
1. Do not use cement that shows indication of moisture damage, caking, or
other deterioration.
1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Do not place lightweight insulating concrete when ambient temperature is at
or above 1100F.
B. 'Do not place lightweight insulating concrete on surfaces covered with
'standing water.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable manufacturer for lightweight insulating concrete:
1. W.R. Grace (NVS Roof Deck System).
2. Strong-Lite Products Corporation, Pine Bluff, Arkansas.
3. Air Light Processing Corp. of Florida, Vero Beach, Florida.
4. Architect approved equivalent.
B. "Foamed" concrete or cellular lightweight insulating concrete types are not
acceptable.
2.2 MATERIALS
A, Cement: ASTM C150, Portland Type I - Normal.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
03520-3
SECTION 03520
INSULATING CONCRETE DECKS
B. Lightweight Aggregate: ASTM C332; Group I, vermiculite.
C. Concrete Materials: ASTM C33 small aggregate and water.
D. Air Ent ra i nment Agent: Type recommended and approved by 1 i ghtwe i ght
insulating concrete system manufacturer.
E. Water: Potable, clean and free from deleterious amounts of organic
material, chloride, and other impurities.
F. Insulation board: One pound density rigid polystyrene insulation board
with bonding and venting slots, as required by Factory Mutual and UL.
Provide FM or UL approval label for wind uplift rating on each bundle.
1. Stepped insulation system: thickness as required to maintain average
R resistance value of 20 for the roof system at the low point of the
roof, or a minimum U value for the system of .05 Btuh/hr/sq. ft.
G. Calcium chloride or any admixture containing chloride salts are not
permitted.
2.3 ACCESSORIES
A. Perimeter Joint Filler as Required by Manufacturer: Glass fiber strips,
compressible to 50 percent original thickness under load of 25 with full
recovery; (ASTM C-612).
B. Vents: Type recommended by lightweight aggregate manufacturer.
2.4 CONCRETE MIX
A. General: Design lightweight insulating concrete mix to produce the
following minimum physical properties.
1. Wet Density at Paint of Placement: 60 pcf, when tested in accordance
with ASTM C 138.
2. Oven-Dry Density: 38 pcf, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 495.
3. Compressive Strength: Minimum 300 psi, when tested in accordance with
ASTM C 495.
B. Cement to aggregate ratio: 1:3:5 CF,
C. Minimum amount of water required to produce a workable mix.
0, Comply with lightweight insulating concrete manufacturer recommendations
for maximum air content.
2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Tests:
1. Coordinate fastener testing and other testing as required with Section
07530.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
03520-4
SECTION 03520
INSULATING CONCRETE DECKS
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine prior construction and conditions under which work will be
performed.
B. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory condit ions have been
corrected.
C. Ver~fy that deck surface is suita~le to receive work of this Section.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Control Joints: Install control joints at perimeter of roof deck and at
junctures with vertical surfaces, including curbs, walls, and vents, for
full depth of insulating concrete, as recommended by the manufacturer of
Insulating Concrete System.
1. Provide I-inch wide expansion joint material for roof areas with
dimensions up to 100 ft. in length; 1-1/2 inches thick for roof area
dimensions exceeding 100 ft.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Pl ace 1 ightweight i nsul at i ng concrete in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions, using equipment and procedures to avoid segregation of mix
and loss of air content. Depos i t and screed in a cont i nuous operat i on
until an entire panel or section or roof area is completed. Do not vibrate
or work mix except for screeding or floating. Place lightweight insulating
concrete to depths and slopes as shown on approved shop drawings. Leave
top surface in acceptable condition to receive subsequent roofing
app 1 i cat ion;.
B. Begin curing operations immediately after placement, and air cure for not
less than three days in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
C. Provide temporary protection of removable waterproof covering to prevent
direct exposure to moisture.
3.4 CURING
A Air cure in accordance with light weight aggregate manufacturer's
instructions.
A. Protect insulating concrete from excess evaporation of surface moisture.
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Field inspection and testing for dry density will be performed under
provisions of Section 01410,
B. Testing laboratory will take three test samples from each 75 or less cu yds
of insulating concrete placed.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
03520-5
SECTION 03520
INSULATING CONCRETE DECKS
Test in accordance with ASTM C-172, except as modified by ASTM C 495.
Determine wet density~in acc~rda~ce with ASTM C-138.
Determine compress)ve strength aQd oven-dry density in accordance w~th
ASTM C 495. Make'" at 1 east 6 moras' duri ng each pl acement.
C. Dra i nage test: Upon curi ng of a section of the roof, water test for
drainage in presence of Architect.
1. In the event that roof does not drain properly, or low areas occur,
fill in low areas and cut back high areas per manufacturer
instructions, refinish and retest.
1.
2.
3.
D. Report test results to Architect and lightweight insulating concrete
producer within 24 hours of completion of each test.
3.6 DEFECTIVE WORK
A. General: Refinish, or remove and replace lightweight insulating concrete
surfaces that are too rough to receive finish roofing, or where physical
properties do not meet specified requirements.
********************
END OF SECTION 03520
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
03520-6
SECTION 03600
GROUT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
--
/
{i
.. 31
~""':
A. Section Includes:
1. Pea-gravel repair grout.
2. Cementitious mortar patching grout.
3. Non-shrink grout.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASTM C827 - Test Method for Change in Height at Early Ages of
Cylindrical Specimens from Cementitious Mixtures.
B. Contractor shall obtain and have available at site a copy of the above
documents throughout the Construction Period.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Manufacturer's Data:
1. Submit copies of manufacturer's product data and printed
instructions for each manufactured product.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Do not change source or brands of grout materials during the course of
the work. Single-source responsibility from one source and producer
for each aggregate and from one manufacturer for each cementitious
component.
1.5 MATERIAL STORAGE
A. Store grout materials off the ground, under cover, in a dry location.
Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can
be maintained.
1. 6 TESTING
A. Coordinate testing requirements of grout with Division 1.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PEA-GRAVEL REPAIR GROUT
A. The grout shall be a manufactured, dry packaged product with
proportioned ingredients. Shrinkage compensating ingredients shall
minimize effects of drying shrinkage. Compressive strength at 28 days
shall equal or exceed required concrete strength. Shall contain pea
gravel and no added chloride. Applies and finishes like concrete.
Select material for horizontal overhead or vertical application.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
03600-1
SECTION 03600
GROUT
B. Acceptable Manufacturers:-
1. MASTERBUILDERS "Masterpatch 20"
2. Architect approved equivalent.
-'-' ..
.
, ,
~~-
2.2 CEMENTITIOUS MORTAR PATCHING GROUT
A. Manufactured by MASTER BUILDERS "Set Vertipatch" or Architects
approved equivalent.
1. 5000 ps i
2. Conditions to 1" maximum thickness.
2.3 NON-SHRINK NON-METALLIC GROUT
A. The grout shall be non-shrink, non-ferrous, heavy duty grout. Grout
shall remain workable for a minimum of 30 minutes following mixing.
B. Compressive strength at 28 days ,shall be 6,000 pounds per square inch
minimum according to ASTM C-I09. Make one test each day of grouting.
C. Comply with ASTM C-827.
D. Provide non-staining grout for exposed to view conditions.
E. Approved Manufacturers:
1. GIFFORD-HILL "Supreme Grout"
2. L&M CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS "Crystex"
3. W.R. MEADOWS "588 Non-Metallic, Non-Shrink Grout"
4. SONNEBORN "Sonogrout"
5. U.S. GROUT CORP., "Five-Star Grout"
6. LAMBERT CORP., "Vi bropruf #11"
2.4 CEMENT GROUT
A. Portland cement, ASTM C150, Type I and clean, natural sand, ASTM C404.
Mix at ratio of 1.0 part cement to 3.0 parts sand, by volume with
minimum water required for placement and hydration.
B. Approved Products:
1. Firmix; EUCLID CHEMICAL CO.
2. Embeco 636; MASTER BUILDERS
3. Ferrolith G; SONNEBORN/COTECH
4. Irontox "G"; TOCH BROTHERS
5. Kemox G; SIKA CHEMICAL
6. Vibro-Foil; A.C. HORN
7. Vibropruf Metallic; LAMBETT CORP.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PEA-GRAVEL REPAIR GROUT
A. Install per manufacturer's printed instructions.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
03600-2
SECTION 03600
GROUT
3.2 CEMENTITIOUS MORTAR PATCHING GROUT
A. Install per manufacturer's printed instructions.
3.3 NON-SHRINK GROUT
A. Install per manufacturer's printed instructions.
********************
END OF SECTION 03600
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
03600-3
~
( "
.;t-.......,..
,.
. Masonry
DIVISION 4
SECTION 04200
UN IT MASONRY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Unit masonry and mortar for interior walls:
a. Reinforcing and anchorage for embedment.
b. Reinforcing for Security Walls.
c. Fire Rated Walls.
d. Miscellaneous items necessary to completion of above.
e. Patching to match.
f. Grouting of metal frames.
g. Reinforcing for walls other than security walls.
1,-.
t '
...,/
B. Related Sections
1. Section 03200 - CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT.
2. Section 03300 - Cast-In-Place Concrete.
1.2 REFERENCED STANDARDS
A. Codes and Standards:
1. ACI/ASCE 530, "Building Code Requirements for Masonry Structures"
2. ACI/ASCE 530.1, "Specifications for Masonry Structures"
3 Coastal Construction Manual, FEMA-55, February, 1986; Federal
Emergency Management Agency.
B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):
1. A-82: Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete
Reinforcement.
2. A-123: Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on
Iron and Steel Products
3. A-167: Specification for Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium-
Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip.
4. C-55: Specification for Concrete Building Brick.
5. C-90: SpeCification for Hollow-Load Bearing Concrete Masonry
Units.
6. C-145: Spec i fi cat i on for Soli d - Load Beari ng Concrete Masonry
Units.
7. ASTM E-119 - Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction
and Materials.
9. ASTM A580 - Stainless and Heat-Resisting Steel Wire.
10. ASTM A61S - Deformed and Plain BIllet Steel Bars for Concrete
Reinforcement.
11. ASTM C-426 - Test Method for Drying Shrinkage of Concrete Block.
12. ASTM C-744 - Specifications for Prefaced Concrete and Calcium
Silicate Masonry Units.
13. ASTM E-84 - Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of
Building Materials.
14. Underwriters Laboratories (UL)
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with the requirements and referenced standards of the governing
laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, or orders of local authority
having jurisdiction for the work of this Section.
HLM 90007,00-4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
04200-1
SECTION 04200
UN IT MASONRY
B. Qualifications
1. Installer Qualifications: Minimum of five years documented
experience specializing in installation of masonry of the type
and size similiar to this project.
C. Jobsite Sample Panel:
1. Prior to installation of masonry work, erect sample wall panel(s)
using materials, bond and joint tooling shown for final work; and
provide special features as directed for joints, sealants and
contiguous work.
2. Build sample panel (s) on the site, where directed, of full
thickness and approximately 6'-0" wide by 4'-0" high, indicating
proposed range of color, texture and workmanship to be expected'
in completed work. Provide quantity of sample panels necessary
to obtain acceptance.
3. Obtain Architect and Owner acceptance of visual qualities before
start of work. Retain approved sample panel until end of job for
comparative reference. Do not alter, move or destroy mock-up
until work is complete. Remove panels when directed by
Architect.
4. Provide mock-up panel for the following:
a. Reinforced exterior masonry wall construction with concave
joints. Mock-up wall conditions for:
1) Masonry with elastomeric coating.
2) Masonry with insulation, metal lath, plaster and
elastomeric coating.
b. Interior masonry wall construction; concave and sl ightly
concave joints.
D. Be responsible for coordination of electrical boxes, utility and
equipment lines which are concealed in masonry walls; including
plumbing, electrical, telephone and security/communications systems.
E. Fi re Performance Characteri st i cs: Where fi re res i stance rat'i ngs are
indicated for masonry work, provide materials and construction which
are identical to those of assemblies whose fire endurance has been
determined by testing in compliance with ASTM E 119 by a recognized
testing and inspecting organization, as acceptable to the Architect.
F. Single Source Responsibility for Masonry Units: Obtain exposed masonry
un its of un i form texture and color, or a un i form blend wi th in the
ranges accepted for these characteristics, from one manufacturer for
each different product required for each continuous surface or
visually related surfaces.
G. Single Source Responsibility for Mortar Materials: Obtain mortar
ingredients of uniform quality, including color for exposed masonry,
from one manufacturer for each cementitious component and from one
source and producer for each aggregate.
H. Ship units from factory and store at job site with necessary
protection to prevent increase of water content from rain and other
sources.
1. 4 SUBMITTALS
A. Certification:
HLM 90007.00-4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
04200-2
SECTION 04200
UNIT MASONRY
1. Prior to purchasing of masonry units.,.. submit for Architect's
approval, a letter from the manufacturer indicati~g the name and
qualifications of the certifying agency.
2. Prior to delivery of masonry units to job site, submit for
Architect approval, calculations and certification by the
certifying agency that fire-rated concrete masonry units, both
grouted and non-grouted conditions, and mortar conform to the
specification requirements and meet or exceed the fire-resistance
ratings of Table 3103.1, SBCCI Southern Building Code.
3. Submit steel producer's certifications from Architect's approved
certifying agency confirming the mill analysis, tensile and bend
test for steel requirements of this section.
B. Installer Qualifications: Provide letter documenting experience.
C. Reinforcing Materials:
1. Provide Shop Drawings showing size, grade, quantity of rein-
forcement, mill test reports, method of support and fastening,
bending and placing schedules, diagrams, material grades and
relation of reinforcement to adjacent materials.
D. Product Data:
1. Submit product data on masonry accessories.
2. Submit product data on materials required by this Section.
Include masonry units and mortar, with mix proportions.
E. Results of mortar tests performed in accordance wi th the property
specification requirements of ASTM C270.
F. Results of tests of masonry units in accordance with ASTM C140.
G. Samples:
1. Two samples of proposed glazed concrete masonry unit.
1,5 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Protection of Work
1. During erection, cover top of walls with waterproof sheeting at
end of each day's work. Cover partially completed structures
when work is not in progress.
2. Extend cover a mi n i mum of 24" down both sides and hold cover
securely in place.
3. Staining: Prevent grout or mortar or soil from staining the face
of masonry to be left exposed or painted. Remove immediately
grout or mortar in contact with such masonry. Protect base of
wa 11 s from ra i nsp 1 ashed mud and mortar splatter by means of
coverings spread on ground and over wall surface.
4. Protect sills, ledges and projections from droppings of mortar.
1. 6 TESTING
A. To requi rements of the Owner's "TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES": furni sh
test reports of independent testing laboratory.
1. Masonry grout: Test in accordance with ASTM C 1019 "Sampl ing and
Testing Grout".
2. Concrete Masonry Units: Test each type, class and grade of
concrete masonry unit per ASTM C 140.
3. Unit Test Method:
HLM 90007.00-4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
04200-3
SECTION 04200
UN IT MASONRY
a. Concrete Masonry Unit Tests: For each type, class and grade
of concrete masonry unit specified, test units by method of
sampling and testing of ASTM C 140. -
b. Mortar Tests: For each type indicated, test mortar by
methods of sampl ing and testing of ASTM C 780. Conduct
tests no less frequently than that required to evaluate
mortar used to install each increment of masonry units
indicated above from which samples are taken for testing.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Concrete Block:
1. Compressive Strength of Masonry: Equal to or exceed 1500 psi.
2. Concrete Block: Manufacturer's standard unit shapes and sizes.
3. Units: Cured by one process and be uniform in texture and color.
4. Concrete block shall conform to requirements of ASTM C-90 for
hollow concrete units, ASTM C-145 for solid concrete units Grade
N, Type II; normal weight.
5. Shrinkage of standard concrete blocks shall not exceed amount
recommended in ASTM C426.
6. Ship units from factory, and store at job site with necessary
protection to prevent increase of water content from rain and
other sources.
7. Provi de cert i fi cat i on by approved cert i fyi ng agent that fi re-
rated concrete masonry units meet or exceed the SBCCI Southern
Building Code requirements for each project condition.
8. Moisture absorption shall be limited to maximum twenty-five
percent saturation prior to installation.
B. Glazed Concrete Block (Pre-Glazed Concrete Masonry Units):
1. Provide product components meeting or exceeding:
a. Specifications ASTM C-744.
b. Evidence of no crazing, cracking or spalling - ASTM C-426.
c. Surface Burning Results - ASTM E-84.
1) Flame Spread: Less than 25
2) Fuel Contribution: 0
3) Smoke Density: Less than 50
d. Concrete block requirements of this Section.
2. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard
colors.
3. Size: 8" x 8" x 16" nominal.
4. Acceptable Manufacture/Product:
a. BURNS AND RUSSELL CO., Spectra-Glaze II.
b. Architect approved equivalent.
C. Special Shapes:
1. Provide where shown and where required for: 1 intel s, corners,
jambs, sash, head, sill, control joints, headers, solid shapes,
bonding and other special conditions.
HLM 90007.00-4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
04200-4
SECTION 04200
UN IT MASONRY
D.
Steel Reinforcement:
1. Steel reinforcement for reinforced masonry shall conform tb the
following specifications of the American Society for Testing'-<<nd -"
Materials:
a. Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A-615,
with supplement.
Rail-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A-616.
Axle-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A-617.
Cold-Drawn Steel Wire for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A-82.
Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM
A-185.
2. Reinforcement shall be accurately formed to dimensions indicated
on Drawings.
3. Bars shall be cold bent.
4. Metal reinforcement shall not be straightened or repaired in
manner that will injure material. Bars with kinks or bends not
shown on Drawings shall not be used.
5. Heating or welding of reinforcement will be permitted only when
approved by Architect.
6. Security Wall: Minimum #4 bars.
Horizontal Reinforcing (Zinc-Coated Ferrous Metal):
1. Welded wire units shall be prefabricated in straight lengths no
1 ess than ten feet long wi th matchi ng corner and tee uni ts.
Fabricate from cold-drawn steel wire complying with ASTM A82 with
deformed continuous side rods and plain cross-rods, crimped for
cavity wall construction and unit width of 1-1/2" to 2" less than
wall or partition thickness.
2. Provide ladder type, or truss type for single wythe fabricated
with single pair of nine gage cross-rods spaced on no more than
16" centers.
3. Truss type for multi-wythe, fabricated with single pair of sjde
rods and continuous diagonal cross-rods spaced on no more than
16" centers.
4. For use in interior partition walls, fabricate from plain wire,
uncoated.
5. For use in interior partition walls, fabricate from plain wire,
uncoated.
6. For use in exterior walls, fabricate from mill galvanized wire
with 0.4 ounce zinc coating complying with ASTM A-116.
7. Acceptable Manufacturers:
a. DUR-O-WALL
b. SOUTHERN WIRE MESH
c. LOX-ALL
d. AA WIRE PRODUCTS
e. HOHMANN and BARNARD, INC.
Wire Ties
1. Individual Wire Ties:
a. Fabricate from 3/16" cold-drawn steel wire complying with
ASTM A-82 of length required for proper embedment in wythes
of masonry shown, and crimped if used in cavity wall
'...
b.
c.
d.
e.
E.
F.
HLM 90007.00-4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
04200-5
SECTION 04200
UN IT MASONRY
1_ construction. Ties for cavity wall construction shall ,be
, hot-dipped galvanized "after fabrication. .
~~- b. For use with hollow masonry units laid with cells vertical,
provide rectangular shaped ties.
c. Where facing and backup joints do not align, provide either
offset or adjustable two-piece ties.
d. For use in interior partition walls, fabricate from plain
wire, uncoated.
G. Anchoring Devices for Masonry:
1. Provide straps, bars, bolts and rods fabricated from not less
than 16 ga. sheet metal or 3/16" diameter rod stock, unless
otherwise indicated.
2. Fl exi b 1 e Anchors: Where masonry is shown or sped fi ed to be
anchored to structural framework with flexible anchors, provide
two-piece anchors which will permit horizontal and vertical
movement of masonry but will provide lateral restraint.
H. Dovetail Anchor Slots with Dovetail Anchors:
1. Size: 1" wide x 1" deep with 5/8" throat.
2. Gage: 24 gage.
3. Finish: Mill galvanized.
4. Product/Manufacturer:
a) AA100/AA WIRE PRODUCTS
b) HOHMANN & BARNARD, INC.
c) lOO/HECKMANN BUILDING PRODUCTS
d) STD/TY-WAL PRODUCTS
I. Miscellaneous Materials:
1. Flashings for Masonry:
a. Provide dampproofing course at window sills, and elsewhere
as required for concealed flashings.
b. Product Manufacturer:
1) Nervastral 300 (elastomeric sheet) RUBBER AND PLASTICS
COMPOUND CO., INC.
2) Nu-Flex PVC Flashing (Plastic)/SANDELL - 30 mil.
3) Wasco Seal, Bull 209 (PVC) WASCO/30 mil.
2. Flashing:
a. Through-wall plastic flashing:
1) 20 mil NERVASTRAL "Seal-Proof HD".
2) 20 mil LEXSUCO "Concealed Flashing".
3) 20 mil SONNEBORN "Vinly seal"
4) Adhesive recommended by manufacturer.
b. Through wall Copper flashing
1) AFCO PRODUCTS "Cop-A-Bond Duplex", 3 ounces per sq.
foot.
2) YORK MANUFACTURING "Cop-R- Tex Dupl ex", 3 ounces per sq.
foot.
3) Architect approved equivalent.
c. Reglets to terminate through-wall flashing, PVC SUPERIOR
CONCRETE ACCESSORIES CO. "Type A" or equivalent.
3. Control Joints:
a. Control joints at concrete pilasters or columns for standard
block walls:
HLM 90007.00-4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
04200-6
SECTION 04200 UNIT MASONRY
1) Extruded solid rubber, ASTM D-2240,durometer of 80.
2} Shear section 5/8" thick.
3) Flange 5/16" thick.
4} Control jOint width, 3/8".
b. Control joints for standard block walls shall be factory
molded rubber with a compressible concave neoprene compound
edge and a durometer hardness of 80.
c. Acceptable manufacturers:
1) DUR-O-WALL
2) AA WIRE PRODUCTS
3} Architect approved equivalent.
4. Compressible Filler for Masonry Block Walls: Closed cell
polyethylene foam (compatible with cold-applied sealants).
Acceptable Product: BURKE CO. "Cellu-Joint".
S. Masonry Cleaner:
a. Masonry cleaner shall be "Sure Clean 101" or "Sure Clean
600" manufactured by PROCESS SOLVENT CO. as recommended by
manufacturer for appropriate masonry units.
6. Concrete Inserts:
a. Malleable iron of type and size shown, not less than 12 gage
steel, hot-dip galvanized, zinc coating according to ASTM
A-lS3.
b. Dovetail slots: 1" wide, 1" deep, 5/8" wide face, 22 gage
galvanized steel.
c. Acceptable Manufacturer.
I} HOHMANN & BARNARD,INC.
7. Concrete masonry lintels, sills, and coping shall be fabricated
from un its of load - bea ri ng grade of the size requ i red and of
Architect approved type and design. Lintels shall be reinforced
and the cavities containing reinforcement shall be solidly filled
with concrete or grout.
8. Bond Breaker Strips:
a. 15 lb. asphalt roofing felt complying with ASTM D226, or 15
lb. coal tar roofing felt complying with ASTM 0227.
2.2 MIXES
A. Mortar Materials:
1. Mortar shall conform to ASTM C270:
a. Portland Cement ASTM C-150, Type I.
b. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C-207, Type S.
c. Fine Aggregate: ASTM C-144 except that sand for mortar in
1/4" joints shall pass a No. 16 sieve.
d. Coarse Aggregate: ASTM C-404.
e. Water shall be clean and potable.
f. Masonry cement shall not be used for reinforced masonry.
g. Mortar colors shall consist of inorganic compounds used in
the proportions recommended by the manufacturer, but in no
case exceeding 15% of the weight of the cement, except that
carbon bl ack shall not exceed 3% of the weight of the
cement.
HLM 90007.00-4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
04200-7
SECTION 04200
UNIT MASONRY
... h. Mortar proportions: Based on requirements of ASTM C-270 as
\ . modified by this Section:
Type M or S - Interior non-load load-bearing masonry.
i. Mortar proportion for interior concrete block shall be Type
M with 1:1-1/2:4-1/2 relation of Portland:Lime:Sand.
j. Mix mortar mechanically for 3 to 5 minutes, apply within 2
hours.
k. Retemper no mortar.
B. Grout for Reinforced Masonry:
1. Grout for reinforced masonry shall conform to ASTM C-476.
2. Strength of grout, determined in accordance with the provisions
of ASTM CIOI9, shall be 3000 psi minimum.
3. Fine grout for use in spaces less than 2" wide.
4. Coarse grout for use in spaces 2" to 4" wide.
C. Grout for Glazed Concrete Block (Wet Areas)
1. Epoxy-modified grout and mortar admixture.
2. Conform to ANSI AI18.8.
3. Conform to ASTM C-I09.
4. Minimum: 3/4" depth x 3/8" wide joints.
5. Apply using manufacturers recommended caulking gun procedures in
order to maintain clean surface.
6. Acceptable Manufacturers:
a. Bostik Products: Hydroment 1900
b. Laticrete International Inc.: Latapoxy SPI00
c. Architect approved equivalent.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Installation and erection shall be in accordance with the more
restrictive provisions of the local building code requirements or
ACI-S31-79 except as noted below.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Build single wythe walls to the actual thickness of the masonry units,
using units of nominal thickness shown or specified.
B. Build chases and recesses as shown and as required for the work of
other contractors. Provide not less that 8" of masonry between chase
or recess and jamb of openi ngs, and between adjacent chases and
recesses.
C. Cut masonry units with motor driven saw designed to cut masonry with
clean, sharp, unchipped edges, Cut units as required to provide
pattern shown and to fi t adjoi ni ng work neatly. Use full units
without cutting wherever possible.
D. Wetting:
1. Concrete Block:
a. Wetting units shall not be permitted except when hot and dry
weather exists causing units to be warm to touch, and then
the surface only may be wetted with a light fog spray,
HLM 90007.00-4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
04200-8
SECTION 04200
UN IT MASONRY
E. Do not use calcium chloride in mortar or grout.
F. Pattern Bond:
1. Lay interior concrete masonry units in running bond pattern with _
vertical joint in each course centered on units in courses above
and below where concealed or covered by other finish materials.
G. Layout wall s in advance for accurate spacing of surface bond
patterns, with uniform joint widths and to properly locate openings,
movement type joints, return and offsets. Avoid the use of less than
half size units at corners, jambs and wherever possible at other
locations.
H. Lay up walls plumb and true with cour~es level, accurately spaced and
coordinated with other work.
I. Stopping and Resuming Work: Rack back 1/2 masonry unit length in each
course; do not tooth. Cl ean exposed surfaces of set masonry, wet
units lightly (if specified to be wetted), and remove loose masonry
units and mortar prior to laying fresh masonry.
J. Built-In Work: As the work progresses, build in items specified under
this and other sections. Fill in solidly with masonry around built-in
items.
K. Where built-in items are to be embedded in cores of hollow masonry
units place a layer or metal lath in the jOint below and rod mortar or
grout into core.
L. Non-Bearing Interior Partition Walls: Build full height of story to
underside of structure above, unless otherwise shown.
M. Lay solid masonry units with completely filled bed and head joint;
butter ends with sufficient mortar to fill head jOints and shove into
place. Do not slush head joints.
N. Lay holl ow concrete masonry units wi th full mortar coverage on
horizontal and vertical face shells; also bed webs in mortar in
starting course on footings and foundation walls and in all courses of
piers, columns and pilasters, and where adjacent to cells or cavities
to be reinforced or to be filled with concrete or grout.
O. Joints:
1. Maintain joint widths shown, except for minor variations required
to maintain bond alignment. If not shown, lay walls with 3/8"
joints.
2. Exposed interior and exterior mortar jOints in the masonry walls
are to be neatly tooled with long rod tool to form a neat joint
with surface dense and uniform in thickness and texture.
a. Interior jOints in concrete block walls shall be concave.
I} Public areas - Standard concave joint.
2) Security areas - Slightly concave joint.
3.- Exposed joints shall be rubbed with a stone to remove burrs and
projections in mortar, prior to painting.
4. Rake out mortar in preparat i on for app 1 i cat i on of caul ki ng or
sealants where shown.
P. Remove masonry units disturbed after laying; clean and relay in fresh
mortar. Do not pound corners at jambs to fit stretcher units which
have been set in position. If adjustments are required, remove units,
clean off mortar, and reset in fresh mortar.
HLM 90007.00-4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
04200-9
SECTION 04200
UNIT MASONRY
Q. Fjlled Ce.1.l Masonry:
1. Filled cell masonry shall be built to preserve the unobstructed
'wlvertfcal continuity of the cells to be filled with grout. Units
shall be laid with full face shell mortar beds. Head (end)
joints shall be continuously filled with mortar for a distance
from the face of the wall or unit not less than the thickness of
the longitudinal face shells. Cross webs adjacent to vertical
cores to be filled shall be fully bedded with mortar to prevent
leakage of grout. Bond of masonry units shall be provided by
lapping units in alternate courses or by equivalent mechanical
anchorage when units are laid in stack bond. Mortar fins or
other obstructions or debris shall be removed from the insides of
the cell walls. Cells to be filled shall be filled solidly with
grout. Grout shall be poured or pumped in lifts of 8' maximum
height, and shall be consolidated at time of pouring by rodding
or vibrating, followed by reconsolidation later, before
plasticity is lost. When total grout pour is to exceed 8' high,
it shall be done in 4'lifts. When grouting is to be stopped for
one hour or longer between lifts, horizontal construction joints
shall be formed by stopping the pour 1-1/2" below the top of the
upper-most unit.
R. Horizontal Joint Reinforcing:
1. Provide continuous horizontal joint reinforcing. Fully embed
longitudinal side rods in mortar for their entire length with a
minimum cover of 5/8" on exterior side of wall sand 1/2" at other
locations. Lap reinforcement a minimum of 6" at ends of units.
Do not bridge control and expansion joints with reinforcing
except at wall openings. Provide continuity at corners and wall
i nter- sect ions by use of prefabri cated "L" and "T" sect ions. Cut
and bend units as di rected by manufacturer for continuity at
returns, offsets, column fireproofing, pipe enclosures and other
special conditions.
2. Space continuous horizontal reinforcing as follows, unless
otherwise noted:
a. Interior non-load bearing walls - 24" o.c. vertically.
b. Exterior walls, interior bearing walls 16" o.c.
vertically.
c. Parapets - 8" o.c. vertically unless otherwise shown.
S. Reinforce masonry openings greater than l' -0" wide, with horizontal
joint reinforcing placed in two horizontal joints approximately 8"
apart both immediately above the lintel and immediately below the
sill. Extend reinforcing a minimum of 2' -0" beyond jambs of the
opening, bridging control joints where provided.
T. Anchoring Masonry Work:
1. Provide anchoring devices of the type shown and as specified. If
not shown or specified provide standard type for facing and back
involved.
2. Anchor masonry to structural members where masonry abuts or faces
such members to comply with the following:
HLM 90007.00-4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
04200-10
SECTION 04200
.".-.
.
, :
~J
UNIT MASONRY
U.
3. Provide an open space not less than 1/2" in width between masonry
and structural members, unless otherwise shown. Keep open space
free of mortar or other rigid materials. .
4. Anchor masonry to structural members with metal ties embedded in
masonry joints and attached to structure. Provide anchors with
flexible tie sections, unless otherwise shown.
5. Space anchors as shown, but not more than 24" o.c. vertically and
36" o.c. horizontally.
Lintels and Bond Beams:
1. Install loose lintels of steel and other materials.
2. Provide masonry lintels and bond beams where shown and wherever
openings of more than l' -0" are shown without structural steel or
other support i ng 1 i nte 1 s . Prov i de precast or formed in place
masonry lintels. Thoroughly cure precast lintels before handling
and installation. Temporarily support formed in place lintels.
3. Unless otherwise shown, provide one reinforcing bar for each 4"
wall thickness and a size number not less than the number of feet
of opening width.
4. For hollow masonry unit walls, use specially formed "U" shaped
1 intel units with reinforcing bars placed as shown and filled
with Type M mortar or concrete grout.
S. Provide minimum bearing at each jamb of 8". ,
6. Lintels - Furnish and place precast concrete or concrete masonry
lintels. Lintels shall extend at least 8" beyond edge of opening
and shall be firmly bedded at bearings in mortar of the same
quality as used in laying the wall. Rake out bed and end joints
for sealants. See Section 07900. '
7. Bond Beams - Bond Beams shall consist of load-bearing units
fill ed wi th concrete or grout and rei nforced. Rei nforcement
sha 11 be continuous except through expans i on joi nts (control
joints). Where bond beam is not broken at control joint, dummy
control jOint shall be formed in the bond beam.
Control and Expansion Joints:
1. Provide vertical expansion, control and isolation joints in
masonry. Build in related masonry accessory items as the masonry
work progresses. Rake out mortar in preparation for application
of sealants. See Section 07900.
2. Build flanges of metal expansion strips into masonry. Lap each
joint 4" in direction of flow. Seal joints below grade and at
junctures with horizontal expansion joints, if any.
3. Provide vertical control joints at:
a. 20'-0" maximum spacing for walls 16'-0" high and above.
b. 14'-0" maximum spacing for walls less than 16'-0" high.
c. As indicated on the drawings.
4. Coordinate control and expansion joint locations and requirements
with Section 09200 - LATH AND PLASTER.
Flashing of Masonry Work:
1. Provide concealed flashings in masonry work; lap joints 4" and
seal with mastic.
v.
W.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
HLM 90007.00-4
04200-11
SECTION 04200
UN IT MASONRY
2. Install flashing to comply with manufacturer's instructions, and
recommended practices of Architectural Sheet Metal Manual,
( SNACNA) .
X. Grouting Reinforced Concrete Block Walls:
1. Provide reinforcing bars complying with CONCRETE REINFORCMENT,
Section 03200.
2. Space bars as indicated.
3. Grout voids solid with grout with 28-day compressive strength of
3,000 psi.
4. Do NOT use mortar for grouting.
Y. Sealants: 'See Section 07900 - JOINT SEALERS.
Z. Grouting' of Block Cells Below Lintels 'and Beams:
1. Under 5'-0" span - Insert 14 mesh screen approximately 16" below
bearing and grout cells for 16" wide and to bearing. Over 5'-0"
span - grout cells for 24" wide from footing to bearing.
2. Grout:, 28-day compressive strength of 3,000 psi.
AA. Grouting of Metal Door Frames:
1. Prior to grouting, a protective paint coating shall be applied in
accordance with PA I NTI NG, Sect i on 09900 and Metal Doors and
Frames, Section 08100.
2. Grout metal door frame jambs and head solid with Type M mortar.
BB. All exterior masonry walls that are not security wall types shall be
rei nforced wi th #4 bars @ 16" o. c. Fi 11 all cores wi th bars wi th
#3000 psi grout.
3.3 REPAIR, POINTING AND CLEANING
A. Remove and replace masonry units which are loose, chipped, broken,
stained or otherwise damaged, or if units do not match adjoining units
as intended. Provide new units to match adjoining units and install
in fresh mortar or grout, pointed to eliminate evidence or
replacement.
B. Pointing: During the tooling of joints, enlarge voids or holes, and
completely fill with mortar. Point up a joints at corners, openings
and adjacent work to provide a neat, uniform appearance, properly
prepared for application of caulking or sealant compound.
C. Clean exposed masonry units by dry brushing at the end of each day's
work and after final pointing to remove mortar spots and droppings.
3.4 FINISHES
A. Finish exterior masonry surface with elastomeric coating, Section
09830.
B. Finish exterior masonry surface with rigid insulation, lath and
plaster, and elastomeric coating, Sections 07210, 09200, and 09830.
********************
END OF SECTION 04200
HLM 90007.00-4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
04200-12
'..
,
.
. .
Metals
DIVISION 5
SECTION 05180
MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURAL STEEL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 1 SUMMARY
,
'...
'wi -"
A. Section Includes:
1. Angles and Lintels
2. Miscellaneous Framing and Supports
3. Steel shapes and plates for precast concrete and masonry support
1.2 REFERENCES
A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
1. ASTM A-36/A - Specification for Structural Steel.
2. ASTM A-123 - Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on
Iron and Steel Products.
3. ASTM A-325 - Specification for High Strength Bolts for Structural
Steel Joints.
B. American Welding Society (AWS)
1. AWS Dl.1 -Structural Welding Code.
C. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC)
1. AISC "Specifications for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of
Structural Steel for Buildings" and including the Supplements.
1. 3 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: Indicate locations, markings, quantities, materials, sizes
and shapes; indicate methods of connecting, anchoring, fastening, bracing,
and attaching to work of other sections.
B. Submit ~urrent welder's certifications for welding performed in connection
with the work of this section.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications of Welders:
1. Use certified welders and shielded arc process for welding performed
in connection with work of this section.
B. Standards:
1. Comply with AISC "Specifications for Design, Fabrication and Erection
of Structural Steel for Buildings".
2. Comply with AWS Dl.1
1.5 TESTING LABORATORY
A, Testing of structural metal frami ng will be performed by the Owner's
Testing Laboratory Services.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
05180-1
SECTION 05180
MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURAL STEEL
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Steel shapes, plates and angles:
requirements of ASTM A-36.
B. Bolts and nuts: Free from rust and conform with requirements of ASTM
A-32S.
Free from rust and conform with
C. Primer: Federal Specification TT-P-31, fabricator's standard for shop
application and field touch-up.
D. Touch-up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: Federal Specification TT-P-641.
E. Miscellaneous Framing and Supports
1. Provide miscellaneous steel framing and supports which are not a part
of structural steel framework.
2. Fabricate miscellaneous units from structural steel shapes plates and
steel bars of welded construction using mitered joints for field
connection. Cut, drill and tap units to receive hardware and similar
items.
3. Equip units with integrally welded anchors for casting into concrete
or building into masonry. Furnish inserts if units must be installed
after concrete or masonry is in place.
4. Space Anchors 24" on center and provide minimum anchor units of 1-1/4"
x 1/4" x 8" steel straps.
S. Galvanize miscellaneous frames and supports exposed to the exterior
and units cast into the structure.
6. Interior miscellaneous frames and supports: Shop prime painted unless
indicated otherwise.
2.2 FINISH
A. Clean surfaces of rust, scale, grease, and foreign matter in accordance
with commercial grade cleaning, SSPC-SP-C.
B. Do not prime surfaces in direct contact bond with concrete or where field
welding is required.
C. Prime paint items scheduled with one coat unless indicated otherwise.
0, Galvanize items to minimum coating thickness in accordance with ASTM A-123.
2.3 FABRICATION
A. Verify dimensions on site prior to shop fabrication.
B. Where possible, prefabricate items complete and ready for installation.
C. Fabricate items with joints tightly fitted and secured.
1, Fit and shop assemble in largest practical sections, for delivery to
site.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
05180-2
SECTION 05180
MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURAL STEEL
D. Grind exposed welds flush and smooth with adjacent finished surface. Ease
exposed edges to small uniform radius.
E. Exposed Mechanical Fastenings: Flush countersunk screws or bolts,
unobtrusively located, consistent with design of structure, except where
specifically noted otherwise. Subject to Architects review.
F. Make exposed joints butt tight, flush, and hairline.
G. Supply components required for anchorage of metal fabrications. Fabricate
anchorage and related components of same materi a 1 and fi n ish as metal
fabrication.
H , We 1 ding:
1. Weld shop connections.
2. Make jOints and intersections of metal tightly fitting and securely
fastened.
3. Make work square, plumb, straight and true.
I. Holes:
1. Drill or punch holes required for attachment of work specified in
other sections and for bolted connections.
2. Burned holes will not be accepted.
J. Hot dip galvanize steel connecting devices which will be exposed it the
exterior after fabrication.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS
A. Examination:
1. Examine installed work and verify that such work is to point where
fabrication and installation of work may proceed.
2. Make field measurements to ensure proper and adequate fit of metal
fabrications and to verify that metal fabrications may be fabricated
and installed in accordance with Drawings.
3.2 SHOP PAINTING
A. Preparation:
1. Thoroughly clean metal of mill scale, rust and foreign matter.
B.
Painting:
1. Shop
a.
b.
c.
prime steel except:
Steel to be encased in
Surfaces to be welded.
Galvanized steel.
concrete.
3.3 ERECTION
A. Erect and install miscellaneous structural steel in accordance with
Drawings, and referenced standards, aligned, straight, plumb and level.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
05180-3
SECTION 05180
MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURAL STEEL
B.
After erection and installation are complete, touch-up shop primer coats
using priming paint specified for.hop priming~and galvanized surfaces.
(
,~..-..,...
"
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Erection Inspection and Testing:
1. Visual Inspection of Welds:
a. Field welding: Inspected visually for conformance by a
representative of the testing laboratory.
b. Repair welds found to be non-conforming.
c. Repairs made to defective welds are subjected to re-inspection by
the original method used.
********************
END OF SECTION 05180
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
05180-4
SECTION 05500
METAL FABRICATIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.3
1.1
"..
~~MMA~~ction include~ ..,~-~
1. Custom fabri cated metal items for decorat i ve or ut i 1 i tari an
function, as opposed to a primary structural function, including
related clips and plates necessary for attachment.
2. Prime coat or other finish as specifically required for above so
that item is ready for field installation and further finishing
by other sections as necessary.
3. Steel shapes and plates for detention equipment.
4. Welded steel security screens, framework and hardware.
1.2
REFERENCES
A. ASTM A36/A - Specification for Structural Steel.
B. ASTM A53 - Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-
Coated Welded and Seamless.
C. ASTM A123 - Specification for Zinc (Hot-Galvanized) Coatings on Iron
and Steel Products.
D. ASTM A153 - Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel
Hardware.
E. ASTM A283/A - Specification for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength
Carbon Steel Plates.
F. ASTM A307 - Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi
Tensile Strength.
G. ASTM A32S - Specification for High Strength Bolts for Structural Steel
Joints.
H. ASTM A501 - Specification for Hot-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon
Steel Structural Tubing.
I. ASTM A627 - Specification for Homogenous Tool-Resisting Steel Bars for
Security Applications.
J. ASTM A629 - Specification for Tool Resisting Steel Flat Bars and
Shapes for Security Applications.
K. ASTM E98S - Specifications for Permanent Metal Railing Systems and
Rails for Buildings.
L. AWS A2.0 - Standard Welding Symbols
M. AWS Dl.l - Structural Welding Code
N. SSPC - Steel Structures Painting Council
O. SMACNA - Architectural Sheet Metal Manual
SUBMITTALS
A. Submit Shop Drawings showing locations, markings, quantities,
materials, finishes, sizes and shapes; indicate methods of connecting,
anchoring, fastening, bracing, and attaching to work of other trades.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications of Welders:
1. Use only certified welders and shielded arc process for welding
performed in connection with work of this section.
1.5 STRUCTURAL PERFORMANCE
A. Handrails and Toprails:
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
HLM 90007.00-3
05500-1
SECTION 05500
METAL FABRICATIONS
1. Uniform load of 50 lbs. per lineal foot applied horizontally at
the top of the railing and a simultaneous load of 109_lbs. per
lineal foot applied vertically downward at the top ;of the
guardrai 1 . ~~J
2. Concentrated load of 200 lbs. applied at any point and at any
direction at the top of the guardrail.
B. Guards:
1. Concentrated load of 200 lbs. applied horizontally on a 1 foot
square area at any point in the system including intermediate
rails on other elements serving this purpose.
C. Countertops and Support Partitions:
1. Concentrated load of 200 lbs. applied at any point and at any
direction.
D. Comply with ASTM E-98S for structural performance based on ASTM E-894
and ASTM E-93S.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 BASIC MATERIALS
A. Steel Tubing: New, free from rust and conform with requirements of
ASTM A-SOL
B. Steel Plate: New, free from rust and conform with requirements of
ASTM A-36.
C. Bolts and Nuts: New, free from rust and conform with requirements of
ASTM A-307. Hot-dip galvanize for exterior applications to comply
with ASTM A-153.
D. Cast Iron: New, free from rust, suitable for intended use and
conforming to ASTM A-48.
E. Aluminum: ALCOA or KAISER, specifications applicable and suitable for
intended use.
F. Primer: Federal Specification TT-P-31, fabricator's standard for shop
application and field touch-up.
G. Touch-up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: Federal Specification
TT -P-641.
2.2 METAL FABRICATIONS
A. Iron Pipe Handrails:
1. Provide 1-1/2" (iron pipe standard) schedule 40 pipe handrails,
galvanized. Verticals: installed as detailed.
a. Galvanize exterior steel railings, to include pipe,
fittings, brackets, fasteners and other ferrous metal
components. Finish painting by Section 09900 - PAINTING,
color as selected by Architect.
b. Provide black steel pipe for interior railings, factory
primed after fabrication. Finish painting by Division 9 -
PAINTING. Color as selected by Architect.
2. Pipe mounting brackets: JULIUS BLUM 378 malleable iron, factory
prime painted. Field finish paint.
3. Attach brackets to walls with 3/8" bolts, 2-1/2" minimum length,
set to expansion bolts.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
05500-2
SECTION 05500
METAL FABRICATIONS
B. Steel Ladders:
1. St.eel ladders: fabricated from mild steel shapes, galvanized
with full welded connections. Finish painting by Division 9 -
PAINTING.
C. Steel Stair Treads and Grating:
1. Treads: style lR4 as manufactured by RELIANCE STEEL PRODUCTS CO.
or Architect approved equivalent, with bearing bars 1-1/4" x 1/4"
spaced 1" apart wi th cross bars spaced at 4" on center; wi th
abrasive nosings.
2. Grating: style lR4 as manufactured by RELIANCE STEEL PRODUCTS
CO. or Architect approved equivalent, with bearing bars 1-1/4" x
1/4" spaced 1" apart with cross bars spaced at 4" on center.
3. Steel: Galvanized per ASTM A-123 with finish painting by
Division 9 - PAINTING, with color selected by Architect.
D. Welded steel security screens, prime paint finish. Provide anchorage
to steel frame using "torx-with-peg" type fasteners. Field paint.
E. Welded steel security grille over louver openings:
1. Provide bond breaker between dissimilar metal.
2. Unless otherwise noted, provide grille of 1" x 1" tool resistant
steel bars at 6" o.c. each direction fastened with torx-with-peg
tamper resistant screws.
3. Comply with ASTM A627 and A-629.
4. Prime paint.
S. Field finish paint - Section 09900.
F. Bumper posts and bollards; prime paint finish. Finish painting: Refer
to Section 09900 - PAINTING.
G. Metal Framing System:
1. Basic channels: fabricated of 0.105" thick steel 1-5/8" 1-5/8".
2. Channels shall have a baked acrylic finish which will withstand
400 hours salt spray when tested per ASTM B-117.
3. Parts, screws and nuts: electro-galvanized to commercial
standards.
4. Channels: supported at,4'-0" on center.
S. Vertical supports: capable of each supporting 1200 pound tensile
stress.
6. Acceptable manufacturers:
a. POWER-STRUT, "PS-200", 216/372-8111
b. UNISTRUT CORP., "P1001", 813/531-0467
c. Architect approved equivalent.
H. Welded steel security screens, prime paint finish. Provide anchorage
to steel frame using "torx-with peg" type fastenrs. Field paint.
I. Welded steel countertops, steel framing and support partitions:
1. Custom fabricated.
2. Refer to structural performance criteria above.
3. Refer to Section 09900 - PAINTING; color to be selected by
Architect.
2.3 FINISH
A. Clean surfaces of rust, scale, grease, and foreign matter prior to
finishing.
B. Do not prime surfaces in direct contact bond with concrete or where
field welding is required.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
05500-3
SECTION 05500
METAL FABRICATIONS
C.
D.
Prime paint items scheduled with one coat unless indicated otherwise.
Galvanize items to minimum 1.25 ounces per square ,f.oot zinc coating in
accordance with ASTM A-386.
'1
" .
2.4 FABRICATION
A. Verify dimensions on site prior to shop fabrication.
B. Fabricate metal fabrications in strict accordance with Shop Drawings
and referenced standards.
C. Where possible, prefabricate items complete and ready for
installation.
D. Fabricate items with joints tightly fitted and secured.
E. Fit and shop assemble in largest practical sections, for delivery to
site.
F. Grind exposed welds flush and smooth with adjacent finished surface.
Ease exposed edges to small uniform radius.
G. Exposed Mechani ca 1 Fasteni ngs: Fl ush countersunk screws or bolts;
unobtrusively located; consistent with design of structure, except
where specifically noted otherwise.
H. Make exposed joints butt tight, flush, and hairline.
I. Supply components required for anchorage of metal fabrications.
Fabricate anchorage and related components of same material and finish
as metal fabrication, except where speCifically noted otherwise.
J . We 1 ding:
1. Unless otherwise indicated on Drawings, weld shop connections.
2. Make joints and intersections of metal tightly fitting and
securely fastened.
3. Make work square, plumb, straight and true.
4. Cap and weld open-ended tubing and piping.
S. Tack weld screw and bolted connections which are in inmate
accessible areas:
a. First Floor:
Zone A
Zone B - Medical/Infirmary, Laundry
Zone C
Zone 0
Zone E
Zone F
b. Second Floor:
Zone A - Inmate Waiting
Zone C - Kitchen, Maintenance, Institutional Storage
Zone D
Zone E
Zone F
K. Ho 1 e s :
1. Drill or punch holes required for attachment of work of other
trades and for bolted connections.
2. Burned holes will not be accepted.
L. Cap and weld open-ended tubing and piping which is accessible to
inmate tampering.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
05500-4
SECTION 05500
METAL FABRICATIONS
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS
~
A. Examination
,
("
1. Prior to work of this Section, examine installed work of other
trades and verify that such work is to point where fabrication
and installation of work of this Section may proceed.
2. Make fi e 1 d measurements to ensure proper and adequate fit of
metal fabrications and to verify that metal fabrications may be
fabricated and installed in strict accordance with original
design and Shop Drawings.
3.2 PAINTING
A. Preparation:
1. Thoroughly clean metal of mill scale, rust and foreign matter.
B. Painting:
1. Shop prime steel except:
a. Steel to be encased in concrete.
b. Surfaces to be welded.
c. Galvanized steel.
2. Finish painting: refer to Section 09900 - PAINTING.
3. A 1 umi num embedded in or contacting concrete shall be gi ven a
protective coating of bituminous paint.
3.3 ERECTION
A. Coordinate installation schedule with schedules of other trades to
ensure orderly and timely progress of work.
B. Erect and install metal fabrications in strict accordance with
drawings, Shop Drawings, and referenced standards, aligned, straight,
plumb and level.
C. After erection and installation are complete, touch-up all shop
primary coats using priming paint specified for shop priming.
********************
END OF SECTION 05500 .
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
05500-5
SECTION 05510
METAL STAIRS
PART 1 - GENERAL
\. 1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes
1. Steel pan type stairs and landings with handrails, plates, angles
post, anchors, and welds for securing to building structure.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. Accessibility Requirements Manual - Florida Board of Building Codes
and Standards.
B. ANSI A117.1 - Buildings and Facilities - Providing Accessibility and
Usability for Physically Handicapped People.
C. ASTM A36/A: Specifications for Structural Steel
D. ASTM A53 - Specifications for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-
Coated Welded and Seamless.
E. ASTM A153: Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel
Hardware.
F. ASTM A-202: Specification for Metal Bar Grating Manual for Steel and
Aluminum Gratings and Stair Treads.
G. ASTM A283/A - Specifications for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength
Carbon Steel Plates.
H. ASTM A307 - Specifications for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000
psi Tensile Strength.
I. ASTM A325 - Specifications for High-Strength Bolts for Structural
Steel Joints.
J. ASTM A-386: Specification for Zinc-Coating (Hot-Dip) on Assembled
Steel Products.
K. ASTM A-446/A: Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized)
by the Hot-Dip Process, Structural (Physical) Quality.
L. ASTM A-500: Specification for Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon
Steel Structural Tubing in Round and Shapes.
M. ASTM A-SOl: Specification for Hot-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon
Steel Structural Tubing.
N. AWS Dl.1 - Specification for Structural Welding Code.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit Shop Drawings indicating construction details, sizes of metal
sections, thicknesses of metals, profiles, attachments, dimensions and
field joints, method of support from structure, work be built-in or
provided by other sections and finishes.
1. Indicate welded connections, both shop and field, using standard
AWS welding symbols. Indicate net weld lengths.
2. Design structural support framing components under direct
supervision of a Professional Engineer experienced in design of
this work and registered in the State of Florida.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Steel shapes and plates shall meet requirements of ASTM A-36.
B. Welded and seamless steel pipe shall meet the requirements of ASTM
A-53, type 5, schedule 40, factory prime painted finish.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
05510-1
SECTION 05510
METAL STAIRS
C. Bolts, nuts and washers shall be high strength steel type.
D. Welding materials shall be type required for material being welded,
conforming to AWS 01.1.
E. Paint primer stiall be standard factory primer. Finish painting by
Division 9 - PAINTING.
F. Tread nosings: Comply with barrier-free design. Provide WOOSTER
PRODUCTS #WP 3J or Architect approved equivalent.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL FABRICATION
A. Verify dimensions on site prior to shop fabrication. ;
B. Fabricate stairs, landings and component connections in configuration
shown on the Drawings.
C. Fabricate railings and component connections capable of resisting a
lateral force of minimum 250 pounds at any single point, without
permanent set or damage.
D. Fit and shop assemble sections in largest practical sizes, easily
handled through building openings.
E. Accurate 1 y form and fi t components and connect ions. Gri nd exposed
edges and welds smooth and flush.
F. Accurately form ~omponents required for proper anchorage of stairs,
landings and railings to each other and to building structure.
G. Thoroughly clean surfaces of rust, scale, grease, and foreign matter
prior to prime painting. Allow to dry thoroughly before applying
priming material.
H. Shop prime in one coat. Do not prime surfaces to be field welded or
cast in concrete.
I. Cap and weld open-ended tubing and piping which is accessible to
inmate tampering.
3.2 FABRICATION OF PAN STAIRS (AND LANDINGS)
A. Fabricate stairs with closed risers and treads of pan construction.
B. Fabricate stairs with open risers of pan construction security areas.
C. Cap and weld open-ended tubing and piping.
D. Tack weld screw and bolded connections which are in inmate accessible
areas:
1. First Floor:
Zone A
Zone B - Medical/Infirmary, Laundry
Zone C
Zone D
Zone E
Zone F
2. Second Floor:
Zone A - Inmate Waiting
Zone C - Kitchen, Maintenance, Institutional Storage
Zone 0 - Mezzanine
Zone E
Zone F
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
05510-2
SECTION 05510
METAL STAIRS
3.3 ERECTION
A., Erec~'stairs square, level, plumb and free from distortion or defects
,~detrlwental to appearance and performance.
B. Provide necessary anchors, plates and angles as required for
connecting stairs to the structure.
C. Ensure alignment with adjacent construction. Coordinate with related
work to ensure no interruption in installation.
D. Perform necessary cutting and altering for the installation of work of
other sections. Do not perform other additional cutting without
review by the Architect.
E. Field bolt and weld to match standard of shop bolting and welding.
Hide bolts and screws whenever possible. Where not hidden, use flush
countersunk fastenings, unless indicated otherwise. Make mechanically
fastened joints flush hairline butted. Grind welds smooth and flush.
3.4 PAINTING
A. Finish painting of exposed to view steel surface: Refer to Section
09900 - PAINTING.
********************
END OF SECTION 05510
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
05510-3
SECTION 05510
METAL STAIRS
3.3 ERECTION
A. Erect stairs square, level, plumb and free from distortion or defects
detrimental to appearance and performance.
B. Provide necessary anchors, plates and angles as required for '~
connecting stairs to the structure.
C. Ensure alignment with adjacent construction. Coordinate with related
work to ensure no interruption in installation.
D. Perform necessary cutting and altering for the installation of work of
other sections. Do not perform other addi t i ona 1 cutting without
review by the Architect.
E. Field bolt and weld to match standard of shop bolting and welding.
Hide bolts and screws whenever possible. Where not hidden, use flush
countersunk fastenings, unless indicated otherwise. Make mechanically
fastened joints flush hairline butted. Grind welds smooth and flush.
3.4 PAINTING
A. Finish painting of exposed to view steel surface: Refer to Section
09900 - PAINTING.
********************
END OF SECTION 05510
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
05510-3
SECTION 05810
EXPANSION JOINT COVER ASSEMBLIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Expansion Joint Cover Assemblies/Fire Barrier Systems
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings:
1. Provide fully dimensioned shop drawings for each different item,
identifying size, shape, material, finish installation methods
and relation to adjacent materials.
B. Certification
1. Provide certification from Architect approved testing agency that
fire barrier systems meet or exceed the fire rating requirements.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Expansion Joints and Covers:
1. Provide expansion joint covers in finished walls and ceilings as
indicated below.
2. Provide accessories, fittings, fasteners and related devices
required to make a complete installation.
3. Special Conditions: Expansion jOint assemblies to be secure and
tight fitting. Provide torx-with-peg type tamper resistant
fasteners at inmate accessible areas.
a. First Floor:
Zone A
Zone B - Medical/Infirmary, Laundry
Zone C
Zone D
Zone E
Zone F
b. Second Floor:
Zone A - Inmate Waiting
Zone C - Kitchen, Maintenance, Institutional Storage
Zone D
Zone E
Zone F
4. Colors and finishes will be selected by the Architect.
5. Acceptable products:
2" Joint
Fire
Barrier
a. Interior Wall (Masonry):
MM SYSTEMS
CONSTRUCTION SPECIALTIES
ASC
SFW
Yes
Yes
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
05810-1
SECTION 05810
EXPANSION JOINT COVER ASSEMBLIES
b.
,
Wall (Gypsum Boar~: -"
MM SYSTEMS
CONSTRUCTION SPECIALTIES
'...
ASC
SFW
Yes
Yes
c . Ce i1 i ng :
MM SYSTEMS ASC
CONSTRUCTION SPECIALTIES SFW
B . Fire
1. Provide fire barriers with certified tested assemblies meeting or
exceeding the code requirements.
2. Acceptable Products:
a. MM SYSTEMS "Pyroflex 2000"
b. CONSTRUCTION SPECIALTIES "FB-83"
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install expansion joint covers, fire barriers at proper locations and
elevations, plumb, level, in alignment and not distorted by
fastenings; in accordance with reviewed Shop Drawings and
manufacturer's directions.
B. Coordinate installation with other trades as applicable so items fit
and function as intended.
C. Isolate aluminum surfaces in contact with dissimilar metals, mason~,
concrete, plaster or mortar with two coats of zinc chromate paint or
non-conductive tape.
********************
END OF SECTION 05810
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
05810-2
Wood and Plastics
DIVISION 6
SECTION 06100
ROUGH CARPENTRY
PART 1 - ~N~RAL .'
1 . 1 SUMMAW'
A. Section Includes:
1. Rough carpentry
a. Wood blocking, furring, grounds, curbs, nailers and other
rough wood items.
b. Exterior plywood and rough plywood used in concealed or
semi-concealed areas.
c. Rough hardware.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. Lumber Standards: Comply with PS-20 and with applicable rules of the
respective grading and inspecting agencies for species and products
indicated.
B. Plywood Product Standards: Comply with PS-l (ANSI AI99.1) or
applicable APA Performance Standard for type of panel indicated.
1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Grading
1. Moisture content shall not exceed 19%. Materials with a nominal
thickness of 3" or less shall be kiln dried. Lumber shall be new
S4S unless noted otherwise, sound, seasoned and free from warp
that can not be corrected in process of nailing or bridging.
2. Grade and trademark shall be required on each piece of lumber or
on each bundle in bundled stock, unless shipment is accompanied
by certificate of inspection issued by grading organization.
B. Performance Requirements
1. Preservative Treatment
a. Pressure treated wood shall be treated by pressure methods
and so marked in accordance with the American Wood
Preservers Bureau Standards (AWPB).
b. Treatment shall be in accordance with AWPI Standard LP-2.
c. Wood treated with water-borne preservatives shall be
air-dried or kiln-dried to the moisture content specified
for lumber and marked with the word "DRY".
d. Treated wood which is field cut shall be brush-coated with
the preservative used in the original treatment.
2. Fire-Retardant Treatment
a. Lumber and plywood shall be fire retardant treated with UL
rating FR-S, with a surface burning characteristics rating
of 25 or less for flame spread, fuel contributed and smoke
developed and shall show no sign of progressive combustion
when tested for a full 30 mi nutes duration under the
standard test method for surface burning characteristics of
building materials. All pieces of fire retardant treated
lumber and plywood shall bear an Underwriter's Laboratory UL
label.
1. 4 SUBMITTALS
A. Certification:
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
06100-1
SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY
1. Preservative treated wood: Submi t cert i fi cat i on! that moi sture
content was reduced to 19% maximum, after treat~t.
2. Fire-retardant treatment: Submit certi"ication by'fteating plant
that materials comply with governing ordinances and will not
bleed through finished surfaces. Submit certification from
product manufacturers that material will not degrade prematurely
when exposed to high temperatures and moisture, and that products
are acceptable to Authorities Having Jurisdiction.
1.5 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Immediately upon delivery to job site, place materials in area
protected from weather.
B. Store materials above ground and cover.
C. Do not store seasoned materials in wet or damp portions of building.
D. Protect fire-retardant materials against high humidity and moisture
during storage and erection.
E. Protect sheet materials from corners breaking and damaging surfaces,
while unloading.
1.6 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Coordination: Fit carpentry work to other work; scribe and cope as
required to accurate fit. Correlate location of furring, nailers,
blocking, grounds, and similar supports to allow proper attachment of
other work.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURES
A. Acceptable wood product if in compliance with the above:
1. KOPPERS "Dricon"
2. OSMOSE WOOD PRESERVING CO. OF AMERICA "Flame Proof LHC"
3. HOOVER Treated Wood Products "Pyro-Guard".
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Lumber - General:
1. Factory-mark each piece of lumber with type, grade, mill, and
grading agency, except omit marking from surfaces to be exposed
without fi ni sh.
2. Nominal sizes are indicated, except as shown by detail
dimensions. Provide actual sizes as required by PS-20, for
moisture content specified for each use.
a. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated.
b. Provide seasoned lumber with 19% maximum moisture content at
time of dressing.
B. Rough Hardware:
1. Anchor bolts shall be steel, size as indicated, complete with
nuts and washers.
2. Lag bolts and miscellaneous bolts and screws shall be type, size
and finish best suited for intended use.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
06100-2
SECTION 06100
ROUGH CARPENTRY
3. Expansion shields shall be type and size best suited for intended
t. use.
4. Nails and staples shall be size and type best suited for the
purpose, in accordance with Federal Specification FF-N-I05 when
applicable to type used.
5. Where rough carpentry work is exposed to weather, in ground
contact, or in area of high relative humidity, provide
fasteners and anchorages with a hot-dip zinc coating (ASTM
AI53).
C. Wood:
1. Provide lumber of sizes indicated, worked into shapes shown, an
as follows:
a. Moisture Content: 19% maximum for lumber items not specified
to receive wood preservative treatment.
b. Grade: Construction Grade light framing size lumber of any
species or board size lumber as required. Provide
construction grade boards (WCLB) or No. 2 boards (SPIB or
WWPA) .
2. Blocking, grounds, nailing strips, sleepers, cant strips,
nailers, roof opening curbs, and other non-stress graded members
shall conform to the "National Grading Rule for Dimension Lumber"
established in conformance with Section 10, Product Standard PS
20.
3. Blocking, grounds nailing strips, sleepers and nailers shall be
Douglas Fir, Utility Grade per WCLB No. 16.
4. Wood in contact with exterior concrete, exposed exterior wood,
exterior masonry, or wood embedded in concrete shall be lumber
treated with pressure preservative meeting AWPB LP-2.
5. All wood blocking used within the building envelope shall be fire
retardant treated.
D. Plywood:
1. In structural applications, plywood shall meet or exceed require-
ments of "Plywood Specification Guide" published by AMERICAN
PLYWOOD ASSOCIATION (APA).
2. Each panel of construction plywood shall be identified with the
appropriate grade-trademark of the AMERICAN PLYWOOD ASSOCIATION
and shall meet the requirements of Product Standard PSI-74, Group
1.
3. All plywood which has any edge or surface permanently exposed the
weather shall be exterior type.
4. Grade and Group Or Identification Index shall be in accordance
with recommendations of the AMERICAN PLYWOOD ASSOCIATION for the
intended use.
5. Plywood Backing Panels: For mounting electrical or telephone
equipment, provide fire-retardant treated plywood panel s with
grade designation, APA C-D PLUGGED INT with exterior glue, in
thickness indicated, or, if not otherwise indicated, not less
than 1/2".
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
06100-3
SECTION 06100
ROUGH CARPENTRY
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. General:
1. Members shall be closely fitted, accurately set to required lines
and levels and rigidly secured in place.
2. Install fire retardant treated wood blocking and grounds in
partitions and ceilings for the attachment and support of
casework, millwork or other wall and ceiling hung items.
3. Discard units of material with defects which might impair quality
of work, and units which are too small to use in fabricating work
with minimum joints or optimum joint arrangement. ;
B. Method of Fastening:
1. Fasten carpentry items to building construction as required by
recognized standards to provide a secure, permanent installation.
Where fastening spacings or sizes are not shown, use spacings and
sizes of bolts, screws, and nails which exceed the strength of
members being fastened. Failure due to over-stressing must occur
in the members before occurring in the fastenings.
2. Unless indicated otherwise on Drawings, fastenings shall be as
follows:
a. Anchor bolts and bolts: 1/2" diameter extended 8" into
concrete, with nut and washer and opposite end bent 2".
b. Fastenings to concrete shall be metal and of type and
spacing to suit conditions. Spacing generally will be 16"
on center. Expansion shields, metal plugs, inserts or
similar fastenings may be used. Unless specifically shown,
wood plugs or nail i ng block sha 11 not be used. Powder
cartridge driven units may not be used on structural members
without prior review. Provide nails, spikes, screws, straps
and similar items of suitable type and sizes to attach and
hold members securely in place as may be necessary.
c. Furnish to other sections anchor bolts, inserts, and other
attachment devices required for securing wood or other
material of this Section to concrete, steel or material of
other Sections. Contractor shall locate devices.
d. Fastenings to steel studs shall be by wire tying, by bolts
and washers, or other reviewed method providing solid and
adequate anchorage.
e. Nailing shall be as required to assemble and secure wood
construction.
f. Countersink nail heads on exposed carpentry work and fill
holes.
3. Wood Grounds, Nailers, Blocking, and Sleepers:
a. Provide wherever shown and where required for screeding or
attachment of other work. Form to shapes as shown and cut
as required for true line and level of work to be attached.
Coordinate location with other work involved.
b. Attach to substrates as required to support applied loading.
Countersink bolts and nuts flush with surfaces, unless
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
06100-4
SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY
~therwis~'shown. Build into masonry during installation of
mas,,3nry ~rk. Where possi bl e, anchor to formwork before
concrete placement
c. Provide permanent grounds of dressed, preservative treated,
key-bevelled lumber not less than 1-1/2" wide and of
thickness required to bring face of ground to exact
thickness of finish material involved. Remove temporary
grounds when no longer required.
********************
END OF SECTION 06100
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
06100-5
SECTION 06200
FINISH CARPENTRY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Finish carpentry
a. Custom plastic laminated cabinetwork.
b. Custom shelving not provided in cabinetwork.
1. 2 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit Shop Drawings showing: plan view, elevations and end view of
cabinet work; appropriately scaled details of joinery; notations of
special features; and drawings required to illustrate deviations from
the contract requirements.
B. Cabinetwork manufacturer shall be responsible for details and
dimensions not controlled by job conditions. Field measurements which
are required and are beyond shop control shall be shown on shop
drawings.
C. Submit samples of proposed materials to the Architect for review and
for selection of colors.
1.3 STANDARDS
A. The "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards, Guide Specifications
and Quality Certification Program" manual, 1988 Edition, as published
by the ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK INSTITUTE shall form the basis of
reference and standard for defining acceptability of both material and
construction methods for work required of this Section and is included
by reference only.
B. Where specific requirements of this Section vary from AWl Manual, the
requirements of this Section shall govern.
C. NEMA Standards Publication No. LD3: High-Pressure Decorative
Laminates.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Be responsible for coordination of electrical boxes, utility and
equipment lines which are concealed; including plumbing, electrical,
telephone, lighting and security/communications systems.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Particle Board:
1. Particle board shall be used for plastic laminate finish,
concealed, and general utility use. Particle board shall comply
with requirements of ANSI A208.1-79, Grade I-M-2. In wet
locations, high humidity areas, and for tops in which sinks
occur, use Grade 2.M.2.
B. Plastic Laminate:
1. Plastic laminate for cabinetwork shall be high pressure laminate
meeting NEMA requirements for abrasion, heat, stain and moisture
resistance and dimensional stability.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
06200-1
SECTION 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY
2. Plastic laminate for use on cabinetwork shall be 1/16"" thick,
standard grade. Lami nate for use in casework i nteri ors and
vertical surfaces shall be 1/32" thick. All other plastic
laminate shall be 1/16" thick, standard grade..
3. Backing sheet shall be 0.020" or thicker as supplied by the
manufacturer. Counter shall have top and back splash of
decorative plastic laminate all to be applied to the core in the
shop, using commercial methods of application and pressing.
Exposed edges shall be laminate self-edged.
4. Colors will be selected by the Architect from the full palette of
solid colors of the manufacturer.
5. Manufacturers:
a. FORMICA
b. LAMINART
c. NEVAMAR
d. WILSONART
2.2 CABINETWORK
A. Construction:
1. Details shall conform to the reveal overlay design as shown in
the AWl pub li cat i on II Arch itectura 1 Woodwork Qua 1 ity Standards. . ",
fifth edition, 1988.
B. Hardware:
1. The cabi network manufacturer shall furni sh and i nsta 11 cabi net
work hardware. Finish of hardware shall be US26D or US28
depending upon base metal.
a. Hinges (reveal overlay) STANLEY #1563-2 and 1563-9x
b. Pull s STANLEY #4484 (US28)
c. Door 1 atches EPCO #541
d. Shelf standards and KNAPE & VOGT #233
brackets. standards with #237
supports.
e. Drawer guides GRANT #328 for drawers
of depth 2" to 7" and
a load capacity of 50
pounds.
GRANT #354 for pencil
drawers below counter
tops with a load
capacity of 50 pounds.
f. Continuous Hinges STANLEY #314
(Piano Hinge)
g. Locks: Five disk tumbler; NATIONAL
each department keyed
alike; all departments
under master keyed system.
h. Vent holes and grommet holes:
metal, stain chrome.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
06200-2
SECTION 06200
FINISH CARPENTRY
C.
Genera 1 : {
1. Body members otha5 than "5~~, drawer bottoms, pigeonhole
partitions or stated otherwise in this specification shall be
not less than 3/4" thick,
2. Cabinets shall be constructed with horizontal lumber web frames,
vertical particle board walls, or panels and face plates.
3. Cabinet bottom shall be 3/4" thick except in sink units where
1/4" tempered hardboard may be loose set on web frame for access
to service lines.
4. Cabinet backs shall be 1/4" minimum thickness hard board. In
base cabinets where no drawers occur, backs may be made removable
from the interior of the cabinet.
5. Drawer bottoms shall be 1/4" minimum thickness hard board.
6. Drawer sides shall have beveled top edges and plowed bottoms to
receive hardboard drawer bottom.
7. Fixed web frames and shelves shall be joined to ends or vertical
dividers with stop dado. Center shel f of full height storage
cabinets shall be fixed and permanently attached to cabinet back.
8. Adjustable shelves shall be supported on surface applied shelf
standards and brackets. Both edges but not ends of adjustable
shelves shall be edged with hardwood. .
9. Counter top assemblies shall consist of plastic laminate over
particle board. Sink cut-outs shall be made by this Section to
templates provided by sink supplier. Edges of cut-outs shall
permanently sealed to prevent water absorption.
10. Flush type doors shall be 3/4" thick for maximum size 26" wide by
48" high of veneered particle board; 1" to 1-1/4" thick for
maximum size 36" wide by 66" high of veneered particle board.
11. Bases shall be sol id lumber only, set to provide a toe space
2-1/4 deep by 4" high above finished flooring material for
cabinets 18" deep or deeper. Where similar individual units area
assembled together into one integral item, the base may be solid
yard lumber securely attached to the floor as a single unit.
12. I nteri or cabi network shall be factory prefi n i shed: Storage areas
and interior of drawers (semi-exposed areas) covered with backing
sheet.
Custom Fabricated Cabinetwork Items:
1. Equipment Numbers:
a. Shelf (Equipment Number 06402)
b. Heavy Duty Shelf (Equipment Number 06405)
2. Provide custom fabricated cabinetwork items.
3. Standards and brackets for adjustable shelving not in cabinets
sha 11 be KNAPE & VOGT 180 with No. 80 supports with fi n ish as
selected by the Architect. Shelves shall be 3/4" thick plywood
or particle board, covered both sides and all edges with plastic
laminate.
4. Heavy Duty Standards and Brackets: KNAPE & VOGT #87-187; satin
chrome finish. Shelving: 7/8"t thick plywood or particle board,
covered both sides and all edges with plastic laminate.
F.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
SID GROUP THREE
HLM 90007.00-2
06200-3
SECTION 06200
FINISH CARPENTRY
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Protect adjacent materials and surfaces; bear responsibility for
repair of damage to other finished materials caused by work of this
Section.
B. Provide scribe and filler strips as necessary to provide a finished
neat appearance, with hairline joints.
C. Make end splices exposed in finished members square butted. Install
members in as long lengths as possible.
D. Instal' work to details shown, plumb, level and to line and securely
anchored. Make scribes accurately. Miter corners of trim.
E. Cabinetwork:
1. Protect adjacent materials and surfaces; bear responsibility fir
repair of damage to other finished materials caused by work 0 f
this Section.
2. Provide scri be and fill er stri ps as necessary to provide a
finished neat appearance, with hairline joints.
F. On completion, finger marks and stains shall be removed and the work
left clean.
...
********************
END OF SECTION 06200
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
06200-4
Thermal and Moisture Protection
DIVISION 7
SECTION 07115
SHEET WATERPROOFING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
~
SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Extent of each type of sheet waterproofing work is defined to
include all sheet materials applied with sealed joints and
flashings as needed to form concealed waterproof membranes.
2. Types of sheet waterproofing specified in this section include
the following:
a. Bituminous/polyethylene sheet waterproofing.
,.
4
."k..._..,.
1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):
1. C177 - Test Method for Steady-State Heat Flux Measurements and
Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Guarded Hot Plate
Apparatus.
2. 0146 - Methods of Sampling and Testing Bitumen-Saturated Felts
and Woven Fabrics for Roofing and Waterproofing.
3. D412 - Tests for Rubber Properties in Tension.
4. D570 - Test Method for Water Absorption of Plastics.
5. D882 - Test Methods for Tensile Properties of Thin Plastic
Sheeting.
6. E96 - Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials.
7. E154 - Test Methods for Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact
with Earth Under Concrete Slabs, on Walls, or as Ground Cover.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer: Obta in pri mary waterproofi ng materi a 1 s of each type
required from a single manufacturer, to greatest extent possible.
Provide secondary materials only as recommended by manufacturer.
B. Installer: Firm with not less than 3 years of successful experience in
installation of waterproofing sheets similar to requirements for this
project and whi ch is acceptabl e to or 1 i censed by manufacturer of
primary waterproofing materials.
C. As applicable, assign work closely associated with waterproofing,
including (but not limited to) vapor barriers, insulation (except for
cementitious cast-in-place type), metal flashing and counter flashing,
expansion joints, and joint sealers, to installer of sheet water-
proofing, for individual responsibility.
D. Coordinate with other trades and make recommendations to ensure
comp 1 i ance and protect i on of membrane water proofi ng system wi th
adjacent materials.
E. Labels: Furnish only materials which have factory-applied labels
affixed to each container or roll of material certifying compliance
with requirements of standards specified.
F. Coordinate requirements of Owners Soils Report with analysis prior to
placement of waterproofing system.
1. Analyze soil and soil water samples for compatibility of the
selected waterproofing system.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
07115-1
SECTION 07115
SHEET WATERPROOFING
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Dat~: Submit specifications, installation instructions, and
general recommendations from waterproofing materials manufacturer, for
types of waterproofing required. Include data for each material,
substantiating that materials comply with requirements.
1.5 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Substrate: Proceed with work of this section only after substrate
construction, openings, and penetrating work have been completed.
B. Weather: Proceed with waterproofing and associ ated work only when
existing and forecasted weather conditions will permit work to be
performed in accordance with manufacturers' instructions and warranty
requirements.
1.6 SPECIAL PROJECT WARRANTY
A. Provide written warranty, signed by Contractor, Installer, and manu-
facturer of primary waterproofing materials, agreeing to
replace/repair defective materials and workmanship, including
s i gni fi cant 1 eakage of water, abnormal agi ng or deteri orat i on of
materials, and other failures of sheet waterproofing to perform as
required within warranty period. Warranty includes responsibility for
removal and replacement of other work which conceals sheet
waterproofing. During warranty period, repairs and replacements
required because of acts of God and other events beyond
Contractor's/Installer's/Manufacturer's control (and which exceed
performance requirements) shall be completed by Contractor/Installer
and paid for by Owner at prevailing rates.
B. Warranty period is 5 years after date of substantial completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MATERIALS
A. General: Provide sheet waterproofing materials recognized to be of
generic type indicated and tested to show compliance with indicated
performances, or provide other similar materials certified in writing
to be equal-to-or-better than specified in every significant respect,
and acceptable to Architect.
B. Rubberi zed Asphalt Sheet Waterproofi ng: Sel f-adheri ng membrane of
rubberized asphalt integrally bonded to polyethylene sheeting, formed
into uniform flexible sheets of thickness shown, or not less than 56
mil s if no thi ckness is shown, in widths of not 1 ess than 36", and
complying with the following:
1. Tensile Strength (ASTM D412): 250 psi min.
2. Ultimate Elongation (ASTM 0412): 300% min.
3. Brittleness Temperature (ASTM 0746): -250F.
4. Hydrostatic Head Resistance: 75 feet min.
5. Water Absorption (ASTM 0570): Not More than 0.5% weight gain for
48 hours of immersion at 70oF.
6. Products/Manufacturers: One of the following:
a. Bituthene 4000 System; W.R. GRACE & CO.
-)
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
07115-2
SECTION 07115
SHEET WATERPROOFING
C.
b. Polyguard No. 650; POLYGUARD PRODUCTS~ INC.
c. Plastiwrap; PROGRESS UNLIMITED, INC.
Miscellaneous Materials:
1. Adhesives: Provide types of adhesive compound and tapes
recommended by waterproofing sheet manufacturer, for bonding to
substrate (if required), for waterproof seal ing of seams in
membrane, and for waterproof sealing of jOints between membrane
and flashings, adjoining surfaces and projections through
membrane.
Primers: Provide type of concrete primer recommended by manu-
facturer of sheet waterproofing material for applications
required.
Coatings: Provide type of coating (if any) recommended by water
proofing sheet manufacturer, for improvement of weathering resistance
on exposed areas of membrane, including areas extended as flashing (if
any). Provide black coating except as otherwise indicated.
Flashing Materials: Except as otherwise indicated, provide types of
flexible sheet material recommended by waterproofing sheet
manufacturer for flashing.
Protection Course: Where shown, provide type recommended by water-
proofing sheet manufacturer, unless another type is indicated include
adhesives recommended by manufacturer.
1.-
, ,
~'
2.
K.
L.
M.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Installer must examine substrate and conditions under which water-
proofing work is to be performed and must notify Contractor in writing
of unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory
conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Installer.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Prior to installation of waterproofing and associated work, meet at
project site with Installer of each component of associated work,
inspection and testing agency representatives (if any), and installers
of work requiring coordination with waterproofing work, for purpose of
reviewing materials selections and procedures to be followed in
performing work.
B. On concrete decks, immediately before placement of waterproofing
sheet, grind surface lightly with terrazzo grinder or similar device,
to ensure removal of projections which might penetrate sheet. Clean
deck of loose material.
C. App 1 y pri mer to concrete and masonry surfaces at rate recommended
manufacturer of primary waterproofi ng materi al s. Prime only area
whi ch will be covered by WP membrane in same worki ng day; repri ce
areas not covered by WP metnbrane within 24 hours.
D. Do not advance laying of insulation ahead of waterproofing more than
necessary for sequence of operation. Cover insulation exposed at end
of day's work (and when rain threatens) with waterproofing materials.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
07115-3
SECTION 07115
SHEET WATERPROOFING
,.
"Remove"an~,dtspose of insulation which has become wet; replace before
proceedin~~tth insulating and waterproofing work.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for handling and installation
of sheet waterproofing materials, except where more stringent require-
ments are shown.
B. Coordinate installation of waterproofing materials and associated work
to provide complete system complying with combined recommendations of
manufactures and installers involved in work. Schedule installation
to minimize period of exposure of sheet waterproofing materials.
C. Extend waterproofing sheet and flashings as shown to provide complete
membrane over area indicated to be waterproofed. Seal to projections
through membrane and seal seams. Bond to vertical surfaces and also,
where shown or recommended by manufacturer, bond to horizontal
surfaces.
D. Coat exposed areas of sheet and flashing materials. Comply with sheet
manufacturer's recommendations for application and cure of coating.
E. Install protection course of type indicated over completed membrane,
complying with manufacturer's recommendations for both waterproofing
sheet and protection course materials.
3.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. It is required that waterproof membranes be watertight and not
deteriorate in excess of limitations published by manufacturer.
1. In-place testing: Before completed membranes on horizontal
surfaces are covered by protection course or other work, test for
leaks with 2" depth of water maintained for 24 hours. Repair any
1 eaks revealed by exami nat i on of substructure and repeat test
until no leakage is observed.
3.5 PROTECTION
A. Institute all required procedures for protection of completed membrane
during installation of work over membrane and throughout remainder of
construction period. Do not allow traffic of any type on unprotected
membrar'le.
********************
END OF SECTION 07115
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
07115-4
SECTION 07210
BUILDING INSULATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
<!
. .
1 . 1 SUMMARY
A. Building insulation work. Provide all accessories and components for
a complete installation for:
1. Rigid board insulation
2. Fire safing insulation.
3. Bonding adhesives.
6. Fire/Smoke Stop System
B. Provide materials only for installation as specified in other
Sections.
1. Rigid insulation for exterior wall-interior side.
2. Rigid insulation for cast-in-crete concrete block-outs.
3. Rigid insulation for insulated concrete floors under food service
walk-in units.
C. Related Sections:
1. Section 03412 - PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS.
2. Section 03490 - PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL.
3. Section 03520 - INSULATING CONCRETE
1. 2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product literature and
installation instructions for each type of insulation material
required.
B. Certified Test Reports: With product data, submit copies of certified
test reports showi ng compliance wi th speci fi ed performance values
including R values (aged values for plastic insulations), densities,
compression strengths, fire performance characteristics, and similar
properties.
C. Submit written certification that material proposed for use complies
with requirements established by this Section. Indicate testing
agency and test number, for materi a 1 s wh i ch are a part of a rated
assembly.
1.3 PRODUCT DELIVERY
A. Use means necessary to protect materi a 1 s of th is sect i on before,
during, and after installation and to protect installed work and
materials of other trades.
B. In event of damage, immediately make repairs and replacements
necessary at no additional cost to Owner.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fire Performance Characteristics: Provide insulation materials which
are i dent i ca 1 to those whose fi re performance characteri st i cs and
acoustical properties, as listed for each material or assembly of
which insulation is a part, have been determined by testing, per
methods indicated below, by UL or other testing and inspecting agency
acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
1. Where insulation for rated roof/ceiling assembly, floor/ceiling
assembly, wall assembly or perimeter insulations are required,
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
07210-1
SECTION 07210
BUILDING INSULATION
ptovide insulation )ypes which have been fire-tested under
simulated field cond\~tpns and ASTM E-119 time-temperature fire
exposure tests. To v!Ubmittal" requirements of this Section,
provide testing agency, test number, and hourly rating certifi-
cation as approved by UL or authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Surface Burning Characteristics: Conform to ASTM E 84 "Surface
Burning Characteristics of Building Materials".
C. Fire Resistance Ratings: Conform to ASTM E1l9, "Fire Tests of Building
Construction and Materials."
D. Regulatory Requirements:
1. Energy Efficiency Code for Building Construction; State of
Florida, Department of Community Affairs.
a. Comply with Energy Codes for energy efficiency building
requirments. Certify in writing, with calculations that the
proposed installation meets or exceeds these requirements.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Rigid Insulation:
1. Extruded closed cell polystyrene. Thermal resi stance "R" of 1"
thickness at 5.0 (at 75-F mean temperature) and 5.4 (at 40-F.).
Density: not less than 1.7 pounds per cubic foot; water
absorption: less than 0.7% by volume; "K" factor at 75-F. shall
not be greater than 0.25. Conform to the requirements of ASTM C
578, Type X materi al s. Maximum fl ame spread 5 and smoke
developed of 165. Products:
a. DOW CHEMICAL COMPANY "Styrofoam SG/TG"
b. U.C. INDUSTRIES "Foamular"
c. AMOCO FOAM PRODUCTS
B. Rigid Insulation for Floor Conditions:
1. Provide DOW "Styrofoam PD-60"; extruded polystyrene foam
insulation with minimum compressive strength of 60 lbs/sq. in. to
comply with ASTM D-1621; R-value of 5.0 per 1" thickness (at 75-
mean temperature) when tested in accordance with ASTM C-518;
maximum water absorption of 0.1% by volume when tested with ASTM
C-272; and meeting physical properties given in ASTM C-578, type
I I. IV. Products:
a. DOW CHEMICAL COMPANY "Styrofoam SM/TG"
b. U.C. INDUSTRIES "Foamular"
c. AMOCO FOAM PRODUCTS
C. Rigid Insulation Joint Tape:
1. Provide copolymer film adhesive tape for jointing rigid
insulation boards and maintaining vapor barrier.
2. Properties:
a. Thickness: 2.1 mils
b. Adhesion: 30 oz/inch of width
c. Tensile Strength: 27 lbs/in of width
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
07210-2
SECTION 07210
BUILDING INSULATION
d. El ongat ion: 110%
e. Temperature Range: -40 to +250oF
3. Acceptable Manufacturer:
a. CAN-DO INC. "Product No. 132".
b. Architect approved equivalent.
E. Spray Applied Insulation:
1. Section 07215 - Sprayed Insulation - Bid Group Three.
F. Fire Safing Insulation with mechanical attachment for perimeter
locations and conditions affecting Bid Group Two components and
requirements (comply with ASTM C665):
1. USG "Thermafi ber"
2. MANVILLE "Pyrofiber"
3. FIBREX, INC. "Fibergard Perimeter Insulation"
G. Fire/Smoke Stop System: Smoke resistant sealant shall be a two-part
fire tested system to maintain the integrity of fire rating
requirements at floor slab perimeter and conditions affecting Bid
Group Two components and requi rements. Comply with manufacturer
recommendations for installation. Provide all required components for
a complete System. Approved Product: USG "Fire/Smoke-Stop System",
with "Thermafiber" Smoke-Seal compound and "Thermafiber" curtain wall
Insulation, (Foil Facing). Provide "Thermafiber" safing insulation as
an integral part of the Fire/Smoke Stop System.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Prior to work of this Section, carefully examine installed work of
other trades and verify that such work is complete to point where this
installation may properly commence.
B. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Architect.
C. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until such
discrepancies have been fully resolved.
D. Coordinate with other trades to ensure proper and adequate interface
of work of other trades with work of this section.
E. Comply with manufacturers recommendations for particular conditions of
installation in each case.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Surface Preparation: Masonry surfaces (concrete block) shall be in a
uniform plane, dry, free of grease, paint, or other material
detrimental to bonding of adhesives. Poured-in-place or precast
concrete shall be free of form oil film. Projections shall be removed
by chipping or grinding.
B. Adhesives shall be installed per manufacturer's recommendations and
pri nted product 1 iterature. Adhes i ves shall not be app 1 i ed when
temperature is below 40 degrees F.
C. Rigid board insulation shall be installed in a horizontal, closely
butted layout, with staggered vertical joints.
D. Fire Safing Insulation: Shall, be packed tightly and retained around
all conduits, piping, duct work and at all penetrations of decks,
walls and floors where required. Pack tightly at all decks, and cover
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
07210-3
SECTION 07210
BUILDING INSULATION
with topping sim1'lar to adjacent materials. Fire safing shall be
provided at all perimeter '.locations to completely seal floors and
walls to fire rating requirements. Installation mechanically attached
(with safing clips or wire support brackets, unless shown otherwise),
per manufacturer recommendations.
E. Seal all joints in vapor barriers with tape as recommended by
insulation manufacturer. Seal all joints caused by pipes, conduits
and similar items penetrating vapor barriers with aluminized type of
tape recommended by the vapor barri er manufacturer to create an
airtight seal between penetrating objects and vapor barrier. Repair
all tears or punctures in vapor barriers immediately before
concealment by other work.
F. Comp 1 y wi th manufacturer reconvnendat ions for i nsta 11 at i on of
smoke-stop sealant system (Fire/Smoke Stop System), at all
slab/perimeter locations.
3.3 PROTECTION
A. Protect installed insulation and vapor barriers from harmful weather
exposures and from possible physical abuses, where possible by non
delayed installation of concealing work or, where that is not
possible, by temporary covering or enclosure.
********************
END OF SECTION 07210
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
07210-4
SECTION 07215
SPRAYED INSULATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes
1. Sprayed-on cellulose fiber insulation and acoustical treatment to
underside of structure.
2. Surface sealer and protective overcoat.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASTM C177 Steady-State Heat Flux Measurements and Thermal
Transmission Properties by Means of the Guarded Hot-Plate Apparatus.
B. ASTM C518 - Steady-State Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of
the Heat Flow Meter.
C. ASTM CI014 - Spray Applied Mineral Fiber Thermal or Acoustical
Insulation.
D. ASTM CI015 - Installation of Cellulosic and Mineral Fiber Loose Fill
Thermal Insulation.
E. ASTM D1622 - Apparent Density of Rigid Cellular Plastics.
F. ASTM E84 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
G. ASTM E-119 - Full Scale Fire Wall Test, including Hose Stream Test.
H. ASTM C-423 - Noise Reduction Coefficients.
I. ASTM C-523 - Light Reflectance
J. ASTM E-736 - Bond Strength
K. ASTM E-859 - Air Erosion
L. ASTM E-739 - Moisture Absorption
M. ASTM E-90 - Sound Transmission Loss
N. ASTM E-413 - Sound Transmission Loss
O. ASTM E-I042 - Acoustical Absorption
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Provide data on insulation and overcoat materials,
describing insulation properties, sealer and overcoat requirements.
B. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures
and perimeter conditions.
C. Manufacturer's Certificate: Provide certification that products meet
or exceed performance requirements of this Section.
1.4 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company special izing in manufacturing the Products
specified in this section with minimum five years documented
experience.
B. Appl icator: Company special izing in performing the work of this
section with minimum three years documented experience, and approved
by manufacturer.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Regulatory Requirements
1. Energy Efficiency Code for Building Construction; State of
Florida, Department of Community Affairs.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
07215-1
SECTION 07215
SPRAYED INSULATION
B.
,
Comply with Energy Codes for energy eff~ien~ building requirements.
Certify in writing with calculations inat the proposed installation
meets or exceeds these requirements.
.':1"
1.6 MOCKUP
A. Construct mockup 10' x 10' which includes ceiling construction and
substrates to which insulation will be applied.
B. Locate where directed by Architect.
C. Mockup may remain as part of the Work.
1.7 PRE-INSTALLATION CONFERENCE
A. Convene 7 days prior to commencing work of this Section.
1.8 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Do not install insulation and overcoat when ambient and surface
temperatures are lower than indicated in manufacturers instructions.
B. Maintain acceptable ambient and substrate surface temperatures prior
to, during, and after installation of primer; insulation materials and
overcoat.
1.9
SEQUENCING
A. Apply insulation after hangers and supporting clips are
before subsequent construction is erected as
manufacturer's instructions.
installed but
required by
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable Products
1. International Cellulose Corporatioh: K-13 and 'FC' Dura-K
2. Architect approved equivalent.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Cellulose Fiber Insulation (K-13): ASTM C739, treated cellulose
fiber, and binding system; conforming to the following:
1. ReQuirements
Test
Results
K (ksi) factor ASTM C177
Density ASTM 01622
NRC
Moisture Absorption -
Flame Spread of 15
Smoke Developed: 0
Rating ASTM E84
0.22K
4 lb/cu ft
.75 for 1 inch thickness.
Maximum 15 percent by weight.
2. Color as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard
colors.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
07215-2
SECTION 07215
SPRAYED INSULATION
..
(" B. Cellulose Fiber Acoustfcal Treatment ("FC" Dura-K): ASTM C739,
treated cellulose fiber and binding system for abrasion and air
erosion resistance; conforming to the following:
1. ReQuirements
Test
Results
K (ksi) factor ASTM C177
Density ASTM 01622
NRC
Moisture Absorption -
Flame Spread of 15
Smoke Developed: 0
Rating ASTM E84
0.22K
4 lb/cu ft
.75 for 1 inch thickness.
Maximum 15 percent by weight.
2. Co lor as selected by Arch itect from manufacturer's standard
colors.
2.3 ACCESSORIES
A. Primer: As required by insulation manufacturer.
B. Overcoat: Cementitious type, spray applied; ASTM E84 flame spread and
smoke developed rating of 15/0; ASTM E-84/UL 723 manufactured by
INTERNATIONAL CELLULOSE CORP.
C. Insulation Stop: Sheet metal, profiled and sized to suit adjacent
materials. Galvanized trim for exterior and moist interior
conditions.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that surfaces are clean, dry, and free of matter that may
inhibit adhesion.
B. Verify other work on and within spaces to be insulated is complete
prior to application.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Mask and protect adjacent surfaces from overspray or damage.
B. Apply primer in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
C. Install insulation stops.
3.3 APPLICATION
A. Apply insulation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Apply insulation to a uniform monolithic density without voids.
C. Apply to achieve a thermal resistance R value of 4.50 per inch for the
following conditions:
1. Insulation at exterior underside of first floor structure:
minimum R = 1.5. '
2. Acoustical treatment at interior underside of roof assembly/
structure: minimum R = 2.50.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
07215-3
SECTION 07215
SPRAYED INSULATION
3.4 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK
A. Do not permit subsequent construction work to disturb applied
insulation. Protect work from damage during the construction
progress.
********************
END OF SECTION 07215
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
07215-4
SECTION 07272
FIRESTOP AND PENETRATION SEALING SYSTEM
1.-
.
PART 1 - GENERAL~j
1 . 1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Fire stopping at penetrations through rated floor slabs, fire-
rated and smoke-rated wall assemblies.
2. Penetrations shall be sealed with firestopping to maintain the
integrity of the rated floor or wall assembly in which they
occur.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer: certified and approved by the manufacturer of the material
and skilled in this type of application with minimum three years of
documented experience.
B. Installation and materials shall conform to UL Design 1479 and ASTM E
814-83, "Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Fire Stops."
C. Job Mock-Up:
1. Prepare sample application in location directed by Architect.
2. Mock-up shall constitute standard of acceptance for remaining
work.
D. Coordinate firestopping sleeve locations and requirements with other
Sections of this Project Manual.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Test Reports:
1. Submi t dup 1 i cate copi es of fi re test reports of fi restoppi ng
application to substrate materials required.
2. Submit reports of testing agencies per ASTM E-84 - Standard
Method of Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Fire Stops, and ASTM
E-119, Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials.
B. Submit duplicate copies of manufacturer's descriptive literature and
application instructions for each type of firestopping to the
Architect for review prior to installation.
1. Submit shop drawings showing proposed material, sleeves,
reinforcement anchorage, fastening, and method of installation.
Construction details shall reflect actual job conditions.
2. Submit proposed system to be used with system number, and testing
agency approval indicating compliance with requirements of this
section.
C. Certificates:
1. Furnish manufacturer's certification that materials meet or
exceed specification requirements.
2. At job close-out, furnish applicator's certification that
material has been installed and completed as specified to meet
fire resistance ratings, thickness requirements and application
requirements.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver in original unopened containers or packages bearing
manufacturer name, brand designation, and product description.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
07272 -1
SECTION 07272
FIRESTOP AND PENETRATION SEALING SYSTEM
B. Store materi a 1 s under cover and protect from da~age. Do4.~t use
damaged materials.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Silicone Rubber Penetration Sealant:
1. Acceptable products:
a. GE Pensil 200 Silicone Foam by GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
b. GE RTV 6428 Silicone Solid by GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
c. DOW CORNING Fire Stop System
d. 3M BRAND Fire Barrier Penetration Sealing System
e. NELSON FIRESTOP PRODUCTS.
f. METALINES, INC. "Metacaul k 950".
B. Firestop manufacturer's recommended sleeves and damming material as
back-up for applied firestopping compounds (ceramic fiber backing).
C. Materials and components: as required to maintain the integrity of the
rated floor or wall assembly in which penetrations occur.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine prior construction and conditions under which work will be
performed.
B. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Fill voids and cracks in large penetration openings. Level and smooth
materials in locations where firestopping is exposed to view as a
finish material.
B. Clean substrate of dirt, grease, oil, loose material, moisture or
other matter which would affect bond of firestopping.
C. Clean concrete surfaces to receive firestopping materials of
incompatible form releasing agents.
D. Verify that existing painted surfaces to receive firestopping are
compatible with fire stopping materials and bond requirements.
E. Assure that supports, sleeves, conduits, pipes and other items
required to penetrate the fire stopping are placed before applying
firestopping materials.
F. Verify that ducts, piping, equipment, or other items which would
interfere with application of firestopping are not positioned until
firestopping work is completed.
G. Mix firestopping materials to manufacturers printed instructions.
3.3 APPLICATION
A. Application of firestopping shall be scheduled to coordinate with work
of other trades.
B. Apply fi restoppi ng to comply with tested assembly requi rements and
acceptable sample installation.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
07272-2
SECTION 07272
FIRESTOP AND PENETRATION SEALING SYSTEM
---
C. Apply fh'estopping in penetration voids, building up to required
thickness in one or more passes, allowing material to dry and cure
completely with monolithic blanket of uniform density and texture.
D. Installation of primer and materials: made in strict accordance with
the manufacturer's printed instructions, as approved by the testing
agency.
3.4 ADJUST AND CLEAN
A. Patching:
1. Patch damage to this work by other trades before fire stopping is
covered up, or if exposed, before final inspection.
2. Uncover work covered for observation prior to acceptance.
3. Patch existing firestopping which has been removed for attachment
of other materi al s or equi pment and restore to requi red fi re
resistant rating.
B. Protection:
1. Protect applied firestopping until final acceptance.
C. Cl ean-Up:
1. Clean over spray or drippings with manufacturer's recommended
cleaning materials and methods.
********************
END OF SECTION 07272
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
07272-3
SECTION 07530
SINGLE PLY ROOFING
1.3
PART 1 -' GENERAL
1.1
":fl
'wi
-"
SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Preparation and clearing of surfaces.
2. Fully adhered Single Ply Roofing System.
a. Walkway treads.
b. Cant Strip: Preformed insulated.
Roof expansion joints.
Install prefabricated curbs.
Copings, flashings, and scuppers.
3.
4.
5.
1.2
REFERENCES
A. ASTM C707 - Gypsum Board Substrate for Floor or Roof Assemblies.
B. ASTM C177 - Test Method for Steady-State thermal Transmission
Properties by Means of the Guarded Hot Plate.
C. ASTM CS78 - Preformed, Cellular Polystyrene Thermal Insulation.
D. ASTM C728 - Perlite Thermal Insulation Board.
E. ASTM D412 - Rubber Properties in Tension.
F. ASTM D746 - Brittleness Temperature of Plastics and Elastomeric
by Impact.
G. ASTM D624 - Rubber Property - Tear Resistance.
H. ASTM 0822 - Pract ice for Operat i ng Li ght and Water- Exposure
Apparatus (Carbon-Arc) Type for Testing Paint, Varnish, Lacquer,
and Related Products.
I. ASTM DI004 - Initial Tear Resistance of Plastic Film and
Sheeting.
J. ASTM D2240 - Rubber Property - Durometer Hardness.
K. ASTM E96 - Water Vapor Transmission of Materials.
L. Factory Mutual (FM) Engineering Corporation - Roof Assembly
Classifications.
M. National Roofing Contractors Association (NRCA) - Roofing and
Waterproofing Manual.
N. SPRI - Wind Design Guide for Ballasted Single Ply Roofing
Systems.
O. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) - Fire Hazard Classifications.
TESTING AGENCY
A. Testing is to be performed by the Owner's Testing Laboratory Services.
Provide free access to work and cooperate with appointed firm.
B. Testing of roofing system is to be performed to ensure conformance
with requirements. If defects are revealed, Architect may request
that roofing system be subjected to further inspection and testing to
ascertain full degree of defect. Pay for all costs incurred.
C. Correct all defects and irregularities as advised by Architect. Pay
for costs incurred.
1. 4 SUBMITTALS
A. Provide Shop Drawings with the following information:
1. Materials list, roofing manufacturers installation instructions
and descriptive information for new areas.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
HLM 90007.00-3
07530-1
SECTION 07530
SINGLE PLY ROOFING
~
2. Flashing details/curb flashing details. Show all conditions.
(Drawings that consist only of manufacturer standa~d detaifs are
not acceptable.)
3. Expansion joint details.
4. Venting details
B. Provide samples at the job site for review of the following:
1. Walkway tread sample.
C. Submit manufacturer written certification that the selected system
complies with ANSI A58.1, latest edition of "Minimum Design Loads for
Buildings and Other Structures" design pressures based on wind
velocities, and that the system has been tested at a recognized
laboratory, (UL, FM or other acceptable to Authority having
Jurisdiction).
D. Manufacturer's Review: Before delivering roofing materials to project
site, submit written certification from the manufacturer stating that
the drawings and specifications have been reviewed, and that the
manufacturer is in agreement that the selected materials, details, and
system for roofing are proper and adequate for the application shown.
Indicate by transmittal form that copy of statement has been
distributed to the contractor, and review approval by manufacturer has
been presented at the pre-application roofing conference. Submit
manufacturer's written approval of Installer.
E. Prior to materials being delivered to jobsite, submit:
1. Copy of Intent to Warrant, signed and dated by manufacturer and
installer.
2. Copy of Roof Guarantee for Architect's and Owner review.
3. Submit installer and manufacturer qualifications for Owner
review.
F. At completion of roofing work, submit written certification statement
signed by the roofing manufacturer and installer's field supervisor,
that all components of the roofi ng system have been i nsta 11 ed to
manufacturers printed instructions and that all materials and
installation are proper for work intended.
~.
....
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Single ply roofing system shall be applied only by factory trained and
approved roofing contractor familiar with the product and in strict
compliance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. The roofing manufacturer shall be a firm with a minimum of five years
experience in the production of roofing materials.
C. The roofing installer shall be a firm with minimum of five years of
specialized experience with installation of roofing work indicated and
specified, and have written approval of the manufacturer as an
approved Installer.
D. The insulation shall be compatible with and approved by the manu-
facturer of the roofing system. All components of the roofing system,
i ncl udi ng but not 1 imited to membrane fl ashi ngs, mastics, caul ks,
sealants, venting, and fasteners shall be approved by membrane roofing
manufacturer.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
07530-2
SECTION 07530
SINGLE PLY ROOFING
E. Comply wi th appl icabl e code requi rements for UL Cl ass "A" rati ng, with
wind .uplift resistance of Class 60 or FM Class 1 construction with
1-90 wind uplift resistance requirements.
1. Tested per FM Standard 4470.
a. UL Wind Uplift Resistance of Class 60.
F. Comply with insurance rating bureau requirements for UL Class A type
roofing, or FM Class I.
G. Comply with roofing manufacturer requirements for venting. Coordinate
venting details with other section requirements.
1. Venting requirements shall be as recommended by the roof membrane
manufacturer.
H. Comply with National Roofing Contractors Association (NRCA) Manual
recommended procedures for roof membrane penetrations.
I. Assign work closely associated with single ply roofing including (but
not limited to) flashing, counter-flashing, and expansion joints and
jOint sealers to installer of single ply roofing.
J. Coordinate work and material requirements with Division 5 and 7.
K. Regulatory Requirements:
1. Energy Efficiency Code for Building Construction; State of
Florida, Department of Community Affairs.
a. Comply with Energy Codes for energy efficiency building
requirments. Certify in writing, with calculations that the
proposed installation meets or exceeds these requirements.
1.6 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Preliminary Roofing Conference: As soon as possible after award of
roofing work, meet with Installer, installers of substrate
construction (decks), and other work adjoining roof system including
penetrating work and roof-top units, Architect, Owner, and
representatives of other entities directly concerned with performance
of roofing system including (as applicable) Owner's insurers and test
agencies. Review requirements (Contract Documents), submittals,
status of coordinating work, availability of materials and
installation facilities and establish preliminary testing,
certifications, forecasted weather conditions, governing regulations,
insurance requirements, and proposed installation procedures. Record
discussion including agreement or disagreement on matters of
significance; furnish copy of recorded discussions to each
part i ci pant. Di scuss roofi ng system protect ion requi rements for
construction period extending beyond roofing installation.
B. Pre-Application Roofing Conference: Approximately two weeks prior to
scheduled commencement of roofing installation and associated work,
meet at project site with Installer, installer of each component of
associated work, installers of deck or substrate construction to
receive roofing work, installers of roof-top units, and other work in
and around roofing which must precede or follow roofing work
(including mechanical work if any), Architect, Owner, roofing system
manufacturer's representative, and other representatives directly
concerned with performance of the work including (where applicable)
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
07530-3
SECTION 07530
SINGLE PLY ROOFING
'...
OWner's insurers, test agencies, and governing authorities. Record
(Contractor) discussions of conference and decisions and agreements
(or disagreements) reached, and furnish copy of record to each party
attending. Review; methods and procedures related to roofing work.
C. During storage and handling, protect insulation materials from weather
elements.
-"
1.7 WARRANTY
A. Provide the Owner wi th a manufacturers "no doll ar 1 imit" ten year
limited warranty as follows:
1. The manufacturer of the roofing membrane shall warrant to the
Owner for a period of ten years that the manufacturer's roofing
system as installed on the building shall be free from defects in
materials supplied by the manufacturer and free from defects in
workmanship by the roofing installer.
2. Duri ng the term of th is warranty the manufacturer shall have
access to the roof for inspection during normal business hours.
3. The Owner shall obtain the manufacturer's written approval before
making alterations of the roof or installing structures, fixtures
or utilities on or through the roof.
4. The Owner will provide the manufacturer with written notification
of defects or leaks in the roof and claims under the warranty
within 30 days of the discovery of the defect or leak.
B. Provide Owner with a two year warranty on materials and labor for
metal coping, flashing and scuppers.
C. Warranty costs shall not exceed the cost of the original roof
installation (including roofing membrane, and flashing).
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Acceptable ethylene propylene diene monomer (EPDM) Manufacturers/
Products:
1. GOODYEAR TIRE & RUBBER CO./"Versigard" Roof System:
a. Fully adhered single ply system, EPDM.
b. 60 mil thick membrane, white color.
c. Comply with FM Class I, 1-90 wind uplift resistance.
d. Manufacturer II Insta-Seam" factory applied heat-sealable
adhesive.
2. FIRESTONE BUILDING PRODUCTS
3. CARLISLE SYNTEC SYSTEMS
4. Architect approved equivalent.
B. Fasteners:
1. Screws, nails and fastening accessories for fastening metals
shall be corrosion-resistant:
a. For coated steel: plastic coated or stainless steel.
b. For galvanized steel: galvanized or cadmium plated.
2. Fastening accessories for concrete decks shall be corrosion-
resistant, carbon steel, designed to attach membranes to
structural concrete decks.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
07530-4
SECTION 07530
SINGLE PLY ROOFING
3. Fastening patterns shall be '-as ,approved by the membrane
manufacturer. ..,~
C. Walkway Treads: Compatible wi~ roofing material. Installation per
membrane manufacturer instructions. Secure walkway treads per
manufacturer instructions. Provide padding underlayment, if required
by roofing manufacturer.
D. Elastic Expansion Joints:
1. General: Provide manufacturer's standard units of size and type
indicated, complete with prefabricated corner and intersection
units and splicing materials; with elastic sheet flashing
forming the primary joint membrane, in a supported bellows
arrangement to be secured to both sides of expansion joints; with
bellows insulated from below with adhesively applied, flexible
closed-cell rubber or plastic not less than 3/8" thick.
a. Type: Plain sheet or encapsulated metal flanged edges, for
embedment in other construction or mechanically fastening to
substrates, 8" minimum flange width.
E. Sheet Metal Flashing/Copings/Scuppers
1. Material/Finishes
a. Exterior sheet metal flashing, copings, scuppers and trim
exposed to view shall be 24 gauge, (G-90) galvanized steel,
primed both sides and finishes on exterior side with PPG
Duranar 200 with KYNAR 500 (ATOCHEM), fluoropolmer coatings,
in color as selected by Architect.
1) Provide continuous hold-down clips and anchor cleats
for coping.
2) For copings: Provide pre-finished and pre-formed
corners for all exteri or and i nteri or corner
applications.
b. Approved Product:
a. "Colorklad" VINCENT BRASS & ALUMINUM CO., Minneapolis,
MN.
b. Architect approved equivalent.
2. Fasteners:
1. Screws, nails, and fastening accessories for fastening
metals shall be non-corrosive types and compatible with
adjacent surfaces: galvanized or cadmium plated.
F. Others
1. Provide associated products necessary for a complete roof
assembly.
a) Uncured flashing membrane: 60 mil EPDM; White.
b) Adhesives, primers, sealants and pourable sealers.
c) Wood Nailers: Pressure treated, grade #2 or better.
2.2 FABRICATION OF COPINGS AND FLASHING
A. SMACNA and NRCA Details: Conform work with applicable fabrication
requirements of "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" by SMACNA. Comply
with installation details of "Roofing and Waterproofing Manual" by
NRCA and as recommended by roofing manufacturer.
B. Verify dimensions and take necessary field measurements before
fabrication.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
07530-5
SECTION 07530
SINGLE PLY ROOFING
C. Fabricate sheet metal items and copings in maximum lengths and hold
joints to a minimum.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Prior to installation of materials of this Section, carefully examine
i nsta 11 ed work of other trades and veri fy that all such work is
complete to the point where this installation may begin. Verify that
substrates are acceptable for work of this section to begin.
B. Verify that drains, sleeves, curbs, and vents which pass through
surfaces to receive roofing are rigidly installed.
C. Veri fy that surfaces are free of cracks, depress ions, waves, or
projections which may be detrimental to successful installation.
Remove foreign materials.
D. Discrepancies:
1. In event of discrepancies, immediately notify the Architect.
2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until
all such discrepancies have been resolved.
3. Starting work of this Section means acceptance of substrate and
site conditions.
E. Weather Conditions: Proceed with roofing work only when weather
conditions are in compliance with manufacturer's recommended
limitations and the work can proceed in accordance with the
requirements.
1. Substrates shall be completely cured and free of all moisture
detrimental to the placing of roofing. Drying required due to
wetting of substrate by inclement weather and/or adjacent wet
construction shall be in accordance with roofing manufacturer's
instructions.
2. Pl aci ng of roofi ng shall const itute acceptance of substrate
conditions by the installer.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Roofing Membrane:
1. Install roofi ng membrane in stri ct accordance wi th manufacturer's
instructions.
B. Walkway Treads
1. Install walkway treads in locations around mechanical units,
fans, roof accessways, spaced 6" apart.
3.3 INSTALLATION OF COPINGS AND FLASHING
A. Surfaces to which sheet metal is applied shall be level, clean, dry,
and free from defects which would distort the metal.
B. Sheet metal and copings exposed to weather shall be watertight with
provision for expansion and contraction at 8'-0" on center.
C. Isolate metals from dissimilar metals or corrosive substrates using
bituminous coatings or other means of permanent separation to prevent
electrolytic corrosion.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
07530-6
SECTION 07530
SINGLE PLY ROOFING
3.4 CLEANING OF COPINGS AND FLASHING
A. Following complete installation, wash sheet metal with non-alkali soap
and water solution followed by clear rinse.
********************
END OF SECTION 07530
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
07530-7
SECTION 07720
ROOF ACCESSORIES
~
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 1 SUMMARY
A. Roof Scuttles.
B. Roof curbs
C. Related miscellaneous materials and accessories necessary to the
completion of the above items.
,.
(
.,"'..-.,*,
1. 2 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: ,
1. Provide fully dimensioned Shop Drawings for each different item,
identifying size, shape, material, finish installation methods
and relation to adjacent materials.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Roof Scuttles:
1. Provide BILCO type S-20, for vertical ladder access; or
Architect-approved equivalent. Factory-primed, Finish painting:
Refer to Section 09900 - PAINTING.
B. Roof Curbs:
1. Prefabricated insulated , 18 gage galvanized metal, factory
installed pressure treated wood nailer, integral base plate,
continuous mitered and welded inside and outside corner sections,
and sloping end sections.
2. Acceptable Manufacturers:
a. CUSTOM CURB, INC.
b. PATE COMPANY
c. THYCURB COMPANY
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Surfaces to which accessories are to be applied shall be level, plumb,
smooth, clean and dry and free from defects which would distort the
unit bases. Sheet metal exposed to weather shall be watertight with
provisions for expansion and contraction.
B. Provide miscellaneous sheet metal closers, trim strips, angles,
flashings and counterflashings as required to make a complete, proper
watertight and functioning installation.
********************
END OF SECTION 07720
HLM 90007,00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
07720-1
SECTION 07900
JOINT SEALERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Preparing of substrate surface.
2. Sealants and joint backing.
a. Expansion joints between structural members.
b. Joints between metal frames and adjacent materials.
c. Joints between dissimilar materials.
d. Open joints where materials or workmanship does not allow a
neat, finished waterproof condition.
e. Tamper resistant sealants at inmate areas:
1) Pre-cast concrete panel and modular cell.
f. Other locations indicated on the Drawings.
,-
.
I .'
;;c~'
1. 2 SUBMITTALS
A. Samples:
1. Submit Samples of full range of colors of each type sealant for
selection by Architect.
B. Product Data:
1. Submit manufacturer's descriptive literature for each material.
2. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions, to include
preparation and priming,(if required), of surfaces.
C. Location Identification:
1. Submit list of locations for each material.
D. Submit written certification from sealant manufacturer of
acceptability for adhesion and compatibility with adjacent materials
and finishes.
E. When requested by Architect, submit test results of compatibility
testing with adjacent materials for adhesion and non-staining.
1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials to project site in original unopened containers or
bundles with labels informing about manufacturer, product name and
designation, color, expiration period for use, pot life, curing time,
and mixing instructions for multicomponent materials.
B. Store and handle materials to prevent their deterioration or damage
due to moisture, temperature changes, contaminants, or other causes.
1.4 SYSTEM PERFORMANCES
A. Provide joint sealers that have been produced and installed to
establish and maintain watertight and airtight continuous seals.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an Installer who has successfully
completed within the last three years at least three joint sealer
applications similar in type and size to that of this project and who
will assign mechanics from these earlier applications to this project,
of which one will serve as lead mechanic.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
07900-1
SECTION 07900
JOINT SEALERS
B.
'C.
Mock-Up: InstalJ....sealant in mock-ups prepa~ed b!, other trades in
o~r to demonsthte appearance and workmanshlp. ·
Manufacturer: Sealant manufacturer shall have been in the business of
manufacturing specified sealant types for a minimum of not less than
10 years.
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint
sealers under the following conditions:
1. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside the
limits permitted by joint sealer manufacturers.
2. When joint substrates are wet due to rain, condensation, or other
causes.
B. Joint Width Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint
sealers when joint widths are less than allowed by joint sealer
manufacturer for application indicated.
1. 7 TESTING
A. Testing - per Division 1 - Testing Laboratory Services
1. Provide product test reports for each type of joint sealers
indicated, evidencing compliance with requirements specified.
Comply with ASTM C-719 for movement and adhesion capability.
Comply with ASTM C-90 and C-661 for elastomeric sealants.
2. Schedule sufficient time for testing and analysis of results to
prevent delay in the progress of the Work.
3. Investigate material s fail ing compatibil ity or adhesion tests and
obtain joint sealer manufacturer's written recommendations for
corrective measures, including use of specially formulated
primers.
1.8 WARRANTY
A. Provide warranty for a watertight, non-staining weatherseal. Warrant
integrity of materials and workmanship - signed by manufacturer and
installer. Repair or replace sealants and installation which are
defective or deteriorate or change color.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Silicone Sealant (Joints; Expansion Control Joints; Precast Concrete
Panel Joints, exterior modular cell joint; window wall joints)
1. Silicone sealant shall meet or exceed the requirements of ASTM C
920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 50, Uses T, NT, M, G, A, O.
2. Sealant shall be supplied in ready-to-use form which requires no
job-site mixing.
3. Acceptable manufacturers:
a. GENERAL ELECTRIC "Silicone Sil-pruf Sealant"
b. DOW CORNING "790 Building Sealant"
c. PECORA "864 One-Part Architectural Silicone Sealant"
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
07900-2
SECTION 07900
JOINT SEALERS
B. Po lyurethane, Multi-Component Sealant (use for joi nts in -builcH ng
enclosure):
1. Sea 1 ant sha 11 meet or exceed the requ i rements of ASTM C 920, Type
M, Grade NS , Class 25, Uses NT, M, A, O.
2. Sealant shall be supplied for job-site mixing following
manufacturer's specific mixing instructions.
3. Acceptable manufacturers/products:
a. TREMCO "Dymeric"
b. PECORA "Dynatrol II"
c. SIKA "Sikaflex 2-C NS/SL"
C. Pick-Proof Sealant; Security Sealant (use for interior joints which
are in Inmate Accessible Areas):
1. First Floor:
Zone A
Zone B - Medical/Infirmary, Laundry
Zone C
Zone D
Zone E
Zone F
2. Second Floor:
Zone A - Inmate Waiting
Zone C - Kitchen, Maintenance, Institutional Storage
Zone D
Zone E
Zone F
3. Acceptable Manufacturers:
a. SIKA: SIKADUR "31", Hi -Mod Gel.
b. ROCKY MOUNTAIN CHEMICAL CO. "Niklepoxy 26".
c. PETERSON CORP. "857 Security Sealant".
d. Comply with ASTM C-881, Type I and II, Grade 3, Class Band
C, epoxy resin adhesive.
D. Sealing Gasket:
1. Sealing gasket shall be open celled foamed polyurethane strips
saturated with a pol ybutyl ene waterproofi ng materi a 1. Water-
proofing material shall not migrate or stain. Adhesive used to
adhere sealing gaskets to preasembled surfaces shall be approved
by manufacturers of sealing gaskets.
2. 'Acceptabl e manufacturers:
a. SANDELL MANUFACTURING COMPANY
b. W.R.MEADOWS, INC.
c. PROGRESS UNLIMITED, INC.
E. Joint Backing (Backer Rod):
1. Provide closed-cell polyurethane rod designed for use with cold
applied joint sealants. Provide backer rod of size required for
joint design.
2. Acceptable products:
a. DOW CHEMICAL "Ethafoam"
b. SONNEBORN "Sonofoam"
c. HERCULES "Backer rod".
d. INDUSTRIAL-THERMAL POLYMERS "Blue Rod".
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
07900-3
't
, .
SECTION 07900
JOINT SEALERS
F.
3. Open or"closed polyethylen~jlar polyurethane; as reconvnended by
the sealant manufacturer. ~~;
Color
1 . Co lor of sealants wi 11 be selected by the Arch i tect from the
manufacturer's standard color range.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 APPLICATION
A. General:
1. No sealant shall be applied on damp or wet surfaces. Apply only
when temperature is between 400F and 80oF.
2. Where the possibility of primer or sealant staining of adjacent
areas or materials exi sts, joi nts shall be masked pri or to
application. Masking tape shall not be removed before joints
have been tooled and initial cure of sealant has taken place.
Work stained due to failure of proper masking precautions will
not be accepted.
B. Cleaning:
1. Concrete and Masonry: Clean by sandblasting, grinding or wire
brush. Remove all dust from surfaces to rece i ve pri mer or
sealant.
2. Gl ass
a. Clean glass surfaces with methyl ethyl ketone or alcohol.
Contaminants, such as paints, should be removed from the
surface before solvent cleaning.
3. Painted surfaces: Follow manufacturers recommended cleaning
procedures prior to primer or sealant application.
4. Metals, unpainted:
a. Aluminum, mill finish: Clean with xylene or methyl ethyl
ketone.
b. Copper: Remove heavy oxide film (patina) by sanding or use
of steel wool. Clean surface with methyl ethyl ketone or
xylene.
c. Stainless steel: Clean surface of construction dirt and oils
with methyl ethyl ketone.
d. Galvanized steel: Clean and degrease with xylene or
toulene.
C. Back-up Material
1. Verify the compatibility of back-up material with sealant before
installation.
2. Use back-up material 1/2 wider than width of joint so that
sufficient pressure is exerted by material to provide substantial
resistance to displacement.
D. Release Agent
1. Provide release agent or bond-breaker strip in joint to be sealed
on top of back-up material to prevent adhesion of sealant to the
back-up material per manufacturer's instructions.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
07900-4
SECTION 07900
JOINT SEALERS
/
"-.-~~
E. Sealant Application:
1. Prepare seal ants that requi re ml Xl ng foll owi ng manufacturer's
instructions, mixing thoroughly.
2. Mix only as much material as can be applied within manufacturer's
recommended application time period.
3. Apply materials in accordance with the manufacturer's
instructions taking care to produce beads of proper width and
depth, to tool as recommended by the manufacturer and to
immediately remove surplus sealant.
4. Surrounding surfaces shall be protected as required to ensure
that no sealant contaminates these surfaces.
5. Apply materials only within manufacturer's specified application
life period. If inspection indicates that application life is
expired or if the prescribed application period has elapsed,
remainder of sealant shall be discarded.
F. Primers: Priming of joint surfaces shall be considered to be critical
to the execution of the work of this Section. Priming of joints for
joint sealers shall be based on the sealant manufacturer test results
and interpretation of test results data. Comply strictly with
manufacturer instructions for priming of all substrate surfaces.
1. Document primer application where requested by Architect at all
exterior substrate surfaces.
G. Gasket Application:
1. Sealing gaskets shall be not less than 1" in front-to-rear depth
in the joint. Adjust depth as necessary to maintain a ratio of
depth equals 1-1/2 times compressed width. Thickness of
uncompressed gasket shall be adequate to allow 50% (minimum)
compress i on in the i nsta 11 ed joi nt at the wi dest part of the
joint.
2. Installed gaskets shall be held back from face of adjacent
material as required by manufacturer instructions.
3 . Install at i on procedures shall fo 11 ow manufacturer's spec i fi c
printed instructions.
********************
END OF SECTION 07900
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
07900-5
Doors and Windows
DIVISION 8
SECTION 08100
METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
ii#
~
PART 1 - <GEi~ERAL
.'~'.'J~
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Metal door frames and miscellaneous metal items indicated.
B. Metal doors.
C. UL labeled metal frames.
D. UL labeled metal doors.
E. UL labeled and lead lined metal frames and doors.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 08320 SECURITY METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
B. Section 08710 - DOOR HARDWARE
C. Section 11208 - CARD ACCESS CONTROL
D. Section 13090 - RADIATION PROTECTION
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit Shop Drawings providing information on both the construction
methods and materials applicable to metal construction and detailed
information applicable to specific installation of the doors and
frames.
B. Submit certification that all materials meet specification
requirements. Certify compliance with requirements of this Section
using either a complete specification or a graphic presentation
clearly identifying construction of door top, bottom and edges, facing
panel/internal reinforcing, typical hardware (butts, lockset and
closer) reinforcing, frame corner assembly and method of finishing.
C. Specific data shall include elevations of each door and frame type,
profile sections of each frame type, frame anchors (floor and jamb)
for each wall/floor condition, joinery methods and details for split
frames, and schedule of locations for each door and frame assembly
related to this project.
D. Submit written certification from the manufacturer that all rated door
and window assemblies, as components of the rated wall assembly of
which they are installed, are labeled and conform to NFPA 80 "Standard
for Fire Doors and Windows", and have been tested, listed, and labeled
to conform to ASTM E152 "Standard Method of Fi re Tests of Door
Assemblies, and ASTM E163 "Standard Method of Fire Tests of Window
Assembl ies". The install in9 Contractor shall al so submit written
certification that the installation conforms with the above listed
references, and the manufacturers instructions for installation.
"LABEL CONSTRUCTION CERTIFICATION" IS NOT AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTION
FOR THIS REQUIREMENT.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fabrication:
1. The manufacturer of metal products shall conform to standards of
the Steel Door Institute.
2. Assembl ies requiring welds shall be in compl iance with the
Standard Code for Arc and Gas Welding of the American Welding
Society.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08100-1
SECTION 08100
METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
B. Fire Rated Assemblies: Where fire rated assemblies are indicated or
required, provide fire rated a-ssemblies that comply with NFPA 80
"Standard for Fire Doors and Windows", and have been tested, listed,
and labeled in accordance with ASTM E152 "Standard Methods of Fire
Tests of Door Assembl ies, and ASTM E163 "Standard Method of Fire
Tests of Window Assemblies" by a nationally recognized independent
test i ng, inspection and 1 i st i ng agency acceptable to authori ties
having jurisdiction.
D. Comply with ASTM A 525, ASTM A 123 or ASTM A 386 as applicable for
exterior doors and frames.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Metal Frames:
1. Frame assemblies shall be cold rolled steel, of size and profile
shown on drawings.
a. Exterior Frames: 12 gage, factory prime painted.
b. Interior Frames: 14 gage, factory prime painted.
2. Corner joints shall have full mitered frame corners continuously
welded for full depth and width of frame and trim. Contact edges
shall be closed tight, welds on exposed surfaces dressed smooth
and flush.
3. Metal plaster guards shall be provided for mortised cut-outs.
4. Frames shall have removable spreaders and 16 gage single-unit
clip angles for floor anchorage.
5. Joints including joints required for field assembly shall be
completed without exposed fastenings. Field joints shall be
increment welded, fi 11 ed with epoxy metal fi 11 er and ground
smooth.
6. Provide 14 gage, 2" x buck with tension plates with tube spacers
welded to bucks at approximately 2'-0" on center for anchorage of
jambs against steel or concrete columns, or at other locations
where masonry anchors cannot be used. Frames shall be drilled
and countersunk for 1/4" flat head bolts.
7. Provide rubber mutes equal to GLYNN-JOHNSON 64 as follows:
a. Three for single doors.
8. Provide for concealed conduit and wiring at all electrical
operator; door holder 1 ocat ions. Factory "prepare" frames to
hardware electrical requirements.
9. Additional requirements for frame assemblies for cast-in-place
installations:
a. Provide masonry type frames with single return; SF or C
Series. 5
b. Weld 7 gage galvanized wire masonry ties to frame; minimum
three per jamb.
c. Apply a protective paint coating in accordance with Section
09900 - PAINTING.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08100-2
SECTION 08100
METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
,.-
10. Lead Lined Frames:
a. Refe1-!o Section 13090 - RADIATION PROTECTION for additional
requirements.
b. Reinforce frame with steel channels to structure at gypsum
wall conditions.
B. Metal Doors:
1. Doors shall be of full flush construction. Face sheets of cold
rolled steel shall be the following minimum gage:
a. Exterior Doors: 14 gage, factory prime painted.
b. Interior doors: 16 gage, factory prime painted.
2. Face sheets shall be broken to form and meet at side edges. Side
edges shall be continuously reinforced from top to bottom steel
channels or flat bars placed immediately inside of and
continuously welded to formed facing sheets.
3. Top and bottom edges of door shall be reinforced with channels
full width of door. Exterior doors shall have flush,
continuously welded fillers on the top edge, galvanized sheet
steel.
4. Core shall consist of continuous vertical steel stiffeners spaced
not more than 6", or less than 4" center-to-center or a metal
truss core welded to both faces at 3" on center vertically and
horizontally. Sound deadening material, such as mineral wool,
fiberglass or other fire resistive substance shall fill all voids
between stiffeners.
5. Edge jOints shall be filled and ground smooth. Edge welds, face
welds and other construction welds and blemishes shall be filled
and ground to secure a flat, no-seam finished appearance.
6. Stops for glass lites in doors shall be of one common type.
Stops shall be UL 1 abe 1 type, metal, channel shape equ i va 1 ent
"Model No. 118" ALL METAL STAMPING, INC. Abbotsford, WI.
C. Labeled Metal Doors and Metal Door Frames
1. Labeled metal doors and listed frames shall be in compliance with
current Underwriters Laboratories factory inspection and labeling
service program in accordance with ASTM E-152 and ASTM E-163.
2. Metal UL labels shall be attached to the vertical ,butt side of
each door with rivets. Listed frames shall be provided with
Classification Marking on products.
3. Doors and frames shall be properly prepared to receive UL listed
hardware and shall have proper UL 1 abel s attached at the
factory.
4. Doors in stairway enclosures shall bear classification marking:
"450oF.,(2320C.), maximum temperature rise".
5. Lead Lined: Lead of same thickness as wall in which the door
occurs:
a. Continuous sheet of lead from edge to edge in center of core
or between core and cross banding. AWl Spec. symbol LL.
b. Lead lining may be glued or bolted depending on manufacturer
requirements. When bolted, bolt-free areas shall be
provided in each corner and center of each side for hardware
applications.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08100-3
SECTION 08100
METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
c. Refer to Section 13090 - Radiation Protection for addition~;r '.,
requirements. ~ ..~
D. Reinforcement for Hardware:
1. Doors and frames shall be template reinforced for finish hard
ware. Where mortised hardware is required, reinforcing shall be
drilled and tapped. Minimum reinforcement shall be as follows:
a. Butts 7 gage or approved equivalent
b. Lock front end 12 gage, plus dust-proof
strike strike box
c. Other hardware 14 gage
E. Finish of Metal Frames and Doors:
1. Comply with ASTM A 525, ASTM A 123 or ASTM A 386 as applicable
for exterior doors and frames. Hot-dip galvanized. Design
features which may lead to difficulties during fabrication shall
be pointed out by the manufacturer prior to dipping. Clean and
chemically treat ferrous metal surfaces to assure maximum paint
adherence; follow with a dip or spray coat of rust inhibitive
metall ic oxide, zinc chromate or synthetic resin primer on
exposed surfaces.
2. Clean steel surfaces of mill scale, rust, oil, grease, dirt and
other foreign materials before the application of the shop coat
pa i nt.
3. Provide factory prime paint of even consistency, ready to receive
field-applied paint.
4. Apply a protective paint coating in accordance with Section 09900
PAINTING, prior to grouting of metal frames in masonry, plaster
or drywall construction.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Metal Frames:
1. Set frames in position, plumb, align, and brace securely until
permanent anchors are set. Anchor bottom of frames to floor with
expansion bolts or with power fasteners. Build wall anchors into
wall or secure to adjoining construction as indicated.
2. Masonry wall anchors: crimped tees at least 2-1/2" x 10";
spaced l' -0" {maximum} from bottom of frame, l' -0" {maximum}
from top of frame, and a maximum of 2'-0" intermittent spacing,
a minimum of two anchors per jamb. Labeled frame: installed
with UL listed anchors.
3. Any exposed fasteners to be security torx-with-peg type.
B . Metal Doors:
1. Ho 11 ow metal doors shall be hung in hollow metal frames with
3/32" clearance at jambs, 1/8" clearance at head and sill.
2. Mortised and concealed hardware shall be secured to drilled and
tapped built-in reinforcement. Surface applied hardware shall be
secured to built-in reinforcement, field drilled and tapped.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08100-4
SECTION 08100 METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
~. ~abels for rated doors and frames to be applied at the factory
before shipping. Prior to painting, labels shall be masked.
Remove masking after final coat of paint is applied.
4. Just prior to final inspection examine and adjust doors and
hardware to assure perfect operation.
********************
END OF SECTION 08100
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08100-5
SECTION 08211
FLUSH WOOD DOORS
,
',,.
PART 1 - GENERAL
'wi
~
1 . 1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Flush Wood Doors, Solid Core
2. Mineral Core Fire Doors
3. Twenty Minute Rated Smoke Doors
4. Fire Rated/Dead lined Wood Doors
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Wood doors shall meet or exceed specifications of ARCHITECTURAL
WOODWORK INSTITUTE.
B. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies:
1. Underwriters' laboratories, Inc. (UL), Fire Doors (120, 100) for
fire classification marking.
2. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), "Standard Fire Doors
and Windows," NFPA No. 80 for installation of fire rated doors.
C. Coordinate placement of hardware with glazing. Maintain clearance
between hardware and glazing per requirements of door manufacturer and
agencies having jurisdiction.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings:
1. Show details of door construction:
Full size molding section detail for light installation.
2. Prefitting and Premachining Doors: Prepare in accordance with
hollow metal frame shop drawings and schedule, hardware schedule
and templates, furnished before doors are fabricated.
3. Door Schedule: Indicate opening identifying symbol, location,
sizes, door type and grade and show elevation fire classification
marking, swing, light"cutout sizes and locations and undercuts.
B. Certificates of compliance with fabrication and test requirements
signed by authorized representative of door manufacturer.
C. Sample of face veneer with factory finish for review.
1.4 WARRANTY
A. Warrant materi al sand workmanshi p of sol id core doors for 1 ife of
installation and against defects in materials and workmanship
including the following:
1. Delamination in any degree.
2. Warp or twist of 1/4" or more.
3. Telegraphing of any part of core unit through face veneer to
caused surface variation of 1/100" or more in any 3" span.
4. Defects which may impair or affect performance of door in the
purpose for which it is intended.
B. Replacement under this warranty shall include materials, hanging,
installation of hardware and finishing.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08211-1
SECTION 08211
flUSH WOOD DOORS
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
.,
MATERIALS
A. Face Veneer:
1. AWl 1300 plain sliced Red Oak Premium Grade for transparent
finish.
B. Adhesives: I.S. 1-78:
1. Core (when glued): Type II or better.
2. Faces and Crossbands:
a. Interior other than high moisture, Type II or better.
C. Core:
1. Fire Rated: Incombustible mineral sections. Ul listed (PC-5).
(7 ply is not acceptable)
a. "B" label, 1-1/2 hour, AWl Spec. symbol FD 1-1/2.
b. "B" label, 1 hour, AWl Spec. symbol FD1.
c. "C" label, 3/4 hour, A44I Spec. symbol FD3/4.
d. 30 minute, AWl Spec. symbol FD I.
2. Twenty Minute Smoke: Solid wood core (SLC-5).
a. 20 minute, AWl Spec. symbol FDl/3.
3. lead lined: Lead of same thickness as wall in which the door
occurs:
a. Continuous sheet of lead from edge to edge in center of core
or between core and crossbanding. AWl Spec. symbol Ll.
b. Refer to Section 13090 - RADIATION PROTECTION for additional
requirements.
D. Wood astragals: Face applied of hardwood of same species as face
veneer.
E. Metal astragals: Provide 20 gage formed steel edge astragals for
fire doors installed in pairs (except 20 minute smoke doors) NATIONAL
GUARD PRODUCTS INC. FS-115, two piece astragal seal, U.L. label for
use with applicable rated assembly, or Architect approved equivalent.
F. Stops for Glass lites: Ul labeled, channel type.
G. Acceptable manufacturers if in compliance with the requirements of
this Section:
1 . AlGOMA
2. BUEll DOOR COMPANY
3. EGGERS
4. WEYERHAEUSER
2.2 FABRICATION
A. Flush Solid Core Non-Rated:
1. Staved Lumber Core: Core blocks U" maximum width bonded
together and joints staggered in adjacent rows glued to perimeter
frame.
a. Stiles and Rails:
1) Continuous one piece not less than 5/8" thick same
species as face veneer.
2) Top and Bottom Rails: Hardwood not less than 1-1/8"
thick.
b. Crossbanding: Hardwood veneer, not less than 1/16" thick, or
such thickness to warrant against telegraphing, applied to
both faces of core, running full length and width of door.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08211-2
HLM 90007.00-3
SECTION 08211
FLUSH WOOD DOORS
B. Twenty Minute Sm6ke:
1. Staved lumber Core: Core blocks 2l" maximum width bonded together
and joints staggered in adjacent rows glued to perimeter frame.
a. 1/3 hour:
1) Stiles: Continuous, one pi ece, same speci es as face
veneer, not less than 11" thick.
2) Top Rail: Hardwood, one piece, not less than 1-1/8"
thick.
3) Bottom Rail: Hardwood, one piece, not less than 1- 1/8"
thick.
b. Crossbanding: Hardwood veneer, not less than 1/16" thick, or
such thickness to warrant against telegraphing, applied to
both faces of core, running full length and width of door.
C. Fire Rated: Mineral sections bonded to perimeter frame.
1. Stiles and Rails:
a. H hour:
1) Stiles: Continuous, one piece, birch or maple, not less
than 5/8" thick.
2) Top rail: Hardwood, one piece, not less than I" thick.
3) Bottom rail: Hardwood, one pi ece, not 1 ess than H"
thick.
4) Provide I" "Marinite" inner stiles.
b. 1 hour:
1) Stiles: Continuous, one piece, birch or maple, not
less than 3/4" thick.
2) Top Rail: Hardwood, one piece, not less than I" thick.
3) Bottom Rail: Hardwood, one piece not less than H"
thick.
4) Provide I" "Marinite" inner stiles.
c. 3/4 hour:
1) Stiles: Continuous, one piece, same species as face
veneer, not less than 314" thick.
2) Top Rail: Hardwood, one piece, not less than I" thick.
3) Bottom Rail: Hardwood, one piece, not less than It"
thick.
4) Provide I" "Marinite" inner stiles.
d. 1/2 hour:
1) Stiles: Continuous, one piece, same species as face
veneer, not less than It" thick.
2) Top Rail: Hardwood, one piece, not less than 1-1/8"
thick.
3) Bottom Rail: Hardwood, one piece, not less than 1-1/8"
thick.
2. Crossbanding: Hardwood veneer, not less than 1/16" thick or as
required to warrant against telegraphing, applied to both faces
of core running full length and width of door.
D. lead lined: Lead lining may be glued or bolted depending on
manufacturer requirements. When bolted, bolt-free areas shall be
provided in each corner and center of each side for hardware
applications.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08211-3
'wi
SECTION 08211
FLUSH WOOD DOORS
',.
1. Stiles and Rails:
a. Stiles: One piece continuous same species as face veneer
not less than 1-1/2" thick.
b. Rails: Hardwood, one piece, not less than 3-1/2" thick.
E. Factory Preparations:
1. Prefi tt i ng:
a. Swinging Doors: Standard clearances between the door and
frame and between meeting edges of doors swinging in pairs
shall not exceed 1/8". The clearance between the bottom of
the door and a raised non-combustible sill shall not exceed
3/8". Where there is no sill, the maximum clearance between
the bottom of the door and the floor shall not exceed 3/4".
b. Bottom clearance allowance of doors with threshold: 1/8"
from bottom of door to top of threshold.
c. Clearance of meeting stiles of pairs of doors: 1/16" per
door.
2. Premachining:
a. Bevel on lock stile edges of single door or meeting stiles
of pairs of doors: 1/8" in 2" .
b. Bevel on hinge side: 1/16" in 2" .
c. Premachine for specified finish hardware.
F. Finish: See Section 09900 PAINTING.
G. Factory-apply door fire labels. Metal Ul labels to the vertical butt
side of the door.
H. Fire rated doors and frames shall have hardware that is rated with
them.
~
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify frames are type required for door and installed as required for
proper installation of doors.
1. Fire rated doors installed in corresponding fire rated frames.
B. Do not install doors in frames which would hinder the operation of the
doors.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Installation of Doors:
1. Install in accordance with requirements of AWl Architectural
Woodwork Institute Standards and NFPA 80; and in accordance with
clearances specified with hardware adjusted for tolerances.
3.3 ADJUST AND CLEAN
A. Replace and rehang doors which are hingebound and do not swing or
operate freely.
3.4 HARDWARE PREPARATION
A. Factory machined for hardware, beveled and fitted for hanging.
B. Check door frame schedule and templates.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08211-4
HLM 90007.00-3
SECTION 08211
FLUSH WOOD DOORS
C. Check hardware templates and installation '-illS"Y~~tions. Reinforce
doors where required for mortise harctt1are. VerffY clearance between
hardware and glazing.
D. Rated doors and frames shall have hardware that is rated with them.
********************
END OF SECTION 08211
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08211-5
SECTION 08300
SPECIAL DOORS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Ro 11 i ng Doors
2. Rolling Counter Fire Shutter
3. Rolling Fire Shutter
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Assemblies requiring welds: in compliance with Standard Code for Arc
and Gas Welding of AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit Shop Drawings providing information on the materials applicable
to door and frame construction and detailed information applicable to
specific installation of the doors and frames.
1. Provide setting drawings, templates and recommendations for the
work.
2. Provide information on inserts and anchoring devices, to be set
in concrete or masonry.
B. Certify compliance of door and frame construction with requirements of
this Section using either a complete written specification or a
graphic presentation clearly identifying construction of door top,
bottom and edges, facing panellinternal reinforcing; typical hardware
(butts, lockset and closer) reinforcing; frame corner assembly; method
of finishing.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Rolling Doors:
1. Grille Design:
a. (Basis of Design) Kinnear "Secur-Vent" Model FPSV.
b. No. 17 flat-faced slat; 22 gauge aluminum.
c. Perforations: 1/16" diameter holes located on 3/32"
staggered centers on fl at port i on of slat. Pattern to
provide 41% open area over entire length of slat.
d. Designed to withstand a wind load of 40 pounds per square
foot (120 mph). Windlocks: applied to door. Bottom bar
reinforcement of aluminum.
e. Finish: Anodized coating, 0.4 mil, color as selected by
Arch itect.
2. Counterbalance assembly shall consist of helical torsion springs
with 25% safety factor, mounted on shaped cast anchors, supported
by a continuous solid torsion rod. Mechanism: permanently
lubricated and enclosed within a steel pipe shaft. Deflection of
shaft not to exceed 0.03" per lineal
3. Brackets: fabricated from steel plate not less than 1/4" thick.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08300-1
SECTION 08300
w'
B.
HLM 90007.00-2
SPECIAL DOORS
4. G(id~s: Composed of three (minimum 3/16") aluminum angles,
"b~d together to form a groove for curtain. Wall angl e shall
be continuous type. Top of each guide shall be well flared
to facilitate entry of curtain, and provided with aluminum stops.
Guide: provided with windlock bars.
Hoods: not less than .032" aluminum and reinforced top and bottom
with stiffening returns.
6. Motor operators: Integral assemblies with NEMA rated electrical
components, consisting of high torque motor and solenoid brake,
gear reducer with worm gears enclosed in oil bath, self-locking
geari ng, geared 1 i mi t switch, emergency chain operator with
disconnect and electrical safety interlock, internal reversing
magnetic starter, push button station with open-close-reverse,
and remote electric eye sensing device.
Safety edge bottom bars: Furnished on motor operated doors which,
upon contact with an object, is to reverse downward travel.
8. Manufacturers
a. KINNEAR
b. APTON METAL PRODUCTS CORP.
c. CORNELL IRON WORKS, INC.
d. COOKSON
e. ATLAS ROLL-LITE
Rolling Counter Fire Shutter:
1. Label and construct shutters to conform wi th requi rements of
UNDERWRITERS' LABORATORIES, INC. Shutters: Automatic, self-
closing, class B label.
Curtain: Interlocking flat slats of 22 gage minimum, cold rolled
galvanized steel.
Counterbalance Assembly: Helical torsion springs with a 25%
safety factor, mounted on a continuous torsion rod, and housed in
a steel pipe shaft. Shaft shall rotate in sealed ball bearings,
supported by galvanized steel brackets.
4. Guides: steel. Shutters over 14 feet wide shall have curtain
retainers.
5. Hood: Minimum 24 gage galvanized steel.
6. Push-up operation for shutters up to 14 feet wide. Shutters 14
feet wide and over shall be crank operated, with removable arm.
Surfaces exposed to View: Spray painted with an enamel paint;
color as selected by Architect.
8. Automatic closing shall be by activation of building smoke or
ionization detection system and thermally controlled fusible
link. In addition a time delay release device shall be
incorporated to prevent false drops due to intermittent power
outages. Bracket shall be equipped with an automatic starting
device that provides rotational energy from a spring to close the
shutter.
9. The maximum
per second.
of the door
5.
7.
2.
3.
7.
closure rate for fire doors shall not exceed 1 foot
Provide an alarm activated by the downward movement
to warn of the closing of the door.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08300-2
SECTION 08300
SPECIAL DOORS
10. Manufacturers:
a. APTON METAL PRODUCTS CORP.
b. CORNELL IRON WORKS, INC.
c. COOKSON
d. ATLAS ROLL-LITE
...
",'
4
-""'.".#'
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS
A. Inspection:
1. Prior to installation of special doors, carefully inspect
i nsta 11 ed work of other trades and veri fy that such work is
complete to point where this installation may properly begin.
2. Verify that special doors may be installed in strict accordance
with original design, reviewed shop drawings and manufacturer's
instructions.
3.2 INSTALLATION:
A. Install special doors in strict accordance with original design,
applicable codes and regulations, reviewed Shop Drawings, and
manufacturer's instructions, anchoring components firmly in place.
B. Touch Up: Upon completion of installation, touch up scuffs and
abrasions in shop priming coat.
C. Upon completion of installation, and as a condition of its acceptance,
instruct Owner's maintenance and operational personnel with operation
and maintenance of special doors.
********************
END OF SECTION 08300
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08300-3
SECTION 08305
ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Access Panels and Doors
1. 2 SUBM ITT ALS
A. Submit shop drawings showing installation and fabrication details to
include directions for installation of anchorage. Include complete
schedule, including types, general locations, sizes, construction
details, finishes, latching or locking provisions, and other data
pertinent to installation. .
B. Obtain specific locations and sizes for required access doors from
trades requiring access to concealed equipment. Indicate on submittal
schedule.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCESS DOORS
A. Fire Rated; "B" Label, 1-1/2 hour:
1. Frame: 16 gage steel.
2. Panel: 20 gage steel, sandwich type.
3. Casing Bead: 22 gage steel.
4. Finish: Chemically bonded primer coat of baked enamel.
5. Hinges: Continuous steel with stainless steel pin.
6. Locks: Cylinder type.
7. Size: As indicated on drawings.
B. Non-Fire Rated/Security:
1. Frame: 3/16" steel.
2. Panel: 10 gage steel.
3. Casing Bead: For plaster installations; 22 gage steel.
4. Flange: For masonry installation; 16 gage steel, 1" wide.
5. Drywall Bead: For drywall installations; galvanized steel.
6. Finish: Chemically bonded primer coat of baked enamel.
7. Hinges: Concealed spring.
8. Locks: Deadbolt type.
9. Anchors: Masonry anchors as required.
C. Acceptable Manufacturers:
1. MILCOR
2. KARP ASSOCIATES, INC.
3. J.L. INDUSTRIES
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Insta 11 in accordance with manufacturer's instruct ions and revi ewed
Shop Drawings.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08305-1
SECTION 08305
ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS
...
B. Fire rated.doors shall b(p;ovided with labels and install~ in strict
accordanc! wi th UL test .......,
********************
END OF SECTION 08305
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08305-2
SECTION 08320
SECU~ITY METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Security Metal Detention Security Products
....
1.2 PRODUCTS
A. Meta 1 Detent ion Securi ty doors, frames, side 1 ites, and borrowed 1 i tes.
Include applied glazing stops and fasteners, and other items required to
assure proper and complete assemblies, conforming to the requirements of
this section.
B. Metal detention security panels with construction similar to detention
security doors.
1.3 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Cast-In-Place Concrete, Grout, and Forms; Division 3.
B. Concrete Block Masonry; Division 4.
C. Structural Steel and Metal Fabrication; Division 5.
D. Door Hardware; Division 8.
E. Painting; Division 9.
F. Conduit and Raceways, Electronic Controls; Division 11 and 16.
1.4 RELATED PRODUCTS
A. Security Screws; Division 8.
B. Security Glazing; Division 8.
C. Detention Equipment; Division 11.
1.5 APPLICABLE REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. Comply with the following except where more stringent requirements are
required.
B. AWS 01.1 "Structural Welding Code."
C. ASTM A366 "Steel, Sheet, Carbon, Cold-rolled, Commercial Quality."
D. ASTM A36 "Structural Steel."
E. ASTM A525 "General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Zinc Coated (galvanized)
By the Hot-Dip Process."
F. ASTM A526 "Steel Sheet, Zinc Coated (galvanized) By the Hot-Dip Process,
Commercial Quality."
G. ASTM A568 "General Requirements for Steel, Sheet, Carbon, and High-
Strength, Low-Alloy, Hot-Rolled, and Cold."
H. ASTM A569 "Steel, Carbon, (0.15 maximum, percent) Hot-Rolled Sheet and
Strip Commercial Quality."
I. NAAMM Hollow Metal Manual, January 1991, Sections 801 through 863.
J. NFPA 80 "Fire Doors & Windows."
K. NFPA 252 "Fire Test of Door Assemblies."
L. NFPA 257 "Fire Test of Window Assemblies."
M. UL10B "Fire Test of Door Assemblies."
1.6 TESTING AND PERFORMANCE
A. All detention doors and panels for this Contract shall be constructed to
meet the following test. The test, described below, shall be performed by
an independent testing laboratory per Division 1 with data attesting to
construction of door. Doors for this test shall be 3' x 7' (nominal
dimensions).
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08320-1
SECTION 08320
SECURITY METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
B. Static Load Test. .. )I.
1. The test specimen shall be a 3'0" x l'O~ flush panel without hardware
preparat i on or other options, othe~".tse buil tin comp 1 i ance with
Paragraph 2.01.
2. With a centrally applied load of 14,000 lbs. at quarter points, the
maximum midspan deflection shall not exceed 0.58 in. After release of
load, deformation shall not exceed 0.10 in.
C. Rack Test
1. The test specimen shall be a 3'0" x 7'0" flush panel without hardware
preparation or other options, otherwise built in compl iance with
Paragraph 2.01.
2. With a concentrated load of 7,500 lbs. on one unsupported corner of
door, the maximum deflection shall not exceed 3.5 in. There shall be
no buckling or failure of welds.
D. Impact Load Test
1. A standard 3' 0" x 7' 0" fl ush door wi th hardware constructed in
accordance with Paragraph 2.01 and with frame constructed in
accordance wi th 'Paragraph 2.03 shall be mounted in the vert i ca 1
position so that the door and locking hardware are operable. The door
shall swing on 3 full mortised butt hinges and shall be locked using
a door mounted, pocket type detention security lock with bolt size not
to exceed 2" high x 3/4" wide and latch throw not to exceed 5/8".
2. A door ram pendulum system capable of delivering consistent impacts of
up to 200 ft. -lbs. shall be constructed so that impacts may be
delivered to any area of the assembly.
3. The ram pendulum system shall be positioned opposite the door side of
the assembly so that the door swings away from the ram. While hanging
at rest, the ram shall be positioned so that the striking nose just
touches the target area of the door. The striking nose of the ram
shall be made of C1010 or CI020 low carbon steel and the ram shall
weigh 80 lbs. plus or minus 1 lb. The striking surface area of the
nose shall be 4.0 sq. in. plus or minus 0.10 sq. in. at the start of
the test.
4. With door closed and locked, and the above testing arrangement
secured, the following series of impacts shall be delivered to the
assembly. The ram shall be raised to a height so that when released
it will strike the door with 200 ft.-lbs. of energy with each impact.
a. 400 impacts within 6" of the bolt.
b. On the door within 6" of the top hinge, middle hinge, and bottom
hinge, 6 cycles of 25 hits per hinge yielding 150 total blows per
hinge.
5. The door shall remain closed and locked throughout the testing
procedure, and the assembly shall not be damaged to the extent that
forcible egress can be obtained. After testing is completed the door
shall be capable of being unlocked by applying any amount of force by
any means to the key, without the key breaki ng, and operated to
provide egress.
E. Removable Glazing Stop Test
1. A rectangular view window test frame shall be constructed with a glass
opening size of 28" x 33" plus or minus 1". The frame shall be
constructed in accordance with Paragraph 2.03.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08320-2
SECTION 08320
SECURITY METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
l '..
~
,.-",-,."#
2. A steel plate of 3/8" minimum thickness shall be glazed in place using
the specified glass stop.
3. The test frame assembly, constructed in accordance with these
specifications, shall be rigidly mounted in the vertical position with
the removable glass stop located on the opposite side of the 3/8"
plate from the impact ram.
4. A target on the impact side of the 3/8" plate shall be marked in one
corner no more than 6" away from the stops.
5. Using the door ram pendulum system specified in Paragraph 1.06.C.2.
deliver 400 impacts of up to 200 ft-lbs. each on the target area.
Removable glass stops and the 3/8" plate shall remain firmly in place
so that removal cannot be accomplished without removing the retaining
screws. There shall be no more than one (1) broken screw in the
assembly after impact testing.
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Provi de security metal doors and frames manufactured by a s i ng1 e fi rm
specializing in the production of this type of work.
B. Approved hollow metal assembly suppliers
1. STEEL DOOR INDUSTRIES; San Antonio, TX
2. HABERSHAM METAL PRODUCTS, CO., Cornelia, GA
3. JOHNSON FIREPROOF DOOR CO., Rosemont, IL
4. TRUSSBILT INC., St. Paul, MN
5. AMERICAN STEEL PRODUCTS
C. Others seeking approval as a Hollow Metal Supplier are to make substitution
requests in accordance with the requirements of Division 0, and which
include the following:
1. Submit evidence that firm has a minimum of ten (10) years experience
in successfully completing projects of equal scope and magnitude with
products as specified herein. Such evidence shall consist of a list
of not less than five (5) projects which have been in actual and
satisfactory use for not less than five (5) years. Provide a list of
contacts at each facility, addresses and phone numbers.
2. Provide a list of all projects in the past five (5) years in which the
proposed firm has been involved in litigation with a city, county,
state or federal government agency and the status thereof.
D. Requests shall be considered only from competent and reputable firms who
specialize in this particular branch of work and who can demonstrate to the
satisfaction of the Owner that they are fully capable of completing
detention equipment work in accordance with requirements.
E. Fire Labeled Doors and Frames
1. Fire labeled doors and frames shall be provided for those openings
requiring fire protection ratings as determined and scheduled by the
Architect. such doors and frames shall be constructed as tested in
accordance with ASTM E152 (UL-10B) and approved by Underwriters
Laboratories or other recognized testing agencies having a factory
inspection service.
2. If any door or frame specified by the Architect to be fire-rated
cannot qualify for appropriate labeling because of its design,
hardware or any other reason, the Architect shall be so advised before
fabricating work on that item is started.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08320-3
SECTION 08320
SECURITY METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
F. Fabri cat i on methods and pro.duct -.qual i ty shall meet standards set by the
Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association, HM~A, a Division of the National
Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers, NAAMM, as set forth in
these specifications.
G. Door and Panel Construction
1. Field Examination:
a. Upon direction of the Architect, destroy a randomly selected
security metal door or panel by sawing it in half. Architect and
owner's representative shall jointly examine the door.
b. Should examination disclose door construction at variance with
the details specified, the door manufacturer shall replace all
doors shipped to the project, as of the date of inspection, with
doors constructed in conformance with the project specifications.
c. Under conditions of non-conformity, the door manufacturer shall
pay for the destroyed door and related labor.
d. Should examination prove that the door was constructed in
conformance with specifications, the Owner will pay to replace
the destroyed door and related labor.
1.8 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittal Drawings
1. Show door and frame elevations and sectibns.
2. Show listing of opening descriptions including locations, gages, and
anchors.
3. Show location and details of openings.
B . S amp 1 e s
1. Door: 1'0" x 1'0" corner section with hinge mortise and reinforcement
showing internal construction.
2. Frame: 1'0" x 1'0" corner section showing welding joint of head to
jamb. Include hinge mortise, reinforcement and plaster guard in one
rabbet, and glazing stop applied as specified in the opposite rabbet.
Glazing stop must be applied in both head and jamb section to show
corner joint.
C. Test Report
1. Manufacturer shall submi t an independent test i ng 1 aboratory report
certifying that door and frame assemblies meet the performance
requirements of paragraph 1.6 and are constructed in accordance with
Part 2 of this Section.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SECURITY METAL DOORS
A. Materia 1 s
1. Doors shall be constructed of commercial quality, level, cold-rolled
steel conforming to ASTM A366 or hot rolled, pickled and oiled steel
conforming to ASTM A569. The steel shall be free of scale, pitting,
coil breaks or other surface b1 emi shes. It shall al so be free of
buckles, waves or any other defects caused by the use of improperly
leveled sheets.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08320-4
SECTION 08320
SECURITY METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
2. Interior doors: Face sheets shall be 12 gage in thickness and shall
have a zinc coating applied by the hot-dip process conforming to ASTM
A526 (A60 or G60) with a coating weight of not less than 0.60 ounces
per square foot (0.30 ounces per square foot per side).
3. Exterior doors: Face sheets shall be 12 gage thickness and shall have
a zinc coating applied by the hot-dip process conforming to ASTM A526
(A60 or G60) with a coating weight of not less than 0.60 ounces per
square foot (0.30 ounces per square foot per side).
B. Construction:
1. All doors shall be of the types and sizes shown on the approved
submittal drawings and shall be constructed in accordance with the
specifications and meet the performance requirements of Paragraph 1.6A
through 1.6.C, where applicable.
2. Door face sheets shall be joined at their vertical edges by a
continuous weld extending the full height of the door.
3. Door thickness shall be 2" nominal and shall be neat in appearance and
free from warpage or buckle. Edge bends shall be true and straight
and of minimum radius for the gage of metal used.
4. The door shall be stiffened by continuous vertically formed steel
sections which, upon assembly, shall span the full thickness of the
interior space between door faces. These stiffeners shall be 18 gage
minimum thickness, spaced so that the vertical interior webs shall be
no more than 4" apart and securely fastened to both face sheets by
spot welds spaced a maximum of 3"o.c. vertically. Spaces between
stiffeners shall be filled with fiberglass or mineral rockwool batt-
type material, minimum 6 pound density.
5. The vertical edges shall be reinforced by a continuous steel channel,
not less than 10 gage thickness extending the full length of the door.
The top and bottom edges shall be closed with a continuous channel,
also not less than 10 gage thickness, spot welded to both face sheets
a maximum of 4"o.c. The 10 gage closing end channel shall be
continuously welded to the vertical reinforcing channel at all four
corners producing a fully welded perimeter reinforcing channel.
6. The top end channel shall be fitted with an additional flush closing
channel of not less than 12 gage thickness. The flush closing channel
shall be welded in place at the corners and at the center.
Installation of closer channel using screws, security or otherwise,
shall be deemed unacceptable. The end channel and flush closer
channe 1 shall be i nsta 11 ed so that they are permanent and
nonremovable.
7. Edge profil es shall be provi ded on both vert i ca 1 edges of doors as
follows:
*Single acting doors - beveled 1/8" in 2" profile
*Sliding doors or equivalent - square profile
8. Hardware requirements
a. Door shall be mortised, reinforced, drilled and tapped at the
factory for completely templated mortised hardware only, in
accordance with the final approved hardware schedule and
templates provided by the hardware supplier. Where surface
mounted hardware is to be applied, doors shall be reinforced, and
all drilling and tapping shall be done by others in the field.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08320-5
SECTION 08320 SECURITY METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
b. Minimum gages for hardware reinforcements shall be. as follows:
*Full mortise hinges and pivots - 1/4" x 1 '1/2 x 9~'
*Surface appl ied maximum security hinges - l,iA" x ~ 1/2 X 9"
*Reinforcements for hanger attachment per device mfr.
recommendations
*Reinforcements for lock fronts, concealed holders, or surface
mounted closers - 12 gage
*Internal reinforcements for all other surface applied hardware -
12 gage
c. In cases where electrically operated hardware is required, and
where shown on approved submittal drawings, hardware enclosures
and junction boxes shall be provided, and shall be interconnected
using any U.l. approved type 1/2" minimum conduit and connectors.
Also, where shown on submittal drawings, junction boxes with
access plates shall be provided to facilitate the proper
installation of wiring. Access plates shall be the same gage as
the frame and fastened with a minimum of 4-#8-32 tamper resistant
machine screws, not to exceed 6"o.c.
9. Glass Moldings and Stops
a. Where specified, doors shall be provided with steel moldings to
secure glazing by others in accordance with glass sizes and
thicknesses shown on approved submittal drawings.
b. Fixed glass molding shall be no less than 12 gage, and shall be
spot welded to both face sheets S"o.C. maximum.
c. Removable glass stops shall be pressed steel angle glazing stops,
no less than 10 gage thickness. Angle stops shall be mitered or
notched and tight fitting (1/16" gap) at the corner joints, and
secured in place using 114 x 20 buttonhead tamper resistant
machine screws with spacing necessary to satisfy the performance
criteria outlined in Paragraph 1.6.0, 9"0.c. maximum. Where
glass thickness dictates, 10 gage offset surface mounted glass
stops shall be used. :
d. The metal surfaces to which glazing stops are secured and the
inside of the glazing stops shall be chemically treated for
maximum paint adhesion and painted with a rust inhibitive primer
prior to installation in the door.
10. Food Pass Openings:
a. The food pass opening shall be a flush opening fabricated using
interior channels 12 gage minimum thickness, securely welded to
the inside of both face sheets 3"o.c. maximum. The four corners
seams shall be continuously arc welded. The finished opening
shall be ground and filled smooth for a flush opening.
b. The food pass shutter shall be constructed from 7 ga. steel
plate. Furnished complete with lock strike.
c. The shutters shall be treated for maximum paint adhesion and
given a shop coat of rust inhibitive primer. They shall be
shipped loose for installation in the field by others.
11. Finish: After fabrication, all tool marks and surface blemishes shall
be filled and sanded as required to make both faces and both vertical
edges smooth and free from irregularities. After appropriate
preparation, all exposed surfaces shall receive a rust inhibitive
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08320-6
SECTION 08320
SECURITY METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
...
.' primer which meets or exceeds ASTM Bl17 salt spray for 150 hours, and
A~TM 01735 water fog test for org~n i c coat i ngs for 200 hours, and
w~eh is fully cured prior to shipment.
",'
2.2 SECURITY METAL PANELS
A. Metal panels shall be made of the same materials and construction and
finished in the same way as specified in section 2.1 of this specification.
2.3 HOLLOW METAL FRAMES
A. Materials
1. Frames shall be constructed of commercial quality, cold rolled steel
conforming to ASTM A366 or hot rolled, pickled and oiled' steel
conforming to ASTM AS69. The steel shall be free of scale, pitting,
coilbreaks or other surface defects.
2. Interior Openings: Steel shall be 12 gage minimum thickness and shall
have a zinc coating applied by the by the hot-dip process conforming
to ASTM A526, A60 or G60, with a coating weight of not less than 0.60
ounces per square foot (0.30 ounces per square foot per side).
3. Exterior Openings: Steel shall be 12 gage minimum thickness and shall
have a zinc coating applied by the hot-dip process conforming to ASTM
AS26, A60 or G60, with a coating weight of not less than 0.60 ounces
per square foot (0.30 ounces per square foot per side).
B. Construction:
1. All frames shall have integral stops and be welded units of the sizes
and types shown on approved submi tta 1 drawi ngs. Frames shall be
constructed in accordance with these specifications and meet
performance criteria specified in Paragraphs 1.6.C through 1.6.0 where
applicable. .
2. All finished work shall be neat in appearance, square, and free of
defects, warps and buckles. Pressed steel members shall be straight
and of uniform profile throughout their lengths.
3. Jamb, header and sill profiles shall be in accordance with the frame
schedule and as shown on the approved submittal drawings.
4. Corner joints shall have all contact edges closed tight with faces
mitered and stops either butted or mitered. Corner joints shall be
. continuously welded and the use of gussets or splice plates shall be
unacceptable.
S. Minimum depth of stops in door openings shall be 3/4". Stops on glass
or panel openings shall be as shown on approved submittal drawings.
Cut-off stops, where shown, shall be capped at 45 degree of 90 degree
heights as shown on approved submittal drawings, and jamb joints below
cut-off stops shall be welded, filled and ground smooth so that there
are no visible seams.
6. When shipping limitations so dictate, frames for large openings shall
be fabricated in sections designated for splicing in the field by
others. Factory prepared splices shall be field assembled.
7. Frames for multiple openings shall have mullion members which, after
fabrication, are closed tubular shapes conforming to profiles shown on
approved submittal drawings, and having no visible seams or joints.
All joints between faces of abutted members shall be continuously
welded and finished smooth. All jOints between stops of abutted
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08320-7
SECTION 08320 SECURITY METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
members shall be welded along the d~pth Qf the stop and shall be left
neat and uniform in appearance. The contractor responsible for
installation shall provide for welding all field joints between faces
of abutted members.
8. Hardware Reinforcements and Preparation:
a. Frames shall be mortised, reinforced, drilled and tapped for all
templated mortised hardware only,in accordance with the final
approved hardware schedule and templates provided by the hardware
supplier. Where surface mounted hardware is to be applied,
frames shall be reinforced, and all drilling and tapping shall be
done by others in the field.
b. Minimum thicknesses of hardware reinforcing plates shall be as
follows:
*Hinge and pivot reinforcements - 1/4" x 2" x 9" length
*Strike reinforcements - 7GA
*Closer reinforcements - 7GA
*Flush bolt reinforcements - 7Ga
*Reinforcements for surface applied hardware - 12 gage
c. In cases where electrically operated hardware is required, and
where shown on approved submittal drawings, hardware enclosures
and junction boxes shall be provided, and shall be interconnected
using any UL approved type 1/2" minimum conduit and connectors.
Also, where shown on submittal drawings, junction boxes with
access plates shall be provided to facilitate the proper
installation of wiring. Access plates shall be the same gage as
the frame fastened with a minimum of 4-#8-32 tamper resistant
machine screws, not to exceed 6"0.c.
9. Floor Anchors
a. Floor anchors with two holes for fasteners shall be fastened
inside jambs with at least,four (4) welds per anchor.
b. Where so scheduled, adjustable floor anchors,providing no less
than 2" height adjustment, shall be fastened in place with at
least four (4) welds per anchor.
c. Gage thickness of floor anchors shall be the same as frame.
10. Jamb Anchors:
a. Masonry Type
Frames for installation in masonry walls shall be provided with
adjustable jamb anchors of the strap and stirrup type made from the
same gage steel as frame. Straps shall be no less than 2" x 10" in
size, corrugated andlor perforated. The number of anchors provided on
each jamb shall be as follows:
*Borrowed 1 i te frames: 2 anchors pl us 1 for each 16" or fraction
thereof over 3'0", spaced at 15" maximum between anchors.
*Door frames: 2 anchors plus 1 for each 18" or fraction thereof over
4'6", spaced at 18" maximum between anchors (U.L. fire ratings may
require additional anchors).
b. Expansion Bolt Type
I} Frames for i nsta 11 at ion in exi st i ng masonry or concrete
walls shall be prepared for expansion bolt type anchors.
The preparation shall consist of a countersunk hole for a
1/2" diameter bolt and a conduit spacer from the unexposed
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08320-8
SECTION 08320 SECURITY METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
surface"Qf the frame to the wall. The spacer shall be
additi~nally reinforced and welded to the frame. The
prepara~n spaced as described in Paragraph 2.03.B.10.a.
2) After sufficient tightening of the bolt, the bolt head shall
be welded so as to provide a non-removable condition. The
welded bolt head shall be ground, dressed and finished
smooth.
c. Anchor system frames to be i nsta 11 ed in prefi n i shed concrete,
masonry or steel openings, shall be constructed and provided with
anchoring systems of suitable design as shown on the approved
submittal drawings.
11. Plaster guards made from no less than 26 gage thick steel shall be
welded to the feet of the jambs to serve as bracing du~ing shipping
and handling.
12. All frames shall be provided with two (2) temporary steel spreaders
welded to the feet of the jambs to serve as bracing during shipping
and handling.
13. loose glazing stops:
a. Removable glass stops shall be pressed steel angle glazing stops,
no less than 10 gage. Angle stops shall be mitered or butted and
tight fitting (1/16" gap) at the corner joints, and secured in
place using machine screws of the size and spacing necessary to
satisfy the performance criteria outlined in paragraph 1.6.0,
spaced 9"0.c. maximum.
b. The frame underneath the glazing stops and the inside of the
glazing stop shall be treated for maximum paint adhesion and
painted with a rust inhibitive primer prior to installation in
the frame.
14. Finish: After fabrication, all tool marks and surface imperfections
shall be removed, and exposed faces of al welded joints shall be
dressed smooth. Frames shall be treated to ensure maximum paint
adhesion and shall be coated on all accessible surfaces with a rust
inhibitive primer which meets or exceeds ASTM B117 salt spray for 150
hours, and ASTM D1735 water fog test for organi c coatings for 200
hours, and which is fully cured prior to shipment.
2.4 CLEARANCES AND TOLERANCES
A. Edge clearances for swinging doors shall not exceed the following:
1. Between doors and frames at head and jambs: 1/8"
2. Between edges of pairs of doors: 1/8"
3. At door sills where a threshold is used: 3/8"
4. At door sills where no threshold is used: 3/4"
B. Manufacturing tolerance shall be maintained within the following limits:
1. Frames for s i ngl e door or pair of doors: Wi dth, measured between
rabbets at the head: Nominal opening width +1/16", -1/32". Height
(total length of jamb rabbet): Nominal opening height + or - 3164".
Cross sectional profile dimensions:
*Face + or - 1/32"
*Stop + or - 1/32"
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08320-9
SECTION 08320
SECURITY METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
2.
*Rabbet + or - 1/64"
*Depth + or - 1/32"
*Throat + or - 1/16" ~
(Frames overlapping walls to have throat
dimension 1/8" greater than dimensioned wall
thickness to accommodate irregularities in
wall construction.)
Swinging and sliding doors:
*Width + or - 3/64"
*Height + or - 3/64"
*Thickness + or, - 1/16"
*Hardware cutout dimensions Template
dimensions +.015"-0"
*Hardware location + or - 1/32"
*Bow/Flatness + or - 1/8"
~. :..
.-........,1'
"
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 SITE STORAGE AND PROTECTION OF MATERIALS
A. The contractor shall remove wraps or covers from doors and frames upon
delivery at the building site. The contractor responsible for installation
shall see that any scratches or disfigurement caused in shipping or
handling are promptly cleaned and touched up with a rust inhibitive primer.
B. The contractor shall see that materials are properly stored on planks or
dunnage in a dry location. Doors shall be stored in a vertical position
and spaced by blocking. Materials shall be covered to protect them from
damage but in such a manner as to permit air circulation.
3.2 INSTALLATION
The Contractor shall perform the following:
A. Prior to installation, all frames must be checked and corrected for size,
swing, squareness, alignment, twist and plumbness. Permissible
installation tolerances shall not exceed the following:
*Squareness + or - 1/16": Measured on a line, 90 degrees from one
jamb, at the upper corner of the frame at the other jamb.
*Alignment + or - 1/16": Measured on jambs on a horizontal line parallel
to the plane of the wall.
*Twist + or - 1/16": Measured at face corners of jambs on parallel lines
perpendicular to the plane of the wall.
*Plumbness + or - 1/16": Measured on the jamb at the floor.
B. Frame jambs, shall be fully grouted to prOVide added security protection
against battering, wedging, spreading and other means of forcing open the
door. Jamb mounted lock preparations, grout guards and junction boxes are
intended to protect hardware mortises and tapped mounting hol es from
masonry grout of 4" maximum slump consistency which is hand trowelled in
place. If a light consistency grout (greater than 5" slump) is to be used,
special precautions must be taken in the field by the installation
contractor to protect tapped hol es, el ectri ca 1 knockouts, lock pockets,
grout guards, junction boxes, etc., in the frames.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08320-10
SECTION 08320
SECUrtITY METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
C. Any grout or other bonding material shall be cleaned off of frames or doors
immediately following installation. Metal surfaces shall be kept free of
grout, tar, or other bonaing material or sealer.
D. Proper door clearances must be maintained in accordance with 2.4 of these
specifications, except for special conditions otherwise noted. Where
necessary, metal hinge shims, are acceptable to maintain clearances.
E. Hardware must be applied in accordance with hardware manufacturer's
templates and instructions.
F. Exposed fi e 1 d welds shall be fi n i shed smooth and touched up wi th a rust
inhibitive primer.
G. Primed or painted surfaces which have been scratched or otherwise marred
during installation shall be touched up with a rust inhibitive primer.
********************
END OF SECTION 08320
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08320-11
1.3
SECTION 08410
ALUMINUM ENTRANCES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
":11
'wi
~
SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Aluminum entrance doors, frames, and related fixed glass
sections.
B. Work of this section shall be accomplished by a single contractor for
single-source responsibility to Section 08902 - Aluminum Window Walls.
1.2
REFERENCES
A. AAMA - Metal Curtain Wall, Window, Store Front and Entrance - Guide
Specifications Manual.
B. AAMA 501 - Methods of Test for Metal Curtain Walls.
C. AAMA 605.2 - Specification for High Performance Organic Coatings on
Architectural Extrusions and Panels.
D. AAMA 1502.7
E. AAMA SFM-1 - Aluminum Storefront and Entrance Manual.
F. ANSI AII7.1 - Safety Standards for the Handicapped.
G. ASTM A36 - Structural Steel.
H. ASTM A386 - Zinc Coating (Hot Dip) on Assembled Steel Products.
I ASTM B209 - Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate.
J. ASTM B221 - Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bar, Rod, Wire, Shape, and Tube.
K. ASTM E283 - Rate of Air leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain
Walls, and Doors.
l. ASTM E330 - Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls,
and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference.
M. ASTM E331 - Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows,
Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference.
N. ASTM A386
SUBMITTALS
A. As part of the glazed window wall single-source responsibility
submi tta 1 s, submi t - shop drawi ngs for fabri cat i on and erection of
entrances and components to the aluminum window wall contractor as
specified in Section 08902.
1. Submit details of adjacent materials and components required to
ma i nta in performance requi rements of thi s sect i on and Sect ion
08902.
2. Indicate full size details of adjoining and interfacing work even
though not i nc 1 uded in the work of th is sect ion, to ensure
coordi nat i on of thi s work and the work of other sections to
include securitYlmonitoring requirements.
B. Incorporate plans, elevations, sections and full size details.
1. Indicate integration of system with aluminum window wall,
entrances, and other work necessary to result in a complete
system installation. Full size details shall show and note
aluminum, steel, cement plaster and all other materials, their
respective thicknesses and gauges, types, finishes, and all joint
thicknesses, areas to be sealed and sealant materials; gaskets
and tapes; direction and magnitude of thermal expansion; type of
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
HLM 90007.00-3
08410-1
SECTION 08410
ALUMINUM ENTRANCES
1
. .
construction including joinery, fasteners and welds; anchorage
assemb 1 i es and components, the fabri cat i on and erect ion
tolerances for the work in this section and the adjoining work, .
and the layout of inserts.
2. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications, standard
details, and installation recommendations for components of
aluminum entrances and aluminum window walls required for
project, including test reports certifying that products have
been tested and comply with performance requirements.
C. Provide samples of corner construction for both door and frame for
each operation type, approximately 12" long on each leg.
D. Provide representative finish samples of production items indicating
full range of color tolerance for selection by the Architect. Samples
shall be large enough to allow good comparison.
E. Test results:
1. Coordinate requirements with Section 08902 - ALUMINUM WINDOW
WAllS for additional test requirements.
'"
1.4 SYSTEM PERFORMANCES
A. General: Single-source responsibility for work of this section.
Coordinate all work with Section 08902, to include mock-up and testing
requirements. Provide exterior entrance assemblies that have been
designed and fabricated to comply with requirements for system
performance characteristics listed below as demonstrated by testing
manufacturer's corresponding stock systems according to test methods
designated and as required by Section 08902.
1. Thermal Movement: Allow for expansion and contraction resulting
from ambient temperature range of 120.F (49.C), that could cause
a metal surface temperature range of 180.F.(100.C.) within the
framing system.
2. Wind Loading: Provide capacity to withstand loading indicated
below tested per ASTM E 330.
a. Uniform pressure of 45 psf inward and 45 psf outward.
3. Transmission Characteristics of Fixed Framing: Comply with
requirements indicated below for transmission characteristics and
test methods.
a. Air and Water Leakages: Air infiltration of not more than
0.06 cfm per sq. ft. of fixed area per ASTM E 283 and no
uncontrolled water penetration per ASTM E 331 at pressure
differential of 6.24 psf (excluding operable door edges).
4. Transmi ss i on Characteri st i cs of Entrances: Provi de entrance doors
with jamb and head frames which comply with requirements
indicated below, for transmission characteristics and test
methods.
a. Air Leakage: Air infiltration per linear foot of perimeter
crack of not more than 0.50 cfm for single doors and 1.0 cfm
for pai rs of doors per ASTM E 283 at pressure
differential of 1.567 psf.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08410-2
SECTION 08410
ALUMINUM ENTRANCES
1.5 SPECIAL PROJECT WARRANTY
A. Provide written warranty signed by ManufacturerlFabricator, and
Contractor agreein~ to replace aluminum entrances which fail in
materials or workmanship within time period indicated below of
acceptance. Failure of materials or workmanship includes excessive
leakage or air infiltration, excessive deflections, faulty operation
of entrances, deterioration of finish or construction in excess of
normal weathering, and defects in hardware, weather-stripping, and
other components of the work.
1. Time Period: Three years from date of substantial completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compl i ance wi th requi rements, acceptabl e
products:
1. VISTA WALL
2. KAWNEER
3. TUBElITE
B. Aluminum Doors, Medium Stile:
1. Sections shall be extruded from 6063-T5 aluminum alloy adapted as
necessary to match color finish selected by Architect.
2. Joints shall be butted, mechanically reinforced and welded.
Glazing stops shall be snap-in type. No exposed screws shall be
used to secure stops. Stops on exterior side shall be lockin
tamper-proof type.
3. Major portions of the door stiles shall be 0.125" in thickness
and glazing molding shall be 0.050" thick.
4. Vertical stiles shall be minimum 3-1/2", top rail 3-1/2", and
bottom rail 6-1/2". .
S. Color and finish of installed materials shall fall within range
of samples reviewed by Architect.
6. Basis of design: VISTA WAll
C. Glazing: (provide glazing materials including glass; comply with
requirements of DIVISION 8 - GLAZING):
1. Glass and panels shall be installed and glazed from interior of
building. Snap-on glass stops shall be used with no exposed
screws.
2. Setting blocks, spacers, and clips shall be provided as necessary
to meet glass manufacturer's requirements, recommendations of
FGMA Glazing Manual and requirements of drawings.
3. Exterior glazing tape shall be black, manufactured by:
a. PROTECTIVE TREATMENT, INC. 606 Butyl Tape Sealant
b. TREMCO 440 Tape
c. PECORA Extru-Seal B-44
4. Heel bead shall be one part acylic, manufactured by:
a. TREMCO Mono
b. PECORA Unicryl ic
c. GRACE CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS Daraseal A
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08410-3
SECTION 08410
ALUMINUM ENTRANCES
,
'wi
" S. Wedge shall be manufactured by:
~ a. TREMCO Polyshim WEJ
6. Glass shall be as indicated in Contract Documents, and as
designated in Section 08800 - GLAZING.
D. Fasteners: Aluminum, nonmagnetic stainless steel, or other materials
warranted by manufacturer to be noncorros i ve and compat i b 1 e with
aluminum components.
1. Do not use exposed fasteners except where unavoidable for
application of hardware. Match finish of adjoining metal.
E. Concealed Flashing: Dead-soft stainless steel, 26 gauge minimum, or
extruded aluminum, 0.062" minimum, of an alloy and type selected by
manufacturer for compatibility with other components.
F. Brackets and Rei nforcements: Manufacturer's hi gh-strength a 1 umi num
units where feasible, otherwise, nonmagnetic stainless steel or
hot-dip galvanized steel complying with ASTM A 386.
G. ConcretelMasonry Inserts: Cast-iron, malleable iron, or hot-dip
galvanized steel complying with ASTM A 386.
H. Bituminous Coatings: Cold-applied asphalt mastic complying with
SSPC-PS 12, compounded for 30 mil thickness per coat.
I. Compression Weatherstripping: Manufacturer's standard replaceable
stripping of either molded neoprene gaskets complying with ASTM 02000
or molded PVC gaskets complying with ASTM 0 2287.
J. Sliding Weatherstripping: Manufacturer's standard replaceable
stripping of wool, polypropylene, or nylon woven pile, with nylon
fabric or aluminum strip backing, complying with AAMA 701.2
K. Hardware
1. Manufacturer's Standard Hardware VISTA WALL (Basis of Design):
3 ea
2 ea
1
1
1
1
Hinges BH-1 - 4-1/2 x 4 - NRP
Push-Pull PH-12
Threshold 1/2" x 6" x 115 (WOOSTER)
Deadlock MS-18S0A (Less Cylinder)
LocklFace Plate
Closer 42IO-CUSH
32D
US28
CAST
320
320
AL
2. Refer to Section 08710 - Door Hardware and Division 11 - Door
ControllMonitoring System for coordination and requirements of
additional hardware.
2.2 FINISHES
A. Surfaces exposed to exterior and interior view shall be coated with
factory applied, oven baked finish based on KYNAR 500 (polyvinylidene
fluoride - PVF2) as supplied by PPG or equivalent; applied to properly
cl eaned and pretreated al umi num meeting the requi rements of ASTM
0-1730-67, Type B, method 5 or 7. The coating shall be a three coat
system equivalent to PPG "Duranar XL" applied to a minimum thickness
of 1.6 mils. Comply with AAMA 605.2 (1980) "Specification for High
Performance Organic Coatings on Architectural Extrusions and Panels".
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08410-4
SECTION 08410
ALUMINUM ENTRANCES
.,.
l '..
.. "-~~
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Erect work plumb, level, true-to-line and secure in accordance with
instructions of manufacturer. Provide joint clearances to allow for
expansion. Door to door frame tolerance of 1/8" shall be rigidly
maintained.
B. Anchoring devices shall be aluminum, stainless steel, or other
noncorrosive materials not harmful to aluminum. Steel anchors may be
used 'provided they are properly insulated. Paint for shop coating and
field touch-up of dissimilar metal connecting members including
anchors and clips, shall be alkali resistant bituminous paint.
C. Where type, size, or spacing of fastening for securing material to
building construction is not shown or specified, use expansion or
toggle bolts or screws as required by building construction material.
Such bolts or screws shall not be less than 1/4" diameter and spaced
24" on center.
D. Set sill members and other members in continuous bed of sealant and
with joint fillers or gaskets to provide weathertight construction.
Comply with requirements of Section 07900 - Joint Sealers, for
sealants, fillers, and gaskets.
3.2 CLEANING
A. Aluminum shall be left clean and unmarred, protected from damage
during subsequent construction operations.
B. After installation has been completed and prior to final inspection,
wash all aluminum work with a non-alkali soap and water solution.
Follow with a clearwater rinse. Refinish where necessary, replace
damaged parts, leave in complete and finished condition.
C. Institute protective measures and other precautions required to assure
that a 1 umi num entrances and storefronts wi 11 be without damage or
deterioration, other than normal weathering, at time of acceptance.
********************
END OF SECTION 08410
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08410-5
SECTION 08660
SECURITY WINDOWS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Security Steel Window Units.
2. Mock-Up Unit.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 03412 - Precast Concrete Panels
B. Section 03490 - Precast Concrete Modular Cell
C. Section 04200 - Unit Masonry
D. Section 07900 Joint Sealers
E. Section 08842 - Security Glazing
1.3 REFERENCES
A. AAMA 502-90 - Voluntary Specification for Field Testing of Windows and
Sliding Glass Doors.
B. ASTM A386 - Zinc Coating (Hot Dip) on Assembled Steel Products.
C. ASTM A52S - Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated, Galvanized by the Hot-Dip
Process.
D. ASTM C-314 - AAMA TM-1-76 - Test Method for Water Penetration of
Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls; and Doors by Dynamic Pressure.
E. ASTM E283 - Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain
Walls, and Doors.
F. ASTM E330 - Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls,
and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference.
G. ASTM E331 - Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows,
Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference.
H. Steel Window Institute (SWI).
1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Design and size components to withstand dead and live loads caused by
positive and negative wind pressure acting normal to plane of wall to
a design pressure of 45 psf and a suction of 45 psf and as measured in
accordance with ASTM E 330.
B. Air infiltration tested in accordance with ASTM E 283:
1. Air infiltration: maximum for ventilator:
a. 0.10 cfm per foot of crack length at 6.24 psf pressure
different ia 1 .
b. Air infiltration maximum for fixed: 0.06 cfmlsquare foot.
2. Water penetration tested in accordance with ASTM E 331:
a. No uncontrolled water leakage at 10.0 psf pressure
differential with water rate of 5 gallons Ihrlsf.
3. Structural performance tested in accordance with ASTM E 330 and
based on:
a. Maximum deflection of L/17S of the span and allowable stress
with a safety factor of 1.65. No glass breakage, damage to
fasteners, hardware parts, or deflection of any unsupported
span, (meeting rails, muntins, frames, or mullions).
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08660-1
SECTION 08660
SECURITY WINDOWS
b. '-The iSY'stem shall perform to these cri teri a under a wi ndl oad
_ of'~~~sf (Performance Class 45).
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Standards: Comply with recommended specifications of Steel Window
Institute (SWI), except to the extent more stringent requirements are
indicated.
B. Windows shall meet or exceed air, water infiltration and deflection
test requi rements for the type, grade and performance cl ass of
security window units required.
C. Mock-up/Proto-Type:
1. Provide one unit in designated area under direct supervision of
manufacturer.
2. Installation shall be approved by Architect to constitute a
standard of quality for subsequent installation.
1.6 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer special izing in manufacturing security windows with a
minimum of five years of documented experience.
1. 7 SUBMITTALS
A. Manufacturer's Data:
1. To requirements of Division One, submit manufacturer's product
data, installation instructions, and details for each type of
steel window unit required.
2. Include information on fabrication methods, finishing, hardware
and accessories, and show weight per foot of each steel section.
B. Shop Drawings, Security Steel Windows:
1. Submit shop drawings including wall elevations at 1/4" scale,
typical unit elevations at 3/4" scale and full size section
details of every typical composite member.
2. Show anchors, hardware, and accessories which are not fully
detailed in manufacturer's standard data.
3. Include glazing details.
C. Samples, Steel Windows:
1. Submit 3 samples of specified finish, on 24" lengths of window
members.
2. Architect reserves right to require additional samples, which
will show fabrication techniques and workmanship, and design of
hardware and accessories.
1.8 PREINSTALLATION CONFERENCE
A. Prior to commencement of security window installation, conduct a
prei nstall at ion conference at the Project site wi th the security
wi ndow system manufacturer, i nsta 11 er, Owner's representat i ve and
Architect, and other interested parties to review procedures,
schedules, and coordination of the security window Work with other
elements of the work, to include adjacent materials of wall elements.
Record discussions and distribute minutes of meeting to all attendees.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08660-2
SECTION 08660
SECURITY WINDOWS
1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver, store, protect and handle products to site under",provisions
of Contractor's agreement.
...
k
~.._-_.,.,..
1. 10 WARRANTY
A. Warranty shall include a custom five year warranty on the integrity of
window installation covering materials and workmanship.
1. Warranty shall be executed by the Contractor, Insta 11 er, and
steel window manufacturer, agreeing to repair or replace steel
window units which fail in materials or workmanship within the
specified warranty period. Failures include but are not,
necessarily limited to structural failures including excessive
deflection, excessive leakage, or air infiltration, faulty
operation of sash and hardware, deterioration of metals, metal
fi n i shes, and other materi a 1 s beyond normal weatheri ng. Th is
warranty shall be in addition to and not a limitation of other
rights the Owner may have against the Contractor under the
contract documents.
2. Warranty period is 5 years after the date of substantial
completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable Manufacturers:
1. CHIEF INDUSTRIES, INC., Grand Island NE
2. WIllIAM BAYLEY COMPANY, Springfield, Ohio
3. SOUTHEASTERN SPECIALTY CO., Montgomery AL
4. DETENTION SYSTEMS AND SALES, Bloomington IL
S. HOPES SECURITY PRODUCTS INC., Jamestown, N.Y.
6. Architect approved equivalent.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Frames:
1. Form frames from low carbon steel not 1 ess than #12 gauge.'
Frames shall be two piece sections, deep carrying through glazed
portions continuously from top of head to bottom of sill at each
jamb and
between jambs at head and sill.
2. Cope and weld frame members at corners full depth of the frame
for maximum strength and weather tightness; dress exposed welds
smooth. Provide frame members with dimensions and profiles
indicated on the drawings.
B. Mullions:
1. Form mullions where required from low carbon steel not less than
#12 U.S. gauge coped and continuous welded to frame.
C. Intermedi ates:
1. Horizontal intermediates: Provide 2" x 2" x 1/4" steel tubing
horizontal wrapped with 12 gauge steel.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08660-3
SECTION 08660
SECURITY WINDOWS
F.
2. Provide low carbon steel not less than 12 gauge, intermediate
security members, securely welded to frame members.
Frame Supports: .
1. Frame supports shall be 1-1/2" x 1-1/2" x 3/16" hot rolled steel
angles, continuous where possible, securely welded to frame.
Field Anchors: (Sub Frame):
1. Field anchors shall be hot rolled steel angles, and 12 gauge
channels, continuous where possible, field welded to built-in
anchors and frame anchors.
Glazing Stops at Frame:
1. Prepare windows for outside glazing with 1/4" thick low carbon
steel bar stops.
D.
E.
2.3 FABRICATION
A. Factory assembly shall consist of fixed units.
B. Perimeter frame intermediates shall be assembled into complete units.
C. Provide weep holes and internal water passages, where necessary, to
conduct infiltrating moisture to exterior.
2.4 FINISH:
A. After fabrication all windows, mullions and trim shall be either
chemically or mechanically cleaned to remove mill scale, dirt, oil and
other foreign matter, followed by a zinc phosphate treatment. A coat
of epoxy primer shall be applied over zinc phosphate and oven baked
at 375 degrees for 12 to 15 minutes, resulting in a dry film thickness
of not less than 1 mil, followed by a coat of polyester oven baked at
400 degrees for 12 to 15 minutes, resulting in a dry film thickness of
not less than 1 mil.
B. Painting: Section 09900; color of finish coat shall be as selected by
Architect.
2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Fasteners: '
1. Bronze, brass, stainless steel or other metal warranted by the
manufacturer to be non-corrosive and compatible with steel window
members, trim, hardware, anchors and other components of window
units.
2. Exposed fasteners: match fi ni sh of member or hardware bei ng
fastened, unless otherwise indicated.
3. Provide "torx with peg II Security Type screws for exposed
fasteners, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Anchors, Clips and Window Accessories.
1. Depending on strength and corrosion-inhibiting requirements,
fabricate units of stainless steel, hot-dip zinc coated steel or
iron complying with ASTM A386, or bronze/brass.
2. Provide shims, screws, bolts, and shields, required for
attachment.
C. Sealants:
1. Unless otherwise indicated for sealants required within the
fabricated window units, provide type recommended by window
manufacturer for joint size and movement, to remain permanently
elastic, non-shrinking, and non-migrating.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08660-4
SECTION 08660 SECURITY WINDOWS
2. Coordinate requirements with Section 07900.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations for installation of window
units and other components of the work.
B. Set units plumb, level and true to line, without warp or rack of
frames sash.
C. Anchor securely in place.
D. Separate zinc coated steel and other corrodible surfaces from sources
of corrosion on electrolytic action at points of contact with other
materials.
E. Set sill members and other members in a bed of compound as shown, or
with joint fillers or gaskets as shown, to provide weathertight
construction.
F. Coordinate installation with wall flashings and other components of,
the work.
G. Coordinate requirements with Section 07900 for primers, joint fillers
and gaskets.
3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Field Water Tests
1. Coordinate field tests with other sections of this Project
Manual. Conduct tests in areas as directed by Architect.
Conduct tests as required to obtain satisfactory performance as
acceptable to Architect.
2. Field test similar to AAMA 501.2 - Field check of metal curtain
walls for water leakage.
a. There shall be no uncontrolled water leakage in the finished
installation, as defined in AAMA 501.2.
3.3 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Clean surfaces promptly after installation of windows, exerclslng
care to avoid damage of coating. Remove excess glazing and sealant
compounds, dirt and other substances.
B. Clean glass of preglazed units promptly after installation of windows;
complete with requirements of Division One for cleaning and
maintenance.
C. Provide protection and other precautions required through remainder of
construction period, to ensure that window units will be without
damage or deteri orat ion (other than normal weatheri ng) at time of
acceptance.
********************
END OF SECTION 08660
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08660-5
SECTION 08710
DOOR HARDWARE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
1. Door hardware is defined to include items known as detention hardware, as
required for swing and sliding doors.
2. Work of this Section includes finish hardware.
3. Door Hardware
a. Provide physical samples, templates and schedules, delivered to point
of need, as necessary to allow proper fabri cat i on of materi a 1 s to
which Door Hardware items are to be attached.
b. Provide on-site inspection and assistance during installation of Door
Hardware and final adjustment, as required after installa- tion.
c. Provide Ul rated hardware for rated door and frame assemblies.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Hardware Manufacturers:
1. Obtain each kind of hardware (latch and lock sets, locking
systems, hinges and closers) from one manufacturers.
B. Suppliers: Recognized builder and security hardware suppliers who have been
furnishing hardware for a period of not less than 5 years, and who employs
an experienced hardware consultant who is available at reasonable times
during the course of the work, for project hardware consultation to the
Architect and Contractor.
C. Fire-Rated Openings:
1. Provide hardware for fire-rated openings in compl iance with NFPA
Standard No. 80 and ASTM E-152 and local building code requirements.
Provide only hardware which has been tested and listed by UL for the
types and sizes of doors required, and complies with the requirements
of the door and door frame labels.
2. Where exit devices are required on fire-rated doors, (with
supplementary marking on door UL label indicating "Fire Door to be
Equipped with Fire Exit Hardware"), provide UL label on exit device
indicating "Fire Exit Hardware".
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit the following:
1. Product Data: Submit specifications, installation instructions and
general manufacturer's recommendations for all hardware products
specified.
2. Hardware and Keying Schedule and Catalog Cuts: Submit for
coordination of work.
a. Based on hardware indicated, organize hardware schedule into
"hardware sets", indicating complete designation of every item
required for each door or opening.
b. Furnish an index cross referencing Architect door number,
Architects hardware group and suppliers hardware group.
c. Submit schedule at earliest possible date, in order to facilitate
fabrication of other work (such as metal doors and frames) which
may be critical in project construction schedule. Include
catalog cuts of all items used in the schedule.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08710-1
SECTION 08710
DOOR HARDWARE
d. Include a proposed separate keying schedule, for Owner review and
modi fi cat ion if necessary. .' -
3. Submit Shop Drawings, in the form of complet~~orizontal or vertical
schedules, which identify each hardware mm, its type, design,
finish, function, method of fastening or anchorage and group
designation.
B. Keys:
1. For security hardware, deliver keys directly from the manufacturer to
the Owner's representative. Provide signed copy of receipt of
delivery to the Owner's representative.
2. For finish hardware, deliver keys to the Owner's representative by
registered mail. Provide signed copy of receipt of delivery to the
Contractor for record.
C. Operations and Maintenance Data: Submit instructions for installation and
for maintenance of operat i ng parts and exposed fi n i shes in accord wi th
Division One.
1.4 LIMITATIONS
A. Manufacturers and products identified in the following paragraphs represent
the limit of manufacturers and products selected by the Architect for use
on this project. Where single identifications are made for a given item,
only that product will be accepted. Where multiple identifications are
made, anyone of the identified products will be accepted, provided that
the single product chosen is used throughout the project without further
variation.
1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Coordination: Coordinate hardware with other work. Tag each item or
package separately, with identification related to hardware schedule and
include basic installation instructions in the package. Furnish hardware
items of proper design for use on doors and frames of thicknesses, profile,
swing, security and similar requirements indicated, as necessary for proper
installation and function. Deliver individually packaged hardware items at
proper times to proper locations (shop or project site) for installation.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. For products delivered to door and frame fabricators and to Project site,
package each item of hardware separately, complete with necessary
fasteners, installation instructions and templates. Mark each container
with item number and location of installation in accordance with
corresponding information shown on the final hardware schedule.
B. Store hardware products at the site to prevent damage; store in a secure
place until installation.
C. Control handling and installation of hardware products which are not
immediately replaceable, so that completion of the work will not be delayed
by hardware losses.
D. Replace items found to be defective, either through manufacturing,
delivery, storage, handling or installation, within a three week period.
Make special arrangements for manufacturing and shipping replacement
material.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08710-2
SECTION 08710
DOOR HARDWARE
1.7 WARRANTY
,- AI."" Provide 1 year wri tten warranty from date of Substantial Compl et i on.
..~._~ Provide 5 year written warranty for all door closers.
...
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS AND FABRICATION
A. General
1. Hand of Door: Contract Documents indicate swing and hand of each door
leaf. Furnish each item of hardware for proper installation and
operation of door movement as shown.
2. Manufacturer's Name Plate: Do not use hardware products which have
manufacturer's name or trade name displayed in a location visible when
door is closed (omit removable nameplates), except in conjunction with
required Ul labels.
3. Base Metals: Produce hardware units of the basic metal and forming
method i ndi cated, us i ng manufacturer's standard metal alloy,
composition, temper, and hardness, but in no case of lesser quality,
than specified for applicable hardware units by FS-FF-H-111, FS-FF-H-
106, FS-FF-H-1l6, and FS-FF-H-121. Do not substitute "Optional"
material or forming methods for those indicated, except as otherwise
specified.
4. Security Fasteners:
a. Manufacture hardware to conform to publ ished templates, generally
prepared for machine screw installation. Do not provide hardware
which has been prepared for self-tapping sheet metal screws,
except as specifically indicated.
b. Furnish screws for installation with each hardware item. Provide
Austenitic Stainless Steel Fasteners, 18-8 series and 300 series,
for the following items:
1) 4-1/2" Hinges, Foodpass Hinges, Prison Hinges and Pivots
2) Jamb Mounted Lock Covers
3) lock Mounting Plates
4) Surface and Flush Mounted Pulls
5) Cylinder Escutcheons
6) Thresholds
7) Exit Devices
c. Finish:
1) Provide matching plated finishes for hardware units at each
door or opening, to the greatest extent possible and as
otherwise indicated. Reduce differences in color and
textures as much as commercially possible. In general,
match items to manufacturers standard finish, except screws
in painted materials may be stainless steel finish.
d. Head Styles:
1) PINNED 'ALLEN' HEAD
2) CENTER PINNED REJECT 'TORX' HEAD Head Style and Finish shall
be furnished as appropriate for installation requirements.
e. Acceptable Manufacturers:
Security Screws may be obtained through the following:
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08710-3
SECTION 08710
DOOR HARDWARE
B.
1. CAMCAR DIVISION OF TEXTRON, INC.
ROCKFORD, Il
TELEPHONE: (815) 961-5000
2. TAMPER-PRUF SCREWS,'INC.
PARAMOUNT, CA
TELEPHONE: (213) 531-9364
3. RITELOC COMPANY
FREEPORT, NY
TELEPHONE: (516) 378-1020
4. NAPCO FASTENERS, INC.
SAN ANTON IO, TX
TELEPHONE: (512) 646-0341
f. Security Fasteners specified herein shall be obtained by the
manufacturers, supplier, or installer of each component. The
Contractor shall assume the ultimate responsibility of providing
security fasteners for this project.
lock Cylinders and Keying:
1. The manufacturer shall maintain permanent key identification records,
on electronic media, locked in fire proof files, for security and
future key replacement.
2. Locks for this project will incorporate three separate keying systems:
a. Mogul cylinder operated locks shall be grand master keyed or
master keyed as requested by Owner.
b. Paracentric cylinder, (lever tumbler), operated locks shall be
keyed alike or different as requested by Owner.
c. Commercial cylinder operated locks shall be grand master keyed or
master keyed as requested by Owner.
d. Do not furnish construction master keyed cylinders.
3. Visual Key Control:
a. Permanently affixed control symbols shall be stamped on the keys
and cylinder cams, which are concealed when installed. Provide
a key code chart wh i ch i nd i cates the door number, 1 ocat ion,
hardware group, and loek type for whieh its respeetivI key
operates.
b. Enter the control symbols for doors on additional floor plans.
Two copies of the schematic keying chart and floor plans shall be
turned over to the Owner at the completion of the project. The
cost of this service shall be included within the cost of the
project.
4. Key Transfer:
a. Send all keys, via secure courier, directly to Owners pre-
designated representative. Do not deliver keys to the job site.
Provide key receipts of all keys delivered to Owner, and
Contractor.
S. Key Quantity:
a. Furnish four keys for each key change used. Mark commercial Keys
"00 NOT DUPLICATE".
6. Key Control System:
a. Key control system shall be furnished with a capacity of 1.75
times the number of door locks and shall be a
complete dual tag system.
"
. .
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08710-4
HLM 90007.00-3
SECTION 08710 DOOR HARDWARE
b. Panels must have individual hook and label pockets formed as an
integral part of the panel.
c. Tags ~of two types shall be provided, one set for permanent
attachment of file key without the use of tools and the other set
with snaphook holding at least four keys.
d. Indexing shall be provided to record information concerning locks
and keys alphabetically.
e. Include special panels for large detention lock keys and keys
alphabetically.
f. Permanent loan Registry shall be furnished to protect identity of
key borrowers while Receipt Tabs shall be supplied for temporary
loan.
g. :Provide panels as follows:
1. Central Control Room
2. locksmith
2.2 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable manufacturers are listed in the Product List.
1. No substitution shall be permitted for lCN closers and Adtec DPS and
Closer/DPS.
B. Hinges:
1 Cast brass or stainless steel, three knuckle, concealed stainless
steel ball bearings, stainless steel hinge pins, institutional type
tips. All full mortised hinges shall be furnished with 1/4-20 Torx
Type FHMS.
2. Hinges to be 4-1/2X x 4-1/2 with .180-leaf thickness having a minimum
Tensile Strength exceeding 62,000 PSI and a minimum Yield Strength of
52,000 PSI.
3. Unless otherwise specified, hinges for doors through 3'-0" wide shall
be 4-1/4 x 4-1/2. Provide one additional hinge for doors over 3'-0"
wide.
4. Furnish 2 hinges for doors 60" or less in height, and one additional
hinge for each additional 30" of height or fraction thereof.
S. Furnish additional hinges as needed for lead lined doors. Be
responsible for coordination with Section 13090 - RADIATION PROTECTION
requirements.
6. Finishes:
a. S014709-Brass Hinge applied to Hollow Metal-USP Prime Coat on
Brass.
b. 5014709-Brass Hinge Applied to Wood-US4 Satin Brass.
c. S014707-Stainless Steel Hinge applied to Hollow Metal-Prime UP-
Prime Coat on Stainless Steel
d. S014707-Stainless Steel Hinge applied to Wood-US32D Satin
Stainless Steel.
2.3 SMARTLOCK SYSTEM
A. General: Provide an Adtec Smartlok System. The system shall be of an
"intell igent" design and shall operate under the control of a programmable
logic controller (PLC), the main operating program (software) for which
shall be stored in the memory protected by on-board standby batteries
capable of maintaining stored programming for 10 years.
1. Each Smartlok module is connected to a four wire, (2 twisted shielded
pair) multi-drop, party line system.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08710-5
SECTION 08710 DOOR HARDWARE
2. The Smartlok modul e control s eight output functions. Each output
function, is a 24 volt plus DC at SO'miliamps supplied by the Smartlok
module. The eight input functions, are dry contact clo,~res,-psing
voltage provided by the module. .
3. Provide conduit and wiring for all items, outside of the party line,
being controlled by the Smartlok module. These items may include:
a. Intercom (Communications buss and control conduit and wire if the
intercom is not located in the same jamb hous i ng wi th the
Smartlok module.
b. lights (Power buss, relay may be required).
c. Televisions (Power, control conduit and wire from the Smartlok
conduit loop. Relay may be required.)
d. Other Electrical Devices which may be controlled.
NOTE: If items require more than 50 miliamps for actuation, a relay
should be included for correct systems interface.
B. WIRING - The wiring and connectors required from the communication module
to the Smartlok modul es and the wi ri ng and connectors requi red from
Smartlok modules to Smartlok module shall be two twisted pair, two
conductors each; Adtec part no. SlIOOO.
1. The Power Buss Wiring shall be sized to meet the needs as required in
the Contract Documents.
2. Both the cable and power buss wi ri ng, must be looped back to the
Smartlok communication module. Both may be pulled in the same conduit
but this conduit must be dedicated to this Smartlok system ONLY.
C. Wiring Distances: The Smartlok module loop shall be able to communicate at
a total loop distance of 3,000 feet.
D. System Programming: Program a programmable logic controller using a RS232
interface module. The language will be ASCI II base and programmed as
instructed by Adtec Inc. Each communication module communicates with no
more than 32 Smartlok modules. Each Smartlok module will be set to receive
information during installation. .
E. Station Numbering: It shall be possible to assign or change Smartlok
module addresses easily and quickly at each station location, by entering
the new number on the Smartlok module without the use of any special tools.
F. Modular Design: Connections shall be accomplished by means of plug-in
connectors at the interface module and all Smartlok modules for Adtec cable
#SLlOOO.
G. System Features: The Adtec Smartlok System to be provided under these
specifications shall include, or shall have the provisions to include, the
following features:
1. Full continuous communication of all modules.
2. Watch Dog System.
3. Dual Communication--Send and Receive.
4. Class A multi-drop, party line system.
5. Capabilities to operate both eight input and eight output functions.
6. Diagnostic reporting.
7. Addressability of module.
8. 24 VDC Operation.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08710-6
SECTION 08710
DOOR HARDWARE
9. Interface with RS232 language ASCI II
10.... Bu. il tin ('0'1 se protect ion in lock, modu 1 e,.. and interface
""11. ~~~~~~iit~"~f controlling intercom, lights', television, locks, etc.,
other on-off switching with no additional control wire from the door
or actuating device to a control console.
H. Service Facilities: Make available to the purchaser a local Service
Department of a duly authorized dealer of the manufacturer's equipment,
whi ch shall stock the manufacturer's standard parts. On the premi ses
maintenance shall be provided during normal working hours at no cost to the
purchaser during the warranty period.
I. Training of Personnel: All personnel directly concerned with the.
operations of the Smartlok series microprocessor-based systems shall be
thoroughly instructed in the use of the systems by authorized dealer
personnel. Such service shall be provided in conjunction with the system
equipment. Maintenance Staff Technical Training shall be available at
selected times during the year to the Owner for maintaining their system.
2.4 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND POWER REQUIREMENTS FOR SMARTLOCK SYSTEM
A. Smartlok Modules
1. Output of modules 50 milliamps per point 24 VDC
2. Quiescent current 50 miliamps 24 VDC
3. Eight Output
4. Eight Input
B. Two output funct ions and two input funct ions are used by the 1 ocki ng
mechanism. The other six output functions should be low current devices
such as relays.
C. Interface Module
1. Power consumption .05 amps 24 VDC
D. The Interface Module allows logic devices, such as PLC's, computers, or
other devices capable of using the industry standard RS232 protocol to
generate the controlling signals for each Smartlok.
E. The Interface Module uses nonvolatile memory (remembers without power on)
for both programs and data. memory is powered by lithium batteries with a
ten year (minimum) useful life.
F. The Interface Module has two communications ports. One of the ports
configured' to RS48S protocol will communicate with the Smartlok modules
using a four wire, multi-drop, party line protocol. The response time
should be less than 1/4 second, for any command or report.
G. Provide necessary power supply and power buss wiring to operate the
Smartlok System and all devices which are configured requiring direct power
from the power buss in the conduit with the Adtec jacketed communication
wi re #Sll 000.
2.5 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION OF THE SMARTLOCK SYSTEM
A. The Interface Module shall be located in close proximity (100 ft. or less)
to the programmable logic controller (PLC) which should include a RS232
communi cat ion modul e furni shed as part of the control system. The
interface module must receive a serial interface cable from the RS232
communications module of the PLC.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08710-7
SECTION 08710
DOOR HARDWARE
B. The Smartlok modules are connected in a multi-drop party line system from
the interface module to the Smartlok modules and back to the interface
module. Using jacketed wiring cable Sl1000 for communication only, power
buss wiring will be provided. Both the Adtec Cable Sl1000 and the power
buss will be in one conduit dedicated to the Adtec Smartlok system only.
C. The control, monitoring of openings, and other switch devices are
controlled by the configuration of the ROM residence software in the
interface module.
2.6 FABRICATION OF SMART LOCK SYSTEM
A. The system shall be assembled entirely from standard, factory produced
components.
B. The electronic control circuit components shall be mounted on printed
circuit boards of glasslepoxy construction.
C. Provide 10 spare Smartlok modules to be turned over to the Owner.
1. Communications board shall contain the digital interface to the
communications network.
2. Smartlok module board contains the digital interface to the
communications network.
2.7 QUALITY CONTROL OF SMART LOCK SYSTEM
A. All modules shall be completely tested and verified for function at the
factory prior to shipment.
2.8 EXECUTION
A. Preparation: Electronic circuit assemblies shall not be installed until
all drilling, filing, punching, which might produce metal chips has been
completed.
B. Installation:
1. Install all fixtures, assemblies, and equipment as specified herein
and as i ndi cated on the drawi ngs in stri ct accordance wi th the
manufacturers recommendations and instructions.
2. Wiring shall run concealed in walls, in slab, or above ceilings and;
shall be in strict accordance with the manufacturer's wiring diagrams.
When complete, all wiring shall test free from opens, shorts, and
grounds, and be in proper operating condition.
3. Make final electrical connection adjustments of all devices to obtain
a fully functional system, except that mechanical mis-adjustments of
hardware which prevents the electrical function of the system.
4. After the final checkout of the entire system, prepare project record
an "as built" set of wiring diagrams of the entire system showing
every poi nt-to-poi nt connection. Incl ude these di agrams in the
Maintenance and Operating Manuals delivered to the Owner.
C. Field Qual ity Control of Smartlock System: Prepare a written log of
performance testing of each door, zone, or function of the entire
system.
D. Demonstration of Smartlock System:
1. Provide the following:
a. Prior to Owner acceptance, demonstrate the functionality of the
entire system to Architect and Owner's representative.
b. Provide three copies of the detailed test reports generated in
section above.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08710-8
SECTION 08710
2.9
DOOR HARDWARE
c.
Provide a video tape of system operations for Owner user in
training future sys~~ operators.
. :
:.~,.
ELECTRO-MECHANICAL LOCKS
A. Adtec 2124: Electro-Mechanical, deadlocking, latch-motor operated lock -
Heavy duty security lock for remote or key unlocking, for mounting in
special pocket in door frame. The lock shall provide the following
features:
1. Motor Operated, 24 VDC
a. Motor assembly shall be interchangeable with either 115 VAC
solenoid assembly or 115 VAC motor assembly.
b. Motor shall be rated for 2,000,000 cycles at continuous duty at
rated voltage. Motor shall be rated at .2 amps (minimum) to .5
amps (locked rotor) at 24 VDC controlled by current limiter.
c. lockbolt retracting linkage shall have a direct drive to motor
output shaft.
2. Bolt shall be retracted by remote switch or manually unlocked by key.
Once retracted, it remains retracted until door is opened, then it
snaps back to extended position ready to lock when door is closed.
3. Roller bolt - latchbolt combination shall be used to set the deadlock
when the door closes. Roller bolt and deadlock arm shall be
adjustable to provide for varying conditions at each door.
4. Equipped with heavy duty Mogul cylinder for manual key unlocking. Key
one or two sides. (Finish-US4 Satin Brass)
S. Lock case and cover shall be 1/8 inch steel approximately 5-7/16" x
3-3/4"x12". Finish - Electroolated zinc.
6. Parts shall be investment casting to provide interchangeable repair
parts without file and fit installation in the field.
7. lock bolt to 1-1/2 x 3/4" with a 3/4" throw.
8. lock bolt and roller bolt shall be stainless steel.
9. Cover plate shall be flush to eliminate protruding lock pocket.
10. Anchor plate and cover plate shall both be removable for easy field
maintenance.
11. Integral deadlock status switch actuated by an adjustabl e deadlock
rocker to provide for varying conditions at each door. All internal
switches to be fully adjustable.
12. Cast Stainless Steel Roller Strike US32D
13. Furnish with an "amp" connector for field wiring hookup. All wire
leading from the lock shall terminate into a plug. A mating socket
with correspond i ng color coded 1 ead wi res shall be furn i shed for
connecting to the field wires without the presence of the lock.
14. Half Cycle Holdback (EH) - requires a two position maintained contact
switch at the console. When the switch is in the "open" position, the
lock bolt is held in the retracted position by the electric motor.
The door may function as a "push/pull" opening until switch is
returned to the "locked" position. At this time the motor completes
its full cycle and re-locks the door.
15. No Latchback (NL) - the latchback notch on the rocker .assembly is
-eliminated to give the operator at the console complete control of the
movement of the lock bolt. Used with a maintained contact switch at
the console, the lock bolt will extend when the pushbutton or toggle
switch cuts power to the solenoid.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
HlM 90007.00-3
08710-9
SECTION 08710
DOOR HARDWARE
B.
16. Acceptable Manufacturer Folger Adams
#122/126-MCI-1-07-MO-24VDC-US4 CYLINDER GAlV. LOCKCASE AND COVER.
1122/126-EEI-1-07-MO-24VDC-US4 CYLINDER GAlV. lOCKCASE AND COVER. _
Security locking Devices
1. ADTEC 6400 Sliding Door Locking Device
a. Fully selective electric locking, unlocking and remote operation
system for sliding doors. Systems allow remote electrical
release and operation and also provide for remote UPS release of
each individual door. The system shall have the following
features:
2. Functions:
a. Sliding door remote unlocking operation and relocking shall be by
means of electric remote control.
b. Device electrical controls shall accomplish the following:
1) Unlock and operate any individual door.
2) Un lock and operate any number of doors selected wi thout
changing the status of those not selected for operation.
c. Sliding door operation shall be by means of an electric motor and
rack/pinion gear drive over each door.
d. Emergency release shall be by means of remote UPS and by a
special keyed release mechanism at each door.
3. Electric Operation
a. Each sliding door shall be remotely controlled by means of fully
selective switches located on a control console as indicated in
the Contract Documents. Operation of an individual door shall be
by means of a motor and racklpinion gear unit installed above
each door.
b. In both fully open and fully closed positions, each door shall be
locked at not less than one point at the head of the door, and
not less than one point at the bottom of the door. The door
shall also be locked in the racklpinion gear unit installed above
the door to prevent lateral movement when locked. Top and bottom
locking shall be accompl ished by means of a vertical lockbar
located within a tamperproof lock column located at the rear jamb
of each door.
c. Each individual door shall be propelled in either the "open" or
"close" direction at a speed sufficient to open a 3' wide unit in
not more than five seconds. Each door shall be immediately
reversible with variable speed delay factory set at 1/2 second to
prevent motor and gear damage during reversing operation.
d. Device must have torque limiting system to shut off motor after
one second of current load. Torque limiters must recheck system
every 1-1/2 seconds with 1/2 load to determine if full operation
can be performed. After the blocking obstruction is removed, the
door shall automatically continue to move in the selected
direction and relock. Door movement shall be arrested by
approximately 40 lbs. of resistance applied to the door. Device
must have vari abl e force factory set at 40 1 bs. but must be
variable for adjustment from 10-90 lbs.
e. In the event of the loss of electrical power during the movement
of a door, the door shall be held in a stopped position by the
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08710-10
HLM 90007.00-3
SECTION 08710 DOOR HARDWARE
locking mechanism within the racklpinion unit above each door.
System des-i-gns which permit doors to be "free wheel ing" under
this condition shall ~pt be acceptable.
4. Manual Release/Manual Operation
a. A manual release and operation system shall be provided for each
sliding door. This release system shall remain fully operational
in the event of an electrical power failure and shall provide
release and operation for the doors.
S. Components
a. Horizontal Cover Box sections shall be provided for each sliding
door for the protection of the locking device. The cover box
enclosures shall be made in units of convenient length in the
profile, as shown on the approved shop drawings. These shall be
constructed as follows:
1) The backplate of the cover box shall be not less than 3/16"
steel plate.
2) The top, bottom, and end plates of the cover box shall be
not less than 10 GA mild steel sheet.
3) The removable cover sections shall be constructed of not
less than 10 GA mild steel sheet. The cover sections shall
be securely held in place by means of approved securi ty
fasteners or shall be locked in place by means of 2 manual
locking systems at each device.
4) The bottom section of the hori zonta 1 cover box shall be
constructed to prevent the i ntroduct i on of any tools or
foreign objects to be used to interfere with the normal
operation of the device. The slot through which the door
slides shall be designed to provide a baffle to prevent such
interference. Dimensions of device must not exceed 11" in
height and 7-1/2" in depth.
b. Horizontal Raceway Enclosure shall be provided within the
horizontal cover box system to house and protect the electrical
control and power wi ri ng for all components of the system.
Inside of door must not protrude from the wall more than 7/8 of
an inch. The raceway shall be constructed as follows:
1) The front and bottom of the raceway shall be not less than
14 GA mild steel sheet.
2) The back of the raceway shall be the backplate of the cover
box.
3) The raceway shall separate all control and power wiring from
the device mechanism and as required by local codes.
c. Locking Mechanism shall be as shown on approved shop drawings and
manufacturer may vary minor components with this section without
negating this overall specification. The major components for
each individual door shall be as follows:
1) Motors shall be U.l. listed. Motor shall be provided with
a current overload device.
2) Gear reducer unit and rack and pinion drive mechanism shall
be of manufacturer's standard design and shall propel the
door carriage for opening and closing the door. The use of
chain and sprocket systems or pneumatics to drive the door
carriage shall not be acceptable.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08710-11
SECTION 08710
DOOR HARDWARE
.I.'.
, .
~.
3) The door carriage shall be constructed of not less than 1/4"
steel plate and be designed in such a way tha.t lateral
movement of the carriage mechanism shall automatically
actuate all locking and unlocking keyless mechanical
components of the system.
4) Hanger guides shall be not less than 1/4" steel plate.
5) Hanger to interlock with track support with a clearance of
not more than 1/4".
6) Hanger support rollers shall be 3" 0.0. minimum, parabolic
(curved to match track) and shall have anti-friction
shielded bearings.
7) Heavy duty rubber bumpers and steel inertia spring units
shall be included to quiet each door unit and to provide
automatic movement away from locked position.
8) Vertical lockbar shall be not less than 1/4" steel plate and
the vertical lockbar housing shall be not less than 7 GA
steel.
6. Acceptable Manufacturers
1 . ADTEC 6400
2. FOLGER ADAM 3B
3. SOUTHERN STEEL 3150
7. Electro-mechanical, vertical lockbar, sliding corridor door locking
device. A maintain switch at the console activates unlocking of
lockbar and rack and pinion gear movement of door. Mechanical release
through the cover box for each door. Additionally provide Mogul Key
Switch in the pilaster adjacent to each doors closing jamb and key
operated unlocking of cover panel.
C. Mechan i ca 1- Paracentri c Cyl i nder Operated Securi ty Locks: ADTEC 4080703
MP4A Detention Mechanical Deadlock - The lock shall have the following
features:
1. Bolt shall be retracted and extended by a paracentric key. Key shall
be removable with the bolt in the extended or retracted position,
unless used with a single wing escutcheon. Key one or two sides.
2. lever tumblers shall have "anti-pick notches" on both sides of the
gate which provide high security in both the locked and unlocked
conditions.
3. lock case and cover shall be steel. Size: 5-1/2" x 1-1/2" x 3-3/4".
4 .Parts shall be investment casting to provide interchangeable repair
parts without file and fit installation in the field.
S. Lock bolt to be 2"x 3/4" cold rolled steel with 1/4" diameter case
hardened insert pins.
6. Bolt throw shall be 3/4'. Projection 1/2" or 1-1/4" retracted.
7. Cylinder shall be one piece silicone bronze alloy with paracentric
keyway.
8. Tumblers - Five spring temper brass lever tumblers.
9. Corrosion resistant working parts.
10. Finish ~ Electroolated Zinc.
11. Acceptable Manufacturers: Folger Adam: 82/86 x HM - Galv.
D. Adtec 4105: Detention Head and Foot Deadlock - Heavy duty deadlock for
securing the inactive leaf of pairs of doors. Provide lever tumblers for
greater security than conventional head or foot bolts. The lock shall have
the following features:
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08710-12
SECTION 08710
DOOR HARDWARE
1. Bolt shall be retracted and extended by a paracentric key. Key shall
be removable with the bolt in the e"tended er retracted position.
2. Lever tumblers shall have "anti-pick notches" on both sides of the
gate which provide high security iri""'both-the locked and unlocked
conditions.
3. Lock case and cover shall be steel. Size: 4-1/4" x 1-1/4" x 3".
4. Parts shall be investment casting to provide interchangeable repair
parts without file and fit installation in the field.
S. lock bolt to be 3/4" diameter stainless steel.
6. Bolt throw shall be 5/8".
7. Cylinder shall be one piece silicone bronze alloy with paracentric
keyway.
8. Tumblers - Five spring temper brass lever tumblers.
9. Corrosion resistant working parts.
10. Finish - ElectroDlated Zinc.
11. Acceptable Manufacturer:
a. Folger Adam #10SHMx10SFBRx10SK-GALV.
E. Adtec 4017701 Detention Latch - Lever tumbler lock for use on food passes.
The lock shall have the following features:
1. Bolt shall be retracted by paracentric key. Snap locks upon closing.
Key one side.
2. Lock case and cover shall be steel. Size: 4-1/4" x 1-1/4" x 2-3/4".
3. Parts shall be investment casting to provide interchangeable repair
parts without file and fit installation in the field.
4. lock bolt to be 1" x 7/16" stainless steel.
S. Bolt throw shall be 7/16".
6. Cylinder shall be one piece silicone bronze alloy with paracentric
keyway.
7. Tumblers - Five spring temper brass lever tumblers.
8. Corrosion resistant working parts.
9. finish - Electroplated zinc.
10. Acceptable Manufacturer:
a. Folger Adam #I7-Galv.
F. ADTEC 2110/2115 Institutional Security Mortice locks
1 Provide for openings where indicated an institutional mortise lock
operated by mogul cylinder and active knobs as scheduled.
2. Provide each mortise lock with 5027 (Active/lnactive) knobset and two
rosetts with 3/8" threaded spindle. Finish US4-Dull brass.
3. Provide Mogul cyl inder, 2" in diameter of sol id brass. With five
stainless pin tumblers. Cylinders shall be listed Ul 437, high
security for pick resistance.
4. Strike size, 6-3/4" x 1-1/4" x 9/16" curved lip, stainless steel.
5. Case, 7-1/2" x 5-1/2" x 1-1/4", cold rolled steel zinc (US2C) plated
to resist corrosion.
6. Provide appropriate screws for attaching the locks, strikes, and
knobsets. All finish screws shall be Torx Tamper Resistant with
matching trim.
7. Acceptable Manufacturer:
a. Folger Adams: 1IOK-GALV
l1SK-GALV
12S-1-GALV
12S-4-GALV
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08710-13
SECTION 08710
DOOR HARDWARE
.
. .
G. Adtec 5015703 Detention Hinges--Half surface, heavy duty hinges. Provide
the following features:
1. Hinges to be S"x6" with .375 leaf thickness.
2. Shall be made of triple weight steel capable of carrying doors or
gates up to 2,000 pounds.
3. Each hinge shall have two hardened steel races conta in i ng sixteen
3/16" hardened and ground steel balls which are assembled within a
jacket.
4. Concealed ball bearings shall be well lubricated insuring smooth
operation and preventing wear.
S. Make provision in the hinges for forced lubrication if further
lubrication is necessary.
6. Rolled knuckles are to be wielded and machined.
7. Pin is to be constructed of one piece of steel welded at both ends,
making it impossible to drive out the pin.
8. Acceptable Manufacturer
a. Folger Adams: SFS
H. Commercial Grade High Security Mortise locks Locksets and latchsets shall
be the product of one of the following (provide wrought box strikes for all
strikes):
1. Russwin - T7000 series x Newgate Design
2. Corbin - 9700t series x 764P Surety Design (Acceptable Manufacturer)
3. Finish-US4-Satin Brass
4. Provide cylinders with a keyway restricted for exclusive use by this
facility to a distance of 300 miles from the facility. Do not provide
high security cylinders.
I. Adtec 5001701 Door CloserlDoor Position Switch - Heavy duty use proven
hydraulic concealed closer with the Adtec adjustable position switch
mounted integrally within the closer unit.
1. Closer Features:
a. Full rack and pinion hydraulic operation.
b. Separate hydraulic control of closing and latching speeds.
c. Adjustable hydraulic back check to cushion opening swing.
d. Tamper-proof regulation switch adjustment.
e. Adjustable spring power (may be increased 50%).
f. High strength cast iron cylinder.
g. Quiet, low friction track and roller combination.
h. Total concealment when door is closed.
i. Available with hold-open feature in track. Specifl SOOlHO.
Dead Stop specify OS. Allows hold open up to 100 .
j. Heavy duty arm.
k. Allows 180 degree of opening.
1. Meets or exceeds ANSI-grade 1.
m. Furnish with Liquid X Hydraulic Fluid - Constant viscosity makes
seasonal adjustment unnecessary. Permits temperature range of
1200F (490C) to 300F (-3S0C).
2. Door Position Switch Features:
a. Positive mechanical indication.
b. Switch is factory adjusted to monitor door position within 1/2"
from the leading edge of the door to the door stop, but can be
field adjusted by a simple rack and pinion mechanism.
c. Self Adjusting Overtravel.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08710-14
HLM 90007.00-3
SECTION 08710
DOOR HARDWARE
J.
d. Switch is single pole, double throw micro type with a
rating of 5 amps at 12Sv to 2S0v. Suitable for 24VDC
systems with battery back-up.
e. Furnish with color coded wires with a pair of cable connectors.
3. Finish - BL BRONZE LACQUERED.
4. Parts shall be investment casting to provide interchangeable repair
parts without file and fit installation in the field.
S. Acceptable Manufacturer: LCN 2210DPS-H-lT 1991
6. Finish - Bl BRONZE LACQUERED
7. Acceptable Manufacturer:
a. Folger Adam 35 HS-USP Prime Coat
ADTEC 5006: Surface Mounted Door Position Switch - Mechanical surface
mounted switch used to indicate a closed door p~sition. Usually wired in
series with an electric lock, it provides additional security against false
indication. Provide with the following features:
1. Positive mechanical indication.
2. Switch shall be enclosed in a 10 gauge steel case with cover attached
with two security fasteners. Front mounted for easy service.
3. Finish to be galvanized.
4. Wiringlconduit access to be provided thru rear of unit.
S. All conduit and wiring to be concealed.
6. Shall allow door to swing 180.. Switch actuator shall be able to
bypass switch without breakage or getting switch out of adjustment.
7. Slope front to prevent concealment of contraband on top of unit.
8. Actuator - Surface or mort i se for 4-1/2" hinge. Spec i fy. Surface
mount only for 5" hinge. (5007)
9. Size 6-1/4" long x 1-7/8" high x 2-1/2" deep. (Smallest in industry)
10. Unit to be furnished complete with mounting bolts.
11. Switch is single pole, double throw micro-type with a rating of 5 amps
at 12SV. Suitable for 24 VDC systems with battery back up or heavier
duty 110 BAC controls.
Adtec 5030: Cylinder Escutcheon - Used as a guide for paracentric keys,
protects the painted surface in the area surrounding tHe lock cylinder on
the door.
1. Unit shall be constructed of 1/8" Brass with a US4 finish, or 1/8" type
303 stainless steel with a US32D finish, and shall be 3" in diameter.
2. Unit shall have keyway punched to match that of lock on which it is
installed. Use single wing (I-way) for snap locks: 4017, 4030, 4060,
4060K,4070. Use double wing (2-way) for deadbolt locks: 4010,
40300, 4080.
3. Acceptable Manufacturer: Folger Adam
#1 -US2D-Stainless Steel
#lb-US4-Dull Brass
Adtec 5035751 Cyl inder Shield - Used to protect the keyway of exterior
locks with paracentric cylinders.
1. Unit shall have a 3" diameter base consisting of an Adtec 5030
stainless steel escutcheon.
2. Cylinder shield housing shall be constructed of 3/8" thick high
strength nylon with a wide temperature range, and shall be securely
fastened to base and to cover.
K.
L.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
HlM 90007.00-3
08710-15
SECTION 08710
DOOR HARDWARE
3. Shield cover shall be constructed of 1/8" type 303 stainless steel and
, shl11 rotate 270 degrees to close over keyway.
4~ F~ish - US32D
S. Acceptable Manufacturer: Folger Adam #2SC US32D-Stainless Steel.
M. Adtec 5040701 Door Pull - Raised door pull for detention use, shall be of
high strength and ample size and shape to handle heavy doors and resist
abuse.
1. Unit shall be cast of solid manganese bronze.
2. Size - 8-3/4" long x 2-1/4" deep.
3. Finish to be US4.
4. Acceptable Manufacturer: Folger Adam #2-US4-Dull Brass
N. Adtec 5047701 Fl ush Pull - Recessed door pull for use on sl idi ng doors
where pull must be flush and for the inmate side of doors to eliminate
protruding knobs or handles in higher security areas.
1. Unit shall be a 5" high x 4" wide x 1/8 thick solid brass casting.
2. Integral. pocket grip shall be recessed a depth of 1".
3. Finish to be US4.
4. Acceptable Manufacturer:
Folger Adam #4-US4-DULL BRASS
O. Thresholds, Door Seals, and Astragals
1. Thresholds shall be of extruded bronze (brass) through out the
facility with integral stop and silicon seal.
2. Door Seals Shall be of dark bronze, self-adhesive, resilient Rubber as
manufactured by Pemko.
3. Astragals shall be of brush type, polypropylene, center fin to block
air infiltration, contained in an extruded aluminum housing.
4. Acceptable Manufacturers:
a. NATIONAL GUARD PRODUCTS
b. REESE
c. ZERO
P. Exit Devices
1: All exit devices shall be of one manufacturer. Provide nUL" labeled
devices for fire exit openings where required.
2. Furnish all devices with security head fasteners.
3. Von Dupri n 99 seri es, -NO SUBSTITUTIONS.
Q. Commercial Push-Pulls and Flat Goods
1. All push, kick, mop, and armor plates shall be furnished with phillips
undercut, countersunk screws a per ANSI 156.6. Trusshead screws are
not acceptable. Except where otherwise indicated or where narrow
bottom rails dictate a smaller size, kickplates shall be 10" high, mop
plates 6" high and armor plates 40" high (12" high on labeled doors).
Width shall be 2" less than the door width on single doors and 1" less
than the door width on double doors.
2. Acceptable Manufacturers:
a. CIPCO
b. TRIANGLE BRASS
c. BROOKLING
R. Magnetic Holders
1. Where required by the hardware group, provide electromagnetic door
releases of 24VDC voltage and current.
RIXON LCN
FM 900 980 SERIES
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08710-16
SECTION 08710
DOOR HARDWARE
S. Stop and Holders
1. Furnish wall stops equal to Glynn Johnson WBSOC or'-WB6pC"'series
wherever door strikes wall. Where wall stops will not work'i.s~~GJ14XR
Floor Stop (with removable Riser). Where wall or -rloor stops' will not
work, furnish concealed or surface overhead door stops.
2. Acceptable Manufacturers:
a. H.B. IVES
b. BROOKLINE
c. RIXON
d . QUAL ITY
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Examine doors, frames, and hardware for damage, defects, and suitability
for intended use. Restore all parts or items found damaged, defective or
inadequate, or replace with Architect approved material before
installation.
B. Examine the areas and conditions under which work is to be installed and
notify the Contractor of conditions detrimental to the proper and
time 1 y comp 1 et i on of the work. Do . not proceed wi th the work unt i 1
unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Prior to installation, meet at the Project site with Owner's
representative, Architect, Contractor, Installer, and installers of other
work which must be coordinated with hardware products. Review products,
installation methods and procedures necessary for the proper performance of
the hardware system.
3.3 INSTAllATION
A. Mounting Heights:
1. Where heights of items are not listed, mount in accord with
recommendations of DHI.
B. Fitting: Fit all hardware accurately and properly. Remove exposed part
until after painter's finishing is completed, then reinstall. Securely
fasten all fixed parts. Fit faces of mortised parts snug and flush. Make
sure operating parts move freely and smoothly without binding, sticking or
excessive clearance.
C. Adjusting and Finishing: After work has been otherwise completed, examine
a 11 hardware for complete and proper i nsta 11 at ion. Lubri cate beari ng
surfaces of moving parts. Adjust latching and holding devices to proper
function. Adjust door control devices to proper speed and power. Test
keys for conformance to' approved keyi ng system. Cl ean all exposed
surfaces, check for surface damage and polish.
D. Thresholds: Install in one continuous piece, full width of opening. Set
in full bed of mastic and fasten with countersunk anchors at 6" on center.
E. Protection: Cover knobs, pulls and push plates with cloth or other
suitable materials during construction.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08710-17
SECTION 08710
DOOR HARDWARE
3.4 DEFECTIVE WORK
A. Where hardware is found defective in materials or installation, rework,
restore, or replace, or otherwise correct as directed.
B. Following will be considered as defective materials:
1. Unauthorized substitutes.
2. Items delivered with missing, broken, damaged or defaced parts.
3. Items of incorrect hand or function.
C. Following will be considered as defective installation:
1. Items broken, damaged, or defaced after delivery.
2. Items incomplete, misaligned or incorrectly located.
3.5 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS AND MATERIALS
A. Provide three copies of all operating and maintenance instructions,
enclosed in a hard-bound loose leaf binder. label binder with permanent
label indicating name of project, owner, date of final acceptance,
Architect and Contractor.
B. Binder shall include: hardware schedule with key index, templates, wiring
diagrams, exploded view of parts list and name, address, city, state, zip
code, and phone numbers of all manufacturers of hardware used for this
project.
C. A representative shall be available for an on-site instruction and training
period for the Owner's designated personnel. Representative must be
knowl edgeabl e about the equi pment provided and be capabl e of providing
training in the adjustment and operation of the equipment provided,
including pertinent safety requirements. Instruction shall be given during
the first work week after the operating systems have been accepted and
turned over to Owner's personnel for operation. On-site instruction and
tra i ni ng shall not exceed fi ve 8 hour days in 1 ength. Any repairs or
adjustment must be completed prior to training period.
3.6 OMISSIONS AND DISCREPANCIES
A. The quantities of hardware listed in this schedule are correct, subject to
the fo 11 owi ng :
1. Prior to bidding any discrepancies with Contract Documents requiring
clarification or change shall be brought to the attention of the
Architect for appropriate action.
2. Compare and verify hardware schedule while preparing of Bid and
include all miscellaneous items (as specified, or otherwise suitable,
and equivalent quality) i.e., lock mountings, escutcheons, keys, etc.
as necessary to provide a complete operational system. These items
shall be provided at no additional cost to the Owner.
3. Coordinate the hardware schedule with the door control schedule for
control functions and operational features.
3.7 MAINTENANCE TOOLS AND SPARE PARTS
A. Deliver maintenance and spare parts in properly packed cartons and obtain
receipt when delivered.
B. Furnish to the Owner a complete set of four (4) each size high quality tool
sets for various security screws and bolts used in this work.
C. Spare Parts
1. Furnish the Owner with the following spare parts:
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08710-18
SECTION 08710
QUANTITY
1 EA.
12 EA.
4 EA.
12 EA.
1 EA.
4 EA. (2-RH/2-lH)
2 EA.(I-RH/1-lH)
6 EA.
1 EA.
3 EA.
100 EA.
4 EA.(2-RH/2-LH)
1 EA.
6 EA.
2 EA.
3.8 HARDWARE GROUPS
HOW GROUP 1
Each opening to receive:
ITEM.'
SMARTlOK FAX MODULE
SMARTlOK MODULES
ELECTRIC LOCK MOTOR ASSEMBLIES
ELECTRIC lOCK lIMIT SWITCHES
SLIDING DEVICE DRIVE MOTOR ASSEMBLIES
ClOSER/DPS UNITS USED
SURFACE DOOR CLOSERS
DOOR SEALS
24 VDC-HAND HELD lOCK TESTER
FULL MORTISE AND FOOD PASS HINGES USED
SECURITY SCREWS OF EACH TYPE
EACH DETENTION LOCK STRIKE
COMMERCIAL LOCK OF EACH FUNCTION
COMMERCIAL CYLINDERS - "0" BITTED
DETENTION MOGUL CYLINDERS - "0" BITTED
EA. Hinges 5014709 A
1 EA. Jamblock 2124717 -SL-EE A
1 EA. CloserlDPS 5001701 A
2 EA. Door Pulls 5040701 A
1 EA. Stop
1 EA. Threshold 200SBS P
1 EA. Door Seal S88D P
HOW GROUP 2
Each opening to receive:
EA. Hinges
1 EA. Jamblock
1 EA. CloserlDPS
2 EA. Door Pulls
1 EA. Stop
1 EA. Threshold
1 EA. Door Seal
5014707 A
2124717-SL-NL-1/2 Cycle A
5001701 A
5040701 A
200SBS
S88D
P
P
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
DOOR HARDWARE
08710-19
SECTION 08710
HOW GROUP 3 / ....
Each opening to rrceive: .. .~.-~~
EA. Hinges 5014707 A
1 EA. Exit Device 9975NL-FX990NL-MXS7SX42S VD
1 EA. Cylinder As Required
1 EA. CloserlDPS 5001701 A
1 EA. Stop
1 EA. Door Seal S88D P
HOW GROUP 4
Each opening to receive:
EA. Hinges 5014709 A
1 EA. DeadlocklMP 4080703MP4A A
1 SET HeadlFootbolt 410S706MP4A A
2 EA. CloserlDPS 5001701 A
2 EA. Stops
1 EA. Threshold 179BS P
1 EA. Door Seal S88D P
1 EA. Astragal 3SSAS P
1 EA. Strike 4080701S A
1 EA. Receptacle 4105717 A
1 EA. Cyl. Shield 5035751 A
HOW GROUP 5 (NOT USED)
HOW GROUP 6
Each opening to receive:
1 EA. Sliding Device 6400706-SL A
1 EA. Door Pull 5040701 A
1 EA. Fl ush Pull 5047701 A
HOW GROUP 7
Each opening to receive:
EA. Hinges 5014707 A
1 EA. Jamblock 2124711 SL-NL-1/2 Cyc. A
1 EA. CloserlDPS 5001701 A
2 EA. Door Pulls 5040701 A
1 EA. Stop
1 EA. Door Seal S88D P
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
DOOR HARDWARE
08710-20
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08710-21
SECTION 08710
HOW GROUP 11
Eacb open~ng to receive:
EA. Hinges 5014709 A
1 EA. lockset T704SXNEWGATEXI20F76 A
1 EA. HeadlFoot Bolt FB6 GJ
2 EA. Stops
1 EA. Floor Receptacle DP2 GJ
2 EA. Silencers GJ64 GJ
HOW GROUP 12
Each opening to receive:
EA. Hinges . 5014707 A
1 EA. lockset T70S9-NEWGATEX120f76 R
1 EA. CloserlDPS 5001701 A
1 EA. Stop
1 EA. Smoke Seal S88D P
HOW GROUP 12-A
Each opening to receive:
EA. Hinges 5014707 A
1 EA. lockset T7045-NEWGATEX120F76 R
1 EA. CloserlDPS 5001701 A
1 EA. Stop
1 EA. Smoke Seal S88D P
HOW GROUP 13
Each opening to receive:
EA. Hinges 5014707 A
1 EA. Lockset T7045XNEWGATEX120F76 R
1 EA. Door Closer 4210/4510-SRI LCN
1 EA. Stop
1 EA. Door Seal S88D P
HDW GROUP 13-A
Each opening to receive:
EA. Hinges 5014707 A
1 EA. Lockset T70S9XNEWGATEX120F76 R
1 EA. Door Closer 4210/4S10-SRI LCN
1 EA. Stop
1 EA. Door Seal S88D P
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
DOOR HARDWARE
08710-22
SECTION 08710
',.
HOW GROUP 13-B
# ~
Each opening to receive:
EA.
1 EA.
1 EA.
1 EA.
1 EA.
Hinges
lockset
Door Closer
Stop
Door Seal
HOW GROUP 13-C
Each opening to receive:
EA.
1 EA.
1 EA.
1 EA.
1 EA.
Hinges
Lockset
Door Closer
Stop
Door Seal
HOW GROUP 14
Each opening to receive:
EA.
1 EA.
1 EA.
3 EA.
Hinges
Lockset
Stop
Silencers
HOW GROUP 15
Each opening to receive:
EA.
1 EA.
1 EA.
1 EA.
1 EA.
1 EA.
1 EA.
HLM 90007.00-3
Hinges
Lockset
Deadlock
Strike
CloserlDPS
Stop
Door Seal
5014707
lE7061XLUSMOX120F76
4210/4S10-SRI
S88D
5014707
T7042XNEWGATEX120F76
4210/4SIO-SRI
S88D
5014709
T7061
GJ64
5014707
T7034XNEWGATEX120F76
4080703MP4A
4080701SC
5001701
S88D
A
R
LCN
P
A
R
lCN
P
A
R
GJ
A
R
A
A
A
P
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
DOOR HARDWARE
08710-23
SECTION 08710
HOW GROUP 16
Each opening to receiv~:
EA.
2 EA.
2 EA.
2 EA.
2 EA.
1 EA.
Hinges
Exit Device
CloserlDPS
Stops
Magnetic Holders
Door Seal
HOW GROUP 17
Each opening to receive:
EA.
1 EA.
1 EA.
1 EA.
1 EA.
1 EA.
1 EA.
Hinges
Privacy Set
Door Closer
Stop
Kick Plate
Mop Plate
Door Seal
HOW GROUP 17-A
Each opening to receive:
EA.
1 EA.
1 EA.
1 EA.
1 EA.
1 EA.
1 EA.
Hinges
Lock Set
Door Closer
Stop
Kick Plate
Mop Plate
Door Seal
HOW GROUP 17-B
Each opening to receive:
EA.
1 EA.
1 EA.
1 EA.
1 EA.
1 EA.
1 EA.
HLM 90007.00-3
Hinges
Lock Set
Door Closer
Stop
Kick Plate
Mop Plate
Door Seal
...
(.:~
A
VD
A
LCN
P
A
R
LCN
Q
Q
P
A
R
LCN
Q
Q
P
A
R
LCN
Q
Q
p
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
'"
5014707
9947EO-FX425
5001701
840-24VDC
S88D
5014707
T7069XNEWGATEX120F76
4210/4S10-SRI
#48 10X2" LOW .050
#48 6Xl-1/2" lOW .050
S88D
5014707
T7061XNEWGATEXI20F76
4210/4S10-SRI
#48 10X2" lOW .050
#48 6XI-1/2" lOW .050
S88D
5014707
T7022XNEWGATEX120F76
4210/4S10-SRI
#48 10X2" LOW .050
#48 6XI-1/2" LOW .050
S88D
DOOR HARDWARE
08710-24
SECTION 08710 DOOR HARDWARE
HOW GROUP 18
Each opening to receive:
EA. Hinges 5014709 A
EA. Dead Lock T7002XNEWGATEX120F76 R
EA. Door Closer 4210/4SIO-SRI LCN
EA. Door Pull 551-8" Q
EA. Push Plate 2340 4 X 16 Q
EA. Kick Plate #48 X 10X2" lOW .050 Q
EA. Mop Plate #48 X 6Xl-1/2" LOW .050 Q
EA. Stop
EA. Door Seal 5880 P
HOW GROUP 19
Each opening to receive:
EA. Hinges 5014707 A
1 EA. lock Set T7061XNEWGATEX120F76 R
1 EA. Door Closer 4210/4510-SRI lCN
1 EA. Kick Plate #48 10X2" LOW .050 Q
1 EA. Mop Plate #48 6XI-1/2" lOW .050 Q
1 EA. Stop
1 EA. Door Seal S88D P
HDW GROUP 19-A
Each opening to receive:
EA. Hinges 5014707 A
1 EA. Privacy Set T7069XNEWGATEXI20F76 R
1 EA. Door Closer 4210/4S10-SRI LCN
1 EA. Kick Plate #48 10X2" LOW .050 Q
1 EA. Mop Plate #48 6XI-1/2" LOW .050 Q
1 EA. Stop
1 EA. Door Seal S88D P
HOW GROUP 19-B
Each opening to receive:
EA.
1 EA.
1 EA.
1 EA.
1 EA.
1 EA.
1 EA.
Hinges
Lock Set
Door Closer
Kick Plate
Mop Plate
Stop
Door Seal
5014707
T704SXNEWGATEX120F76
4210/4510-SRI
#48 10X2" lOW .050
#48 SXl-1/2" LOW .050
S88D
A
R
LCN
Q
Q
P
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08710-25
SECTION 08710
HOW GROUP 20
Each opening to receive:
EA.
EA.
EA.
EA.
Hinges
Lock Set
Stop
Door Seal
HOW GROUP 21
Each opening to receive:
EA.
1 EA.
1 EA.
1 EA.
1 EA.
Hinges
Lock Set
Door Closer
Stop
Door Seal
HOW GROUP 21-A
Each opening to receive:
EA.
1 EA.
1 EA.
1 EA.
1 EA.
Hinges
Lock Set
Door Closer
Stop
Door Seal
HOW GROUP 22
Each opening to receive:
EA.
1 EA.
1 EA.
1 EA.
1 EA.
Hinges
Lock Set
Door Closer
Stop
Door Seal
HDW GROUP 23
Each opening to receive:
EA.
1 EA.
1 EA.
1 EA.
1 EA.
1 EA.
HLM 90007.00-3
Hinges
Lock Set
Door Closer
Door Pull
Stop
Door Seal
5014709
T704SXNEWGATEXI20F76
S88D
5014707
T70S9XNEWGATEX120F76
4210/4S10-SRI
S88D
A
R
P
A
R
LCN
P
5014707 A
T7059-NEWGATE-LOST-120F76 R
4210/4S10-SRI LCN
S88D
5014707
T7045XNEWGATEX120F76
4210/4S10-SRI
S88D
5014707
2110
4210/4510-SRI
5040701 (Stop Side)
S88D
P
A
R
LCN
P
A
A
LCN
A
P
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
,,-
.
.
~'
DOOR HARDWARE
08710-26
SECTION 08710
.._ HOW '~R~~t:;
Each opening to receive:
EA. Hinges 5014709 A
1 EA. Dead Lock T7002XNEWGATEX120F76 R
2 EA. Closer/DPS 5001701 A
2 EA. Door Pull s 5040701 A
2 EA. Flush Pulls 5047701 A
1 EA. Flush Bolts FB6 GJ
1 EA. DP Strike DPI GJ
2 EA. Stops
1 EA. Threshold 2005 BS P
2 EA. Astragal 355 AS (Hinge Side) P
1 EA. Door Seal S88D P
HOW GROUP 25
Each opening to receive:
EA. Hinges 5014709 - A
1 EA. lockset 2115 A
1 EA. Strike DP1 211S701SC A
1 EA. Door Closer 4210/4S10-SRI lCN
1 EA. Stop
1 EA. Door Seal S88D P
HOW GROUP 2S-A
Each opening to receive:
EA. Hinges 5014709 A
1 EA. Lockset 2115 A
1 EA. Strike 2115701SC A
1 EA. CloserlDPS 5001701 A
1 EA. Stop
1 EA. Door Seal S88D P
HDW GROUP 26
Each opening to receive:
EA. Hinges 5014709 A
1 EA. Jamb Lock 2124711 Sl-NL-1/2 Cyc. A
1 EA. CloserlDPS 5001701 A
1 EA. Door Pull 5040701 (Hinge Side) A
1 EA. Stop
1 EA. Threshold 179 BS P
1 EA. Door Seal S88D P
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
DOOR HARDWARE
08710-27
SECTION 08710
HOW GROUP 27
Each opening to receive:
EA.
1 EA.
1 EA.
1 EA.
1 EA.
1 EA.
1 EA.
1 EA.
Hinges
lockset
Strike
Deadlock
Strike
Door Closer
Stop
Door Seal
HOW GROUP 28
Each opening to receive:
EA. Hi nges
1 EA. Deadlock
1 EA. Stri ke
2 E~. CloserlDPS
2 EA. Door Holders
2 EA. Door Pulls
2 EA. HeadlFoot Bolts
1 EA. Floor Receptacle
2 EA. Armor Plates
1 EA. Door Seal
2 EA. Astragals
HOW GROUP 29
Each opening to receive:
EA. Hinges
1 EA. Jamb lock
1 EA. DPS
1 EA. Door Pull
1 EA. Flush Pull
1 EA. Door Seal
HOW GROUP 30
Each opening to receive:
EA. Hinges
1 EA. Jamb Lock
1 EA. DPS
1 EA. Stop
1 EA. Door Pull
1 EA. Flush Pull
2 EA. FP Hinges
1 EA. FP lock
1 EA. Door Seal
5014
2115
2110701 SC
4080703MP4A
4080701 SC
4210/4SIO-SRI
S88D
....
A
A
A
A
A
LCN
P
5015703
4080703MP4A
24080701 S
5001701
F40 X SEX BOLTS X TOR X HEAD MS
5040701
410S706MP4A
4105717
#48-TYPE A X 40 "HX1" LOW
S88D
18A-062 (Hinge Side)
5014709
2124701-Sl-1/2 Cyc.
5006701
5040701
5047701
S88D
5014709
2124706-SL-1/2 Cyc.
5006701
5040701
5047701
5013722
4017701
S88D
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
;,
, .
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
P
DOOR HARDWARE
A
A
A
A
GJ
A
A
A
Q
P
P
A
A
A
A
A
P
08710-28
SECTION 08710
HOW GROUP 31
Each opening to receive:
EA. Hinges 5014709 A
1 EA. Jamb lock 2124706-Sl-1/2 Cyc. A
1 EA. CloserlDPS 5001701 A
1 EA. Stop
1 EA. Door Pull 5040701 A
1 EA. Flush Pull 5047701 A
1 EA. Door Seal S88D P
HOW GROUP 32
Each opening to receive:
EA. Hinges 5014709 A
1 EA. Jamb Lock 2124701-SL-1/2 Cyc. A
1 EA. DPS 5006701 A
1 EA. Stop
1 EA. Door Pull 5040701 A
1 EA. Fl ush Pull 5047701 A
2 EA. FP"Hinges 5013722 A
1 EA. FP Lock 4017701 A
1 EA. Door Seal S88D P
1 EA. Food Pass Door 3/16" Steel Plate
HOW GROUP 33
Each openin~ to receive:
1 EA. Pivot Set 1147 RX
1 EA. 1M Pivot MU9 RX
1 EA. lock Set T704Sll X NEWGATE X 120F7
1 EA. Door Closer 4210-CUSH-SRI lCN
1 EA. Stop
1 EA. Door Seal S88D P
HOW GROUP 34
Each opening to receive:
EA. Hinges 5014709 A
1 EA. Lock Set T70S9 - NEWGATE X 120F76 R
1 EA. Deadlock T7001 - NEWGATE x 120F76 R
1 EA. CloserlDPS 5001701 A
1 EA. Stop
1 EA. Door Seal S88D P
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
DOOR HARDWARE
08710-29
SECTION 08710
DOOR HARDWARE
HOW GROUP 35
,
.....
Each opening to receive:
EA.
1 EA.
1 EA.
1 EA.
1 EA.
1 EA.
'wi -.
Hinges
lock Set
Knobset
Strike
Stop
Door Seal
5014709
2110711
5027704
2110701 SC
S88D
A
A
A
A
AP
HOW GROUP 36
Not Used
HOW GROUP 37
Not Used
The following are miscellaneous hardware items to be furnished to the installer
prior to installation:
2 EA. 24 VDC Hand-Held Lock Test Box
4 EA. RosettelKnob Alignment Tools
3.9 HARDWARE SETS
SET 1
Each opening to receive:
1 EA.
EA.
1 EA.
1 EA.
1 EA.
SET 2
Fl ush Pull
Hinges
lock Set
Stop
Door Seal
1060 (TRIMCO)
5014707
T70S9-NEWGATE-lOST-120F76
S88D
US26D
A
R
P
1 EA.
Each opening to receive:
Cylinder
US26D
HLM 90007.00-3
W-81141
********************
END OF SECTION 08710
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08710-30
SECTION 08800
GLAZING
...
PART 1 - GENERAL
.,
4:
'.""-...,....
1 . 1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Exterior glass and glazing including glazing materials, reglets,
and gaskets.
a. Provide accessory items for installation of above.
2. Interior glass and glazing including glazing materials, reglets,
and gaskets.
a. Provide accessory items for installation of above.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ANSI AS8.1-1982 - Minimum Design loads for Buildings and Other
Structures.
B. ASTM E330 - Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls,
and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference.
C. ANSI Z97.1 - Safety Performance Specifications and Methods of Test for
Safety Glazing Used in Buildings.
D. ASTM CI036 - Flat Glass.
E. ASTM C1048 - Heat-Treated Flat Glass - Kind HS, Kind FT Coated and
Uncoated Glass.
F. ASTM ES76 - Test Method for DewlFrost Point of Sealed Insulating Glass
Units in Vertical Position.
G. ASTM E773 - Standard Test Method for Seal Durabil ity of Sealed
Insulating Glass Units.
H. ASTM E774 - Sealed Insulating Glass Units.
I. ASTM F-I233 - Security Glazing Materials and Systems
J. FGMA - Glazing Manual
K. FGMA - Sealant Manual
L. FS-DD-G-4S1 d
M. FS-DD-G-1403
N. SIGMA - Sealed Insulated Glass Manufacturers Association.
1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Provide glass and glazing that has been produced, fabricated and
installed to withstand normal thermal movement, wind loadings, and
impact loading (where applicable), without failure including loss or
breakage of glass, failure of sealants or gaskets to remain watertight
and airtight, deterioration of glass and glazing materials and other
defects in the work.
1. Norma 1 thermal movement is defi ned as that result i ng from an
ambient temperature range of 1200F and from a consequent
temperature range withi n gl ass and gl ass frami ng members of
1800F.
2. Deteri orat i on of i nsul at i ng gl ass is defi ned as failure of
hermetic seal due to other causes than breakage which results in
intrusion of dirt or moisture, internal condensation or fogging,
deterioration of protected internal glass coating, if any,
resulting from seal failure, and any other visual evidence of
seal failure or performance.
HlM 90007.00-4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08800-1
SECTION 08800
GLAZING
1. 4 SUBMITTALS
A. Provide fully dimensioned full size shop drawings defining size, shape
and type of items utilized in glazing process. Provide one detail for
each glazing condition.
B. Samples:
1. One 12" x 12" piece of each type of glass.
2. Two 12" lengths of each type of gasket employed.
3. One bead, approximately 1/4" wide and 3" long of each sealant
employed, indicating color of set or cured material.
C. Product data: Submit manufacturers technical data for each glazing
material and fabricated glass product required, including installation
and maintenance instructions.
1. Submit the manufacturers printed cleaning recommendations for
each type of gl ass indicated. Incl ude manufacturers
recommendations for cleaning and cleaning solutions to be used.
D. Submit qual ity control records or other evidence from the gl ass
manufacturer identifying measures taken to eliminate nickel sulfide
inclusions from tempered glass.
E. Submit producerlfabricator semi-monthly observation reports to
Architect for record.
F. Certifications:
1. Submit written certifications and test reports as to the quality,
thi ckness, types and manufacturer of gl ass furni shed. Submi t
certificate from respective manufacturers attesting that glass
and glazing materials furnished for project comply with
requirements. This shall include a written wind load and thermal
stress analysis showing a probability of failure of no greater
than ei ght 1 ites per thousand at the des i gn loads and 1 oca 1
climatic thermal conditions (Based on wind velocity of 150 mph
and wi nd speeds used to preduct wi nd induced pressures and
suctions per ANSI AS8.1-1982.
2. Glazing manufacturer shall submit a letter of certification from
sealant manufacturer stating that the sealant has been tested for
adhesion and compatibility with adjacent surfaces on production
samples of metal, glass, and other glazing components and that
all sealant details and application procedures shown on the shop
drawings are acceptable for use intended.
a. Submit written certifications and test reports from the
sealant supplier, attesting that sealant materials are
compatible with the types of glass being used and the
relevant substrates. This shall include, but not be limited
to compatibility with the sealants in insulating-glass units
and glass coatings which may contact the sealants.
3. Submi t written cert i fi cat ions and test reports from the gl ass
unit manufacturer:
a. Attesting that glazing materials and methods to be employed
are compatible with the glass units and will not affect the
specified warranty requirements.
b. Attesting that the application and use of the glass for the
effects of thermal loading under the expected service
HLM 90007.00-4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08800-2
SECTION 08800
GLAZING
'temperature ranges has be~reviewed, and that the specified
maximum probabilities ofl~aakage will not be exceeded.
1.5 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Glass and glazing materials of this Section shall provide continuity
of building enclosure vapor and air barrier:
1. In conjunction with materials described in Section 07900, 08410
and 08902.
2. To utilize the inner pane of multiple pane sealed units for the
continuity of the air and vapor seal.
3. Ma i nta in cont i nuous air and vapor barri er throughout gl azed
assembly from glass pane to heel bead of glazing sealant.
B. Size glass to withstand dead loads and positive and negative live
loads acting normal to plane of glass.
1. Glass thickness shall be increased, heat strengthened or tempered
as required to meet structural requirements and thermal stresses;
preference, shall be given to heat strengthened glass over
tempered glass.
C. Limit glass deflection to LI100, not to exceed 3/4", with full
recovery of glazing materials.
D. Glass shall not experience spontaneous breakage.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Codes and Standards:
1. In addition to complying with applicable codes and regulations,
comply with pertinent recommendations contained in "Glazing
Manual" (1986 Edition) of the FLAT GLASS MARKETING ASSOCIATION.
a. Glazing materials shall be certified to be in compliance
with Category I or II of 16 CFR 1201 issued by Consumer
Product Safety Commission dated January 6, 1977.
b. Comply with ASTM C-1036-8S : "Standard Specification For
Flat Glass"
c. Comply with ASTM C-1048-85 : "Standard Specification for
Heat Treated Flat Glass". Kind HS, Kind FT Coated and
Uncoated Glass.
d. NFPA 80 (1990): Standard for Fire Doors and Windows.
e. Comply with ASTM E 1300-89; "Practice to Determine the
Minimum Thickness of Annealed Glass Required to Resist a
Specified Load."
B. Insulating glass units shall be warranted for a minimum of five years
against material obstruction of vision and shall be fabricated to meet
or exceed requirements of IGCC Class CBA.
1. Comply with performance test procedures , ASTM E 773-83-"Standard
Test Method for Seal Durability of Sealed Insulating Glass
Units", and performance requirements ASTM E 774-84a "Standard
Specification for Sealed Insulating Glass Units".
C. For the purpose of glass selection, design wind pressures shall be
assumed to have a one minute duration.
a. Upon first application of design wind pressure, probability of
breakage shall not exceed 8/1000 for vertical glass.
HLM 90007.00-4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08800-3
SECTION 08800 GLAZING
b. Probability of breakage due to anticipated thermal stress in
glass shall not exceed 8/1000 for vertical glass.
...
1. 7 SUBMITTALS
A. Provide fully dimensioned full size shop drawings defining size, shape
and type of items utilized in glazing process. Provide one detail for
each glazing condition.
B. S amp 1 e s :
1. One 12" x 12" piece of each type of glass.
2. Two 12" lengths of each type of gasket employed.
3. One bead, approximately 1/4" wide and 3" long of each sealant
employed, indicating color of set 'or cured material.
C.. Submit certificate from respective manufacturers attesting that glass
and glazing materials furnished for project comply with requirements.
D. Gl azi ng manufacturer shall submi tal etter of cert i fi cat i on from
sea 1 ant manufacturer stat i ng that the sealant has been tested for
adhesion and compatibility with adjacent surfaces on production
samples of metal, glass, and other glazing components and that all
sealant details and application procedures shown on the shop drawings
are acceptable for use intended.
E. Product data: Submit manufacturers technical data for each glazing
material and fabricated glass product required, including installation
and maintenance instructions.
1. Submi t the manufacturers pri nted clean i ng reconvnendat ions for
each type of gl ass i ndi cated. Incl ude manufacturers
recommendations for cleaning and cleaning solutions to be used.
1.8 PRODUCT DELIVERY
A. Protection:
1. Use means necessary to protect materials of this Section before,
during, and after installation, and to protect installed work and
materials of other trades.
B. Breakage and Replacement:
1. Glass, plastic, and glazing members shall be in perfect condition
prior to Owner acceptance.
2. Cracked, scratched and broken glass shall be replaced at no
additional cost to the Owner.
1.9 WARRANTY
A. General: Warranties shall be in addition to, and not a limitation of,
other rights the Owner may have under the Contract Documents.
B. Manufacturer's Special Project Warranty on Insulating Glass: Provide
written warranty signed by manufacturer of insulating glass agreeing
to furnish f.o.b. point of manufacture, freight allowed project site,
within specified warranty period indicated below, replacements for
those insulating glass units developing manufacturing defects.
Manufacturing defects are defined as failure of hermetic seal of air
space (beyond that due to glass breakage) as evidenced by intrusion of
dirt or moisture, internal condensation or fogging, deterioration of
protected internal glass coatings, if any, and other visual
HLM 90007.00-4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08800-4
SECTION 08800
GLAZING
indications of seal f~ilure or performance; provided the
manufacturer's instructions for hand1.tng, installing, protecting and
maintaining units have been compl ied with during with warranty period.
1. Warranty Period: Manufacturer's standard but not less than 10
years after date of substantial completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. General:
1. Glass shown but not identified shall be furnished in glass type
and thickness equivalent to that required for similar openings.
2. Gray as required, shall be from same source and of same color
value throughout project.
3. All glazing shall be of same color value throughout the work;
as approved by the Architect.
B. Glass:
1. Glass Type A:
a. ASG
b. lOF
c. PPG
2. Glass Type AG:
a. LOF
b. PPG
3. Glass Type ATG:
a. lOF
b. PPG
4. Glass Type AW:
s.
Glass Type DIRT: 1"
1/2" airspace and
transmittance shall
a. PPG
MinimumlNominal Thickness
1/4" Clear Float Glass:
1/4" Starlux Float
1/4" Monolithic Float
1/4" Clear Float Glass
Grey float glass with a light
transmittance not to exceed 45%.
1/4" Grey Monolithic Glass
1/4" Solargray Glass
1/4" Grey tempered float gl ass wi th
alight transmittance not to exceed
45%.
1/4" Grey Tuf-Flex
1/4" Solargray Herculite
1/4" Wire Glass, U.L. Approved:
Pattern, diagonal, mesh of
woven stainless steel wire of ~I
grid size.
insulating glass of 1/4" grey float glass,
1/4" clear tempered float glass. light
not exceed 45%.
1" Solarban
HLM 90007.00-4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08800-5
SECTION 08800
GLAZING
,.-
.
· : 6
;...,;' .
Glass Type DIRT: 1" insulating. glass of 1/4" clear float glass
with reflective coating, 1/2" air space and 1/4" clear temp-ered
glass. Light transmittance shall not exceed 45%.
a. PPG 1" Solarban
C. Glazing Materials:
1. Setting blocks, spacers and clips shall be provided as necessary
to meet glass manufacturer's requirements, and recommendations of
the FGMA Glazing Manual. Unless otherwise required by glass
manufacturer, following qualifications will apply:
a. Setting blocks: 70 to 90 durometer rubber, treated
hardwood, or lead.
b. Spacer blocks: 40 to 50 durometer neoprene 3" long.
2. Exterior glazing tape: black:
a. PECORA Extru-Seal B 8-50
b. PROTECTIVE TREATMENT 606 Butyl Tape sealant
c. TREMCO Tremco 440 tape
3. Heel Bead: one part acrylic:
a. GRACE Duraseal A
b. PECORA Unicryl ic
c. TREMCO Mono
4. Wedge:
a. TREMCO Vision Strip Black
S. Interior Wood Door and Metal Door Frame Glazing Compound
a. DAP Flexiglaze Compound 1231
b. PECORA M-242
c. TREMCO Tremglaze
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Setting, General:
1. Glazing: in accordance with Flat Glass Marketing Association
Glazing Manual, as amended by details and this Section.
2. Frame openings: square, plumb and true in plane.
a. Frame conditions which would create glazing requirements
contradiction to bid conditions shall be reported for
correction.
b. Installation of glass shall constitute acceptance of frame
conditions along with subsequent responsibility for correc-
tions as necessary.
3. Glass size and clearance shall be determined by this Section. No
glass shall become load-bearing; glass shall not contact any
material other than glazing materials within rabbet.
4. Centering blocks: used on all glass over 50 united inches in
size.
S. Seal sash corners and fabrication intersections with sealant to
make sash watertight.
HLM 90007.00-4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08800-6
SECTION 08800
GLAZING
6. Clean rabbets just prior to glazing to assure sutfaces free of
all material which would prohibit bond of glazing material.
7. Gl aze only when ambi ent and surface tempera4lfires'11"re above 40. F.
8. Wire Glass: Installed with grid at 45. diagonal.
B. Glazing Application, Inside Bead, Single Glazed:
1. Apply exterior tape to rabbet face allowing slight lap over sight
line and minimum of 1/2" bearing on rabbet.
2. Place setting blocks at 1/4 points, or as required by
manufacturer Each block shall be individually set in bed of
sealant. Set glass centered in the opening.
3. Lay heel bead into space between glass and sash. Sufficient
sealant shall be applied so that stop, when applied, shall force
sealant between glass and stop, sealing joint between sash; glass
and stop.
4. Install interior wedge between stop and glass, embedding point
wedge into heel bead. Top of wedge shall be smooth and even.
Cut wedge slightly oversize in length so that it is installed
under compression.
S. In lieu of wedge, spacer blocks may be used between glass and
interior stop, and the clearance space filled with an acceptable
glazing compound, finished with a slight slope up to the glass
tooled smooth and even for best appearance.
3.2 CLEANING
A. Remove excess compound and sealant immediately after glazing operation
is completed; final cleaning of glass shall occur just prior to
acceptance of building by Owner. Clean all glass to requirements of
manufacturers printed instructions.
B. labels shall remain in place until time of final building cleanup; at
that time remove labels, wash and polish all glass. Final cleaning
shall be responsibility of Contractor.
********************
END OF SECTION 08800
HLM 90007.00-4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08800-7
SECTION 08842
SECURITY GLAZING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Security glass and glazing.
2. Security glazing of exterior windows
3. Security glazing of exterior entrances
4. Security glazing of interior doors
S. Security glazing of interior partitions, and miscellaneous
interior security glazing.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. Federal Safety Standard for Architectural Gl azing Material; 42 FR
1428; 16 CFR 1201, January, 1982.
B. U.L. Standard no. 972.
C. U.L. 752; 7th edition; Standard for Bullet Resistant Equipment.
D. H.P.White Test TP-OSOO.OO or WMFL Containment Test Level I, II, III.
E. H.P.White Ballistic Penetration Test.
F. WMFL Forced Entry Certification, lo-Spall.
G. ASTM F-1233-89; Standard Test Method for Security Glazing Materials
and Systems.
H. ANSI Z97.1-1984
I. ASTM 0 635
J. ASTM 0 2843
K. ASTM E 84
L. Flat Glass Marketing Association, (FGMA).
M. ANSI Z 26.1; (Taber Abrader, Test #17).
N. (FGMA) - Flat Glass Marketing Association - Glazing Manual, 1990
Edition; Sealant Manual.
1.3 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Experience Criteria:
1. Manufacturer: a minimum of five years experience manufacturing
spec i fi ed item.
2. Installer: a minimum of five years of documented successful
installation on correctional facilities projects of similar scope
and size.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Security Glass: Comply with multiple impact and high energy impact
test, UL Report No. BP-llS4 and UL Standard No. 972. ASTM F-1233-89.
B. Safety Standard for Architectural Glazing Material; 42 FR 1428; 16 CFR
1201-1982.
C. ASTM F-1233-89; Standard Test Method for Security Glazing Materials
and Systems.
D. Maintenance Serviceability Test, All Types:
1. Products will not exhibit an increase in haze of more than 15%
.Criteria: The sample as received shall be abraded according to
Test #17 of ANSI Z26.1, (Taber Abrader) for 100 cycles with a 500
gram load.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08842-1
SECTION 08842
SECURITY GLAZING
E.
2. 1-40 spec'tal procedures shall be necessary for window cleaning
ulliJer t.bJ s test.
Bullet~esistilnt Glass: Tested, listed and labeled by UL for the
required rating. Comply with UL 752, seventh edition. (HPHG, 357
MAG.).
Safety Glazing Materials Act, State of Florida.
Attack Procedure and Time Sequence:
1. The ballistic test and forced entry must occur on separate
samples.
Each piece of glass shall be of domestic manufacture, labeled with the
manufacturer's name, date of manufacturer, ballistic and force entry
rating, and the grade or quality of grade. label shall be permanent;
clearly visible and legible from secure side.
F.
G.
H.
1. 6 SUBM ITT ALS
A. Submit test data substantiating that glass complies with specified
requirements.
B. Manufacturer's Data, Glazing Materials
1. Submit manufacturer's specifications, and installation
instruct ions for each type of gl az i ng sealant and compound,
gasket and associated miscellaneous material required. Include
manufacturer's published data, or letter of certification, or
certified test laboratory report indicating that each material
complies with the requirements and is intended generally for the
applications shown.
a. Submit manufacturer's specifications, and installation
instructions for each type of glazing sealant and compound,
gasket and associated miscellaneous material required.
Include manufacturer's published data, or letter of
certification, or certified test laboratory report
indicating that each material complies with the requirements
and is intended generally for the applications shown.
C. Samples, Glass:
1. Submit two 12" square samples of each type of glass required.
D. Samples, Glazing Materials:
1. Submit three 12" long samples of each color required (except
black) for each type of glazing sealant or gasket exposed to
view.
2. Install sample between two strips of material similar to or
representative of channel surfaces where sealant or gasket will
be used, held apart to represent typical joint widths.
E. Glazing materials Test submittals:
1. 30 days prior to application, submit written certification from
sealant manufacturer of test results and acceptability for
adhesion and compatibility with all adjacent materials and
finishes. Provide results of tests and compatibility as required
by other sections of this Project Manual. Include sealant
manufacturers interpretation of test results relative to sealant
performance and recommendations for primers and substrate
preparation needed to obtain adhesion.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08842-2
SECTION 08842
SECURITY GLAZING
2. Preconstruction field test reports indicating which products 'and l ~.
joint preparation methods demonstrated acceptable adb.esion to'~._~~
joint substrares.
3. Preconstruction compatibility and adhesion testing: Submit
samples of materials that will contact or affect joint sealers to
joint sealer manufacturers for compatibility and adhesion
testing, as indicated :
a. Use test methods standard with manufacturer to determine if
priming and other specific joint preparation techniques are
required to obtain rapid, optimum adhesion to joint sealers
to joint substrates.
1. Perform tests under normal envi ronmenta 1 condi t ions
that will exist during actual installation.
b. Test not less than nine pieces of each type of material,
including joint substrates, shims, joint sealer backing,
secondary seals and other adjacent materials.
F. Submit manufacturer's literature and signed statement with warranty,
stat i ng that manufacturer's gl ass product will conform to phys i ca 1
attack, flame attack and ballistic attack retainage test levels stated
in the requirements set forth in this specirication section.
1.7 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Weather Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of liquid
sealants under adverse weather conditions, or when temperatures are
below or above manufacturer's recommended limitations for
installation.
1.8 WARRANTY
A. General: Warranties shall be in addition to, and not a limitation of
other rights the Owner may have under the Contract Documents.
B. Security Glass: Laminated glass and polycarbonates:
1. Provide Owner a five year warranty for materials and labor from
date of Substantial Completion for all security glazing.
2. Provide written warranty by manufacturer agreei ng to repl ace
defective work in the event of material failure due to
manufacturing defects. Defects shall be defined as edge
separation, delamination, breakage or coating failure.
1.9 TEST PROCEDURES
A. WMFL (Ballistic/Physical/Flame Attack)
l..EVEL 1
l..EVEL II
LEVEL III
BAU.AS1lC AND
60 MINUTES 60 MINUTES 30 MINUTES
ATTACK seQUENCE SUMMARY PHYSICAL ATTACK PHYSICAL ATTACK PHYSICAL ATTACK
.44 Magnum. 240 Grain 25 rounds N/A N/A
Two-Lb. Claw Hammer 5 minutes 5 minutes 5 minutes
Cold Chisel/Screwdriver 5 minutes 5 minutes 5 minutes
10-Lb. Sledgehammer 5 minutes 5 minutes 5 minutes
1-1/2" x 3' Pipe with 2" x 2" x 3' Angle Iron 5 minutes 5 minutes N/A
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08842-3
SECTION 08842
SECURITY GLAZING
#8 . Reinforcing Bar, 3' Long 5 minutes 5 minutes N/A
4" x"4" by 3' Long (Oak) Leg 5 minutes 5 minutes N/A
Fire extinguisher (Chemical Dry) 5 minutes 5 minutes 5 minutes
10-Lb, Sledgehammer 5 minutes 5 minutes N/A
Clothes Hanger/Knife, Heated 10" Blade, 1/4" Thick 5 minutes 5 minutes N/A
Propane Burner (2,OOO.F) 5 minutes 5 minutes 5 minutes
4-Lb. Hammer 5 minutes 5 minutes 5 minutes
3" x 3' Pipe with 1" x 1" x 3' Angle Iron 5 minutes 5 minutes N/A
B. H.P, White - TP-0500.00 (BallisticIForced Entry)
1. PHASE I. BALUSnC
LEVEL A
LEVEL B
LEVEL C
LEVEL 0
LEVEL E
Caliber
.38 Special
9mm
.44 Magnum
.30 Carbine
7.62mm Rifle
Shots (3)
Material Distance
Material Distance
Material Distance
Material Distance
Material Distance
15'
15'
15'
15'
15'
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08842-4
SECTION 08842
SECURITY GLAZING
2. PHASE II-FORCED ENTRY
LEVEll LEVEL II LEVEl III LEVEL IV LEVEl V
Blunt Impacting (Impacts)
S1edgehammer/Wedge (25) 1.4 8.10 18.25,28 31,34,41.43 46,49,52,55,58
4" Diameter Pipe/Sledge (25) 2 7 17 30 45
Ram (10) N/A 6 16 29 44
Sharp Tool (Impacts)
Chisel/Hammer (25) N/A 12 21,24 35.38,42 51.56
Angle Iron/Sledge (25) N/A 13 22 N/A N/A
1-1/2" Diameter Pipe/Sledge (25) 5 N/A N/A N/A N/A
Fire Ax (25) N/A N/A N/A 37 48,54
Wood Maul (25) N/A 15 20.27 33,40 50,57
Keyhole Saw (1 minute) N/A (a) (a) (a) (a)
Thermal Stress (minutes)
Extinguisher, CO2
Propane Torch (5)
Acetylene Torch (5)
3
N/A
N/A
9
11
N/A
N/A
19
N/A
N/A
N/A
32
N/A
N/A
47
Chemical Deterioration (Amount)
Gasoline (1/2 pint)
Windshield Washer (1/2 pint)
Methylene Chloride (1/2 pint)
N/A
N/A
N/A
14
N/A
N/A
23
26
N/A
N/A
36
39
N/A
N/A
53
Total Forced-Entry Sequences
5
15
28
43
58
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08842-5
SECTION 08842
SECURITY GLAZING
PART 2 - PRODUCTS .. ,( '..
w' ".--#
2.1 SECURITY GLASS AND GLAZING
A. Acceptable Manufacturers: The equipment and materials of this section
shall be products of the following manufacturers, subject to
compl iance with specification requirements and provided each
manufacturer meets all requirements of the Quality Assurance section
of this specification.
1. FALCONER GLASS INDUSTRY INCORP., Falconer, NY
2. GLOBE AMERADA GLASS CO., Elk Grove Village, IL.
3. INSULGARD CORP., Hyattsville, Md.
4. TEMPGlASS MIAMI, INC.
S. VIRACON INC., Owatonno, MN
B. Sizes given are nominal. Any change or difference from sizes stated
shall be coordinated for proper fit of glass stops.
C. Type SG-1: 9/16" 1: thick clear glass clad polycarbonate unit
consisting of:
a. 1/8" clear chemically or heat strengthened glass
b. Interlayer .050 polyurethane
c. 1/4" clear polycarbonate
d. Interlayer .050 polyurethane
e. 1/8" clear chemically or heat strengthened glass
f. H.P. White, level I, forced entry
D. Type SG-2: 13/16" 1: thick clear glass clad polycarbonate unit
consisting of:
a. 1/8" clear chemically or heat strengthened glass
b. Interlayer .050 polyurethane
c. 1/8" clear polycarbonate
d. Interlayer .050 polyurethane
e. 1/8" clear polycarbonate
f. Interlayer .050 polyurethane
g. 1/8" clear polycarbonate
h. Interlayer .050 polyurethane
i. 1/8" clear chemically or heat strengthened glass
j. H.P. White, Level II, forced entry
E. Type SG-3: 11/16" 1: thick clear glass clad polycarbonate unit
consisting of:
a. 1/8" clear chemically or heat strengthened glass
b. Interlayer .050 polyurethane
c. 1/4" clear polycarbonate
d. Interlayer .050 polyurethane
e. 1/4" clear wire glass (1 hour fire rated, 450 wire)
f. H.P. White, Level I, forced entry
F. Type SG-4: 9/16" 1: thick clear glass clad polycarbonate unit
consisting of:
a. 1/8" frosted clear chemically or heat strengthened glass
b. Interlayer .050 polyurethane
c. 1/4" cl ear polycarbonate
d. Interlayer .050 polyurethane
e. 1/8" grey tinted chemically or heat strengthened glass
f. H.P. White, level I, forced entry
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08842-6
SECTION 08842
SECURITY GLAZING
~
G. Type SG-S: 9/16":t thick clear glass clad polycarbonate unit
consisting of: '"
a. 1/8" clear chemically or heat strengthened glass
b. Interlayer .050 polyurethane
c. 1/4" clear polycarbonate
d. Interlayer .050 polyurethane
e. 1/8" grey tinted chemically or heat strengthened glass
f. H.P. White, Level I, forced entry
H. Type SG-6: lS/16":t thick clear glass clad polycarbonate unit
consisting of:
a. 1/4" clear wire glass (1 hour fire rated, 450 wire)
b. Interlayer .050 polyurethane
c. 1/8" clear polycarbonate
d. Interlayer .050 polyurethane
e. 1/8" clear polycarbonate
f. Interlayer .050 polyurethane
g. 1/8" clear polycarbonate
h. Interlayer .050 polyurethane
i. 1/8" clear chemically or heat strengthened glass
j. H.P. White, level II, forced entry
1. Type SG-7: 13/16":t thick clear glass clad polycarbonate unit
consisting of:
a. 1/8" clear chemically or heat strengthened glass
b. Interlayer .050 polyurethane
c. 1/8" clear polycarbonate
d. Interlayer .050 polyurethane
e. 1/8" clear polycarbonate
f. Interlayer .050 polyurethane
g. 1/8" clear polycarbonate
h. Interlayer .050 polyurethane
i. 1/8" grey tinted chemically or heat strengthened glass
j. H.P. White, level II, forced entry
J. Type SG-8: 11/16":t thi ck cl ear gl ass cl ad polycarbonate uni t
consisting of:
a. 1/8" grey tinted chemically or heat strengthened glass
b. Interlayer .050 polyurethane
c. 1/4" clear polycarbonate
d. Interlayer .050 polyurethane
e. 1/4" frosted wire glass (1 hour fire rated, 450 wire)
f. H.P. White, level I, forced entry
2.2 GLAZING SEALANTICOMPOUNDS
A. Basic Requirements: Refer to Section 07900 - Joint Sealers.
1. Provide black exposed glazing materials, unless another color is
indicated or unless another color is selected by Architect from
manufacturer's standard colors.
2. Provide hardness of materials as recommended by the manufacturer
for the required application and condition of installation in
each case.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08842-7
SECTION 08842
SECURITY GLAZING
3. Provide only compounds which are known (proven) to be fully
. compatible with surfaces contacted.
4. Provide sealants recommended by manufacturer:
B. Silicone Rubber Glazing Sealant:
1. Silicone rubber, one part elastomeric sealant, complying with FS
TTS001S43, Class A. Provide acid type for porous channel
surfaces, and provide non-acid type for porous channel surfaces
(where any of the channel surfaces are porous).
C. Two Component Polysulfide Glazing Sealant:
1. Polysulfide two part elastomeric sealant, complying with FS
TTS00227, Class A Type 2 (non-sag}; with container bearing
Thiokol Chemical Corporation seal of approval; compounded by
manufacturer specifically for glazing.
D. Butyl Rubber Glazing Tape:
1. Partly vulcanized self-adhesive, non-staining, elastomeric butyl
rubber tape, 98% sol ids intended for 35% compression, non-
apprec iab 1 e deteri orat i on for 3000 hour test in Atlas
Weatherometer.
E. One Compartment Urethane Glazing Sealant:
1. Solvent based, one component polyurethane; compounded
specifically for glazing; complying with FS TTS00230, Class A
Type 11.
F. Acrylic latex Glazing Compound:
1. Modified latex rubber and acrylic emulsion polymer, compounded
specifically as a glazing sealant with permanent flexibility
(non-hardening), non-staining and non-bleeding.
G. Butyl Rubber Glazing Sealant:
1. Polymerized butyl rubber compound with inert filers and pigments,
solvent based with 75% sol ids, non-sag, tack-free within 24
hours, paintable, non-staining.
H. Preformed Butyl Rubber Glazing Sealant:
1. Tape or ribbon (coiled on release paper) of polymerized butyl, or
mi xture of butyl and pol yi sobutyl ene, compounded with inert
fillers and pigments, solvent based with minimum of 95% solids,
with thread or fabric reinforcement, tack-free within 24 hours,
paintable, non-staining.
2. Provide combination tape and encased continuous rubber shim, of
approximately 50 durometer hardness.
I. Oil Based Face Glazing Compound:
1. FS TTG410 type and consistency recommended by manufacturer for
application shown.
2.3 GLAZING GASKETS
A. Provide glazing gaskets as recommended by manufacturer:
B. Molded Neoprene Glazing Gaskets:
1. Molded or extruded neoprene gaskets of the profile and hardness
required for watertight construction; comply with ASTM D 2000
designation 2BC 415 to 3BC 620, black.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08842-8
SECTION 08842
SECURITY GLAZING
',.
D.
Polyvinyl Chloride Glazing Gaskets:
1. Extruded flexible PVC gaskets of the profile and hardness shown,
or as required for watertight construction comply with ASTM 0
2287.
Vinyl Foam Glazing Tape:
1. Closed cell, flexible, self-adhesive, non-extruding, polyvinyl
chloride foam tape; recommended by manufacturer for exterior,
exposed, watertight, installation of glass, with only nominal
pressure in the glazing channel, comply with ASTM 0 1667.
'wi
~C.
2.4 MISCEllANEOUS GLAZING MATERIALS
A. Setting Blocks: Neoprene 7090 durometer hardness, with proven
compatibility with sealants used and urethanel polycarbonate laminates
used. For glass and polycarbonate laminates, fabricate setting blocks
of polycarbonate compatible material.
B. Spacers: Neoprene 4050 durometer hardness with proven compatibility
with sealants used.
C. Compressible Filler Rod: Closed cell or waterproof jacketed rod stock
of synthetic rubber or plastic foam, prevent to be compatible with
sealants used, flexible and resilient, with 510 psi compression
strength for 25% deflection.
D. Cleaners, Primers and Sealers: Type recommended by sealant or gasket
manufacturer.
E. Exposed Security Fasteners:
1. Provide "Torx w/peg" head tamperproof security fasteners for
anchoring work in exposed security areas.
2~ Locked mechanical rooms do not require tamperproof fasteners.
3. Finish shall match that specified of the item anchored.
4. Provide Owner with tools for fastening devices.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine the framing and glazing angle surfaces, backing, removable
stop design, and the conditions under which the glazing is to be
installed, and notify the Architect in writing of all conditions
detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not
proceed with the glazing until unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected.
3.2 STANDARDS AND PERFORMANCE
A. Watertight and airtight installation of each piece of glass is
required, unless indicated otherwise. Each installation must
withstand normal temperature changes, wi nd load i ng, impact load i ng
(for operating sash and doors) without failure of any kind including
loss or breakage of glass, failure of sealants or gaskets to remain
watertight and airtight, deterioration of glazing materials and other
defects in the work.
B. Protect glass from edge damage at all times during handling,
installation and operations of the building.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08842-9
SECTION 08842
SECURITY GLAZING
C.
""
Glazing angle dimen~ions are intended to provi~ for necessary minimum
bite on the glass, miflimum edge clearance "and adequate sealant
thicknesses, with reasonable tolerances. Be responsible for correct
size for each opening, within the tolerance and necessary dimensions
established.
Comply with combined recommendations of glass manufacturer and
manufacturer of sealants and other materials used in glazing, except
where more stringent requirements are specified, and except where
manufacturer's technical representatives direct otherwise.
Comply with "Glazing Manual" by Flat Glass Marketing Association
except, and except as specifically recommended otherwise by the
manufacturers of the glass and glazing materials.
Inspect each piece of glass immediately before installation, and
eliminate those which have observable edge damage or face
imperfections.
Unify appearance of each series of lights by setting each piece to
match others as nearly as possible. Inspect each piece and set with
pattern, draw and bow oriented in the same direction as other pieces.
Cut and install colored (tinted) glass as recommended in "Technical
Services Report No. 104" by PPG INDUSTRIES.
Install polysulfide sealants as recommended by Thiokol Chemical
Corporation, except as otherwise recommended by the sealant
manufacturer.
...
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
1.
3.3 PREPARATION FOR GLAZING
A. Clean the glazing angle, or other framing members to receive glass,
immediately before glazing. Remove coatings which are not firmly
bonded to the substrate. Remove lacquer from metal surfaces wherever
elastomeric sealants are used.
B. Apply primer or sealer to joint surfaces wherever recommended by
sealant manufacturer.
3.4 GLAZING
A. Comply with glass, window and frame manufacturer's recommendations.
B. Install setting blocks of proper size at quarter points of sill
rabbet. Set blocks in thin course of the heel bead compound, if any.
C. Glazing shall be set with equal bearing for entire width.
D. Provide spacers inside and out, and of proper size and spacing, for
all glass sizes larger than 50 united inches, except where gaskets are
used for glazing. Provide 1/8" minimum bite of spacers on glass and
use thickness equal to sealant width, except with sealant tape use
thickness slightly less than final compressed thickness of tape.
E. Voids and Filler Rods: Prevent exudation of sealant or compound by
forming voids or installing filler rods in the channel at the heel of
jambs and head (do not leave voids in the sill channels) except as
otherwise indicated, depending on light size, thickness and type of
glass, and complying with manufacturer's recommendations.
F. Do not attempt to cut, seam, nip or abrade glass which is tempered,
heat strengthened of coated.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08842-10
SECTION 08842
SECURITY GLAZING
G. Force sealants into channel to eliminate voids and to ensure complete
"wetting" or bond of sealant to glass and channel surfaces.
H. Tool exposed surfaces of glazing liquids and compounds to provide a
substantial "wash" away from the glass. Install pressurized tapes and
gaskets to protrude slightly out of the channel, so as to eliminate
dirt and moisture pockets.
I. Clean and trim excess glazing materials from the glass and stops or
frames promptly after installation, and eliminate stains and
discolorations.
J. Where wedge shaped gaskets are driven into one side of the angle to
pressurize the sealant or gasket on the opposite side, provide
adequate anchorage to ensure that gasket wi 11 not "walk" out when
subjected to dynamic movement. Anchor gasket to stop with matching
ribs or by proven adhesive, including embedment of gasket tail in
cured heel bead.
K. Glaze units at the building site.
L. Gasket Glazing: Miter cut and bond ends together at corners where
gaskets are used for channel glazing, so that gaskets will not pull
away from corners and result in voids or leads in the glazing system.
3.5 CURE, PROTECTION AND CLEANING
A. Cure glazing sealants and compounds in compliance with manufacturer's
recommendations, to obtain high early bond strength, internal cohesive
strength and surface durability.
B. Protect exterior glass from breakage immediately upon installation, to
attachment of crossed streamers to framing held away from glass. Do
not apply markers of any type to surfaces of glass.
C. Remove and replace glass which is broken, chipped, cracked, abraded or
damaged in other ways during the construction period, including
accidents and vandalism.
D. ;Maintain glass in a clean condition during construction, so that it
will not be damaged by corrosive action and will not contribute (by
washoff) to the deterioration of glazing materials and other work.
E. Wash and polish glass on both faces not more than four days prior to
Owner's acceptance of the work in each area. Comply with gl ass
manufacturer's recommendations for cleaning and polishing.
********************
END OF SECTION 08842
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08842-11
SECTION 08902
ALUMINUM WINDOW WAllS
PART 1 - :ENERAL .. ~C
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Glazed Window Wall
2. Glazing materials, and gaskets.
3. Custom factory preformed, prefinished, aluminum frames, internal
and external reinforcing, anchorage including anchorage to
structural members, sills, stools, glazing materials, flashing
and gaskets.
a. Supports, accessories, and components for a complete glazed
system.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 07900 - JOINT SEALERS
2. Section 08410 - ALUMINUM ENTRANCES
3. Section 08800 - GLAZING
1.2 REFERENCES
A. AAMA - Metal Curtain Wall, Window, Store Front and Entrance - Guide
Specifications Manual.
B. AAMA - Aluminum Curtain Wall Design Guide Manual.
C. AAMA - Curtain Wall Manual #10 - Care and Handling of Architectural
Aluminum From Shop to Site.
D. AAMA 502-90 - Voluntary Specification for Field Testing of Windows and
Sliding Glass Doors.
E. AAMA 607.1 - Specifications and Inspection Methods for Clear Anodic
Finishes for Architectural Aluminum.
F. AAMA T1R - Al - Sound Control for Aluminum Curtain Walls and Windows.
G. AAMA 1503.1-88 - Voluntary Test Method for Thermal Transmittance and
Condensation Resistance of Windows, Doors and Glazed Wall Sections.
H. AAMA 1504-88 - Voluntary Standard for Thermal Performance of Windows,
Doors and Glazed Wall Sections.
1. ASTM A446 - Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot-Dip
Process, Structural (Physical) Quality.
J. ASTM B209 - Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate.
K. ASTM B221 - Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bar, Rod, Wire, Shape and Tube.
L. ASTM E283 - Rate of Air Leakage Through Exteri or Wi ndows, Curta in
Walls, and Doors.
M. ASTM E330 - Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls,
and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference.
N. ASTM E331 - Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows,
Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Codes and Standards:
1. In addition to complying with all applicable codes and regula-
tions, comply with recommendations contained in "Glazing Manual"
of the Float Glass Marketing Association and "Aluminum Curtain
Walls" published by Architectural Aluminum Manufacturer
Association.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08902-1
SECTION 08902
ALUMINUM WINDOW WAllS
.
B. Qualifications of system Manufacturer/Fabricator: Manufacturer and
fabricator companies specializing in aluminum window wall systems with
a minimum of five years of documented experience, in manufacture and
fabrication of systems similar in material, design, and similar in
scope to that indicated for this project.
1. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who
has successfully completed installation of glazed window wall
systems similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated
for the Project and who is acceptable to the glazed window wall
manufacturer/fabricator.
C. Design structural support framing components under direct supervision
of a Professional Engineer experienced in design of this work and
registered in the State of Florida.
D. Drawings: Drawings are diagrammatic. The details shown are intended
as a guide for the aesthetic and interfacing requirements of the
glazed curtain wall to and with other work. The drawings are not to
be construed as engineering design, or adequate to meet the
engineering design requirements.
E. Testing laboratory Qualifications: Demonstrate to the Architect's
satisfaction, based on evaluation of laboratory-submitted criteria
conforming to ASTM E 699, that it has the experience and capability to
conduct satisfactorily the testing indicated without delaying the
progress of the Work.
F. Mock Up and Test: Comply with "Mock-up and Test" paragraph
requirements of Owner's Testing laboratory Services. Construct mock-
up units of the glazed aluminum curtain wall system for testing at the
Owner approved laboratory's Test Facilities. Mock-ups shall be
complete with all components, finishes, and details of construction
identical with those proposed for use in the building. Do not take
special precautions or use techniques that do not represent those to
be used on the building.
1. Do not begin installation of mock-ups until Testing Laboratory
proposed for use has been approved by Owner and Architect.
2. Mock-ups shall be of sufficient size and configuration to
demonstrate adequately the system's performance capabilities.
3. Personnel assembling mock-ups at the laboratory shall be the
personnel that will perform this work at the project site.
4. Include mullions, panels and glazings where applicable. Provide
corners, splice joints, sealants, anchors, and other components
necessary.
G. Schedule testing with sufficient time for analysis of results and to
prevent delay in the progress of the Work.
1. Coordinate testing requirements with testing of other materials
referenced in other Sections of this Project Manual.
2. Test the glazed aluminum window wall system for compliance with
requirements specified for performance and test methods. Conduct
tests with assemblies representative of actual materials.
Conduct tests with assemblies representative of actual materials
and construction proposed for incorporation in the Work.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08902-2
SECTION 08902
ALUMINUM WINDOW WALLS
H. Field-Constructed Mock-Up: Before installing the window wall system,
erect a full-size sample .window wall panel mock-up, including
mullions, panels, vision glass, to include each type of glass,
tempered glass as directed by Architect, and other elements of the
system, to verify selections made under sample submittals and to
represent the completed system for aesthetic effects and qualities of
materials and installation. Build the mock-up to comply with the
following requirements, using materials indicated for the final
installation.
1. Construct the mock-up on site in the location and sizes as
directed by the Ar.chitect.
2. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and
workmanship.
3. Obtain the Architect's acceptance of the mock-up before starting
final erection of the glazed aluminum window wall system.
4. Maintain the mock-up in undisturbed condition during construction
as a standard for judging completed window wall installation.
S. If acceptable to the Arch i tect, accepted mock-ups on the bu il ding
in undisturbed condition at time of Substantial Completion may be
incorporated into the Work.
J. Windows shall meet or exceed air and water infiltration and deflection
test requirements as defined by AAMA 101-85 for the type, grade and
performance class of window units required.
K. Mock-Up/Proto-Type
1. Install one unit in designated area under direct supervision of
manufacturer.
2. Installation approved by Architect to constitute a standard of
quality for subsequent installation.
1. 4 SUBM ITT AlS
A. Submit fully dimensioned full size shop drawings defining size, shape,
and type of aluminum members, glazing, blocking, sealants, tapes,
gaskets and all associated items utilized in the installation of
window wall and relation of assemblies to adjacent building
components.
B. Provide samples of corner construction for both frame and operating
sash for each operation type, approximately 12" long on each leg.
C. Provide representative finish samples of production items indicating
full range of color tolerance that will be applicable to this project.
Samples shall be large enough to allow good comparison.
D. Provide written certification that all materials, products, fastening
devices, and anchorage are designed to comply with all applicable code
requirements, to include applicable loads on anchors and fastening
devices.
E. Provi de cert i fi ed test results of tests performed by aqua 1 ifi ed
independent testing agency, acceptable to Owner and Architect,
certifying compliance with Performance requirements indicated based on
comprehensive testing of the system by the laboratory within the last
3 years current production of the system by the manufacturer.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08902-3
SECTION 08902
ALUMINUM WINDOW WALLS
1.5 PRODUCT DELIVERY
A. Protection:
1. Use means necessary to protect materials of this section before,
during, and after installation and to protect installed work and
materials of other trades.
2. Store units standing on edge, supported on wood strips to prevent
damage to any part. Prevent contact wi th dirt or mortar.
Damaged parts shall not be installed.
B. Replacements:
1. I n event of damage, i mmed iate 1 y make repa i rs and replacements
necessary at no cost to Owner.
1.6 TESTS
A. Depending upon the prevalence or absence of leakage in the initial
water penetration tests, and upon the measures adopted by the
Contractor to eliminate the source of leakage (if any) from
subsequently erected work, the Architect will determine the necessity
of (and scope of) additional tests. All retests required by the
Architect due to repeated failures in "initial water tests" shall be
performed by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner.
Corrective work required shall be the responsibility of the
Contractor, along with the cost of retesting, the costs incurred by
the Architect, owner and their Consultants. Remedial measures must
maintain standards of quality and are subject to Architect's approval.
B. Test Units:
1. Perform all tests unless noted otherwise, on full size mock-up
utilizing largest typical glass lite in accordance with this
specification.
C. Test Procedures
1. Air Infiltration Test: Air infiltration at 6.24 psf pressure
differential shall not exceed 0.06 cfmlsquare foot of fixed areas
and 0.10 cfm per foot of crack length for ventilators when tested
in accordance with ASTM E 283.
2. Water Resistance Test: No uncontrolled water leakage at 15.00
psf pressure differential with water rate of 5 gallons per hour
per square foot when tested in accordance with ASTM E 331.
3. Uniform load Deflection Test: No glass breakage, permanent
damage or defl ect i on of any unsupported span (frami ng rail s,
muntins, and mullions) in excess of L/I7S at both a positive and
a negative load of 45 psf (design wind pressure at 120 mph) when
treated in accord with ASTM E330.
4. Uniform Load Structural Test: Unit shall be tested at 1.5 x
design wind pressure both positive and negative, acting normal to
plane of wall in accord with ASTM E 330. No g 1 as s breakage,
permanent damage or permanent deformation of any main frame in
excess of 0.2% of its span.
S. Condensation Resistance Factor Test (CRF): Perform test in exact
accord with AAMA 1503.1-88 procedure. Test unit 6'-3" x 7'-9"
containing one intermediate vertical and one intermediate
horizontal glazed with four equal size lites of 1" insulated
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08902-4
SECTION 08902 ALUMINUM WINDOW WALLS
...
glass (two 1/4" lit(s'''with 1/2" air space). Cond~nsation
.resistance factor (CRJ:'-)' shall be minimum 55 (glass CRF), 73
(frame CRF). Data from calculations, test results on units of
different sizes or glass arrangement are not acceptable.
6. Thermal Test ("U" value): Perform test in accordance with AAMA
1503.1 procedure. Thermal transmittance ("U") maximum 0.65
BTU/hrlsf/oF.
7. The system shall perform to these criteria under a windload of
(120 mph); 45 psf (Performance Class 45)
1.7 PRE-INSTALLATION CONFERENCE
A. Prior to conunencement of window wall installation, conduct a pre-
installation conference at the Project site with the window walll
system manufacturer, installer, and other interested parties to review
procedures, schedules, and coordination of the window walllcurtain
wall Work wi th other elements of the work, to i nc 1 ude adj acent
materials.
1.8 WARRANTY
A. Provide manufacturers/fabricator's 10 year warranty on materials and
workmanship.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable manufacturers:
1. WAUSAU METALS CORP. Basis of Design (6250 Superwall 2-1/2" Face)
2. KAWNEER COMPANY
3. Architect approved equivalent.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Extruded Aluminum System
1 Extrusions: 6063-TS alloy and temper. Sections: formed true to
detail, and free from defects impairing appearance, strength or
durability.
2. Fasteners, where exposed: aluminum or stainless steel. Unexposed
fasteners may be cadmium or zinc plated steel in accordance with
ASTM A16S and A-164. Anchors: aluminum or steel providing steel
is properly insulated from aluminum.
3. Major Framing: Factory prepared for job-site assembly and sealed
according to manufacturer's recommended procedures.
4. Mijllions and Horizontal Rails: Extruded shapes with sharp well-
defi ned corners and fl ush sight 1 i nes. Sect ions: des i gned to
accept double insulating glass.
S. Mullion configurations shall allow for pockets at inside glazing
face to receive fixed resilient elastomeric glazing spine.
Mullions and horizontal rails shall have flexible thermal break
material located on exterior side of glass plane.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08902-5
SECTION 08902 ALUMINUM WINDOW WALLS
.
6. Exterior Glazing Seal: Synthetic polymeric tape secured extruded
aluminum pressure plates fastened to main grid members.
Provision shall be made at all sealed horizontals to lead
moisture accumulation to exterior. A cover shall be snapped over
pressure plate to show only a sharp, uninterrupted exterior
profile.
7. Glass and Glazing for Window Walls: Refer to Section 08800 -
GLAZING.
8. Sealants and Joint Fillers: Refer to Section 07900 for joints at
interface of window wall construction with other work.
9. Brackets and Rei nforcements: Manufacturer's standard high-
strength aluminum units where feasible; otherwise nonmagnetic
stainless steel, except at fabricator's option, brackets not
exposed to weather or abrasion shall be hot-dip galvanized steel
complying with ASTM A386. Provide nonstaining, non-ferrous shims
for installation and alignment of window wall work.
2.3 FINISHES
A.Surfaces exposed to exterior and interior view shall be coated with
factory applied, oven baked finish based on KYNAR 500 (polyvinylidene
fluoride - PVF2) as supplied by PPG or equivalent; applied to properly
cleaned and pretreated aluminum meeting the requirements of ASTM 0-
1730-67, Type B, method 5 or 7. The coating shall be a three coat
system equivalent to PPG "Duranar Xl" applied to a minimum thickness
of 1.6 mils. Comply with AAMA 605.2 (1980) "Specification for High
Performance Organic on Architectural Extrusions and Panels".
B. Custom color and finish as selected by Architect.
C. Finished surfaces shall be free from mechanical imperfections such as
scratches, scrapes, and dents. Finished surfaces shall be free from
finish imperfections: (spots, stains, and streaks.)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Furnish inserts at proper times for setting in concrete formwork,
masonry, and similar work indicated to support window wall work.
3.2 INSTALLATIONIERECTION
A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions and approved shop drawings for
protection, handling and installation of factory-fabricated window
wall components, with particular attention and care in preservation of
applied finishes. Discard or remove and replace damaged members.
B. Erection Tolerances: Install window wall components plumb, level,
accurately aligned and accurately located in reference to column lines
and floor levels; adjust work to conform with the following tolerances
(maximum variations):
1. Plumb: 1/8" in 10'; 1/4" in 40'.
2. Level: 1/8" in 20'; 1/4" in 40' .
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08902-6
SECTION 08902
ALUMINUM WINDOW WAllS
..,-
3. Alignment: Limit offset of member,alignment to 1/16" where
surfaces are fl ush or 1 ess than 1/2" aw-' of fl ush, and separated
by less than 2" (by reveal or protruding work); otherwise limit
offsets to 1/8". Frame offset at corner of glazing pocket shall
not exceed 0.031 inch.
4. Location: 3/8" maximum deviation from measured theoretical
location (any member, any location).
C. Anchor components securely in place in manner indicated, shimming and
allowing for required movements, and provide separators and isolators
to prevent corrosion and electrolytical deterioration, and to prevent
corrosion and electrolytical deterioration, and to prevent "freeze Up"
of moving joints.
D. Glazing: Specified in Section 08800 - GLAZING.
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Field check for wate~ leakage shall conform to AAMA 501.2-83.
Operating doors and windows shall be tested in the same manner as
fixed wall areas. There shall be no water leakage. Provide scaffold,
hose, water supply, and manpower to perform at least three successful
tests, plus any unsuccessful tests. Remedial measures shall maintain
standards of quality and durability and are subject to approval by
Architect.
3.4 CLEANING
A. Clean completed system, inside and out, promptly after erection and
installation of glass and sealants (allow for nominal cure of liquid
sealants). Window wall installer shall advise Contractor of proper
and adequate protection and cleaning procedures during remainder of
construction period, so that system will be without damage and
deterioration at time of acceptance.
B. At time of substantial completion, clean window wall system thoroughly
and polish glass. Demonstrate proper cleaning methods and materials
to Owner's maintenance personnel.
********************
END OF SECTION 08902
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
08902-7
....
"
. .
Finishes
DIVISION 9
SECTION 09110
NON-LOAD BEARING WAll FRAMING SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Metal stud partition system.
2. Furring channels.
3. Suspension system for gypsum board ceilings.
4. Suspension system for gypsum board soffits.
S. Set anchorage devices for stud wall supported grab bars, supplied
by Section 10800.
6. Set access panels.
7. Set metal frames for mechanical devices and lighting fixtures
gypsum board ceilings and soffits supplied by Divisions 15 and
16.
8. Metal accessories necessary for completion of above.
9. Assist and coordinate setting of fire retardant blocking,
grounds, anchors, chairs, and sleeves required for metal stud
wall attachment of casework equipment and miscellaneous devices
supplied and installed by other sections.
10. Grouting of hollow metal frames.
,
'"
'wi ~
1. 2 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit a complete list of materials proposed to be furnished and
installed under this portion of work, stating manufacturer's name and
catalog number for each item.
B. Accompanying materials list, submit manufacturer's recommended method
of installation for each item and assembly. These recommendations,
shall be basis for acceptance or rejection of actual installation
methods used in this work.
C. Prior to materials being delivered to the jobsite, submit the
manufacturer's and installer's written certification that materials,
assemblies and installations shall comply with rated testing authority
approval; list test number, rating, and authority.
D. Samples: Samples shall be representative pieces of all framing
component parts and accessories. Unless otherwise specified, pieces
shall be 12" long, tagged with name of part and manufacturer.
E. Submit shop drawi ngs and ca 1 cul at ions for exteri or soffits; signed
sealed and dated by a Florida registered professional engineer.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Codes and Standards:
1. Comply with recommendations of "Gypsum Construction Handbook",
Third Edition, 1987 as publ ished by U. S. GYPSUM CO., unless
noted otherwise within this Section.
2. For fire rated partition assemblies provide single-source
responsibility for all components of the rated assembly. Refer
to the "Fire Resistance Design Manual, Twelfth Edition" dated
August, 1988, as published by the GYPSUM ASSOCIATION, Evanston,
Illinois. Provide all components of fire resistance rated
assemblies identical to those indicated by reference to Gypsum
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
09110-1
SECTION 09110
NON-LOAD BEARING WALL FRAMING SYSTEMS
....
Association file numbers in Gypsum Association "Fire Resistance
(. Design Manual" or to design designations in UL "Fire Resistance
Directory" (January 1991 edition) or in listing of other testing
agencies acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
For exterior soffits and metal frame support system, comply with ANSI
AS8.l "Minimum Design Loads for Buildings..." based on 120 mph wind.
B.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Acceptable manufacturers:
1. UNITED STATES GYPSUMIUNIMAST, INC.
2. GOLD BOND BUILDING PRODUCTS DIVISION - NATIONAL GYPSUM CO.
3. DAlEIINCOR INDUSTRIES
B. Metal Studs:
1. Metal stud partitions shall be size noted on drawings, with track
and related accessories:
a. 25 gage steel studs for interior partitions.
b. 20 gage back to back steel studs at doorways, borrowed light
and at corner guards.
2. Metal studs and runners shall be fabricated from steel having 33
ksi minimum yield strength. Studs and runners shall be hot
dipped galvanized per ASTM A-S2S, G60 coating and ASTM C645,
0.0179" minimum thickness of base metal.
3. Acceptable manufacturers, if in compliance with above:
a. UNITED STATES GYPSUMIUNIMAST, INC.
b. GOLD BOND
c. DALEIINCOR INDUSTRIES
C. Channe 1 s:
1. Channels shall be cold-rolled steel, 1-1/211 or 3/4" deep, 16 gage
steel. Finish shall be black asphaltum painted.
2. Furring channels shall be 7/8" deep, hat shaped 25 gage
galvanized steel, ASTM C645, 0.0179" minimum thickness.
3. Acceptable manufacturers, if in compliance with above:
a. UNITED STATES GYPSUM/UNIMAST,INC.
b. GOLD BOND
c. DALEIINCOR INDUSTRIES
D. Wi re:
1. Wire shall be galvanized annealed, 8 gage for suspension, 18 gage
for furring channel ties and metal lath ties.
2. Wire shall meet or exceed minimum requirements of Federal
Specification QQ-W-461, Class 1, for item and use intended.
E. Ceiling Suspension for Gypsum Board Ceilings:
1. Provide manufacturer's standard zinc-coated or painted steel
system of furring runners, furring tees and accessories designed
for concealed support of gypsum board ceilings.
2. Provide screws, clips, bolts, cast-in-place concrete inserts or
other devices applicable to the indicated method of structural
anchorage for ceiling hangers and whose suitability for use
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
09110-2
SECTION 09110
NON-LOAD BEARING WALL FRAMING SYSTEMS
intended has been proven through standard.construction practices
or by certified test data. Size devices for 3X calculated load
supported except size direct rull-out concrete inserts for 5X
calculated loads.
3. Approved manufacturers, if in compliance with above:
a. CHICAGO METALLIC CORP.
b. DONN CORPORATION
c. UNITED STATES GYPSUMIUNIMAST, INC.
d. DALEIINCOR INDUSTRIES
F. Fasteners:
1. Screws for 25 gage metal studs shall be equivalent to UNITED
STATES GYPSUM 3/8" type S, Pan Head of corrosion resista"t steel.
2. Screws for 20 gage metal studs shall be equivalent to UNITED
STATES GYPSUM 3/8" type S-I2, Pan Head of corrosion resistant
steel.
3. Acceptable manufacturers, if in compliance with above:
a. UNITED STATES GYPSUMIUNIMAST, INC.
b. GOLD BOND
c. DALEIINCOR INDUSTRIES
G. All other materials, not specifically described but required for a
complete and proper installation, shall be new, first quality of their
respective kinds.
H. Grout for hollow metal frames shall be equivalent to UNITED STATES
GYPSUM "Durabond Joint Compound", frames grouted full.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PRE-INSTALLATION CONFERENCE
A. Prior to start of installation of metal support systemslmetal stud
install at ions, Contractor and subcontractors shall meet at project
site with installers of work to include doors, windows, drywal.l
mechanical and electrical work. Review areas of potential
interference and conflicts; coordinate layout and support provisions
for interfacing work.
3.2 SURFACE PREPARATION
A. Accurately layout partition and wall lines from dimensions given on
drawings.
3.3 PREPARATION FOR METAL SUPPORT SYSTEMS
A. Ceiling Anchorages: Coordinate work with structural ceiling work to
ensure that inserts and other structural anchorage provi sions have
been installed to receive ceiling hangers.
B. Furnish concrete inserts, steel deck hanger clips, and similar devices
to other trades for installation well in advance of time needed for
coordination with other work.
3.4 INSTALLATION OF METAL SUPPORT SYSTEMS (GENERAL)
A. Metal Support Installation Standard: Comply with ASTM C-7S4 and C-
645. Do not bridge building expansion jOint with support system;
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
09110-3
SECTION 09110
NON-LOAD BEARING WALL FRAMING SYSTEMS
frame both sides qf joints with furring and other support as
indicated. '
B. Ceiling Suppor...Syst-ems:
1. Secure hangers to structural support by connecting directly to
structure where possible, otherwise connect to inserts, clips, or
other anchorage devices or fasteners as indicated.
2. Space main runners 4'-0" on center and space hangers 4'-0", along
runners, except as otherwise shown.
3. level main runners to a tolerance of 1/4" in 12'-0", measured
both lengthwise on each runner and transversely between parallel
runners.
4. Wire-tie or clip furring members to main runners and to other
structural supports as indicated.
S. Direct-Hung Metal Support System: Attach perimeter wall track or
angl e wherever support system meets vert i ca 1 surfaces.
Mechanically join support members to each other and butt-cut to
fit into wall track.
6. Space furring members 16" on center, except as otherwise
indicated.
7. Install auxiliary framing at termination of gypsum board work,
and openings for light fixtures and similar work as required for
support of both the wallboard construction and other work
indicated for support thereon.
a. For exterior soffits, provide cross-bracing and additional
framing indicated or required to resist wind uplift.
3.4 INSTALLATION
A. Metal Stud Installation:
1. Stud installation shall follow manufacturer's recommendations,
except as amended by this section.
2. Unless ot,herwise indicated on drawings, stud system shall be
cont i nuous from floor to structure above. Floor and cei 1 i ng
track shall be securely anchored at 24" on center by stub nails
or power driven anchors into concrete. Provide slip or cushion-
type joint between framing and structure as recommended by metal
stud manufacture to prevent transfer of structural loads or
movements to partitions.
3. Studs shall be spaced 16 inches on center, rotated and anchored
into place in floor and ce i 1 i ng channels. Studs adj acent to
doorslwindows, partition intersections and corners shall be
permanently locked into channels with 3/8" self-tapping screws
through channels into studs.
4. Studs shall be located at rough openings for doors and windows
with back-to-back studs as required by drawings. Jamb studs
shall be securely anchored by self tapping screws or bolts or
welding to door frame anchors and window jamb clips. Verify that
frame anchors provided by Section 08100 - METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
are correct for stud system used.
5. Header above openings shall be floor track cut, bent up at each
end and installed securely between jamb studs with screws.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
SID GROUP THREE
09110-4
SECTION 09110
NON-LOAD BEARING WALL FRAMING SYSTEMS
Provide short studs not to exceed 16" on center from header to
ceiling track.
6. Provide 3/4" channel with web horizontal at third points 8f
partition height as continuous reinforcing. Weld, wire tie or
screw to each stud. Provide additional reinforcing at hinge
points adjacent to each side of door openings extending from jamb
stud for 32" minimum.
7. At all openings provide additional 3/4" horizontal channels 6" to
12" above and below openings extending 32" minimum beyond opening
each side.
8. Stud configuration at partition corners and intersections shall
meet recommendations per "Quality Assurance" paragraph 1.3.A of
this Section. .
9. Coordinate partition work with other trades; accommodate
additional reinforcing provided by other sections.
10. Isolate stud system from transfer of structural loading to
system, both horizontally and vertically. Provide slip or
cushioned type joints to attain lateral support and avoid axial
loading.
11. At all doorjamb locations of less than ceiling height and above
and below all borrowed light frame jambs, provide additional
cripples and framing for control joint applications.
B. Furring:
1. This paragraph describes only that furring which drawings require
to attach directly to wall or column surfaces.
2. Provide 7/8" channels spaced 16" on centers supported by
adjustabl e furri ng brackets every 36" wi th one bracket no more
than 4" from each corner or opening. Brackets shall be for
masonry nailed in place.
3. Upper horizontal channel shall be above ceiling line to provide
base for unrestrained ceiling construction.
C. Suspended Ceiling Systems:
1. Space hanger wi res no more than 48" on center along carryi ng
channels and within 6" of ends of carrying channels. Anchor
hangers by attachment to concrete with approved inserts and to
steel construction by wrapping around or through beams or joists.
2. Install 1-1/2" main runner channels at not more than 36" on
center and within 6" from parallel walls. Run at right angles to
joists where joists are involved. Splices shall be overlapped
12" minimum with flanges interlocked and tied.
3. Install 7/8" cross furring channels attached to main runners at
right angles spaced 16" on center maximum. Saddle tie or use
approved clips at each intersection with main runners. Splices
shall be lapped 8" minimum with flanges interlocked and tied.
4. Provide 1" clearance between furring ends and complete.
S. Ceiling system shall be securely braced against sway.
6. Install 1-1/2" channels around recessed lighting fixture openings
to support fixtures. Set receiver rings at recessed light
fixtures and ceiling diffusers located in ceiling.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
09110-5
"
.. '"
SECTION 09110
NON-LOAD BEARING WALL FRAMING SYSTEMS
D. Fixture Attachments:
1. Reinforcement for grab bars provided by grab bar manufacturer and
installed by this section.
2. Concealed anchors shall incorporate zinc chromate coated steel
support members. Connector as semb 1 i es shall be i nsta 11 ed on
supports between studs. The supports and attachment of supports
to studs shall have sufficient strength to support a 300 pound
sustained load. Connector assemblies shall be accurately
positioned and tightened to support angles or support members
before wall surfacing is applied. After wall surface is
finished, flange or concealed mounting plate,shall be secured to
connect the as~embly with stainless steel machine screws.
3. Reinforcement for wall mounted casework, equipment and finish
hardware (i.e. wall mounted door bumpers) shall be 18 gage sheet
metal, 4" wide by length required, anchored to a minimum of two
studs. Provide two anchor strips for wall mounted casework.
Coordinate with equipment and hardware installation locations
required for reinforcement.
4. Coordinate with Divisions 15 and 16 to allow space and time for
placement of their reinforcement prior to installation of wall
surface.
E. Grouting of Hollow Metal Frames:
1. Grout hollow metal frames installed in metal stud partition
systems with joint compound, frames grouted full.
*********************
END OF SECTION 09110
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
09110-6
SECTION 09200
lATH AND PLASTER
".,.
, PART 1 - GENERAL
~.
1 . 1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Cement plaster over unit masonry.
2. Three-coat cement plaster over metal lath on metal furring.
3. Metal lath and metal lath support systems, including accessories
for plastering.
4. Metal lath and metal lath support systems, including accessories
for plastering.
S. Detention Areas (Plan Designation - Security Plaster): Six coat
cement plaster over metal lath.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 04200 - Unit Masonry.
2. Section 07210 - Building Insulation.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. For actual installation of plaster, use only skilled journeyman
plasterers who are completely familiar with referenced standards and
with requirements of this work.
B. Codes and Standards:
1. Comply with recommendations of "Gypsum Construction Handbook",
1987 Edition, as publ ished by U.S. Gypsum Co. unless noted
otherwise by this Section.
2. Comply with ASTM C-926-86 "Application of Portland Cement-based
Plaster" and ASTM C 1063 "Installation of Lathing and Furring for
Portland Cement-Based Plaster".
3. Comply with Metal LathlSteel Framing Association "Specifications
For Metal lathing And Furring" and "Technical Bulletin 101" for
selection of metal lath for each application.
C. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Where plaster systems with fire-resistance
ratings are indicated, provide materials and installations which are
identical with those of applicable assemblies tested per ASTM E 119 by
fire testing laboratories acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction.
D. Coordination of Work: Coordinate layout and installation of suspension
system components for suspended ceilings with other work supported by,
or penetrating through, ceiling.
1. Be responsible for coordination of electrical boxes, utility and
equipment lines which are concealed; including plumbing,
electrical, telephone and securitYlcommunications systems.
E. For exterior metal lath and steel frame support system, comply with
ANSI AS8.1 "Minimum Design loads for Buildings..." based on 150 mph
wind.
1. 3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit to Architect, before delivery of materials of this Section, a
complete list of all materials proposed to be furnished and installed
under this portion of work, stating manufacturer's name, and all
components required.
HLM 90007.00-4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
09200-1
SECTION 09200
lATH AND PLASTER
B.
Accompanyi ng material s 1 i st, s.ubm~' ..two copi es of manufacturer's
current recommended method of ins. 11 at i on for each item. These
recommendations, after review by"" thitect, shall be basis for
acceptance or rejection of actual installation methods used in this
work.
Submit shop drawings and calculations for the exterior soffit; signed,
sealed and dated by a registered professional Engineer, registered in
the State of Florida.
C.
1.4 PRODUCT DELIVERY
A. Delivery:
1. Materials shall be delivered in original packages bearing name of
manufacturer, brand, weights and gages.
2. Materials which are rusted, stained or otherwise damaged during
delivery or storage shall be removed from site and replaced with
acceptable material.
3. Materials shall be kept off ground, under cover and away from
sweating walls and damp surfaces.
B. Protection:
1. Use all means necessary to protect materials of this section,
before, during and after installation and to protect installed
work and materials of other trades.
C. Replacements:
1. In event of damage, make repairs and replacements necessary,
reviewed by Architect and at no cost to Owner.
1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS:
A. Environmental Requirements, General: Comply with requirements of
referenced plaster application standards and recommendations of
plaster manufacturer for environmental conditions before, during, and
after application of plaster.
B. Ventilation: Ventilate building spaces as required to remove water in
excess of that required for hydration of plaster. Begin ventilation
immediately after plaster is applied and continue until it sets.
C. Protect contiguous work from soiling, spattering, moisture
deterioration and other harmful effects which might result from
plastering.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Mock-Up: Provide field mock-up over Unit Masonry - Section 04200.
B. Be responsible for coordination of electrical boxes, utility and
equipment lines which are concealed including plumbing, electrical,
telephone and securitYlcommunications systems.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. General:
HLM 90007.00-4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
09200-2
SECTION 09200
LATH AND PLASTER
1. Materi a 1 s requi red to produce a gi ven system shall be by one
manufacturer. Materials selected for a given system shall be
retained for that system throughout project.
2. Use of materials identified below is subject to limitations of
application and proportioning established elsewhere in this
Section.
B. Plastering Materials:
1. Provide either neat or ready-mixed (where available) materials,
at Installer's option, complying with ASTM C 926.
2. Cement: Portland cement, ASTM C 150, Type I or IA.
3. Lime: Special finishing or special masonry hydrated lime, ASTM
C 206 or C 207.
4. Aggregate: Sand, ASTM C 897.
S. Prepared Finish-Coat: Factory-prepared finish for portland
cement plaster, type recommended by the manufacturer for the
color and texture indicated.
a. Exterior Texture: Sand-float finish (exterior) to match
precast concrete panels.
C. Bonding Materials:
1. Bonding Agent: Vinyl polymerization type, complying with
MIl-B-1923S and ASTM C 932.
2. Bonding Additive: Acrylic-based emulsion for bonding exterior and
interior portland cement plaster base-coat to solid surfaces.
a. Product manufacturer:
1) Quick-Cure Ad-liquid/FINESTONE CORP.
2) MarvocllARSEN PRODUCTS CORP.
3) Acryl 60/Std. DRYWALL PRODUCTS
3. Acid Etch Solution: Muriatic acid, mixed one part acid to 6 to 10
parts water.
D. Metal Lathing Materials and Accessories:
1. Comply with Metal LathlSteel Framing Association "Specs for Metal
lathing and Furring" and "Technical Bulletin 101" for selection
of metal lath for each application.
2. Comply with lath manufacturer's recommendations.
3. Rib lath, 3/8": 3.4 lbs. per sq. yd., 3/8" rid depth (high rib).
4. Self-furring Diamond Metal lath: 2.5 lbs. per sq. yd.
S. Plastering Accessories:
a. Provide the type, weight, grade and finish of materials and
include for each system the clips, fasteners, ties,
reinforcing, stiffeners, shoes, tracks, hangers, corner
bread, casing beads, base screeds, expansionlcontrol joints,
brackets, anchors, accessories and trim as recommended by
the manufacturer for the application indicated, unless
specified otherwise.
6. Metal and Finishes: Manufacturer's standard steel products
unless indicated as zinc alloy or other metal. Provide
manufacturer's standard galvanized finish on steel products.
7. Include corner beads, casing beads, joints, caps, screeds,
moldings and similar units as indicated.
8. Expansion/Control Joint - USG Control Joint sized for plaster
thickness.
HLM 90007.00-4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
09200-3
SECTION 09200
lATH AND PLASTER
9. Exterior Cootrol Joint: .0501 mlnlmum thick 6063-TS aluminum
with zinc coating; Fry Reglet No. PCS-75-7S (2 pc.) and PCS-7S-
150 (2.pc.).~ See Section 09830 - Elastomeric Coating.
10. Reinforcement for control joints and at expansion joints 4"
galvanized "hardware cloth" or 4" galvanized strip lath.
11. Reveal Joint:
a. Channel screed type, .055 minimum thic;k 6063-TS aluminum
with zinc coating; FRY REGLET No. PCS-7S-7S and PCS-7S-ISO,
PRZ-7S-7S or Architect's approved equivalent. See Section
09900 - PAINTING.
b. Custom Reveal Joint: Channel screed type, .055 minimum
thick 6063-TS aluminum with zinc coating; Fry Reglet or
Architect's approved equivalent. See Section 09830 -
ElASTOMERIC COATING.
E. Metal Supports for Suspended and Furred Ceilings:
1. General: Size metal ceiling supports to comply with the
following, unless otherwise indicated: ANSI A42.3.; ASTM C 847;
and ASTM C 1063.; "Specifications for Metal Lath and Furring".
2. Wire for Hangers and Ties: ASTM A 641, Class 1 zinc coating, soft
temper.
3. Rod Hangers: Mild steel, zinc or cadmium coated.
4. Flat Hangers: Mild steel, zinc coated.
S. Channels: Cold-rolled steel, 0.0598" min. thickness of base metal
allowable bending stress of 18,000 psi, protected with
galvanizing complying with ASTM A 525 for G60 coating
designation, and as follows:
a. Carrying Channels: 1-1/2" deep x 7/16" wide flanges, 475
lbs. per 1000' painted, 508 lbs. per 1000' galvanized.
b. Furring Channels: 3/4" deep x 7/16" wide flanges, 316 lbs.
per 1000' galvanized.
c. Provide galvanized channels for exterior installations.
6. Hanger Anchorage Devices: Screws, cast-in-place concrete inserts
or other devices appropri ate for anchorage to the form of
structural framing indicated and whose suitability for use
intended has been proven through standard construction practices
or certified test data.
7. Size devices to develop full strength of hanger but not less than
3 times calculated hanger loading, except size direct pullout
concrete inserts for 5 x calculated hanger loading.
8. For exterior metal lath and steel frame support system to comply
with ANSI AS8.1, based on wind loadings.
9. Z-Furring Members: Manufacturer's standard screw-type galvanized
steel zee-shaped furring members; ASTM AS2S, G60, 0.0179" min.
thickness of base metal, of depth indicated; designed for
mechanical attachment of rigid insulation boards or blankets to
monolithic and masonry walls.
10. Fasteners for Furri ng Members: Type and size recommended by
furring manufacturer for the substrate and application indicated.
HLM 90007.00-4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
09200-4
SECTION 09200
LATH AND PLASTER
2.2, PLASTER-MIXES
A~ General: Comply with ASTM C 926 for portland cement plaster base and
.~ ffnish coat mixes as applicable to plaster bases, and materials.
B. Acceptable Mix Proportions:
Plaster applied to metal lath:
Portland Cement Lime Sand
Scratch 1 3/4 to 1-1/2 2-1/2 to 4
Brown 1 3/4 to 1-1/2 3 to 5
Finish 1 1-1/2 to 2 3
Plaster applied to concrete and masonry:
Brown 1 3/4 to 1-1/2 3 to 5
Finish 1 1-1/2 to 2 3
Proportions: Parts by Volume. Volume of sand per sum of cementitious
material.
C. Mixing:
1. Basic Requirements:
a. Proportion and measure material for each plaster batch
accurate 1 y, us i ng measuri ng devi ces of known volume as
approved by the Arch i tect. Do not measure by number of
shovels.
b. Size batches for complete use within a maximum of one hour
and to set within a maximum of four hours.
c. Do not retemper or use partially set plaster.
d. Do not use caked or lumpy material and remove such material
from job site immediately.
e. Mix factory-prepared plaster in accordance with manufac-
turer's written instructions for type of surface to which
applied.
f. Use moist, loose sand in mix proportions.
g. Withhold 10% of mixing water until mixing is almost
comp1 ete, then add as needed to produce necessary
consistency.
2. Mechanical Mixing:
a. Mix each batch separately.
b. C1 ean mi xer of set or hardened materi a 1 s before 1 oadi ng
materials for new batch.
HLM 90007.00-4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
09200-5
SECTION 09200 LATH AND PLASTER
c. Maintain mixer in continuous operation while adding and
mixing materials. t
d. Conform to mixing sequence,;iil.cyc1e of oper~tfon and time
recommended by manufacturer of plaster material.
3. Hand Mixing:
a. Do not hand mix unless authorized by Architect.
b. Provide waterproof protection under mixing boxes and water
barrels when mixing in the building.
c. Use only sufficient water to render plaster workable.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine surfaces which are to receive plaster, grounds and other
accessories which act as ground or screeds. Notify the Architect, in
writing, of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion
of the work. Do not proceed with the plaster work until unsatisfactory
conditions have been corrected.
3.2 INSTALLATION OF METAL LATH
A. Basic Requirements:
1. Comply with manufacturer's installation instructions and
recommendations where other more stringent requirements are not
indicated.
2. Comply with Metal LathlSteel Framing Association "Specifications
for Metal Lathing and Furring", and ASTM CI063 "Installation of
Lathing and Furring for Portland Cement-Based Plaster".
B. Isolation:
1. Where lathing and metal support system abuts building structure
horizontally, and where partitionlwa11 work abuts overhead
structure, isolate the work from structural movement sufficiently
to prevent transfer of loading into the work from the building
structure. Install slip or cushion type joints to absorb
deflections but maintain lateral support.
2. Do not extend furring members into concrete and masonry. Hold
ends 1" clear.
3. Frame both sides of control and expansion joints independently,
and do not bridge joints with furring and lathing or accessories.
C. Splicing Members:
1. Splice plastering accessories by use of concealed splines,
anchored to prevent offsets.
D. Installation of Plastering Accessories:
1. Anchor each flange of accessories 8" o.c. to plaster base.
2. Miter or cope accessory corners, and install with tight joints
accurately aligned and sealed.
3. Set accessories plumb, level and true to line, with a tolerance
of 1/8" in 10'-0". Shim as required.
4. Install metal corner beads at external corners.
HLM 90007.00-4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
09200-6
SECTION 09200
LATH AND PLASTER
5.
Install casing beads at terminations of plaster work, except
where plaster is indicated to pass through other work and be
concea 1 ed by 1 app i ng work, and except where spec i a 1 screeds,
bases or frames act as casing beads including metal door frames.
a. For exterior work, set casing beads 1/4" from abuting frames
and other work (for application of sealant).
b. Where plaster abuts concrete, set casing bead 1/4" from
concrete.
Install prefabricated control joints of one-piece design where
shown as "control joint".
Install prefabricated exp,ansion joints of two-piece design where
shown as "expansion joinf".
Coordinate expansion/control joint requirements with masonry unit
substrate - Section 04200 - Unit Masonry.
6.
7.
8.
3.3 PREPARATIONS FOR PLASTERING
A. Clean plaster bases and substrates to be plastered, removing loose
materials, coatings and other substances which might impair the work.
B. App 1 y self - furri ng metal lath on concrete surfaces i nd i cated for
direct plastering. Nail 1'-0" O.c. both directions.
C. Cover chases and similar openings in surfaces to receive plaster with
metal lath strip reinforcing, extending not less than 6" beyond edges
of opening. Securely fasten lath along edges.
D. Install diagonal strips of self-furring metal lath at corners of
openings in plaster, where base is not metal lath or reinforcement and
control or expansion jOints do not extend to corners.
E. Install temporary grounds and screeds as required to control plaster
thickness and comply with tolerances. . Install strip lath at all
locations of control joints and expansion joints.
F. Install plastering accessories, anchored to substrates 8" o.c. along
each flange. Miter corners and spline joints to form tight accurate
joints without offsets.
a. Install casing beads where shown and at openings and exposed
terminations of plaster work.
b. Install control joints. (Comply with ASTM C 926 , ANSI A 42.3 ,
and UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO. "Gypsum Construction Handbook",and
as indicated for location and maximum spacing of control joint
locations.)
c. Expansion Joints - Refer to Section 05810 - Expansion Joint Cover
Assemblies.
G. Surface Conditioning: Immediately before application of plaster which
is to be bonded to concrete or masonry, except where bonding agent is
to be used, dampen the surfaces sufficiently to obtain optimum plaster
suction.
3.4 INSTALLATION OF PLASTER
A. Basic Requirements:
1. Comply with ASTM C-926, and with manufacturer's instructions;
whichever are more detailed or more stringent.
HLM 90007.00-4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
09200-7
SECTION 09200
LATH AND PLASTER
2. Grout ho 11 ow metal frames, bases and s.i mil ap work occurri ng in,.
plastered areas, with base coat, plaster material, and prior to. ,
lathing where necessary. Full grouting is required for fire- ..~.
resistance rating.
3. See Painting Section 09900 for protective paint coating applied
to hollow metal frames prior to grouting.
4. Sequence plaster installation properly with the installation and
protection of other work, so that neither will be damaged by the
installation of the other.
5. Apply thicknesses and number of coats of plaster as indicated,
comply with ANSI standards if not otherwise indicated or required
for fire-resistance ratings.
6. Apply plaster to an entire panel with interruptions occurring
only at junctions of plaster planes or at openings or expansion.
a. Where the distance between such natural interruptions exceed
20' in either direction, plaster application may be
interrupted when the practical application limit is
exceeded. Locate such interruptions not less than 6" away
from interruptions in preceding coat and cut exposed edges
square and straight.
7. Where plaster abuts items of metal or wood which act as plaster
ground, and plaster is not terminated by a casing bead, tool edge
of plaster to produce a small uniform "V" joint. Tool joint
through second (brown coat) and finish coat.
8. Place mixed plaster within a minimum of 2-1/2 hours after mixing,
except during hot, dry weather, reduce maximum placing time as
required to prevent premature st i ffeni ng of p1 aster. Do not
retemper stiffened plaster with additional water.
B. Base Coat Installation:
1. Apply 3-coat plaster over all metal lath, consisting of first
(scratch) basecoat, second (brown) base coat and finish coats as
further specified.
2. Horizontal Applications: Apply first and second base coats 3/8"
thick for a total thickness of 3/4" except as otherwise
indicated.
3. Measure thickness of plaster from back plane of metal reinforce-
ment, except if metal reinforcement is applied over solid base,
measure from face of base.
4. Apply first base coat with sufficient material and pressure to
form full keys through metal reinforcing and to embed
reinforcing. After first coat is firm, scratch (score) in one
direction only, to provide mechanical bond for second coat. On
vertical surfaces, scratch in horizontal direction.
5. Apply second base coat with sufficient material and pressure to
ensure tight contact with first base coat. Bring surface to a
true, even plane by rodding, and float to a uniformly rough
surface. Fill defects and scratches with plaster.
C. Finish Coat Installation:
1. Apply finish plaster to 1/8" nominal thickness including fine and
moderate texture variations. Apply in the number of coats and of
the consistency required to achieve desired texture.
HLM 90007.00-4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
09200-8
SECTION 09200
LATH AND PLASTER
D.
Texture of P"las~r-. Finishes: Except as otherwise indicated, apply
finish ~oat as.~ws:
1. IWterior Porl1and Cement Plaster: Smooth trowel finish.
3.5 MOISTURE RETENTION, CURING
A. Cure portland cement plaster by maintaining each coat in a moist
condition for two days following application; keep enclosed and
fog-spray (after initial set) as required to prevent dry-out.
B. Plaster which is cracked or crazed will not be accepted. Remove and
replace at no additional cost to Owner.
3.6 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Cut, patch, point-up and repair plaster as necessary to accommodate
other work and to eliminate cracks, dents and imperfections. Repair
or replace work to eliminate blisters, buckles, excessive crazing and
check cracking, dry-outs, efflorescence, sweat-outs and similar
defects, including areas of the work which do not comply with
specified tolerances, and where bond to the substrate has failed.
Crazed andlor cracked plaster will not be accepted.
3.7 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Remove temporary protection and enclosure of other work. Promptly
remove plaster from door frames, window and other surfaces which are
not to be plastered. Repair floors, walls and other surfaces which
have been stained, marred or otherwise damaged during the plastering
work. When p 1 asteri ng work is completed, remove unused materi a 1 s,
containers and equipment and clean floors of plaster debris.
B. Protect plaster from deterioration and damage during the remainder of
the construction period.
********************
END OF SECTION 09200
HLM 90007.00-4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
09200-9
SECTION 09250
GYPSUM BOARD
PART 1 -.' GENERAL
1.1" SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Gypsum Board
2. Gypsum backing boards for application of other finishes.
3. Gypsum board finishing (joint tape-and-compound treatment)
1.2 RELATED SECTION
A. Section 09110 - Non-Load Bearing Wall Framing Systems
B. Section 13090 - Radiation Protection
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Where gypsum wallboard systems with fire-
resistance ratings are indicated, provide materials and installations
which are identical with those of applicable assemblies tested per
ASTM E119 by fi re testing 1 aboratories acceptabl e to author it i es
having jurisdiction. Provide single-source responsibility for all
components of the rated wall assembly.
1. Provide fire-resistance rated assemblies identical to those
indicated by reference to GYPSUM ASSOCIATION "Fire Resistance
Design Manual" Twelfth Edition dated August, 1988; or to design
designations in UL "Fire Resistance Directory" dated January
1989, or in 1 isting of other testing agencies acceptable to
authorities having jurisdiction.
a. Comply with UL Fire Resistance Directory and Gypsum
Association Fire Resistance Design Manual, latest editions
for outlet box penetrations in wall or partition rated
assemblies.
B. Gypsum Board Terminology Standard: GA-600-88 by Gypsum Association.
C. Single-Source Responsibil ity: Obtain gypsum board products from a
single manufacturer; or from manufacturers recommended by the prime
manufacturer of gypsum boards.
D. Comply with ASTM C 840-87 "Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board".
E. Be responsible for coordination of electrical boxes, utility and
equipment lines which are concealed including plumbing, electrical,
telephone and security/communications systems.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product specifications and
installation instructions for each gypsum wallboard type and
component, including other data as may be required to show compliance
with these specifications.
B. Submit manufacturer and installer written certification that all
materials, components of the wall system, assemblies and installations
comply with rated testing authority approval; list test number,
rating, and authority.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials in original packages, containers or bundles bearing
brand name and identification of manufacturer or supplier.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
09250-1
SECTION 09250
GYPSUM BOARD
B. Store materials inside under cover and in a manner to keep them dry
protected from weather, direct sunlight, surface contamination,
corros ion and damage from construction traffic and other causes.
Neatly stack gypsum boards flat to prevent sagging.
C. Handle gypsum boards to prevent damage to edges, ends or surfaces.
Protect metal corner beads and trim from being bent or damaged.
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Requirements, General: Comply with requirements of
referenced gypsum board application standards and recommendations of
gypsum board manufacturer, for environmental conditions before, during
and after application of gypsum board.
B. Cold Weather Protection: When ambient outdoor temperatures are below
550F (130C), maintain continuous, uniform, comfortable building
working temperatures of not less than 550F (130C) for a minimum period
of 48 hours prior to, during and following application of gypsum board
and joint treatment materials or bonding adhesives.
C. Ventilation: Ventilate building spaces as required to remove water in
excess of that required for drying of joint treatment material
immediately after its application. Avoid drafts during dry, hot
weather to prevent too rapid drying.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide
products of one of the following:
1. Gypsum Board and Related Products:
a. UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO./UNIMAST, INC.
b. GOLD BOND BUILDING PRODUCTS DIV., NATIONAL GYPSUM CO.
c. DOMTAR GYPSUM
2.2 GYPSUM BOARD
A. Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 36, of types, edge configuration and
thickness indicated below; in maximum lengths available to minimize
end-to-end butt joints.
1. Type: Type X unless indicated otherwise.
2. Edges: Tapered.
3. Thickness: 5/8", unless otherwise indicated.
B. Gypsum Backing Board for Multi-Layer Applications: ASTM C 442 or,
where backing board is not available from manufacturer, gypsum
wallboard, ASTM C 36, of type, edge configuration and thickness
indicated below; in maximum lengths available to minimize end-to-end
joints.
1. Type: Regular, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Type: Type X unless indicated otherwise.
3. Edges: Manufacturer's standard.
4. Thickness: 5/8", unless otherwise indicated.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
09250-2
SECTION 09250
GYPSUM BOARD
C. Water-Resistant Backing Board: ASTM~.630, with tapered edges and type
and thickness indica~ed below; in ~ximum lengths available minimiz~
end-to-end bl1tt joi rrts. . . ,I
1. Type: Type X unless indicated otherwise.
2. Thickness: 5/8", unless otherwise indicated.
2.3 TRIM ACCESSORIES
A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard trim accessories of types
indicated for gypsum wallboard work, formed of galvanized steel unless
otherwise indicated, with either knurled and perforated or expanded
flanges for nailing or stapling, beaded for concealment of flanges in
joint compound. Provide corner beads, L-type edge trim-beads U-type
edge trim-beads, special L-kerf-type edge trim-beads, and one-piece
control joint beads.
1. Semi-Finishing Type: Manufacturer's standard trim units which are
not to be finished with joint compound (non-beaded).
2. Provide control joints above all door jambs of less than ceiling
height, and above and below all borrowed light frames and jambs
(USG #093 or two pieces of USG #401 metal trim, placed back-to-
back).
3. Exterior Trim: Provide zinc-alloy units, except as otherwise
indicated.
2.4 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS
A. General: ASTM C 475; type recommended by the manufacturer for the
application indicated, except as otherwise indicated.
1. Joint Tape: Paper reinforcing tape.
2. Joint Compound: Ready-mixed vinyl-type for interior use.
3. Grade: 2 separate grades; one specifically for bedding tapes and
filling depressions, and one for topping and sanding.
4. Water-Resistant Joint Compound: Special water-resistant type for
treatment of joi nts, fastener heads and cut edges of water-
resistant backing board.
a. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide
Sheetrock Brand W/R Compound; UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO.
2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. General: Provide auxiliary materials for gypsum wallboard work of the
type and grade recommended by the manufacturer of the gypsum board.
B. Gypsum Board Screws: Comply with ASTM C 646.
C. Concealed Acoustical Sealant: Nondrying, non-hardening, non-skinning,
nonstaining, non-bleeding, gunnable sealant for concealed applications
per ASTM C 919.
1. Approved product: USG Acoustical Sealant
D. Exposed Acoustical Sealant: Non-oxidizing, skinnable, paintable,
gunnable sealant for exposed applications per ASTM C 919.
1. Approved product: USG Acoustical Sealant
E. Sound Attenuation Blankets: ASTM C-665-84; semi-rigid mineral fiber
blanket without membrane, Class 25 flame-spread, thicknesses as
indicated.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
09250-3
SECTION 09250
GYPSUM BOARD
H.
I.
Water-Resistant Adhesive: Type I organic adhesive for ceramic tile
complying with ANSI AI36.1.
Thermal Insulation: ASTM C-665-84; semi-rigid mineral fiber blanket
without membrane; Class 25 flame spread, K value of 0.25; designed for
use with Z-furring members, of thickness and width to completely fill
void formed by Z-furring members; density between 4.0 and 6.0 lbs. per
cu. ft. depending on thickness.
Refer to Section 13090 - RADIATION PROTECTION for gypsum board
requirements.
Building paper shall conform to requirements of Federal Specification
UU-B-790, Type I, grade B, style 6, minimum 15 pounds.
F.
OG.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL GYPSUM BOARD INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
A. Gypsum Board Application and Finishing Standards: ASTM C 840 and
GA216. Comply with manufacturer recommendations for installation
1 ocat ions, seal i ng of exposed edges, pa i nt i ng, frami ng, and t i 1 e
adhesive application.
B. Install sound attenuation blankets as indicated, prior to gypsum board
unless readily installed after board has been installed.
C. Locate exposed end-butt joints as far from center of walls and
ceilings as possible, and stagger not less than 1'-0" in alternate
courses of board or as required per rating.
D. Install ceiling boards in the direction and manner which will minimize
the number of end-butt joints, and which will avoid end joints in the
central area of each ceiling. Stagger end joints per rating require-
ments as applicable.
E. Install walllpartition boards vertically to avoid cut end-butt joints
wherever possible.
F. Install exposed gypsum board with face side out. Do not install
imperfect, damaged or damp boards. Butt boards together for a light
contact at edges and ends with not more than 1/16" open space between
boards. Do not force into place.
G. Locate either edge or end joints over supports, except in horizontal
app 1 i cat ions or where i ntermed i ate supports or gypsum board back
blocking is provided behind end joints. Position boards so that like
edges abut, tapered edges against tapered edges and mill-cut or field-
cut ends against mill-cut ends. Do not place tapered edges against cut
edges or ends. Stagger vertical joints over different studs on
opposite sides of partitions.
H. Attach gypsum board to supplementary framing and blocking provided for
additional support at openings and cutouts.
I. Form control joints and expansion joints with space between edges
boards, prepared to receive trim accessories.
J. Cover both faces of steel stud partition framing with gypsum board
concealed spaces (including above ceilings) except in chase walls
which are braced internally.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
09250-4
SECTION 09250
GYPSUM BOARD
1. Except where conceal-ed application is requiredJor sound, fire,
air or smoke ratings, coverage may be accompli~he~ with scraps of
not less than 8 sq. ft. area, and may be 1imit~0 not less than
75% of full coverage.
2. At rated wall locations, cut gypsum panels to fit deck configura-
tion at juncture of wall to deck.
3. At rated wall locations, seal juncture of walls to floor or roof
slab (or deck) with acoustical sealant.
K. Isolate perimeter of non-load-bearing wallboard partitions at
structural abutments. Provide 1/4" to 1/2" space and trim edge with
J-type semi-finishing edge trim. Seal joints with acoustical sealant.
L. Where sound-rated wallboard work is indicated (STC rating), including
double-layer work and work on resilient furring, seal the work at
perimeters, control and expansion joints, openings and penetrations
with a continuous bead of acoustical sealant including a bead at both
faces of partitions. Comply with ASTM C 919 and manufacturer's
instructions for location of beads, and close off sound-flanking paths
around or through the work, including sealing of partitions above
acoustical ceilings.
1. For double-layer partition systems, work above acoustical
ceilings may be installed with base.
M. Space fasteners in gypsum boards in accordance with referenced
standards and manufacturer's instructions.
3.3 METHODS OF GYPSUM WALLBOARD APPLICATION
A. Single-Layer Application: Install gypsum wallboard.
1. On ceilings apply gypsum board prior to wall/partition board
application to the greatest extent possible.
2. On partition walls apply gypsum board vertically to minimize
end-butt joints and provide sheet lengths which will minimize end
joints.
B. Wall Tile Base: Where wallboard is base for thin-set ceramic tile and
similar rigid applied wall finishes, install gypsum backing board.
1. At showers, tubs and similar "wet" areas, install water-resistant
backing board. Apply with un-cut long edge at bottom of work, and
space 1/4" above fixture lips. Seal ends, cut-edges and penetra-
tions of each piece with water-resistant adhesive or, where
recommended by backing board manufacturer, with water-resistant
joint compound.
C. Acoustical Tile Base: Where wallboard is base for adhesively-applied
acoustical tile, install gypsum backing board.
1. Provide either V-joint type backing board or tape-and-compound
treatment of joints (2 coats unsanded).
D. Single-Layer Fastening methods: Apply gypsum boards as follows:
1. Fasten with screws.
E. Double-Layer Fastening Method: Apply base layer of gypsum board and
face layer to base layer as follows:
1. Fasten both base layers and face layers separately to supports
with screws.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
09250-5
SECTION 09250
GYPSUM BOARD
~.3.4, INSTALLATION OF WALLBOARD TRIM ACCESSORIES
t A,' Genera 1: where feas i b 1 e, ", use the same fasteners to anchor tri m
. .,- accessory flanges as required to fasten gypsum board to the supports.
Otherwise, fasten flanges by nailing or stapling in accordance with
manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.
B. Install galvanized metal corner beads at external corner of wallboard
work.
C. Install galvanized metal edge trim where edge of gypsum board would
otherwise be exposed or semi-exposed. Provide type with face flange to
receive joint compound except where semi-finishing type is indicated.
Install L-type trim where work is tightly abutted to other work, and
install special kerf-type where other work is kerfed to receive long
leg of L-type trim. Install U-type trim where edge is "exposed,
revealed, gasketed, or sealant-filled (including expansion joints).
D. Install galvanized metal control joint (beaded-type). Comply with ASTM
C 840 and GA 216 requirements, and as approved by Architect for visual
effect.
3.5 FINISHING OF WALLBOARD
A. General: Apply treatment at gypsum board joints (both directions),
flanges of trim accessories, penetrations, ,fastener heads, surface
defects and el sewhere as requi red to prepare work for decoration.
Pre-fill open joints and rounded or beveled edges, if any, using type
of compound recommended by manufacturer.
1. Apply joint tape at joints between gypsum boards, except where
trim accessories are indicated.
2. Apply joint compound in 3 coats (not including pre-fill of
openings in base), and sand between last 2 coats and after last
coat.
B. Base for Acoustical Tile: where gypsum board is indicated as a base
for adhesively-applied acoustical tile, install tape ;and 2-coat
compound treatment, without sanding.
C. Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Board Base for Ceramic Tile: Comply
with recommendations of gypsum backing board manufacturer for
treatment of joints behind ceramic tile.
D. Water~Resistant Gypsum Board Base for Ceramic Tile: Treat joints and
fasteners to comply with directions of water-resistant joint compound
manufacturer.
1. In areas to be tiled, treat fastener heads with water resistant
joint compound. Fill tapered edges in gypsum panels with water-
resistant joint compound, embed joint tape firmly and wire off
excess compound; follow immediately with a second coat of water-
resistant joint compound over taping coat, being careful not to
crown the joint. Fold and embed tape in all interior angles to
form true angles.
2. In areas not to be tiled, treat fastener heads and embed tape as
indicated above using water-resistant joint compound but finish
wi th 2 coats of joi nt compound used for regul ar gypsum board
finish work.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
09250-6
SECTION 09250
GYPSUM BOARD
3. Raw, cut edges, joints and fastener,..heads shall be coated with
joint compound to protect the gypsum cor~ from moisture
penetration. ", . ·
E. Regular Gypsum Board Base for Ceramic Tile: In areas to be tiled using
organic adhesive, tape joints and apply 4" wide coat of joint
compound.
F. Partial Finishing: Omit third coat (if specified) and sanding on
concealed wallboard work which is indicated for wallboard finishing
which requires finishing to achieve fire-resistance rating, sou n d
rating or to act as air or smoke barrier.
1. Refer to sections on painting, coatings and wall-coverings in
Division 9 for decorative finishes to be applied to wallboard
work.
2. Rated partitions shall have gypsum wallboard joints above
ceilings finished with two coats of joint compound over joint
tape on both sides of the partition.
3.6 PROTECTION OF WORK
A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner suitable
to Installer, which ensures gypsum wallboard work being without damage
or deterioration at time of substantial completion.
********************
END OF SECTION 09250
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
09250-7
SECTION 09300
TILE
PART 1 - GENERAL
,
"'.
1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION .~ ~
A. Ceramic tile
B. Tile setting bed
C. Grouting of tile
D. Accessories required to complete installation of above.
E. Work includes, but is not limited to, floors, base and walls.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit data relative to ceramic tile promptly to insure no delay in
selection of tile color.
B. Submit to Architect, before delivery of materials of this Section, a
complete list of all materials proposed to be furnished and installed
under this portion of work, stating manufacturer's name, sizes and
types of t i 1 e and thei r 1 ocat ions, manufacturers of t i 1 e setting
materials including written confirmation of conformance to standards.
C. Accompany materials list with two copies of manufacturer's current
recommended method of installation for each item. These recommenda-
tions, after review by Architect, shall form basis for acceptance or
rejection of installed work.
D. Submit 12" x 12" panel of each type, color and size tile with grout
and sealant in color as selected by Architect.
E. Shop drawings showing locations of expansion joints and expansion
joi nt details.
F. Submit manufacturer recommended cleaning procedures and recommended
cleaning materials for each type of tile.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Codes and Standards:
1. Comply with recommendations of "Handbook for Ceramic Tile
Install ation" publ i shed by TILE COUNCIL OF AMERICA.
2. Comply with ANSI and ASTM Standards listed within this Section.
B. Source of materials: Provide materials obtained from one source for
each type and color of tile, grout, underlayment, waterproofing, and
setting materials.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Ceramic Tile:
1. Shall meet requirements of TCA 137.1 and requirements of this
Section.
2. Ceramic tile shall be face mounted or back mounted, at
Contractor's option. If back mounted it shall meet following
requirements.
a. Mounting shall allow at least 66% of tile back to be free
for contact and bonding to setting material.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
09300-1
SECTION 09300
TILE
- b. Mounting shall be placed to allow at least 50% of any given
40int between tile to be free for mechanical bonding setting
material.
c. Mounting shall not exceed 0.010" thick.
3. Ceramic tile shall be unglazed porcelain ceramic mozaics.
a. 2" x 2" x 1/4"
b. Trim Shapes: As required to provide a complete installation.
Bull-nosed exterior corners, coved base units (with
bull-nose cap where no wall tile occurs).
4. Color of ceramic tiles to be as selected by Architect.
5. Manufacturers, if in compliance with above:
a. American Olean
1. For floor application the field tiles will be "Ceramic
Classics" with accents of bands of "Ceramic Mosaics".
2. For wall application the field tiles will be "Ceramic
Mosaics" with accent bands of "Ceramic Classics".
b. Dal-Tile - Keystone Series
1. For floor application the field tiles will be from
price group 4 with accent bands from price group 5.
2. For wall app1icatfon the field tiles will be from price
group 4 with accent bands from price groupt 5.
c. Monarch
1. For floor appl ication the field tiles will be from
price group 4 with accent bands from price group 5.
2. For wall application the field tile will be from price
group 4 with accent bands from price group 5.
B. Setting Materials:
1. Portland cement shall meet requirements of ASTM C-150, Type 1.
2. Sand shall meet requirements of ASTM C-144.
3. Port 1 and cement mortar (full mortar bed method) shall be a
mixture of portland cement and sand in proportion 1:6 on floors
and a portland cement, sand and hydrated lime in a proportion
1:5:1/2 to 1:7:1 for walls; shall conform to ANSI AI08.1.
4. Latex-portland cement mortar (thin-bed method) shall be a mix of
portland cement and sand with latex additives; shall conform to
ANSI A118.4.
5. Organic adhesive (thin-bed method) shall conform to ANSI Al36.and
bear Hallmark conforming to CS18l.
a. For walls in non-shower areas, Type II.
6. Latex admixture: (For scratch coats).
a. Provide LATICRETE CO. #3701 latex admixture.
b. For walls in shower area with waterproof joints, (epoxy,
latex, rubber grout), Type II.
c. For walls in shower area with water permeable joints
(Dry-cure, portland cement), Type I.
d. Manufacturers:
1) L & M - SURCO MANUFACTURING, INC.
2) MACCO CHEMICAL DIVISION, THE GLIDDEN CO.
3) MINNESOTA MINING AND MANUFACTURING CO.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
09300-2
SECTION 09300 TILE
4) PECORA CHEMICAL CORP.
5) LATICRETE INTERNATIONAL, INC.
8. Grouting materials shall be "Hydroment" as ma,nufactured by BOSTIK
PRODUCTS/UPCO CHEMICAL CO., LATICRETE ; USM CORP. or Architect
approved equivalent.
9. Sealants:
a. Control joints in floors and walls: use one-part fungicidal
silicone rubber to match grout, DOW CORNING 786, meeting
Federal Specification TT-S-001543, Class A .
b. Joint between ceramic tile and shower receptor: use one-part
fungicidal silicone rubber to match grout, DOW CORNING 786
meeting Federal Specification TT-S-001543, Class A or B. .
10. Waterproof membrane shall be Latricrete System, liquid-applied
glass fabric reinforced, #9235.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Tile Installation-General:
1. Provide installation of ceramic tile in accordance with Tile
Council of America's "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation"
recommendations.
2. Fit tile carefully against trim and around pipes, electrical
boxes and other built-in fixtures so that escutcheons, plates and
collars will completely overlap cut edges.
3. Smooth exposed edges and clean tile before installation.
4. Install ceramic tile with nominal 1/16" joints and quarry tile
with nominal 1/4" to 3/8" joints.
5. Joint designs shall be symmetrical within room or area; border
tile shall be not less than 1/2 normal width. Floor tile shall
set in straight line design, with wall jOints in alignment with
floor tile.
6. At junction of base tile and wall tile, at projections through
tile and at junct ions of tile to shower receptors, uri na 1 s,
corner guards and similar equipment, leave joint ungrouted for
sealant.
7. When using glazed tile sheets, minimize tearing sheets apart by
drilling pipe holes as much as possible.
B. Tile Installation - Specific:
1. Interior Floors (Mud Set) Tile Council F 112:
a. Mortar Bed: 1 part portland cement, 6 parts damp sand by
volume.
b. Bond Coat: Latex Portland Cement Mortar on cured mortar
bed.
c. Grout: Hydroment
d. Installation: ANSI AI08.1.
2. Interior Walls (Thin Set) Tile Council W223:
a. Adhesive: Latex-portland cement mortar.
b. Grout: Hydroment.
c. Installation: ANSI A 108.4.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
09300-3
SECTION 09300
TILE
3. Shower Receptors and WaJJs: Tile Council B415 and B416.
a. Unglazed M6saic Floor Tile:
1) Reinfo~d M~tar Bed: 1 part portland cement 4 parts
damp sand by volume (Use waterproof cement or water-
proofing admixture).
2) Reinforcing: 2" x 2" x 16/16 wire mesh.
3) Bond Coat: Latex Portland Cement Mortar
4) Grout: Commercial portland cement grout.
5) Waterproof membrane.
6) Installation: ANSI AI08.1.
b. Wall Tile:
1) Scratch Coat: 1 part portland cement, to 3 parts dry
sand, gauged with latex admixture.
2) Mortar Bed: Same as scratch coat.
3) Bond Coat: Portland Cement and latex paste.
4) Metal Lath: Galvanized expanded metal lath 3.4 pound
per square yard.
5) Installation: ANSI AI08.1.
4. Marble Thresholds and Stools: Clean surfaces wet down and
sprinkle with dry Portland cement prior to placing of mortar
beds. Sprinkle mortar beds with dry Portland Cement and wet down
lightly prior to bedding of marble. Tamp each piece of marble to
insure solid and level bearing.
5. Cutting and Patching: Cut and patch to accommodate work of other
trades. Replace damaged tile.
6. Expansion Joints: Tile Council Method EJ 411 for areas over 12'-0
in length in one direction.
C. Base Installation:
1. Over concrete and masonry, install base using dry-set portland
cement mortar in accord with ANSI AI08.5. Grout using same grout
specified for rel~ted tile floor.
3 . 3 C LEAN I NG
A. Clean tile surfaces upon completion of grouting, per tile manufacturer
printed instructions using cleaning agents and procedures recommended
by the manufacturers of tile and grout.
B. Remove all grout haze, observing tile manufacturer's recommendations
as to use of acid and chemical cleaners. (Do not use muriatic acid on
tilework).
C. Rinse tile work thoroughly with clean water before and after using
chemical cleaners.
3.4 PROTECTION FROM CONSTRUCTION DIRT
A. When recommended by manufacturer, apply to all clean, completed tile
walls and floors a protective coat of neutral cleaner solution, one
part cleaner to one part water; cleaner and process as recommended by
the manufacturer of tile and grout.
B. In addition, cover all tile floors with heavy duty non-staining
construction paper, masked in place.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
09300-4
SECTION 09300
TILE
C. Just before final acceptance of tile work, remove paper and rinse
protective coat of neutral cleaner from all tile surfaces.
-
3.5 PROTECTION FROM TRAFFIC
A. Prohibit all foot and wheel traffic from using newly tiled floors for
at least three days, preferably seven days after grouting is
completed.
B. Place large, flat boards in walkways and wheel ways for seven days,
where use of newly tiled floor is unavoidable.
C. Finished tile work: Leave finished installation clean and free of
cracked, chipped, broken, unbonded" or otherwise defective tile work
********************
END OF SECTION 09300
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
09300-5
SECTION 09510
ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS
.PART 1 - GENERAL
, :
~ SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Mineral fiber ceiling with revealed edge with suspension system
and related items.
2. Acoustical ceiling tile adhered to substrate.
1.2 RELATED SECTION
A. Section 07215 - SPRAYED INSULATION for spray applied acoustical
treatment.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings:
1. Submit Shop Drawi ngs wi th compl ete ceil i ng 1 ayouts i ndi cat ing
tee-bar location, location of main runners, struts, cross
runners, and wall trims.
2. Submit details of main runner splice, cross runner intersections
and all other pertinent items.
3. Submit product data for all components and accessories of this
section.
4. When ceiling tile color is other than white, submit a complete
list of manufacturer's standard colors.
B. Samples:
1. Submit samples of acoustical units and suspension system
components.
C. Certification: Provide manufacturers written certification that the
ceiling system is in compliance with the requirements of this section.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Firm with not less than 3 years of
successful experience in installation of acoustical ceilings similar
to requirements for this project and which is acceptable to
manufacturer of acoustical units as shown by current written statement
from manufacturer.
B. Fire Performance Characteristics: Provide acoustical ceiling
components that are identical to those tested for the following fire
performance characteristics, according to ASTM test method indicated,
by UL or other testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities
having jurisdiction. Identify acoustical ceiling components with
appropriate marking of applicable testing and inspecting agency.
C. Surface Burning Characteristics: tested per ASTM E84; Flame Spread:
25 or less.
D. Fire Resistance Ratings: As indicated by reference to design
designation in UL "Fire Resistance Directory", January 1989, or "FM
Approval Guide" latest edition, for floor, roof or beam assemblies in
whi ch acoust i ca 1 ceil i ngs funct i on as a fi re protective membrane;
tested per ASTM C 119. Provide protection materials for lighting
fixtures and air ducts to comply with requirements indicated for rated
assembly.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
09510-1
SECTION 09510
ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS
E. Coordination of Work: Coordinate layout ."and installation of
acoustical ceiling units and suspension sys~m components with other
work supported by or penetrating-through .ctH1ngs, including light
fixtures HVAC equipment, fire-suppression system components (if any),
and partition system (if any).
1.5 EXTRA STOCK
A. Provide a total of 2% of acoustical units for Owner's future use.
Securely wrap and identify all extra material. Store where directed
by the Owner.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Exposed Suspension System:
1. Channels: cold-rolled steel, painted, 1-1/2" deep weighing 475
pounds per 1000 lineal feet.
2. Suspension wire: 12 gage, galvanized annealed steel conforming
to Federal Specification QQ-W-461, Class 1.
3. Exposed grid suspension system: steel factory finished in flat
white baked enamel. Main runner couplings and cross tee
intersect ions mechan i call y locked together to form permanent
joint with bottom face of meeting members on a common plane.
4. System: sized and supported to limit installed deflection of
ceil ing system to 1/360 of span, including loads imposed by
system and by mechanical and electrical devices supported by the
system.
5. Pattern: as shown on drawings using main tee with 15/16" exposed
flange; cross tee holes at 6" on center, with hanger holes at 2"
on center; cross tee with 15/16" exposed flange; wall molding
angle with 1" exposed face.
6. Provide system such that ceiling panels may be removed and
replaced without damage; main runners and cross runners may be
removed and replaced without deformi ng runners or d i sturbi ng
remainder of system.
7. Provide materials of manufacturers as follows:
a. CHICAGO METALLIC CORP. 1800 System
b. DONN PRODUCTS INC. DX System
c. Architect approved equivalent.
B. Acoustical Panel
1. Tile felted mineral fiber tiles 24" x 24" x 3/4" thick. Edge
detail angled tegular lay-in, ribbed four sides allowing face of
tile to extend downward 7/32" below suspension grid surface.
2. Tile shall conform to requirements of ASTM E-84-77a.
3. Furnish - factory applied white latex paint.
4. If in compliance with above provide the materials for the
following approved manufacturers.
a. ARMSTRONG: Cirrus Travertone, #584
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
09510-2
SECTION 09510
-
i
. .
ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS
c.
b. USG: Ec1ipes 590
c. Architect approved equivalent.
Acoustical File, Acoustical Ceiling Tile Adhered to Substrate
1. Basic Requirements
a. Provide manufacturer's standard tile units prepared for the
mounting system indicated, and of the type recommended by
the manufacturer for the application indicated.
b. Provide units with manufacturer's washable finish.
2. Product/Manufacturer:
a. ARMSTRONG
3. Design: Concealed Cirrus Tile
4. Size: 12" x 12" x 3/4"
5. Edge: Beveled
6. Light Reflectance: LR-l (over 75%)
7. NRc: .50 - .60
8. STC: 40-44
9. Color: White
10. If in compliance with the above, provide materials for the
following manufacturers:
a. ARMSTRONG Concealed Cirrus Tile; 580
b. USG Concealed Eclipes Tile
Sprayed Acoustical Treatment
1. Refer to Section 07215 - SPRAYED INSULATION.
Provide miscellaneous related items including wall trim, hold down
clips, spring spacers, adhesives and other accessory items necessary
to completion of ceiling system.
D.
E.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install acoustical treatment materials in strict accordance with
original design, pertinent codes and regulations, reviewed shop
drawi ngs, and manufacturer's recommendat ions, anchori ng components
firmly place.
B. Place no acoustical materials until building is enclosed and dry and
ambient temperature is maintained at 650F or higher.
C. Suspension System:
1. Wi re tie anchorage to structure above at Contractor's option
using one of following cast-in-place systems.
a. "Gripstay" HOHMANN & BARNARD
b. "Tie-to-insert" TIE-TO INSERT CO., Milwaukee, Wis.
c. Approved galvanized nailed insert-type hanger device not in
conflict with structural reinforcing.
2. Space suspension wires not over 4' -0" on center along main
runners and within 6" of ends of runners.
3. Place main runners for exposed systems at 4'-0" centers. Cross
tees mechanically locked to main runners to form 24" x 24"
openings to receive panels selected.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
HLM 90007.00-2
09510-3
SECTION 09510 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS
4. Provide systems with, additional suspension wires as necessary to
limit ceiling deflection to 1/360 of span under actual dead load
conditions, ine1udin~ loads imposed by system and mechanic~l and
electrical devices supported by the system.
5. "Pop" rivets and visible fasteners are not acceptable.
3.2 CLEANING
A. After installation is complete, clean suspension system and acoustical
units where soiled.
B. Replace with new materials, at no additional cost to Owner, defective,
soiled or improperly installed components which cannot be
satisfactorily corrected.
********************
END OF SECTION 09510
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
09510-4
SECTION 09650
RESILIENT FLOORING
PART 1 - GENERAL '''''
1 .1 SUMMARY'~ ~
A. Section Includes:
1. Vinyl composition tile
2. Vi nyl base
3. Rubber tile
4. Adhesives and miscellaneous materials required for installation.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Samp1 es:
1. Provide color/pattern samples of manufacturer's standard colors
for each material specified for color/pattern selection by
Architect.
2. Provide samples of materials to be installed only if specifically
requested by the Architect.
B. Materials List:
1. Provide full descriptive literature of materials to be installed
showing conformance with the requirements of this Section.
C. Maintenance Data and Instructions: Upon completion and prior to
acceptance of the work, furnish two copies of a list of recommended
maintenance methods and procedures for each material furnished.
D. Certification for Fire Test Performance: Submit certification from an
independent testing laboratory acceptable to Authorities having
Jurisdiction, that resilient flooring complies with fire test
performance requirements.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer: Provide each type of resilient flooring and accessories
as produced by a single manufacturer, including recommended primers,
adhesives, sealants and leveling compounds.
B. Fire Test Performance: Provide resilient flooring which complies with
the fo 11 owi ng fi re test performance cri teri a as determi ned by an
independent testing laboratory acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction.
1. Critical Radiant Flux (CRF): Not less than the following rating
per ASTM E648.
a. 0.45 watts per sq. em.
b. 0.22 watts per sq. cm.
2. Flame Spread: Not more than 75 per ASTM E84.
3. Smoke Developed: Not more than 450 per ASTM E 84.
C. Installer's Qualifications: Engage Installer who is certified in
wri t i ng by res il i ent fl oori ng manufacturer as qual i fi ed for
installation of sheet vinyl employing heat welded seams.
1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Maintain minimum temperature of 650F in spaces to receive resilient
flooring for at least 48 hours prior to installation, during
installation, and for not less than 48 hours after installation.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
09650-1
SECTION 09650
RESILIENT FLOORING
Store resilient flooring materials in spaces where they Will be
installed for at least 48 hours before beginning instalta~ion.
Subsequently, maintain minimum temperature of 5~oF in areas where work
is completed.
B. Install resilient flooring and accessories after other finishing
operations, including painting, have been completed. Do not install
res il i ent f1 oori ng over concrete slabs unt il the 1 at ter have been
cured and are sufficiently dry to achieve bond with adhesive as
determined by resilient flooring manufacturer's recommended bond and
moisture test.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Vinyl Composition Tile:
1. Vinyl composition tile: 1/8" gage, 12" x 12" with uniform
dispersement of color and texture throughout the thickness of the
tile.
2. Vi nyl compos it ion tile shall conform to the requi rements of
Federal Specification SS-T-312B, Type IV, (composition 1,
asbestos free.)
3. Acceptable manufacturers:
a. ARMSTRONG
b. TARKET
c. AMTICO
B. Rubber Tile:
1. Rubber tile: 1/8" gage pastille (low profile stud pattern) design
with total thickness at stud 3/16". Tile size may vary from 24"
x 24" to 1 meter square (39.37" ) . There shall be un iform
dispersement of color and texture throughout the thickness of the
tile.
2. Rubber flooring tile shall have a flame spread rating of 25 or
less per ASTM E-84.
3. Rubber tile: installed with tight joints and with an appropriate
epoxy adhesive.
4. Acceptable manufacturers:
a. Endura: Beachstone
b. Armstrong: Crowne Disc
c. Tarket Rubber Tile Coordinates
C. Vinyl Base:
1. Vinyl base: 4" high, 1/8" thick base meeting requirements of
Federal Specification SS-W-40, Type II, style B, coved.
2. Provide base material in lengths of not less than 48".
3. Provide molded internal corners and end pieces. External corners
may be field formed or molded.
4. Acceptable manufacturers:
a. ARMSTRONG
b. TARKET
c. MERCER
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
09650-2
SECTION 09650
RESILIENT FLOORING
. D. Ii 1 e Reducer Stri ps:
1. Tile reducer strips: vinyl, 1/8" thick with beveled edge.
2. Acceptable manufacturers:
a. JOHNSON RUBBER CO.
b. MERCER PLASTICS CO.
E. Carpet Reducer Strips:
1. Carpet reducer strips: thickness required at termination of
carpet.
2. Acceptable manufacturers:
a. JOHNSON RUBBER CO.
b. MERCER PLASTICS CO.
F. Adhesive:
1. Adhesives and other application materials: as recommended by the
material manufacturer.
2. Primer: as recommended by manufacturer, thi nned to the
consistency of heavy paint.
G. Leveling Compound:
1. Level ing compound for thickness 1/16" to 1/4" shall be TAMMS
"Floorstone/Las-Tex" or Architect approved equivalent.
2. For thickness over 1/4", provide latex leveling compound TAMMS
"Floorstone" or Architect approved equtvalent.
2.2 COLORS
A. Colors of required materials: as selected by Architect and listed in
finish schedule.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 DELIVERY AND STORAGE
A. Deliver materials to the project site in original unopened containers
with the manufacturer's brand and name clearly marked. Tile and base
of each color in anyone area or room shall be from the same lot.
B. Take precautions to prevent damage and freezing during del ivery,
handling and storage.
C. Store material s at the job site for at 1 east 24 hours pri or to
installation.
D. From at least 24 hours before installation of material until at least
48 hours after installation, the temperature shall be not less than
70.F. nor more than 90oF. Maintain a minimum temperature of 550F.
after flooring is installed.
3.2 SUBSURFACE
A. Subsurfaces shall meet requirements established by flooring
manufacturer.
B. Concrete slabs: cured a mi n i mum of four weeks pri or to f1 oori ng
installation.
1. Test concrete surfaces for moisture by applying adhesive "spots"
to several areas of clean floor. After overnight set adhesive
should be tightly bonded to floor. Apply no tile if adhesive can
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
09650-3
SECTION 09650
RESILIENT FLOORING
be peeled from floor. Repeat test at intervals until bond is .4O
obtained from spot tests.
2. Concrete surfaces are specified to be left, by Section 03300, ~~'
level to within 1/4" in 10'-0". Provide additional leveling to
local areas when level differential is excessive.
3. Prime concrete surfaces in accordance with tile manufacturer's
recommendations.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. General:
1. Areas in which resilient flooring is being placed shall be close
to traffic and other work until flooring is firmly set.
2. Provide positive ventilation to assure one air change each four
to eight minute period.
3. Adhes i ve app 1 i cat i on shall follow manufacturer's recommend at ions.
If adhes i ve fil ms or dri es before fl oori ng is app 1 i ed, the
adhesive shall be removed and the area recoated with adhesive.
4. Provide reducing strips where resilient flooring terminates
adjacent to concrete flooring or dissimilar flooring materials at
lower finish elevations. Where dissimilar materials occur at
doorways, termination shall occur at door centerline.
B. Installation - Tile:
1. Tile design: symmetrical within each given area with edge tiles
not less than 1/2 tile in width.
2. Veining of tile: in one single direction.
C. Installation - Wall Base:
1. Secure base to wall with manufacturer's recommended base
adhesive.
2. Joi nts between sect i ons shall be tight and the top and bottom
edges of the material in firm contact with the walls and floors.
3. Provide base on all casework base units and storage units.
D. Installation - Reducer Strips:
1. Apply adhesives and bond securely to substrates in straight true
lines.
2. Provide where floor covering terminates exposing the edge of the
covering or transition from thicker to thinner material.
3. Center reducer under door, where floor covering terminates at a
door opening.
4. Fit end edges to door frames and abutting surfaces and other
edges to adjoining materials.
3.4 CLEANING AND MAINTENANCE
A. General:
1. Remove spots and smears of adhes i ve from res il i ent fl oori ng
materials immediately from exposed surfaces.
2. No sooner than five days after resilient flooring is installed,
sweep floors and clean with a neutral cleaner recommended by the
resilient flooring manufacturer to remove excess cement,
discolorations and shoe marks.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
09650-4
SECTION 09650
RESILIENT FLOORING
3.
Immediately before final inspection, buff resilient flooring to
an even 1 uster wi.tlt....an e 1 ectri c pol ish i ng mach i ne accord i ng to
resi1ientWflooring manufacturer's recommendations.
3.5 PROTECTION
A. Minimize traffic in finished areas. Where traffic must be allowed,
cover resilient flooring with clean, heavy-duty building paper,
fiberboard or plywood that will not mar flooring.
3.6 REPLACEMENT MATERIALS
A. Provide replacement material to the Owner equal to 2% of resilient
flooring materials used, but not less than:
1. 100 floor tiles of each type, pattern and color.
2. 100 square feet of sheet fl oori ng of each type, pattern and
color.
B. Replacement materials shall be boxed and labeled by color,
manufacturer, pattern, code number and date of installation.
C. Deliver replacement materials to location directed by the Owner.
********************
END OF SECTION 09650
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
09650-5
SECTION 09680
CARPET
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Direct Glue-Down Carpet
a. Miscellaneous related items necessary for the completion of
the above
1.2 RELATED SECTION
A. For carpet on access f1 oori ng, refer to Section 10270 - ACCESS
FLOORING.
1. 3 SUBMITTALS
A. Samples:
1. Submit for architect's review, one sample, 36"x36", of each type
of carpet indicated on schedules.
2. Following selection by Architect, submit one 36" by 36" sample of
carpet for testing and record purposes. Tests may be performed on
samples or on carpet submitted for installation to establish
compliance with this section.
B. Certification:
1. Submit with samples, certificate from manufacturer stating
compliance of carpet, ~ad and adhesive with the material require-
ments of this Section and that carpet and pad meets or exceeds
the requirements of ASTM E-84 with flame spread of 25 or less and
smoke developed of 100 or less as tested by a recognized testing
laboratory.
2. Submit certification from manufacturer that carpet shall develop
no more than 3.0 kv static electricity at standard conditions of
20% relative humidity and 70oF.
3. Carpet in corridors and exit ways shall be rated Class I in
accordance with the Flooring Radiant Panel Test and exhibit a
critical Radiant Flux minimum of 0.45 watts per square
centimeter.
C. Shop Drawings:
1. Submit with carpet samples and certification, seam layout
indicating location of seams, edge conditions and joining and
abutting adjacent materials for Architect's review.
D. Manufacturer's Instructions:
1. Manufacturer shall submit two copies of written maintenance and
cleaning instructions for materials supplied.
2. Provide signed receipt that manufacturer has instructed Owner's
Representative the proper care and maintenance of carpeting.
1.4 EXTRA STOCK
A. Provide remnants, in full roll widths, of carpet types installed for
Owner's use for replacement carpet. Deliver to the Owner, properly
tagged and classified, to the storage area designated by Owner.
B. If remnants do not total 25 square yards of each carpet type and
color, provide the quantity necessary to provide that amount.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
09680-1
.,' "..
"--~
SECTION 09680
CARPET
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Carpet:
1. Carpet shall be direct glue down type.
2. Requirements for type A carpet are as follows:
a. Construction: Textured Loop Graphics
b. Pile Yarn: Fiber BASF ZX Zeftron 500 ZX Solution Dyed BCF
Nylon.
c. Gauge: 1/10 inch
d. Pile Height: 156 inches
e. Backing Finish: Woven polypropylene with action b~c unitary
as secondary backing.
f. Total Weight, ounces per square yard: 30
3. If in compliance with the above, provide the materials of the
following manufacturers:
a. Design Weave; Tapestry
B. Adhesive:
1. Adhesive shall be type recommended by carpet manufacturer.
Adhesive shall be non-combustible, non-toxic and odor-free after
curing.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. General:
1. Concrete slabs over which carpet is to be installed shall be
cured a minimum of four weeks prior to installation.
2. Ambient temperature shall be maintained at 70.F minimum for 48
hours prior to, during and after installation. Material shall be
conditioned at application temperature and humidity for at least
24 hours prior to installation.
3. Inspect each piece of carpet before installation and do not
instal' material which is imperfect in any way.
4. Carpet shall be installed with its length parallel to the length
of the room, unless indicated otherwise by Architect.
B. Seams:
1. Make seams as inconspicuous as possible, flat, unpuckered,
completely free from adhesive on the exposed surface and located
only where shown on the reviewed Shop Drawings.
C. Installation:
1. Install carpet in stri ct accordance with manufacturer's
recommended methods of installation.
2. Where carpet terminates at doorways, terminate at midpoint of
doors.
D. Clean-up:
1. Thoroughly clean and vacuum carpeted areas, leaving all such
areas in a clean and usable condition.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
09680-2
SECTION 09680 CARPET
2. Protect carpet against farther construction activities with
heavy-duty bui~ding p~~r which will ~~t damage carpet.
********************
END OF SECTION 09680
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
09680-3
SECTION 09700
SPECIAL FLOORING
~
,4O
. :
:e.",,/
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Seamless floor system.
a. Surface Preparation
b. Provide primers, sealers and related accessories necessary
to complete work for a slip-resistant seamless floor finish.
2. Integra 1 Base
1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ACI 308 - Standard Practice for Curing Concrete
B. ACI 302.1R-80 - Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction
C. United States Department for Agriculture (USDA) acceptance.
D. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM):
1. ASTM c-267 - Mortars, Grouts and Monolithic Surfacings.
2. ASTM C-501
3. ASTM C-531 - Test Method for Linear Shrinkage and Coefficient of
Thermal Expansion of Chemicals - Resistant Mortars, Grouts, and
Monolithic Surfacings.
4. ASTM C-579 - Test Methods for Compressive Strength of Chemica1-
Resistant Mortars, Grouts, and Monolithic Surfacing.
5. ASTM C-580 - Test Method for Flexural Strength and Modulus of
Elasticity of Chemical-Resistant Mortars, Grouts, and Monolithic
Surfacings.
1. 3 SUBM ITT ALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical data, installation
instructions, and general recommendations for monolithic flooring
material required. Include certification indicating compliance of
materials with requirements of use intended.
B. Samples: Submit for verification purposes 12" x 12" square sample of
the monolithic flooring required, applied to a rigid backing.
1. For initial selection of colors and finishes, submit manufac-
turer's color charts showing full range of colors, textures, and
finishes available.
1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Conditions: Comply with monolithic flooring manu-
facturer's directions for maintenance of substrate temperatures,
ventilation and other conditions required to execute and protect work.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installed Qualifications: Engage an installer who has successfully
comp 1 eted with in the 1 ast three years at 1 east three mono 1 i th i c
flooring applications similar in type and size to that of this project
and who will assign mechanics from these earlier applications to this
project.
B. Single Source Responsibility: Obtain primary monolithic flooring
materials including primers, finish or sealing coats from a single
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
09700-1
SECTION 09700
SPECIAL FLOORING
~
man~facturer with not less than three years of successful experience
4n supplying principal materials for work of type described in this
section. Provide secondary materials only of type and from source
recommended by manufacturer of primary materials.
C. Mock-up: Apply minimum 50 sq. ft. of flooring in location designated
by Architect. Sample floor, when reviewed, is to be the standard of
work for this Section. If installation is rejected, remove completely
and re-app1y new material.
D. The finished flooring system shall be uniform in color, texture and
appearance. All edges that terminate at walls, floor discontinuities
and other embedded items shall be sharp, uniform and cosmetically
acceptable, using plastic edge strips of the height equal to tHickness
of flooring material.
E. Upon completion of work of this Section and prior to final acceptance,
provide Owner's Representative two copies of manufacturer's
instructions covering care and maintenance of flooring.
,.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials in original packages and containers with seals un-
broken and bearing manufacturer's labels containing brand name and
direction for storage and mixing with other components.
B. Store materials to comply with manufacturer's directions to prevent
deterioration from moisture, heat, cold, direct sunlight, or other
causes.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
09700-2
SECTION 09700
SPECIAL FLOORING
-
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SPECIAL FLOORING - TYPE 1
A. Manufacturers:
1. Acceptable Manufacturers:
a. HUBBELITE INTERNATIONAL, INC. "Hubbellite 100".
b. DEX-O-TEX "Decor-F10r".
c. Architect approved equivalent.
B. Material
1. Seamless monolithic floor system, slip resistant with integral
coved base, and sealer coating as required by manufacturer.
2. Physical characteristics and technical data.
a. Strength
a. Compressive Strength - 5,000 psi, ASTM C-579 Method B
b. Tensile Strength - 2,350 psi, ASTM C-531
c. Adhesive Strength - 500 psi
b. Modulus of Elasticity, ASTM C-580, psi - 4.3 x 105
c. Coefficient of Thermal Expansion, ASTM C-531, in./in./F. -
6 x 10-5.
d. Fire Resistance - Incombustible
e. Slip Resistance:
a. Apparatus: NBS Brungraber Slip Tester
.
" .
Min. Coef. of Friction
Dry Samole
.75
Min. coef. of Friction
Wet (Water) Samole
.70
f. ASTM C-267 - Chemical Resistant to Organic Solvents, Oil,
Grease, U.V. Light, Sugars and Food Acids.
g. Roach Repellency - Positive
h. Germicidal Qualities - Positive
3. HUBBELLITE 100: Cupric Oxychloride Cement Flooring System
a. Primer Coat: Acrylic Latex Bonding Agent
b. Finish Flooring: HUBBELLITE 100
1) 3/8" minimum thickness.
2) Color as selected by Architect from manufactuer's
standard colors.
c. Sealer: HUBBELLITE Dressing
2.2 SPECIAL FLOORING - TYPE 2
A. Manufacturers:
1. DEX-O-TEX "Decor Flor" (Basis of Design).
2. Master Builders Technologies "Quartzite".
3. Stonhard "Stonshield SLT".
4. Palma1ite "Palikrom"
B. Materia 1 s
1. Seamless monolithic 1/8" epoxy floor system, slip resistant with
integral coved base.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
09700-3
SECTION 09700
SPECIAL FLOORING
2. Physical cna~acteristics and technical data:
a. Compr'ssjve Strength 8,556 PSI ASTM C-I09
(Comp~e System)
b. Compressive Strength 12,900 PSI ASTM 0-695
(Resin Components)
c. Surface Hardness Scale "0" 62 ASTM 0-2240
(Durometer)
d. Identification 0.005" Indent. MIL-D-3134,
Characteristics Para. 4.7.4.2.1
(Steadily Applied Load)
e. Identification 0.011" Indent. MIL-D-3134
Characteristics Para. 4.7.3
(Impacted Load)
f. Adhesion 345 PSI ACI Committee 403
g. Water Absorption Less than 1% MIL-D-3134
Absorption
h. Abrasion Resistance 19 Wear Index ASTM C-501
(H-22 Wheel)
i. Tensile Strength 4,400 PSI ASTM 0-638
(Resin Components)
j. Elongation 19.6% ASTM 0-638
(Resin Components)
3. Co lor as selected by Arch i tect from manufacturer's standard
colors.
2.3 SPECIAL FLOORING - TYPE 3
A. Manufacturers:
1. DEX-O-TEX "Neotex" (Basis of Design).
2. Master Builders Technologies "P1exite".
3. Stonhard "Stonc1ad GS/Stonkote GS4".
B. Materials
1. Seamless Monolithic 1/4" trowel applied latex resin floor system
slip resistant with integral coved base.
2. Physical characteristics and technical data.
a. Compressive Strength 5,400 PSI ASTM c-I09
(2" x 2" cubes)
b. Surface Hardness Scale "0" 80 ASTMD-2240-68
(Durometer)
c. Indentation 1.04% MIL-D-3134
Characteristics Para. 4.7.4.2.1
(Steadily Applied load)
d. Indentation 0.034" Ident. MIL-D-3134
Characteristics Para. 4.7.3
(Impacted Load)
e. Adhesion 301 PSI MIL-D-3134
Para. 4.7.1.4
f. Tensile Strength 889 PSI ASTM C-190
g. Flammability Class A NFPA 101-76
h. Abrasion Resistance 3.04 Wear Index ASTM C-501
(H-22 Wheel)
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
09700-4
SECTION 09700 SPEC IAL FLOORING
2.82 X 10-6 , ":l'
i. Coefficient of ASTM C-531
Thermal Expansion .~ ~
j. Flexural Strength 2498 PSI ASTM C-790
k. Water Absorption 2.81% MIL-D-3134
Para. 4.7.8
3. Color as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard
colors.
2.4 OTHER ACCESSORIES
A. Plastic Control Joint, Expansion Joint and Termination Strips:
Manufacturers recommended products and installation procedure.
B. Anchor Strips and Metal Lath: Manufacturers recommended materials for
bridging crack.
2.5 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable Manufacturer
1. HUBBELLITE INTERNATIONAL, INC.
438 Division Street
Sewick1ey, PA 15143
(412) 741-0500
2. DEX-O- TEX
3. Architect approved equivalent.
2.6 MATERIAL
A. Seamless monolithic floor system, slip resistant with integral coved
base, and sealer coating as required by manufacturer.
B. HUBBELLITE 100: Cupric Oxychloride Cement Flooring System
1. Primer Coat: Acrylic Latex Bonding Agent
2. Finish Flooring: HUBBELLITE 100
a. 3/8" minimum thickness
b. Color as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard
colors.
3. Sealer: HUBBELLITE Dressing
B. Other Accessories:
1. Plastic Control Joint, Expansion Joint and Termination Strips:
Manufacturers recommended products and installation procedure.
2. Anchor Strips and Metal Lath: Manufacturers recommended
materials for bridging crack.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Substrate Preparation:
1. General: Perform preparation and cleaning procedures in
comp1 i ance wi th f1 oori ng manufacturer's instructions for
particular substrate conditions involved.
2. Slope to Drain Conditions: Refer to Section 03300 - CAST-IN-
PLACE CONCRETE.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
09700-5
SECTION 09700
SPECIAL FLOORING
B. Concrete Surfaces: Comply with manufacturer's instructions.
1. Surface Primi.qg:
a. All prepared substrates shall be primed using appropriate
manufacturer's penetrating primers with strict adherence to
installation instruction.
2. Material Installation:
a. Floor installation shall strictly adhere to manufacturer's
written instructions and directions.
b. All trash and debris shall be properly disposed of and
arrangements shall be made to remove all unused material
from the job site.
3. Miscellaneous Details:
a. Cove Bases: Cove shall be installed integral with the floor
in 8" heights. All coves shall be capped with manufacturer's
specially designed cove strip.
b. Expansion and Control Joints: Manufacturer's recommen-
dations.
3.2 CURING, CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Cure monolithic flooring materials in compliance with manufacturer's
directions, taking care to prevent their contamination during stages
of application and prior to completion of curing process.
B. Protect monolithic flooring materials from damage and wear during
construction operation. Where temporary covering is required for this
purpose, comply with manufacturer's recommendations for protective
materials and the method of their application. Remove temporary
covering just prior to cleaning for final inspection.
C. C1 ean f1 oori ng just pri or to fi na 1 inspections. Use materi a 1 sand
procedures recommended by flooring manufacturer.
********************
END OF SECTION 09700
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
09700-6
SECTION 09800
SPECIAL COATINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
,
'",.
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Special coatings (water base epoxy paint)
'~
~
1. 2 SUBMITTALS
A. Materials List:
1. Before any materials are delivered to site, submit copies of full
range of colors available in each of proposed products.
2. Prepare and del iver to Architect, 16" x 16" samples of each
coating color on 1/4" gypsum wallboard of colors selected by
Architect.
B. Product Data:
1. Submit manufacturer's technical information including basic
material analysis and installation instructions for each material
speci fi ed. Li st each material and app 1 i cat ion. Ident i fy by
manufacturer's catalog number.
1.3 TEST ROOM
A. One room, chosen by Contractor and Architect, shall receive an initial
complete coating which must be reviewed before work of this Section in
the remainder of the project is begun.
B. The reviewed coating will establish the acceptable standard for other
coated walls within the project.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Special coatings shall be 2-component water base acrylic epoxy with
semi-gloss finish, 2 coats.
1. 1st coat: 111 - ColorTneme-Tufcoat
2. 2nd coat: 111 - Color Tneme-Tufcoat,
3. Total dry mil thickness shall be 4.0 - 5.0 mil
B. Manufacturers if in compliance with above:
1. TNEMEC "Series 111 Tneme-Tufcoat"
2. PITTSBURGH PAINTS 16-901/16-902 Pitt Glaze II, semi-gloss
3. PRATT & LAMBERT "Tech-Gard" water-borne epoxy, semi-gloss
C. Colors: Selected by the Architect and listed in the finish schedule.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Building temperature shall be not lower than 60.F a minimum of 24
hours before and after coatings are applied.
B. Surfaces to receive special coatings shall be free of dirt, dust, oily
surfaces or other conditions which would adversely affect the
application.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
09800-1
SECTION 09800
SPECIAL COATINGS
C. Perform preparation and c1ean~ng procedures in compliance with the
coating manufacturer's instructions for the particular substrate
conditions. '. 0
D. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime
as required.
E. Remove hardware, accessories, machined surfaces, plates, lighting
fixtures and similar items which are not to be coated or provide
surface-applied protection prior to surface preparation and coating.
Following coating application, reinstall removed lights, using workman
skilled in trades involved.
3.2 APPLICATION
A. Mix and prepare materials in compliance with the manufacturer's
directions. Do not mix coating materials of different manufacturers,
unless permitted by the manufacturer's instructions.
B. Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to facilitate identification of
each coat where multiple coats of the same material are to be applied.
Tint undercoats to match color of finish coat, but provide sufficient
difference in shade of undercoat to distinguish each separate coat.
C. Apply special coatings by brush, roller, spray or other applicators
accordance with the manufacturer's directions. Use brushes best suited
for type of material being applied. Use rollers of carpet, velvet
back or high-pile sheep's wool as recommended by the manufacturer for
material and texture required.
D. Provide sample panel to establish wet mil thickness necessary to
obtain the dry mill thickness.
E. Provide "WET PAINT" signs as required to protect surfaces. After
coating application, remove temporary protective wrappings provided
others for protection of their work during coating operation.
3.3 CLEAN-UP
A. During progress of the work, remove from the project site discarded
materials, rubbish, cans and rags resulting from the work.
B. Upon completion of the work, clean all coating-splattered surfaces.
Remove splattered materials by proper methods of washing and scraping,
using care not to damage finished surfaces.
********************
END OF SECTION 09800
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
09800-2
SECTION 09830
ELASTOMERIC COATING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Elastomeric coatings over exterior surfaces.
a. Clean, fill and seal all cracks and pin holes in the wall
surface.
b. Apply e1astomeric waterproof coating to exterior cement
plaster, masonry, precast concrete and concrete surfaces.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Submit manufacturer's certification indicating e1astomeric coating
conforms to or exceeds requirements of this section.
B. App1 icator: Acceptable to manufacturer. Minimum of 3 years of
successful application of e1astomeric coatings of types required on
substrates similar to those of this project.
C. Control jOint sealant shall be compatible with and as recommended by
e1astomeric coating manufacturer.
D. Primer-sealers shall be acceptable to the coating manufacturer.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data
1. Include detailed chemical analysis and test results of material
applied to surfaces similar to requirements of this Section.
2. Submit manufacturer's instructions for methods and application
procedures.
3. Certification of comp1 iance with Qual ity Assurance portion of
this Section.
4. Submit written certification from the elastomeric coating
manufacturer that sealant selected is acceptable to the
manufacturer.
B. Mock-Up: Refer to Sections 03412 - PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS and 03490
- PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELLS for field mock-up.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Mock-Up: Refer to Section 04200 - UNIT MASONRY for field mock-up.
1.5 WARRANTY
A. Applicator shall warranty the areas treated to be watertight for a
period of 5 years. Comply with elastomeric manufacturers inspection
and warranty procedures. Warranty shall include total square feet of
surface area treated plus total gallons applied. Within 30 days of
written notification of deficiencies, remedy and repair defects at no
cost to the Owner. Owner shall allow manufacturers access to inspect
defects.
B. Comply with elastomeric coating manufacturer requirements for warranty
provisions. Give notice to manufacturer technical representatives to
review substrates and installation procedures.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
09830-1
SECTION 09830
ELASTOMERIC COATING
...
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Acceptable Products:
1. VIP 7000 Ter-Polymer Coating with primer.
2. SONNEBORN "Hydrocide Co10rf1ex" with primer.
3. PITTSBURGH PAINTS "Pitt-Flex" exterior elastomeric masonry
coating with primer.
B. Acceptable sealants (must be compatible with and as approved by
e1astomeric coating manufacturer).
1. VIP #5300, 5710 or 5712 regular grade; VIP #5100 buttering
grade.
2. PECORA CORP. "Dynatro1 II" polyurethane; PECORA CORP. "Dynatro1
I".
3. MAMECO Vu1kem 116, one-part polyurethane.
4. Architect approved equivalent.
C. Acceptable bonding agent: (As approved by the elastomeric coating
manufacturer.)
1. THORO SYSTEMS PRODUCTS "Thorobond".
2. Architect approved equivalent.
D. Color: As selected by the Architect; refer to color code on building
elevations.
E. Application
1. Follow manufacturers written instructions and recommendations for
precast concrete, concrete and plastered surfaces.
2. Minimum coverage of 9-10 mils average dry film.
;'
t.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Comply with manufacturer surface preparation instructions. Veri fy
surfaces to receive elastomeric coatings are clean, free of
efflorescence, oil, mildew, grease or other foreign matter detrimental
to application. Sterilize surfaces as recommended by coating
manufacturer.
B. Remove loose particles and foreign matter. Remove grease or oil with
a solvent, effective alkaline cleaner, or detergent as instructed by
coat i ng manufacturer. Use high pressure water when speci fi cally
recommended by the manufacturer. Scrub surfaces with water.
C. Clean cracks and surrounding areas to remove impurities.
D. Allow surfaces to dry prior to application.
3.2 APPLICATION
A. Application of waterproofing system:
1. New surfaces shall be primed per manufacturer instructions.
2. Fill cracks with sealant as recommended by coating manufacturer.
B. Apply bonding agent to control joints/expansion joints. This section
shall be responsible for pre-test of adjacent surfaces, bonding agent
and control joint material bond adequacy.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
09830-2
SECTION 09830
ELASTOMERIC COATING
C. Cracks shall be cleaned and sealed wi th sea lant ,pp~ i ed in stri ct
accordance with manufacturer's instructions. .,~
D. Application to substrate shall be in sn-ict accordance with manu-
facturer printed instructions.
E. Provide appropriate precautions or limitations associated with
application during extreme cold weather or high humidity conditions
per manufacturer instructions.
F. Protect adjoining work, including sealant bond surfaces, from spillage
or blow-over of e1astomeric coatings. Cover adjoining and near sub-
surfaces of aluminum and glass where there is possibility of coatings
being deposited on surfaces. Clean e1astomeric coatings from
adjoining surfaces immediately after spillage. Comply with
manufacturer's instructions.
********************
END OF SECTION 09830
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
09830-3
SECTION 09900
PAINTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Interior materials, including but not limited to the following:
a. Gypsum wallboard
b. Plaster
c. Cement plaster
e. Metal doors and frames
f. Special doors trim
g. Access panels
h. Security products
i. Electrical panels located in finished areas
j. Exposed electrical conduit in finished areas
k. Exposed plumbing and sprinkler piping located in finished
areas.
1. Exposed ductwork in finished areas
m. Exposed grilles, registers and diffusers
n. Concrete block/Concrete surfaces
o. Electrical plug molds
p. Rail ings
q. Ladders
r. Metal stairs
s. Fixed detention furniture and anchors.
t. Metal countertops and metal support partitions.
2. Exterior materials, including but not limited to the following:
a. Exterior metal doors and frames
b. Rooftop mechanical equipment
c. Rooftop access doors
d. Exposed exterior mechanical equipment
e. Exposed exterior structural steel for mechanical equipment
support
f. Basketball key - paint lines
1) NCAA regulation standards.
1. 2 SUBMITTALS
A. Materials List:
1. Before delivery to site, submit a complete list of materials
proposed to be furnished and installed under this portion of
work.
B. Samples:
1. Prepare and del iver to Architect, 16" x 16" samples of each paint
color on 1/4" gypsum wallboard, of colors selected by Architect.
2. Prepare and deliver to Architect 4" x 4" samples of each wood
stain selected on 1/4" red oak panels, finished as described by
this Section.
3. Provide reviewed stain samples to Section 08211 for use in
establishing finish of wood doors.
C. Paint Formulations:
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
09900-1
SECTION 09900 PAINTING
1. Submi t actual paint formu1 at ions for each paint manufacturer,.
type and paint color for the Owner's future use in obtain i ng
paint color matches. .
2. Submit formulations after paints have been installed and prior to
final payment.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Field Quality Control:
1. Request review of first finished room, space or item of each
color scheme required by Architect for color, texture and
workmanship.
2. Notify Architect prior to starting space for review so he may be
present for observation.
3. A reviewed set of samples and brochures will be returned to the
Contractor and shall be kept on the job throughout painting
operations.
4. Comply with authorities having jurisdiction in permanently
identifying with signs or stencils all rated corridor partitions
smoke stop partitions, horizontal exit partitions, exit
enclosures and fire walls.
B. Codes and Standards: Comply with applicable codes and regulations:
1. ANSI A13.1 - Identification of piping systems.
2. ANSI Z53.1 - Safety color coding standards.
1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Deliver paint materials to job site in original containers with labels
intact and legible at time of use.
B. Genera 1 :
1. Material will be stored in one assigned area which will be used
for storage, tinting, mixing and thinning. Adequate protection
for floors, walls and ceilings shall be provided.
2. Flammable materials shall be kept in metal containers. Soiled
rags, waste and empty containers shall be removed at the end of
each day's work.
1. 5 MOCK-UP
A. Paint interior finishes for mock-up of precast concrete modular cell -
Bid Group Two, Section 03490.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Manufacturer:
1. Schedul e of Materi a 1 s is based on use of PRATT AND LAMBERT
products.
2. Other acceptable manufacturers are:
a. BENJAMIN MOORE
b. GLIDDEN
c. PPG
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
09900-2
SECTION 09900
PAINTING
d. SHERWIN-WILLIAMS ~
e. DEVOE PAINT (
3. Pa i nt materials selected for each type' of sltfface shall be"" .'
product of a single manufacturer.
B. Compatibility:
1. Paint materials and equipment shall be compatible in use; finish
coats shall be compatible with prime coats; prime coats shall be
compatible with surface to be coated. Tools and equipment shall
be compatible with coatings to be applied.
2. Thinners, when used, shall be only those thinners recommended for
that purpose by manufacturer of material to be thinned.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION, GENERAL
A. Ambient temperature shall be maintained at 60.F for 24 hours prior
during, and a minimum 24 hours following paint application on interior
surfaces. Varnishes shall not be applied to any surface which has a
temperature below 50. F. regardless of ambient temperature.
B. Prior to all surface preparation and painting, completely mask, remove
or otherwi se protect all hardware accessori es machi ned surfaces,
plates, lighting fixtures, and similar items in contact with painted
surfaces but not scheduled to receive paint.
C. Exterior surfaces shall not be painted if in direct sunlight, during,
or prior to rainy or frosty weather or if surface temperature is below
50. F.
D. Veneer plaster, mortar, block or concrete shall not be painted if
moisture content exceeds 12%; if moisture content is between 8% and
12%, prime with alkali-resistant primer in place of specified primer.
E. Mixing and Tinting:
1. Job site tinting of finish coats shall be done only when approved
by Architect. Tinting colors shall be of type recommended by
manufacturer of paint or coating whose products are being used.
2. Thinning shall be done only when specifically allowed by
manufacturer and never to exceed his directions.
F. Spot prime exposed nails and other metals which are to be painted with
emulsion paints, using a primer recommended by manufacturer of coating
system.
G. Cleaning:
1. Before applyi ng paint or other surface treatment, thoroughly
clean surfaces involved. Comply with paint manufacturers printed
instructions for substrate intended.
2. Schedule cleaning and painting so that dust and other contaminant
from cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted
surfaces.
H. Preparation of Wood Surfaces:
1. Wood surfaces shall be sanded smooth, dust removed before
application of any paint or coating.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
09900-3
SECTION 09900
PAINTING
/ ',"
"
.. ,~.
,--,.,.
I.
2. Knots or sap spots shall be thoroughly cleaned and sealed with
two pound cut shellac prior to application of prime coat.
3. Nail holes shall be puttied after prime coat, then sanded smooth.
Putty or wood filler must match color of wood when clear coat is
specified.
Preparation of Metal Surfaces:
1. Metal doors and frames shall be made smooth by filling or sanding
before applying any paint or coating.
2. Remove rust and mill scale from ferrous metal surfaces requiring
exposed finish coat of paint or coating. After removal spot
prime with "Tech-Gard Red Oxide Primer".
3. Galvanized steel surfaces requiring painting shall be solvent
cleaned to remove traces of grease, oil or other contaminents
before priming. Comply with paint manufacturers printed
instructions for preparation of substrates to be painted.
4. Slushing or grouting hollow metal door and borrowed light frame
protective paint coating.
a. Prior to placement and slushing or grouting of hollow metal
door and borrowed light frames in masonry wall or plaster
walls, provide a protective coating on the inside
(concealed) faces of frames. Coat with l/S" thick field
coat of bituminous paint and allow to dry before slushing
grouting work is begun.
Preparation of Plaster and Gypsum Wallboard:
1. Surfaces to be painted shall be thoroughly clean and dry; jOint
compound shall be smooth, clean and dry.
2. Metal trim shall be spot-primed with primer before application of
paint.
Preparation of Concrete and Masonry:
1. Large cracks and openings shall be patched before paint
application.
2. Block walls shall cure 30 days before being painted. Surfaces
shall be brushed and scraped to remove loose sand particles and
mortar splatters before painting.
3. Poured concrete surfaces shall cure 60 days before pa i nt i ng.
Surfaces shall be brushed and scraped to remove loose sand and
cement particles and other foreign matters. Form-oil deposits
shall be removed with suitable liquid removing agent.
J.
K.
3.3 APPLICATION
A. Each coat of paint or coating shall be a different shade of same
color. Each coat shall be observed by Architect prior to application
of next coat. Not ify Arch itect of comp 1 et i on of each coat so
observation can be made; in absence of such notification, credit will
be allowed only for visible coat.
B. If paint or coating is not hiding substrate or has non-uniform
appearance, the Contractor shall apply additional coats until results
are satisfactory to Architect.
C. Each coat of paint shall be completely dry before applying succeeding
coats, unless specifically allowed by material manufacturer.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
09900-4
HLM 90007.00-2
SECTION 09900
PAINTING
D. Each coat of paint or coating shall be app1 ied at spre~ding 'tate
recommended by paint manufacturer, and dry film thickness indicated..
E. When paint or coating is brush applied, each coat must be brushed out
uniformly to eliminate laps, skips, and excess brush marks; there
shall be no visible evidence of runs, sags, curtains or other evidence
of poor application.
F. When paint or coating is roller applied, proper skill must be used to
avoid signs of lapping and excess paint lines from edge of roller.
When cutting-in with brush, these areas must be of same texture, color
and hiding as adjacent areas, to assure good appearance.
G. When pa i nt or coat i ng is app 1 i ed by spray, it must be done before
installation of fixtures, hardware, flooring and other finish items,
unless thoroughly protected. Paint or coating by spray application
shall be applied only by skilled painters, to assure a uniform finish
with no evidence of improper application.
H. Each coat of clear finish or enamel shall be lightly sanded and wiped
free of dust before applying next coat.
I. Final coat of paint or coating shall have visual evidence of solid
hiding and uniform appearance.
J. Make edges of paint or coating adjoining other materials or colors,
sharp and clean, with no overlapping.
K. Exposed piping, conduit, ductwork, hangers and related materials in
finished areas shall be painted. Color and texture as per schedule. If
not scheduled, paint color as directed by Architect.
L. Factory pri med surfaces shall be determi ned pa i ntab 1 e in a normal
method and treated properly to secure adequate adhesion of on-site
painting or coating.
M. Environmental Conditions:
1. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations as to environmental
conditions under which paint and coatings may be applied.
2. Do not apply paint in areas where dust is generated.
N. Colors as selected will include accent colors for approximately 25%
finish wall surfaces.
O. On walls, soffits and ceilings of gypsum wallboard, plaster or veneer
plaster, to produce a smooth finish.
P. Above decorative ceil ings and concealed spaces, identify with sign
stencils, all rated corridor partitions, smoke stop partitions,
horizontal exit partitions, exit enclosures and fire walls. Lettering
shall be minimum 6" high. Suggested wording: "Fire and Smoke
Barrier--Protect All Openings".
3.4 DRY MIL THICKNESS
A. Apply paint to dry mil thickness indicated in "Schedule of Materials".
B. Provide and use a "Tooke Dry Film Thickness Gage", to veri fy dry mil
thickness of paint applied, if question of adequate coverage arises.
Repair surfaces damaged in the verification of dry mil thickness.
3.5 CLEAN UP
A. Following completion of painting in each area, reinstall items which
were removed for painting.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
09900-5
SECTION 09900
PAINTING
B. During progress of work, do not allow accumulation of empty containers
or other~excess items except in areas designated for that purpose.
C. In event of accidental spilling of paint, immediately remove spilled
paint and wash surfaces to original undamaged condition, at no cost to
Owner.
D. Upon completion of this portion of work, visually inspect surfaces and
remove paint from surfaces not scheduled to be painted.
E. Spot painting to correct soil ed or damaged paint surfaces will be
allowed only when touch-up spot is blended into surrounding finish and
is not visible to normal viewing. If not possible, re-coat entire
su~face to corners or visible stopping point.
3.6 SCHEDULE OF MATERIALS, EXTERIOR USE
A. Galvanized Metal
1st - Solvent wash to remove oils
2nd - Galvanized Metal Latex Primer
3rd & 4th - Effecto Enamel
Drv Mil Thickness
3.8 mil
...............0...................
B. Metals other than above, including
doors and trim
1st - Noxide Rust Inhibiting-Primer
2nd & 3rd - Effecto Enamel
3.75 mil
........ ........ ..........
C. Basketball Lines
One Coat - Traffic Marking Paint
2.25
................
3.7 SCHEDULE OF MATERIALS, INTERIOR USE
A. Metal Surfaces
1st - Noxide Rust Inhibiting-Primer
(Omit where pre-primed)
2nd & 3rd - Vitralite Enamel
4.75 mil
(1.25 mil primed)
............ ........... ...........
B. Painted Wood
1st - Interior Trim Primer
2nd - Vitralite Undercoating
3rd - Vitralite Enamel
4.25 mil
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C. Clear Finished Wood 2.0 mil
1st - Paste Filler
2nd - Tonetic Wood Stain
3rd & 4th - "38" Pale Trim Varnish,
gloss; sanded after each coat
5th - "38" Pale Trim Varnish, Dull
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
09900-6
SECTION 09900
PAINTING
D. Wa 11 s , Soffits and Ceilings 1. 0 mi 1 .-
(Gypsum wallboard or plaster
receiving wa11covering)
1st - Lyt-Al1 Double-Duty Primer
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
E. Wa 11 s, Soffits and Ceilings 5.0 mil
(All exposed gypsum wallboard
or plaster areas not to receive
other finish materials)
1st - Latex Wall Primer
2nd; - Lyt-A11 Double-Duty Primer
3rd - Vitra-Shie1d
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
F. Interi or Concrete Block
(Aggregate Block: lightweight)
1st - Primafill 200
2nd - Vapex Flat Wall Finish
(Concrete Block)
1st - Pro-Hide Block Filler
2nd - Pro-Hide Latex Flat
15.0 mil
15.0 mil
G. Interior Concrete Surfaces, (Walls, Ceilings, Columns)
1st - Primer
2nd & 3rd - Pro-Hide Latex Satin 1.0 mil
3.8 SCHEDULE OF MATERIALS, MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL MATERIALS IN FINISHED
AREAS
A. Exposed Pipe, Conduit and Ducts
(Surface temperature below 200. F.)
1st - Interior Trim Primer
2nd - Ce11utone Satin
3.5 mil
B. Exposed Pipe & Ducts
(Surface temperatures above 200.F,)
1st - Aluminum Paint
2nd - Aluminum Paint
To requirements
of manufacturers
instructions.
C. Exposed Waste Pipe
1st - Interior Trim Primer
2nd - Ce11utone Satin
3rd - Ce11utone Satin
4.0 mil
. . . . . .
********************
END OF SECTION 09900
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
09900-7
SECTION 09950
WALLCOVERING
j'
,- .. ,~.~ 1 - GENERAL
1.1. SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Vinyl Wall Covering
1. 2 SUBMITTALS
A. Samples:
1. Before wallcovering is delivered to job site, submit to Architect
sample of colors and patterns of each type of wallcovering
specified.
2. Submit sample of each type of adhesive proposed along with wa11-
covering.
B. Manufacturer's Instructions:
1. Manufacturer shall prepare spec i fi c wri tten instruct ions for
cleaning and maintenance for materials supplied and shall submit
two copies to Architect prior to product delivery.
2. Submit manufacturer's recommended installation procedures,
including sealing of each type of wall surface, for each type of
wa11covering. Include information on adhesive and primer/sealer
(if appl icable) as recommended by the wa11covering manufac-
turer(s).
C. Certifications:
1. Comply with NFPA 255 or U. L. 723. Provide manufacturer's
written certification that material will exhibit a flame spread
rating required under product description when tested in
accordance with ASTM E-84. Copies of test results must accompany
certification.
2. Provide written certification that the adhesive is approved by
the wall coveri ng manufacturer, for the use intended, and is
water-resistant, mildewproof, and vermin-proof.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. General:
1. Manufacturer shall submit test results and cert i fi cat i on of
compliance with requirements of following materials prior to
delivery of materials.
2. Adhesive shall be water resistant, mildew and vermin proof. Use
only adhesive compatible with wallcovering and of type specifi-
cally recommended by manufacturer.
B. Vinyl Wallcovering:
1. Vinyl wallcovering shall comply with Federal Specification CCC-
W-40S, Type II and shall have a flame spread of 25 or less when
tested per ASTM E-S4 and NFPA 255.
2. Vinyl wallcovering shall weigh not less than 20 ounces per square
yard, 54" wide.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
09950-1
SECTION 09950
WALLCOVERING
3. ~ Prov i de the fo 11 wtillg if in compliance with above:
1. Type B-1 and~~~ vinyl wa11covering.
a. J.M. LYNn! WALLCOVERING; Threads
b. Architect approved equivalent.
2. Type B-3 and B-4
a. LANARK; Chipstone
b. Architect approved equivalent.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Preparation:
1. Sub-base surfaces shall be level, true, free of indentations,
projections or other imperfections harmful to finish wallcover-
ing application. Surfaces not meeting these requirements shall
be repaired before installation; application of wallcovering
constitutes acceptance of sub-base as found.
2. Apply primer/sealer (if applicable) to each type of wall material
as recommended by the wallcovering manufacturer.
B. Application of Vinyl Wa11covering:
1. Vinyl-Coated Fabric Installation Sequence:
a. Use vi ny1 fabri c rolls in consecut i ve numeri ca 1 sequence
manufacture.
b. Place fabric panels consecutively in exact order cut from
roll including filling spaces above or below windows, doors
or similar penetrations.
c. Hang fabric by reversing alternate strips except on match
patterns.
2. Trim additional salvage where required to achieve color and
pattern match at seams.
3. Follow manufacturer's printed instructions for mixing and
applying adhesive.
4. Hang non-matched patterns by overlapping edges and double cutting
through both thicknesses with zinc or aluminum strip back-up to
prevent cutting substrate.
5. Wrap fabric 6" beyond inside and outside corners; no cutting at
corners permitted.
6. No horizontal seams will be permitted.
7. Remove excess paste from seam before making next seam. Use a
sponge or cloth dampened with clean water, wipe clean with dry
towel.
8. Remove and replace hardware, accessories, plates and similar
items to allow fabric to be installed.
9. Place vinyl fabric before the installation of plumbing fixtures,
casing, bases and cabinets.
10. Installed fabric to be secure, smooth, clean, without wrinkles,
gaps or overlaps.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
09950-2
SECTION 09950
WALLCOVERING
3.2 CLEAN UP
A. After han~ing, invnediately clean wallcovering surfaces, removing trace
of adhesive and soil and thoroughly washing with clean water; do not
use cleaning solvents or cleaning agents not specifically recommended
by manufacturer of wallcovering.
********************
END OF SECTION 09950
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
09950-3
~
(. ""
-~.__.II'
,.
Specialties
DIVISION 1 0
SECTION 10100
CHALKBOARDS AND TACKBOARDS
PART 1 - 'GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Unit chalkboards and tackboards
a. Trim for unit chalkboards and tackboards.
b. Miscellaneous related accessory items necessary
installation of above.
I,.
. ,:
~.
to the
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. All chalkboard surfaces shall comply with the Porcelain Enamel
Institute's Specifications.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Provide fully dimensioned shop drawings indicating dimensions, methods
of assembly, splicing, materials and relation of materials to adjacent
work.
B. Submit full range of color samples for selection by Architect.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Equipment Number 10100 - Chalkboards 96"W x 48"H
1. Ceramic porcelain face fused to 24 gage steel. This facing sheet
and an aluminum foil backing sheet shall be pressure laminated to
1/2" tempered hardboard core. Except for sectional unit, boards
shall be one piece up to 12'- 0" in length, one joint allowed for
boards over 12'-0".
2. Cha 1 kboards, in standard colors chosen by Architect, in
compliance with above requirements as manufactured by one of the
following manufacturers:
a. ALLIANCE WALL
b. CLARIDGE
c. GOTHAM
d. NELSON-ADAMS
e. Architect approved equivalent
B. Equipment Number 10110 - Tackboards 96"W x 48"H.
1. 1/4" vinyl-impregnated, burlap backed cork, factory laminated to
1/4" thick tempered hardboard. Color selected by Architect from
standard colors.
2. Tackboards, in compliance with above requirements, as
manufactured by one of the following manufacturers:
a. CLARIDGE
b. GOTHAM
c. NELSON-ADAMS
d. Architect approved equivalent
c. Equipment Number 10111 - Tackboard 72"W x 48"H
1. 1/4" vinyl-impregnated, burlap backed cork, factory laminated to
1/4" thick tempered hardboard. Color selected by Architect from
standard colors.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
10100-1
SECTION 10100
CHALKBOARDS AND TACKBOARDS
2. Tackboards, in compliance with above requirements, as
manufactured by one of the following manufacturers:
a. CLARIDGE
b. GOTHAM
c. NELSON-ADAMS
d. Architect approved equivalent
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Perimeter and intermediate trim grounds'sha11 be firmly anchored to
supporting wall. Continuous wood blocking shall be placed behind
butting joint and at 24" horizontal centers. Use no spotting
compound.
B. Trim shall be cut and erected to fit each individual application, with
mitered hairline joints.
C. Tackboards shall be single sections, mounted per manufacturer's
directions.
D. Chalkboard and tackboard lengths and heights shall be as required by
drawings, fully trimmed.
E. Standards shall be applied to walls per manufacturer's instructions.
3.2 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Provide initial break-in for chalkboards if required by manufacturer.
********************
END OF SECTION 10100
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
10100-2
SECTION 10160
SOLID PLASTIC TOILET PARTITIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
-
,
.
" .
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Floor mounted solid plastic toilet partitions.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. Comply with ANSI A 117.1 and State of Florida "Accessibility
Requirements Manual, (1990).
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit fully dimensioned Shop Drawings defining each partition
assembly. Identify size, shape, method of assembly, hardware,
finishes and relation to adjacent building components.
B. Shop Drawings submitted in the form of manufacturer's standard
brochures will be rejected unless information required above is
clearly and completely identified.
C. Submit full range of color samples for selection by Architect.
D. Provide location template drawings for bolt hole locations in
supporting members for attachment of partitions.
1.4 WARRANTY
A. Provide manufacturers written warranty for a period of 10 years from
date of substantial completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Equipment Number 10166 Floor mounted solid plastic toilet
partitions:
1. Door and partition panels: Flush 1" thick high density polymer
resin compound with homogenous color throughout.
2. Size: Custom size panels for special condition as indicated
Drawings.
3. Hardware: Gravity hinges, latch and keeper, coathook, pull for
outswi ngi ng doors, shoes, fasteners and other items necessary
for erection including theft-proof fastening devices.
4. Pre-dri 11 panel s to accept toil et accessori es as specifi ed in
Section 10S00.
5. Finish: Color constant through panel, as selected by Architect
from manufacturer's standard colors.
6. Provide heat sinc metal edging at bottom edge of doors and
panels.
7. Provide products of the following if in compliance with above:
a. SANTANA, Poly-Mar HD partitions.
b. Architects approved equivalent.
B. Equipment Number 10161 - Wall Mounted Solid Plastic Urinal Screens
1. 1" th i ck high dens ity polymer res in compound with homogenous
color throughout.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
'BID GROUP THREE
10160-1
SECTION 10160
SOLID PLASTIC TOILET PARTITIONS
2.
3.
4.
Size: Custom size panels for special condition ai -:indicated
Drawings. ~
Hardware: Fasteners and other items nt!tessary "for-~~erection
including theft-proof fastening devices.
Provide heat sinc metal edging at bottom edge of doors and
panels.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION,
A. Verify spacing of plumbing fixtures to assure compatibility with
installation of partitions.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install partition rigid, straight, plumb and level.
B. Provide clearances maximum 1/2" between pilasters and panels.
C. Provide clearances maximum 1" between panels and walls.
D. Secure panels to walls with minimum two stirrup brackets, attached
near top and bottom of panel.
E. Locate wall brackets so holes for wall anchorages occur in masonry
tile joints.
F. Conceal evidence of drilling, cutting and fitting to room finish.
3.3 ADJUST AND CLEAN
A. Adjust and lubricate hardware for proper operation after installation.
B. Set hinges on inward swing doors to hold doors open approximately 300
from closed position when unlatched.
C. Set hinges on outward swing doors to hold doors open approximately 100
from closed position when unlatched.
D. Perform final adjustments to leveling devices and hardware.
E. Clean exposed surfaces and partitions, hardware, fittings and
accessories.
********************
END OF SECTION 10160
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
10160-2
SECTION 10200
LOUVERS AND VENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
,
'''''
'~
~
SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Extruded aluminum louvers
a. Stationary wall louvers
b. Operating wall louvers
c. Head and sill flashings
d. Insect screening
e. Extended sills
f. Insulated blank-off panels.
g. Attachment ang1es/fasteners/ components for a complete
assembly.
h. Steel security grille, grating and framework.
1.2
REFERENCES
A. AMCA 500 - (Air Movement Council Association) Test Method for Louvers,
Dampers, and Shutters.
B. ASTM B221 - Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Shapes, and
Tubes.
C. ASTM A167 - Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium-Nickel Steel Plate.
D. ASTM A526 - Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot-Dip
Process, Commercial Quality.
E. ASTM A527 - Sheet Steel, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot-Dip
Process, Lock-Forming Quality.
F. ASTM B209 - Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate.
1.3
SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data:
1. Submit manufacturer's specifications, certified test data, where
applicable; and installation instructions for required products,
including finishes. .
B. Shop Drawings:
1. Submit Shop Drawings for fabrication and erection of louver units
and accessories. Include plans, elevations and details of
sections and connections to adjoining work. Indicate materials,
finishes, fasteners, jOinery and other information to determine
compliance with specified requirements.
C. Samples:
1. Submit 6" square Samples of each required finish. Prepare
samples on metal of same gage and alloy to be used in the work.
Where normal color and texture variations are to be expected,
include two or more units in each sample showing the limits of
such variations.
1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Design Requirements
1. The system shall perform with maximum deflection of L/175
deflection under a windload of 40 psf.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
HLM 90007.00-3
10200-1
SECTION 10200
LOUVERS AND VENTS
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Where louvers are indicated to comply with specific performance
requirements, provide units whose performance ratings have been
determined in compliance with Air Movement and Control Association
(AMCA) Standard 500.
1. AMCA Certification: Where indicated, provide louvers with AMCA
Certified Ratings Seal evidencing that product compl ies with
above requirement.
B. Verify size, location and placement of louver units prior to
fabrication, wherever possible.
C. Coordinate field measurements and shop drawings with fabrication and
shop assembly to minimize field adjustments, splicing, mechanical
joints and field assembly of units. Preassemble units in shop to
greatest extent possible and disassemble as necessary for shipping and
handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and
coordinated installation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of
the following:
1. AIRLINE PRODUCTS CO.
2. THE AIROLITE CO.
3. CONSTRUCTION SPECIALTIES, INC.
4. RUSKIN MFG. co.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Galvanized Sheet Steel: ASTM A-526 and A-527, with ASTM A-525, G-90
coating, mill phosphatized.
B. Cold-rolled Sheet Steel: ASTM A-366, Class 1, matte finis~.
C. Stainless Steel Sheet: ASTM A-167 and AISI Type 302/304, with No. 4
finish.
D. A 1 umi num Sheet: ASTM B- 209 , Alloy 3003 or 5005 wi th temper as
required for forming, or as otherwise recommended by metal producer to
provide required finish.
E. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B-221, Alloy 6063-T52.
F. Fastenings: Use same material as items fastened, unless otherwise
indicated. Fasteners for exterior applications may be hot-dip
galvanized, stainless steel or aluminum. Provide types, gages and
lengths to suit unit installation conditions. Use Phillips flathead
machine screws for exposed fasteners, unless otherwise indicated.
G. Anchors and Inserts: Use non-ferrous metal or hot-dip galvanized
anchors and inserts for exterior installations and elsewhere as
required for corrosion resistance. Use steel or lead expansion bolt
devices for dri11ed-in-place anchors. Furnish inserts, as required,
to be set into concrete or masonry work.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
10200-2
SECTION 10200
LOUVERS AND VENTS
2.3 FABRICATION
A. Provide louvers and accessories of design, materials, sizes, depth,
arrangement, and metal" thicknesses indicated, or if not indicated, as
required for optimum performance with respect to airflow; water
penetration; air leakage, where applicable (for adjustable units, if
any); strength; durability; and uniform appearance.
B. Fabricate frames including integral sills to suit adjacent
construction with tolerances for installation, including application
of sealants in joints between louvers and adjoining work.
C. Include supports, anchorages, and accessories required for complete
assembly. .
D. Provide vertical mullions of type and at spacings indicated but not
further apart than recommended by manufacturer or 72" on center,
whichever is less. At horizontal jOints between louver units provide
horizontal mullions except where continuous vertical assemblies are
indicated.
E. Provide sill extensions and loose sills made of same material as
louvers, where indicated, or required for drainage to exterior and to
prevent water penetrating to interior.
F. Join frame members to one another and to stationary louver blades by
welding, except where indicated otherwise or where field bolted
connect ions between frame members are made necessary by size of
louvers. Maintain equal blade spacing, including separation between
blades. and frames at head and sill, to produce uniform appearance.
2.4 STATIONARY EXTRUDED ALUMINUM WALL LOUVERS
A. Horizontal Drainab1e Blade Louvers: Units designed to collect and
drain water to exterior at sill by means of gutters in front edges of
blades, and channels in jambs and mullions. Furnish units with
extrusions not less than 0.125" thick, of depth, and sizes indicated,
complying with following performance requirements.
1. Free Area: Not less than 50% for a 48" x 48" size.
2. Static Pressure Loss: Not more than 0.15" of water gage at an
airflow of 1,050 fpm free area velocity in intake direction.
3. Water Penetration: Not more than 0.05 ounces per square foot of
free area at an airflow of 1,000 fmp free area velocity.
4. AMCA Certification: Furnish units bearing ACMA Certified Ratings
Seal.
B. Horizontal Blade Louvers: Size and depth indicated, with blades of
profile, slope and spacing indicated, or if not indicated, to meet
Performance requirements.
1. Extrusion Thickness: Not less than 0.125" for blades and frames.
2. Furnish units complying with following performance requirements:
a. Free Area: Not less than 45% on a 48" x 48" sized louver.
b. Static Pressure Loss: Not more than 0.15" of water gage at
an airflow of 1,000 fpm free air velocity.
c. Water Penetration: Not more than 0.05 ounces per square
foot of free area at an intake airflow of 100 fpm free area
velocity.
d. AMCA Certification: Furnish units bearing AMCA Certified
Ratings Seal.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
10200-3
SECTION 10200
LOUVERS AND VENTS
3. Continuous Horizontal Blades: Conceal supporting framework~from
vision on outside face of louver by placing braces, mullions and
brackets on inside face; with close fitting, field-m~e splice
joints in blades designed to permit expansion and contraction
without deforming blades or framework.
a. Exterior Corners: Shop miter and weld blades into
prefabricated corner units to align with straight sections.
Include concealed bracing.
4. Continuous Vertical Assemblies: Where height of louver sections
exceeds fabrication and handling limitations, fabricate units to
permit field-bolted assembly with blade pattern uninterrupted in
vertical spacing, or by horizontal mull ions at joints between
superimposed sections; with close fitting joints in jamb frames,
reinforced with splice plates.
C. Vert i ca 1 B1 ade Louvers: Un its wi th vert i ca 1 blades of sight proof
design; of profiles, depths, blade spacing and sizes indicated;
fabricated from extrusions not less than O.OSI" thick unless otherwise
indicated.
2.5 INSULATED OPERATING LOUVER SYSTEM
A. Louver: Hori zonta 1 blades of .032" th i ck a 1 umi num and 2" foamed
insulation. Blades separated with rigid polyurethane thermo brake;
55% free area. CS Model No. 6990.
B. Extended Frame Housing: Fabricated aluminum housing of 6063-T52 alloy
and .109" thickness. Filled with foamed insulation. Welded weather
tight construction.
C. Motor: Two position-power open and close 120 VAC, 60 cycle single
phase, CS Model No. EX-ISO Series.
a. Provide 3/16" mild steel plate covers over motors and mechanisms
to prevent inmate tampering.
D. Security Grille - Refer to Section 05500 - METAL FABRICATIONS.
E. Provide connections to smoke evacuation control systems.
F. Manufacturer: Construction Specialties (Basis of Design).
2.6 LOUVER SCREENS
A. Provide removable screens for exterior louvers where indicated.
B. Fabricate screen frames of same metal and finish as louver units to
which secured, unless otherwise indicated.
1. Provide rewireab1e frames consisting of formed or extruded metal
with a driven spline or insert for securing screen mesh.
2. Provide frames consisting of U-shaped metal for permanently
securing screen mesh.
C. Use insect screens where indicated, of the following:
1. IS" x 16" mesh, 0.011" aluminum wire.
D. Locate screens on inside face of louvers, unless otherwise indicated.
Secure screens to louver frames with machine screws, spaced at each
corner and at 12" on center between.
2.7 SHEET METAL BACKING
A. Provide each louver with factory installed, solid insulated sheet
aluminum backing panel attached to the interior face of the louver.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
10200-4
SECTION 10200
LOUVERS AND VENTS
B.
C.
Backing panel shall be 18 gage sheet aluminum wittt-blapk"'painted
finish on outer (exposed to view) surface. . .,~
Insulation on the inner face of the backing parM1 shall be 2" thick
semi-rigid board stock fiberglass, 3 pounds per cubic foot density,
adhered to the backing panel with full surface coverage of adhesive
and supplemented by mechanical impaling pins and metal discs spaced
18" on center each way.
Responsibility for locating ducted openings, cutting openings in
back i ng panels and at tach i ng ductwork to backing panel wi 11 be by
mechanical tracks.
D.
2.8 METAL FINISHES
A. Comply with NAAMM "Metal Finishes Manual" for finish designations and
app 1 i cat ion recommendat ions, except as otherwi se i ndi cated. App 1 Y
finishes in factory after products are assembled. Protect finishes on
exposed surfaces with protective covering, prior to shipment. Remove
scratches and blemishes from exposed surfaces which will be visible
after completing finishing process.
1. Provide colors or color matches as indicated or, if not otherwise
indicated, as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard
colors.
B. Aluminum Finishes:
1. Surfaces exposed to exterior view shall be coated with factory
applied, oven baked finish based on KYNAR 500 (polyvinylidene
fluoride - PVF2) as supplied by PPG or equivalent; applied to
properly cleaned and pretreated aluyminum meeting the
requi,rements of aSTM 0-1730-67, Type B, method 5 or 7. The
coating shall be a three coat system equivalent to PPG "Duranar
XL" applied to a minimum thickness of 1.6 mils. Comply with AAMA
605.2 (1980) "Specification for High Performance Organic Coatings
on Architectural Extrusions and Panels."
2. Custom color and finish as selected by Architect.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Coordinate setting drawings, diagrams, templates, instructions and
directions for installation of anchorages which are to be embedded in
concrete or masonry construction. Coordinate delivery of such items
to project site.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Locate and place louver units plumb, level and in proper alignment
with adjacent work.
B. Use concealed anchorages wherever possible. Provide brass or lead
washers fitted to screws where required to protect metal surfaces ad
to make a weathertight connection.
C. Form tight joints with exposed connections accurately fitted
together. Provide reveals and openings for sealants and joint
fi 11 ers .
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
10200-5
SECTION 10200
LOUVERS AND VENTS
~
D. Repair finishes damaged by cutting, welding, soldering and grinding
operations required for fitting and jointing. Restore finishes so
there is no evidence of corrective work. Return items which cannot be
refinished in field to shop, make required alterations, and
refinish entire unit, or provide new units, at Contractor's option.
E. Protect galvanized and non-ferrous metal surfaces from corrosion of
galvanic action by application of a heavy coating of bituminous paint
on surfaces wh i ch wi 11 be in contact wi th concrete, masonry or
dissimilar metals.
F. Provide concealed gaskets, flashings, joint fillers, and
insulations, and install as work progresses to make installations
weathertight.
....
********************
END OF SECTION 10200
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
10200-6
SECTION 10270
ACCESS FLOORING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Access Floor System
a. Miscellaneous items related to the installation.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications
1. Approved and trained by manufacturer of access floor materials
and assemblies.
B. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies
1. Comply with all applicable local code requirements and
ordinances.
2. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Standard No.75-1987,
(Electronic Computer/Data Processing Equipment), Chapter 2.
C. Design Criteria
1. Pedestal s
a. Designed load: 5,000 pounds with no distortion.
b. Ultimate load carrying capacity: not less than twice the
design strength of the system.
2. Floor Panels (24" x 24").
a. Live or uniform load
lbs. per sq. ft. .........250 pounds
Deflection inches .........0.040"
b. Concentrated load
1 bs. on 1 sq. inch......... 800 pounds
Center deflection, in. ... 0.080"
Edge deflection, in. .... 0.080"
c. Permanent deflection: Maximum of 0.010" at design load.
d. Ultimate load carrying capacity not less than three times
design strength.
D. Allowable Tolerances:
1. Floor panel flatness: P1us/minus 0.010" in diagonal on top of
panel or underneath edge.
2. Floor plan surface dimensions: Plus/minus 0.005".
3. Floor panel squareness: Plus/minus 0.005".
4. Finish floor: Level within plus/minus 0.060" in 10'-0" and
plus/minus 0.10" over the entire floor.
1. 4 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings:
1. Submit drawings indicating floor panel layout to adapt to
equipment layout.
2. Detail components of assembly, anchoring and edge details.
B. Certificates:
1. Manufacturer's certificates: Certification of speCified designed
strengths as tested by testing organization.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
10270-1
SECTION 10270
ACCESS FLOORING
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Floor Panels - Steel
1. Bonded Steel
a. Top panel: diecut hard cold rolled steel.
b. Bottom panel: hot rolled steel die-formed.
c. Finish: top and bottom of panel, after welding shall be
spray cleaned, phosphate app1 ied, and coated with baked
; enamel.
d. Panels shall be factory painted all surfaces.
2. Finish Flooring:
a. Factory applied carpet with edged trim (flush to panel
edge) .
3. Grounding connectors on panel: Each floor panel shall receive
ground i ng connectors of soli d copper or pas it i ve elect ri ca 1
continuity to understructure, to a maximum of 1 ohm resistance.
4. Panel bottom surface shall be capable of additional pedestal
support at any location.
B. Pedestals
1. Steel stud shall be 3/4" threaded rod ASTM A-36 steel.
2. Vertical adjustment of floor height: Minimum of 1-1/2" with
vibration proof and accidental rotation locking arrangement.
Finish floor height shall be 8" above finish floor level.
3. Base: Steel 1/8" thick with galvanized finish.
4. Minimum area of base in contact with sub-floor: 16 square
inches.
5. Cap: Die-cast aluminum (alloy A380) and shall provide a double
locking of the panel.
6. Attachment: Adhesive as standard with the Access Floor Manu-
facturer.
C. Accessories
1. Base (Cove): Refer to Section 09650 - RESILIENT FLOORING.
2. Cable Cut-out Protection will be required on the project.
3. Panel lifting device: One per area, manufacturer's standard
equipment, type recommended for each type of panel.
4. Aluminum Grilles with Dampers: Minimum two units for air flow
ventilation.
D. Acceptable manufacturers:
1. DONN ACCESS FLOORS, INC. "Model 50"
2. LISKEY ARCHITECTURAL MANUFACTURING, Inc. "Liskey Mark 40"
3. TATE ARCHITECTURAL PRODUCTS, INC. "Tate System MOD 915".
4. Architect approved equivalent.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION
A. Examine floor to receive access flooring for uneveness, irregularities
and dampness that would affect the quality and execution of work.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
10270-2
SECTION 10270
ACCESS FLOORING
B. Do not proceed with installation of access flooring until fioor
surfaces are clean, dry, and ready to receive access flooring.
iiIf'
{
,....... ....
3.2 PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION
A. The access floor shall be prepared and installed in accordance with
the manufacturer's instructions covering preparation, layout,
alignment, and installation of the access floor system.
3.3 ADJUST AND CLEAN
A. Remove all construction debris as work progresses, maintaining areas
under finished panels in a clean condition.
B. Clean soiled or discolored surfaces after installation.
C. Remove and replace units damaged, improperly installed, or soiled
beyond cleaning.
D. Cover and protect the fi ni shed floor wi th 20 pound kraft paper
properly sealed to prevent tearing.
********************
END OF SECTION 10270
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
10270-3
SECTION 10350
FLAGPOLE
'''''
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Aluminum Flagpole
a. Base for flagpole.
~
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings
1. Submit completely detailed and dimensioned Shop Drawings
including details of required foundation. Comply with local codes
and ordinances for height of flagpole indicated.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. F1 agpo 1 e:
1. Provide seamless 6063-T6 aluminum tubing, wall thickness 0.188"
designed to withstand 120 mile per hour winds.
2. Shaft: uniformly tapered throughout the section at the rate of
1" in every 5' -6".
3. Pole shall have an exposed height of 40 ft.
4. Finish of flagpole and pertinent fittings: clear anodized.
5. Flagpole shall have standard fittings that accommodate two (2)
flags; spun aluminum ball on 3/4" aluminum tube, truck, two sets
of halyards made of 5/16" white polypropylene with two swivel
snaps for each, two 9" cast aluminum cleats and cast aluminum
f1 ash colla r .
6. Provide foundation tube for 4'-6" setting depth and 5-1/2" butt
diameter of pole. Tube: of 16 gage galvanized corrugated steel;
tube assembly shall consist of the following components: Tube,
base plate, tube support plate, grounding spike and internal
steel centering wedges.
B. Acceptable manufacturers:
1. BAARTOL COMPANY, INC.
2. EDER FLAGPOLE COMPANY
3. CONCORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
C. Foundation:
1. Provide concrete foundation as required by the manufacturer and
local code requirements for the flagpole.
2. Provide suitable lightning arrestor system in accordance with the
recommendations of the flagpole manufacturer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Flagpole:
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
10350-1
SECTION 10350
FLAGPOLE
1. Install flagpole in strict accordance with the original design,
the revi~wed Shop Drawings, and the manufacturer's
recommendations, anchoring components per manufacturer's printed
instructions.
B. Foundation:
1. Construct concrete foundation for the flagpole. Comply with
requirements of Section 03300 for concrete strength of 3500 psi.
Provide UL approved lightning arrestor system in accordance with
the recommendations of the flagpole manufacturer.
3.2 TOUCH-UP
A. Upon completion of the installation, visually inspect exposed surfaces
and touch-up scratches and abrasions so they will be invisible to the
unaided eye from a distance of 5'-0".
*********************
END OF SECTION 10350
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
10350-2
SECTION 10500
STEEL LOCKERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION
A. Lockers
1. Accessories and components for a complete installed system.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 10800 - Toilet Accessories for locker bench.
1. 2 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings:
1. Submit Shop Drawings indicating materials, finish, construc-
tion~ reinforcing, hardware, method of anchoring and dimensions
including group lengths.
B. Samples:
1. Submit full range of colors for selection by Architect.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Rolled steel locker: constructed of mild annealed, cold rolled steel,
minimum thickness:
1. Body - 24 gage
2. Door - 16 gage
3. Door frame - 16 gage
4. Shelf - 24 gage
5. Recess and finish strips - 18 gage
6. Sloping top - 20 gage
7. Flat top - 20 gage (located at Room A2008)
B. Locker Sizes:
1. Equipment Number 10500 - Locker, 12" wide x 15" deep x 12" high
2. Equipment Number 10503 - Locker, double tier, 12" wide x 15" deep
x 36" high. Total height without base 72".
C. Finishes:
1. Lockers: properly prepared and fi ni shed with a baked enamel
finish on exposed surfaces, inside and outside of lockers. Color
will be selected by the Architect.
2. Integral Base: Stainless steel.
D. Acceptable manufacturers:
1. LYON METAL PRODUCTS "Steel Lockers"
2. MEDART
3. REPUBLIC STEEL "Standard Lockers"
4. PENCO PRODUCTS
2.3 HARDWARE
A. Hinges: not less than 2" high, 0.050" thick steel with non-removable
pin.
B. Handles: chrome-plated, die cast zinc alloy, with cadmium plate lock
lifting mechanism.
C. Coat hooks: cadmium plated.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
10500-1
SECTION 10500
STEEL LOCKERS
D. locking device to be built-in lever tumbler type with spring bolt
1 ock'i ng mechan~ sm, key operated with two keys furni shed per lock.
Mechan ism to ~,~ASTER LOCK COMPANY No. 1719 o"r Arch i tect approved
;equiva1ent (located at Room A2008).
E. Lockers: provided with padlock hasp for use with padlocks furni shed by
Owner.
2.4 CONSTRUCTION
A. Door frames: channel formed with reinforced verticals for continuous
door strike. Lap and weld corners to form rigid assembly. Top and
bottom frames shall support locker body top and bottom.
B. Door edges: channel formed at vertical edges and flanged at right
angles at top and bottom.
C. Hinges: welded to frame and securely attached to door. Single tier
lockers shall have three hinges.
D. Locking device shall engage single tier lockers at three points.
Operating mechanism: contained entirely within locker construction.
Doors shall automatically lock when closed.
E. Door Jambs: reinforced to prevent prying free of lock mechanism.
Jambs: equipped with soft rubber silencers.
F. Locker doors: punched with standard six inch louvers, top and bottom.
G. Provide flat top, closed ends and trim. Trim: anchored to lockers
with concealed fasteners.
H. Provide continuous sloping tops constructed to resist denting and
sagging with no exposed fasteners (located at Room A2008).
I. Provide aluminum numbering plates for lockers with figures 3/8" high,
embossed or etched. Number each group of lockers consecutive,
beginning at the number one.
J. Prefabricated bases: 16 gage Z-base, 4" high, resulting in 1-3/4" toe
space at locker fronts. Provide 4" high, 16 gage channel base at
exposed ends and at rear. Bases: prefabri cated by locker
manufacturer. Metal bases: 1 eve 1 ed and securely anchored to floor
slab.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Anchor components firmly in place in accordance with manufacturer's
printed instructions.
3.2 ADJUSTMENT
A. Upon completion of installation, inspect lockers and adjust as
necessary for proper door and locking mechanism operation. Touch up
scratches and abrasions to match original finish.
********************
END OF SECTION 10500
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
10500-2
SECTION 10520
FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS
PART- 1 - ..GfNERAL
(,
w 1.1 SU~Y
A. Section Includes
1. Fire extinguisher cabinets.
2. Fire extinguisher wall brackets.
3. Fire Hose Cabinet
B. Coordinate size and clearances with Owner furnished fire extinguisher.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 04200 - UNIT MASONRY
B. Section 09110 - NON-LOAD BEARING WALL FRAMING
C. Section 09900 PAINTING
1.3 REFERENCES
A. ANSI/NFPA 10 - Portable Fire Extinguishers
B. ANSI/UL 711 - Rating and Fire Testing of Fire Extinguishers
C. UL 8 - Foam Fire Extinguishers
D. UL 154 - Carbon Dioxide Fire Extinguishers
E. UL 299 - Dry Chemical Fire Extinguishers
F. UL 626 - 2-1/2 Gallon Stored Pressure, Water Type Fire Extinguishers.
1. 4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit fully detailed and dimensioned Shop Drawings.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Equipment Number 10520 - Fire Extinguisher Cabinet
1. Provide recessed fire extinguisher cabinet of stainless steel
with baked enamel finish on interior.
2. Door: Solid stainless steel door with lock and die cut
lettering.
3. Concealed hinge and standard overlay door.
4. Acceptable Product:
a. LARSEN'S Model SS-0-3216 solid panel with lock (Occult
Series).
b. Equivalent by JL INDUSTRIES
c. Equivalent by WATROUS
B. Equipment Number 10521 - Fire Extinguisher Wall Brackets: Coordinate
type and size with Owner-provided fire extinguishers.
C. Equipment Number 10522 - Fire Hose Cabinet.
1. Provide recessed fire hose cabinet of stainless steel with baked
enamel finish on interior.
2. Door: Solid stainless steel door with lock and die cut
lettering.
3. Concealed hinge and standard overlay door.
4. Approved Product:
a. LARSEN'S Model SS-0-3232 (Occult Series)
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
10520-1
SECTION 10520 FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS
'b. Equivalent by JL INDtl!TRIES
c. Equivalent by WATROQs~;
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install fire extinguisher and fire hose cabinets following
manufacturer's recommended i nsta 11 at i on procedures and 1 oca 1 codes and
ordinances.
********************
END OF SECTION 10520
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
10520-2
SECTION 10550
POSTAL SPECIALTIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Mailboxes, trim, accessories and metal closure top.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit fully detailed and dimensioned shop drawings in accordance with
Division One indicating:
1. Installation and anchorage details.
2. Mounting elevation and front view.
3. Lettering size and style.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Product Number 2600R - Mailboxes
1. Rear loading, Size B, double wide 12-1/2"W x 5"H x 15-1/2"0.
2. Comply with U.S. Postal Service regulations.
3. Cabinets shall be constructed of 22 gauge furniture steel,
supplied with pressure sensitive labels for sorting
identification.
4. Mailbox Doors:
a. 1/4" solid extruded aluminum with number plate.
b. Finish: Clear anodized aluminum (US28).
c. Full length concealed, cadmium plated piano hinge.
d. 5 pin cylinder lock with self locking spring bolt with two
keys.
5. Mail boxes if in compliance with above shall be manufactured by
one of the following:
a. AMERICAN DEVICE
b. CUTLER FEDERAL, INC.
c. BOMMER INDUSTRIES, INC.
B. Product Number 2600R - 2 Mailboxes
1. Rear Loading - 12-1/2"W x 10-1/2"H x 15-1/2"0.
2. Comply with U.S. Postal Service Regulations.
3. Cabinets shall be constructed of 22 gage furniture steel,
supplied with pressure sensitive.
4. Mailbox Doors:
a. 1/4" solid extruded aluminum with number plate.
b. Finish: Clear anodized aluminum (US28)
c. Full length concealed, cadmium plated piano hinge.
d. Five pin cylinder lock with self-locking spring bolt with
two keys.
5. Mailboxes if in compliance with above shall be manufactured by
one of the following:
a. AMERICAN DEVICE
b. CUTLER FEDERAL, INC.
c. BOMMER INDUSTRIES, INC.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
10550-1
SECTION 10550
POSTAL SPECIALTIES
C. Product Number l600R-. 3 Mailboxes
1. Rear Loading - 12-1/2"W x Q&"H x 15-1/2"0.
2. Comply witn U.S. Postal Service Regulations.
3. Cabinets shall be constructed of 22 gage furniture steel,
supplied with pressure sensitive.
4. Mailbox Doors:
a. 1/4" solid extruded aluminum with number plate.
b. Finish: Clear anodized aluminum (US28)
c. Full length concealed, cadmium plated piano hinge.
d. Five pin cylinder lock with self-locking spring bolt with
two keys.
5. Mailboxes if in compliance with above shall be manufactured by
one of the following:
a. AMERICAN DEVICE
b. CUTLER FEDERAL, INC.
c. BOMMER INDUSTRIES, INC.
D. Metal Closure Top
1. Factory Painted; 22 gage minimum.
E. Accessories:
1. Hinged rear loading doors with cylinder lock.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install items of this Section in accordance with manufacturer's
printed instructions and reviewed shop drawings.
********************
END OF SECTION 10550
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
10550-2
SECTION 10606
SECURITY FENCING ASSEMBLY
~
PART 1 - GENERAL
or
t
~"". -' ....
1 . 1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Security Fencing
a. Fabric, frame and all components of fence.
b. Horizontal installation on precast concrete structure.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ClFMI - Chain Link Manufacturers Institute Standards
B. ASTM A-90 - Standard Test for Weight of Coating on Zinc-Coated
(Galvanized) Iron or Steel.
C. ASTM A 392 - Zinc-Coated Steel Chain-Link Fence Fabric
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. For installation of chain link fencing, use personnel completely
trained and experienced in installation of approved materials and
thoroughly familiar with original design and reviewed shop drawings.
B. Comply with Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute standards
(CLFMI).
1. 3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit Shop Drawings and manufacturers literature indicating sizes,
spacing and location of members; general construction and anchorage
deta il s .
1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Use means necessary to protect chain link fencing materials before,
during, and after installation.
B. In event of damage, immediately notify Architect and make repairs and
replacements necessary as approved by Architect and at no additional
cost to Owner.
1.5 STRUCTURAL PERFORMANCE
A. Fabric Breaking Load: 1,29U 1bs. mlnlmum.
B. Total maximum dead10ad deflection: 6".
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Fabric, Frame and Major Components of Fence: Fabricated of galvanized
steel.
B. Zinc Coating: Per ASTM A-392: "Zinc Coated Steel Chain Link Fabric"
Class 2.
C. Fence shall bear quality seal of CLFMI. Size of components with
regard to fence span: in accordance with tables established by CLFMI.
D. Materials and accessories: products of same manufacturer.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
10606-1
SECTION 10606
SECURITY FENCING ASSEMBLY
,
'''''
E.
Fabric: , . ' _
1. Wire, helically wound and interwoven ~ provide continuous mesh
without knots and ties except in form of knuckling or of twisting
and barbing ends of wires to form selvage of fabric.
2. Mesh weave of 2 inch.
3. Furnished with twisting and barbing on both selvages.
Tension (Stretcher) Bar:
1. One-piece lengths equal to full width of fabric with a minimu~
cross-secti~n of 3/16" inch by 3/4" inch, galvanized (1.0 oz/ft
f 0.1 oz/ft according to ASTM A-90).
Galvanized Steel Pipe Framing: 2-7/8" 0.0. with 50,000 psi minimum
yield strength. Comply with ASTM A669.
F.
G.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Prior to work of this Section, examine installed work of other trades
and verify that such work is complete to point where this installation
may properly commence.
B. Work required to accurately stake out fence line shall be performed by
this Section.
C. Install fencing in strict accordance with original design and reviewed
shop drawings, anchoring components in accordance with manufacturer's
published recommendations.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Fence: Installed at e1evation(s) established on drawings. Ground
between precast concrete joist: cut or filled as required to provide
uniform clearance of 2 inches between fabric and faces of adjacent
materials. .
B. Install steel pipe framing: 8' maximum spacing. Locate and stagger
end joi nts on center1 i ne of precast joi nt. Secure with expans i on
bolts and U-shaped straps.
C. Fabri c shall be fastened to precast concrete joi st and walls wi th
stretcher bars and fabric bands and anchors, maximum spacing center to
center of IS".
D. Fasten fabric to top surface of precast and steel framing, maximum
spacing 15" O.c. with 9 gage galvanized hook ties.
E. Locate selvages on precast joist and overlap 6". Secure with tie wire
to 1-5/8" rails.
F. Fabric: Tighten to provide smooth uniform appearance. Join rolls of
fabric by weaving single strand into ends of rolls to form continuous
mesh.
3.3 TOUCH UP FINISH
A. Touch-Up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: Federal Specification TT-P-
641.
********************
END OF SECTION 10606
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
10606-2
SECTION 10800
TOILET ACCESSORIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Toilet accessories.
a. Related miscellaneous items
of toilet accessories.
b. Locker Bench
I.. ..
.
I, :
~'
necessary for the installation
1. 2 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings:
1. Submit completely dimensioned shop and rough-in drawings for each
item of equipment defining materials, size, shape, finish,
location and relation to adjacent materials.
2. Provide templates to metal toilet partition manufacturer for
pre-drilling partitions for items provided by this Section.
3. Provide written certification of compliance with Handicapped
codes.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Conform to Hand i capped Code Standards: Ameri can Nat i ona 1 Standards
Institute (ANSI) A1l7.1 and Florida Board of Building Codes and
Standards: "Accessibility Requirements Manual", January, 1990 Edition.
B. Coordinate anchorage requirements with substrate.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Units listed below are identified by BOBRICK catalog numbers unless
stated otherwise. Equivalent units by BRADLEY, WATROUS,
McKINNEY/PARKER or A&J WASHROOM ACCESSORIES are acceptable.
1. Grab Bars:
a. Grab bars: constructed of Type 304 stainless steel with
satin finish. Wall thickness shall be 18 gage and outside
diameter 1-1/2". Stainless steel flanges: 11 gage 3"
diameter with four stainless steel vandal-proof set screws.
Concealed mounting plate: 13 gage stainless steel, with 4
set screws. Snap f1 anges are not acceptable. Grab bars
sha 11 ma i nta in 1-1/2" clearance between ra il and wall.
Fasten securely to wall at ends and at maximum support
spacing of 32" O.C. Anchorage shall have sufficient
strength to sustain a concentrated load of 250 pounds for 5
minutes. Comply with ANSI A-117.1 Handicapped Code
Standards. In areas for handicapped, (wet areas), provide
peened non-slip gripping surface.
b. BOBRICK B-6206 Series and B-6206.99.
Equipment Number 10800 - Horizontal mounting B-6206 x 24"
Equipment Number 10801 - Horizontal mounting B6206/B-62061
x 48".
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
10800-1
SECTION 10800 TOILET ACCESSORIES
Equipment Number 10804 ~ 90 degree angle B-6265
Equipment Number 10811 - Wheelchair compartment B-6293
Equipment Number 10812 - Floor mounted handicapped grab bar
24" long welded to floor of cell.
Equipment Number 10813 - B290-1824 18" wide x 24" high
2. Mirror:
a. Frame: one piece roll formed 3/4" x 3/8" heavy gage, Type
304 stainless steel angles with satin finish. Provide
concealed wall hanger for theft-proof mounting. Corners
shall be welded, ground and polished smooth.
b. Mirror: No.1 quality, 1/4" polished plate glass,
electrolytically copper plated. Mirror: warranted against
silver spoilage fora minimum 15 years. Protect back of
mirror with 1/4" polystyrene padding and 20 gage galvanized
steel back attached to frame with concealed screws.
3. Equipment Number 10825 - Paper Holder, Surface Mounted,
Mult i -Roll :
a. Door: 18-8 (Type 304), 22 gage stainless steel with 18 gage
stainless steel door frame. All exposed surfaces, satin
finish. Tumbler lock, keyed alike similar equipment.
b. Cabinet: 18-8 (Type 304), 22 gage stainless steel with
satin finish, welded construction.
c. Dispensing Mechanism: 16 gage plated steel, welded
construction, shall hold and dispense two standard toilet
tissue rolls, as well as 5" diameter, 1500 sheet toilet
tissue rolls.
d. Spindle (2): one-piece, molded polypropylene. Ends, formed
to retain spindles in dispensing mechanism, when door is
locked.
e. BOBRICK B-288
4. Equipment Number 10826 - Paper Holder, Recessed, Multi-Roll:
a. Flange: 18-8 (Type 304), 22 gage stainless st~e1 with satin
finish. Drawn, one-piece seamless construction.
b. Door: 18-8 (Type 304), 22 gage stainless steel with 18 gage
stainless steel door frame. All exposed surfaces, satin
finish. Tumbler lock, similar units keyed alike.
c. Cabinet: 18-8 (Type 304), 22 gage stainless steel with
satin finish, welded construction.
d. Dispensing mechanism: 16 gage plated steel, welded
construction, shall hold and dispense two standard toilet
tissue rolls, as well as 5" diameter, 1500 sheet toilet
tissue rolls.
e. Spindles (2): one-piece, molded polypropylene. Ends, formed
to retain spindles in dispensing mechanism when door is
locked.
f. BOBRICK B-388
5. Equipment Number 10827 - Paper Dispenser, Multi-Roll, Partition
Mount:
a. Flange: 18-8 (Type 304), 22 gage stainless steel with satin
finish. Drawn, one-piece seamless construction.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
10800-2
SECTION 10800 TOILET ACCESSORIES
b. Door: 18-8 (fype 304), ~2 gage stainless steel with 18 gage
stain1e~s steel door frame. All exposed surfaces, satin
finish. Tumbler lock, similar units keyed alike.
c. Cabinet: 18-8 (Type 304), 22 gage stainless steel with satin
finish, welded construction.
d. Dispensing mechanism: 16 gage plated steel, welded
construction, shall hold and dispense two standard toilet
tissue rolls, as well as 5" diameter, 1500 sheet toilet
tissue rolls.
e. Spindles (2): one-piece, molded polypropylene. Ends, formed
to retain spindles in dispensing mechanism when door is
locked.
f. BOBRICK B-386
6. Equipment Number 10828 - Recessed Paper Holder (Security)
7. Equipment Number 10831 - Single Robe Hook:
a. Hook and flange: 18-8 Type 304 heavy gage stain- less steel
satin finish.
b. BOBRICK B-6717
8. Equipment Number 10843 - Paper Towel Dispenser/Disposa1:
a. Cabinet and door: 18-8 Type 304, 22 gage stainless steel
with satin finish for 800 multi-fold paper towels. Provide
full length stainless steel piano hinge and tumbler lock,
all similar units keyed alike.
b. BOBRICK B-3944
9. Equipment Number 10845 - Paper Towel Dispenser, Surface Mounted:
a. Cabinet and door: 18-8 Type 304, 22 gage stainless steel
with satin finish for 400 single-fold paper towels. Provide
full length stainless steel piano hinge and tumbler lock,
all similar units keyed alike.
b. BOBRICK B-263
10. Equipment Number 10854 - Shower Seat Hinged
a. BRADLEY 956-30 and 9561-30
11. Equipment Number 10862 - Liquid Soap Dispenser, Surface
Mounted:
a. Container: Type 304, 20 gage stainless steel with satin
finish. Capacity: one quart eight fluid ounces. Provide
filler top of ABS secured to dispenser with non-corrosive
retainer.
b. Valve: ABS cylinder and piston.
c. BOBRICK B-112
12. Equipment Number 10866 - Feminine Napkin Dispenser, Recessed:
a. Door: 18-8 (Type 304), 18 gage stainless steel with satin
finish. Concealed, full length stainless steel piano hinge.
Tumbler lock with double locking device, at side and top,
keyed alike similar equipment.
b. Cabinet: 22 gage stainless steel, welded construction.
5-7/16" depth cabinet.
c. Coin mechanism shall be available with "5c" "10c" "25c" or
"Complimentary (no coin) ope'ration. All moving parts
replaceable without removing cabinet from wall.
d. BOBRICK B-3502 x 2
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
10800-3
SECTION 10800
TOILET ACCESSORIES
13.
Equipment Number 10876 - Mop Holder and Shelf, surface-Mou~.t t~ed:
a. Shelf: 18-8 Type 304, 18 gage stainless steel witb ,~in
finish, 8" deep. ~- .
b. Mop holders: spring loaded rubber cam with plated steel
retainers, quantity standard with length specified.
c. Rag hooks: 18-8 Type 304, 16 gage stainless steel with
satin finish.
d. Drying rod: 18-8 Type 304, 1/4" stainless steel with satin
finish.
e. BOBRICK B-224 x 30
Equipment Number 10510 - Locker Bench:
a. Seat: hardwood with clear lacquered finish, 9-1/2" wide,
1-1/2" thick, length as indicated.
b. Steel standards: spaced not more than 6' -0" on center;
finished in same color as lockers. Standards: secured to
seats with screws and to floor with suitable anchors.
c. Benches shall have standards with baked enamel finish. Wood
portion shall be finished with plastic sealer. Color will
be selected by the Architect.
d. Approved Manufacturers:
1) LYON METAL PRODUCTS 1-800-282-6621
2) MEDART, 1-800-282-9188
3) REPUBLIC STEEL
4) Architect approved equivalent.
14.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION
A. Prior to beginning work of this Section, inspect the installed work of
other trades and verify that it is complete to the point where this
work may begin.
B. Do not begin work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install toilet accessories. Anchor items firmly in
accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and
instructions.
HLM 90007.00-2
place i n
printed
********************
END OF SECTION 10800
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
10800-4
SECTION 10900
MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Miscellaneous specialties:
a. TV brackets
1) Wall mounted type
'''''
.~
~
1. 2 SUBMITTALS
A. Provide fully dimensioned shop drawings indicating dimensions, methods
of assembly, blocking/support requirements and relation of materials
to adjacent work. Provide anchorage details for specific
installations and substrates.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Coordinate work of this section with Owner-approved TV equipment.
Obtain Owner approval for TV brackets as required by Owner's
equipment. Coordinate mounting with Owners selected TV system
manufacturer.
B. Coordinate electrical outlet requirements with Division 16 and Owner's
TV equipment.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 TV BRACKETS
A. Wall-mounted TV brackets; (Equipment #12600):
1. Wall swivel bracket, single-arm, no-tilt and fixed-tilt; provide
wall plate arm assembly, 6" x 12", 12 gauge steel wall mounting
plate; 1-1/2" x 2" x 14 gauge rectangular tubular arm welded;
reinforced with 14 gauge steel gusset plate.
2. Coordinate Owner's equipment with tray' support size and wall
mounting plate requirements and electrical requirements. Baked
enamel finish in color selected by Architect.
3. Provide all fasteners as required for applicable substrate.
4. Acceptable Product: Peerless Sales Company Series Model #2141-
000, (312/865-8870) or Architect approved equivalent.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install equipment supplied by this Section following recommended
installation procedures of the manufacturer.
********************
END OF SECTION 10900
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP THREE
10900-1